Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutContract 49736 — FO RT AVO RT H CITY SECRETARY O CONTRACT N0. q I 1 PROJECT MANUAL _ FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF EDGECLIFF VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WASTEWATER METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Betsy Price David Cooke Mayor City Manager John Robert Carman, P.E. Director, Water Department Douglas W. Wiersig, P.E. Director,Transportation and Public Works Department Prepared for p OFFICIAL RECORD The City of Fort Worth CITY SECRETAARy Sewer Project Number 59607-0700430-CO2 02�(`.17�3 H'TX April 2017 C.7: Ap i.R.: . . . . . . . . . . . . . :.*I 'b i CHRIS ERIC BROOKS ♦ �: . . . . . . . . . . . . . :�. 0'. 0". + Q� M + �a .. 87697 . 'p, ++++Fss.G/STER-� rU l� �..�.��. �m�. _._�.�..� s' ` � — 1���N•aaa���•• The Choice for Collection System Solutions , ', ; April , 017 RJN GROUP INC. W ' = The Cholae for Colledlon System -swwons Teuos Registered Engineering Firm F-3260 12160 Abrams Rd. Suite 400 Dcltas T% 75243 CONFORMED FORT WORTH PROJECT MANUAL FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF EDGECLIFF VILLAGE —WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WASTERMATER METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Betsy Price David Cooke Mayor City Manager John Robert Carman Director, Water Department Douglas W. Wiersig, P.E. Director, Transportation and Public Works Department .. Prepared for The City of Fort Worth Sewer Project Number 59607-0700430-CO2302-C1783 April 2017 OF ®T�.`,y�6 ... v C7eoe °•est °',�5�`� ®o*o�00000eeooeeoeeseeesso*� /eelie.eoeoeeeeoeeee.000•01.�0 00 PUNEET GUPTA j ! LARRY J. REYNOLDS j a..i000eooeoove000eoseesjoo/ o�eoso.ewew000eo..oeeeree/ A' ®� o:• 115692 °�� ��; 98651 00 °••c�: "�;AW G 4o /ONAL ®® �� Horvat•E��o Gupta &Associates, Inc �,0®®®0®� 1'4�����$ CONSULTING ENGINEERING April 4, 2017 April 4, 2017 Registration No. F-2593 Specifications: Specifications: Division 26 40 66 44 FORT WORTH PROJECT MANUAL FOR - THE CONSTRUCTION OF EDGECLIFF VILLAGE —WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WASTERMATER METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Betsy Price David Cooke Mayor City Manager John Robert Carman Director, Water Department Douglas W. Wiersig, P.E. Director, Transportation and Public Works Department �• Prepared for The City of Fort Worth .. Sewer Project Number 59607-0700430-CO2302-C1783 April 2017 * / 6 �....;....SONH.NG............� Fr�r,mFFrzirc, �j �'•. 97440 // gee o,�•.ccEr,sEo..���,�i .Y. O�FSS/........•ANG 04-06-17 For Specifications: JAKAN ENGINEERING, PLLC 03 1100 Concrete Formwork F-13414 03 15 14 Hydrophilic Rubber Waterstop 03 30 00.1 Supplemental Cast-In-Place Concrete 03 60 01 Basin Bottom Grout 0552 13 Pipe and Tube Railings W Miam J Schultz Inc dba C ircle C C onstruction C an pang Contractor ... PO Box 40328 Street Address „A FortW orth,TX 76140 City& State .n (817) 293-1863 Telephone Teresa S SkeIly Contact Person nr CONTRACT DOCUMENTS EDGECLIFF VILLAGE—WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WASTEWATER METER STATION Sewer Project Number 59607-0700430-CO2302-C1783 City Project# 02302 �► X-24026 CITY OF FORT WORTH TARRANT COUNTY, TEXAS RJN GROUP, INC.. CONSULTING ENGINEERS FORT WORTH, TEXAS April 2017 CONFORMED .. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .. EDGECLIFF VILLAGE—WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WASTEWATER METER STATION Sewer Project Number 59607-0700430-CO2302-C 1783 do City Project# 02302 X-24026 April 2017 I hereby state that these Contract Documents were prepared under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Registered Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Texas. OF 9kP *. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . :• .* i .. CHRIS EPoC BROOKS 10'. 67697 0W"..p�,�r ��Q:-R�- 1"ONA6 Chris Eric Brooks Date: April 6,2017 Registration No. 67697 r� SECTION 00 00 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division 00-General Conditions .— 0005 10 Mayor and Council Communication 0005 15 Addenda 0011 13 Invitation to Bidders 0021 13 Instructions to Bidders 0035 13 Conflict of Interest Affidavit 0041 00 Bid Form 00 42 43 Proposal Form Unit Price 0043 13 Bid Bond 00 43 37 Vendor Compliance to State Law Nonresident Bidder 0045 11 Bidders Prequalifications 0045 12 Prequalification Statement 0045 13 Bidder Prequalification Application 00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers'Compensation Law 00 45 40 Minority Business Enterprise Goal 00 45 41 Small Business Enterprise Goal 00 52 43 Agreement .- 0061 13 Performance Bond 0061 14 Payment Bond 0061 19 Maintenance Bond 0061 25 Certificate of Insurance 00 72 00 General Conditions 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions Division 01 -General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 2500 Substitution Procedures 01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting 01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedule 01 3233 Preconstruction Video — 01 3300 Submittals 01 35 13 Special Project Procedures 01 4523 Testing and Inspection Services .. 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 5526 Street Use Permit and Modifications to Traffic Control 01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 01 58 13 Temporary Project Signage 01 6000 Product Requirements 01 6600 Product Storage and Handling Requirements 01 7000 Mobilization and Remobilization ■. 01 7123 Construction Staking and Survey 01 7423 Cleaning 01 7719 Closeout Requirements 01 7823 Operation and Maintenance Data 01 7839 Project Record Documents .M STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 000000-2 Technical Specifications which have been modified by the Engineer specifically for this Project; hard copies are included in the Project's Contract Documents Division 02-Existing Conditions 0241 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment Division 03-Concrete 03100 Supplemental Concrete Formwork 03200 Supplemental Concrete Reinforcement 03600 Supplemental Grout 03 11 00 Concrete Formwork 03 15 14 Hydrophilic Rubber Waterstop 03 20 00 Concrete Reinforcement 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03 30 00.1 Supplemental Cast-In-Place Concrete—High Strength Concrete .. 0334 13 Controlled Low Strength Material(CLSM) 0334 16 Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 03 60 01 Basin Bottom Grout Division 05- Metals 05051 Anchorages 05120 Structural Steel 05501 Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications 05522 Supplemental Aluminum Handrails and Railings 05120 Aluminum Grating and Checker Plate 05 52 13 Pipe and Tube Railings Division 07- Thermal and Moisture Protection 07131 Self-Adhering Sheet Waterproofing Division 09- Finishes 09902 Painting and Protective Coatings Division 26-Electrical 26 00 00 Electrical—General Provisions 26 05 00 Common Work Results for Electrical 2605 19 Wires and Cables 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding System 26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware 26 05 33 Raceways,Boxes, and Fittings 26 05 43 Underground System 29 27 26 Light Switches and Receptacles 26 29 87 Electrical Control Panels(OEMs) 2643 13 Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices w Division 31 -Earthwork 31 1000 Site Clearing .�r 3123 16 Unclassified Excavation 31 23 23 Borrow 31 24 00 Embankments ,., 31 2500 Erosion and Sediment Control CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised February 2,2016 M" STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 000000-2 to Division 32-Exterior Improvements 3201 17 Permanent Asphalt Paving Repair 32 01 29 Concrete Paving Repair 32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses .r 3231 13 Chain Fences and Gates 32 31 26 Wire Fences and Gates 3232 13 Cast-in-Place Concrete Retaining Walls 3292 13 Hydro-Mulching, Seeding,and Sodding Division 33-Utilities 33 01 30 Sewer and Manhole Testing 3301 31 Closed Circuit Television(CCTV)Inspection 3303 10 Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems 33 04 50 Cleaning of Sewer Mains +.w 3305 10 Utility Trench Excavation,Embedment,and Backfill 3305 13 Frame, Cover and Grade Rings 3305 17 Concrete Collars 33 05 20 Auger Boring 33 0524 Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 33 11 05 Bolts,Nuts,and Gaskets 33 11 10 Ductile Iron Pipe 33 11 11 Ductile Iron Fittings 33 11 12 Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pressure Pipe 33 31 20 Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Gravity Sanitary Sewer Pipe 3331 50 Sanitary Sewer Service Connections and Service Line 3339 10 Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 33 39 20 Precast Concrete Manholes ■* 33 39 60 Epoxy Liners for Sanitary Sewer Structures 33 46 00 Subdrainage - Division 34-Transportation 3471 13 Traffic Control Division 40- Water& Wastewater Equipment 40 66 44 Instrumentation-General Provisions 40 90 02 Sump Pump Control Valves rr Special Specifications SS-1 Polymer Concrete Structures SS-2 Restoration SS-3 6200 Filter Fabrics SS-4 Approved Products Technical Specifications listed below are included for this Project by reference and can be viewed/downloaded from the City's Buzzsaw site at: s htns://projectpoint.buzzsaw.com/client/fortworthgov/Resources/02%20- %20Construction%20Documents/Specifications CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised February 2,2016 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 000000-2 a� Division 02-Existing Conditions 0241 13 Selective Site Demolition 0241 15 Paving Removal Division 31 -Earthwork �r 31 3600 Gabions 31 3700 Riprap Division 32-Exterior Improvements '"r` 32 1133 Cement Treated Base Courses 32 1137 Liquid Treated Soil Stabilizer 3231 29 Wood Fences and Gates 3291 19 Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 32 93 43 Trees and Shrubs .w. Division 33-Utilities 3305 14 Adjusting Manholes,Inlets, Valve Boxes,and Other Structures to Grade 33 05 21 Tunnel Liner Plate 33 05 22 Steel Casing Pipe 33 05 23 Hand Tunneling 33 05 26 Utility Markers/Locators 33 05 30 Location of Existing Utilities 3331 13 Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe for Gravity Sanitary Sewers 3331 15 High Density Polyethylene(HDPE)Pipe for Sanitary Sewer 33 31 22 Sanitary Sewer Slip Lining 3341 10 Reinforced Concrete Storm Sewer Pipe/Culverts 33 46 01 Slotted Storm Drains 33 46 02 Trench Drains 3349 10 Cast-in-Place Manholes and Junction Boxes Standard Details -- Standard Details(General) Standard Details(Water and Sewer) Standard Details(Traffic and Paving) Appendix GC-4.01 Availability of Lands GC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions GC-4.04 Underground Facilities GC-6.06.D Minority and Women Owned Business Enterprise Compliance GC-6.07 Wage Rates GC-6.09 Permits and Utilities GR-01 60 00 Product Requirements END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised February 2,2016 MIN no Division 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS City of Fort Worth, Texas Mayor and Council Communication COUNCIL ACTION: Approved on 9/12/2017 - Ordinance No. 22894-09-2017 DATE: Tuesday, September 12, 2017 REFERENCE NO.: C-28377 LOG NAME: 60EDGECLIFFMS-CIRCLEC SUBJECT: Authorize Execution of a Contract with William J. Schultz, Inc., d/b/a Circle "C" Construction Company in the Amount of$1,376,257.50 for Construction of the Edgecliff Village Wholesale Wastewater Meter Station, Provide for Project Costs, Testing and Contingencies for a Total Project Amount of$1,837,096.00 and Adopt Appropriation Ordinance (COUNCIL DISTRICT 6) RECOMMENDATION: It is recommended that the City Council: 1. Adopt the attached appropriation ordinance increasing estimated receipts and appropriations in the Sewer Capital Fund Legacy in the amount of$114,646.00; and 2. Authorize execution of a contract with William J. Schultz, Inc., d/b/a Circle "C" Construction Company, Inc., in the amount of$1,376,257.50 for construction of the Edgecliff Village Wholesale Wastewater Meter Station (City Project No.02302). DISCUSSION: This project provides for the construction of a new wholesale wastewater meter station to serve Edgecliff Village and to repair the existing 36-inch sanitary sewer interceptor lines. This project was advertised for bids on April 6, 2017 and April 13, 2017 in the Fort Worth Star-Telegram. On June 22, 2017 the following bids were received: Bidder Amount _^ _ Time of Completion William J. Schultz, Inc., d/b/a Circle " 320 Calendar C" Construction Company, Inc. $1,376,257.50 Days Thalle Construction Company, Inc. $1,378,306.05 ARK Construction Company, Inc. $1,466,832.00 In addition to the contract cost, $238,300.00 is required for project management, material testing and inspection and $69,000.00 is provided for project contingency. Construction is anticipated to commence in November 2017 and be completed by August 2018. The overall project budget is estimated to be $1,837,096.00 This project is part of the Water Department's Sanitary Sewer Overflow Initiative Program. Logname: 60EDGECLIFFMS-CIRCLEC Page I of 3 The City of Edgecliff Village has deposited $104,646.00 for its share of the construction cost as stipulated in a letter Agreement. This project will have no impact on the Water Department's Operating Budget when complete. M/WBE OFFICE—William J. Schultz, Inc., d/b/a Circle "C" Construction Company, is in compliance with City's BDE Ordinance by documenting good faith effort. The City's MBE goal on this project is 12 percent. The project is located in COUNCIL DISTRICT 6. FISCAL INFORMATION /CERTIFICATION: The Director of Finance certifies that upon approval of the above recommendations and adoption of the attached appropriation ordinance, funds will be available in the 2017 Water Sewer Bond Fund and the Sewer Capital Fund Legacy Fund. The Water&Wastewater Capital Improvement Plan includes an appropriation of$1,000,000.00 for programmable Wastewater Meter Stations Projects - P00086. After the funding of this M&C, the amount of$215,060.00 of the original appropriation will be available to fund future individual projects. The Fiscal Year 2017 Water Operating Budget includes appropriations of$31,636,073.00 for the purpose of providing Pay-As-You-Go funding for Sewer Capital Projects. After this transfer for Fiscal Year 2017, the balance will be $1,575,221.00. Appropriation for the Edgecliff Village Wholesale Wastewater Meter Station Project are as depicted in the table below: FUND Existing Additional project Total* Appropriations[Appropriations[ Sewer Capital Fund - Legacy 59607 $127,510.00 $114,646.00 $242,156.00 2017 Water & Sewer Bond Fund $810,000.00 $7847940.00 $1,594,940.00 56011 Project Total $937,510.00� $899,586.00 $1,837,096.00 * Numbers rounded for presentation purposes. FUND IDENTIFIERS (FIDs): TO _ Fund Department Accoun Project Programs ctivityl Budget Reference # moun ID ID Year (Chartfield 2) FROM Fund- Department ccountl Project Program ctivity Budget Reference # �mounl ID ID Year (Chartfield 2) CERTIFICATIONS: Submitted for City Manager's Office by: Jay Chapa (5804) Originating Department Head: Kara Shuror (8819) Additional Information Contact: Roberto C. Sauceda (2387) Logname: 60EDGECLIFFMS-CIRCLEC Page 2 of 3 ATTACHMENTS 1. 60EDGECLIFFMS CIRCLEC Compliance Memo.pdf (CFW Internal) 2. 60EDGECLIFFMS CIRCLEC FID Table.pdf (CFW Internal) 3. 60EDGECLIFFMS CIRCLEC Form 1295.pdf (Public) 4. 60EDGECLIFFMS CIRCLEC MAP.pdf (Public) 5. 60EDGECLIFFMS-CIRCLE 60 AO 17Rey.docx (Public) 6. Journal 130084 56011 CO2302 .MHT (CFW Internal) 7. SAM William J Schultz Inc dba Circle C Construction.pd (CFW Internal) Logname: 60EDGECLIFFMS-CIRCLEC Page 3 of 3 CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 l of l Complete Nos.1-4 and 6 if there are interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY Complete Nos.1,2,3,5,and 6 if there are no Interested parties. CERTIFICATION OF FILING 1 Name of business entity filing form,and the city,state and country of the business entity's place Certificate Number: of business. 2017-232700 William J Schultz Inc dba Circle C Construction Company Fort Worth,TX United States Date Filed: 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is 07/06/2017 being filed. City of Fort Worth Date Acknowledged: r 1. 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract,and provi e a description of the services,goods,or other property to be provided under the contract. 02302 Edgecliff Village Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station 4 Nature of interest Name of Interested Party City,State,Country(place of business) (check applicable) Controlling Intermediary Skelly,Teresa Fort Worth,TX United States X 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. ❑ 6 AFFIDAVIT I swear,or affirm,under penalty of perjury,that the above disclosure is true and correct. ��aY►ie� MICHELE S.LANKFORD o. Notary Public * ;►1 STATE OF TEXAS Notary 10 k 11759466 �„r CMwm EX .0010W 7,2018 Signature of authorized agent of con business entity acting AFFIX NOTARY STAMP/SEAL ABOVE *r�* t Sworn to and subscribed before me,by the said !Gr,cgz 4L. 45 t Lj ,thls the day of 4 _. 20 to certify which,witness my hand and seal of office. r I c.l — l K fn rd Signature of officer administerin th Printed name of officer administering oath Title of officer administering oath Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.0.883 000510-1 MAYOR AND COUNCIL COMMUNICATION(M&C) .. Page 1 of 1 1 SECTION 00 05 10 2 MAYOR AND COUNCIL COMMUNICATION(M&C) 3 4 5 6 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with the approved 7 M&C for the award of the project. M&C insert shall be on blue paper.] ■w 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 an 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 �r 23 .0 24 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 FORT WORTHT FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR Sanitary Sewer Rehabilitation Contract LXXXIV(84) City Project No.02302 File#X-24026 Sewer Project No.: 59607-0700430-CO2302-CO1783 Dated:May 12,2017 Addendum No. 1 forms a part of the Contract Documents referenced above and modifies the Original Contract Documents and Plans. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided in the Bid Form Section 00 4100,page 3 of 3 and on the outer envelope of your bid. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this Addendum could subject the bidder to disqualification. A copy of this Addendum is available on ,., the City of Fort Worth BuzzSaw Website. The following summarize specific modifications and clarifications to the Contract Documents as identified below and are being made under this Addendum. MODIFICATIONS TO DIVISION 00: 1. SECTION 00 00 00 COVER has been modified to include is modified to include the State .� Board of Professional Engineers Registration Seal for RJN on the page. Replace the existing internal cover sheet in the Contract Documents with the Revised Cover Sheet attached. 2. SECTION 00 1113 INVITATION TO BIDDERS is modified to reflect moving the bid opening date from the original published date of 5-18-17 to the new bid opening date of 5-25- 17.All other provisions of Section 00 11 13 remain unchanged. 3. SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSAL FORM: The existing SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSAL FORM has been modified to eliminate several listed bid line items. Replace the existing Bid Proposal Form with the Revised Section 00 42 43 Proposal Form attached. -- 4. SECTION 00 45 40 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTERPRISE SPECIFICIFATIONS: The published MBE Goal for this project was originally set at 8%. The MBE goal for SECTION 00 45 40 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTRPRISE SPECIFICATIONS has been revised to 12%. Replace the existing MBE specification with the Revised Section 00 45 40 MINORITY BUSINESS ENTRPRISE SPECIFICATIONS attached. 5. SECTION 00 52 43 AGREEMENT: The existing SECTION 00 52 43 AGREEMENT,Page 5 ... of 5 has been modified by replacing John Robert Carman's name on the form with Christopher Harder's name. Replace the existing Agreement with the Revised Section 00 52 43 Agreement document attached. .w MODIFICATIONS TO DIVISION 01: 1. SECTION 0170 00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION has been modified to address payment of tasks. Replace the existing specification with the Revised SECTION 0170 00 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Specification attached. �. Edgecliff Village Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station, 1 Addendum,.No.1 RJN Group,Inc. Approved and Issued on 5/12/17 CONFORMED 'CART WORTH.. 2. SECTION 01 7123 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY has been modified to address an RF1 received on May 12,2017 regarding construction staking responsibilities.Replace the existing specification with the Revised SECTION 017123 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Specification attached. MODIFICATIONS TO DIVISION 31: 1. SECTION 3110 00 SITE CLEARING: The existing SECTION 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING specification has been modified to clarifypayment of this task. Replace existing specification with the Revised SECTION 3110 00 SITE CLEARING Specification attached. MODIFICATIONS TO SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS: 1. SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS: The published SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS have been modified to include a new specification item, SS-5 CORROSION RESISTANCE ADDITIVE TO CONCRETE. The SS-5 specification addresses the use of the ConShield®additive to enhance cast in place and precast concrete ability to resist microbial attack(corrosion). Revised SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS.Sheet 1 and the newly added specification SS-5 CORROSION RESISTANCE ADDITIVE TO CONCRETE are attached. MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS I, Published Cover Sheet has been replaced with the City Approved(siened) Cover Sheet attached. • 2. Plan Sheets M1 and M2 have been revised to address the removal of the subsurface foundation drain from the plans. Additionally,sheet M2 has been modified to show the limits of excavation and CSLM backfill of the meter vault. Revised sheets M1 and M2 are attached. 3. Plan Sheets S6 and S7 have been revised to change the manhole cover call out from a hinged cover to a bolt down cover and to modifvplan details associated with the removal of the subsurface foundation drain from these plan sheets, Revised sheets S6 and S7 are attached. All other provisions of the plans,specifications and contract documents for the project which are not expressly amended herein shall remain in full force and effect. Failure to return a signed copy of the addendum with the proposal shall be grounds for rendering the bid non-responsive. A signed copy of this addendum shall be placed into SECTION 00 0515—ADDENDA of the proposal at the time of the bid submittal. Robert Sauceda,P.E.,Project Manager Tony Sholola,P.E.,Engineering Manager By: By: Edgecliff Village Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station, 2 Addendum.No. l RJN Group,Inc. Approved and Issued on 5/12/17 CONFORMED .. FORT WORTH. Addendum No.l Prepared by: `�E OF rite, �. , CHRIS,ETiIC,BROOKS 67697 Chris N Group, . Brooks, iE ., Project Manager +Itoo J, pIST E�G\? ADDENDUM NO. 1 RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED: ` r� t�d� •� <f e i� May 12,2017 Company XAV Printed Name N--a^m'e���� Title .. j..�-cc-a� ,fd Signature For your convenience, we have posted this Addendum for downloading from the City of Fort Worth Buzz Saw site .. under the Bid Documents Package directory. Edgecliff Village Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station, 3 Addendum.No. 1 RJN Group, Inc. Approved and Issued on 5/12/17 CONFORMED FORT NORTH. FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 2 .. TO THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR Edgecliff Village Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station City Project No.02302 File#X-24026 Sewer Project No.: 59607-0700430-CO2302-CO1783 Dated: May 17,2017 Original Bid Opening Date: May 18,2017 Revised Bid Opening Date(Addendum No. 1):May 25,2017 Addendum No. 2 forms a part of the Contract Documents referenced above and modifies the Original Contract Documents and Plans. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided in the Bid Form Section 00 4100,page 3 of 3 and on the outer envelope of your bid. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this Addendum could subject the bidder to disqualification. A col2yof this Addendum is available on the City of Fort Worth BuzzSaw Website. The following summarize proposed Modifications and Clarifications to the Contract Documents as identified below that are being made under this Addendum. aw I. ADDENDUM NO. 1,Page 1 erroneously referred to a different project name. Therefore under Addendum No.2,the prior project title reference of Sanitary Sewer Rehabilitation Contract LXXXIV(84)is hereby revised to the correct proiect title of"Edeecliff Village Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station". All other information and items described and referenced in Addendum No. 1 are unchanged and remain in effect. 2. SECTION 00 11 13 INVITATION TO BIDDERS is modified to reflect moving the bid m` opening date out an additional two weeks from the revised bid opening date of 5-25-17 published in Addendum No. 1.to the New Bid Opening Date of 6-8-17. All other provisions of Section 00 11 13 remain unchanged. w 3. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFI)/CLARIFICATIONS: Question 1: Original casing pipe called out on the glans indicated a 3/8 inch thick steel casing pipe,but City Standard indicates a minimum pipe thickness of 0.5 inches for a 30-inch casing pipe. Which is the correct casing pipe thickness needed? a� Enzineer's Response: The Contractor will need to provide 0.5 inch thick casing pipe in accordance with the City's Standard Specifications. Question 2: Standard Specifications call out to use AW WA C-203 Coal Tar Epoxy. Due to the flammability of the C-203 produa several suppliers are suggesting using;AWWA C-210 as an alternative because it is a safer product. Would C-210 be approved as an alternate material? Edgecliff Village Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station, 1 Addendum.No.2 RIN Group,Inc. Approved and Issued on 5/17/17 .. CONFORMED FORT WORTH t Engineer's Response: Given that this product has been in use successfully in Fort Worth for a very long time,no change is anticipated to be made deviating from in the City's standard Specification requirements for the use of C-203 Coal Tar Epoxy to be applied to pipelines. The Engineer expects the Contractors to take all necessary precautions when utilizing this product as they would on any construction product being applied to protect the health,safety _ and welfare of their employees and the public at large. All other provisions of the plans,specifications and contract documents for the project which are not expressly amended herein shall remain in full force and effect. Failure to return a signed copy of the addendum with the proposal shall be grounds for rendering the bid .. non-responsive. A signed copy of this addendum shall be placed into SECTION 00 OS 15—ADDENDA of the proposal at the time of the bid submittal. Robert Sauceda,P.E.,Project Manager Tony Sholola, P.E.,Engineering Manager By: By: O1� to Addendum No.2 Prepared by: OF TF148 i « C. .. ERIC BROOKS i ,. . .� 67697 4�i All R ri GrInc. Chris Brooks,, E.,Project Manager ',+t ss/�NAL ADDENDUM NO.2 RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED: `0^r1"W e 7�v ei May 17,2017 Company Printed Name Title Signature For your convenience, we have posted this Addendum for downloading from the City of Fort Worth BuzzSaw site under the Bid Documents Package directory. Edgecliff Village .. Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station, 2 Addendum.No.2 RJN Group, Inc. Approved and Issued on 5/17/17 CONFORMED FORTWORTHI, FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 3 .. TO THE PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR Edgecliff Village Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station City Project No.02302 .. File#X-24026 Sewer Project No.: 59607-0700430-CO2302-CO1783 Dated: June 5,2017 Original Bid Opening Date: May 18,2017 Revised Bid Opening Date(Addendum No. 1): May 25.2017 ^� Revised Bid Opening Date(Addendum No.2): June 8,2017 .- Addendum No.3 forms a part of the Contract Documents referenced above and modifies the Original Contract Documents and Plans. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided in the Bid Form Section 00 4100,page 3 of 3 and on the outer envelope of your bid. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this Addendum could subject the bidder to disqualification. A copy of this Addendum is available on the City of Fort Worth BuzzSaw Website. The following summarize proposed Modifications and Clarifications to the Contract Documents as identified below that are being made under this Addendum. 1. SECTION 00 11 13 INVITATION TO BIDDERS is modified to reflect moving the bid opening date out an additional two weeks from the revised bid opening,date of 6-8-17 published in Addendum No.2 on May 25,2017,to the New Bid Opening Date of 6-22-17. All other provisions of Section 00 11 13 remain unchanged. All other provisions of the plans,specifications and contract documents for the project which are not expressly amended herein shall remain in full force and effect. w Edgecliff Village Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station, I Addendum.No.3 RJN Group,Inc. Approved and Issued on 6/5/17 CONFORMED FORT WORM, Failure to return a signed copy of the addendum with the proposal shall be grounds for rendering the bid non-responsive. A signed copy of this addendum shall be placed into SECTION 00 OS 15—ADDENDA of the proposal at the time of the bid submittal. Robert Sauceda,P.E.,Project Manager Tony Sholola,P.E.,Engineering Manager By: By: 9 n o/'U Addendum No. 3 Prepared by: �•`�� OF s,�P. 01 i CHRIS Emb BROOKS 67697 r �p r Chris Brooks,P.E.,Project Manager �i E's ...�STE..•'fir RJN Group, Inc. it,ION AI ADDENDUM NO.3 RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED: June 5,2017 Company Printed Naarn�e` Title Signature For your convenience,we have posted this Addendum for downloading from the City of Fort Worth BuzzSaw site under the Bid Documents Package directory. Edgecliff Village Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station, 2 Addendum.No.3 RJN Group,Inc. Approved and Issued on 6/5/17 CONFORMED ,,, FORTWORTH. WORTH. FORT WORTH WATER DEPARTMENT ADDENDUM NO. 4 TO THE PLANS,SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR Edgecliff Village Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station City Project No.02302 File#X-24026 Sewer Project No.:59607-0700430-CO2302-CO1783 ... Dated: June 20,2017 Original Bid Opening Date: May 18,2017 Revised Bid Opening Date(Addendum No. 1): MAy 2S.2017 Revised Bid Opening Date(Addendum No.2):June 8.2017 Revised Bid Opening Date(Addendum No.3):June 22.2017 Addendum No.4 forms a part of the Contract Documents referenced above and modifies the Original Contract Documents and Plans. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the space provided in the Bid -� Form Section 00 4100,page 3 of 3 and on the outer envelope of your bid. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this Addendum could subject the bidder to disqualification. A copy of this Addendum is available on the Coy of Fort Worth BuzzSaw Website. The following summarize proposed Modifications and Clarifications to the Contract DocumeUts as identified below that are being made under this Addendum. I SECTION 00 11 13 INVITATION TO BIDDERS is NOT BEING MODIFED,therefore the Bid Onening_Date remains as 6-22-17. All other provisions of Section 00 11 13 remain unchanged. 2. SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSAL FORM: The current SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSAL FORM released under Addendum No. 1 has been modified to update some piping and manhole quantities:address creek crossing protection and restoration:allows for a bid cost adj„justment factor if the City want to accept an alternate material(FRP)ring and cover unit to be used. Replace the current Bid Proposal Form with the Revised Section 00 42 43 Proposal Form attached. 3. SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS SS-4-APPROVED PRODUCTS: The published SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS SS-4 APPROVED PRODUCTS has been modified to include a new product material item. The FRP fabricated Sewper Covefm is an approved"Or Egual"groduct for use on the sewer manholes in this proiect in lieu of using PAMREX hinged or bolt down DI ring and covers. Technical information on this product is attached and made part of these contract documents under SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS SS-4. A cost adjustment bid item was also added to the Revised SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSAL FORM in this addendum to account for acceptance of this alternate ring and cover material. The new manhole ring and cover eroduct a` information being added to SS-4 is attached. *- Edgecliff Village Wholesale Customer W tewa��cx RIcte�° Viz,))° r'i 1 Addendum.No.4 RJN Group,Inc. Approved and Issued on 6/20/17 ,� CONFORMED FORT WORTH,. 4. APPENDIX SECTION GC-6.09—PERMITS AND UTILITIES: A Jurisdictional and Permitting Evaluation Letter of the proposed sant sewer crossing of the West Branch of Sycamore Creek is being added to SECTION GC-6.09. This letter was produced by Symonds Ecoloev and determined that the USACE Nationwide Permit 12(NWP12)reeulations are applicable to this project,but construction pre-notification is not required. This -� documentation includes the NWPl2 re&Ulatory requirements that the Contractor must comply with during the execution of this proiect. A copy of this information is attached to Addendum No. 4 5. MODIFICATIONS TO THE CONSTRUCTION PLANS I. Plan Sheets C2 and C3 have been revised to address some change in quantities,add additional construction notes and address the protection and restoration of the proposed sewer main creek crossing of the West Branch of Sycamore Creek. Revised Sheets C2 and C3 are attached. 2. Plan Sheet C5 has been revised to add additional construction notes and address the limits of applicable trench details on this 2roiect. Revised Sheet C5 is attached. All other provisions of the plans,specifications and contract documents for the project which are not expressly amended herein shall remain in full force and effect. Failure to return a signed copy of the addendum with the proposal shall be grounds for rendering the bid non-responsive. A signed copy of this addendum shall be placed into SECTION 00 051 S ADDENDA of the proposal at the time of the bid submittal. Robert Sauceda,P.E.,Project Manager Tony Sholola,P.E., Engineering Manager By: By: D ft o +��.asaaarrr OF, TF'+ w i w Addendum No.4 Prepared by. ..♦.' +► !r CHRIS, C.BROOKS 67697 � S/ON. .*��G � .aa Chris Brooks,P.E.,Project Manager RiN Group,Inc. 4June 20,20 Edgecliff Village Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station, 2 Addendum.No.4 RJN Group,Inc. Approved and Issued on 6/20/17 CONFORMED FORT WORTH. ADDENDUM NO.4-RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED: Company Printed Name Title ■— Signature For your convenience, we have posted this Addendum for downloading frons the City of Fort Worth BuzzSaw site under the Bid Documents Package directory. Edgecliff Village Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station, 3 Addendum.No.4 RJN Group,Inc. Approved and Issued on 6/20/17 ® CONFORMED 001113-1 INVITATION TO BIDDERS Page 1 of 2 1 SECTION 00 1113 s" 2 INVITATION TO BIDDERS 3 4 RECEIPT OF BIDS .r 5 Sealed bids for the construction of EDGECLIFF VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER 6 WASTEWATER METER STATION, CITY PROJECT NO. 02302, SEWER NO. 59607-0700430- 7 CO2302-C 1783 will be received by the City of Fort Worth Purchasing Office: "'• 8 9 City of Fort Worth 10 Purchasing Division 11 1000 Throckmorton Street 12 Fort Worth,Texas 76102 13 until 1:30 P.M. CST,Thursday,June 8,2017, and bids will be opened publicly and read aloud at 2:00 PM 14 CST in the Council Chambers. 15 16 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK 17 The major work will consist of the(approximate)following: 18 19 77 LF Pipe- Sewer-18 Inch DR 18 C905 PVC by Open Cut. 20 173 LF Pipe- Sewer-18 Inch DR 18 C905 PVC in a 30-in, 3/8"Thick Steel Casing Pipe installed w 21 B.O.T.O.C. 22 127 LF Pipe- Sewer-8 Inch Protecto 401 Lined DIP, including Protecto 401 Lined Compact Fittings 23 associated with the inverted siphon meter piping and tee connection into M-283 from the MH 24 @Sta. 0+00 to the MH@ Sta. 1+27. 25 3 EA Polymer Manhole—Standard 4 Ft Dia. with depths of 11.7; 16.04 and 17.7 feet deep. 26 1 EA Cast-in Place Manhole- Std. 5 Ft Dia. Type A(using ConShield enhanced mix and Interior ■■+ 27 Protective Coating installed). 28 1 EA Cast-in Place Manhole-Std. 5 Ft Dia. MH(using ConShield enhanced mix and Interior Protective 29 Coating installed). 30 1 LS 8'X 8'Meter Station Vault and Misc. Concrete Improvements—Installed(includes excavation& 31 backfill of vault; concrete stairs; flatwork; elevated platform and supports;permanent and 32 temporary guardrails; site grading and rock backfill; and private gravel access road modifications) �. 33 1 EA Transit Time(Endress-Hauser Model 91 W 24VDC)meter installed on 8-inch DI pipe 34 1 EA 8-inch Siemens 5100 W 24 VDC Mag meter installed on an 8-inch DI pipe 35 1 LS Electrical and Instrumentation Site Installations of Electrical/Communication Systems 36 Improvements 37 38 39 PREQUALIFICATION 40 The improvements included in this project must be performed by a contractor who is pre-qualified by the 41 City at the time of bid opening.The procedures for qualification and pre-qualification are outlined in the 42 Section 00 21 13—INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. 'w 43 44 45 DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS ... 46 The Bidding and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained on-line by visiting the City of Fort 47 Worth's Purchasing Division website at http://www.fortworthtexas.lzov/purchasiLny-Z and clicking on the 48 Buzzsaw link to the advertised project folders on the City's Buzzsaw site. The Contract Documents may CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 22,2016 ADDENDUM NO.3 rw CONFORMED 0011 13-2 INVITATION TO BIDDERS Page 2 of 2 �w 1 be downloaded,viewed,and printed by interested contractors and/or suppliers. The contractor is 2 required to fill out and notarize the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and the form must 3 be submitted to the Project Manager before the contract will be presented to the City Council.The 4 form can be obtained at httys://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm . 5 6 Copies of the Bidding and Contract Documents may be purchased from RJN Group, Inc., located at 6701 " 7 Brentwood Stair Rd., Suite IOOW, Fort Worth, TX 76112.A 24-hour notice must be given to the 8 ENGINEER prior to picking up drawings and specifications. 9 ... 10 The cost of Bidding and Contract Documents is: $125.00 11 12 PREBID CONFERENCE ,u 13 A non-mandatory prebid conference may be held as described in Section 00 21 13 - INSTRUCTIONS TO 14 BIDDERS at the following location,date,and time: 15 DATE: May 4,2017 .. 16 TIME: 9:00 am 17 PLACE: City Hall, 1000 Throckmorton 18 Fort Worth,Texas 76102 19 LOCATION: Water Administration Conference, Room#225 20 21 22 CITY'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT BIDS «. 23 City reserves the right to waive irregularities and to accept or reject bids. 24 25 26 INQUIRIES 27 All inquiries relative to this procurement should be addressed to the following: 28 Attn: Roberto C. Sauceda,P.E.,City of Fort Worth 29 Email: Robert.Sauceda@fortworthtexas.gov 30 Phone: (682)432-5478 31 AND/OR 32 Attn: Chris E. Brooks P.E., RJN Group, Inc. '! 33 Email: cbrooks@rjnmail.com 34 Phone: (817) 876-9695 35 36 Questions by e-mail will be prioritized over those received by other means. Only responses 37 issued via Addenda are binding. 38 39 ADVERTISEMENT DATES 40 April 6,2017 41 April 13,2017 µ 42 43 END OF SECTION u CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 22,2016 ADDENDUM NO.3 arm+ CONFORMED .r 002113-1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 1 of 10 1 SECTION 00 2113 2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3 4 Defined Terms 5 6 1.1.Terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,which are defined in Section 00 72 7 00-GENERAL CONDITIONS. 8 9 1.2.Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS have the 10 meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. ,� 11 12 1.2.1. Bidder: Any person,firm,partnership,company, association,or corporation acting 13 directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for performing 14 the work contemplated under the Contract Documents. 15 16 1.2.2.Nonresident Bidder: Any person,firm,partnership, company,association,or 17 corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a 18 bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents whose 19 principal place of business is not in the State of Texas. 20 21 1.2.3. Successful Bidder: The lowest responsible and responsive Bidder to whom City 22 (on the basis of City's evaluation as hereinafter provided)makes an award. 23 *• 24 2. Copies of Bidding Documents 25 26 2.1.Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations ., 27 resulting from the Bidders use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 28 29 2.2.City and Engineer in making copies of Bidding Documents available do so only for the 30 purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant 31 for any other use. 32 33 3. Prequalification of Bidders (Prime Contractors and Subcontractors) 34 35 3.1.All Bidders and their subcontractors are required to be prequalified for the work types 36 requiring prequalification at the time of bidding. Bids received from contractors who are 37 not prequalified(even if inadvertently opened)shall not be considered. Prequalification 38 requirement work types and documentation are as follows: 39 40 3.1.1. Paving—Requirements document located at; 41 hiips://projectpoint.buzzsaw.com/fortworthizov/Resources/02%20- 42 %20Construction%2ODocuments/Contractor%2OPrequalification/TPW%2OPaving ,., 43 %20Contractor%2OPrequalification%2OProgram/PREQUALIFICATION%20REO 44 UIREMENTS%20FOR%20PAVfNG%2000NTRACTORS.PDF?public 45 46 3.1.2. Roadway and Pedestrian Lighting—Requirements document located at; CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 A Revised August 21,2015 0021 13-2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 2 of 10 .�e 1 hgps:Hprojecipoint.buzzsaw.com/fortworthgov/Resources/02%20- 2 %20Construction%2ODocuments/Contractor%o2OPregualification/TPW%2OPavin� 3 %20Contractor%2OPregualification%2OProMm/PREQUALIFICATION%20REO .�. 4 UIREMENTS%20FOR%2OPAVING%2000NTRACTORS.PDF?public 5 6 3.1.3. Water and Sanitary Sewer—Requirements document located at; .+ 7 https://projecipoint.buzzsaw.com/fortworthgov/Resources/02%20- 8 %20Construction%2ODocuments/Contractor%o2OPrequalification/Water%2Oand%2 9 OSanitary%2OSewer%2OContractor%2OPrequalification%2OProgram/WSS%20pre 10 qual%20requirements.doc?public 11 12 13 3.2.Each Bidder unless currently prequalified, must be prepared to submit to City within 14 seven(7)calendar days prior to Bid opening,the documentation identified in Section 00 15 45 11, BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS. 16 -- 17 3.2.1. Submission of and/or questions related to prequalification should be addressed to 18 the City contact as provided in Paragraph 6.1. 19 .., 20 21 3.3.The City reserves the right to require any pre-qualified contractor who is the apparent low 22 bidder(s)for a project to submit such additional information as the City, in its sole ., 23 discretion may require, including but not limited to manpower and equipment records, 24 information about key personnel to be assigned to the project, and construction schedule, 25 to assist the City in evaluating and assessing the ability of the apparent low bidder(s)to 26 deliver a quality product and successfully complete projects for the amount bid within 27 the stipulated time frame. Based upon the City's assessment of the submitted 28 information, a recommendation regarding the award of a contract will be made to the 29 City Council. Failure to submit the additional information, if requested,may be grounds '® 30 for rejecting the apparent low bidder as non-responsive.Affected contractors will be 31 notified in writing of a recommendation to the City Council. 32 r. 33 3.4.In addition to prequalification,additional requirements for qualification may be required 34 within various sections of the Contract Documents. 35 .. 36 3.5.Special qualifications required for this project include the following: Bidders are required 37 to have a minimum of five(5)documentable projects that required constructing inverted siphon 38 and/or flume meter stations over the last 5 years. More specifically the project superintendent 39 must have specific experience constructing at least 4 meter stations. 40 4. Examination of Bidding and Contract Documents,Other Related Data,and Site 41 42 4.1.Before submitting a Bid,each Bidder shall: 43 44 4.1.1. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data 45 identified in the Bidding Documents(including "technical data"referred to in .• 46 Paragraph 4.2. below).No information given by City or any representative of the 47 City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially 48 promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. 49 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised August 21,2015 �., 0021 13-3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 3 of 10 1 4.1.2. Visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local and 2 site conditions that may affect cost, progress,performance or furnishing of the 3 Work. 4 5 4.1.3. Consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, 6 progress,performance or furnishing of the Work. 7 8 4.1.4. Study all: (i)reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or 9 contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing 10 surface or subsurface structures at the Site(except Underground Facilities)that 11 have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical 12 data"and(ii)reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, 13 at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing 14 reliable "technical data." 15 16 4.1.5. Be advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of 17 the information which the City will furnish.All additional information and data 18 which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents 19 shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract 20 Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original 21 Contract Documents.No information given by the City other than that contained in 22 the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be 23 binding upon the City. 24 25 4.1.6. Perform independent research, investigations,tests, borings, and such other means 26 as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be 27 encountered during the construction of the project. On request,City may provide 28 each Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, 29 explorations,tests and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a 30 Bid. Bidder must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former 31 conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations,tests and studies. .r 32 33 4.1.7. Determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the 34 cost of doing the Work,time required for its completion,and obtain all information 35 required to make a proposal. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their 36 own estimates, investigation,research,tests,explorations, and other data which are 37 necessary for full and complete information upon which the proposal is to be based. 38 It is understood that the submission of a proposal is prima-facie evidence that the 39 Bidder has made the investigation,examinations and tests herein required. Claims 40 for additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually 41 encountered in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be 42 allowed. 43 44, 4.1.8. Promptly notify City of all conflicts,errors,ambiguities or discrepancies in or " 45 between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor 46 shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents, 47 and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may .. 48 be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. 49 50 4.2. Reference is made to Section 00 73 00—Supplementary Conditions for identification of- 51 £51 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised August 21,2015 0021 13-4 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 4 of 10 r.+ 1 4.2.1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to 2 the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 3 The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only. 4 Neither the City nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of 5 coriditions which actually exist. 6 7 4.2.2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and 8 subsurface structures(except Underground Facilities)which are at or contiguous to 9 the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 10 .. 11 4.2.3. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Bidder 12 on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract 13 Documents,but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled 14 to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02. of the General Conditions has been identified 15 and established in Paragraph SC 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is 16 responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any"technical data"or 17 any other data, interpretations,opinions or information. 18 19 4.3.The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder(i) 20 that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4, (ii)that without 21 exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the 22 Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods,techniques, sequences or .. 23 procedures of construction(if any)that may be shown or indicated or expressly required 24 by the Contract Documents, (iii)that Bidder has given City written notice of all 25 conflicts,errors,ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the 26 written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Bidder, and when said conflicts, 27 etc.,have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as described in 28 Paragraph 6., and(iv)that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate 29 and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the 30 Work. 31 32 4.4.The provisions of this Paragraph 4, inclusive,do not apply to Asbestos,Polychlorinated OR 33 biphenyls(PCBs),Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by 34 Paragraph 4.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract 35 Documents. 36 37 5. Availability of Lands for Work,Etc. 38 w 39 5.1.The lands upon which the Work is to be performed,rights-of-way and easements for 40 access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work 41 are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto 42 required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of 43 materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for 44 by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing 45 facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the 46 Contract Documents. 47 .. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised August 21,2015 ..■ 0021 13-5 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS .� Page 5 of 10 1 5.2.Outstanding right-of-way, easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed 2 in Paragraph SC 4.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right- _. 3 of-way,easements,and/or permits are not obtained,the City reserves the right to cancel 4 the award of contract at any time before the Bidder begins any construction work on the 5 project. 6 7 5.3. The Bidder shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of- 8 way,easements,and/or permits,and shall submit a schedule to the City of how 9 construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits 10 and/or easements. 11 12 6. Interpretations and Addenda 13 14 6.1.All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to 15 City in writing on or before 2 p.m.,the Monday prior to the Bid opening. Questions .■ 16 received after this day may not be responded to. Interpretations or clarifications 17 considered necessary by City in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda 18 delivered to all parties recorded by City as having received the Bidding Documents. 19 Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other 20 interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 21 w 22 Address questions to: 23 24 City of Fort Worth 25 1000 Throckmorton Street 26 Fort Worth,TX 76102 27 Attn: Roberto C. Sauceda, Water Department 28 Fax: (817)392-8195 29 Email: Robert.Sauceda@fortworthtexas.gov 30 Phone: (682)432-5478 31 .w 32 33 6.2.Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by 34 City. 35 36 6.3.Addenda or clarifications may be posted via Buzzsaw at: 37 htps.-Aprojectpoint.buzzsaw.com/client/fortworthgov/Resources/02%20- 38 %20Construction%2ODocuments/Specifications. 39 40 6.4.A pre-bid conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or 41 INVITATION TO BIDDERS. Representatives of City will be present to discuss the 42 Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. City will 43 transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as City considers necessary 44 in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied 45 upon and will not be binding or legally effective. 46 47 48 49 50 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised August 21,2015 an 0021 13-6 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 6 of 10 we 1 7. Bid Security 2 3 7.1.Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Bond made payable to City in an amount of five an 4 (5)percent of Bidder's maximum Bid price on form attached, issued by a surety meeting 5 the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 of the General Conditions. 6 .r 7 7.2.The Bid Bond of all Bidders will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of Award 8 have been satisfied. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the complete 9 Agreement within 10 days after the Notice of Award,City may consider Bidder to be in 10 default,rescind the Notice of Award,and the Bid Bond of that Bidder will be forfeited. an 11 Such forfeiture shall be City's exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults. The Bid Bond of all 12 other Bidders whom City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award 13 will be retained by City until final contract execution. 14 15 8. Contract Times 16 The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved in •• 17 accordance with the General Requirements and the Work is to be completed and ready for 18 Final Acceptance is set forth in the Agreement or incorporated therein by reference to the 19 attached Bid Form. 20 21 9. Liquidated Damages 22 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. .. 23 24 10. Substitute and "Or-Equal" Items 25 The Contract, if awarded,will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the 26 Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or"or-equal" items. 27 Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Bidding Documents that a"substitute" or"or- 28 equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to 29 City, application for such acceptance will not be considered by City until after the Effective 30 Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor 31 and consideration by City is set forth in Paragraphs 6.05A., 6.05B. and 6.05C. of the General 32 Conditions and is supplemented in Section 0125 00 of the General Requirements. r 33 34 11. Subcontractors,Suppliers and Others 35 36 11.1. In accordance with the City's Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance No.20020- 37 12-2011 (as amended),the City has goals for the participation of minority business 38 and/or small business enterprises in City contracts. A copy of the Ordinance can be .. 39 obtained from the Office of the City Secretary. The Bidder shall submit the MBE and 40 SBE Utilization Form, Subcontractor/Supplier Utilization Form, Prime Contractor 41 Waiver Form and/or Good Faith Effort Form with documentation and/or Joint 42 Venture Form as appropriate. The Forms including documentation must be received 43 by the City no later than 2:00 P.M. CST,on the second business days after the bid 44 opening date. The Bidder shall obtain a receipt from the City as evidence the 45 documentation was received.Failure to comply shall render the bid as non- 46 responsive. 47 48 11.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier,other person ** 49 or organization against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. 50 51 �.. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised August 21,2015 r,,. wM 002113-7 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 7 of 10 1 2 12. Bid Form .,, 3 4 12.1. The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents; additional copies may be 5 obtained from the City. A 6 7 12.2. All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed by printing in ink and the Bid Form 8 signed in ink. Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing 9 the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be indicated for each Bid item,alternative, and unit 10 price item listed therein. In the case of optional alternatives,the words"No Bid," 11 "No Change," or"Not Applicable"may be entered. Bidder shall state the prices, 12 written in ink in both words and numerals,for which the Bidder proposes to do the 13 work contemplated or furnish materials required.All prices shall be written legibly. 14 In case of discrepancy between price in written words and the price in written 15 numerals,the price in written words shall govern. �- 16 17 12.3. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a 18 vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to 19 sign. The corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of 20 incorporation shall be shown below the signature. 21 22 12.4. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a 23 partner,whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of 24 authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the 25 signature. 26 27 12.5. Bids by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by a 28 member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of +*■ 29 the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. 30 31 12.6. Bids by individuals shall show the Bidder's name and official address. .■ 32 33 12.7. Bids by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner 34 indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. 35 36 12.8. All names shall be typed or printed in ink below the signature. 37 38 12.9. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda,the numbers of 39 which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. 40 41 12.10. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the 42 Bid shall be shown. 43 44 12.11. Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Bidder in the state of 45 Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 37—Vendor Compliance 46 to State Law Non Resident Bidder. 47 w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 r� Revised August 21,2015 0021 13-8 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 8 of 10 1 13. Submission of Bids 2 Bids shall be submitted on the prescribed Bid Form,provided with the Bidding Documents, 3 at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO BIDDERS, 4 addressed to Purchasing Manager of the City,and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed 5 envelope, marked with the City Project Number,Project title,the name and address of 6 Bidder, and accompanied by the Bid security and other required documents. If the Bid is sent .ft 7 through the mail or other delivery system,the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate 8 envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED"on the face of it. 9 10 14. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids 11 12 14.1. Bids addressed to the Purchasing Manager and filed with the Purchasing Office 13 cannot be withdrawn prior to the time set for bid opening. A request for withdrawal 14 must be made in writing by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner 15 that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted 16 at any time prior to the opening of Bids.After all Bids not requested for withdrawal .• 17 are opened and publicly read aloud,the Bids for which a withdrawal request has been 18 properly filed may,at the option of the City,be returned unopened. 19 20 14.2. Bidders may modify their Bid by electronic communication at any time prior to the 21 time set for the closing of Bid receipt. 22 23 15. Opening of Bids 24 Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly at the place where Bids are to be submitted. An 25 abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates(if any)will be made available 26 to Bidders after the opening of Bids. 27 28 16. Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance 29 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the time period specified for Notice of Award 30 and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by Successful Bidder. City may,at 31 City's sole discretion,release any Bid and nullify the Bid security prior to that date. 32 .• 33 17. Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract 34 35 17.1. City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation the rights .. 36 to reject any or all nonconforming,nonresponsive,unbalanced or conditional Bids 37 and to reject the Bid of any Bidder if City believes that it would not be in the best 38 interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder,whether because the Bid is 39 not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to 40 meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by City. City also reserves 41 the right to waive informalities not involving price,contract time or changes in the 42 Work with the Successful Bidder. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units 43 of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies 44 between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will 45 be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures 46 will be resolved in favor of the words. 47 r ANN CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised August 21,20I5 on 002113-9 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 9 of 10 1 17.1.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if City has reason to believe that collusion exists 2 among the Bidders, Bidder is an interested party to any litigation against City, 3 City or Bidder may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation, 4 Bidder is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous 5 contract,Bidder has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner, or 6 Bidder has uncompleted work which in the judgment of the City will prevent or 7 hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. 8 9 17.2. City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers,and 10 other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which 11 the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers,and other persons and organizations must 12 be submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City. 13 City also may consider the operating costs,maintenance requirements,performance 14 data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for 15 incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the r! 16 Notice of Award. 17 18 17.3. City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the 19 evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications,and financial 20 ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and 21 organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract 22 Documents to City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 23 24 17.4. Contractor shall perform with his own organization,work of a value not less than 25 35%of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City. 26 27 17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to lowest responsible and 28 responsive Bidder whose evaluation by City indicates that the award will be in the 29 best interests of the City. 30 31 17.6. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001,the City will not award .. 32 contract to a Nonresident Bidder unless the Nonresident Bidder's bid is lower than 33 the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas Bidder by the same amount that a 34 Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a Nonresident Bidder to obtain a 35 comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of 36 business is located. 37 38 17,7. A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is .w 39 to be awarded,City will award the Contract within 90 days after the day of the Bid 40 opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will constitute 41 acceptance of a Bid. Upon the contractor award a Notice of Award will be issued by 42 the City. 43 44 17.8. Failure or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of Bid. 45 46 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised August 21,2015 0021 13-10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 10 of 10 1 2 18. Signing of Agreement 3 When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the 4 required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement. Within 14 days thereafter 5 Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement to 6 City with the required Bonds,Certificates of Insurance,and all other required documentation. ,^ 7 City shall thereafter deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. 8 9 10 11 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised August 21,2015 w. uuS513 BID FORM Page 8 of 8 SECTION 00 3513 CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT Each bidder, offeror, or respondent (hereinafter also referred to as "you")to a City of Fort Worth (also referred to as "City") procurement are required to complete Conflict of Interest Questionnaire (the .� attached CIQ Form) and Local Government Officer Conflicts Disclosure Statement (the attached CIS Form) below pursuant to state law. This affidavit will certify that the Bidder has on file with the City Secretary the required documentation and is eligible to bid on City Work. The referenced forms may also .■, be downloaded from the website links provided below. http:/twww.ethics.state.b(.us/forms/CIQ.gdf http:/twww.ethics.state.tx.us/forms/CIS.pdf CIQ Form is on file with City Secretary ❑ CIQ Form is being provided to the City Secretary Cl CIS Form is on File with City Secretary ❑ CIS Form is being provided to the City Secretary BIDDER: Willlam J Schultz Inc dba Circle C Construction Comp By: Teresa S Skelly �f PO Box 40328 Signature: Fort Worth, Texas 76140 Title: President wa END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION Form Revised 20120327 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 CONFORMED 0041 00 BID FORM Page 1 of 3 SECTION 00 41 00 BID FORM TO: The Purchasing Manager c/o:The Purchasing Division 1000 Throckmorton Street City of Fort Worth,Texas 76102 FOR: EDGECLIFF VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WASTEWATER METER STATION City Project No.: 2302 Units/Sections: N/A 1. Enter Into Agreement The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with City in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Bid Price and within the Contract Time indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2. BIDDER Acknowledgements and Certification 2.1 In submitting this Bid, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the INVITATION TO BIDDERS and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including without limitation those dealing with the disposition of Bid Bond. 2.2. Bidder is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract award, and will provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 days of notification of award. 2.3. Bidder certifies that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive agreement or rules of any group, association,organization, or corporation. 2.4. Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid. 2.5. Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding. 2.6. Bidder has not engaged in corrupt,fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph: a. "corrupt practice"means the offering, giving, receiving,or soliciting of any thing of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process. b. "fraudulent practice"means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made(a)to influence the bidding process to the detriment of City(b)to establish Bid prices at artificial non-competitive levels,or(c)to deprive City of the benefits of free and open competition. c. "collusive practice"means a scheme or arrangement between two or more Bidders,with or without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to establish Bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION Form Revised 20150821 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 00 4100 BID FORM Page 2 of 3 d. 'coercive practice"means harming or threatening to harm,directly or indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or affect the execution of the Contract. 3. Prequalification The Bidder acknowledges that the following work types must be performed only by prequalified contractors and subcontractors: a. Utility Construction b. Concrete Structure Construction c. Paving Construction d. Storm Water Management 4. Time of Completion 4.1, The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within Q days after the date when the the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions. 4.2. Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of failure to complete the Work{and/or achievement of Milestones)within the times specified in the Agreement. 5. Attached to this Bid The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid: a. This Bid Form, Section 00 41 00 b. Required Bid Bond, Section 00 43 13 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. c. Proposal Form, Section 00 42 43 d. Vendor Compliance to State Law Non Resident Bidder, Section 00 43 37 e. MWBE Forms(optional at time of bid) w f. Prequalification Statement, Section 00 45 12 g. Conflict of Interest Affidavit, Section 00 35 13 'If necessary, CIQ or CIS forms are to be provided directly to City Secretary h. Any additional documents that may be required by Section 12 of the Instructions to Bidders 6. Total Bid Amount 6.1. Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the following bid amount. In the space provided below, please enter the total bid amount for this project. Only this figure will be read publicly by the City at the bid opening. 6.2. It is understood and agreed by the Bidder in signing this proposal that the total bid amount entered below is CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION �, Form Revised 20150821 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 00 41 00 BID FORM Page 3 of 8 me 6.2. It is understood and agreed by the Bidder in signing this proposal that the total bid amount entered below is subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit bid prices for each pay item by the respective estimated quantities shown in this proposal and then totaling all of the extended amounts. 6.3. Evaluation of Bid Items Total Bid �, $.373,432.50 $1,376,35750 7. Bid Submittal This Bid is submitted on June 22, 2017 by the entity named below. Respectfully submitted, Receipt is acknowledged of the initial following Addenda: By: Addendum No. 1 TSS (Signature) Addendum No. 2: TSS Addendum No. 3. TSS Teresa S Skelly lAddendum No. 4: TSS (Printed Name) w� Title: President Company: Willlam J Schultz Inc dba Circle C Construction ComF Corporate Seal: Address: PO Box 40328 Fort Worth, Texas 76140 ^� State of Incorporation: Texas Email: t.skelly .circlecconstruction.com Phone: 817-293-1863 END OF SECTION s CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION Form Revised 20150821 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 ..w CONFORMED aro rsorosu. hrs ds SECTION 00 42 43 PROPOSALFORM UNIT PRICE BID Bidder's Application F'n't,q"� item laformation Bidder's Proposal 16id1i%t - Sl,rre G.alinn 1'uil nY I11,1 $tem Ne. lkferiptfea tirrii•,ri Vim, w]ry•nrr I)nanlir, €;gait i"rst Bid Valet f Pipe-Sewer-13 inch PVC DR`8 0335 Open Cut Install 33'1 1 LF' 88 $35:,.00 $30,800.00 sails 2 Pipe-Sewer-18 Intl PVC DR18 C3:^Z-install r 30"Casing Pipe 33 05 24 LF I�_3 $200.00 $32,600.00 3 Pipe-Sevrer-30r'=Thick Steel Casing Pipe B.O.T.O.0-Install 33 05 20 LF 163 $1,500.00 $244,500.00 4 Pipe-Sewer-8 inch Protedo 401 Lined DIP-Install Siphon Piping 3311 10 LF 117 $800.00 $93,600.00 5 Pipe-Sewar-8 Inch Proteto 401 Lined DIP-Install 3311 10 LF 10 $200.00 $2,000.00 am 6 Connect to Existing Pipe(Ex M-283 POE @ Ste.12+52)-36 Inch RCP and Concrete 999900 EA 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 EEMUW Woe Coupler-Install 7 Inspection-Pre Construction Cleaning 8 TV(36-in)-Study 330131 LF 1217 $10.00 $12,170.00 8 Inspection-Post Construction Cleaning 8 TV-Study 33 01 31 LF 380 $5.00 $1,900.00 9 Exploratory Excavation of Existing Utilities(Dehole) 330530 EA 2 $1,500.00 $3,000.00 tlll# 10 Cut and Plug Existing 36 inch RCP-Install 0241 14 EA 2 $8,500.00 $17,000.00 11 Pipe Trench Safety System-Install 330510 LF 205 $10.00 $2,050.00 12 Polymer Concrete-4 Ft Die.MH Q Sta.0+10(16.04 Ft Depth)-Install SS-01 EA 1 $15,000.00 $15,000.00 13 Polymer Concrete-4 Ft Dia MH Q Sta.1+27(17.7 Ft Depth)-Install SS-01 EA 1 $20,000.00 $20,000.00 14 Conshield Enhanced Casten-Place 5 Ft Dia,MH Ito 6 Ft Deothl-install a Sta.3+58- 33 39 10 EA 1 $15,000.00 $15,000.00 Fit 15 Conshield Enhanced Cast-in-Place 5 Ft Dia MH-Added Depth(>6 Ft depth)-Install 333910 VF $450.00 $2,925 DO 16 Conshield Enhanced Cast-in-Place I Ft Dia.MH(tai 6 Ft Depth)-Install 0 Sta,3+71- 333910 EA 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 17 Conehleld Enhanced Cast-in-Waco 6 Ft Dia MH-Added Depth 1>6 Ft dsothl-katall 333910 A Us $550.00 $3,575.00 16 t coutna swam-htstat(an 6 FS Dia tees 333960 IF M $22.50 $7,875.00 19 Manhole Coating System-Install on 5 Ft Dia Manholes 33 39 60 SF M $22.50 $11,812.50 20 Conshield Enhanced Sid 5-ft Dia.Type A Precast MH Riser(to 6 Ft Depth)-(@Sta.0+00- 333910 EA 1 $10,500.00 $10,500.00 14.5 Ft Depth to base)-Install OR 21 Conshield Enhanced Std 5-ft Dia,Type A Precast MH Riser(Added Depth)-Install 33 39 10 VF 9 $350.00 $3.150.00 22 Manhole-Modified Type A Base @ Sta.0+00-Install 333910 EA 1 $22,500.00 $22,500.00 23 &X 8'Cast in Place Meter Station Vault and Misc.Concrete Improvements(Includes Divisions 03, LS 1 $375,000.00 $375,000.00 excavation,foundation drain system,and backfill;concrete stairs;Network;and elevated 05,07 and 09 4110 platform)-Install 24 Concrete Collars 33 07 17 EA 5 $450.00 $2,250.00 25 Mentide-Vacuum Test-Services 3301 30 EA 5 $200.00 $1,000.00 26 Gravel(Flex Base)for new access road and meter station driveway-Installed 32 11 23 CY 40 $30.00 $1,200.00 erre 27 Gravel for meter station site surface area-Installed 3211 23 CY 40 $30.00 $1,200.00 28 Select Fill Material or Cement Stabilized Send-Backfill-Install 330510 CY 30 $200.00 $6,000.00 29 Low Strength Fill Material(CLSM)-Flowable Fill-Install 03 34 13 CY 30 $200.00 $6,000.00 30 Meter Station Site Fencing and Double Access Gate-Install LF 220 $50.00 $11,000.00 31 Bollards-Install 05501 EA 17 $500.00 $8,500.00 s"e 32 DI Fittings-Protecto 401 Lined-Install 3311 11 TON 1 $12,000.00 $12,000.00 33 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan-1 Ac SWPPP-Install 31 25 00 LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 34 Seeding,Hydromulch,-Install 8 Maintenance Period 32 92 13 SY 300 $25.00 $7,500.00 35 Transit Time(E-H Model 91W)meter installed on 8-inch pipe with Warranty 40 66 44 EA 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 no 36 84nch Mag(Siemens 5100W)meter installed with Warranty 40 66 44 EA 1 $25,000.00 $25,000.00 37 Construct 100 LF of 1-12 to 2-inch Scheduie 80 PVC force main pipe(includes fittings,wall 3311 12 EA 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 hengerslanchors,ball and check valves,and conned to polymer MH at Sta.0+10)-Install 38 Electrical and Instrumentation Site Installation with ElectricaUCommunicatioi System Divisions 26 LS 1 $165,000.00 $165,000.00 Improvements-Installed(Includes,but Is not limited to,solar panels)with standard beet up and 40 sea battsdes;vault I il";power 6 tiprel Cables;electrical and InsbumsMabon conduits(ducbanks 8 handholds);cell phone:SS cabinets(power and coned pends):2 talog rocorders and communication equipment(RTU's);surge proUetion,12 HP sump pump,and other incidentals, complete and in lace 39 Cost AdlustmeM for Fiberglass Manhole Frame and Covers("Sowper Cover"or $500.00 $2,500.00 .r Approved Eaual)in lieu of spedMd Ductile Iron Manhole Frame and Covers 40 Weill Fork Sycamore Creek Channel and Floodplain Sewer Crost irw-Surface I 290 $225.00 $65.250.00 Protection and Restoratitxl-Install 41 Construction Staking(Sewer) LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 42 Construction Survey(Sewer)-(GPS As-Built) LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 43 Construction Allowance(Sewer) LS 1 $40,000.00 $40,000.00 Total Bid: $1,373,432. $1,376,357.50 w END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION I STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Form Rcrixd 20130120 ADDENDUM 140.4 CONFORMED .s DO 43 13 BID BOND Page 4 of 1 .. SECTION 00 43 13 BID BOND KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That we,(Bidder Name) William J Schultz Inc dba Circle C Construction Company hereinafter called the Principal, and (Surety Name) Ir Name Here a corporation or firm duly authorized to transact surety business in the State of Texas, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of S-)-li Out Numbers Hece and No/100 Dollars ($ j .00), the payment of which sum will be well and truly made and the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally,firm by these presents. WHEREAS,the Principal has submitted a proposal to perform work for the following project of the Obligee, identified as EDGECLIFF VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WASTEWATER METER STATION 0 ■el NOW, THEREFORE, if the Obligee shall award the Contract for the foregoing project to the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the ., Contract and shall enter into the Contract in writing with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such proposal, then this bond shall be null and void. If the Principal fails to execute such Contract in accordance with the terms of such proposal or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract in accordance with the proposal or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract in accordance with the proposal, this bond shall become the property of the Obligee, without recourse of the Principal and/or Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and shall be used to compensate Obligee for the difference between Principal's Total Bid Amount and the next selected Bidder's Total Bid Amount. wew SIGNED this day of .2017. By: William J Schultz Inc dba Circle C Construction Company (Signature and Title of Principal) 'By: Surety Name Here (Signature of Attomey-of-Fact) "Attach Power of Attorney(Surety)for Attorney-in-Fact Impressed Surety Seal Only END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION Form Revised 20110627 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 "" CONFORMED '4 MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY ... MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) P.O. BOX 14498, DES MOINES, IOWA 50306-3498 PHONE:(800) 678-8171 FAX: (515)243-3854 BID BOND PUBLIC WORK Bond No. N/A KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That William J.Schultz,Inc. dba Circle C Construction Company,P.O. Box 40328,Fort Worth,TX 76140 (hereinafter called the Principal) as Principal, and the Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual) (hereinafter called Surety), as Surety, are held and firmly bound to City of Fort Worth, 1000 Throckmorton Street, Fort Worth,Texas 76102 (hereinafter called the Obligee) in the full and just sum of( 5%of Greatest Amount Bid ) Five Per Cent of Greatest Amount Bid Dollars good and lawful money of the United States of America,to the payment of which sum of money well and truly to be made, the Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. Signed and dated this 22nd day of June 2017 THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that, if the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for Construction of Edgecliff Village-Wholesale Customer Wastewater Meter Station, City Project No. 02302,Sewr No. 59607-0700430-CO2302-C 1783 according to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefore, and the Principal shall duly make and enter into a contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award, and shall give bond for the faithful performance thereof with the Merchants Bondine Company(Mutual) , as Surety, or with ,. other Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure to do so, pay to the Obligee the damages which the Obligee may suffer by reason of such failure, not exceeding the penalty of this bond, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. ^^^ IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed. Witness: William J. Schultz,Inc.dba Circle C Construction Company Principal By -W Teresa S. S ell esi e •• Witness rety: Affisak Merchants ding Company utual) ,.. X B John A..Miller y eryl A.Kluft Attorney-in-Fact CON 0333(2/15) CONFORMED M.ERCHANTs BONDING COMPANY . POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents,that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa(herein collectively called the"Companies")do hereby make,constitute and appoint,individually, John A Miller,John R Stockton;Sheryl A Kkdts -• their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(les) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power-of-Attomey is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By-Laws adopted by Bre Board ..w of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual)on April 23,2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding,Inc.,on October 16,2015. "The President, Secretary,Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attorneys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seat of the Company thereto, bonds and -^ undertakings,recognizances,contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company,and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only,it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the Attorney-in-Fact incudes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation, it is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only,it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attomey-in-Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner- Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty(30)days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof,the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 6th day of April 2017 '"'POR' � .- p: p yip pR .� • MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) `O 97J;.'y�; MERCHANT NATIONAL BONDING,INC. 2003 1833 ±c: By •.J� •........��1�,• •••6 �,. .••`1i : President STATE OF IOWA BOB •'•."'•'• COUNTY OF DALLAS as. �• On this this 6th day of April 2017 before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies;and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors ,— I.. s AUCIA K.GRAM Z •• CommL-Wo'1 Number 767430 . 0 My Commission EWkw I A;i 1,2020 .� Notary Pubic (Expiration of notary's commission does rat invalidate this Instrument) I,William Warner,Jr.,Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC.,do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and cores copy of the POWER-0F-ATTORNEY executed by said Companies,which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. _ In Witness Whereof,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this 22nd day of June , 2017 •wv"', 2003 ;y4 1933 ;r.a Secretary POA 0018 (3/17) •��'''•...•....••'• '••...••. .,. CONFORMED MERCHANT�S� BONDING COMPANY. -* MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) • MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. P.O. BOX 14498 , DES MOINES, IOWA 50306-3498•(800)678-8171 •(515)243-3854 FAX Please send all notices of claim on this bond to: Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual)/Merchants National Bonding, Inc. P.O.Box 14498 .. Des Moines, Iowa 50306-3498 (515)243-8171 (800)678-8171 Physical Address: 6700 Westown Parkway, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266 SUP 0073 TX(2/15) .,,, CONFORMED 00 43 37 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW Page 6 Of 1 SECTION 00 43 37 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON RESIDENT BIDDER 4W Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident bidders (out-of-state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable contract in the State which the nonresident's principal place of business is located. The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for your bid to meet specifications. The failure of nonresident bidders to do so will automatically disqualify that bidder. Resident .� bidders must check the box in Section B. A. Nonresident bidders in the State of Bute -tare c)r B;of , , our principal place of business, ,.� are required to be 101kiii, percent lower than resident bidders by State Law. A copy of the statute is attached. .� Nonresident bidders in the State of ;,N , our principal place of business, are not required to underbid resident bidders. B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is in the State of Texas. [f] BIDDER: Willlam J Schultz Inc dba Circle C Construction By: Teresa S Skelly Company PO Box 40328 (Signature) Fort Worth, Texas 76140 Title: President " Date: w END OF SECTION r CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION Form Revised 20110627 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 ""� CONFORMED 004511-1 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS ... Page 1 of 3 1 SECTION 00 45 11 2 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS 3 4 1. Summary. All contractors are required to be prequalified by the City prior to submitting 5 bids.To be eligible to bid the contractor must submit Section 00 45 12,Prequalification 6 Statement for the work type(s) listed with their Bid.Any contractor or subcontractor who is 7 not prequalified for the work type(s) listed must submit Section 00 45 13, Bidder r 8 Prequalification Application in accordance with the requirements below. 9 10 The prequalification process will establish a bid limit based on a technical evaluation and 11 financial analysis of the contractor.The information must be submitted seven(7)days prior 12 to the date of the opening of bids. For example, a contractor wishing to submit bids on 13 projects to be opened on the 7th of April must file the information by the 31 st day of March 14 in order to bid on these projects. In order to expedite and facilitate the approval of a Bidder's 15 Prequalification Application,the following must accompany the submission. 16 a. A complete set of audited or reviewed financial statements. 17 (1) Classified Balance Sheet 18 (2) Income Statement 19 (3) Statement of Cash Flows 20 (4) Statement of Retained Earnings 21 (5) Notes to the Financial Statements, if any 22 b. A certified copy of the firm's organizational documents(Corporate Charter,Articles 23 of Incorporation,Articles of Organization,Certificate of Formation, LLC 24 Regulations, Certificate of Limited Partnership Agreement). 25 c. A completed Bidder Prequalification Application. 26 (1) The firm's Texas Taxpayer Identification Number as issued by the Texas 27 Comptroller of Public Accounts.To obtain a Texas Taxpayer Identification 28 number visit the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts online at the 29 following web address www.window.state.tx.us/taxpertnit/and fill out the 30 application to apply for your Texas tax ID. 31 (2) The firm's e-mail address and fax number. 32 (3) The firm's DUNS number as issued by Dun&Bradstreet. This number 33 is used by the City for required reporting on Federal Aid projects. The DUNS 34 number may be obtained at www.dnb.com. 35 d. Resumes reflecting the construction experience of the principles of the firm for firms 36 submitting their initial prequalification. These resumes should include the size and 37 scope of the work performed. 38 e. Other information as requested by the City. 39 40 2. Prequalification Requirements 41 a. Financial Statements. Financial statement submission must be provided in 42 accordance with the following: .., 43 (1) The City requires that the original Financial Statement or a certified copy 44 be submitted for consideration. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,20I I am 004511-2 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS Page 2 of 3 an 1 (2) To be satisfactory,the financial statements must be audited or reviewed 2 by an independent,certified public accounting firm registered and in 3 good standing in any state. Current Texas statues also require that Oft 4 accounting firms performing audits or reviews on business entities within 5 the State of Texas be properly licensed or registered with the Texas State 6 Board of Public Accountancy. as 7 (3) The accounting firm should state in the audit report or review whether 8 the contractor is an individual,corporation,or limited liability company. 9 (4) Financial Statements must be presented in U.S. dollars at the current rate am 10 of exchange of the Balance Sheet date. 11 (5) The City will not recognize any certified public accountant as 12 independent who is not, in fact, independent. 13 (6) The accountant's opinion on the financial statements of the contracting 14 company should state that the audit or review has been conducted in 15 accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United 16 States of America. This must be stated in the accounting firm's opinion. 17 It should: (1)express an unqualified opinion,or(2)express a qualified 18 opinion on the statements taken as a whole. 19 (7) The City reserves the right to require a new statement at any time. 20 (8) The financial statement must be prepared as of the last day of any month, 21 not more than one year old and must be on file with the City 16 months 22 thereafter, in accordance with Paragraph 1. ,A... 23 (9) The City will determine a contractor's bidding capacity for the purposes 24 of awarding contracts. Bidding capacity is determined by multiplying the 25 positive net working capital(working capital=current assets—current 26 liabilities)by a factor of 10.Only those statements reflecting a positive 27 net working capital position will be considered satisfactory for 28 prequalification purposes. 29 (10) In the case that a bidding date falls within the time a new financial ` 30 statement is being prepared,the previous statement shall be updated with 31 proper verification. 32 b. Bidder Prequalification Application. A Bidder Prequalification Application must be 33 submitted along with audited or reviewed financial statements by firms wishing to be 34 eligible to bid on all classes of construction and maintenance projects. Incomplete 35 Applications will be rejected. 36 (1) In those schedules where there is nothing to report,the notation of 37 "None"or"N/A" should be inserted. 38 (2) A minimum of five(5)references of related work must be provided. 39 (3) Submission of an equipment schedule which indicates equipment under 40 the control of the Contractor and which is related to the type of work for 41 which the Contactor is seeking prequalification. The schedule must 42 include the manufacturer, model and general common description of 43 each piece of equipment. Abbreviations or means of describing 44 equipment other than provided above will not be accepted. 45 46 3. Eligibility to Bid 47 a. The City shall be the sole judge as to a contractor's prequalification. 48 b. The City may reject, suspend,or modify any prequalification for failure by the 49 contractor to demonstrate acceptable financial ability or performance. 50 c. The City will issue a letter as to the status of the prequalification approval. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 �.�„ 0045 11-3 BIDDERS PREQUALIFICATIONS Page 3 of 3 1 d. If a contractor has a valid prequalification letter,the contractor will be eligible to bid 2 the prequalified work types until the expiration date stated in the letter. 3 4 5 .. 6 7 8 END OF SECTION 9 Mw ew, r� uw CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 00 45 12 w�M BID FORM Page 7 of 8 SECTION 00 45 12 PREQUALIFICATION STATEMENT Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying the prequalified contractors and/or subcontractors whom they intend to utilize for the major work type(s) listed. Major Work Type Contractor/Subcontractor Company Name Prequalification Expiration Date Utility Construction Circle C Construction 4/30/2018 .. Concrete Structure Circle C Construction 4/30/2017 Construction Paving Construction Circle C Construction 4/30/2017 Storm Water Management Circle C Construction 4/30/2017 .�, The undersigned hereby certifies that the contractors and/or subcontractors described in the table above are currently prequalified for the work types listed. BIDDER: William J Schultz Inc dba Circle C Construction By: Teresa Ukelly Company PO Box 40328 (Signature) Fort Worth, Texas 76140 Title: President w Date: jlo -ZZ • 7 r END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION Form Revised 20120120 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 FORTWORTH SECTION 00 4513 " BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Date of Balance Sheet Mark only one: Individual .. Limited Partnership Name under which you wish to qualify General Partnership Corporation Limited Liability Company Post Office Box City State Zip Code Street Address(required) City State Zip Code Telephone Fax Email Texas Taxpayer Identification No. Federal Employers Identification No. .w DUNS No. (if.applicable) MAIL THIS QUESTIONAIRE ALONG WITH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TO: CITY OF FORT WORTH TEXAS „ 1000 THROCKMORTON STREET FORT WORTH, TEXAS 76102-6311 AND MARK THE ENVELOPE: "BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION" 0045 13-2 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 2 of 8 two BUSINESS CLASSIFICATION The following should be completed in order that we may properly classify your firm: r. (Check the block(s)which are applicable—Block 3 is to be left blank if Block 1 and/or Block 2 is checked) Has fewer than 100 employees and/or .w Has less than $6,000,000.00 in annual gross receipts OR ❑ Does not meet the criteria for being designated a small business as provided in Section 2006.001 of the Texas Government Code. The classification of your firm as a small or large business is not a factor in determining eligibility to become prequalified. MAJOR WORK CATEGORIES Water Department Augur Boring-24-inch diameter casing and less Augur Boring-Greater than 24-inch diameter casing and greater Tunneling—36-Inches—60—inches, and 350 LF or less Tunneling-36-Inches—60—inches, and greater than 350 LF Tunneling—66"and greater, 350 LF and greater Tunneling—66"and greater,350 LF or Less Cathodic Protection Water Distribution, Development, 8-inch diameter and smaller Water Distribution,Urban and Renewal, 8-inch diameter and smaller Water Distribution,Development, 12-inch diameter and smaller Water Distribution,Urban and Renewal, 12-inch diameter and smaller Water Transmission, Development, 24-inches and smaller ,.., Water Transmission, Urban/Renewal,24-inches and smaller Water Transmission, Development,42-inches and smaller Water Transmission, Urban/Renewal,42-inches and smaller .. Water Transmission, Development, All Sizes Water Transmission, Urban/Renewal, All Sizes Sewer Bypass Pumping, 18-inches and smaller .. Sewer Bypass Pumping, 18-inches—36-inches Sewer Bypass Pumping 42-inches and larger CCTV, 8-inches and smaller .. CCTV, 12-inches and smaller CCTV, 18-inches and smaller CCTV, 24-inches and smaller •� CCTV,42-inches and smaller CCTV,48-inches and smaller CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ,,, 0045 13-3 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 3 of 8 MAJOR WORK CATEGORIES,CONTINUED Sewer CIPP, 12-inches and smaller Sewer CIPP,24-inches and smaller Sewer CIPP,42-inches and smaller Sewer CIPP,All Sizes Sewer Collection System,Development, 8-inches and smaller Sewer Collection System,Urban/Renewal, 8-inches and smaller .s Sewer Collection System,Development, 12-inches and smaller Sewer Collection System,Urban/Renewal, 12-inches and smaller Sewer Interceptors, Development,24-inches and smaller Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal,24-inches and smaller Sewer Interceptors, Development, 42-inches and smaller Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal,42-inches and smaller �. Sewer Interceptors, Development, 48-inches and smaller Sewer Interceptors, Urban/Renewal,48-inches and smaller Sewer Pipe Enlargement 12-inches and smaller Sewer Pipe Enlargement 24-inches and smaller Sewer Pipe Enlargement,All Sizes w Sewer Cleaning,24-inches and smaller Sewer Cleaning,42-inches and smaller Sewer Cleaning,All Sizes Sewer Cleaning, 8-inches and smaller Sewer Cleaning, 12-inches and smaller Sewer Siphons 12-inches or less Sewer Siphons 24-inches or less Sewer Siphons 42-inches or less Sewer Siphons All Sizes Transportation Public Works Asphalt Paving Construction/Reconstruction(LESS THAN 15,000 square yards) Asphalt Paving Construction/Reconstruction(15,000 square yards and GREATER) Asphalt Paving Heavy Maintenance(UNDER$1,000,000) Asphalt Paving Heavy Maintenance($1,000,000 and OVER) Concrete Paving Construction/Reconstruction(LESS THAN 15,000 square yards) Concrete Paving Construction/Reconstruction(15,000 square yards and GREATER) Roadway and Pedestrian Lighting r CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,20I2 O. 0045 13-4 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 4 of 8 w. 1. List equipment you do not own but which is available by renting DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT NAME AND DETAILED ADDRESS OF OWNER 2. How many years has your organization been in business as a general contractor under your present name? List previous business names: •� 3. How many years of experience in construction work has your organization had: (a) As a General Contractor: (b)As a Sub-Contractor: 4. *What projects has your organization completed in Texas and elsewhere? CLASS LOCATION NAME AND DETAILED CONTRACT OF DATE CITY-COUNTY- ADDRESS OF OFFICIAL TO AMOUNT WORK COMPLETED STATE WHOM YOU REFER *If requalifying only show work performed.since last statement. 5.Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? .. If so,where and why? 6.Has any officer or owner of your organization ever been an officer of another organization that failed to complete a contract? If so, state the name of the individual,other organization and reason. 7.Has any officer or owner of your organization ever failed to complete a contract executed in his/her name? If so, state the name of the individual, name of owner and reason. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 r, w 0045 13-5 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 5 of 8 8. In what other lines of business are you financially interested? 9. Have you ever performed any work for the City? If so, when and to whom do you refer? 10. State names and detailed addresses of all producers from whom you have purchased principal materials during the last three years. NAME OF FIRM OR COMPANY DETAILED ADDRESS 11. Give the names of any affiliates or relatives currently debarred by the City. Indicate your relationship to this person or firm. 12. What is the construction experience of the principal individuals in your organization? PRESENT MAGNITUDE POSITION OR YEARS OF AND TYPE OF IN WHAT NAME OFFICE EXPERIENCE WORK CAPACITY 13. If any owner, officer, director, or stockholder of your firm is an employee of the City, or shares the same household with a City employee,please list the name of the City employee and the relationship. In .� addition, list any City employee who is the spouse,child,or parent of an owner,officer, stockholder,or director who does not live in the same household but who receives care and assistance from that person as a direct result of a documented medical condition. This includes foster children or those related by adoption or marriage. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,20I2 ON 0045 13-6 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 6 of 8 w CORPORATION BLOCK PARTNERSHIP BLOCK If a corporation: If a partnership: Date of Incorporation State of Organization Charter/File No. Date of organization President Is partnership general, limited, or registered limited liability partnership? Vice Presidents File No. (if Limited Partnership) General Partners/Officers too Secretary Limited Partners(if applicable) Treasurer LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY BLOCK If a corporation: .. State of Incorporation Date of organization File No. Individuals authorized to sign for Partnership Officers or Managers(with titles, if any) Except for limited partners,the individuals listed in the blocks above are presumed to have full 4" signature authority for your firm unless otherwise advised. Should you wish to grant signature authority for additional individuals,please attach a certified copy of the corporate resolution, corporate minutes,partnership agreement,power of attorney or other legal documentation which ow grants this authority. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 om 004513-7 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 7 of 8 14. Equipment $ TOTAL BALANCE SHEET ITEM QUANTITY ITEM DESCRIPTION VALUE 1 w 2 3 4 5 6 .. 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 ■w 21 22 23 24 25 +■► 26 27 28 29 30 Various- TOTAL Similar types of equipment may be lumped together. If your firm has more than 30 types of equipment, ,■. you may show these 30 types and show the remainder as "various". The City, by allowing you to show only 30 types of equipment,reserves the right to request a complete,detailed list of all your equipment. The equipment list is a representation of equipment under the control of the firm and which is related to the type of work for which the firm is seeking qualification. In the description include,the manufacturer, model,and general common description of each. rr CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 Ong 004513-8 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION APPLICATION Page 8 of 8 BIDDER PREQUALIFICATION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF COUNTY OF am The undersigned hereby declares that the foregoing is a true statement of the financial condition of the entity herein first named, as of the date herein first given; that this statement is for the express purpose of inducing the party to whom it is submitted to award the submitter a contract; and that the accountant who prepared the balance sheet accompanying this report as well as any depository, vendor or any other agency herein named is hereby authorized to supply each party with any information,while this statement is in force,necessary to verify said statement. being duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is the of ' the entity described in and which executed the foregoing statement that he/she is familiar with the books of the said entity showing its financial condition; that the foregoing financial statement taken from the books of the said entity as of the date thereof and that the answers to the questions of the foregoing Bidder Prequalification Application are correct and true as of the date of this affidavit. Firm Name: Signature: Sworn to before me this day of , Notary Public Notary Public must not be an officer,director,or stockholder or relative thereof. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 .�a 004526-1 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW w Page I of I 1 SECTION 00 45 26 2 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW 3 4 Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a),as amended,Contractor certifies that it 5 provides worker's compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on City 6 Project No. 02302. Contractor further certifies that,pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 7 406.096(b),as amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor's certificates of compliance with 8 worker's compensation coverage. 9 10 CONTRACTOR: 11 W iMiam J Sdiu]tz Inc dba 12 C irch C C onstruct hn C am pany By:Teresa S Skelly 13 Company (Please Print) .� 14 15 PO Bax 40328 Signature: c 16 Address 17 18 F ortW orth,TX 76140 Title: President 19 City/State/Zip (Please Print) 20 21 22 THE STATE OF TEXAS § " * -,,MICHELE S.LANKFORD ,';r- a -- < Notary Public 23 STATE OF TEXAS 24 COUNTY OF TARRANT § =�: �°':� Notary iD ��75848 6 25 �fFt'` My C."..E.P.oeloW 7,2019 26 BEFORE ME,the undersigned authority,on this day personally appeared 27 Yew ee<L 5 S I4o.1 Ly , known to me to be the person whose name is 28 subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as 29 the act and deed of 1'�i•�,5I.C1 R/-L for the purposes and r 30 consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. 31 2,1 32 IVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this w day of ,l 33 ,20-L 34 35 36 37 Notary Public in and for the State of T rs 38 39 END OF SECTION 40 ws CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 aw Revised July 1,2011 CONFORMED 004540-1 Minority Business Enterprise Specifications Page 1 of 2 1 SECTION 00 45 40 2 Minority Business Enterprise Specifications 3 4 APPLICATION OF POLICY 5 If the total dollar value of the contract is greater than $50,000, then a MBE subcontracting goal is 6 applicable. 7 8 POLICY STATEMENT 9 It is the policy of the City of Fort Worth to ensure the full and equitable participation by Minority 10 Business Enterprises (MBE) in the procurement of all goods and services. All requirements and 11 regulations stated in the City's current Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance apply to this bid. 12 13 MBE PROJECT GOALS 14 The City's MBE goal on this project is 12% of the total bid value of the contract (Base bid applies to 15 Parks and Community Services). 16 17 Note: If both MBE and SBE subcontracting goals are established for this project, then an Offeror 18 must submit both a MBE Utilization Form and a SBE Utilization Form to be deemed responsive. 19 20 COMPLIANCE TO BID SPECIFICATIONS 21 On City contracts $50,000 or more where a MBE subcontracting goal is applied, Offerors are required to 22 comply with the intent of the City's Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance by one of the following: 23 1. Meet or exceed the above stated MBE goal through MBE subcontracting participation,or .■ 24 2. Meet or exceed the above stated MBE goal through MBE Joint Venture participation,or 25 3. Good Faith Effort documentation,or; 26 4. Prime Waiver documentation. .r 27 28 SUBMITTAL OF REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION 29 The applicable documents must be received by the Purchasing Division, within the following times 30 allocated, in order for the entire bid to be considered responsive to the specifications. The Offeror shall 31 deliver the MBE documentation in person to the appropriate employee of the purchasing division and 32 obtain a date/time receipt. Such receipt shall be evidence that the City received the documentation in the 33 time allocated. A faxed and/or emailed copy will not be accepted. 34 1. Subcontractor Utilization Form, if received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business goal is met or exceeded: day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening date. 2. Good Faith Effort and received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business Subcontractor Utilization Form, if day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening ^— participation is less than statedgoal: date. 3. Good Faith Effort and received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business Subcontractor Utilization Form, if no day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening .,, MBE participation: date. 4. Prime Contractor Waiver Form, received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business if you will perform all day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening contracting/supplier work: date. 35 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised June 9,2015 ADDENDUM NO.1 �` CONFORMED 004540-2 Minority Business Enterprise Specifications Page 2 of 2 war 1 5. Joint Venture Form,if goal is met received no later than 2:00 p.m., on the second City business or exceeded. day after the bid opening date, exclusive of the bid opening .. date. 2 FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S BUSINESS DIVERSITY ENTERPRISE ORDINANCE 3 WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED NON-RESONSIVE TO SPECIFICATIONS. 4 FAILURE TO SUBMIT THE REQUIRED MBE DOCUMENTATION WILL RESULT IN THE BID BEING CONSIDERED NON-RESPONSIVE.A SECOND FAILURE WILL RESULT IN THE OFFEROR •• 5 BEING DISQUALIFIED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR.THREE FAILURES IN A FIVE YEAR PERIOD WILL RESULT IN A DISQUALIFICAITON PERIOD OF THREE YEARS. 6 7 Any Questions,Please Contact The M/WBE Office at(817) 212-2674. 8 END OF SECTION 9 10 an 11 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised June 9,2015 ADDENDUM NO.1 CONFORMED 005243-1 Agreement Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 00 52 43 2 AGREEMENT 3 THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on is made by and between the City of 4 Forth Worth, a Texas home rule municipality, acting by and through its duly authorized City 5 Manager,("City'),and William J. Schultz, Inc. dba Circle C Construction Company, authorized 6 to do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, 7 C'Contractor). 8 City and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as 9 follows: 10 Article 1. WORK 11 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for 12 the Project identified herein. 13 Article 2. PROJECT 14 The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a 15 part is generally described as follows: 16 EDGECLIFF VILLAGE — WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WASTEWATER METER STATION 17 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302, SEWER NO. 59607-0700430-CO2302-C1783 18 19 Article 3. CONTRACT TIME 20 3.1 Time is of the essence. 21 All time limits for Milestones, if any, and Final Acceptance as stated in the Contract 22 Documents are of the essence to this Contract. 23 3.2 Final Acceptance. 24 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 360 days after the date when 25 the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General 26 Conditions. 27 3.3 Liquidated damages 28 Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that City will 29 suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in 30 Paragraph 3.2 above, plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 31 12 of the General Conditions. The Contractor also recognizes the delays, expense 32 and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by 33 the City if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any 34 such proof , Contractor agrees that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a 35 penalty), Contractor shall pay City Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00) for each day 36 that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.2 for Final Acceptance until the 37 City issues the Final Letter of Acceptance. 38 39 40 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE—VLOFFICIAL TOMER W METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS RII ECT NO.02302 Revised January 6,2017 DDENDUM NO.I ETARYH,TX C NFORMED 005243-2 Agreement Page 2 of 5 41 42 43 Article 4. CONTRACT PRICE 44 City agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract 45 Documents an amount in current funds of One Million.Three Hundred Seventy-Six 46 Thousand,deo-Hundred Fifty-Seven and 50/100 Dollars ($ 1.376457.50 ). c\R Two L VV q�r 47 Article S. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 48 5.1 CONTENTS: 49 A. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between City and 50 Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following: 51 1. This Agreement. 52 2. Attachments to this Agreement: 53 a. Bid Form 54 1) Proposal Form 55 2) Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Bidder 56 3) Prequalification Statement 57 4) State and Federal documents (project specific) 58 b. Current Prevailing Wage Rate Table 59 c. Insurance ACORD Form(s) 60 d. Payment Bond 61 e. Performance Bond 62 f. Maintenance Bond 63 g. Power of Attorney for the Bonds 64 h. Worker's Compensation Affidavit 65 i. MBE and/or SBE Commitment Form 66 j. Form 1295 Certification No. ZBl 2 3 L UP 67 3. General Conditions. 68 4. Supplementary Conditions. 69 5. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by 70 attachment or, if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in 71 the Table of Contents of the Project's Contract Documents. 72 6. Drawings. 73 7. Addenda. 74 8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. 75 9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the 76 Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract 77 Documents: 78 a. Notice to Proceed. 79 b. Field Orders. 80 c. Change Orders. 81 d. Letter of Final Acceptance. 82 83 84 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE—WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 6,2017 ADDENDUM NO.1 CONFORMED 005243-3 Agreement Page 3 of 5 84 Article 6.INDEMNIFICATION 85 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own 86 expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all 87 claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed 88 by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees 89 under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate 90 and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being 91 sought were caused, in whole or in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city. 92 This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for 93 costs,expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such claims and 94 causes of actions. 95 96 6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, 97 the city,its officers,servants and employees,from and against any and all loss,damage 98 or destruction of property of the city, arising out of,or alleged to arise out of,the work 99 and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, 100 subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This indemnification 101 provision is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is alleged or 102 proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or in part, 103 by any act,omission or negligence of the city. 104 105 Article 7.MISCELLANEOUS 106 7.1 Terms. 107 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will 108 have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 109 7.2 Assignment of Contract. 110 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the 111 Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the City. 112 7.3 Successors and Assigns. 113 City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal 114 representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and 115 obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 116 7.4 Severability. 117 Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or 118 unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all 119 remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon CITY and 120 CONTRACTOR. 121 7.5 Governing Law and Venue. 122 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of .r 123 Texas. Venue shall be Tarrant County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the 124 Northern District of Texas,Fort Worth Division. OFFICIAL RECORD ■.. CITY SECRETARY CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOL SAL;II�I'C>7lIFM1V%E R STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJE T NO.02302 Revised January 6,2017 ADDENDUM NO.1 CONFORMED low 005243-4 Agreement Page 4 of 5 125 7.6 Other Provisions. 126 The Contractor agrees to pay at least minimum wage per hour for all labor as the same is .. 127 classified, promulgated and set out by the City, a copy of which is attached hereto and 128 made a part'hereof the,same as if it were copied verbatim herein. 129 7.7 Authority to Sign. 130 Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement, if other than duly 131 authorized signatory of the Contractor. .. 132 w om an .. rr .. .. M CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 6,2017 ADDENDUM NO.1 am CONFORMED w 005243-5 Agreement Page 5 of 5 133 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have executed this Agreement in multiple 134 counterparts. 135 136 This Agreement is effective as of the last date signed by the Parties("Effective Date"). 137 Contractor:W il]iam J Schultz Inc dba City of Fort Wo C i m3e C C on stzuctbn C an pang �- By: Jay Chapa By: Assistant City Manager (Signature) � Date Teresa S Skelly Attest: (Printed Name) City Secretary FOR T (Seal) O Title: President �w Address: PO Bax 40328 Date: �XP►S ,.� I.Q-ot1— 3t oc� City/State/Zip: FortW orth,TX 76140 Contract Compliance Manager: By signing, I acknowledge that I am the person responsible for the monitoring and Date administration of this contract, including ensuring all performa d reporting require ent obertoC. uceda Senior Professional Engineer A proved as Form and Legality: .■ ouglas W.W. Black Assistant City Attorney 138 .. 139 140 APPROVAL RECOMMENDED: 141 l I 142 w 143 144 Christopher Harder,P.E. 145 ASSISTANT DIRECTOR, 146 OFFICIAL RECORD Fort Worth Water Department 147 CITY SECRETARY FT.WORTH,TX CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 6,2017 ADDENDUM NO.1 CONFORMED Black, Doug From: Sauceda, Robert Sent: Thursday, September 21, 2017 4:06 PM To: Black, Doug Cc: Ramirez, Priscilla Subject: FW: FW:Circle C - Edgecliff Village Wastewater Meter Station Project Doug, See the response below, Thank You, Roberto C. Sauceda, P.E. Senior Professional Engineer Fort Worth Water Dept. 200 Texas Street Fort Wort,TX 76102 Direct Line: 817-392-2387 Cell Phone: 682-432-5478 Fax: 817-392-2559 Email: robert.sauceda@FortWorthTexas.gov FORTWORTH .,14% ._.. %01 How am I doing? Please contact my supervisor: Tony.Sholola(cD-FortWorthTexas.gov From: t.skelly@circlecconstruction.com [mailto:t.skelly@circlecconstruction.com] Sent: Thursday, September 21, 2017 2:46 PM To: Sauceda, Robert Subject: RE: FW: Circle C - Edgecliff Village Wastewater Meter Station Project Robert, I have no problem with you changing the amount on the contract documents. Thank you, Teri Skelly Circle C Construction -- Original Message -------- Subject: FW: Circle C - Edgecliff Village Wastewater Meter Station 1 Project From: "Sauceda, Robert" <Robert.Sa uceda(Wortworthtexas.gov> Date: Thu, September 21, 2017 2:34 pm To: "'t.skelly@circlecconstruction.com"' <t.skelly(acirclecconstruction.com> Teri, We made a mistake on the contract documents we wrote in $1,376,257.50 but your bid was for $1,376,357.50. We will write in the correct amount, wanted to know if you are ok with this. Thank You, Roberto C. Sauceda, P.E. Senior Professional Engineer Fort Worth Water Dept. 200 Texas Street Fort Wort,TX 76102 Direct Line: 817-392-2387 Cell Phone: 682-432-5478 Fax: 817-392-2559 Email: robert.sauceda@FortWorthTexas.gov FORTWORTE, How am I doing? Please contact my supervisor: Tony.Sholola(a)FortWorthTexas.gov From: Black, Doug Sent: Thursday, September 21, 2017 1:56 PM To: Sauceda, Robert Subject: RE: Circle C- Edgecliff Village Wastewater Meter Station Project Please have Circle C approve that by replying to an email request. Thanks, Doug Douglas W Black Senior Assistant City Attorney 200 Texas Street Fort Worth, Texas 76102 2 PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTS WITH COMPANIES BOYCOTTING ISRAEL Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2270 of the Texas Government Code, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2)will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. The terms "boycott Israel" and "company" shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms in Section 808.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this contract, Contractor certifies that Contractor's signature provides written verification to the City that Contractor.- 0) ontractor:0) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. Signature Title 9- Z♦- / 7 Date 006113-1 PERFORMANCE BOND Page 1 of 2 1 BOND NO. TXC608537 2 SECTION 00 6113 3 PERFORMANCE BOND 4 5 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 6 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 7 COUNTY OF TARRANT § 8 9 That we, William J. Schultz, Inc. dba Circle C Construction CompaM known as"Principal' 10 herein and Merchants Bonding_Company (Mutual), a corporate surety(sureties, if more than one) 11 duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as"Surety"herein (whether one or 12 more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created 13 pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as"City"herein, in the penal sum of, One Million, Three 14 Hundred Seventy-Six Thousand.Three Hundred Fifty-Seven and 50/100 Dollars ($1,376,357.50), 15 lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth,Tarrant County,Texas for the 16 payment of which-sum well and-truly-to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, 17 administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 18 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City 19 awarded the I Z_ day of L,r F 2017, which Contract is hereby referred to and 20 made a part hereof for all purpo es as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment 21 labor and other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change 22 Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as EDGECLIFF VILLAGE—WHOLESALE 23 CUSTOMER WASTEWATER METER STATION, CITY PROJECT NO. 02302, SEWER NO. 24 59607-0700430-CO2302-C1783 25 NOW,THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal shall 26 faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully 27 perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract,according to the plans, 28 specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of 29 extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall 30 be and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 31 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 32 Tarrant County,Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort 33 Worth Division. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE—WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 CONFORMED 006113-2 PERFORMANCE BOND Page 2 of 2 1 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of 2 the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 3 accordance with the provisions of said statue. 4 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED this 5 instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the day of i 6 , 2017. 7 PRINCIPAL: 8 William J.Schultz, Inc.dba 9 Circle C Construction Company 10 11 BY:1 r 12 Signature 13 ATTEST: 14 15 Teresa S. Skelly. President 16 (Principal) Secretary, Michele S. LaName and Title 17 18 Address: P. O. Box 40328 19 500 W.Trammell 20 Fart Worth,TX 76140 21 22 Witness as to Principal 23 SURETY: 24 Merchants E4r&a Cam an Mutual 25 26 BY: 141,0"m i 27 Signature 28 29 Sheryl A. Mutts,AttomMin-Fact 30 Name and Title 31 32 Address: 6700 Westown Parkway 33 West Des Moines, IA 50266-7754 34 • 35 Witness as to Surety,John A. Miller Telephone Number: (800)678-8171 36 37 38 39 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified 40 extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such 41 obligation. If Surety's physical address is different from its mailing address, 42 both must be provided. The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the 43 Contract is awarded. 44 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 CONFORMED 0061 14- 1 PAYMENT BOND Page 1 of 2 1 BOND NO.TXC608537 2 SECTION 00 6114 3 PAYMENT BOND 4 5 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 6 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 7 COUNTY OF TARRANT § 8 9 That we, William J. Schultz, Inc. dba Circle C Construction Company, known as 10 "Principal" herein, and Merchants Bonding ComWny_(Mutual), a corporate surety (sureties), duly 11 authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 'Surety" herein (whether one or 12 more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created 13 pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as "City" herein, in the penal sum of One 14 Million, Three Hundred Seventy-Six Thousand, Three Hundred Fifty-Seven and 50/100 Dollars 15 ($1,376,357.50), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth, Tarrant County, 16 Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, 17 executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents: 18 WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the 19 ! day of 2017, which Contract is hereby referred to and made a 20 part hereof for all burposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment, labor 21 and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in said 22 Contract and designated as EDGECLIFF VILLAGE—WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WASTEWATER 23 METER STATION, CITY PROJECT NO. 02302, SEWER NO. 59607-0700430-CO2302-C1783 24 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if Principal 25 shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary(as defined in Chapter 2253 26 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under the Contract, 27 then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and 28 effect. 29 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of 30 the Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 31 accordance with the provisions of said statute. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE—WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 CONFORMED 006114-2 PAYMENT BOND Page 2 of 2 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this 2 instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the day of 3 2017. 4 PRINCIPAL: 5 William J. Schultz, Inc. dba 6 Circle C Construction Company 7 / 8 BY: ��lC 9 Signature 10 ATTEST: 11 12 \ r tC 1411 'E Teresa S. Skelly, President 13 (Principal) Secretary, Michele S. Lankf Name and Title 14 15 Address: P.O. Box 40328 16 500 W.Trammell 17 Fort Worth,TX 76140 18 19 Witness as to Principal 20 SURETY: 21 Merchants Elonjou Com n Mutual 22 23 BY: 24 Signature 25 26 Sheryl A. Klutts,Attorney-in-Fact 27 Name and Title 28 29 Address: 6700 Westown Parkway 30 West Des Moines, IA 50266-7754 31 32 Witness as to Surety,John A.Eller Telephone Number: (800) 678-8171 33 34 35 Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the 36 bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical 37 address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 38 39 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. 40 41 42 END OF SECTION 43 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE—WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 CONFORMED 006119-1 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 1 of 3 1 BOND NO. TXC608537 2 SECTION 00 6119 3 MAINTENANCE BOND 4 5 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 6 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 7 COUNTY OF TARRANT § 8 9 That we,William J. Schultz, Inc. dba Circle C Construction Company known as"Principal" 10 herein and Merchants Bonding Company(Mutual), a corporate surety(sureties, if more than one) 11 duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as"Surety"herein (whether one or 12 more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Worth, a municipal corporation created 13 pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as"City"herein, in the sum of One Million, 14 Three Hundred Seventy-Six Thousand,Three Hundred Fft-Seven and 50/100 Dollars 15 ($1,376,357.50), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Fort Worth,Tarrant County, 16 Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its successors, we 17 bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, 18 firmly by these presents. 19 20 WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded 21 the i 2 day of ')t Ae iu t z-- , 2017, which Contract is hereby 22 referred to and a made`part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein,to furnish all 23 materials, equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the 24 Work, including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order(collectively herein, the 25 "Work's as provided for in said contract and designated as EDGECLIFF VILLAGE—WHOLESALE 26 CUSTOMER WASTEWATER METER STATION. CITY PROJECT NO. 02302, SEWER NO. 27 59607-0700430-CO2302-C1783: and 28 29 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in 30 accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will 31 remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two(2) 32 years after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City ("Maintenance Period'); and 33 34 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part upon 35 receiving notice from the City of the need therefore at any time within the Maintenance Period. 36 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE—WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 CONFORMED 006119-2 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 2 of 3 1 NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall remedy 2 any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by City, to a completion satisfactory to 3 the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to remain in full force and 4 effect. 5 6 PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely 7 noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to 8 be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne by the Principal 9 and the Surety under this Maintenance bond; and 10 11 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond,venue shall lie in 12 Tarrant County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, Fort 13 Worth Division; and 14 15 PROVIDED FURTHER,that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and successive 16 recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches. 17 18 19 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE—WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 CONFORMED 006119-3 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 3 of 3 1 IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this instrument by 2 duly authorized agents and officers on this the 1 Z- day of 5",_i.j 3 2017. 4 5 PRINCIPAL: 6 William 3. Schultz,Inc. dba 7 Circle C Construction Company ^ 9 BY: �a��o o L�✓��! lu 10 Signature 11 ATTEST: 12 ' C__j n/� 13 ► ` A Les-10 Q � PO Teresa S. Skelly, President 14 (Principal) Secretary, Michele S. La Name and Title 15 16 Address: P.O. Box 40328 17 500 W.Trammell 18 Fort Worth,TX 76140 19 20 Witness as to Principal 21 SURETY: 22 Merchants Bon&fig Com an Mutual 23 24 BY: 25 Signature 26 27 SheryA. Klutts,Attorney-in-Fact 28 Name and Title 29 ATTEST: 30 ") Address: 6700 Westown Parkway 31 West Des Moines, IA 50266-7754 32 Su ty(Secreta ) 33 34 410410.0 35 Witness as to Surety,John A. Ailler Telephone Number: (80Q)678-8171 36 37 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company,there must be on file a certified extract from the 38 by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety's physical 39 address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided.The date of the bond shall 40 not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. 41 42 43 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE—WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 CONFORMED M.ERCH[ANT� BONDING COMPANY, POWER OF ATTORNEY Know All Persons By These Presents,that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC., both being corporations of the State of Iowa(herein collectively called the"Companies")do hereby make,constitute and appoint,individually, John A Miller;John R Stockton;Sheryl A Klutts their true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law. This Power-of-Attomey is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Directors of Merchants National Bonding,Inc.,on October 16,2015. "The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority to appoint Attomeys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and undertakings,recognizances,contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof." "The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the Company,and such signature and seal wherrso used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed." In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only,it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the Attomey-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of its obligations under its bond. In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only,it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given to the Attomey-in-Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner- Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty(30)days prior to the modification or revocation. In Witness Whereof,the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 6th day of April 2017 ..",Sens... •.._.•• �•.••AZ\0NAt••.., .••ANG CQ. �� �' RPOR �O: e•0�o ttPO MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL) 'hy G� 4t'' $% • �' © 9 y MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC. 2003 1 y 1933 c: By •..�J� •.... ....:7l�••• •.•1y��.• ••'�,�'e;• President S. STATE OF IOWA e•e``" •'"�•• •••••'••• COUNTY OF DALLAS ss. On this this 6th day of April 2017 before me appeared Lary Taylor,to me personally known,who being by me duly sworn did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies;and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors. AUCIA K.GRAM Commission Number 767430 My Commissm Expires - April 1,2020 Notary Public (Expiration of notary's commission does not invalidate this instrument) I,William Warner,Jr.,Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(MUTUAL)and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING,INC.,do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER-OF-ATTORNEY executed by said Companies,which is still in full force and effect and has not been amended or revoked. In Witness Whereof,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this day of 2017 . .•'pt•10 NAS •o � CO • . s'sit 2003 :���' ;y r 1933 C, Secretary POA 0018 (3/17) "" MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY. MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY(NAA u'UAL) • MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC. P.O. Box 14498 , DES MOINES, IOWA 50306-3498 , (800)678-8171 , (S1S)243-3854 FAX Please send all notices of claim on this bond to: Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual)/Merchants National Bonding, Inc. P.O. Box 14498 Des Moines, Iowa 50306-3498 (515)243-8171 (800) 678-8171 Physical Address: 6700 Westown Parkway, West Des Moines, Iowa 50266 SUP 0073 TX(2/15) ���® POLICY NUMBER: 85316434 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 10 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Locations Of Covered Operations ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION TO WHOM LOCATIONS DESIGNATED AND YOU HAVE AGREED TO NAME AS ADDI- DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE TIONAL INSURED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT MENTIONED WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT IF THE CONTRACT OR OR AGREEMENT AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED PRIOR TO LOSS Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these include as an additional insured the person(s) or additional insureds, the following additional organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only exclusions apply: with respect toliability for "bodily injury", "property This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or damage "personal personal and advertising injury "property damage"occurring after: caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. All work, including materials, parts or 1. Your acts or omissions; or equipment furnished in connection with such 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your work, on the project (other than service, behalf; maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or in the performance of your ongoing operations for on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the the additional insured(s) at the location(s) location of the covered operations has been designated above. completed;or However: 2. That portion of "your work" out of which the 1. The insurance afforded to such additional injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization insured only applies to the extent permitted by other than another contractor or subcontractor law; and engaged in performing operations for a 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is principal as a part of the same project. required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG 2010 0413 C Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2012 Page 1 of 2 C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these 2. Available under the applicable Limits of additional insureds, the following is added to Insurance shown in the Declarations; Section III—Limits Of Insurance: whichever is less. If coverage provided to the additional insured is This endorsement shall not increase the required by a contract or agreement, the most we applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the Declarations. amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement;or Page 2 of 2 0 Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 CG 20 10 0413 POLICY NUMBER: 85316434 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 37 04 13 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies Insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE Name Of Additional Insured Person(s) Or Organization(s) Location And Description Of Completed Operations ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION TO WHOM LOCATIONS DESIGNATED AND YOU HAVE AGREED TO NAME AS ADDI— DESCRIBED IN THE ABOVE TIONAL INSURED BY WRITTEN CONTRACT MENTIONED WRITTEN CONTRACT OR AGREEMENT IF THE CONTRACT OR OR AGREEMENT AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED PRIOR TO LOSS Information required to complete this Schedule if not shown above will be shown in the Declarations. A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these include as an additional insured the person(s) or additional insureds, the following is added to organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only Section III—Limits Of Insurance: with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or If coverage provided to the additional insured is "property damage"caused, in whole or in part, by required by a contract or agreement, the most we "your work" at the location designated and will pay on be half of the additional insured is the described in the Schedule of this endorsement amount of Insurance: performed for that additional insured and 1. Required by the contract or agreement;or included in the "products -completed operations 2. Available under the applicable Limits of hazard". Insurance shown in the Declarations; However: 1. The insurance afforded to such additional whichever is less. insured only applies to the extent permitted This endorsement shall not increase the applicable by law; and Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 2. If coverage provided to the additional insured Is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG 20 37 04 13 0 Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 Policy #85316434 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 20 01 0413 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART The following is added to the Other Insurance (2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or Condition and supersedes any provision to the agreement that this insurance would be contrary: primary and would not seek contribution Primary And Noncontributory Insurance from any other insurance available to the additional insured. This insurance is primary to and will not seek contribution from any other insurance available to an additional insured under your policy provided that: (1) The additional insured is a Named Insured under such other insurance; and CG 20 0104 13 0 Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2012 Page 1 of 1 Policy #85316434 CO 72 08 02 15 TEXAS - EXTENDED ULTRA LIABILITY PLUS ENDORSEMENT COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT SUMMARY OF COVERAGES This is a summary of the various additional coverages and coverage modifications provided by this endorsement. No coverage is provided by this summary. * Extended Property Damage * Expanded Fire Legal Liability to include Explosion, Lightning and Sprinkler Leakage * Coverage for non -owned watercraft is extended to 51 feet in length * Property Damage - Borrowed Equipment * Property Damage Liability -Elevators *Coverage D -Voluntary Property Damage Coverage $5,000 Occurrence with a $10,000 Aggregate * Coverage E - Care, Custody and Control Property Damage Coverage $25,000 Occurrence with a $100,000 Aggregate -$500 Deductible * Coverage F - Electronic Data Liability Coverage -$50,000 * Coverage G - Product Recall Expense $25,000 Each Recall Limit with a $50,000 Aggregate -$1,000 Deductible ' Coverage H -Water Damage Legal Liability -$25,000 * Coverage I - Designated Operations Covered by a Consolidated (Wrap-Up) Insurance Program - Limited Coverage * Increase in Supplementary Payments: Bail Bonds to $1,000 ' Increase in Supplementary Payments: Loss of Earnings to $500 * For newly formed or acquired organizations -extend the reporting requirement to 180 days ' Broadened Named Insured * Automatic Additional Insured - Owners, Lessees or Contractors - Automatic Status When Required in Construction Agreement With You * Contractors Blanket Additional Insured -Limited Products - Completed Operations Coverage * Automatic Additional Insured -Vendors * Automatic Additional Insured - Lessor of Leased Equipment Automatic Status When Required in Lease Agreement With You * Automatic Additional Insured - Managers or Lessor of Premises 'Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured * Additional Insured -State or Governmental Agency or Subdivision or Political Subdivision - Permits or Authorizations * Additional Insured - Consolidated Insurance Program (Wrap-Up) Off-Premises Operations Only - Owners, Lessees or Contractors Automatic Status When Required in Construction Agreement With You * Additional Insured - Employee Injury to Another Employee * Automatically included -Aggregate Limits of Insurance (per location) * Automatically included -Aggregate Limits of Insurance (per project) * Knowledge of occurrence - Knowledge of an "occurrence", "claim or suit' by your agent, servant or employee shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the named insured unless an officer of the named insured has received such notice from the agent, servant or employee. * Blanket Waiver of Subrogation * Liberalization Condition * Unintentional failure to disclose all hazards. If you unintentionally fail to disclose any hazards existing at the inception date of your policy, we will not deny coverage under this Coverage Form because of such failure. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non-renewal. * "Insured Contract" redefined for Limited Railroad Contractual Liability * Mobile equipment to include snow removal, road maintenance and street cleaning equipment less than 1,000 lbs GVW * Bodily Injury Redefined REFER TO THE ACTUAL ENDORSEMENT FOLLOWING ON PAGES 2 THROUGH 14 FOR CHANGES AFFECTING YOUR INSURANCE PROTECTION CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. TEXAS - EXTENDED ULTRA LIABILITY PLUS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SECTION I - COVERAGES A. The following changes are made at COVERAGE A- BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY 1. Extended Property Damage At 2. Exclusions exclusion a. Expected or Intended Injury is replaced with the following: "Bodily injury" or"property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. 2. Expanded Fire Legal Liability At 2. Exclusions the last paragraph is deleted and replaced by the following: Exclusions c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, explosion, lightning, smoke resulting from such fire, explosion, or lightning or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of this owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as described in SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE . 3. Non-Owned Watercraft At 2. Exclusions exclusion g. Aircraft, Auto Or Watercraft (2) (a) is deleted and replaced by the following: (a) Less than 51 feet long; 4. Property Damage —Borrowed Equipment At 2. Exclusions the following is added to paragraph (4) of exclusion j. Damage To Property: This exclusion does not apply to "property damage" to borrowed equipment while at a jobsite and while not being used to perform operations. The most we will pay for "property damage" to any one piece of borrowed equipment under this coverage is $25,000 per occurrence. The insurance afforded under this provision is excess over any valid and collectible property insurance (including deductible) available to the insured, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. 5. Property Damage Liability —Elevators At 2. Exclusions the following is added to paragraphs (3), (4) and (6) of exclusion J. Damage To Property: This exclusion does not apply to "property damage" resulting from the use of elevators. However, any insurance provided for such "property damage" is excess over any valid and collectible property insurance (including deductible) available to the insured, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. B. The following coverages are added: 1. COVERAGE D -VOLUNTARY PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE "Property damage" to property of others caused by the insured: a. While in your possession; or b. Arising out of"your work". Coverage applies at the request of the insured, whether or not the insured is legally obligated to pay. For the purposes of this Voluntary Property Damage Coverage only: Exclusion j. Damage to Property is deleted and replaced by the following: CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 J. Damage to Property "Property damage" to: (1) Property held by the insured for servicing, repair, storage or sale at premises you own, rent, lease, operate or use; (2) Property transported by or damage caused by any "automobile "watercraft" or"aircraft" you own, hire or lease; (3) Property you own, rent, lease, borrow or use. The amount we will pay is limited as described below in SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE For the purposes of this Voluntary Property Damage Coverage, our right and duty to defend ends when we have paid the Limit of Liability or the Aggregate Limit for this coverage. 2. COVERAGE E -CARE, CUSTODY AND CONTROL PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE For the purpose of this Care, Custody and Control Property Damage Coverage only: a. Item (4) of Exclusion j. does not apply. The amount we will pay is limited as described below in SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE For the purposes of this Care, Custody and Control Property Damage Coverage, our right and duty to defend ends when we have paid the Limit of Liability or the Aggregate Limit for this coverage. 3. COVERAGE F- ELECTRONIC DATA LIABILITY COVERAGE For the purposes of this Electronic Data Liability Coverage only: a. Exclusion p. of Coverage A— Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability in Section 1 — Coverages is replaced by the following: 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to: p. Electronic Data Damages arising out of the loss of, loss of use of, damage to, corruption of, inability to access, or inability to manipulate "electronic data" that does not result from physical injury to tangible property. However, this exclusion does not apply to liability for damages because of"bodily injury" b. "Property Damage" means: (1) Physical injury to tangible property, including all resulting loss of use of that property. All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the physical injury that caused it; or (2) Loss of use of tangible property that is not physically injured. All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the "occurrence" that caused it; or (3) Loss of, loss of use of, damage to, corruption of, inability to access or inability to properly manipulate "electronic data", resulting from physical injury to tangible property. All such loss of"electronic data" shall be deemed to occur at the time of the"occurrence" that caused it. For the purposes of this Electronic Data Liability Coverage, "electronic data" is not tangible property. The amount we will pay is limited as described below in SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE 4. COVERAGE G - PRODUCT RECALL EXPENSE a. Insuring Agreement (1) We will pay 90% of "product recall expense" you incur as a result of a "product recall" you initiate during the coverage period. (2) We will only pay for "product recall expense" arising out of "your products" which have been physically relinquished to others. The amount we will pay is limited as described below in SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 b. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to "product recall expense" arising out of. (1) Any fact, circumstance or situation which existed at the inception date of the policy and which you were aware of, or could reasonably have foreseen that would have resulted in a"product recall". (2) Deterioration, decomposition or transformation of a chemical nature, except if caused by an error in the manufacture, design, processing, storage, or transportation of"your product". (3) The withdrawal of similar products or batches that are not defective, when a defect in another product or batch has been found. (4) Acts, errors or omissions of any of your employees, done with prior knowledge of any of your officers or directors. (5) Inherent vice, meaning a natural condition of property that causes it to deteriorate or become damaged. (6) "Bodily Injury" or"Property Damage (7) Failure of"your product" to accomplish its intended purpose, including any breach of warranty of fitness, quality, efficacy or efficiency, whether written or implied. (8) Loss of reputation, customer faith or approval, or any costs incurred to regain customer market, or any other consequential damages. (9) Legal fees or expenses. (10) Damages claimed for any loss, cost or expense incurred by you or others for the loss of use of "your product". (11) "Product recall expense" arising from the "product recall" of any of "your products" for which coverage is excluded by endorsement. (12) Any "product recall" initiated due to the expiration of the designated shelf life of"your product". 5. COVERAGE H -WATER DAMAGE LEGAL LIABILITY The Insurance provided under Coverage H (Section 1) applies to "property damage" arising out of water damage to premises that are both rented to and occupied by you. The Limit under this coverage shall not be in addition to the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit. The amount we will pay is limited as described below in SECTION III -LIMITS OF INSURANCE. 6. COVERAGE I — DESIGNATED OPERATIONS COVERED BY A CONSOLIDATED (WRAP-UP) INSURANCE PROGRAM The following exclusion is added to Paragraph 2. Exclusions of SECTION I — COVERAGES COVERAGE A - BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY : r. This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of either your ongoing operations or operations included within the "products-completed operations hazard" for any "consolidated (Wrap-up) insurance program" which has been provided by the prime contractor / project manager or owner of the construction project in which you are involved. This exclusion applies whether or not a consolidated (Wrap-up) insurance program: a. Provides coverage identical to that provided by this Coverage Part; or b. Has limits adequate to cover all claims. This exclusion does not apply if a "consolidated (Wrap-up) insurance program" covering your operations has been cancelled, non-renewed or otherwise no longer applies for reasons other than exhaustion of all available limits, whether such limits are available on a primary, excess or on any other basis. You must advise us of such cancellation, nonrenewal or termination as soon as practicable. For purposes of this exclusion a "consolidated (wrap-up) insurance program" is a program providing insurance coverage to all parties for exposures involved with a particular (typically major) construction project. CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 C. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS - COVERAGES A AND B is amended: 1. To read SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS 2. Bail Bonds Item 1.b. is amended as follows: b. Up to $1,000 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 3. Loss of Earnings Item 1.d. is amended as follows: d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or"suit", including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. 4. The following language is added to Item 1. However, we shall have none of the duties set forth above when this insurance applies only for Voluntary Property Damage Coverage and/or Care, Custody or Control Property Damage Coverage and we have paid the Limit of Liability or the Aggregate Limit for these coverages. SECTION II - WHO IS AN INSURED A. The following change is made: Extended Reporting Requirements Item 3.a. is deleted and replaced by the following: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the 180th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earlier. B. The following provisions are added: 4. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED Item 1.f. is added as follows: f. Any legally incorporated entity of which you own more than 50 percent of the voting stock during the policy period only if there is no other similar insurance available to that entity. However: (1) Coverage A does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired more than 50 percent of the voting stock; and (2) Coverage B does not apply to "personal and advertising injury" arising out of an offense committed before you acquired more than 50 percent of the voting stock. 5. Additional Insured - Owners, Lessees or Contractors - Automatic Status When Required in Construction or Service Agreement With You a. Any person or organization for whom you are performing operations when you and such person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy is an insured. Such person or organization is an additional insured only with respect to your liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" which may be imputed to that person or organization directly arising out of: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured. However, the insurance afforded to such additional insured: 1. Only applies to the extent permitted by law; and 2. Will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. b. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusions apply: This insurance does not apply to: CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 1. "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: a. The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or b. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the "occurrence" which caused the "bodily injury" or "property damage", or the offense which caused the "personal and advertising injury", involved the rendering of or the failure to render any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services. 2. "Bodily injury" or"property damage" occurring after: a. All work, including materials, parts or equipment furnished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the location of the covered operations has been completed; or b. That portion of"your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a principal as a part of the same project. 6. Additional Insured —Limited Products Completed Operations Coverage a. Any person(s) or organization(s), but only with respect to your liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" which may be imputed to that person(s) or organization(s) directly arising out of "your work" performed for that additional insured and included in the "products-completed operations hazard" is an insured. However: (1) The insurance afforded to such additional insureds only applies to the extent permitted by law; (2) If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. (3) Coverage will cease five years from the completion of"your work" if: (a) a timeframe is not stipulated in the written contract or written agreement; or (b) a timeframe longer than 5 years is stipulated in the written contract or written agreement. However if a lesser timeframe is stipulated in the written contract or written agreement then that time frame will prevail. b. With respect to the insurance afforded to any additional insured under this endorsement, the following additional exclusionary language shall apply: This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architecture, engineering or surveying services, including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or (2) Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. 7. Additional Insured -Vendors a. Any person(s) or organization(s) (referred to throughout this additional coverage as vendor), but only with respect to "bodily injury" or "property damage", which may be imputed to that person(s) or organization(s) arising out of "your products" shown with the Schedule which are distributed or sold in the regular course of the vendor's business is an insured. However: (1) The insurance afforded to such vendor only applies to the extent permitted by law; and (2) If coverage provided to the vendor is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such vendor will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such vendor. CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 6 of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 b. With respect to the insurance afforded to these vendors, the following additional exclusions apply: (1) This insurance afforded the vendor does not apply to: (a) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement; (b) Any express warranty unauthorized by you; (c) Any physical or chemical change in the product made intentionally by the vendor; (d) Repackaging, except when unpacked solely for the purpose of inspection, demonstration, testing, or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container. (e) Any failure to make such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of products. (f) Demonstration, installation, servicing or repair operations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the product. (g) Products which, after distribution or sale by you, have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container, part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor. (h) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" arising out of the sole negligence of the vendor for its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf. However, this exclusion does not apply to: I. The exceptions contained in Sub-paragraphs d. or f.; or fl. Such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products. (2) This insurance does not apply to any insured person or organization, from whom you have acquired such products, or any ingredient, part or container, entering into, accompanying or containing such products. 8. Additional Insured — Lessor of Leased Equipment — Automatic Status When Required in Lease Agreement With You a. Any person(s) or organization(s) from whom you lease equipment when you and such person(s) or organization(s) have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that such person(s) or organization(s) be added as an additional insured on your policy. Such person(s) or organization(s) is an insured only with respect to your liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" directly arising out of the maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you, which may be imputed to such person or organization as the lessor of equipment. However, the insurance afforded to such additional insured: (1) Only applies to the extent permitted by law; and (2) Will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. A person's or organization's status as an additional insured under this endorsement ends when their contract or agreement with you for such leased equipment ends. b. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence" which takes place after the equipment lease expires. 9. Additional Insured —Managers or Lessors of Premises a. Any person(s) or organization(s), but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of the premises leased to you and subject to the following additional exclusions: CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 This insurance does not apply to: (1) Any "occurrence" which takes place after you cease to be a tenant in that premises. (2) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of the person(s) or organization(s) afforded coverage by this additional coverage. However: (1) The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and (2) If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. 10. Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured a. Any architects, engineers or surveyors who are not engaged by you are insureds, but only with respect to liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" which may be imputed to that architect, engineer or surveyor arising out of: (1) Your acts or omissions; or (2) Your acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf. But only if such architects, engineers or surveyors, while not engaged by you, are contractually required to be added as an additional insured to your policy. However, the insurance afforded to such additional insured: (1) Only applies to the extent permitted by law; and (2) Will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. b. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies: This insurance does not apply to 'bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of or failure to render any professional services, including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, change orders, designs or specifications; or (2) Supervisory, inspection or engineering services. This exclusion applies even if the claims against any insured allege negligence or other wrongdoing in the supervision, hiring, employment, training or monitoring of others by that insured, if the 'occurrence" which caused the "bodily injury" or "property damage", or the offense which caused the "personal and advertising injury", involved the rendering of or the failure to render any professional services. 11. Additional Insured - State or Governmental Agency or Subdivision or Political Subdivision - Permits or Authorizations Any state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision is an insured, subject to the following provisions: a. This insurance applies only with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or governmental agency or subdivision or political subdivision has issued a permit or authorization. However: (1) The insurance afforded to such additional insured only applies to the extent permitted by law; and (2) If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the insurance afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured. CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 8 of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 b. This insurance does not apply to: (1) "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the federal government, state or municipality; or (2) "Bodily injury" or"property damage" included within the "products-completed operations hazard". 12. Additional Insured Consolidated Insurance Program (Wrap-Up) Off-Premises Operations Only - Owners, Lessees or Contractors a. Any persons or organizations for whom you are performing operations, for which you have elected to seek coverage under a Consolidated Insurance Program, when you and such person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy is an insured. Such person or organization is an additional insured only with respect to your liability which may be imputed to that person or organization directly arising out of your ongoing operations performed for that person or organization at a premises other than any project or location that is designated as covered under a Consolidated Insurance Program. A person's or organization's status as an insured under this endorsement ends when your operations for that insured are completed. b. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following additional exclusion applies. This insurance does not apply to: "Bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, including: (1) The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; and (2) Supervisory, inspection 13. Additional Insured - Employee Injury to Another Employee With respect to your"employees" who occupy positions which are supervisory in nature: Paragraph 2.a.(1) of SECTION II—WHO IS A NAMED INSURED is amended to read: a. "Bodily injury" or"personal and advertising injury" (1) To you, to your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), or to your members (if you are a limited liability company); (2) For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in paragraph (1)(a) above; or (3) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional healthcare services. Paragraph 3.a. is deleted. For the purpose of this Item 13 only, a position is deemed to be supervisory in nature if that person performs principle work which is substantially different from that of his or her subordinates and has authority to hire, direct, discipline or discharge. SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE A. The following Items are deleted and replaced by the following: 2. The General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of: a. Medical expenses under Coverage C; b. Damages under Coverage A, except damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products-completed operations hazard"; and c. Damages under Coverage B; and d. Damages under Coverage H. CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 9 of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 3. The Products-Completed Operations Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "bodily injury" and "property damage" included in the "products-completed operations hazard" and Coverage G. 6. Subject to 5. above, the Damage to Premises Rented to You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" to any one premises, while rented to you, or in the case of damage by fire, explosion, lightning, smoke resulting from such fire, explosion, or lightning or sprinkler leakage while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. B. The following are added: 8. Subject to Paragraph 5. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE $25,000 is the most we will pay under Coverage H for Water Damage Legal Liability. 9. Coverage G - Product Recall Expense Aggregate Limit $50,000 Each Product Recall Limit $25,000 a. The Aggregate Limit shown above is the most we will pay for the sum of all "product recall expense" you incur as a result of all "product recalls" you initiate during the endorsement period. b. The Each Product Recall Limit shown above is the most we will pay, subject to the Aggregate and $1,000 deductible, for "product recall expense" you incur for any one "product recall" you initiate during the endorsement period. We will only pay for the amount of Product Recall Expenses which are in excess of the deductible amount. The deductible applies separately to each Product Recall. The limits of insurance will not be reduced by the amount of this deductible. We may, or will if required by law, pay all or any part of any deductible amount. Upon notice of our payment of a deductible amount, you shall promptly reimburse us for the part of the deductible amount we paid. 10. Aggregate Limits of Insurance (Per Location) The General Aggregate Limit applies separately to each of your 'locations" owned by or rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the permission of the owner. "Location" means premises involving the same or connecting lots, or premises whose connection is interrupted only by a street, roadway, waterway or right-of-way of a railroad. 11. Aggregate Limits of Insurance (Per Project) The General Aggregate Limit applies separately to each of your projects away from premises owned by or rented to you. 12. With respects to the insurance afforded to additional insureds afforded coverage by items 5 through 13 of SECTION II —WHO IS AN INSURED above, the following is added: The most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a. Required by the contract or agreement; b. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; Whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. 13. Subject to 5. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE, a $5,000 'occurrence" limit and a $10,000 "aggregate" limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of "property damage" covered under Coverage D-Voluntary Property Damage Coverage, For the purposes of this Voluntary Property Damage Coverage, our right and duty to defend ends when we have paid the Limit of Liability or the Aggregate Limit for this coverage. CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 10 of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 14. Subject to 5. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE, a $25,000 'occurrence" limit and a $100,000 "aggregate" limit is the most we will pay under Coverage E - Care, Custody and Control Coverage regardless of the number of: a. Insureds; b. Claims made or"suits" brought; or c. Persons or organizations making claims or bringing "suits". Deductible - Our obligation to pay damages on your behalf applies only to the amount of damages in excess of $500. This deductible applies to all damages because of "property damage" as the result of any one 'occurrence" regardless of the number of persons or organizations who sustain damages because of that 'occurrence". We may pay any part or all of the deductible amount to effect settlement of any claim or "suit" and upon notification of the action taken, you shall promptly reimburse us for such part of the deductible amount as has been paid by us. As respects this coverage "Aggregate" is the maximum amount we will pay for all covered "occurrences" during one policy period. For the purposes of this Care, Custody and Control Property Damage Coverage, our right and duty to defend ends when we have paid the Limit of Liability or the Aggregate Limit for this coverage. 15. Subject to 5. of SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE, the most we will pay for "property damage" under Coverage F - Electronic Data Liability Coverage for loss of "electronic data" is $50,000 without regard to the number of"occurrences" SECTION IV - COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS A. The following conditions are amended: 1. Knowledge of Occurrence a. Condition 2., Items a. and b. are deleted and replaced by the following: (1) Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit (a) You must see to it that we are notified as soon as practicable of an "occurrence" or an offense which may result in a claim. Knowledge of an "occurrence" by your agent, servant or employee shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the named insured unless an officer of the named insured has received such notice from the agent, servant or employee. To the extent possible, notice should include: i. How, when and where the "occurrence" took place; ii. The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses, and iii. The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence" or offense . (b) If a claim is made or"suit' is brought against any insured, you must: i. Immediately record the specifics of the claim or"suit' and the date received; and ii. Notify us as soon as practicable. You must see to it that we receive written notice of the claim or"suit' as soon as practicable. Knowledge of a claim or "suit' by your agent, servant or employee shall not in itself constitute knowledge of the named insured unless an officer of the named insured has received such notice from the agent, servant or employee. 2. Where Broad Form Named Insured is added in SECTION II — WHO IS AN INSURED of this endorsement, Condition 4. Other Insurance b. Excess Insurance (1).(a) is replaced by the following: (a) Any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis, that is available to an insured solely by reason of ownership by you of more than 50 percent of the voting stock, and not withstanding any other language in any other policy. This provision does not apply to a policy written to apply specifically in excess of this policy. CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 11 of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 B. The following are added: 1. Condition (5) of 2.c. (5) Upon our request, replace or repair the property covered under Voluntary Property Damage Coverage at your actual cost, excluding profit or overhead. 10. Blanket Waiver Of Subrogation We waive any right of recovery we may have against any person or organization because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of: premises owned or occupied by or rented or loaned to you, ongoing operations performed by you or on your behalf, done under a contract with that person or organization, "your work", or "your products". We waive this right where you have agreed to do so as part of a written contract, executed by you before the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs or the "personal injury" or "advertising injury" offense is committed. 11. Liberalization If a revision to this Coverage Part, which would provide more coverage with no additional premium becomes effective during the policy period in the state designated for the first Named Insured shown in the Declarations, your policy will automatically provide this additional coverage on the effective date of the revision. 12. Unintentional Failure to Disclose All Hazards Based on our reliance on your representations as to existing hazards, if you unintentionally should fail to disclose all such hazards at the inception date of your policy, we will not deny coverage under this Coverage Part because of such failure. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non-renewal. 13. The following conditions are added in regard to Coverage G - Product Recall Expense In event of a "product recall', you must a. See to it that we are notified as soon as practicable of a "product recall'. To the extent possible, notice should include how, when and where the 'product recall' took place and estimated "product recall expense". b. Take all reasonable steps to minimize 'product recall expense". This will not increase the limits of insurance. c. If requested, permit us to question you under oath at such times as may be reasonably required about any matter relating to this insurance or your claim, including your books and records. Your answers must be signed. d. Permit us to inspect and obtain other information proving the loss. You must send us a signed, sworn statement of loss containing the information we request to investigate the claim. You must do this within 60 days after our request. e. Cooperate with us in the investigation or settlement of any claim. f. Assist us upon our request, in the enforcement of any rights against any person or organization which may be liable to you because of loss to which this insurance applies. g. Claims Handling (1) Within 15 days after we receive written notice of claim, we will: (a) Acknowledge receipt of the claim. If we do not acknowledge receipt of the claim in writing, we will keep a record of the date, method and content of the acknowledgment; (b) Begin any investigation of the claim; and (c) Request a signed, sworn proof of loss, specify the information you must provide and supply you with the necessary forms. We may request more information at a later date, if during the investigation of the claim such additional information is necessary. (2) We will notify you in writing as to whether: (a) The claim or part of the claim will be paid; (b) The claim or part of the claim has been denied, and inform you of the reasons for denial; (c) More information is necessary; or (d) We need additional time to reach a decision. If we need additional time, we will inform you of the reasons for such need. CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 12 of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 (3) We will provide notification, as described in (2)(a) through (2)(d) above, within: (a) 15 business days after we receive the signed, sworn proof of loss and all information we requested; or (b) 30 days after we receive the signed, sworn proof of loss and all information we requested, if we have reason to believe the loss resulted from arson. If we have notified you that we need additional time to reach a decision, we must then either approve or deny the claim within 45 days of such notice. h. We will pay for covered loss or damage within 5 business days after: (1) We have notified you that payment of the claim or part of the claim will be made and have reached agreement with you on the amount of loss; or (2) An appraisal award has been made. However, if payment of the claim or part of the claim is conditioned on your compliance with any of the terms of this policy, we will make payment within 5 business days after the date you have complied with such terms. 1. Catastrophe Claims If a claim results from a weather related catastrophe or a major natural disaster, the claim handling and claim payment deadlines described in a. and b. above are extended for an additional 15 days. Catastrophe or Major Natural Disaster means a weather related event which is: (1) Declared a disaster under the Texas Disaster Act of 1975; or (2) Determined to be a catastrophe by the State Board of Insurance. J. The term "business day", as used in this endorsement, means a day other than Saturday, Sunday or a holiday recognized by the state of Texas. k. We will issue loss payment to the first Named Insured shown in the Declarations and any mortgagee or loss payee as designated. 14. Limited Railroad Contractual Liability The following conditions are applicable only to coverage afforded by reason of the redefining of an "insured contract" in the DEFINITIONS section of this endorsement: a. Railroad Protective Liability coverage provided by ISO form CG 0035 with minimum limits of$2,000,000 per occurrence and a $6,000,000 general aggregate limit must be in place for the entire duration of any project. b. Any amendment to the Other Insurance condition of form CG 0035 alters the primacy of the coverage or which impairs our right to contribution will rescind any coverage afforded by the redefined "insured contract" language. c. For the purposes of the Other Insurance condition of form CG 0035 you, the named insured, will be deemed to be the designated contractor. SECTION V - DEFINITIONS A. At item 12. Mobile Equipment the wording at f.(1) is deleted and replaced by the following: f.(1) Equipment designed primarily for: (a) Snow removal; (b) Road maintenance, but not construction or resurfacing; or (c) Street cleaning; except for such vehicles that have a gross vehicle weight less than 1,000 lbs which are not designed for highway use. B. Item 3. "bodily injury" is deleted and replaced with the following: 3. "Bodily injury" means physical injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person. This includes mental anguish, mental injury, shock, fright or death that results from such physical injury, sickness or disease. C. Item 9. "Insured Contract' c. is deleted and replaced with the following: c. Any easement or license agreement; D. Item 9. "Insured Contract' f.(1) is deleted E. The following definitions are added for this endorsement only: 23. "Electronic data" means information, facts or programs stored as or on, created or used on, or transmitted to or from computer software, including systems and applications software, hard or floppy disks, CD-ROMS, tape drives, cells, data processing devices or any other media which are used with electronically controlled equipment. CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 13 of 14 CG 72 08 02 15 24. "Product recall" means a withdrawal or removal from the market of "your product' based on the determination by you or any regulatory or governmental agency that: a. The use or consumption of "your product" has caused or will cause actual or alleged "bodily injury" or "property damage"; and b. Such determination requires you to recover possession or control of "your product' from any distributor, purchaser or user, to repair or replace "your product", but only if "your product' is unfit for use or consumption, or is hazardous as a result of: (1) An error or omission by an insured in the design, manufacturing, processing, labeling, storage, or transportation of"your product"; or (2) Actual or alleged intentional, malicious or wrongful alteration or contamination of "your product' by someone other than you. 25. "Product recall expense" means reasonable and necessary expenses for: a. Telephone, radio and television communication and printed advertisements, including stationery, envelopes and postage. b. Transporting recalled products from any purchaser, distributor or user, to locations designated by you. c. Remuneration paid to your employees for overtime, as well as remuneration paid to additional employees or independent contractors you hire. d. Transportation and accommodation expense incurred by your employees. e. Rental expense incurred for temporary locations used to store recalled products. f. Expense incurred to properly dispose of recalled products, including packaging that cannot be reused. g. Transportation expenses incurred to replace recalled products. h. Repairing, redistributing or replacing covered recalled products with like products or substitutes, not to exceed your original cost of manufacturing, processing, acquisition and/or distribution. These expenses must be incurred as a result of a "product recall'. CG 72 08 02 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 14 of 14 Policy #85316434 COMMERCIAL AUTO CA 71 09 01 17 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO ULTRA ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS COVERAGE INDEX DESCRIPTION PAGE Temporary Substitute Auto Physical Damage 2 Broad Form Insured 2 Employee as Insureds 2 Additional Insured Status by Contract, Agreement or Permit 2 Bail Bond Coverage 3 Loss of Earnings Coverage 3 Amended Fellow Employee Coverage 3 Towing and Labor 3 Physical Damage Additional Transportation Expense Coverage 3 Extra Expense -Theft 3 Rental Reimbursement and Additional Transportation Expense 4 Personal Effects Coverage 4 Personal Property of Others 4 Locksmith Coverage 4 Vehicle Wrap Coverage 5 Airbag Accidental Discharge 5 Audio, Visual and Data Electronic Equipment Coverage 5 Auto Loan/Lease Total Loss Protection 5 Glass Repair—Deductible Amendment 5 Amended Duties in the Event of Accident, Claim, Suit or Loss 6 Waiver of Subrogation Required by Contract 6 Unintentional Failure to Disclose 6 Hired, Leased, Rented or Borrowed Auto Physical Damage 6 Mental Anguish 7 Extended Cancellation Condition 7 The COVERAGE INDEX set forth above is informational only and grants no coverage. Terms set forth in (Bold Italics) are likewise for information only and by themselves shall be deemed to grant no coverage. CA 71 09 01 17 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 7 (Temporary Substitute Auto Physical Damage) A. TEMPORARY SUBSTITUTE AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE SECTION I — COVERED AUTOS, paragraph C. Certain Trailers, Mobile Equipment and Temporary Substitute Autos is amended by adding the following at the end of the existing language: If Physical Damage Coverage is provided under this Coverage form for an "auto" you own, the Physical Damage coverages provided for that owned "auto" are extended to any "auto" you do not own while used with the permission of its owner as a temporary substitute for the covered "auto" you own that is out of service because of its breakdown, repair, servicing, "loss", or destruction B. BROADENED LIABILITY COVERAGES SECTION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE in Paragraph A. Coverage at 1. Who Is An Insured is amended to include the following: (Broad Form Insured) d. Any legally incorporated subsidiary in which you own more than 50% of the voting stock on the effective date of the Coverage Form. However, the Named Insured does not include any subsidiary that is an "insured" under any other automobile policy or would be an "insured" under such a policy but for its termination or the exhaustion of its Limit of Insurance. e. Any organization that is acquired or formed by you, during the term of this policy and over which you maintain majority ownership. However, the Named Insured does not include any newly formed or acquired organization: (1) That is a joint venture or partnership, (2) That is an "insured" under any other policy, (3) That has exhausted its Limits of Insurance under any other policy, or (4) 180 days or more after its acquisition or formation by you, unless you have given us notice of the acquisition or formation Coverage does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that results from an accident that occurred before you formed or acquired the organization. (Employee as Insureds) f. Any employee of yours while acting in the course of your business or your personal affairs while using a covered "auto" you do not own, hire or borrow. (Additional Insured Status by Contract, Agreement or Permit) g. Any person or organization whom you are required to add as an additional insured on this policy under a written contract or agreement; but the written contract or agreement must be: (1) Currently in effect or becoming effective during the term of this policy; and (2) Executed prior to the "bodily injury" or"property damage." The additional insured status will apply only with respect to your liability for "bodily injury" or "property damage" which may be imputed to that person(s) or organization(s) directly arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of the covered "autos" at the location(s) designated, if any. Coverage provided by this endorsement will not exceed the limits of liability required by the written contract or written agreement even if the limits of liability stated in the policy exceed those limits. This endorsement shall not increase the limits stated in Section II. C. Limits of Insurance. For any covered "auto" you own this Coverage Form provides primary coverage. Page 2 of 7 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. CA 71 09 01 17 C. BROADENED SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS SECTION II. LIABILITY A. Coverage 2. Coverage Extensions a. Supplementary Payments (2) and (4) are replaced by the following: (Bail Bond Coverage) (2) Up to $5,000 for cost of bail bonds (including bonds for related traffic violations) required because of an "accident" we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (Loss of Earnings Coverage) (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" at our request, including actual loss of earning up to $500 a day because of time off from work. (Amended Fellow Employee Exclusion) D. AMENDED FELLOW EMPLOYEE EXCLUSION Only with respect to your "employees" who occupy positions which are supervisory in nature, SECTION II. LIABILITY B. Exclusion 5. Fellow Employee is replaced by: 5. Fellow Employee "Bodily Injury": a. To you, or your partners or members (if you are a partnership or joint venture), or to your members (if you are a limited liability company); b. To your "executive officers" and directors (if you are an organization other than a partnership, joint venture, or limited liability company) but only with respect to performance of their duties as your officers or directors; c. For which there is an obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in paragraph a and b above; or d. Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. For purposes of this endorsement, a position is deemed to be supervisory in nature if that person performs principle work which is substantially different from that of his or her subordinates and has authority to hire, transfer, direct, discipline or discharge. E. BROADENED PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGES SECTION III -PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE A. Coverage is amended as follows: (Towing and Labor) 2. Towing is deleted and replaced with the following: 2. Towing and Labor We will pay towing and labor costs incurred, up to the limits shown below, each time a covered "auto" is disabled: a. For private passenger type vehicles we will pay up to $100 per disablement. b. For all other covered "auto's" we will pay up to $500 per disablement However, the labor must be performed at the place of disablement. (Physical Damage Additional Transportation Expense Coverage) 4. Coverage Extensions a. Transportation Expenses is amended to provide the following limits: We will pay up to $60 per day to a maximum of$1,800. All other terms and provisions of this section remain applicable. The following language is added to 4. Coverage Extensions: (Extra Expense- Theft) c. Theft Recovery Expense If you have purchased Comprehensive Coverage on an "auto" that is stolen, we will pay the expense of returning that stolen auto to you. The limit for this coverage extension is$5,000. CA 71 09 01 17 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 7 (Rental Reimbursement and Additional Transportation Expense) d. Rental Reimbursement We will provide Rental Reimbursement and Additional Expense coverage only for those Physical Damage coverages for which a premium is shown in the Declarations or schedule pages. Coverage applies only to a covered "auto". (1) We will pay for auto rental expense and the expense incurred by you because of "loss" to remove and transfer your materials and equipment from a covered "auto" to a covered "auto." Payment applies in addition to the otherwise applicable coverage you have on a covered "auto." No deductible applies to this coverage. (2) We will pay only for expenses incurred during the policy period and beginning 24 hours after the "loss" and ending, regardless of the policy's expiration, with the lesser of the following number of days: (a) The number of days reasonably required to repair or replace the covered "auto." If "loss" is caused by theft, this number of days is added to the number of days it takes to locate the covered "auto" and return it to you, or (b) 30 days. (3) Our payment is limited to the lesser of the following amounts: (a) Necessary and actual expenses incurred; or (b) $75 per day. (c) This coverage does not apply while there are spare or reserve "autos" available to you for your operations. (d) If"loss" results from the total theft of a covered "auto" of the private passenger or light truck type, we will pay under this coverage only that amount of your rental reimbursement expense which is not already provided for under the SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 4. Coverage Extensions, a. Transportation Expenses. (Personal Effects Coverage) e. Personal Effects If you have purchased Comprehensive Coverage on this policy for an "auto" you own and that "auto" is stolen, we will pay, without application of a deductible, up to $500 for Personal Effects stolen with the "auto". The insurance provided under this provision is excess over any other collectible insurance. For this coverage extension, Personal Effects means tangible property that is worn or carried by an "insured". (Personal Property of Others) f. Personal Property of Others We will pay up to $500 for loss to personal property of others in or on your covered "auto." This coverage applies only in the event of "loss" to your covered "auto" caused by fire, lightning, explosion, theft, mischief or vandalism, the covered "auto's" collision with another object, or the covered "auto's" overturn. No deductibles apply to this coverage. (Locksmith Coverage) g. Locksmith Coverage We will pay up to $250 per occurrence for necessary locksmith services for keys locked inside a covered private passenger "auto". The deductible is waived for these services. Page 4 of 7 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. CA 71 09 01 17 (Vehicle Wrap Coverage) h. Vehicle Wrap Coverage If you have Comprehensive or Collision coverage on an "auto" that is a total loss, in addition to the actual cash value of the "auto", we will pay up to $1,000 for vinyl vehicle wraps which are displayed on the covered "auto" at the time of total loss. Regardless of the number of autos deemed a total loss, the most we will pay under this Vehicle Wrap Coverage for any one 'loss" is $5,000. For purposes of this coverage provision, signs or other graphics painted or magnetically affixed to the vehicle are not considered vehicle wraps. (Airbag Accidental Discharge) F. SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE, B. Exclusions is amended at 3. to include the following language: If you have purchased Comprehensive or Collision Coverage under this policy, this exclusion does not apply to mechanical breakdown relating to the accidental discharge of an air bag. This coverage applies only to a covered auto you own and is excess of any other collectible insurance or warranty. No deductible applies to this coverage. G. BROADENED LIMITS OF INSURANCE (Audio, Visual and Data Electronic Equipment Coverage) SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE —C. Limit of Insurance at 1.b. is amended to provide the following limits: b. Limits of $1,000 per 'loss" is increased to $5,000 per 'loss". All other terms and provisions of this section remain applicable. (Auto LoanA ease Total Loss Protection) SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE — C. Limit of Insurance is amended by adding the following language: 4. In the event of a total 'loss" to a covered "auto" shown in the Schedule pages, subject at the time of the "loss" to a loan or lease, we will pay any unpaid amount due including up to a maximum of$500 for early termination fees or penalties on the lease or loan for a covered"auto" less: a. The amount paid under the Physical Damage Coverage Section of the policy; and b. Any: (1) Overdue lease /loan payments at the time of the 'loss": (2) Financial penalties imposed under a lease for excessive use, abnormal wear and tear or high mileage; (3) Security deposits not returned by the lessor: (4) Costs for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health, Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan or lease; and (5) Carry-over balances from previous loans or leases. (Glass Repair—Deductible Amendment) H. GLASS REPAIR —DEDUCTIBLE SECTION III —PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE —D. Deductible is amended by adding the following: Any deductible shown in the Declarations as applicable to the covered "auto" will not apply to glass breakage if the damaged glass is repaired, rather than replaced. CA 71 09 01 17 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 7 (Amended Duties in the Event of Accident, Claim, Suit or Loss) I. AMENDED DUTIES IN THE EVENT OF ACCIDENT, CLAIM, SUIT OR LOSS Under SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions , the following is added to paragraph 2. Duties In The Event of Accident, Suit or Loss: d. Knowledge of any "accident", "claim", "suit" or "loss" will be deemed knowledge by you when notice of such "accident", "claim", "suit" or"loss" has been received by: (1) You, if you are an individual; (2) Any partner or insurance manager if you are a partnership; (3) An executive officer or insurance manager, if you are a corporation; (4) Your members, managers or insurance manager, if you are a limited liability company; or (5) Your officials, trustees, board members or insurance manager, if you are a not-for-profit organization. (Waiver of Subrogation by Contract) J. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION REQUIRED BY CONTRACT Under SECTION IV, BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, A. Loss Conditions 5. Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others to Us the following language is added: However, we waive any rights of recovery we may have against the person or organization with whom you have agreed in writing in a contract, agreement or permit, to provide insurance such as is afforded under the policy to which this endorsement is attached. This provision does not apply unless the written contract or written agreement has been executed, or permit has been issued, prior to the "bodily injury" or"property damage." (Unintentional Failure to Disclose) K. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE Under SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS, B. General Conditions , the following is added to 2. Concealment, Misrepresentation Or Fraud: Your unintentional error in disclosing, or failing to disclose, any material fact existing at the effective date of this Coverage Form, or during the policy period in connection with any additional hazards, will not prejudice your rights under this Coverage Form. (Hired, Leased, Rented or Borrowed Auto Physical Damage) L. HIRED, LEASED, RENTED OR BORROWED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE Under SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS B. General Conditions 5. Other Insurance Paragraph 5.b. is replaced by the following: b. (1) For "Comprehensive" and "Collision" Auto Physical Damage coverage provided by this endorsement, the following are deemed to be covered "autos" you own: (a) Any Covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and (b) Any Covered "auto" hired or rented by your "employee" under a contract in that individual "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, any"auto" that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto" (2) Limit of Insurance For This Section The most we will pay for any one "loss" is the lesser of the following: (a) $75,000 per accident, or (b) actual cash value at the time of loss, or (c) cost of repair. Page 6 of 7 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. CA 71 09 01 17 Minus a $500 deductible. An adjustment for depreciation and physical condition will be made in determining actual cash value in the event of a total loss. No deductible applies to "loss" caused by fire or lightning. (3) This Hired Auto Physical Damage coverage is excess over any other collectible insurance. (4) Definitions For This Section (a) Comprehensive Coverage: from any cause except the covered "auto's" collision with another object or the covered "auto's" overtum. We will pay glass breakage, "loss" caused by hitting a bird or animal and, "loss" caused by falling objects or missiles. (b) Collision Coverage: caused by the covered "auto's" collision with another object or by the covered "auto's" overturn. (Mental Anguish) M. MENTAL ANGUISH Under SECTION V—DEFINITIONS, C. is replaced by the following: C. "Bodily injury" means bodily injury, sickness or disease sustained by a person including mental anguish or death resulting from bodily injury, sickness, or disease. (Extended Cancellation Condition) N. EXTENDED CANCELLATION CONDITION Under CANCELLATION, of the COMMON POLICY CONDITIONS form, item 2.b. is replaced by the following: b. 60 days before the effective date of cancellation if we cancel for any other reason. CA 71 09 01 17 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 7 Policy #85316434 CA 73 34 09 15 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY - OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM The following language replaces SECTION IV BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS Part B. General Conditions 5. Other Insurance c.: c. Regardless of the provisions of Paragraph a. above, this Coverage Form's Covered Autos Liability Coverage is primary for any liability assumed under an "insured contract". This coverage will also be non-contributory if it is required by the terms of the "insured contract". CA 73 34 09 15 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 1 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 42 03 04 B (Ed. 6.14) TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1 Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations: All TX Operations 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above,person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. Thls endorsement changes the policy to which It is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. Date Prepared: August 10, 2017 Carrier: Bridgefield Casualty Insurance Company Effective Date of Endorsement: August 12, 2017 Policy Number: 0196-43838 Countersigned by: Insured: William J. Schultz, Inc. dba Circle C Construction WC 42 03 04 B (Ed. 6-14) "Includes copyright material of the National Council on Compensation Insurance,Inc.used with its permission.Copyright 2014 NCCI' 006125-1 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE ... Page 1 of 1 1 SECTION 00 6125 2 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 3 4 .."` 5 6 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with standard 7 ACORD Certificate of Insurance form.] wr 8 9 i.a 10 w. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 END OF SECTION CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 rs a� STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnwyy2,2016 ON STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1 —Definitions and Terminology..........................................................................................................1 r. 1.01 Defined Terms...............................................................................................................................l 1.02 Terminology..................................................................................................................................6 lie Article 2—Preliminary Matters.........................................................................................................................7 2.01 Copies of Documents....................................................................................................................7 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time;Notice to Proceed................................................................7 2.03 Starting the Work..........................................................................................................................8 2.04 Before Starting Construction........................................................................................................8 2.05 Preconstruction Conference..........................................................................................................8 2.06 Public Meeting ........................8 ...................................................................................................... 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules....................................................................................................8 Article 3 —Contract Documents: Intent, Amending, Reuse............................................................................8 3.01 Intent..............................................................................................................................................8 3.02 Reference Standards......................................................................................................................9 ". 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies.......................................................................................9 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents.................................................................10 3.05 Reuse of Documents...................................................................................................................10 3.06 Electronic Data............................................................................................................................11 Article 4—Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions;Hazardous Environmental Conditions; Reference Points...........................................................................................................11 4.01 Availability of Lands..................................................................................................................11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions..........................................................................................12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions................................................... 4.04 Underground Facilities ...............................................................................................................13 4.05 Reference Points.........................................................................................................................14 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site..............................................................................14 Article 5—Bonds and Insurance .....................................................................................................................16 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers...................................................................................................16 5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds.......................................................................16 5.03 Certificates of Insurance.............................................................................................................16 5.04 Contractor's Insurance................................................................................................................18 5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace...........................................................19 Article 6—Contractor's Responsibilities........................................................................................................19 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence...............................................................................................19 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnary2,2016 rr► 6.02 Labor; Working Hours................................................................................................................20 6.03 Services,Materials, and Equipment...........................................................................................20 6.04 Project Schedule..........................................................................................................................21 6.05 Substitutes and"Or-Equals".......................................................................................................21 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others....................................................................24 6.07 Wage Rates..................................................................................................................................25 6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties...........................................................................................................26 . 6.09 Permits and Utilities....................................................................................................................27 6.10 Laws and Regulations.................................................................................................................27 6.11 Taxes ...........................................................................................................................................28 . 6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas.......................................................................................................28 6.13 Record Documents..........................................:...........................................................................29 6.14 Safety and Protection..................................................................................................................29 6.15 Safety Representative..................................................................................................................30 6.16 Hazard Communication Programs .............................................................................................30 6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification...............................................................................................30 6.18 Submittals....................................................................................................................................31 6.19 Continuing the Work...................................................................................................................32 6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee..........................................................................32 6.21 Indemnification.........................................................................................................................33 _ 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services..............................................................................34 6.23 Right to Audit..............................................................................................................................34 -6.24 Nondiscrimination.......................................................................................................................35 Article 7-Other Work at the Site...................................................................................................................35 7.01 Related Work at Site...................................................................................................................35 7.02 Coordination................................................................................................................................36 Article 8-City's Responsibilities...................................................................................................................36 8.01 Communications to Contractor...................................................................................................36 8.02 Furnish Data................................................................................................................................36 8.03 Pay When Due ............................................................................................................................36 8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests...................................................................................36 8.05 Change Orders.............................................................................................................................36 8.06 Inspections,Tests, and Approvals..............................................................................................36 8.07 Limitations on City's Responsibilities.......................................................................................37 8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition....................................................................37 8.09 Compliance with Safety Program...............................................................................................37 Article 9-City's Observation Status During Construction...........................................................................37 9.01 City's Project Manager ............................................................................................................37 9.02 Visits to Site................................................................................................................................37 9.03 Authorized Variations .................................................................................................. ations in Work 38 . 9.04 Rejecting Defective Work..........................................................................................................38 9.05 Determinations for Work Perfonned..........................................................................................38 9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work.....................38 no CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Feb uwy 2,2016 Article 10-Changes in the Work; Claims; Extra Work................................................................................38 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work...........................................................................................39 10.03 Execution of Change Orders.......................................................................................................39 10.04 Extra Work..................................................................................................................................39 10.05 Notification to Surety..................................................................................................................39 .. 10.06 Contract Claims Process..............................................................................................................40 Article 11 -Cost of the Work; Allowances;Unit Price Work; Plans Quantity Measurement......................41 11.01 Cost of the Work.........................................................................................................................41 11.02 Allowances..................................................................................................................................43 11.03 Unit Price Work..........................................................................................................................44 11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement......................................................................................................45 Article 12-Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time.................................................................46 12.01 Change of Contract Price............................................................................................................46 12.02 Change of Contract Time............................................................................................................47 12.03 Delays..........................................................................................................................................47 Article 13 -Tests and Inspections; Correction,Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work......................48 13.01 Notice of Defects ........................................................................................................................48 13.02 Access to Work...........................................................................................................................48 13.03 Tests and Inspections..................................................................................................................48 13.04 Uncovering Work........................................................................................................................49 13.05 City May Stop the Work.............................................................................................................49 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work................................................................................50 13.07 Correction Period........................................................................................................................50 .. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work...................................................................................................51 13.09 City May Correct Defective Work.............................................................................................51 Article 14-Payments to Contractor and Completion....................................................................................52 14.01 Schedule of Values......................................................................................................................52 14.02 Progress Payments......................................................................................................................52 at 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title...................................................................................................54 14.04 Partial Utilization........................................................................................................................55 14.05 Final Inspection...........................................................................................................................55 14.06 Final Acceptance.........................................................................................................................55 14.07 Final Payment..............................................................................................................................56 14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release........................................................56 *r 14.09 Waiver of Claims........................................................................................................................57 Article 15-Suspension of Work and Termination........................................................................................57 .w► 15.01 City May Suspend Work.............................................................................................................57 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause...................................................................................................58 15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience.......................................................................................60 Article16-Dispute Resolution......................................................................................................................61 16.01 Methods and Procedures.............................................................................................................61 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febniay2,2016 Article17—Miscellaneous..............................................................................................................................62 17.01 Giving Notice..............................................................................................................................62 17.02 Computation of Times................................................................................................................62 17.03 Cumulative Remedies.................................................................................................................62 17.04 Survival of Obligations...............................................................................................................63 17.05 Headings......................................................................................................................................63 CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febniay 2,2016 rr. 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 of 63 ARTICLE 1 –DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents,the terms listed below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with the definition of a listed-defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, dk and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, .�, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement—The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between City and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to City which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. +r 5. Award–Authorization by the City Council for the City to enter into an Agreement. 6. Bid—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 7. Bidder—The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to City. 8. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 9. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid w security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 10. Business Day – A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through Friday,except for federal or state holidays observed by the City. 11. Buzzsaw–City's on-line, electronic document management and collaboration system. 12. Calendar Day–A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. r CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS erg Revision:FebngvyZ2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS " Page 2 of 63 r 13. Change Order—A document, which is prepared and approved by the City, which is signed by Contractor and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date -- of the Agreement. 14. City— The City of Fort Worth, Texas, a home-rule municipal corporation, authorized and ... chartered under the Texas State Statutes, acting by its.governing body through its City Manager, his designee, or agents authorized under his behalf, each of which is required by Charter to perform specific duties with responsibility for final enforcement of the contracts r. involving the City of Fort Worth is by Charter vested in the City Manager and is the entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 15. City Attorney– The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. .. 16. City Council - The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Fort Worth, Texas. .. 17. City Manager – The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Fort Worth,Texas,or his duly authorized representative. •• 18. Contract Claim—A demand or assertion by City or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the -- Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Contract Claim. 19. Contract—The entire and integrated written document between the City and Contractor ,.. concerning the Work. The Contract contains the Agreement and all Contract Documents and supersedes prior negotiations,representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 20. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement. All items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. •� 21. Contract Price—The moneys payable by City to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement(subject to the provisions .s of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 22. Contract Time—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve .. Milestones, if any and(ii)complete the Work so that it is ready for Final Acceptance. 23. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom City has entered into the Agreement. .., 24. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 11.01 of these General Conditions for definition. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Fdmuy 2,2016 007200-1 "w GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 3 of 63 w 25. Damage Claims — A demand for money or services arising from the Project or Site from a third party,City or Contractor exclusive of a Contract Claim. 26. Day or day—A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day. 27. Director of Aviation — The officially appointed Director of the Aviation Department of the City of Fort Worth,Texas,or his duly appointed representative, assistant, or agents. 28. Director of Parks and Community Services — The officially appointed Director of the Parks and Community Services Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative,assistant,or agents. 29. Director of Planning and Development — The officially appointed Director of the Planning and Development Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant,or agents. 30. Director of Transportation Public Works — The officially appointed Director of the Transportation Public Works Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas, or his duly appointed representative, assistant,or agents. .. 31. Director of Water Department— The officially appointed Director of the Water Department of the City of Fort Worth, Texas,or his duly appointed representative,assistant, or agents. 32. Drawings—That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope,extent,and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 33. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed ,. and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 34. Engineer—The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of Texas performing professional services for the City. 35. Extra Work -- Additional work made necessary by changes or alterations of the Contract Documents or of quantities or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract Documents.Extra work shall be part of the Work. 36. Field Order—A written order issued by City which requires changes in the Work but which .. does not involve a change in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or the intent of the Engineer. Field Orders are paid from Field Order Allowances incorporated into the Contract by funded work type at the time of award. 37. Final Acceptance — The written notice given by the City to the Contractor that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS oft Revision:Febnoy 2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS oft Page 4 of 63 w 38. Final Inspection – Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. r- 39. General Requirements—Sections of Division 1 of the Contract Documents. 40. Hazardous Environmental Condition—The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, Radioactive Material, or other materials in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto. .. 41. Hazardous Waste—Hazardous waste is defined as any solid waste listed as hazardous or possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in the federal waste regulations, as amended from time to time. 42. Laws and Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 43. Liens---Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 44. Major Item–An Item of work included in the Contract Documents that has a total cost equal to or greater than 5%of the original Contract Price or$25,000 whichever is less. 45.Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work. 46. Notice of Award-The written notice by City to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, City will sign and deliver the Agreement. , 47. Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by City to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work specified in Contract Documents. 48. PCBs Polychlorinated biphenyls. 49. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 50. Plans–See definition of Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Februay2.2016 �r. 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 5 of 63 51. Project Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time. 52. Project—The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents. 53. Project Manager—The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the Site. 54. Public Meeting - An announced meeting conducted by the City to facilitate public participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project. 55. Radioactive Material—Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954(42 USC Section 2011 et seq.)as amended from time to time. 56. Regular Working Hours – Hours beginning at 7:00 a.m. and ending at 6:00 p.m., Monday thru Friday(excluding legal holidays). 57. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 58. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 59. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 60. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City upon which the Work is to be performed,including rights-of-way,permits,and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City which are designated for the use of Contractor. 61. Specifications—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for �. materials,equipment, systems,standards and workmanship as applied to the Work,and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached,may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Division 00 00 00) of each Project. 62. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. rr Oft CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS 04 Revision:Febniay 2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 6 of 63 63. Submittals—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. -» 64. Successful Bidder—The Bidder submitting the lowest and most responsive Bid to whom City makes an Award. 65. Superintendent– The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able to receive instructions from the City and to act for the Contractor. .. 66. Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 67. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment „M to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor. 68. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water,wastewater, storm water,other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 69. Unit Price Work—See Paragraph 11.03 of these General Conditions for definition. ,. 70. Weekend Working Hours – Hours beginning at 9:00 a.m. and ending at 5:00 p.m., Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City. 71. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction including any Change Order or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 72. Working Day–A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7 a.m. and 6 p.m. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.B through E are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febniary Z 20I6 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 7 of 63 a� 1. The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of judgment by City. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of City as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination • will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). C. Defective: 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty,or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to City's written acceptance. D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word "Furnish" or the word "Install" or the word "Perform" or the word "Provide" or the word "Supply," or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the context used. E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2—PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Copies of Documents City shall furnish to Contractor one (1) original executed copy and one (1) electronic copy of the Contract Documents, and four (4) additional copies of the Drawings. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time;Notice to Proceed The Contract Time will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to ' ` Proceed may be given at any time within 14 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febniay2,2016 Y 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 8 of 63 s 2.03 Starting the Work Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run. 2.04 Before Starting Construction Baseline Schedules: Submit in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting the Work. 2.05 Preconstruction Conference Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as son specified in the Contract Documents. 2.06 Public Meeting Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to Contractor attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to City in accordance with the Schedule Specification as provided in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT,AMENDING,REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. -- B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof)to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor,documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to City. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by City. D. The Specifications may vary in form,format and style. Some Specification sections may be written in varying degrees of streamlined or declarative style and some sections may be relatively narrative by comparison. Omission of such words and phrases as "the Contractor shall," "in .. conformity with," "as shown," or "as specified" are intentional in streamlined sections. Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference. Similar types of provisions may appear in various parts of a section or articles within a part depending on the format of the Im .. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:FebnrayZ 2016 an 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 9 of 63 section. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any variation of form, format or style in making Contract Claims. E. The cross referencing of specification sections under the subparagraph heading "Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:" and elsewhere within each Specification .�, section is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely on the cross referencing provided and shall be responsible to coordinate the entire Work under the Contract Documents and provide a complete Project whether or not the cross referencing is provided in each section or whether or not the cross referencing is complete. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications,Codes, Laws,and Regulations M% 1. Reference to standards, specifications,manuals, or codes of any technical society,organization, or association,or to Laws or Regulations,whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of City, Contractor, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract .., Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work. Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein against all applicable field measurements and conditions. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to City any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from City before proceeding with any Work affected •� thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work. If, during the .� performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation , (b) any standard, specification,manual, or code, or (c) any instruction of +* any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to City in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Oft Revision:FebniayZ2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS "r Page 10 of 63 6.17.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to City for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, or the instruction of any Supplier(whether or not specifically ..� incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents). 2. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, Plans shall govern over Specifications, Supplementary Conditions shall govern over General Conditions and Specifications, and quantities shown on the Plans shall govern over those shown in the proposal. .. 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Change Order. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be authorized,by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. City's review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.18.C);or 3. City's written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of City and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer. CITY OF FORT WORTH _ STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febmay Z 2016. 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 11 of 63 a B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by City or Engineer to Contractor, or by Contractor to City or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies included in the Contract Documents (also known as hard copies) and other Specifications referenced and located on the City's Buzzsaw site. Files in electronic media format of text,data, graphics,or other types are famished only for the convenience of the receiving party. w. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies,the hard copies govern. B. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility,usability,or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. .. ARTICLE 4—AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. City shall furnish the Site. City shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of ,., general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. City will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. 1. The City has obtained or anticipates acquisition of and/or access to right-of-way, and/or easements. Any outstanding right-of-way and/or easements are anticipated to be acquired in .. accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements. A* 2. The City has or anticipates removing and/or relocating utilities, and obstructions to the Site. Any outstanding removal or relocation of utilities or obstructions is anticipated in accordance .� with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted,and/or relocated by others. B. Upon reasonable written request, City shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:FebmayZ2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 12 of 63 C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: ,r 1. those reports known to City of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site; and 2. those drawings known to City of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site(except Underground Facilities). B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers, directors,members,partners, employees, agents,consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or oft 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions oft A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed either: "" 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a.change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnoy 2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 13 of 63 then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an .. emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A),notify City in writing about such condition. B. Possible Price and Time Adjustments Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to City with respect to Contract Price and Contract Time by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 2. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of the examination of the Contract Documents or the Site; or w 3. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to City or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. City and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such r information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; c. coordination and adjustment of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated.• .r 1. If an Underground Facility which conflicts with the Work is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Mw Revision:FdxuaryZ2016 00 7200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS so Page 14 of 63 Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner and to City. City will review the discovered Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to ..� which a change may be required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such discovered Underground Facility. f 2. If City concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order may be issued to reflect and document such consequences. 3. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies a minimum of 48 hours in advance of construction including exploratory .• excavation if necessary. 4.05 Reference Points ... A. City shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in City's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. City will provide ., construction stakes or other customary method of marking to establish line and grades for roadway and utility construction, centerlines and benchmarks for bridgework. Contractor shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or •� relocations. Contractor shall report to City whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. The City shall be responsible for the replacement or relocation of reference points or property monuments not carelessly or willfully destroyed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall notify City in advance and with sufficient time to avoid delays. B. Whenever, in the opinion of the City, any reference point or monument has been carelessly or _ willfully destroyed, disturbed, or removed by the Contractor or any of his employees,the full cost for replacing such points plus 25%will be charged against the Contractor, and the full amount will be deducted from payment due the Contractor. 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and .� drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers, directors,members,partners,employees, agents,consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Feb®aty2,20I6 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 15 of 63 construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data,interpretations,opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified ,■, in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers,or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall ,,,■ immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby(except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A); and (iii) notify City (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). City may «. consider the necessity to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. .. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after City has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered written notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been «. rendered suitable for the resumption of Work;or(ii)specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed. .. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe,or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then City may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be �+ deleted from the Work. City may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by City's own forces or others. +� G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City,from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.G shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental +� Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS +ir Revision:Febniay2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS w Page 16 of 63 . ARTICLE 5—BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. ,.. 5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security , to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance by the City. C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch,U.S. Department of the Treasury..All bonds signed by .. an agent or attorney-in-fact must beaccompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed each bond. D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event «. giving rise to such notification,provide another bond and surety,both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02.C. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance Contractor shall deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the ,..� Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by City or any other additional insured)which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. 1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, and all identified entities named in the Supplementary Conditions as"Additional Insured"on all liability policies. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febn=y2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 17 of 63 2. The Contractor's general liability insurance shall include a, "per project" or "per location", endorsement,which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City. 3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in the current .�,. A.M. Best Property&Casualty Guide 4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of Texas. Except for workers' compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that .� required,written approval of City is required. 5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions 6. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such lines of insurance coverage. .� 7. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the primary coverage. 8. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the "occurrence basis". If coverage is underwritten on a claims-made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with .. or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage is claims-made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final • Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such insurance coverage. 9. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%. 10. Any self-insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:FebniayZ2016 00 7200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 18 of 63 s lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk retention groups,must also be approved by City. 11. Any deductible in excess of$5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a first-dollar basis,must be acceptable to and approved by the City. 12. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage's and their limits when deemed necessary and prudent by the City based upon changes in statutory law, court decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City shall be required to provide prior notice of 90 days,and the insurance adjustments shall be incorporated into the Work by Change Order. .• 13. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or .. modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract.Deletions,revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by law or regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies. 14. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for .+• Contractor's insurance. 5.04 Contractor's Insurance ,.. A. Workers Compensation and Employers' Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers' ... Compensation Act(Texas Labor Code,Ch.406,as amended),and minimum limits for Employers' Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or ,Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: .. 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; •� 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. B. Commercial General liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability (bodily injury or property damage) arising from:,premises/operations, independent contractors, .. products/completed operations,personal injury, and liability under an insured contract. Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnray 2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 19 of 63 w insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify premises/operations, ..r products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, which are normally contained with the policy,unless the City approves such exclusions in writing. .� For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than three (3) years following the completion of the project (if identified in the Supplementary wu► Conditions). C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on "any auto", defined as autos owned, hired and rion-owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements identified in the Supplementary Conditions. E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has « been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section. 5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis aw of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the City shall so notify the Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates(or other evidence requested).Contractor shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the City may reasonably request.If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. ARTICLE 6—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting +� such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means,methods,techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnoy2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 20 of 63 B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent, English- speaking, Superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to City. The Superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communication given to or received from the Superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of construction. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours «. A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without City's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or electronic communication)to perform Work: 1. for beyond Regular Working Hours request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business Days prior ow 2. for Weekend Working Hours request must be made by noon of the preceding Thursday 3. for legal holidays request must be made by noon two Business Days prior to the legal holiday. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests)as to the source,kind, and quality of materials and equipment. ,.. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febney 2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 21 of 63 C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of .... the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. D. All items of standard equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be the latest model at the time of bid,unless otherwise specified. 6.04 Project Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. .w 1. Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Time. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Contractor shall submit to City a monthly Project Schedule with a monthly progress payment for the duration of the Contract in accordance with the schedule specification 0132 16. 3. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Time may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function,appearance,and quality required.Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or-equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or-Equal" Items: If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an "or-equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City's sole discretion,be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute ®, items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if- a. fa. the City determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febniay 2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS ■ Page 22 of 63 r� 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole;and 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time;and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items: a. If in City's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or-equal" item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than Contractor. .. c. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall comply with Section 0125 00 and: 1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: .. a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design; b) be similar in substance to that specified; c) be suited to the same use as that specified; and 2) will state: " a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor's achievement of final completion on time; b) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Februwy2,20I6 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 23 of 63 c) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified; b) available engineering, sales, maintenance,repair,and replacement services;and 4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means,method,technique,sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in City's sole .. discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. City's Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.13.City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute.City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or-equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City's review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an accepted Submittal for an"or-equal."City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination. D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. E. City's Cost Reimbursement: City will record City's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.13. Whether or not City approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents(or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City)resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. ..� F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or-equal"at Contractor's expense. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febmiay2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 24 of 63 G. City Substitute Reimbursement: Costs(savings or charges)attributable to acceptance of a substitute shall be incorporated to the Contract by Change Order. H. Time Extensions:No additional time will be granted for substitutions. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the value embraced on the Contract,unless otherwise approved by the City. B. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, against whom City may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to famish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection (excluding those acceptable to City as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.C). C. The City may from time to time require the use of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities on the project, and will provide such requirements in the Supplementary , Conditions. D. Minority Business Enterprise Compliance: It is City policy to ensure the full and equitable .. participation by Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) in the procurement of goods and services on a contractual basis. If the Contract Documents provide for a MBE goal, Contractor is required to comply with the intent of the City's MBE Ordinance (as amended)by the following: 1. Contractor shall, upon request by City, provide complete and accurate information regarding actual work performed by a MBE on the Contract and payment therefor. 2. Contractor will not make additions, deletions, or substitutions of accepted MBE without written consent of the City. Any unjustified change or deletion shall be a material breach of Contract and may result in debarment in accordance with the procedures outlined in the Ordinance. 3. Contractor shall,upon request by City,allow an audit and/or examination of any books,records, or files in the possession of the Contractor that will substantiate the actual work performed by an MBE. Material misrepresentation of any nature will be grounds for termination of the A„ Contract in accordance with Paragraph 15.02.A.Any such misrepresentation may be grounds for disqualification of Contractor to bid on future contracts with the City for a period of not less than three years. ,.. E. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as .. Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:FebnayZ 2016 00 7200-1 ' GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 25 of 63 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other .. individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys .. due any such Subcontractor, Supplier,or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. F.Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers,and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. G. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor. H. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of City. 6.07 Wage Rates A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Fort Worth to be the prevailing'wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract Documents. B. Penaltyfor Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative .�, costs,pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31 st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether .. good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City's determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates,such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnrry2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS ow Page 26 of 63 an D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act .. (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this M section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties ao and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) r years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this Contract; and(ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection. F. Progress Payments. With each progress payment or payroll period, whichever is less, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. " G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at all times. H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above. 6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular +■ invention, design,process,product,or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if,to the actual knowledge of City, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such '^ rights shall be disclosed by City in the Contract Documents. Failure of the City to disclose such information does not relieve the Contractor from its obligations to pay for the use of said fees or royalties to others. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City,from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited oft to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from MR CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Fdxtuy 2,2016 �. 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 27 of 63 the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.09 Permits and Utilities A. Contractor obtained permits and licenses. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses except those provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. City shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement, except for permits provided by the City as specified in 6.09.13. ..► City shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. B. City obtained permits and licenses. City will obtain and pay for all permits and licenses as provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to carry out the provisions of the permit. If the Contractor initiates changes to the .r Contract and the City approves the changes,the Contractor is responsible for obtaining clearances and coordinating with the appropriate regulatory agency. The City will not reimburse the Contractor for any cost associated with these requirements of any City acquired permit. The *� following are permits the City will obtain if required: 1. Texas Department of Transportation Permits 2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Permits .■, 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Permits 4. Railroad Company Permits C. Outstanding permits and licenses. The City anticipates acquisition of and/or access to permits and licenses. Any outstanding permits and licenses are anticipated to be acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding permits • and licenses. 6.10 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations,Contractor shall bear all claims,costs, losses,and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS �n Revision:Febniay Z 2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 28 of 63 00 court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of — Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.02. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids having an effect on . the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time. no 6.11 Taxes A. On a contract awarded by the City, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to 00 Texas Tax Code,Subchapter H,Sections 151.301-335(as amended),the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption ow certificate to comply with State Comptroller's Ruling .007. Any such exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with the provision of State Comptroller's Ruling .011, and any other applicable rulings pertaining to the Texas Tax Code, 00 Subchapter H. B. Texas Tax permits and information may be obtained from: 00 1. Comptroller of Public Accounts Sales Tax Division r Capitol Station Austin,TX 78711; or 2. http://www.window.state.tx.us/taxinfo/taxforms/93-forms.htrnl 6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment,the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment.Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed or closed or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional area of the Site. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:FebniayZ2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 29 of 63 3. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim. 4. Pursuant to Paragraph 6.21, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City,from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials,rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice (by letter or electronic communication), and the costs of such direct action, plus 25 % of such costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor. D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property disturbed by the Work. E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.13 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor and approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved -^ Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals, and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include accurate -~ locations for buried and imbedded items. 6.14 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febmay2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 30 of 63 take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage,injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal,relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal,relocation, and replacement of their property. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City's safety programs,if any. D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety program, if any, with which City's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.14.A.2 or 6.14.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part,by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work,or .� anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. F. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work. 6.15 Safety Representative Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor's designated safety representative at the Site. 6.16 Hazard Communication Programs Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification * A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give City prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:FebnrryZ 2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 31 of 63 changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If City determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required ., because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Change Order may be issued. B. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the City to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the City shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. ** The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action, .. within 24 hours,the City may take such remedial action with City forces or by contract. The City shall deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any funds due or become due the Contractor on the Project. 6.18 Submittals .r A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as City may require. 1. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. ._ 2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities,dimensions,specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show City the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable City to review the «�,► information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. 3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract Documents unless otherwise required by City. 4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and Specifications. 5. For-Information-Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications. 7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier,pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review-the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:February 2,2016 OU 72 OU-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 32 of 63 B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to City's review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. •� C. City's Review: 1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to City. City's review and acceptance will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. City's review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract .. Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied •� with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal. City's review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6.19 Continuing the Work Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Project Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with City. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as City and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract �• Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Fdxuary2,2016 �.r 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 33 of 63 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by City; 2. recommendation or payment by City of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by City; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City; 5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City; 6. any inspection,test,or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by City. D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article 5.02.13. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 6.21 Indemnification A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions. B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless,at its own expense,the City, its officers,servants and employees,from and against any and all loss,damage or destruction of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS �, Revision:FebmayZ2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 34 of 63 w SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED. IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT. OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services am A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services 00 are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods,techniques, sequences and procedures. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall �* cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to City. C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.22, City's review and acceptance of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and '^ design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City's review and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.18.C. 6.23 Right to Audit A. The Contractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of the Contractor involving transactions relating to this Contract. Contractor agrees that the City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all necessary Contractor facilities and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Contractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. B. Contractor further agrees to include in all its subcontracts hereunder a provision to the effect that the subcontractor agrees that the City shall, until the expiration of three (3) years after final payment under this Contract, have access to and the right to examine and photocopy any directly pertinent books, documents, papers, and records of such Subcontractor, involving transactions to the subcontract, and further, that City shall have access during Regular Working Hours to all CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnsy2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 35 of 63 Subcontractor facilities, and shall be provided adequate and appropriate work space in order to conduct audits in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph. The City shall give Subcontractor reasonable advance notice of intended audits. C. Contractor and Subcontractor agree to photocopy such documents as may be requested by the City. The City agrees to reimburse Contractor for the cost of the copies as follows at the rate published in the Texas Administrative Code in effect as of the time copying is performed. 6.24 Nondiscrimination A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit- related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race,color,or national origin. B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project receiving Federal assistance. ARTICLE 7—OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City's employees, or other City contractors,or through other direct contracts therefor,or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work;and B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner,and City, if City is performing other work with City's employees or other City contractors, proper and safe access to the Site,provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, - excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose work will be affected. .. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febniary2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 36 of 63 7.02 Coordination A. If City intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site,the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized;and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall have authority for such coordination. ARTICLE 8—CITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall issue all communications to Contractor. 8.02 Furnish Data City shall timely furnish the data required under the Contract Documents. 8.03 Pay When Due City shall make payments to Contractor in accordance with Article 14. 8.04 Lands and Easements;Reports and Tests -- City's duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to City's -- identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by City in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.05 Change Orders City shall execute Change Orders in accordance with Paragraph 10.03. 8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals , City's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnoy2,2016 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 37 of 63 8.07 Limitations on City's Responsibilities A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ,,. B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. 8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition .k City's responsibility with respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.09 Compliance with Safety Program While at the Site, City's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. .. ARTICLE 9—CITY'S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 City's Project Manager City will provide one or more Project Manager(s) during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City's Project Manager during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. The City's Project Manager for this Contract is Robert Sauced a, or his/her successor pursuant to written notification from the Director of Fort Worth Water Department. 9.02 Visits to Site A. City's Project Manager will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages .. of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information .. obtained during such visits and observations, City's Project Manager will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. City's Project Manager will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City's Project Manager's efforts will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. B. City's Project Manager's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on authority and responsibility in the Contract Documents including those set forth in Paragraph ., 8.07. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS w Revision:Febmay2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS 411 Page 38 of 63 9.03 Authorized Variations in Work City's Project Manager may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be .. binding on City and also on Contractor,who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 9.04 Rejecting Defective Work .. City will have authority to reject Work which City's Project Manager believes to be defective,or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Article 13, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.05 Determinations for Work Performed Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City's Project Manager will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written recommendation. City's written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed ,,.. factual conditions or more accurate data). 9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. City will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. B. City will render a written decision on any issue referred. C. City's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on the Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.06. ARTICLE 10—CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Change Order which may or may not precede an order of Extra work. B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price, a Field Order may be issued by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:FebnrayyZ2016 A 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 39 of 63 ON 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as .,. provided in Paragraph 6.17. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. City and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i)ordered by City pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A,(ii)required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08 or City's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09,or(iii)agreed to by the parties; A 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed. 10.04 Extra Work A. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment thereof,and the City insists upon its performance,the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep accurate account of the actual reasonable cost thereof. Contract Claims regarding Extra Work shall be made pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. B. The Contractor shall furnish the City such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the City to prepare for permanent record a .. corrected set of plans showing the actual installation. C. The compensation agreed upon for Extra Work whether or not initiated by a Change Order shall be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or Extra Work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or Extra Work. w 10.05 Notification to Surety If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, �. Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the effect of any such change. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS w Revision:Febniffy Z 2016 00 72 00-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS po Page 40 of 63 10.06 Contract Claims Process A. City's Decision Required. All Contract Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph . 14.09, shall be referred to the City for decision.A decision by City shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Contractor of any rights or remedies he may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Contract Claims. B. Notice: 1. Written notice stating the general nature of each Contract Claim shall be delivered by the Contractor to City no later than 15 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Contract Claim shall rest with the party making the Contract Claim. 2. Notice of the amount or extent of the Contract Claim,with supporting data shall be delivered to the City on or before 45 days from the start of the event giving rise thereto (unless the City allows additional time for Contractor to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Contract Claim). 3. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01. 4. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02. 5. Each Contract Claim shall be accompanied by Contractor's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. 6. The City shall submit any response to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Contract allows additional time). C. City's Action: City will review each Contract Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the Contractor, if any,take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Contract Claim in whole or in part; 2. approve the Contract Claim; or 3. notify the Contractor that the City is unable to resolve the Contract Claim if, in the City's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the City to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Contract Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. A CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febmay2,2016 ..■ 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 41 of 63 D. City's written action under Paragraph 10.06.0 will be final and binding, unless City or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. E. No Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.06. ARTICLE 11 —COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY MEASUREMENT 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.013, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work. Such costs shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.013, and shall ., include but not be limited to the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by City and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include; a. salaries with a 55%markup, or b. salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of Regular Working Hours, Weekend .. Working Hours, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by City. .. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work; including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. 3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by City, and the w costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnray Z 2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 42 of 63 4. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by City, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to City and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to City, who will then determine, which bids, .. if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing •� laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. ow 6. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers,which are consumed in the performance of the Work,and cost,less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of ... Contractor. c. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which -- Contractor is liable not covered under Paragraph 6.11, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. d. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. �• e. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the -- performance of the Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor,any Subcontractor,or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of City. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. f. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. g. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone and communication services at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Feb►uary2,2016 err 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 43 of 63 h. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in .�„ Paragraph 11.0I.A.I or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.0I.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. ... 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. ,., 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly ,■, supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind. C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.0l.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to City .■ an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Allowances A. Specified Allowance: It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to City. B. Pre-bid Allowances: 1. Contractor agrees that: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS w Revision:Febnray Z 2016 00 72 00-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS am Page 44 of 63 r� a. the pre-bid allowances include the cost to Contractor of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site,and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the pre-bid allowances have been included in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the .� foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any,is for the sole use of City. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts due ,. Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the ._ actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by City subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.05. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Work described in the Contract Documents, or reasonably inferred as required for a functionally complete installation, but not identified in the listing of unit price items shall be considered incidental to unit price work listed and the cost of incidental work included as part of the unit price. D. City may make an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 12.01 if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and ,. significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work. E. Increased or Decreased Quantities: The City reserves the right to order Extra Work in accordance with Paragraph 10.01. 1. If the changes in quantities or the alterations do not significantly change the character of work under the Contract Documents, the altered work will be paid for at the Contract unit price. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:FebnmyZ 2016 w 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 45 of 63 2. If the changes in quantities or alterations significantly change the character of work, the Contract will be amended by a Change Order. 3. If no unit prices exist, this will be considered Extra Work and the Contract will be amended by a Change Order in accordance with Article 12. 4. A significant change in the character of work occurs when: a. the character of work for any Item as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that in the Contract or b. a Major Item of work varies by more than 25%from the original Contract quantity. 5. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is more than 125% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price on the portion of the work that is above 125%. 6. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is less than 75% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price. 11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement A. Plans quantities may or may not represent the exact quantity of work performed or material moved, handled, or placed during the execution of the Contract. The estimated bid quantities are designated as final payment quantities, unless revised by the governing Section or this Article. B. If the quantity measured as outlined under "Price and Payment Procedures" varies by more than 25% (or as stipulated under "Price and Payment Procedures" for specific Items) from the total estimated quantity for an individual Item originally shown in the Contract Documents, an adjustment may be made to the quantity of authorized work done for payment purposes. The party to the Contract requesting the adjustment will provide field measurements and calculations showing the final quantity for which payment will be made. Payment for revised quantity will be .r made at the unlit price bid for that Item, except as provided for in Article 10. C. When quantities are revised by a change in design approved by the City, by Change Order, or to M. correct an error,or to correct an error on the plans,the plans quantity will be increased or decreased by the amount involved in the change, and the 25%variance will apply to the new plans quantity. D. If the total Contract quantity multiplied by the unit price bid for an individual Item is less than $250 and the Item is not originally a plans quantity Item, then the Item may be paid as a plans quantity Item if the City and Contractor agree in writing to fix the final quantity as a plans quantity. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:FdxuvyZ 2016 ■s 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00 Page 46 of 63 rr E. For callout work or non-site specific Contracts, the plans quantity measurement requirements are not applicable. ARTICLE 12—CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved(subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum or unit price (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.0l.C.2), and shall include the cost of any secondary impacts that are foreseeable at the time of pricing the cost of Extra Work; or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum or unit price is not reached under Paragraph 12.013.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work(determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01)plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit(determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's additional fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee;or am 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: am a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.1, 11.0l.A.2. and 11.0l.A.3, the Contractor's additional fee shall be 15 percent except for: 1) rental fees for Contractor's own equipment using standard rental rates; 2) bonds and insurance; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.0l.A.4 and 11.0l.A.5,the Contractor's fee shall be five percent(5%); -" 1) where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.0l.C.2.a and 12.0l.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnrry Z 2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 47 of 63 we tier,will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.1 and 11.0l.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and ., Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent (5%) of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor, however in no case shall the cumulative total of fees paid be in excess of 25%; c. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.0l.A.6, and 11.01.13; r� d. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to City for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction ,rr in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent(5%) of such net decrease. 12.02 Change of Contract Time A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. B. No extension of the Contract Time will be allowed for Extra Work or for claimed delay unless the Extra Work contemplated or claimed delay is shown to be on the critical path of the Project Schedule or Contractor can show by Critical Path Method analysis how the Extra Work or claimed delay adversely affects the critical path. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is reasonably delayed in the performance or completion of any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delay beyond the control of Contractor,the Contract Time may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Contract Claim is made therefor. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by City, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph. B. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. ,., C. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. D. The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any,which is to be furnished by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febmay2,2016 1N1► 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS *" Page 48 of 63 ARTICLE 13—TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION,REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected,or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections,tests,retests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation(TDLR)inspections,which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals required for City's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to City. .. D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory ("Testing Lab") to perform any inspections or tests ("Testing") for any part of the Work, as determined solely by City. 1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible,with Contractor; 2. Should any Testing under this Section 13.03 D result in a "fail", "did not pass" or other similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests. Contractor's cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative result and require a retest. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnoy 2,2016 007200-1 w GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 49 of 63 s� 3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 13.03 D shall be paid directly to the Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Contractor. 4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue Final Payment until the Testing Lab is paid. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover such Work for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense. G. Contractor shall have the right to make a Contract Claim regarding any retest or invoice issued under Section 13.03 D. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If City considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by City or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at City's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as City may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor,material,and equipment. 1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others);or City shall be entitled to accept defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.08 in which case Contractor shall still be responsible for all costs associated with exposing, observing, and testing the defective Work. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time,or both,directly attributable to such uncovering,exposure,observation, inspection,testing,replacement, and reconstruction. 13.05 City May Stop the Work .. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnoy 2,2016 r 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 50 of 63 ark Subcontractor, any Supplier,any other individual or entity,or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. err 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to an acceptable schedule,whether or not fabricated,installed,or completed,or, if the Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). go Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work. B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, .. Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City's special warranty and guarantee, if any,on said Work. on 13.07 Correction Period A. If within two (2)years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may be AM prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in oft Paragraph 6.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in accordance with City's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective,and .. 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects,attorneys,and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs)arising ,.. out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement(including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others)will be paid by Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:FebrLay2,2016 iw 00 72 00-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 51 of 63 r. C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Acceptance of all the Work,the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or .. removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor should such •• additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor may dispute this requirement by filing a Contract Claim,pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. .. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of,the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work .. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, City prefers to accept it, City may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all .. court or other dispute resolution costs)attributable to City's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Final Acceptance, a Change Order will be issued •. incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. 13.09 City May Correct Defective Work .�„ A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor falls to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, •. or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may, after seven(7) days written notice to Contractor, correct,or remedy any such deficiency. .. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, City shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action,City may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's *� services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City's representatives, agents, consultants, employees, and City's other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. '"■" C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS w Revision:Febnoy2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS mm Page 52 of 63 aw costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work;and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the .. performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14—PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values .. The Schedule of Values for lump sum contracts established as provided in Paragraph 2.07 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment .� acceptable to City. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments: r„ 1. Contractor is responsible for providing all information as required to become a vendor of the City. 2. At least 20 days before the date established in the General Requirements for each progress payment,Contractor shall submit to City for review an Application for Payment filled out and _ signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 3. If payment is requested'on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other .. documentation warranting that City has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate insurance or other arrangements to protect City's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to .. City. 4. Beginning with the second Application for Payment,each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. .. 5. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Contract Documents. .. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnuy 2,20I6 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 53 of 63 rrrr B. Review of Applications: 1. City will, after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment or return the Application to Contractor indicating reasons for refusing payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. City's processing of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will be based on ,., City's observations of the executed Work,and on City's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules,that to the best of City's knowledge: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Final Acceptance,the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Work performed under Paragraph 9.05, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation). 3. Processing any such payment will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to City in the Contract Documents; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by City or entitle City to withhold payment to Contractor, or c. Contractor has complied with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work. .� 4. City may refuse to process the whole or any part of any payment because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, and revise or revoke any such payment previously made, to such extent as may be necessary to protect City from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or the completed Work has been damaged by the Contractor or his subcontractors,requiring correction or replacement; b. discrepancies in quantities contained in previous applications for payment; c. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; d. City has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS r�r Revision:FdxuayZ20I6 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS on Page 54 of 63 e. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Retainage: 1. For contracts less than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be ten percent (10%). 2. For contracts greater than $400,000 at the time of execution, retainage shall be five percent (5%). D. Liquidated Damages. For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract Documents, the sum per day specified in the Agreement, will be deducted from the monies due the Contractor,not as a penalty,but as liquidated damages suffered by the City. .� E. Payment: Contractor will be paid pursuant to the requirements of this Article 14 and payment will become due in accordance with the Contract Documents. F. Reduction in Payment: 1. City may refuse to make payment of the amount requested because: a. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to City to secure the satisfaction and discharge of .. such Liens; - b. there are other items entitling City to a set-off against the amount recommended; or c. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in _. Paragraphs 14.02.B.4.a through 14.02.B.4.e or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If City refuses to make payment of the amount requested, City will give Contractor written notice stating the reasons for such action and pay Contractor any amount remaining after .. deduction of the amount so withheld. City shall pay Contractor the amount so withheld,or any adjustment thereto agreed to by City and Contractor, when Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title M0 Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to City no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. an am CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Felxuay Z 2016 rr 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 55 of 63 14.04 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which City, determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use,subject �.► to the following conditions: I. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of .�. the Work ready for its intended use. 2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and ., Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. 3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City. 14.05 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. within 10 days,City will schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor. 2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. B. No time charge will be made against the Contractor between said date of notification of the City .. and the date of Final Inspection. Should the City determine that the Work is not ready for Final Inspection,City will notify the Contractor in writing of the reasons and Cotltract Time will resume. 14.06 Final Acceptance Upon completion by Contractor to City's satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the Final Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febniary2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 56 of 63 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: ... 1. Upon Final Acceptance, and in the opinion of City, Contractor may make an application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied(except as previously delivered)by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03; b. consent of the surety, if any,to final payment; c. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. .. B. Payment Becomes Due: 1. After City's acceptance of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, requested by Contractor, less previous payments made and any sum City is entitled, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and payable. 2. After all Damage Claims have been resolved: a. directly by the Contractor or; b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor's insurance provider for resolution. 3. The making of the final payment by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release A. If final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if City so confirms, City may, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment,and without terminating the Contract,make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by City for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in Paragraph 14.02.C, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.02, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febngffy Z 2016 �, 00 72 00-1 **� GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 57 of 63 portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to City with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Contract Claims. B. Partial Retainage Release. For a Contract that provides for a separate vegetative establishment and maintenance, and test and performance periods following the completion of all other construction in the Contract Documents for all Work locations, the City may release a portion of the amount retained provided that all other work is completed as determined by the City. Before the release, all submittals and final quantities must be completed and accepted for all other work. An amount sufficient to ensure Contract compliance will be retained. .,� 14.09 Waiver of Claims The acceptance of final payment will constitute a release of the City from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract Documents or any act or neglect of City related to or connected with the Contract. ARTICLE 15—SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 City May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will make no extra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews. B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract Time,directly attributable to any such suspension. C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily ■„ nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. D. Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the City that construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed. Reimbursement may not be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:FebnimyZ2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS on Page 58 of 63 w 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events by way of example,but not of limitation, . may justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents _ (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, failure to adhere to the Project Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04, or failure to adhere to the City's Business Diversity Enterprise Ordinance 420020-12-2011 established under Paragraph 6.06.D); 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of City; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents; or 5. Contractor's failure to promptly make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or defects of any nature,the correction of which has been directed in writing by the City; or 6. Substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the Contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose; or 7. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to cant'on the Work satisfactorily;or 8. Contractor commences legal action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the City. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02A. occur,City will provide written notice to Contractor and Surety to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to address Contractor's failure to perform the Work. Conference shall be held not later than 15 days, after receipt of notice. 1. If the City, the Contractor, and the Surety do not agree to allow the Contractor to proceed to perform the construction Contract, the City may, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, declare a Contractor default and formally terminate the Contractor's right to complete the Contract. Contractor default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after the Contractor and Surety have received notice of conference to address Contractor's failure to perform the Work. 2. If Contractor's services are terminated, Surety shall be obligated to take over and perform the Work. If Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15 consecutive calendar days after date of an additional written notice demanding Surety's performance of its CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febuay2.2016 w 007200-I GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 59 of 63 r obligations, then City, without process or action at law, may take over any portion of the Work and complete it as described below. a. If City completes the Work, City may exclude Contractor and Surety from the site and take possession of the Work, and all materials and equipment incorporated into the Work .. stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor or Surety but which are stored elsewhere,and finish the Work as City may deem expedient. 3. Whether City or Surety completes the Work, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by City arising out of or resulting from ■, completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims,costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance,Contractor shall pay the difference to City. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by City will be incorporated in a Change Order, provided .� that when exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, City shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 4. Neither City, nor any of its respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees shall be in any way liable or accountable to Contractor or Surety for the method by which the completion of the said Work,or any portion thereof,may be accomplished or for the price paid .� therefor. 5. City, notwithstanding the method used in completing the Contract, shall not forfeit the right • to recover damages from Contractor or Surety for Contractor's failure to timely complete the entire Contract. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim on account of the method used by City in completing the Contract. 6. Maintenance of the Work shall continue to be Contractor's and Surety's responsibilities as provided for in the bond requirements of the Contract Documents or any special guarantees *• provided for under the Contract Documents or any other obligations otherwise prescribed by law. •■ C. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.13, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. D. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by City, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of City against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any �* retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by City will not release Contractor from liability. E. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of *� Paragraph 5.02,the termination procedures of that bond shall not supersede the provisions of this Article. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:FelxusyZ2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS am Page 60 of 63 15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience A. City may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of City, terminate the Contract.Any termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of the termination to the Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the contract is terminated,and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed ., conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Postal Service Mail by the City. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit «� shall be required of the City regarding such discretionary action. B. After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the City, the «. Contractor shall: 1. Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; ... 2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not terminated; .�. 3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the Work terminated by notice of termination; .,. 4. transfer title to the City and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the City: a. the fabricated or un-fabricated parts, Work in progress, completed Work, supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the Work terminated by the notice of the termination; and b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the City. 5. complete performance of such Work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination; and 6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the City may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the owner has or may acquire the rest. C. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the City a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by City. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnoy 2,2016 ,,r 00 72 00-1 on GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 61 of 63 me D. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the City shall accept title to such items provided, that the list submitted shall be subject to verification by the City upon removal of the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement. ■. E. Not later than 60 days after the notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the City in the form and with the certification prescribed by the City. Unless an extension is made in writing within such 60 day period by the Contractor, and granted by the City, any and •• all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived. ' F. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for(without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and „■, furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. G. In the event of the failure of the Contractor and City to agree upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the Work, the City shall determine, on the basis of information available to it,the amount,if any,due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. ARTICLE 16—DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either City or Contractor may request mediation of any Contract Claim submitted for a decision under Paragraph 10.06 before such decision becomes final and binding. The request for mediation shall be submitted to the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.06.E. B. City and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be commenced within 60 days of filing of the request. C. If the Contract Claim is not resolved by mediation, City's action under Paragraph 10.06.0 or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.06.C.3 or 10.06.1) shall become final and binding 30 days after ., termination of the mediation unless,within that time period, City or Contractor: CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS r� Revision:Febnmry 2,2016 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 62 of 63 �s 1. elects in writing to invoke any other dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Contract Claim to another dispute resolution process; or 3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Contract Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17—MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if. 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party. C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party. 17.02 Computation of Times When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a on Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last day of the period. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to,and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which dft they apply. CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revision:Febnwy 2,2016 ,,,, 007200-1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 63 of 63 ar 17.04 Survival of Obligations All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Headings Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. w, CITY OF FORT WORTH STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS w Revision:Febnoy 2,2016 007300-1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 40 Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 00 73 00 2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 3 TO 4 GENERAL CONDITIONS 5 (Text in Blue is for information or guidance.Remove all blue text in the final project document.) 6 7 Supplementary Conditions �r 8 9 These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00-General Conditions,and other 10 provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are 11 modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions w 12 of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. 13 14 Defined Terms so 15' 16 The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the 17 meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions,unless specifically noted herein. 18 w 19 Modifications and Supplements 20 21 The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and ,r. 22 other Contract Documents. 23 24 SC-3.03B.2,"Resolving Discrepancies" 25 26 Plans govern over Specifications. 27 28 SC-4.01A ,., 29 30 Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding. 31 Upon receiving the final easements descriptions,Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the 32 Contract Drawings. 33 34 SC-4.01A.1.,"Availability of Lands" 35 36 The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way,and/or easements to be acquired,if any as of 37 April 7,2017 38 39 Outstanding Right-Of-Way,and/or Easements to Be Acquired PARCEL OWNER TARGET DATE NUMBER OF POSSESSION Parcel #3 (TCE#1) Charles Wyche June 30, 2017 Parcel #4 (TCE#2) Charles Wyche Parcel #5 (TCE#3) Edgecliff Partners, L.P. June 30, 2017 40 The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 41 and do not bind the City. 42 43 If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the 44 Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, 45 notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. w. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 22,2016 007300-2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 2 of 7 1 2 SC-4.01A.2,"Availability of Lands" 3 4 Utilities or obstructions to be removed,adjusted,and/or relocated 5 6 The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed,adjusted,and/or relocated 7 as of: April 7,2017 8 EXPECTED UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF OWNER ADJUSTMENT NONE 9 The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only,are not guaranteed, 10 and do not bind the City. 11 +** 12 SC-4.02A.,"Subsurface and Physical Conditions" 13 14 The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: 15 16 NONE A[list any kind of Technical document. If none then write "None']Report No. ,dated 17 ,prepared by[name of company preparing the report], [optional note when applicable]a sub- 18 consultant of[name of the prime designer], a consultant of the City,providing additional information on -^ 19 [the subject the report is about] 20 21 The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface 22 structures(except Underground Facilities)which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: 23 NONE 24 25 SC-4.06A.,"Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site" •� 26 27 The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: 28 NONE 29 30 SC-5.03A.,"Certificates of Insurance" 31 32 The entities listed below are"additional insureds as their interest may appear"including their respective ... 33 officers,directors,agents and employees. 34 35 (1) City: Town ofEdgecliff Village .. 36 (2) Consultant: Gupta and Associates,Inc.:Jakan Engineering PLL C, 37 (3) Other: TRWD,M K& T Railroad,Landowner Lot 2,Block 1.Southside Twin Addition 38 39 SC-5.04A.,"Contractor's Insurance" 40 41 The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-5.04 shall provide the following 42 coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 43 " 44 5.04A.Workers'Compensation,under Paragraph GC-5.04A. 45 46 Statutory limits 47 Employer's liability 48 $100,000 each accident/occurrence 49 $100,000 Disease-each employee CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 22,2016 r. .,r 007300-3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 3 of 7 1 $500,000 Disease-policy limit 2 +w► 3 SC-5.0413.,"Contractor's Insurance" 4 5 5.0413.Commercial General Liability,under Paragraph GC-5.0413.Contractor's Liability Insurance w 6 under Paragraph GC-5.04B.,which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with 7 minimum limits of- 8 9 $1,000,000 each occurrence 10 $2,000,000 aggregate limit 11 12 The policy must have an endorsement(Amendment—Aggregate Limits of Insurance)making the 13 General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. 14 15 The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide"X","C",and"U"coverage's. 16 Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. w•. 17 18 SC 5.04C.,"Contractor's Insurance" 19 5.04C. Automobile Liability,under Paragraph GC-5.04C.Contractor's Liability Insurance under 20 Paragraph GC-5.04C.,which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: " 21 22 (1) Automobile Liability-a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on"Any Auto", 23 defined as autos owned,hired and non-owned. 24 25 $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis.Split limits are acceptable if limits are at 26 least: 27 .. 28 $250,000 Bodily Injuryper person/ P 29 $500,000 Bodily Injury per accident/ 30 $100,000 Property Damage w� 31 32 SC-5.04D.,"Contractor's Insurance" 33 34 The Contractor's construction activities will require its employees,agents,subcontractors, equipment,and 35 material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks Contractor may choose to cross the Missouri 36 Kansas& Texas Railroad Right-of-way to facilitate construction. If so,the Contractor will be solely 37 responsible for securing the encroachment/temporary use permit 38 39 The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, 40 hinder,or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or xxxxoperation of its/their 41 trains or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a 42 "Right of Entry Agreement"with the particular railroad company or companies involved,and to this end 43 the Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to 44 execute the right-of-entry(if any)required by a railroad company.The requirements specified herein 45 likewise relate to the Contractor's use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad 46 company's properties. 47 48 The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide 49 coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the 50 Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor's operations and work cross, 51 occupy,or touch railroad property: 52 53 (1) Generaf Aggregate: $Confirm Limits with Railroad 54 55 (2) Each Occurrence: $Confirm Limits with Railroad w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 22,2016 007300-4 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 4 of 7 w� 1 2 _Required for this Contract _Not required for this Contract 3 <Provide an "X"next to the appropriate selection above based on the Contract requirements> 4 5 With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements,the following shall govern: 6 .. 7 1. Where a single railroad company is involved,the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in 8 the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at-grade 9 crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same 10 railroad company, separate coverage may be required,each in the amount stated above. ^' 11 12 2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several 13 railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights-of-way,the Contractor .. 14 may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. 15 16 3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at-grade crossing,other work or activity is proposed on a 17 railroad company's right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at- ..� 18 grade crossing,insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade 19 separation. 20 am 21 4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company's right-of- 22 way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad,even though the work 23 may be at two or more separate locations. 24 +■ 25 No work or activities on a railroad company's property to be performed by the Contractor shall be 26 commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance 27 for each railroad company named,as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and FW 28 each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor's beginning work. 29 30 The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way 31 has been completed and the grade crossing,if any,is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, an 32 insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. 33 Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured,together with any tenant or lessee of the 34 railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. 35 `� 36 SC-6.04.,"Project Schedule" 37 38 Project schedule shall be tier<1 or 2>for the project. am 39 40 SC-6.07.,"Wage Rates" 41 42 The following is the prevailing wage rate table(s)applicable to this project and is provided in the 43 Appendixes:Heavy Construction for Tarrant County,latest addition 44 45 SC-6.09.,"Permits and Utilities" .., 46 47 SC-6.09A.,"Contractor obtained permits and licenses" 48 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: 49 M K&T Railroad Encroachment and TR WD Temporary Encroachment of Raw Water Pipeline in Lot 2, ... 50 Block 1,Southside Twin Addition Permits may be required during construction. 51 1. <None to TCEQ> 52 2. <None by the Contractor> .� 53 54 SC-6.0913."City obtained permits and licenses" CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 22,2016 .r 007300-5 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS w Page 5 of 7 1 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: <Fort 2 Worth Floodplain Development Permit>. ww 3 3. <None to TxDO7> 4 4. <None to USACE> 5 S. <None to TCEQ> .� 6 6. <None IoRailroaab 7 8 SC-6.09C."Outstanding permits and licenses" 9 so 10 The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired,if any as of:April 7, 11 2017- 12 13 Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION <NONE> 14 15 SC-6.24B.,"Title VI,Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended" a" 16 17 During the performance of this Contract,the Contractor,for itself,its assignees and successors in interest 18 (hereinafter referred to as the"Contractor")agrees as follows: 19 20 1. Compliance with Regulations: The Contractor shall comply with the Regulation relative to 21 nondiscrimination in Federally-assisted programs of the Department of Transportation(hereinafter, 22 "DOT")Title 49,Code of Federal Regulations,Part 21,as they may be amended from time to time, 23 (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations),which are herein incorporated by reference and made a part 24 of this contract. 25 26 2. Nondiscrimination: The Contractor,with regard to the work performed by it during the contract,shall 27 not discriminate on the grounds of race,color,or national origin,in the selection and retention of 28 subcontractors,including procurements of materials and leases of equipment.The Contractor shall not 29 participate either directly or indirectly in the discrimination prohibited by 49 CFR,section 21.5 of the 30 Regulations,including employment practices when the contract covers a program set forth in 31 Appendix B of the Regulations. 32 33 3. Solicitations for Subcontractors,Including Procurements of Materials and Equipment: In all 34 solicitations either by competitive bidding or negotiation made by the contractor for work to be 35 performed under a subcontract, including procurements of materials or leases of equipment,each 36 potential subcontactor or supplier shall be notified by the Contractor of the Contractor's obligations 37 under this contract and the Regulations relative to nondiscrimination on the grounds of race,color,or 38 national origin. 39 r 40 4. Information and Reports: The Contractor shall provide all information and reports required by the 41 Regulations or directives issued pursuant thereto,and shall permit access to its books,records, 42 accounts,other sources of information and its facilities as may be determined by City or the Texas 43 Department of Transportation to be pertinent to ascertain compliance with such Regulations,orders 44 and instructions. Where any information required of a contractor is in the exclusive possession of 45 another who fails or refuses to furnish this information the contractor shall so certify to the City,or the 46 Texas Department of Transportation,as appropriate,and shall set forth what efforts it has made to 47 obtain the information. 48 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 22,2016 an 007300-6 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 6 of 7 am 1 5. Sanctions for Noncompliance: In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the 2 nondiscrimination provisions of this Contract,City shall impose such contract sanctions as it or the 3 Texas Department of Transportation may determine to be appropriate, including,but not limited to: 4 5 a. withholding of payments to the Contractor under the Contract until the Contractor 6 complies,and/or 7 b. cancellation,termination or suspension of the Contract, in whole or in part. 8 9 6. Incorporation of Provisions: The Contractor shall include the provisions of paragraphs(1)through 10 (6)in every subcontract, including procurements of materials and leases of equipment,unless exempt 11 by the Regulations,or directives issued pursuant thereto.The Contractor shall take such action with 12 respect to any subcontract or procurement as City or the Texas Department of Transportation may 13 direct as a means of enforcing such provisions including sanctions for non-compliance:Provided, 14 however,that,in the event a contractor becomes involved in,or is threatened with,litigation with a 15 subcontractor or supplier as a result of such direction,the contractor may request City to enter into 16 such litigation to protect the interests of City,and,in addition,the contractor may request the United 17 States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 18 19 Additional Title VI requirements can be found in the Appendix. 20 21 SC-7.02.,"Coordination" 22 23 The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at 24 the Site: 25 <Po ulate the table below with the required information. l none then write "None"> Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority_ <List ull Vendor Name> <List services being rovided> +List "CITY"> 26 27 28 SC-8.01,"Communications to Contractor" 29 30 <Identify any specific communication coordination requirement and/or list any Section that requires such 31 specific coordination requirement> .. 32 33 SC-9.01.,"City's Project Manager" 34 35 The City's Project Manager for this Contract is Robert Sauceda,or his/her successor pursuant to written - 36 notification from the Director of Water Department. 37 38 SC-13.03C.,"Tests and Inspections" 39 40 Representatives of Edgecliff Village will want to attend the meter testing and certification process of the 41 new meter station. Representatives may also want to be present during the construction of the 18-inch 42 pipeline e_Wension,since this pipeline will be taken over by permanently by the Town of Edgecliff Village 43 after project acceptance. 44 45 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 22,2016 007300-7 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 7 of 7 I SC-16.01C.1,"Methods and Procedures" 2 .� 3 <None> 4 5 6 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1/22/2016 F. Griffin SC-9.01., "City's Project Representative"wording changed to City's Project Manager. w wM CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 22,2016 Division 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011100-1 SUMMARY OF WORK Page I of 3 1 SECTION 01 11 00 2 SUMMARY OF WORK 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents �. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] �. 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 A. Work Covered by Contract Documents .. 19 1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing 20 all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and 21 Specifications. 22 B. Subsidiary Work 23 1. Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the 24 project, such as conditions imposed by the Drawings or Contract Documents in 25 which no specific item for bid has been provided for in the Proposal and the item is 26 not a typical unit bid item included on the standard bid item list,then the item shall 27 be considered as a subsidiary item of Work,the cost of which shall be included in 28 the price bid in the Proposal for various bid items. 29 C. Use of Premises 30 1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City. 31 2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and 32 equipment stored on the Site. 33 3. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places 34 or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the 35 Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City. 36 a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials,and equipment for construction 37 purposes may be stored in such space,but no more than is necessary to avoid 38 delay in the construction operations. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised December 20,2012 011100-2 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 2 of 3 1 b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere 2 with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed 3 and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. 4 c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks,the Work shall be carried on in such 5 manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad. 6 1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in 7 Division 0 as well as the railroad permit. 8 D. Work within Easements 9 l. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously 10 obtained permission from the owner of such property. 11 2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the 12 specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the .• 13 Contractor and a copy furnished to the City. 14 3. Unless specifically provided otherwise,clear all rights-of-way or easements of .. 15 obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the 16 Work as a part of the project construction operations. 17 4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery,plants, .. 18 lawns,fences,culverts,curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, 19 to all water, sewer, and gas lines,to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or - 20 appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all 21 other public or private property adjacent to the Work. 22 5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private 23 lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the-Work. 24 a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the 25 Work. 26 b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any 27 corporation,company, individual, or other,either as owners or occupants, 28 whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work. 29 c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting 30 from any act,omission,neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or •• 31 execution of the Work,or at any time due to defective work,material,or 32 equipment. 33 6. Fence * 34 a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project 35 to the original or a better than original condition. 36 b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is .. 37 not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight,and/or at all times to 38 provide site security. 39 c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal,temporary 40 closures and replacement, shall be subsidiary to the various items bid in the 41 project proposal, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the proposal. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 .. ■r 01 1100-3 SUMMARY OF WORK w Page 3 of 3 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] *�* 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] 11 END OF SECTION 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 13 w w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 012500-1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES � Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 0125 00 2 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not 7 equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or 8 defined by reference to 1 or more of the following: 9 a. Name of manufacturer 10 b. Name of vendor .. 11 c. Trade name 12 d. Catalog number 13 2. Substitutions are not"or-equals". 14 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 15 1. None. -- 16 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 17 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 18 2. Division I —General Requirements 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A. Measurement and Payment «w 21 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 22 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 23 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS +. 25 A. Request for Substitution-General 26 1. Within 30 days after award of Contract(unless noted otherwise),the City will 27 consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of 28 those specified. 29 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by 30 means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors,trade names,or 31 catalog numbers. 32 a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from 33 consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, 34 trade names,or catalog numbers,provided said products are"or-equals," as w 35 determined by City. 36 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions 37 under the following conditions: 38 a. Or-equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products 39 meeting specified requirements,or other factors beyond control of Contractor; 40 or, CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised July 1,2011 012500-2 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 2 of 5 1 b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. 2 1.5 SUBMITTALS ,A,r 3 A. See Request for Substitution Form(attached) 4 B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution 5 1. Substitution shall be considered only: 6 a. After award of Contract 7 b. Under the conditions stated herein 8 2. Submit 3 copies of each written request for substitution, including: 9 a. Documentation 10 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with „r 11 Contract Documents 12 2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule,when a reduction is 13 proposed 14 3) Data relating to changes in cost .. 15 b. For products 16 1) Product identification 17 a) Manufacturer's name on 18 b) Telephone number and representative contact name 19 c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified 20 product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original •� 21 product in the Contract Documents 22 2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed - 23 product with Contract Documents 24 3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product 25 characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to: 26 a) Size 27 b) Composition or materials of construction 28 c) Weight 29 d) Electrical or mechanical requirements 30 4) Product experience 31 a) Location of past projects utilizing product 32 b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced 33 projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product 34 c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product 35 5) Samples 36 a) Provide at request of City. 37 b) Samples become the property of the City. 38 c. For construction methods: 39 1) Detailed description of proposed method ,,... 40 2) Illustration drawings 41 C. Approval or Rejection 42 1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City 43 2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern 44 of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 45 3. In the event the substitution is approved,the resulting cost and/or time reduction 46 will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 �.. 012500-3 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 3 of 5 1 4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution. 2 5. Substitution will be rejected if: 3 a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval 4 b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section 5 c. In the City's opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original 6 design 7 d. In the City's opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function 8 consistent with the design intent 9 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product,the Contractor 14 represents that the Contractor: 15 1. Has investigated proposed product,and has determined that it is adequate or 16 superior in all respects to that specified,and that it will perform function for which 17 it is intended 18 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 19 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work,to include building 20 modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be 21 complete in all respects w' 22 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently 23 arise 24 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 25 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] .. 26 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 27 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] 29 END OF SECTION 30 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 31 w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 r� Revised July 1,2011 012500-4 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 4 of 5 rr� 1 EXHIBIT A 2 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM: 3 4 TO: 5 PROJECT: DATE: 6 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for 7 the above project: 8 SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED 9 ITEM 10 11 12 Proposed Substitution: 13 Reason for Substitution: 14 Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed 15 substitution will require for its proper installation. 16 17 Fill in Blanks Below: 18 A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including 19 engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? 20 21 22 B. What effect does substitution have on other trades? 23 24 25 C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? 26 27 28 D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time? 29 30 31 E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: 32 33 Equal Better (explain on attachment) 34 The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to 35 the specified item. 36 Submitted By: For Use by City 37 38 Signature _Recommended _Recommended 39 as noted 40 41 Firm Not recommended _Received late 42 Address By 43 Date r 44 Date Remarks 45 Telephone 46 47 For Use by City: 48 49 Approved Rejected CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION , STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 s,,, 012500-5 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 5 of 5 1 City Date .r ..r w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 013119-1 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Pagel of 3 1 SECTION 013119 2 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to 7 clarify construction contract administration procedures .r 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 16 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. ••� 17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 19 A. Coordination 20 1. Attend preconstruction meeting. 21 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings 22 shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 23 3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded. 24 a. If recorded,tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for 25 future reference. 26 B. Preconstruction Meeting +•• 27 1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the 28 Agreement and before Work is started. 29 a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City. 30 2. The Project Representative will preside at the meeting,prepare the notes of the 31 meeting and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully 32 completing the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting. ■* 33 3. Attendance shall include: 34 a. Project Representative 35 b. Contractor's project manager 36 c. Contractor's superintendent 37 d. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire 38 to invite or the City may request CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 �w Revised August 17,2012 013119-2 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 2 of 3 w� 1 e. Other City representatives 2 f. Others as appropriate 3 4. Construction Schedule 4 a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 0132 16 and 5 provide at Preconstruction Meeting. 6 b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of 7 Preconstruction Meeting. 8 5. Preliminary Agenda may include: 9 a. Introduction of Project Personnel 10 b. General Description of Project 11 c. Status of right-of-way,utility clearances,easements or other pertinent permits 12 d. Contractor's work plan and schedule 13 e. Contract Time 14 f. Notice to Proceed 15 g. Construction Staking ... 16 h. Progress Payments 17 i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures 18 j. Field Orders 19 k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material 20 1. Insurance Renewals . 21 in. Payroll Certification 22 n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing 23 o. Public Safety and Convenience 24 p. Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions 25 q. Weekend Work Notification 26 r. Legal Holidays 27 s. Trench Safety Plans 28 t. Confined Space Entry Standards •� 29 u. Coordination with the City's representative for operations of existing water 30 systems 31 v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 32 w. Coordination with other Contractors 33 x. Early Warning System — 34 y. Contractor Evaluation .. 35 z. Special Conditions applicable to the project 36 aa. Damages Claims _ 37 bb. Submittal Procedures 38 cc. Substitution Procedures 39 dd. Correspondence Routing 40 ee. Record Drawings 41 ff. Temporary construction facilities 42 gg. M/WBE or MBE/SBE procedures 43 hh. Final Acceptance 44 ii. Final Payment w 45 jj. Questions or Comments s CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised August 17,2012 r 013119-3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 3 of 3 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] ,., 2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] 11 END OF SECTION 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 13 r CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised August 17,2012 013216-1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Pagel of 5 1 SECTION 0132 16 2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE _ 3 PARTI - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. General requirements for the preparation, submittal, updating, status reporting and 7 management of the Construction Progress Schedule 8 2. Specific requirements are presented in the City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance 9 Document 10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 14 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment „. 17 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 18 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19 1.3 REFERENCES 20 A. Definitions 21 1. Schedule Tiers 22 a. Tier 1 -No schedule submittal required by contract. Small, brief duration 23 projects 24 b. Tier 2 -No schedule submittal required by contract, but will require some 25 milestone dates. Small, brief duration projects .. 26 c. Tier 3- Schedule submittal required by contract as described in the 27 Specification and herein. Majority of City projects, including all bond program 28 projects 29 d. Tier 4- Schedule submittal required by contract as described in the 30 Specification and herein. Large and/or complex projects with long durations 31 1) Examples: large water pump station project and associated pipeline with 32 interconnection to another governmental entity 33 e. Tier 5- Schedule submittal required by contract as described in the 34 Specification and herein.Large and/or very complex projects with long 35 durations, high public visibility 36 1) Examples might include a water or wastewater treatment plant 37 2. Baseline Schedule-Initial schedule submitted before work begins that will serve 38 as the baseline for measuring progress and departures from the schedule. 39 3. Progress Schedule-Monthly submittal of a progress schedule documenting 40 progress on the project and any changes anticipated. .r CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised July 1,2011 013216-2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 2 of 5 oft 1 4. Schedule Narrative-Concise narrative of the schedule including schedule 2 changes,expected delays,key schedule issues,critical path items, etc am 3 B. Reference Standards 4 1. City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document 5 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS '" 6 A. Baseline Schedule 7 1. General .. 8 a. Prepare a cost-loaded baseline Schedule using approved software and the 9 Critical Path Method(CPM)as required in the City of Fort Worth Schedule 10 Guidance Document. 11 b. Review the draft cost-loaded baseline Schedule with the City to demonstrate 12 understanding of the work to be performed and known issues and constraints 13 related to the schedule. 14 c. Designate an authorized representative(Project Scheduler)responsible for ` 15 developing and updating the schedule and preparing reports. 16 B. Progress Schedule 17 1. Update the progress Schedule monthly as required in the City of Fort Worth 18 Schedule Guidance Document. 19 2. Prepare the Schedule Narrative to accompany the monthly progress Schedule. 20 3. Change Orders 21 a. Incorporate approved change orders,resulting in a change of contract time, in 22 the baseline Schedule in accordance with City of Fort Worth Schedule + 23 Guidance Document. 24 C. Responsibility for Schedule Compliance 25 1. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current progress Schedule and CPM Status «. 26 Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the Contract completion 27 date will not be met, or when so directed by the City,make some or all of the 28 following actions at no additional cost to the City 29 a. Submit a Recovery Plan to the City for approval revised baseline Schedule 30 outlining: 31 1) A written statement of the steps intended to take to remove or arrest the "! 32 delay to the critical path in the approved schedule 33 2) Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will 34 substantially eliminate the backlog of work and return current Schedule to •• 35 meet projected baseline completion dates 36 3) Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day,working 37 days per week,the amount of construction equipment,or any combination 38 of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the backlog of work 39 4) Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrency of 40 accomplishment of activities, and comply with the revised schedule .. 41 2. If no written statement of the steps intended to take is submitted when so requested 42 by the City,the City may direct the Contractor to increase the level of effort in 43 manpower(trades), equipment and work schedule(overtime, weekend and holiday 44 work,etc.)to be employed by the Contractor in order to remove or arrest the delay 45 to the critical path in the approved schedule. - 46 a. No additional cost for such work will be considered. on CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 go 0132 16-3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 3 of 5 1 D. The Contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this 2 Contract. 3 a. Requests for an extension of any Contract completion date must be 4 supplemented with the following: 5 1) Furnish justification and supporting evidence as the City may deem 6 necessary to determine whether the requested extension of time is entitled 7 under the provisions of this Contract. 8 a) The City will,after receipt of such justification and supporting 9 evidence,make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor, in 10 writing thereof. 11 2) If the City finds that the requested extension of time is entitled,the City's •12 determination as to the total number of days allowed for the extensions 13 shall be based upon the approved total baseline schedule and on all data 14 relevant to the extension. 15 a) Such data shall be included in the next updating of the Progress 16 schedule. 17 b) Actual delays in activities which, according to the Baseline schedule, 18 do not affect any Contract completion date shown by the critical path in .. 19 the network will not be the basis for a change therein. 20 2. Submit each request for change in Contract completion date to the City within 30 21 days after the beginning of the delay for which a time extension is requested but " 22 before the date of final payment under this Contract. 23 a. No time extension will be granted for requests which are not submitted within 24 the foregoing time limit. w.. 25 b. From time to time, it may be necessary for the Contract schedule or completion 26 time to be adjusted by the City to reflect the effects of job conditions,weather, 27 technical difficulties,strikes,unavoidable delays on the part of the City or its 28 representatives, and other unforeseeable conditions which may indicate 29 schedule adjustments or completion time extensions. 30 1) Under such conditions,the City will direct the Contractor to reschedule the 31 work or Contract completion time to reflect the changed conditions and the 32 Contractor shall revise his schedule accordingly. 33 a) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for such 34 schedule changes except for unavoidable overall contract time 35 extensions beyond the actual completion of unaffected work, in which 36 case the Contractor shall take all possible action to minimize any time 37 extension and any additional cost to the City. 38 b) Available float time in the Baseline schedule may be used by the City 39 as well as by the Contractor. 40 3. Float or slack time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date 41 and the latest start date or between the earliest finish date and the latest finish date 42 of a chain of activities on the Baseline Schedule. 43 a. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the 44 Contractor or the City. 45 b. Proceed with work according to early start dates,and the City shall have the 46 right to reserve and apportion float time according to the needs of the project. .wM CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised July I,2011 013216-4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 4 of 5 w 1 c. Acknowledge and agree that actual delays,affecting paths of activities 2 containing float time,will not have any effect upon contract completion times, 3 providing that the actual delay does not exceed the float time associated with " 4 those activities. 5 E. Coordinating Schedule with Other Contract Schedules 6 1. Where work is to be performed under this Contract concurrently with or contingent 7 upon work performed on the same facilities or area under other contracts,the 8 Baseline Schedule shall be coordinated with the schedules of the other contracts. 9 a. Obtain the schedules of the other appropriate contracts from the City for the .. 10 preparation and updating of Baseline schedule and make the required changes 11 in his schedule when indicated by changes in corresponding schedules. 12 2. In case of interference between the operations of different contractors,the City will «. 13 determine the work priority of each contractor and the sequence of work necessary 14 to expedite the completion of the entire Project. 15 a. In such cases,the decision of the City shall be accepted as final. 16 b. The temporary delay of any work due to such circumstances shall not be 17 considered as justification for claims for additional compensation. 18 1.5 SUBMITTALS 19 A. Baseline Schedule 20 1. Submit Schedule in native file format and pdf format as required in the City of Fort 21 Worth Schedule Guidance Document. 22 a. Native file format includes: 23 1) Primavera(P6 or Primavera Contractor) 24 2. Submit draft baseline Schedule to City prior to the pre-construction meeting and 25 bring in hard copy to the meeting for review and discussion. 26 B. Progress Schedule 27 1. Submit progress Schedule in native file format and pdf format as required in the ` 28 City of Fort Worth Schedule Guidance Document. , 29 2. Submit progress Schedule monthly no later than the last day of the month. 30 C. Schedule Narrative 31 1. Submit the schedule narrative in pdf format as required in the City of Fort Worth .. 32 Schedule Guidance Document. 33 2. Submit schedule narrative monthly no later than the last day of the month. r 34 D. Submittal Process 35 1. The City administers and manages schedules through Buzzsaw. 36 2. Contractor shall submit documents as required in the City of Fort Worth Schedule 37 Guidance Document. 38 3. Once the project has been completed and Final Acceptance has been issued by the 39 City, no further progress schedules are required. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION - STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 .�. 0132 16-5 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 5 of 5 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] .. 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] as 4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 5 A. The person preparing and revising the construction Progress Schedule shall be 6 experienced in the preparation of schedules of similar complexity. 7 B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared, 8 updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction. 9 C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the 10 standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects. 11 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 12 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 13 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 14 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 15 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] 16 END OF SECTION 17 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE ww 18 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 .+r 013233-1 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 1 of 2 1 SECTION 0132 33 2 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO ,,,s 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY ""' 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: 7 a. Preconstruction Videos 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 16 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 19 A. Preconstruction Video 20 1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the 21 vicinity of and to be affected by construction. .w 22 a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City. 23 2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety 24 period. 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] .r 29 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 30 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 31 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 32 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 33 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 .r 013233-2 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 2 of 2 wr 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 2 END OF SECTION 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 a. r�r on CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 ■. 013300-1 SUBMITTALS Page 1 of 8 1 SECTION 0133 00 2 SUBMITTALS 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following 7 Work-related submittals: 8 a. Shop Drawings 9 b. Product Data(including Standard Product List submittals) 10 c. Samples .• 11 d. Mock Ups 12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 13 1. None. 14 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 20 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. .w 21 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23 A. Coordination 24 1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal,of any deviations in the ■r 25 submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 26 2. Coordination of Submittal Times 27 a. Prepare,prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of 28 performing the related Work or other applicable activities,or within the time 29 specified in the individual Work Sections,of the Specifications. 30 b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by 31 processing times including,but not limited to: 32 a) Disapproval and resubmittal(if required) 33 b) Coordination with other submittals A 34 c) Testing 35 d) Purchasing 36 e) Fabrication 37 f) Delivery 38 g) Similar sequenced activities 39 c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to 40 transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 rw Revised December 20,2012 013300-2 SUBMITTALS Page 2 of 8 1 d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule,and in such 2 sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other 3 contractor. " 4 B. Submittal Numbering 5 1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a 9-character submittal cross- 6 reference identification numbering system in the following manner: 7 a. Use the first 6 digits of the applicable Specification Section Number. 8 b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each 9 initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. 10 c. Last use a letter,A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing(i.e. 11 A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission,etc.). A typical 12 submittal number would be as follows: 13 14 03 30 00-08-B 15 16 1) 03 30 00 is the Specification Section for Concrete 17 2) 08 is the eighth initial submittal under this Specification Section 18 3) B is the third submission(second resubmission)of that particular shop 19 drawing 20 C. Contractor Certification 21 1. Review shop drawings,product data and samples, including those by 22 subcontractors,prior to submission to determine and verify the following: 23 a. Field measurements 24 b. Field construction criteria .•� 25 c. Catalog numbers and similar data 26 d. Conformance with the Contract Documents 27 2. Provide each shop drawing,sample and product data submitted by the Contractor .• 28 with a Certification Statement affixed including: 29 a. The Contractor's Company name 30 b. Signature of submittal reviewer 31 c. Certification Statement 32 1) `By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified 33 field measurements, field construction criteria,materials,dimensions, �. 34 catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each 35 item with other applicable approved shop drawings." 36 D. Submittal Format .. 37 1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 '/z inches x 11 inches to 8 '/z inches x 11 inches. 38 2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together. 39 3. Order 40 a. Cover Sheet 41 1) Description of Packet 42 2) Contractor Certification 43 b. List of items/Table of Contents 44 c. Product Data/Shop Drawings/Samples/Calculations 45 E. Submittal Content �. 46 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 r.w 013300-3 SUBMITTALS Page 3 of 8 1 2. The Project title and number 2 3. Contractor identification �r 3 4. The names of- 4 a. Contractor 5 b. Supplier 6 c. Manufacturer 7 5. Identification of the product,with the Specification Section number, page and 8 paragraph(s) 9 6. Field dimensions,clearly identified as such 10 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 11 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 12 9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 13 10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 14 11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps 15 F. Shop Drawings -- 16 1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes,but is not necessarily limited to: 17 a. Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) 18 drawings 19 b. Scheduled information 20 c. Setting diagrams 21 d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions 22 e. Custom templates 23 f. Special wiring diagrams 24 g. Coordination drawings 25 h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: 26 1) Performance curves and certifications 27 i. As applicable to the Work 28 2. Details 29 a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure 30 b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements 31 1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting 32 for approval. 33 G. Product Data 34 1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City's Standard Product 35 List,clearly identify each item selected for use on the Project. 36 2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City's Standard ON 37 Product List,submittal data may include,but is not necessarily limited to: 38 a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products(sometimes referred to as 39 catalog data) 40 1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation 41 instructions 42 2) Availability of colors and patterns 43 3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability 44 4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates 45 5) Catalog cuts 46 6) Product photographs CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 ,� Revised December 20,2012 013300-4 SUBMITTALS Page 4 of 8 1 7) Standard wiring diagrams 2 8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams 3 9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications 4 10) Mill reports 5 11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended 6 spare-parts listing and printed product warranties .r 7 12)As applicable to the Work 8 H. Samples 9 1. As specified in individual Sections, include,but are not necessarily limited to: .. 10 a. Physical examples of the Work such as: 11 1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 12 2) Small cuts or containers of materials �. 13 3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches 14 and range sets 15 4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 16 5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent 17 inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work 18 I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to 19 be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 20 1. Fabrication performed,materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished 21 which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's 22 risk. 23 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies 24 required to accomplish conformity. 25 3. Complete project Work,materials, fabrication,and installations in conformance 26 with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. 27 J. Submittal Distribution 28 1. Electronic Distribution 29 a. Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be •* 30 uploaded to City's Buzzsaw site, or another external FTP site approved by the 31 City. 32 b. Shop Drawings .w. 33 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate 34 City representatives via email of submittal posting. 35 2) Hard Copies 36 a) 3 copies for all submittals 37 b) If Contractor requires more than 1 hard copy of Shop Drawings - 38 returned, Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed 39 above. 40 c. Product Data 41 1) Upload submittal to designated project directory and notify appropriate 42 City representatives via email of submittal posting. 43 2) Hard Copies 44 a) 3 copies for all submittals 45 d. Samples .. 46 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 47 2. Hard Copy Distribution(if required in lieu of electronic distribution) CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ■* 013300-5 SUBMITTALS Page 5 of 8 1 a. Shop Drawings 2 1) Distributed to the City 3 2) Copies 4 a) 8 copies for mechanical submittals 5 b) 7 copies for all other submittals �- 6 c) If Contractor requires more than 3 copies of Shop Drawings returned, 7 Contractor shall submit more than the number of copies listed above. 8 b. Product Data 9 1) Distributed to the City 10 2) Copies 11 a) 4 copies 12 c. Samples .. 13 1) Distributed to the Project Representative 14 2) Copies 15 a) Submit the number stated in the respective Specification Sections. �w 16 3. Distribute reproductions of approved shop drawings and copies of approved 17 product data and samples,where required,to the job site file and elsewhere as 18 directed by the City. 19 a. Provide number of copies as directed by the City but not exceeding the number 20 previously specified. A 21 K. Submittal Review 22 1. The review of shop drawings,data and samples will be for general conformance 23 with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as: 24 a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements 25 b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, 26 dimensions, and materials 27 c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City,except as otherwise 28 provided herein 29 2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City 30 does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the 31 fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. 32 a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor,and the City will 33 have no responsibility therefore. 34 3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the 35 Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, 36 for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. 37 4. If the shop drawings,data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a 38 departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of 39 the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for 40 performance,the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an 41 exception. 42 5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes: 43 a. Code 1 44 1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or 45 comments on the submittal. 46 a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the 47 equipment and/or material for manufacture. 48 b. Code 2 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 .,, Revised December 20,2012 013300-6 SUBMITTALS Page 6 of 8 w 1 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of 2 the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. 3 a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; 4 however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the 5 final product. 6 c. Code 3 •■ 7 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is 8 assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a 9 resubmittal of the package. ,.. 10 a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; 11 however,all notations and comments must be incorporated into the 12 final product. 13 b) This resubmittal is to address all comments,omissions and 14 non-conforming items that were noted. 15 c) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of 16 the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. 17 d. Code 4 18 1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the 19 intent of the Contract Documents. 20 a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the 21 submittal into conformance. 22 b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor .** 23 to meet the Contract Documents. 24 6. Resubmittals 25 a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals 26 1) Corrections other than requested by the City 27 2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method 28 a) At Contractor's risk if not marked ,.., 29 b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City's 30 expense. 31 1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City 32 and at the Contractor's expense,based on the City's or City 33 Representative's then prevailing rates. 34 2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for 35 all such fees invoiced by the City. 36 c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's 37 review of submittals,will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract 38 Time. 39 7. Partial Submittals 40 a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial,at the City's 41 discretion. 42 b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the 43 Contractor,and will be considered"Not Approved" until resubmitted. 44 c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the "' 45 Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 46 8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to 47 constitute a change to the Contract Documents,then written notice must be "` 48 provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for 49 manufacture. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 �+ 013300-7 SUBMITTALS Page 7 of 8 1 9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City,the 2 Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further 3 changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 4 10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days 5 following receipt of submittal by the City. 6 L. Mock ups 7 1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily .. 8 limited to,complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be 9 used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed. 10 M. Qualifications 11 1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E. 12 Certification for each item required. 13 N. Request for Information(RFI) 14 1. Contractor Request for additional information 15 a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents 16 b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents .. 17 c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and 18 Specifications 19 1) Identify the conflict and request clarification 20 2. Use the Request for Information(RFI) form provided by the City. 21 3. Numbering of RFI 22 a. Prefix with "RFI"followed by series number, "-xxx", beginning with"01"and 23 increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal. 24 4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further 25 information. 26 5. The City will log each request and will review the request. 27 a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the 28 Contract Documents is required,the City will issue a Field Order or Change 29 Order,as appropriate. 30 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.6 ACTION SUBMTTTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 36 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 37 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised December 20,2012 .. 013300-8 SUBMITTALS Page 8 of 8 ow I PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] om 2 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] 3 END OF SECTION 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D.Johnson 1.4.K.8.Working Days modified to Calendar Days w. 5 ds CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 013513-1 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 1 of 8 1 SECTION 0135 13 2 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. The procedures for special project circumstances that includes,but is not limited to: 7 a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 8 b. Work near High Voltage Lines 9 c. Confined Space Entry Program 10 d. Air Pollution Watch Days .. 11 e. Use of Explosives,Drop Weight, Etc. 12 f. Water Department Notification 13 g. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 14 h. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers 15 i. Coordination within Railroad permits areas 16 j. Dust Control 17 k. Employee Parking 18 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 19 1. None. 20 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 21 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 22 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 23 3. Section 33 12 25—Connection to Existing Water Mains 24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 25 A. Measurement and Payment 26 1. Coordination within Railroad permit areas 27 a. Measurement 28 1) Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. 29 b. Payment .., 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 31 will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Mobilization 34 2) Inspection 35 3) Safety training 36 4) Additional Insurance .. 37 5) Insurance Certificates 38 6) Other requirements associated with general coordination with Railroad, 39 including additional employees required to protect the right-of-way and 40 property of the Railroad from damage arising out of and/or from the 41 construction of the Project. 42 2. Railroad Flagmen CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 M. 0135 13-2 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 2 of 8 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measurement for this Item will be per working day. 3 b. Payment 4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 5 will be paid for each working day that Railroad Flagmen are present at the 6 Site. 7 c. The price bid shall include: 8 1) Coordination for scheduling flagmen 9 2) Flagmen .. 10 3) Other requirements associated with Railroad 11 3. All other items 12 a. Work associated with these Items is considered subsidiary to the various Items 13 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 14 1.3 REFERENCES 15 A. Reference Standards 16 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 17 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 18 Specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 19 2. Health and Safety Code,Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety,Chapter 752. 20 High Voltage Overhead Lines. �.,. 21 3. North Central Texas Council of Governments(NCTCOG)—Clean Construction 22 Specification 23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 24 A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 25 1. When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas O- 26 Department of Transportation(TxDOT): 27 a. Notify the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work 28 therein in accordance with the provisions of the permit 29 b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in 30 compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of 31 Transportation .. 32 B. Work near High Voltage Lines 33 1. Regulatory Requirements 34 a. All Work near High Voltage Lines(more than 600 volts measured between 35 conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with 36 Health and Safety Code,Title 9, Subtitle A,Chapter 752. 37 2. Warning sign 38 a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements. 39 3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following 40 safety features ''" 41 a. Insulating cage-type of guard about the boom or arm 42 b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers 43 c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the o. 44 safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines 45 4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines am CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 �. 013513-3 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES �.r Page 3 of 8 1 a. Notification shall be given to: 2 1) The power company(example: ONCOR) 3 a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record 4 action taken in each case. 5 b. Coordination with power company 6 1) After notification coordinate with the power company to: 7 a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de-energize the lines,or raise or 8 lower the lines 9 c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above 10 requirements have been met. 11 C. Confined Space Entry Program 12 1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with 13 OSHA requirements. 14 2. Confined Spaces include: 15 a. Manholes 16 b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA's Permit Required for 17 Confined Spaces 18 D. Air Pollution Watch Days 19 1. General 20 a. Observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites .� 21 on days designated as"AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS". 22 b. Typical Ozone Season 23 1) May 1 through October 31. 24 c. Critical Emission Time 25 1) 6:00 a.m.to 10:00 a.m. 26 2. Watch Days 27 a. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ), in coordination 28 with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 29 p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. *� 30 b. Requirements 31 1) Begin work after 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the 32 use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. .�, 33 2) However,the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if: 34 a) Use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or 35 b) If equipment is new and certified by EPA as "Low Emitting",or 36 equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel(ULSD), diesel emulsions,or 37 alternative fuels such as CNG. 38 E. TCEQ Air Permit 39 1. Obtain TCEQ Air Permit for construction activities per requirements of TCEQ. 40 F. Use of Explosives,Drop Weight,Etc. ,w 41 1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply: 42 a. Public Notification 43 1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours 44 prior to commencing. 45 2) Minimum 24 hour public notification in accordance with Section 01 31 13 46 G. Water Department Coordination e CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 013513-4 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 4 of 8 w+ 1 1. During the construction of this project,it will be necessary to deactivate, for a 2 period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with 3 the Water Department to determine the best times for deactivating and activating 4 those lines. 5 2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing 6 City water line system with the City's representative. 7 a. Coordination shall be in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 8 b. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from.the Water Department for use 9 during the life of named project. —• 10 c. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on 11 to accommodate the construction of the project is required,coordinate this 12 activity through the appropriate City representative. 13 1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system. 14 a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal 15 Code Title 7,Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief)and the Contractor 16 will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. 17 b) In addition,the Contractor will assume all liabilities and 18 responsibilities as a result of these actions. 19 H. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 20 1. Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, on a block by block 21 basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front .. 22 door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction.The notice 23 shall be prepared as follows: 24 a. Post notice or flyer 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each 25 block in the project area. 26 1) Prepare flyer on the Contractor's letterhead and include the following 27 information: 28 a) Name of Project 29 b) City Project No(CPN) 30 c) Scope of Project(i.e.type of construction activity) 31 d) Actual construction duration within the block 32 e) Name of the contractor's foreman and phone number 33 f) Name of the City's inspector and phone number 34 g) City's after-hours phone number 35 2) A sample of the `pre-construction notification' flyer is attached as Exhibit 36 A. 37 3) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each .. 38 block of the project to the inspector. 39 4) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution. 40 b. No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer is 41 delivered to all residents of the block. 42 I. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction 43 1. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to 44 residents or businesses during construction,prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of 45 the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. 46 2. Prepared notice as follows: 47 a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the temporary 48 interruption. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 013513-5 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 5 of 8 1 b. Prepare flyer on the contractor's letterhead and include the following 2 information: * 3 1) Name of the project 4 2) City Project Number 5 3) Date of the interruption of service ..� 6 4) Period the interruption will take place 7 5) Name of the contractor's foreman and phone number 8 6) Name of the City's inspector and phone number 9 c. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached as 10 Exhibit B. 11 d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector 12 for review prior to being distributed. ` 13 e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to 14 all affected residents and businesses. 15 f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project 16 Construction Inspector. 17 J. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers(USACE) 18 1. At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where 19 USACE permits are required,meet all requirements set forth in each designated 20 permit. •• 21 K. Coordination within Railroad Permit Areas 22 1. At locations in the project where construction activities occur in areas where 23 railroad permits are required,meet all requirements set forth in each designated 24 railroad permit. This includes,but is not limited to,provisions for: 25 a. Flagmen 26 b. Inspectors 27 c. Safety training 28 d. Additional insurance 29 e. Insurance certificates 30 f. Other employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the 31 Railroad Company from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of 32 the project. Proper utility clearance procedures shall be used in accordance 33 with the permit guidelines. 34 2. Obtain any supplemental information needed to comply with the railroad's 35 requirements. 36 3. Railroad Flagmen 37 a. Submit receipts to City for verification of working days that railroad flagmen 38 were present on Site. ..r 39 L. Dust Control 40 1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site. 41 a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water. 42 b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry. 43 M. Employee Parking 44 1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 013513-6 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 6 of 8 w 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] _ 2 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] .. 3 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] .. 5 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 6 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 7 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 8 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] 11 END OF SECTION 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.4.13—Added requirement of compliance with Health and Safety Code,Title 9. 8/31/2012 D.Johnson Safety,Subtitle A.Public Safety,Chapter 752.High Voltage Overhead Lines. 1.4.E—Added Contractor responsibility for obtaining a TCEQ Air Permit 13 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w 0135 13-7 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 7 of 8 1 EXHIBIT A 2 (To be printed on Contractor's Letterhead) 3 4 * 5 6 Date: 7 8 CPN No.: 9 Project Name: 10 Mapsco Location: 11 Limits of Construction: 12 13 OR 14 15 16 17 THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF FORT 18 WORTH, OUR COMPANY WILL WORK ON UTILITY LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR 19 PROPERTY. 20 21 CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE 22 OF THIS NOTICE. 23 24 IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER 25 ISSUE, PLEASE CALL: 26 27 28 Mr. <CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> 29 .. 30 OR 31 32 Mr. <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> 33 34 AFTER 4:30 PM OR ON WEEKENDS, PLEASE CALL (817) 392 8306 35 36 PLEASE KEEP THIS FLYER HANDY WHEN YOU CALL 37 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 A. 013513-8 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 8 of 8 1 EXHIBIT B 2 w. FORTWORTH Daft: DOE NO.XX= �Tom: NOTICE OF TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE INTERRUPTION DUE TO UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD, YOUR WATER SERVICE WILL BE INTERRUPTED ON BETWEEN THE HOURS OF AND IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS SHUT-OUT,PLEASE CALL: MR. AT (CONTRACTORS SUPERINTENDENT) (TELEPHONE NUMBER) OR MR. AT (CITY INSPECTOR) (TELEPHONE NUMBER) THIS INCONVENIENCE WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE. THANK YOU, ,CONTRACTOR 3 - 4 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,20I2 em 014523-1 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 1 of 2 1 SECTION 0145 23 2 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 a. Contractor is responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all 17 Quality Control testing. 18 b. City is responsible for performing and payment for first set of Quality 19 Assurance testing. 20 1) If the first Quality Assurance test performed by the City fails,the 21 Contractor is responsible for payment of subsequent Quality Assurance 22 testing until a passing test occurs. 23 a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments �* 24 for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 25 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27 A. Testing 28 1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. 29 2. Coordination 30 a. When testing is required to be performed by the City,notify City, sufficiently 31 in advance,when testing is needed. 32 b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor,notify City, 33 sufficiently in advance,that testing will be performed. w 34 3. Distribution of Testing Reports 35 a. Electronic Distribution 36 1) Confirm development of Project directory for electronic submittals to be 37 uploaded to City's Buzzsaw site,or another external FTP site approved by 38 the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 014523-2 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 2 of 2 ar 1 2) Upload test reports to designated project directory and notify appropriate 2 City representatives via email of submittal posting. 3 3) Hard Copies ow 4 a) 1. copy for all submittals submitted to the Project Representative 5 b. Hard Copy Distribution(if required in lieu of electronic distribution) 6 1) Tests performed by City .. 7 a) Distribute 1 hard copy to the Contractor 8 2) Tests performed by the Contractor 9 a) Distribute 3 hard copies to City's Project Representative .. 10 4. Provide City's Project Representative with trip tickets for each delivered load of I 1 Concrete or Lime material including the following information: 12 a. Name of pit ,.. 13 b. Date of delivery 14 c. Material delivered 15 B. Inspection 16 1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to 17 perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 18 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 24 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] 28 END OF SECTION 29 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE �* 30 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 w. 015000-1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 1 of 4 1 SECTION 0150 00 _. 2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including,but not 7 necessarily limited to: 8 a. Temporary utilities 9 b. Sanitary facilities 10 c. Storage Sheds and Buildings .w 11 d. Dust control 12 e. Temporary fencing of the construction site 13 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 14 1. None. 15 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: �. 16 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 17 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 21 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 22 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 24 A. Temporary Utilities .■ 25 1. Obtaining Temporary Service 26 a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 27 b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities 28 having jurisdiction. 29 c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final 30 Acceptance. 31 1) Included are fuel,power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for 32 execution, completion,testing and initial operation of Work. 33 2. Water 34 a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be 35 performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment,devices or other use as 36 required for the completion of the Work. 37 b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic 38 consumption by Contractor personnel and City's Project Representatives. 39 c. Coordination 40 1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 �w Revised July 1,2011 WK 015000-2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 2 of 4 1 d. Contractor Payment for Construction Water 2 1) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by City's 3 established rates. 4 3. Electricity and Lighting 5 a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including 6 testing of Work. *" 7 1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use. 8 b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to 9 maintain operations during scheduled shutdown. 10 4. Telephone 11 a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel 12 and others performing work or furnishing services at Site. .• 13 5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation 14 a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work. 15 b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions. +� 16 B. Sanitary Facilities 17 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site. 18 a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health. 19 2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site. 20 a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities. .. 21 b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. 22 c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health 23 problem. 24 d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly 25 dispose in accordance with applicable regulation. 26 3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project. 27 4. Remove facilities at completion of Project 28 C. Storage Sheds and Buildings 29 1. Provide adequately ventilated,watertight,weatherproof storage facilities with floor 30 above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. 31 2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off 32 ground. 33 3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. _ 34 a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, 35 inspection and inventory. "^ 36 4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting,and provide electrical service for 37 equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage 38 environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 39 5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from 40 temporary and existing buildings. 41 6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance. 42 D. Temporary Fencing 43 1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract 44 documents 45 E. Dust Control CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 rr 015000-3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS .. Page 3 of 4 1 1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the 2 project. 3 a. Contractor remains on-call at all times 4 b. Must respond in a timely manner 5 F. Temporary Protection of Construction 6 1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due 7 to weather. 8 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 13 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 14 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 15 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 16 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] 18 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 19 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 20 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 21 3.4 INSTALLATION 22 A. Temporary Facilities 23 1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed. 24 3.5 [REPAIR] /[RESTORATION] 25 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 26 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 31 A. Temporary Facilities CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 an 015000-4 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 4 of 4 00 1 1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work,to a 2 condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work. 3 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 4 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 5 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 6 END OF SECTION rt. 7 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8 ..w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 015526-1 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Pagel of 3 1 SECTION 0155 26 2 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY "r 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Administrative procedures for: 7 a. Street Use Permit 8 b. Modification of approved traffic control 9 c. Removal of Street Signs 10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 14 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 15 3. Section 34 71 13—Traffic Control 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 19 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. .. 20 1.3 REFERENCES 21 A. Reference Standards .. 22 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 23 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 24 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 25 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices(TMUTCD). 26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27 A. Traffic Control 28 1. General 29 a. When traffic control plans are included in the Drawings,provide Traffic 30 Control in accordance with Drawings and Section 34 71 13. 31 b. When traffic control plans are not included in the Drawings, prepare traffic 32 control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13 and submit to City for 33 review. 34 1) Allow minimum 10 working days for review of proposed Traffic Control. 35 B. Street Use Permit N. 36 1. Prior to installation of Traffic Control, a City Street Use Permit is required. 37 a. To obtain Street Use Permit, submit Traffic Control Plans to City 38 Transportation and Public Works Department. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 .w 015526-2 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 2 of 3 1 1) Allow a minimum of 5 working days for permit review. _ 2 2) Contractor's responsibility to coordinate review of Traffic Control plans for 3 Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed. .. 4 C. Modification to Approved Traffic Control 5 1. Prior to installation traffic control: 6 a. Submit revised traffic control plans to City Department Transportation and 7 Public Works Department. 8 1) Revise Traffic Control plans in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 9 2) Allow minimum 5 working days for review of revised Traffic Control. 10 3) It is the Contractor's responsibility to'coordinate review of Traffic Control 11 plans for Street Use Permit, such that construction is not delayed. 12 D. Removal of Street Sign 13 1. If it is determined that a street sign must be removed for construction,then contact 14 City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs and Markings Division to 15 remove the sign. 16 E. Temporary Signage 17 1. In the case of regulatory signs, replace permanent sign with temporary sign meeting 18 requirements of the latest edition of the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control 19 Devices(MUTCD). 20 2. Install temporary sign before the removal of permanent sign. "' 21 3. When construction is complete,to the extent that the permanent sign can be 22 reinstalled,contact the City Transportation and Public Works Department, Signs 23 and Markings Division,to reinstall the permanent sign. 24 F. Traffic Control Standards 25 1. Traffic Control Standards can be found on the City's Buzzsaw website. ,.., 26 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 0A 28 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] + 30 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] _ 31 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] "' 32 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] om 33 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 34 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] on 35 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] ow 36 END OF SECTION am CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 r. 015526-3 STREET USE PERMIT AND MODIFICATIONS TO TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 3 of 3 1 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE .. 2 ,.0 r r .ww we .rr CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 015713-1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 1 of 3 1 SECTION 0157 13 2 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION _. 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans ,. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0— Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the 11 Contract 12 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 13 3. Section 3125 00—Erosion and Sediment Control 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance 17 a. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items 18 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19 2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance 20 a. Measurement and Payment shall be in accordance with Section 3125 00. 21 1.3 REFERENCES 22 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 23 1. Notice of Intent:NOI 24 2. Notice of Termination: NOT 25 3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP 26 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ 27 5. Notice of Change:NOC 28 A. Reference Standards 29 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 30 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 31 Specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 32 2. Integrated Storm Management(iSWM)Technical Manual for Construction 33 Controls 34 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 35 A. General 36 1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated 37 with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised July 1,2011 015713-2 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 2 of 3 go 1 B. Construction Activities resulting in: 2 1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance 3 a. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 3125 00 and 4 Drawings. 5 2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance 6 a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System(TPDES)General Construction 7 Permit is required 8 b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 9 1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit 10 TXR 150000 11 a) Sign and post at job site 12 b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Department of .. 13 Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division,(817)392- 14 6088. 15 2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: 16 a) Section 31 25 00 17 b) The Drawings 18 c) TXR150000 General Permit 19 d) SWPPP 20 e) TCEQ requirements 21 3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance 22 a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES)General Construction 23 Permit is required 24 b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 25 1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee 26 a) Sign and post at job site 27 b) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, 28 Environmental Division,(817)392-6088. 29 2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI 30 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with: 31 a) Section 3125 00 ••. 32 b) The Drawings 33 c) TXR150000 General Permit 34 d) SWPPP 35 e) TCEQ requirements 36 4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of 37 TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted. .. 38 a) Send copy to City Department of Transportation and Public Works, 39 Environmental Division, (817)392-6088. — 40 1.5 SUBMITTALS ,.. 41 A. SWPPP 42 1. Submit in accordance with Section 0133 00, except as stated herein. .. 43 a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City 44 as follows: 45 1) 1 copy to the City Project Manager 46 a) City Project Manager will forward to the City Department of ` 47 Transportation and Public Works, Environmental Division for review CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,201I 015713-3 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 3 of 3 1 B. Modified SWPPP 2 1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction,resubmit modified SWPPP to the City 3 in accordance with Section 0133 00. 4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] dft 7 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 8 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 9 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 10 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 11 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 13 END OF SECTION 14 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE .r 15 .r. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 015813-1 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page I of 3 1 SECTION 0158 13 2 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements ., 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 18 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] .. 22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] .., 24 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28 2.2 EQUIPMENT,PRODUCT TYPES,AND MATERIALS 29 A. Design Criteria 30 1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign in accordance with City's Standard 31 Details for project signs. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 rm 01 5813-2 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 2 of 3 00 1 B. Materials 2 1. Sign 3 a. Constructed of%-inch fir plywood,grade A-C(exterior)or better so 4 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 5 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] an 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION an 7 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 10 3.4 INSTALLATION 11 A. General 12 1. Provide vertical installation at extents of project. 13 2. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City. 14 B. Mounting options 15 a. Skids 16 b. Posts 17 c. Barricade 18 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] .. 20 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26 3.13 MAINTENANCE 27 A. General 28 1. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as needed or directed by the City. 29 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] +■* 30 END OF SECTION 31 da CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 on 015813-3 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 3 of 3 1 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 2 ow r wR CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 A Revised July 1,2011 016000-1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 2 1 SECTION 0160 00 2 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. References for Product Requirements and City Standard Products List 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 —General Requirements - 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED] 13 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 15 A. A list of City approved products for use is located on Buzzsaw as follows: .. 16 1. Resources\02 -Construction Documents\Standard Products List 17 B. Only products specifically included on City's Standard Product List in these Contract 18 Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project. 19 1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific 20 approval by the City. 21 C. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar 22 products included on the City's Standard Product List. 23 1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even w. 24 though the product is listed on the City's Standard Product List. 25 D. Although a specific product is included on City's Standard Product List,not all 26 products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to,that .. 27 manufacturer's standard product. 28 E. See Section 0133 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on City's 29 Standard Product List. 30 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised December 20,2012 w. 016000-2 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 2 1 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 2 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] Os 3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] 6 END OF SECTION +■ 7 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 10/12/12 D.Johnson Modified Location of City's Standard Product List 8 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 �. 016600-1 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 4 1 SECTION 0166 00 2 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Scheduling of product delivery 7 2. Packaging of products for delivery 8 3. Protection of products against damage from: 9 a. Handling 10 b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments 1 l B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 12 1. None. 13 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 15 2. Division 1 —General Requirements .. 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 19 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 20 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 22 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] r. 24 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 27 1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING 28 A. Delivery Requirements 29 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation w 30 and to avoid prolonged storage. 31 2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries. 32 3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site 33 for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 of 016600-2 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 4 am 1 4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other 2 containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or 3 environmental damage. "'' 4 5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation 5 location. 6 6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. 7 B. Handling Requirements 8 1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and 9 manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. 10 C. Storage Requirements 11 1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and 12 requirements of these Specifications. 13 2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. 14 a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent 15 damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at 16 all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in 17 vicinity of Work. 18 3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will 19 cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, 20 tenants and occupants. 21 a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection. 22 4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and 23 equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by City's Project Representative. 24 5. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. 25 a. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by 26 City's Project Representative. .. 27 6. Do not use lawns,grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without 28 written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises. 29 7. Store in manufacturers' unopened containers. 30 8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of 31 Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public 32 and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant. 33 9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open. 34 10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to 35 satisfaction of City's Project Representative. 36 a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at 37 one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by City's .. 38 Project Representative. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 Ar 016600-3 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 4 1 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 PART 3- EXECUTION 5 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 8 3.4 ERECTION [NOT USED] 9 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] .,, 10 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 11 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL me 12 A. Tests and Inspections 13 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. 14 B. Non-Conforming Work 15 1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way 16 unsatisfactory for use on the project. 17 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21 3.12 PROTECTION 22 A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. 23 B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in 24 storage. 25 C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by 26 the manufacturer. 27 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 28 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 29 END OF SECTION 30 w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 016600-4 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 4 of 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE a 1 MINN CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 017000-1 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 1 of 4 1 SECTION 0170 00 2 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Mobilization and Demobilization 7 a. Mobilization 8 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment,and operating supplies 9 to the Site 10 2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation 11 at the Site 12 3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 13 4) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment,and operating supplies .�, 14 to another location within the designated Site 15 5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's operation 16 from 1 location to another location on the Site. 17 b. Demobilization 18 1) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment,and operating supplies 19 away from the Site including disassembly 20 2) Site Clean-up 21 3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this 22 Contract 23 c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of 24 work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 25 2. Remobilization 26 a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract 27 Documents or as required by City includes: 28 1) Demobilization 29 a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment,and operating + 30 supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing 31 equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract 32 Documents necessary to suspend the Work. 33 b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 34 2) Remobilization 35 a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment, and operating 36 supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. 37 b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's 38 operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 39 3) No Payments will be made for: 40 a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the 41 Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. 42 b) Stand-by or idle time 43 c) Lost profits 44 3. Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects 45 a. Mobilization and Demobilization CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 sr Revised November 22,2016 ADDENDUM NO.1 CONFORMED Im 017000-2 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 2 of 4 4s 1 1) Mobilization shall consist of the activities and cost on a Work Order basis 2 necessary for: 3 a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment, and operating om 4 supplies to the Site for the issued Work Order. 5 b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor's 6 operation at the Site for the issued Work Order .• 7 2) Demobilization shall consist of the activities and cost necessary for: 8 a) Transportation of Contractor's personnel,equipment, and operating 9 supplies from the Site including disassembly for each issued Work 10 Order 11 b) Site Clean-up for each issued Work Order 12 c) Removal of all buildings or other facilities assembled at the Site for 13 each Work Oder 14 b. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of 15 work for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 16 4. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilization for Miscellaneous Projects 17 a. A Mobilization for Miscellaneous Projects when directed by the City and the 18 mobilization occurs within 24 hours of the issuance of the Work Order. .. 19 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 20 1. None. 21 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: r` 22 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 23 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 25 A. Measurement and Payment[Consult City Department/Division for direction on if 26 Mobilization pay item to be included or the item should be subsidiary. Include the 27 appropriate Section 1.2 A. 1.1 28 1. Mobilization and Demobilization 29 a. Measure 30 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 33 are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be 34 allowed. 35 2. Remobilization for suspension of Work as specifically required in the Contract 36 Documents 37 a. Measurement 38 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each remobilization performed. 39 b. Payment 40 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 41 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 42 price per each "Specified Remobilization"in accordance with Contract 43 Documents. 44 c. The price shall include: •■ 45 1) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.1) 46 2) Remobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.2.a.2) CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised November 22,2016 ADDENDUM NO.1 .. CONFORMED 017000-3 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION a� Page 3 of 4 1 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time,or lost profits associated this 2 Item. 3 3. Remobilization for suspension of Work as required by City 4 a. Measurement and Payment 5 1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 10 6 of Section 00 72 00. 7 2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time,or lost profits associated 8 with this Item. 9 4. Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects 10 a. Measurement 11 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and ..� 12 Demobilization required by the Contract Documents 13 b. Payment 14 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 15 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 16 price per each"Work Order Mobilization" in accordance with Contract 17 Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to mobilization 18 and shall not be paid for separately. 19 c. The price shall include: 20 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.1) 21 2) Demobilization as described in Section l.1.A.3.a.2) 22 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time,or lost profits associated this 23 Item. 24 5. Emergency Mobilizations and Demobilizations for Miscellaneous Projects •" 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measurement for this Item shall be for each Mobilization and 27 Demobilization required by the Contract Documents 28 b. Payment 29 1) The Work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 30 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit r. 31 price per each"Work Order Emergency Mobilization" in accordance with 32 Contract Documents. Demobilization shall be considered subsidiary to 33 mobilization and shall not be paid for separately. 34 c. The price shall include 35 1) Mobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.4.a) 36 2) Demobilization as described in Section 1.1.A.3.a.2) 37 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this 38 Item. 39 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 40 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 41 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 42 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 43 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 44 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 +rk Revised November 22,2016 ADDENDUM NO.1 CONFORMED 017000-4 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 4 of 4 1 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] .., 3 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 4 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] "f 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 6 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] 7 END OF SECTION 8 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11/22/16 Michael Owen 1.2 Price and Payment Procedures-Revised specification,including blue text,to make specification flexible for either subsidiary or paid bid item for Mobilization. 9 �.. ..r N. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised November 22,2016 ADDENDUM NO.1 .w CONFORMED 017123-1 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 017123 2 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY *- 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Requirements for construction staking and construction survey to be provided by 7 the Contractor. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. 1.1.A.1.—Survc tube provided by the Contractor. 10 2. 1.2.A.La.1)—Item paid by sum 11 3. 1.2.A.1.b.1)—Item paid by lump sum price bid for"Construction Staking". 12 4. 1.2.A.2.a.1)—Item paid by lump sum 13 5. 1.2.A.2.a.1 —Item paid by lump sum price bid for"Construction Survey 14 6. 1.9A.3.a—Contractor responsible for preserving and maintaining staking_ 15 7. 1.9.B.1.—Construction Survcyperformed by Contractor. 16 8. 1.9.B.2.d—Contractor responsible for replacing damaged control data. 17 9. 1.9.B.3.b—Contractor responsible for construction survey, * 18 10. 1.9.B.3.d—Contractor shall be responsible for verifying control data. 19 11. 1.9.B.3.d.1-5—Clarified language for contractor to be responsible for verifying 20 benchmark and control data. 21 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 22 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 23 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 24 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 25 A. Measurement and Payment 26 1. Construction Staking 27 a. Measurement w 28 . 29 1) Measurement for this item will be by lump sum. 30 b. Payment 31 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 32 Item Am suhsidiai-y to thevafieus Rems bid and no ether-eempeaspAi0flWill 33 be allowed item will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for 34 "Construction Staking". 35 2. Construction Survey 36 a. Measurement 37 1) This item- is-Esi3sidefed-sabsidiaf-y to the-`aFieus14efns bid. 38 ]) Measurement for this item will be by lump sum. 39 b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,20I2 ADDENDUM NO.1 CONFORMED 017123-2 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 2 of 5 e•r 1 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 2 3 be-allewed-item will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for .. 4 "Construction Survef. 5 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 6 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 7 1.5 SUBMITTALS 8 A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 9 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 10 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 11 A. Certificates 12 1. Provide certificate certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in 13 conformance or non-conformance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 14 a. Certificate must be sealed by a registered professional land surveyor in the 15 State of Texas. 16 B. Field Quality Control Submittals 17 1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work. .• 18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] • 20 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 21 A. Construction Staking •" 22 1. Construction staking will be performed by the City. 23 2. Coordination 24 a. Contact City's Project Representative at least 2 weeks in advance for .. 25 scheduling of Construction Staking. 26 b. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction 27 activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. *' 28 3. General 29 a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining sWies staking 30 fiff"ished by 1- 31 b. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have 32 been lost,destroyed or disturbed,by Contractor's neglect, such that the 33 contracted Work cannot take place,then the Contractor will be required to pay .. 34 the City for new staking with a 25 percent markup. The cost for staking will be 35 deducted from the payment due to the Contractor for the Project. 36 B. Construction Survey 37 1. Construction Survey will be performed by the Qty Contractor. 38 2. Coordination .. 39 a. Contractor to verify that control data established in the design survey remains 40 intact. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ADDENDUM NO.1 ■w CONFORMED 017123-3 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 3 of 5 1 b. Coordinate with the City prior to field investigation to determine which 2 horizontal and vertical control data will be required for construction survey. .. 3 c. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate Construction Survey such that 4 construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 5 d. 6 8aHSOd dffFifig 8efiStfH6680 OpeffttiOffi. Contractor shall restore or replace all 7 necessary control data damaged during construction operations. 8 1) Gity Contractor shall perform replacements and/or restorations. ,., 9 3. General 10 a. Construction survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and 11 accurate logs of control and survey work as it progresses for Project Records. 12 b. The Contractor will need te ensum eeefdinatien is maintained with the City te 13 shall perform construction survey to obtain construction features, including but 14 not limited to the following: 15 1) All Utility Lines 16 a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole or 17 junction structure 18 2) Water Lines 19 a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines at the following 20 locations: 21 (1) Every 250 linear feet 22 (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection,curvature,etc. (All 23 Fittings) 24 (3) Cathodic protection test stations 25 (4) Sampling stations 26 (5) Meter boxes/vaults(All sizes) 27 (6) Fire lines 28 (7) Fire hydrants 29 (8) Gate valves 30 (9) Plugs, stubouts,dead-end lines 31 (10) Air Release valves(Manhole rim and vent pipe) 32 (11) Blow off valves(Manhole rim and valve lid) 33 (12) Pressure plane valves 34 (13) Cleaning wyes + 35 (14) Casing pipe(each end) 36 b) Storm Sewer 37 (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates at the following locations: .■ 38 (a) Every 250 linear feet 39 (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection,curvature,etc. 40 c) Sanitary Sewer 41 (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for sanitary sewer lines at 42 the following locations: 43 (a) Every 250 linear feet 44 (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection,curvature,etc. 45 (c) Cleanouts 46 c. Construction survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and 47 accurate logs of control and survey work associated with meeting or exceeding " 48 the line and grade required by these Specifications. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ADDENDUM NO.1 CONFORMED oft 017123-4 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 4 of 5 e. 1 d. The Contractor 2 shall perform construction survey and to verify control data, including but not 3 limited to the following: 4 1) ' 5 Verification that established benchmarks and control are 6 accurate. 7 2) Use of Benchmarks to furnish and maintain all 8 reference lines and grades for tunneling 9 3) Use of lines and grades weFe-used to establish the location of the pipe 10 4) Submit to the City copies of field notes,if requested, used to establish all 11 lines and grades and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to 12 beginning each tunneling drive. 13 5) Provide access for the City,when requested,to verify the guidance system 14 and the line and grade of the carrier pipe on a daily basis. 15 6) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and 16 the correction of it,as required. *� 17 7) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction. 18 8) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe 19 joint and submit daily records to City. .. 20 9) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances, immediately notify 21 the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract 22 Documents. 23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 24 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION 28 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 29 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 30 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 31 3.4 APPLICATION 32 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] ,.. 33 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 34 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL +* 35 A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data placed by the 36 City in accordance with this Specification. 37 B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ADDENDUM NO.1 w. CONFORMED wo 017123-5 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 5 of 5 on 1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] am 2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] ■. 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8 END OF SECTION 9 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/31/2012 D.Johnson 10 .r w +�r CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ADDENDUM NO.1 CONFORMED 017423-I CLEANING Page I of 4 1 SECTION 0174 23 2 CLEANING �4 3 PART 1- GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed 7 systems specified elsewhere 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 13 3. Section 32 92 13 —Hydro-Mulching, Seeding and Sodding 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 17 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 18 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 20 A. Scheduling 21 1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by .. 22 cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 23 2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final 24 inspection. 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] .w 30 1.10 STORAGE,AND HANDLING 31 A. Storage and Handling Requirements .. 32 1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for 33 those materials. +.r CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 01 7423-2 CLEANING Page 2 of 4 1 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 2.2 MATERIALS goo 6 A. Cleaning Agents 7 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 8 2. New and uncontaminated 9 3. For manufactured surfaces 10 a. Material recommended by manufacturer 11 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 12 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 13 PART 3- EXECUTION 14 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 15 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 16 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 17 3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] .. 18 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23 3.10 CLEANING 24 A. General 25 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 26 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of 27 governing authorities. 28 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in 29 storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 30 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 31 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an 32 alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 �.. 017423-3 CLEANING Page 3 of 4 1 6. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 2 7. Thoroughly clean, sweep,wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with 3 this project. 4 8. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction 5 of required permanent Work. 6 9. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City,the City reserves the right to 7 have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 8 10. Do not burn on-site. 9 B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 10 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of *� 11 personnel in existing facility operations. 12 2. At maximum weekly intervals,dispose of waste materials,debris and rubbish. 13 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): 14 a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind 15 b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities 16 c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 17 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. 18 a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis,until Final Acceptance. 19 5. Prior to storm events,thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which 20 may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. 21 C. Interior Final Cleaning �• 22 1. Remove grease,mastic, adhesives,dust,dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other 23 foreign materials from sight-exposed surfaces. 24 2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean. 25 3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 26 4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 27 5. Ventilating systems 28 a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated 29 during construction. 30 b. Clean ducts,blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during 31 construction. 32 6. Replace all burned out lamps. 33 7. Broom clean process area floors. 34 8. Mop office and control room floors. 35 D. Exterior(Site or Right of Way)Final Cleaning 36 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. 37 a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers in accordance 38 with Section 32 92 13. 39 2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt,concrete or any other object 40 that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 41 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to,vaults,manholes, structures, .. 42 junction boxes and inlets. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 ow 017423-4 CLEANING Page 4 of 4 w 1 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities,and upon approval by 2 City,remove erosion control from site. 3 5. Clean signs, lights, signals,etc. sw 4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 00 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] so 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8 END OF SECTION r 9 Revision Log pr DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 017719-1 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS mm„ Pagel of 3 1 SECTION 0177 19 2 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. The procedure for closing out a contract 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: ' 10 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] .� 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 19 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees,bonds, 20 certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are 21 satisfactorily filed with the City. 22 B. Release of Liens or Claims 23 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of 24 release of liens has been submitted to the City. 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submit all required documentation to City's Project Representative. 4W CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised July 1,2011 017719-2 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 3 A. 1 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 PART 3- EXECUTION 5 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] .. 7 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 8 3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE 9 A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 10 1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39 11 2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23 12 B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 13 01 7423. .. 14 C. Final Inspection 15 1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the City Project Representative that the Work 16 is completed. 17 a. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. 18 b. Upon completion of this inspection,the City will notify the Contractor, in 19 writing within 10 business days,of any particulars in which this inspection 20 reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 21 2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work 22 required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the 23 City. 24 3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written 25 notice, inform the City,that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt 26 of this notice,the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent 27 Final Inspection of the project. 28 4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full 29 operation. These special accessory items include,but are not limited to: 30 a. Specified spare parts 31 b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment 32 c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks 33 d. Light bulbs 34 e. Fuses ow 35 f. Vault keys 36 g. Handwheels 37 h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all .. 38 equipment 39 D. Notice of Project Completion CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 �. M. 0177 19-3 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS �r Page 3 of 3 1 1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection 2 to be satisfactory,the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion(Green Sheet). 3 E. Supporting Documentation 4 1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following 5 additional forms: 6 a. Final Payment Request 7 b. Statement of Contract Time 8 c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens 9 d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment 10 e. Pipe Report(if required) 11 f. Contractor's Evaluation of City 12 g. Performance Evaluation of Contractor 13 F. Letter of Final Acceptance 14 1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting 15 Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of 16 Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment. .. 17 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 23 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 24 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] .w. 25 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 26 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 27 END OF SECTION 28 Revision Log 40 DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 07 w 29 7 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 017823-1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 0178 23 2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY LL 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and 7 operation of products furnished under Contract 8 2. Such products may include,but are not limited to: 9 a. Traffic Controllers 10 b. Irrigation Controllers(to be operated by the City) ' 11 c. Butterfly Valves 12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 13 1. None. 14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. w 20 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 21 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS .r, 23 A. Schedule 24 1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product 25 shipment to the project site. 26 1.5 SUBMITTALS 27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. All submittals shall be 28 approved by the City prior to delivery. 29 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 30 A. Submittal Form 31 1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel. rr 32 2. Format 33 a. Size: 8 '/2 inches x 11 inches 34 b. Paper 35 1) 40 pound minimum,white, for typed pages 36 2) Holes reinforced with plastic,cloth or metal 37 c. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 a� Revised December 20,2012 00 017823-2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 2 of 5 A 1 d. Drawings 2 1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab,bind in with text 3 2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages. 4 e. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating 5 equipment. 6 1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of �- 7 equipment. 8 2) Provide indexed tabs. 9 f. Cover 10 1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND 11 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". 12 2) List: 13 a) Title of Project 14 b) Identity of separate structure as applicable 15 c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual 16 3. Binders 17 a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers 18 b. When multiple binders are used,correlate the data into related consistent 19 groupings. 20 4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual. 21 B. Manual Content ... 22 1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume,arranged in systematic order 23 a. Contractor,name of responsible principal,address and telephone number 24 b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume — 25 c. List,with each product: 26 1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer 27 2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the PM 28 volume 29 3) Identify area of responsibility of each 30 4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement 31 d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set .. 32 forth in Contract Documents. 33 2. Product Data 34 a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 35 b. Annotate each sheet to: 36 1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed 37 2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation 38 3) Delete references to inapplicable information 39 3. Drawings 40 a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: 41 1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems 42 2) Control and flow diagrams 43 b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure 44 correct illustration of completed installation. 45 c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings. 46 4. Written text,as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 47 a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 48 b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ■r 017823-3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA w Page 3 of 5 1 5. Copy of each warranty,bond and service contract issued 2 a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving: 3 1) Proper procedures in event of failure 4 2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds 5 C. Manual for Materials and Finishes 6 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 7 2. Content, for architectural products,applied materials and finishes: 8 a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 9 1) Catalog number, size, composition 10 2) Color and texture designations 11 3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products " 12 b. Instructions for care and maintenance 13 1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods 14 2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to 15 product 16 3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance 17 3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products: 18 a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 19 1) Applicable standards 20 2) Chemical composition 21 3) Details of installation 22 b. Instructions for inspection,maintenance and repair 23 D. Manual for Equipment and Systems 24 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 25 2. Content,for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 26 a. Description of unit and component parts r. 27 1) Function,normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions 28 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 29 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 30 b. Operating procedures 31 1) Start-up,break-in,routine and normal operating instructions 32 2) Regulation,control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions "°■ 33 3) Summer and winter operating instructions 34 4) Special operating instructions 35 c. Maintenance procedures •. 36 1) Routine operations 37 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 38 3) Disassembly,repair and reassembly 39 4) Alignment,adjusting and checking 40 d. Servicing and lubrication schedule 41 1) List of lubricants required 42 e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 43 f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer 44 1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear 45 2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts 46 g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer 47 h. Each contractor's coordination drawings 48 1) As installed color coded piping diagrams CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 r� Revised December 20,2012 ow 017823-4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 4 of 5 ew 1 i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve 2 j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts,manufacturer's current prices,and 3 recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 4 k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 5 3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 6 a. Description of system and component parts 7 1) Function,normal operating characteristics,and limiting conditions 8 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 9 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 10 b. Circuit directories of panelboards 11 1) Electrical service 12 2) Controls 13 3) Communications 14 c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams 15 d. Operating procedures 16 1) Routine and normal operating instructions 17 2) Sequences required 18 3) Special operating instructions 19 e. Maintenance procedures 20 1) Routine operations 21 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 22 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 23 4) Adjustment and checking 24 f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 25 g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts,manufacturer's current prices, and 26 recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 27 h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 28 4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent .. 29 during instruction of City's personnel. 30 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 33 A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria: 34 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products 35 2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data 36 3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 01 7823-5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 5 of 5 1 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] .,� 2 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] 6 END OF SECTION 7 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/31/2012 D.Johnson 1.5.A.1—title of section removed 8 No so a* CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 017839-1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ... Page I of 4 1 SECTION 0178 39 2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ,.. 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project 7 documents, including: ®" 8 a. Record Drawings 9 b. Water Meter Service Reports 10 c. Sanitary Sewer Service Reports .. 11 d. Large Water Meter Reports 12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 13 1. None. 14 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 20 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 21 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] r 23 1.5 SUBMITTALS 24 A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to 25 City's Project Representative. 26 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] do 29 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 30 A. Accuracy of Records ` 31 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents,making adequate 32 and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and 33 other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 34 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract 35 Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project 36 Record Documents. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 01 7839-2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 1 3. To facilitate accuracy of records,make entries within 24 hours after receipt of 2 information that the change has occurred. 3 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and 4 visible,to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and 5 expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 6 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING 7 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 8 1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration 9 and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded 1p data to the final Project Record Documents. 11 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data 12 to the City's approval. 13 a. In such case,provide replacements to the standards originally required by the 14 Contract Documents. 15 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 18 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 19 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS 20 A. Job set 21 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City,at no .. 22 charge to the Contractor, I complete set of a[1 Documents comprising the Contract. 23 B. Final Record Documents 24 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection,provide 25 the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 26 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 27 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 28 PART 3- EXECUTION 29 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 30 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 31 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 32 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS 33 A. Maintenance of Job Set 34 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set,identify each of the Documents with the 35 title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS -JOB SET". CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION - STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 . O1 7839-3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 1 2. Preservation 2 a. Considering the Contract completion time,the probable number of occasions *� 3 upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, 4 and the conditions under which these activities will be performed,devise a 5 suitable method for protecting the job set. .. 6 b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review 7 by the City,until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. 8 c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. go 9 3. Coordination with Construction Survey 10 a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23, 11 clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with so 12 installation of the infrastructure. 13 4. Making entries on Drawings 14 a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents. 15 b. Use an erasable colored pencil(not ink or indelible pencil),clearly describe the 16 change by graphic line and note as required. 17 c. Date all entries. 18 d. Call attention to the entry by a"cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. 19 e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping 20 changes. w 21 5. Conversion of schematic layouts 22 a. In some cases on the Drawings,arrangements of conduits,circuits,piping, 23 ducts,and similar items,are shown schematically and are not intended to 24 portray precise physical layout. ~" 25 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 26 City's approval. 27 2) However,design of future modifications of the facility may require 28 accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are 29 shown only schematically on the Drawings. 30 b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings,by dimension accurate to within 1 .. 31 inch,the centerline of each run of items. 32 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 33 City's approval. 34 2) Show, by symbol or note,the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in 35 ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 36 3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related 37 reliably to the Specifications. 38 c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts 39 where, in the City's judgment,conversion serves no useful purpose. However, 40 do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing 41 by the City. 42 B. Final Project Record Documents .. 43 1. Transfer of data to Drawings 44 a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings to the 45 corresponding final documents,coordinating the changes as required. 46 b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of 47 changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised July 1,2011 017839-4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 1 c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a"cloud" around the area or areas 2 affected. 3 d. Make changes neatly,consistently and with the proper media to assure 4 longevity and clear reproduction. 5 2. Transfer of data to other Documents 6 a. If the Documents,other than Drawings,have been kept clean during progress of 7 the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, 8 the job set of those Documents,other than Drawings,will be accepted as final 9 Record Documents. °^ 10 b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that 11 Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and 12 handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval ., 13 of the City. 14 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 15 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] , 21 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24 END OF SECTION 25 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 26 Now CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised July 1,2011 00 we me MR ma me am am am Division 02 am EXISTING CONDITIONS 0241 14-1 UTILITY REMOVALIABANDONMENT Page 1 of 16 1 OSECTION 02 4114 2 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Direction for the removal,abandonment or salvaging of the following utilities: 7 a. Cathodic Protection Test Stations 8 b. Water Lines 9 c. Gate Valves 10 d. Water Valves 11 e. Fire Hydrants 12 f. Water Meters and Meter Box 13 g. Water Sampling Station 14 h. Concrete Water Vaults 15 i. Sanitary Sewer Lines 16 j. Sanitary Sewer Manholes 17 k. Sanitary Sewer Junction Boxes 18 1. Storm Sewer Lines 19 in. Storm Sewer Manhole Risers 20 n. Storm Sewer Junction Boxes 21 o. Storm Sewer Inlets 22 p. Box Culverts 23 q. Headwalls and Safety End Treatments 24 r. Trench Drains 25 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 26 1. None. 27 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 28 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 29 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 30 3. Section 03 34 13 —Controlled Low Strength Material(CLSM) 31 4. Section 33 05 10—Utility Trench Excavation,Embedment and Backfill 32 5. Section 33 05 24—Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate 33 6. Section 33 11 11 —Ductile Iron Fittings 34 7. Section 33 11 13—Concrete Pressure Pipe,Bar-wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type 35 8. Section 33 11 14—Buried Steel Pipe and Fittings 36 9. Section 33 12 25—Connection to Existing Water Mains 37 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 38 A. Utility Lines 39 1. Abandonment of Utility Line by Grouting 40 a. Measurement .rr CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 A Revised December 20,2012 024114-2 UTILITY REMOVALIABANDONMENT Page 2 of 16 1 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per cubic yard of existing utility line to 2 be grouted. Measure by tickets showing cubic yards of grout applied. 3 b. Payment 4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 5 and measured as provided under"Measurement"shall be paid for at the 6 unit price per cubic yard of"Line Grouting"for: ... 7 a) Various types of utility line 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Low density cellular grout or CLSM 10 2) Water 11 3) Pavement removal 12 4) Excavation 13 5) Hauling 14 6) Disposal of excess materials 15 7) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 16 8) Clean-up 17 2. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench 18 a. Measurement 19 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of existing utility line to 20 be removed. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23 and measured as provided under"Measurement" shall be paid for at the 24 unit price bid per linear foot of"Remove Line"for: 25 a) Various types of existing utility line �* 26 b) Various sizes 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 1) Removal and disposal of existing utility pipe 29 2) Pavement removal 30 3) Excavation 31 4) Hauling .. 32 5) Disposal of excess materials 33 6)_ Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 34 7) Clean-up 35 3. Utility Line Removal, Same Trench 36 a. Measurement 37 1) This Item is considered subsidiary the proposed utility line being installed. 38 b. Payment .. 39 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 40 are subsidiary to the installation of proposed utility pipe and shall be 41 subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe complete in place,and 42 no other compensation will be allowed. 43 4. Manhole Abandonment 44 a. Measurement 45 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each manhole to be abandoned. 46 b. Payment 47 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 48 and measured as provided under"Measurement"shall be paid for at the 49 unit price bid per each"Abandon Manhole"for: CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 wr 0241 14-3 UTILITY REMOVAI/ABANDONMENT Page 3 of 16 1 a) Various diameters 2 b) Various types ® 3 c. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Removal and disposal of manhole cone 5 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable �-» 6 3) Cutting and plugging of existing sewer lines 7 4) Concrete 8 5) Acceptable material for backfilling manhole void 9 6) Pavement removal 10 7) Excavation 11 8) Hauling 12 9) Disposal of excess materials 13 10) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 14 11) Surface restoration 15 12) Clean-up 16 5. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each cathodic test station to be r" 19 abandoned. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 22 and measured as provided under"Measurement" shall be paid for at the 23 unit price bid per each"Abandon Cathodic Test Station". 24 c. The price bid shall include: .. 25 1) Abandon cathodic test station 26 2) CLSM 27 3) Pavement removal 28 4) Excavation 29 5) Hauling 30 6) Disposal of excess materials 31 7) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 32 8) Clean-up 33 B. Water Lines and Appurtenances .. 34 1. Installation of a Water Line Pressure Plug 35 a. Measurement 36 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each pressure plug to be installed. 37 b. Payment 38 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 39 and measured as provided under"Measurement"shall be paid for at the 40 unit price bid for each"Pressure Plug" installed for: 41 a) Various sizes 42 c. The price bid shall include: 43 1) Furnishing and installing pressure plug 44 2) Pavement removal 45 3) Excavation 46 4) Hauling 47 5) Disposal of excess material 48 6) Gaskets 49 7) Bolts and Nuts w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 on 024114-4 UTILITY REMOVAUABANDONMENT Page 4 of 16 r� 1 8) Furnishing,placement and compaction of embedment 2 9) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 3 10) Disinfection 4 11) Testing 5 12) Clean-up 6 2. Abandonment of Water Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug 7 a. Measurement 8 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug 9 installed. •■ 10 b. Payment 11 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 12 and measured as provided under"Measurement"shall be paid for at the 13 unit price bid for each"Water Abandonment Plug" installed for: 14 a) Various sizes 15 c. The price bid shall include: .. 16 1) Furnishing and installing abandonment plug 17 2) Pavement removal 18 3) Excavation 19 4) Hauling ' 20 5) CLSM 21 6) Disposal of excess material 22 7) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 23 8) Clean-up 24 3. Water Valve Removal 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be removed. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item •� 29 and measured as provided under"Measurement" shall be paid for at the 30 unit price bid per each"Remove Water Valve"for: 31 a) Various sizes 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Removal and disposal of valve 34 2) CLSM 35 3) Pavement removal 36 4) Excavation 37 5) Hauling 38 6) Disposal of excess materials ~" 39 7) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 40 8) Clean-up 41 4. Water Valve Removal and Salvage 42 a. Measurement 43 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be removed and 44 salvaged. 45 b. Payment 46 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 47 and measured as provided under"Measurement" shall be paid for at the .. 48 unit price bid per each"Salvage Water Valve"for: 49 a) Various sizes CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,20I2 A., 0241 14-5 UTILITY REMOVAUABANDONMENT Page 5 of 16 1 c. The price bid shall include: 2 1) Removal and Salvage of valve 3 2) CLSM 4 3) Delivery to City 5 4) Pavement removal 6 5) Excavation 7 6) Hauling 8 7) Disposal of excess materials 9 8) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 10 9) Clean-up 11 5. Water Valve Abandonment .. 12 a. Measurement 13 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water valve to be abandoned. 14 b. Payment 15 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 16 and measured as provided under"Measurement"shall be paid for at the 17 unit price bid per each"Abandon Water Valve"for: 18 a) Various Sizes 19 c. The price bid shall include: 20 1) Abandonment of valve 21 2) CLSM �. 22 3) Pavement removal 23 4) Excavation 24 5) Hauling 25 6) Disposal of excess materials 26 7) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 27 8) Clean-up �,. 28 6. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 29 a. Measurement 30 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each fire hydrant to be removed. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 33 and measured as provided under"Measurement"shall be paid for at the 34 unit price bid per each"Salvage Fire Hydrant". 35 c. The price bid shall include: 36 1) Removal and salvage of fire hydrant 37 2) Delivery to City 38 3) Pavement removal 39 4) Excavation 40 5) Hauling 41 6) Disposal of excess materials 42 7) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 43 8) Clean-up -- 44 7. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 45 a. Measurement 46 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water meter to be removed and 47 salvaged. 48 b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 .w Revised December 20,2012 .. 0241 14-6 UTILITY REMOVAUABANDONMENT Page 6 of 16 as 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 2 and measured as provided under"Measurement"shall be paid for at the 3 unit price bid per each"Salvage Water Meter"for: .m 4 a) Various sizes 5 2) If a"Water Meter Service Relocate" is performed in accordance with 6 Section 33 12 10,removal and salvage or disposal of the existing(2-inch or .. 7 smaller)water meter shall be subsidiary to the cost of the"Water Meter 8 Service Relocate",no other compensation will be allowed. 9 c. The price bid shall include: 10 1) Removal and salvage of water meter 11 2) Delivery to City 12 3) Pavement removal 13 4) Excavation 14 5) Hauling 15 6) Disposal of excess materials 16 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 17 8) Clean-up 18 8. Water Sampling Station Removal and Salvage 19 a. Measurement 20 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each water sampling station to be 21 removed. 22 b. Payment .. 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 24 and measured as provided under"Measurement" shall be paid for at the 25 unit price bid per each "Salvage Water Sampling Station". �.. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Removal and salvage of water sampling station 28 2) Delivery to City 29 3) Pavement removal 30 4) Excavation 31 5) Hauling 32 6) Disposal of excess materials 33 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 34 8) Clean-up 35 9. Concrete Water Vault Removal .. 36 a. Measurement 37 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each concrete water vault to be 38 removed. 39 b. Payment 40 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 41 and measured as provided under"Measurement" shall be paid for at the 42 unit price bid per each"Remove Concrete Water Vault". 43 c. The price bid shall include: 44 1) Removal and disposal of concrete water vault •■ 45 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 46 3) Removal, salvage and delivery of any valves to City, if applicable 47 4) Removal, salvage and delivery of any water meters to City, if applicable 48 5) Pavement removal 49 6) Excavation CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 .,,, AN 024114-7 UTILITY REMOVAL/ABANDONMENT Page 7 of 16 1 7) Hauling 2 8) Disposal of excess materials 3 9) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 4 10) Clean-up 5 C. Sanitary Sewer Lines and Appurtenances 6 1. Abandonment of Sanitary Sewer Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug 7 a. Measurement 8 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug 9 installed. 10 b. Payment 11 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 12 and measured as provided under"Measurement" shall be paid for at the 13 unit price bid for each"Sewer Abandonment Plug"for: 14 a) Various sizes rr 15 c. The price bid shall include: 16 1) Furnishing and installing abandonment plug 17 2) Pavement removal 18 3) Excavation 19 4) Hauling 20 5) CLSM 21 6) Disposal of excess material ` 22 7) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 23 8) Clean-up 24 2. Sanitary Sewer Manhole Removal 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each sanitary sewer manhole to be 27 removed. 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 30 and measured as provided under"Measurement"shall be paid for at the ® 31 unit price bid per each"Remove Sewer Manhole"for: 32 a) Various diameters 33 c. The price bid shall include: w 34 1) Removal and disposal of manhole 35 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 36 3) Cutting and plugging of existing sewer lines 37 4) Pavement removal 38 5) Excavation 39 6) Hauling 40 7) Disposal of excess materials 41 8) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 42 9) Clean-up 43 3. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure Removal 44 a. Measurement 45 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each sanitary sewer junction 46 structure being removed. 47 b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w. 024114-8 UTILITY REMOVAUABANDONMENT Page 8 of 16 �r 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 2 and measured as provided under"Measurement"shall be paid for at the 3 lump sum bid per each"Remove Sewer Junction Box"location. *� 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Removal and disposal of junction box 6 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City. .�• 7 3) Pavement removal 8 4) Excavation 9 5) Hauling 10 6) Disposal of excess materials 11 7) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 12 8) Clean-up 13 D. Storm Sewer Lines and Appurtenances 14 1. Abandonment of Storm Sewer Line by Cut and installation of Abandonment Plug 15 a. Measurement ^ 16 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each cut and abandonment plug to 17 be installed. 18 b. Payment . 19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 20 and measured as provided under"Measurement" shall be paid for at the 21 unit price bid for each"Storm Abandonment Plug" installed for: 22 a) Various sizes 23 c. The price bid shall include: 24 1) Furnishing and installing abandonment plug 25 2) Pavement removal 26 3) Excavation 27 4) Hauling 28 5) CLSM 29 6) Disposal of excess material 30 7) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 31 8) Clean-up -- 32 2. Storm Sewer Manhole Removal 33 a. Measurement 34 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer manhole to be +r 35 removed. 36 b. Payment 37 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item .. 38 and measured as provided under"Measurement" shall be paid for at the 39 unit price bid per each"Remove Manhole Riser"for: 40 a) Various sizes 41 c. The price bid shall include: 42 1) Removal and disposal of manhole 43 2) Removal,salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 44 3) Pavement removal 45 4) Excavation 46 5) Hauling 47 6) Disposal of excess materials 48 7) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 49 8) Clean-up CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 s. 024114-9 UTILITY REMOVAUABANDONMENT Page 9 of 16 1 3. Storm Sewer Junction Box Removal 2 a. Measurement '^ 3 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer junction structure 4 to be removed. 5 b. Payment .. 6 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 7 and measured as provided under"Measurement"shall be paid for at the 8 unit price bid per each"Remove Storm Junction Box"for: 9 a) Various sizes 10 c. The price bid shall include: 11 1) Removal and disposal of junction box 12 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 13 3) Pavement removal 14 4) Excavation 15 5) Hauling 16 6) Disposal of excess materials 17 7) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 18 8) Clean-up 19 4. Storm Sewer Junction Structure Removal 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer junction structure 22 being removed. 23 b. Payment 24 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item rw 25 and measured as provided under"Measurement"shall be paid for at the 26 lump sum bid per each"Remove Storm Junction Structure" location. 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 1) Removal and disposal of junction structure 29 2) Removal, salvage and delivery of frame and cover to City, if applicable 30 3) Pavement removal 31 4) Excavation 32 5) Hauling 33 6) Disposal of excess materials 34 7) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 00 35 8) Clean-up 36 5. Storm Sewer Inlet Removal 37 a. Measurement 38 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each storm sewer inlet to be 39 removed. 40 b. Payment 41 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 42 and measured as provided under"Measurement"shall be paid for at the 43 unit price bid per each"Remove Storm Inlet" for: Am 44 a) Various types 45 b) Various sizes 46 c. The price bid shall include: 47 1) Removal and disposal of inlet 48 2) Pavement removal 49 3) Excavation CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ,r 0241 14-10 UTILITY REMOVALIABANDONMENT Page 10 of 16 1 4) Hauling 2 5) Disposal of excess materials 3 6) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 4 7) Clean-up 5 6. Storm Sewer Junction Box Removal 6 a. Measurement " 7 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of existing storm sewer 8 box to be removed. 9 b. Payment .. 10 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 11 and measured as provided under"Measurement' shall be paid for at the 12 unit price bid per linear foot of"Remove Storm Junction Box"for all sizes. .- 13 c. The price bid shall include: 14 1) Removal and disposal of Storm Sewer Box 15 2) Pavement removal 16 3) Excavation 17 4) Hauling 18 5) Disposal of excess materials 19 6) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 20 7) Clean-up 21 7. Headwall/SET Removal 22 a. Measurement 23 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each headwall or safety end 24 treatment(SET)to be removed. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 27 and measured as provided under"Measurement' shall be paid for at the 28 unit price bid per each"Remove HeadwalUSET". -- 29 c. The price bid shall include: 30 1) Removal and disposal of HeadwalUSET 31 2) Pavement removal ... 32 3) Excavation 33 4) Hauling 34 5) Disposal of excess materials „ 35 6) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 36 7) Clean-up 37 8. Trench Drain Removal 38 a. Measurement 39 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per linear foot of storm sewer trench 40 drain to be removed. 41 b. Payment 42 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 43 and measured as provided under"Measurement'shall be paid for at the 44 unit price bid per linear foot of"Remove Trench Drain'for: 45 a) Various sizes 46 c. The price bid shall include: 47 1) Removal and disposal of storm sewer line 48 2) Pavement removal 49 3) Excavation CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 0241 14-11 UTILITY REMOVAUABANDONMENT Page 11 of 16 1 4) Hauling 2 5) Disposal of excess materials 3 6) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 4 7) Clean-up 5 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 6 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 7 A. Coordination 8 1. Contact Inspector and the Water Department Field Operation Storage Yard for 9 coordination of salvage material return. 10 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 15 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 16 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 17 1. Protect and salvage all materials such that no damage occurs during delivery to the 18 City. 19 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 20 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 21 PART 2- PRODUCTS 22 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] W 23 2.2 MATERIALS 24 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 25 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26 PART 3- EXECUTION 27 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 28 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 29 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 30 3.4 REMOVAL,SALVAGE,AND ABANDONMENT 31 A. General CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 ... Revised December 20,2012 am 0241 14-12 UTILITY REMOVAUABANDONMENT Page 12 of 16 fflft 1 1. Manhole Abandonment 2 a. All manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be removed unless 3 specifically requested and/or approved by City. 4 b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 5 c. Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover as coordinated with City. 6 d. Deliver salvaged material to the City. * ► 7 e. Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned. 8 f. Backfill manhole void in accordance with City Standard Details. 9 B. Water Lines and Appurtenances " 10 1. Water Line Pressure Plugs 11 a. Ductile Iron Water Lines 12 1) Excavate,embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 13 2) Plug with an MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in accordance 14 with Section 33 11 11. 15 3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 16 b. PVC C900 and C905 Water Lines 17 1) Excavate,embed,and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 18 2) Plug with an MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in accordance .. 19 with Section 33 11 11. 20 3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 21 c. Concrete Pressure Pipe,Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type Water Lines 22 1) Excavate,embed,and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10 23 2) Plug using: 24 a) A fabricated plug restrained by welding or by a Snap Ring in 25 accordance with Section 33 11 13; or .. 26 b) A blind flange in accordance with Section 33 11 13 27 3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. 28 d. Buried Steel Water Lines 29 1) Excavate,embed,and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 30 2) Plug using: 31 a) A fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 33 **" 32 11 14; or 33 b) A blind flange in accordance with Section 33 11 14 34 3) Perform Cut and Plug in accordance with Section 33 12 25. �. 35 2. Water Line Abandonment Plug 36 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 37 b. Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. .. 38 3. Water Line Abandonment by Grouting 39 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 40 b. Dewater from existing line to be grouted. .. 41 c. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24 42 or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13. 43 d. Dispose of any excess material. , 44 4. Water Line Removal 45 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 46 b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal. �.. 47 c. Cut any services prior to removal. 48 d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 Oft 0241 14-13 UTILITY REMOVAUABANDONMENT Page 13 of 16 1 5. Water Valve Removal 2 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 3 b. Remove and dispose of valve bonnet,wedge and stem. 4 c. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 5 6. Water Valve Removal and Salvage ■' 6 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 7 b. Remove valve bonnet,wedge and stem. 8 c. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage •. 9 Yard. 10 d. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 11 e. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. ®. 12 7. Water Valve Abandonment 13 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 14 b. Remove the top 2 feet of the valve stack and any valve extensions. „f 15 c. Fill the remaining valve stack with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 16 8. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 17 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 18 b. Remove Fire Hydrant. 19 c. Place abandonment plug on fire hydrant lead line. 20 d. Deliver salvaged fire hydrant to the Water Department Field Operation Storage 21 Yard. 22 e. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 23 9. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 24 a. Remove and salvage water meter. 25 b. Return salvaged meter to Project Representative. 26 c. City will provide replacement meter for installation. 27 d. Meter Box and Lid 28 1) Remove and salvage cast iron meter box lid. 29 2) Remove and dispose of any non-cast iron meter box lid. 30 3) Return salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage 31 Yard. 32 4) Remove and dispose of meter box. 33 10. Water Sample Station Removal and Salvage 34 a. Remove and salvage existing water sample station. 35 b. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage 36 Yard. 37 11. Concrete Water Vault Removal 38 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 39 b. Remove and salvage vault lid. *+� 40 c. Remove and salvage valves. 41 d. Remove and salvage meters. 42 e. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage ... 43 Yard. 44 £ Remove and dispose of any piping or other appurtenances. 45 g. Demolish and remove entire concrete vault. 46 h. Dispose of all excess materials. 47 12. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 48 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 ,,,, Revised December 20,2012 0241 14-14 UTILITY REMOVALIABANDONMENT Page 14 of 16 �. 1 b. Remove the top 2 feet of the cathodic test station stack and contents. 2 c. Fill any remaining voids with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 3 C. Sanitary Sewer Lines and Appurtenances 4 1. Sanitary Sewer Line Abandonment Plug 5 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 6 b. Remove and dispose of any sewage. 7 c. Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 8 2. Sanitary Sewer Line Abandonment by Grouting 9 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 10 b. Dewater and dispose of any sewage from the existing line to be grouted. 11 c. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24 12 or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13. 13 d. Dispose of any excess material. 14 3. Sanitary Sewer Line Removal 15 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 16 b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal. 17 c. Cut any services prior to removal. 18 d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 19 4. Sanitary Sewer Manholes Removal 20 a. All sanitary sewer manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be 21 removed unless specifically requested and/or approved by City. 22 b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 23 c. Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover. 24 d. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage. 25 e. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. 26 f. Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned. 27 5. Sanitary Sewer Junction Structure Removal 28 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 29 b. Remove and salvage manhole frame and cover. 30 c. Deliver salvaged material to the Water Department Field Operation Storage. 31 d. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. 32 e. Cut and plug sewer lines to be abandoned. 33 D. Storm Sewer Lines and Appurtenances 34 1. Storm Sewer Abandonment Plug 35 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 36 b. Dewater line. 37 c. Plug with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 38 2. Storm Sewer Line Abandonment by Grouting 39 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 40 b. Dewater the existing line to be grouted. 41 c. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 24 42 or CLSM in accordance with 03 34 13. 43 d. Dispose of any excess material. 44 3. Storm Sewer Line Removal 45 a.- Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 46 b. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 47 4. Storm Sewer Manhole Removal CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 r, so 0241 14-15 UTILITY REMOVALIABANDONMENT Page 15 of 16 1 a. All storm sewer manholes that are to be taken out of service are to be removed 2 unless specifically requested and/or approved by City. 3 b. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 4 c. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. 5 d. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 6 5. Storm Sewer Junction Box and/or Junction Structure Removal 7 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 8 b. Demolish and remove entire concrete structure. w. 9 c. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 10 6. Storm Sewer Inlet Removal 11 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. ..r 12 b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet. 13 c. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 14 7. Storm Sewer Box Removal .■ 15 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 16 b. Cut existing line from the utility system prior to removal. 17 c. Cut any services prior to removal. 18 d. Remove existing pipe line and properly dispose as approved by City. 19 8. Headwall/SET Removal 20 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. ;., 21 b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet. 22 c. Cut and plug storm sewer lines to be abandoned. 23 9. Storm Sewer Trench Drain Removal ,,. 24 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 10. 25 b. Remove existing pipe line and dispose as approved by City. 26 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 27 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 32 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 33 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 34 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 35 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 36 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 on 024114-16 UULITY REMOVAUABANDONMENT Page 16 of 16 MM 1 END OF SECTION Revision Log " DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.2.C.3.c.—Include Frame and Cover in Payment description �.. 12/20/12 D.Johnson Throughout—added abandonment of storm and sewer manholes when requested and/or approved by City 2 e.R own rr rr r CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ,.r Division 03 CONCRETE a SECTION 03100 SUPPLEMENTAL CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install concrete formwork. The Work also includes: a. Providing openings in formwork to accommodate the Work under this and other Sections and building into the formwork all items such as sleeves, anchor bolts, inserts and all other items to be embedded in concrete for which placement is not specifically provided under other Sections. B. Coordination: -- 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the installation of items that must be installed with the formwork. 2. Coordinate formwork specifications herein with the requirements for finished surfaces specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-In-Place Concrete. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 03200, Supplemental Concrete Reinforcement. 2. Section 03251, Concrete Joints. 3. Section 03 30 00, Cast-In-Place Concrete. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. CONTRACTOR shall examine the substratum and the conditions under which concrete formwork is to be performed, and notify the ENGINEER, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. B. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. Where conflicts may occur between the reference standards, the more restrictive provisions shall apply. 1. ACI 117, Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 2. ACI 301, Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete. 3. ACI 318/318R, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. 4. ACI 347, Guide for Concrete Formwork. 5. ASTM C 805, Test Method for Rebound Number of Hardened Concrete. 6. US Product Standard, PS-1-83 for Construction and Industrial Plywood. C. Allowable Tolerances: 1. Construct formwork to provide completed concrete surfaces complying with tolerances specified in ACI 347, Chapter 3, except as otherwise specified. 2. Construct formwork to provide completed concrete surfaces complying with the following tolerances: �^- a. Vertical alignment: 1) Lines, surfaces and arises less than 100 feet in height-maximum 1 inch not to exceed a 1/2" in any 10-feet. 2) Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete exposed to view less than 100 feet in height- 1/2 inch. 3) Lines, surfaces and arises greater than 100 feet in height- 1/1000 times the height but not more than 6 inches. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE Supplemental Concrete Framework CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03100-1 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 b. Lateral alignment: 1) Members- 1 inch. 2) Centerline of openings 12 inches or smaller and edge location of larger openings in slabs- 1/2 inch. 3) Saw cuts,joints, and weakened plane embedment(s) in slabs -3/4 inch. c. Level alignment: 1) Elevation of slabs-on-grade- maximum 3/4 inch not to exceed %-inch in any 10-feet. 2) Elevation of top surfaces of formed slabs before removal of shores -3/4 inch. 3) Elevation of formed surfaces before removal of shores -3/4 inch. 4) Lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other lines exposed to view- 1/2 inch. d. Cross-sectional dimensions: Overall dimensions of beams,joists, and columns and -- thickness of walls and slabs. 1) 12 inch dimension or less- plus 3/8 inch to minus 1/4 inch. 2) Greater than 12 inch to 3 foot dimension - plus 1/2 inch to minus 3/8 inch. 3) Greater than 3 foot dimension- plus 1 inch to minus 3/4 inch. e. Relative alignment: 1) Stairs: (a) Difference in width between adjacent risers - 1/8 inch. .— (b) Difference in width between adjacent treads - 1/4 inch. (c) Maximum difference in height between risers in a flight of stairs -3/8 inch. (d) Maximum difference in width between treads in a flight of stairs - 3/8 inch. 2) Grooves: (a) Specified width 2 inches or less - 1/8 inch. (b) Specified width between 2 inches and 12 inches - 1/4 inch 3) Vertical alignment of outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joint grooves in concrete exposed to view - 1/4 inch in 10 feet not to exceed 3/4 inch. 4) All other conditions- 3/8 inch in 10 feet. 5) Offsets between pieces of formwork facing material: (a) Class A - Architecturally or prominently exposed surfaces - 1/8 inch gradual or abrupt. (b) Class B - Surfaces to receive plaster or stucco - 1/4 inch gradual or abrupt. (c) Class C - Exposed surfaces in generally unfinished spaces - 1/4 inch abrupt, 1/2 inch gradual. (d) Class D -Concealed surfaces- 1/2 inch gradual or abrupt. D. CONTRACTOR shall install all formwork and accessories for all facilities in accordance with manufacturers' instructions. E. When high range water reducer(superplasticizer) is used in concrete mix,forms shall be designed for full hydrostatic pressure in accordance with ACI 347. F. Make joints in forms watertight. G. Limit panel deflection to 1/360th of each component span to achieve tolerances specified. _. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: 1. Form Ties: Proposed method of sealing and water-stopping form tie hole. Coordinate with Drawing details. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE Supplemental Concrete Framework CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03100-2 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 ,,. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit for approval the following: a. Taper tie installation, removal, and hole repair materials and procedures. 2. Submit for information purposes the following: a. Copies of manufacturer's data and installation instructions for proprietary materials, including form coatings, manufactured form systems, ties and accessories. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. On delivery to job site, place materials in area protected from weather, in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. B. Store materials above ground on framework or blocking. Cover wood for form s and other accessory materials with protective waterproof covering. Provide for adequate air circulation or ventilation. Store materials in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. C. Handle materials to prevent damage in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Formwork Designer: Formwork, falsework, and shoring design shall be by an engineer licensed in the state of Texas. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms for Smooth Finish Concrete: 1. Unless otherwise shown or specified, construct formwork for smooth concrete surfaces with plywood, metal, metal-framed plywood-faced, or other panel type materials acceptable to ENGINEER, to provide continuous, straight, smooth as-cast surfaces with no wood grain or other surface texture imparted by the formwork. Furnish in largest practical sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown or specified. Provide form material with sufficient thickness to with stand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection. B. Forms for Standard Finish Concrete: ... 1. Form concrete surfaces designated to have a standard formed finish with plywood, lumber, metal, or other acceptable material. Provide lumber that is dressed on at least two edge s and one side. C. Cylindrical Columns and Supports: 1. Form round-section members with paper or fiber tubes, constructed of laminated plies using water-resistant type adhesive with wax-impregnated exterior for weather and moisture protection. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist loads imposed by wet concrete without deformation. a. Provide manufacturer's seamless units to minimize spiral gaps or seams. 2. Fiberglass or steel forms may be used for cylindrical columns, if approved by ENGINEER. D. Form Ties: 1. Provide factory-fabricated, removable or snap off metal form ties, designed to prevent form deflection, and to prevent spalling of concrete surfaces upon removal. Materials used for tying forms will be subject to approval of ENGINEER. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE Supplemental Concrete Framework CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03100-3 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 2. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide ties so that portion remaining within concrete after removal of exterior parts is at least 1.5-inch from the outer concrete surface. Provide form ties that will leave a hole no larger than 1-inch diameter in the concrete surface. 3. Ties for exterior walls, be low grade walls, fluid containment walls, and walls subject to hydrostatic pressure shall have water stops. 4. All ties shall leave a uniform, circular hole when forms are removed. 5. Provide stainless steel form ties for planned exposed tie hole locations,where shown on the Drawings. When used, tiebreak back point shall be at least 1-inch from outer concrete surface. 6. Wire ties are not acceptable. E. Form Release Agent: 1. Material: Release agent shall not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces, and »» shall not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces when applied to forms or form liners. A ready-to-use water based material formulated to reduce or eliminate sun` ace imperfections, containing no mineral oil or organic solvents. Environmentally safe, meeting local, state, and federal regulations and can be used in potable water facilities (NSF 61 approved). 2. Manufacturers and Products: a. Master Builders, Inc.; Rheofinish. b. Cresset Chemical Company; Crete-Lease 20-VOC. c. Or Engineer approved equal. 2.2 DESIGN OF FORMWORK A. Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork so that it shall safely support vertical and lateral loads that might be applied, until such loads can be supported by the concrete structure. Carry vertical and lateral loads to ground by formwork system or in-place construction that has attained adequate strength for this purpose. Construct formwork so that concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position. B. Design forms and falsework to include values of live load, dead load, weight of moving equipment operated on formwork, concrete mix, height of concrete drop, vibrator frequency, ambient temperature, foundation pressures, stresses, lateral stability, and other factors pertinent to safety of structure during construction. C. Provide shores and struts with positive means of adjustment capable of taking up form work settlement during concrete placing operations, using wedges or jacks or a combination thereof. .. Provide trussed supports when adequate foundations for shores and struts cannot be secured. D. Support form facing materials by structural members spaced sufficiently close to prevent beyond tolerance deflection, in accordance with ACI 117. Fit forms placed in successive units for continuous surfaces to accurate alignment, free from irregularities and within allowable tolerances. For long span members without intermediate supports, provide camber in formwork as required for anticipated deflections resulting from weight and pressure of fresh concrete and construction loads. E. Design formwork to be readily removable without impact, shock or damage to concrete surfaces and adjacent materials. F. Provide formwork sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of cement paste during concrete placement. Solidly butt joints and provide backup material at joints as required to prevent leakage and fins. G. Omit side forms of footings and place concrete directly against excavation only when formally requested by CONTRACTOR, in writing, and accepted by ENGINEER, in writing. When omission of forms is accepted, provide additional concrete required beyond the minimum design profiles Ec VILLAGE WHOLESALE Supplemental Concrete Framework CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03100-4 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 .. and dimensions of the footings as detailed. No additional compensation will be made to CONTRACTOR for additional concrete required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. CONTRACTOR shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which Work is to be performed and notify ENGINEER, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. B. Formwork that is excessively worn, damaged, rusting or otherwise incapable of producing straight and plumb surfaces will be rejected by the Owner, and new forms acceptable to the Owner will be supplied at the Contractor's expense. 3.2 FORM CONSTRUCTION A. Construct forms complying with the requirements of ACI 347, to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown, as required to obtain accurate alignment, location and grades to tolerances specified, and to obtain level and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, key ways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Finish shall be as determined by approved mock-up or sample panel, where requested by the Owner and as specified. B. Fabricate forms for easy removal without damaging concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where the slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling and assure ease of removal. C. Provide temporary openings where interior area of form work is inaccessible for cleanout, for inspection before concrete placement, and for placement of concrete. Brace temporary closures and set tightly to forms to prevent loss of cement paste. Locate temporary openings on forms in locations as inconspicuous as possible, consistent with requirements of the Work. Form intersecting planes of openings to provide true, clean-cut corners, with edge grain of plywood not exposed as form for concrete. D. Falsework: 1. Erect falsework and support, brace and maintain it to safely support vertical, lateral and asymmetrical loads applied until such loads can be supported by in-place concrete structures. Construct falsework so that adjustments can be made for take-up and settlement. 2. Provide wedges,jacks or camber strips to facilitate vertical adjustments. Carefully inspect falsework and formwork during and after concrete placement operations to determine abnormal deflection or signs of failure; make necessary adjustments to produce finished Work of required dimensions. E. Forms for Smooth Finish Concrete: 1. Do not use metal cover plates for patching holes or defects in forms. 2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible edges or offsets. Back joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square intersections. 3. Use extra studs, walers and bracing to prevent bowing of forms between studs and to avoid bowed appearance in concrete. Do not use narrow strips of form material that will produce bow. Exposed surfaces that visually exhibit bows in forms will be rejected and replaced where directed by the Engineer. 4. Assemble forms so they may be readily removed without damage to exposed concrete �. surfaces. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE Supplemental Concrete Framework CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03100-5 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 5. Form molding shapes, recesses, rustication joints and projections with smooth-finish materials, and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent displacement. F. Corner Treatment: 1. Form exposed corners of beams, walls, foundations, bases and columns to produce smooth, solid, unbroken lines, except as otherwise shown. Exposed corners shall be chamfered. 2. Form chamfers with 3/4-inch by 3/4-inch strips, unless otherwise shown, accurately formed and surfaced to produce uniformly straight lines and tight edge joints. Use rigid PVC chamfers for all architecturally formed concrete. Extend terminal edges to required limit and miter chamfer strips at changes in direction. 3. Reentrant and unexposed corners may be formed either square or chamfered. G. Joints: 1. Refer to Section 03251 of these Specifications for treatment of joints. Locate as shown on the Drawings and specified. H. Openings and Built-In Work: 1. Provide openings in concrete formwork shown or required by other Sections. Refer to Paragraph 1.1.B., above,for the requirements of coordination. 2. Accurately place and securely support items to be built into forms. I. Sealing Formwork: 1. All formwork joints shall be tight fitting or otherwise sealed to prevent loss of cement paste. 2. All formwork, which rests against concrete surfaces, shall be provided with a compressible gasket material between the concrete and edge of form to fill any irregularities and create a tight seal. J. Cleaning and Tightening: 1. Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is to be placed. Retighten forms immediately after concrete placement, as required to eliminate cement paste leaks. 3.3 FORM COATINGS A. Coat form contact surfaces with a non-staining form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Do not allow excess form coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with surfaces which will be bonded to fresh concrete. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust-preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust-stained steel formwork is not acceptable and shall be replaced by the Contractor where directed by the Owner. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Set and build into the formwork, anchorage devices and other embedded items, shown, specified or required by other Sections. Refer to Paragraph 1.1.B., above, for the requirements of coordination. Use necessary setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and directions. B. Edge Forms and Screeds Strips for Slabs: 1. Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in the finished slab surface. Provide and secure units to support screeds. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Before concrete placement, CONTRACTOR shall check the formwork, including tolerances, lines, -•` EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE Supplemental Concrete Framework CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03100-6 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 ties, tie cones, and form coatings. CONTRACTOR shall make corrections and adjustments to ensure proper size and location of concrete members and stability of forming systems. B. During concrete placement CONTRACTOR shall check formwork and related supports to ensure that forms are not displaced and that completed Work shall be within specified tolerances. -- C. If CONTRACTOR finds that forms are unsatisfactory in any way, either before or during placing of concrete, placement of concrete shall be postponed or stopped until the defects have been corrected and reviewed by ENGINEER. 3.6 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Conform to the requirements of ACI 301, Section 2 and ACI 347, Chapter 3.7, except as specified below. Ambient Temperature (F) 70°F-950F 60°F -70°F 50°F-60°F Below 50°F a. Walls' 2 days 2 days 3 days Do not remove b. Columns' 2 days 3 days 4 days forms until site- c. Beam/Soffits' 4 days 5 days 6 days cured test cylinder d. Slabs 5 in. thick or less 5 days 6 days 7 days Develops 75% of e. Slabs over 5 in. thick 5 days 6 days 7 days 28-day strength. 1 Formwork not supporting concrete, such as side forms for beams, walls, and columns, may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit (10 degrees Celsius) for 12 hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal, and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Removal of Forms and Supports: Continue curing in accordance with Section 03300, Cast-In- Place Concrete. C. When high-early strength concrete is specified, a schedule for removal of forms will be developed in the field from the age/strength relationships established for the materials and proportions used by tests in accordance with ACI 301. D. Form facing material shall remain in place a minimum of four days after concrete placement, unless otherwise approved by.ENGINEER. E. Results of suitable control tests of field-cured specimens may be used as evidence that the concrete has attained sufficient strength and that supporting forms and shoring may be removed prior to the periods indicated herein. F. The time for removal of all forms will be subject to ENGINEER'S approval. ,. 3.7 PERMANENT SHORES A. Provide permanent shores as defined in ACI 347. B. Reshores shall not be permitted. 3.8 RE-USE OF FORMS A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re-used in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated or ... otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable. Apply new form coating EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE Supplemental Concrete Framework CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03100-7 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 compound material to concrete contact surfaces as specified for new formwork. B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close all joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use"patched"forms. Form surfaces shall be subject to ENGINEER and OWNER approval. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE Supplemental Concrete Framework CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03100-8 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 SECTION 03200 SUPPLEMENTAL CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 GENERAL - 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install concrete reinforcement. 2. The extent of concrete reinforcement is shown. 3. The Work includes fabrication and placement of reinforcement including bars, ties and supports, and welded wire fabric for concrete, encasements and fireproofing. B. Related Sections: 1 Section 03 30 00, Cast-in-Place Concrete. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. ASTM A82, Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A184, Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ASTM A185, Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain,for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. ASTM A496, Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed,for Concrete Reinforcement. 5. ASTM A497, Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 6. ASTM A615, Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 7. ASTM A706, Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 8. ASTM A775, Specification for Epoxy-Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars. 9. ACI 315, Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures. 10. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 11. ACI 350, Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. 12 ACI SP66, Detailing Manual. 13. CRSI 1 MSP, Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) Manual of Standard Practice. B. Allowable Placing Tolerances: Comply with ACI 318, Chapter 7- Details of Reinforcement unless specified otherwise shown in the Drawings. C. Subcontractor: At least three projects utilizing similar methods and materials within the last three years. Installer shall be trained and certified by the adhesive manufacturer for drilled dowels. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: ... 1. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for all materials and reinforcement accessories. 2. Drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315, Parts A and B. For walls, show elevations of each wall to depict reinforcing. For slabs, show top and bottom reinforcing on separate plan views. Show bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangements and assemblies, as required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement unless otherwise noted. Splices shall EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE Supplemental Concrete Reinforcing CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03200-1 .,. CITY PROJECT NO.02302 be kept to a minimum. Splices in regions of maximum tension stresses shall be avoided whenever possible. 3. Drawings detailing the location of all construction, contraction and expansion joints as required under Section 03251, Concrete Joints, shall be submitted and approved before Shop Drawings for reinforcing steel are submitted. Reinforcing submittals not showing jointing will be rejected. B. Certificates: 1. Submit one copy of steel producer's certificates of mill analysis, tensile and bend tests for reinforcing steel. C. Adhesive for Drilled Dowels: 1. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's catalog information. b. Manufacturer's instructions for preparation, placement, drilling of holes, installation, and handling of cartridges, nozzles and equipment. c. Contact for manufacturer including name, telephone number, and address. , d. Manufacturer's Certificate of Proper Installation e. Manufacturer's written letter of certification identifying installer's qualifications to install the product. f. Doweling system ICBO Reports. g. Detailed step-by-step instructions for the Special Inspection procedure in accordance with ICBG Reports and IBC. 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver concrete reinforcement materials to the site bundled, tagged and marked. Use metal tags indicating bar size, lengths, and other information corresponding to markings shown on placement diagrams. B. Store concrete reinforcement material at the site such that there is no damage and accumulation of dirt or excessive rust. Store on heavy wood blocking so that no part of it will come in contact with the ground. C. Store adhesives in covered storage area at temperatures according to manufacturer guidelines. 1. Dispose of when the shelf life has expired or where stored other than manufacturer's instructions. 2. Container Markings: Include manufacturer's name, product name, batch number, mix ratio by volume, product expiration date, ANSI hazard classification, and appropriate ANSI handling procedures. PART 2 PRODUCTS -- 2.01 MATERIALS A. Reinforcing Bars: Provide Grade 60 standard reinforcing bars . B. Mechanical Couplers 1. Where permitted in writing by the ENGINEER, mechanical couplers may be used. This connection shall be a full mechanical connection which shall develop in tension or compression, as required, at least 125 percent of specified yield strength (fy) of the bar in accordance with ACI 318. Submit manufacturer ICBO report. 2. Mechanical threaded couplers shall be: a. Lenton Taper Threaded Rebar Couplers by Erico, Inc. b. Lenton Form Saver Couplers by Erico, Inc. C. Cadweld Rebar Coupler by Erico, Inc. -- EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE Supplemental Concrete Reinforcing CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03200-2 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 d. or Engineer approved equal. C. Steel Wire:ASTM A 82. D. Welded Smooth Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185. 1. Furnish in flat sheets, not rolls. E. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place. 1. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice" recommendations, except as specified below. Do not use wood, brick, or other unacceptable materials. 2. For slabs on grade, use precast concrete blocks, 4-inch square in plan, with embedded tie wire as specified by CRSI, "Manual of Standard Practice". The precast concrete blocks shall have the same or higher compressive strength as specified for the concrete in which they are located. 3. For all concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports complying with CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice"as follows: a. At formed surfaces in contact with soil, weather, or liquid or located above liquid, supports shall be CRSI Class 1 for maximum protection. The plastic coating on the legs shall extend at least 1/2-inch upward from the form surface. b. At interior dry surfaces (not located above liquid), supports shall be either Class 1 or Class 2 for moderate protection. c. At formed surfaces with an architectural or prominently exposed finish, use stainless steel protected legs (Type B). 4. Over waterproof membranes, use precast concrete chairs. F. Drilled Dowels 1. Adhesive material for drilled dowels shall be a two-part epoxy adhesive. The resin shall be a high modulus, moisture insensitive type. The adhesive shall be packaged in a cartridge type dispensing system with a mixing nozzle. The adhesive shall be formulated to maintain its bond and integrity under continuous submergence by water. The adhesive anchoring systems shall have an ultimate capacity in excess of 125 percent of the yield strength of the reinforcing steel at an embedment of 12 bar diameters. 2. Adhesive systems shall be: a. HIT RE 500, manufactured by Hilti Corporation. b. Acrylic-Tie or Epoxy-Tie ET, manufactured by Simpson. 2.02 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to required shapes and dimensions, with -. fabrication tolerances complying with CRSI, "Manual of Standard Practice In case of fabricating errors, do not re-bend or straighten reinforcement in a manner that will damage or weaken the material. B. Unacceptable Materials: Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not be permitted in the Work: 1. Bar lengths, bends, and other dimensions exceeding specified fabrication tolerances. 2. Bends or kinks not shown on approved Shop Drawings. 3. Bars with reduced cross-section due to excessive rusting or other cause. 4. Bars that have been field modified or cut without prior approval by the Engineer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE Supplemental Concrete Reinforcing CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03200-3 " CITY PROJECT NO.02302 A. CONTRACTOR shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which concrete reinforcement is to be placed, and notify ENGINEER, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. B. Bars with excessive rust, debris, concrete laitance or other defect shall be removed and replaced where directed by the Owner. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Comply with the applicable recommendations of specified codes and standards, and CRSI, "Manual of Standard Practice",for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports. B. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials which -^ reduce or destroy bond with concrete. Repair any visible pinholing in epoxy coated reinforcing. C. Position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement during formwork construction or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. 1. Place reinforcement to obtain the minimum concrete coverages as shown and as specified in ACI 350. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports together with 16 gage wire to hold reinforcement accurately in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so that twisted ends are directed away from exposed concrete surfaces. 2. Prior to placement of concrete, CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate to ENGINEER that the _ specified cover of reinforcement has been attained, by using a surveying level. 3. Reinforcing steel shall not be secured to forms with wire, nails or other ferrous metal. Metal supports subject to corrosion shall not touch formed or exposed concrete surfaces. 4. Adjusting the location of reinforcing during concrete placement is not permitted. Reinforcing must be firmly secured at specified locations prior to concrete placement. D. Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practical. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with 16-gage wire. Do not make end laps midway between supporting beams, or directly over beams of continuous structures. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps. E. Provide sufficient numbers of supports of strength required to carry reinforcement. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2-inches beyond the last leg of any continuous bar support. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete conveying equipment and similar construction loads. F. Lap Splices: 1. Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping ends, placing bars in contact, and tying tightly with wire. Where spliced bars are not in direct contact, spacing shall not exceed that specified in the Drawings. Comply with requirements shown on the Drawings for minimum lap of spliced bars. G. Mechanical Couplers: 1. Mechanical butt splices shall be in accordance with the recommendation of the manufacturer of the mechanical splicing device. Butt splices shall develop 125 percent of the specified minimum yield tensile strength of the spliced bars or of the smaller bar in transition splices. Bars shall be flame dried before butt splicing. Adequate jigs and clamps or other devices shall be provided to support, align, and hold the longitudinal centerline of the bars to be butt spliced in a straight line. Couplers shall be used only when permitted in writing by the ENGINEER. H. Welded Splices EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE Supplemental Concrete Reinforcing CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03200-4 CITY PROJECT NO.02302 1. Welded splicing of reinforcing is not permitted. Welding of crossing bars (tack welding) for assembly of reinforcement is prohibited. I. Drilled Dowels 1. Drilled dowels shall be reinforcing dowels set in a resin adhesive in a hole drilled into hardened concrete. 2. Holes shall be drilled to the adhesive anchor system manufacturer's recommended diameter and depth to develop the required pullout resistance but shall not be greater in diameter than 1/4-inch more than the nominal bar diameter nor less than 12 times the nominal bar diameter in depth unless specified otherwise in the Drawings. 3. The hole shall be drilled by methods which do not interfere with the proper bonding of the resin. Only masonry type drill bits shall be used. 4. Existing reinforcing steel in the vicinity of proposed holes shall be located prior to drilling. The location of holes to be drilled shall be adjusted to avoid drilling through or nicking any existing reinforcing bars only after approval by the ENGINEER. 5. The hole shall be brushed (non-metallic bristle brush only) and blown clean with clean, dry compressed air to remove all dust and loose particles. 6. Resin shall be injected into the hole through the injection system-mixing nozzle (and any necessary extension tubes) placed to the bottom of the hole. The discharge end shall be withdrawn as resin is placed but kept immersed to prevent formation of air pockets. The hole shall be filled to a depth that ensures that excess material is expelled from the hole during dowel placement. 7. Dowels shall be twisted during insertion into the partially filled hole so as to guarantee full wetting of the bar surface with resin. The bar shall be inserted slowly enough to avoid developing air pockets. 3.03 INSPECTION OF REINFORCEMENT A. Concrete shall not be placed until the reinforcing steel is inspected and permission for placing concrete is granted by the OWNER. All concrete placed in violation of this provision will be rejected. The CONTRACTOR shall give 24-hour written notice to the OWNER's representative prior to reinforcing steel inspection. B. Formwork for walls and other vertical members will not be closed up until the reinforcing steel is ,.. inspected and permission for placing concrete is granted by the OWNER. All concrete placed in violation of this provision will be rejected. C. Testing of Drilled Dowels: The OWNER shall employ a testing agency to perform field quality control testing of the drilled dowel installation. After completion of the manufacturer's recommended curing period and prior to placement of connecting reinforcing, ten percent of drilled dowels installed shall be proof tested for pullout. The drilled dowels shall be tensioned to 60 percent of the specified yield strength. Where dowels are located less than six bar diameters from the edge of concrete, the ENGINEER will determine the tensile load required for the test. If any dowels fail, all installed dowels shall be tested. Dowels that fail shall be reinstalled and retested at CONTRACTOR'S expense. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE Supplemental Concrete Reinforcing CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03200-5 "�^ CITY PROJECT NO.02302 SECTION 03251 CONCRETE JOINTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials,equipment and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install concrete joints. 2. The types of concrete joints required include the following: a. Construction joints. b. Expansion joints. C. Control/contraction joints. d. Isolation joints. e. Waterstops. B. General:All joints subject to hydrostatic pressure or in contact with soil,except non-water bearing slabs-on-grade, shall be provided with continuous waterstop. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 03100,Concrete Formwork. 2. Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement. 3. Section 03 30 00, Cast-In-Place Concrete. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements:Acceptance of pourable joint filler for potable water structures by federal EPA or by state health agency. 1. Pourable Joint Filler: Certified as meeting NSF 61. B. Qualifications:Water stop manufacturer shall demonstrate 5 years, minimum,continuous successful experience in production of specified water stops. C. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. ACI 301. Standard Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. ASTM C 920,Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants. 3. ASTM D 412,Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Rubbers and Thermoplastic Elastomers-Tension. 4. ASTM D 624,Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers. 5. ASTM D 1752, Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 6. ASTM D 2240,Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness. 7. CRD-0572, U.S.Army Corps of Engineers Specifications for Polyvinyl-Chloride Waterstop. 8. ASTM A 240-Test Method for Stainless Steel Physical Properties. 9. ANSI/NSF 61, Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects. 10. COE CEGS-03250 July 1995 Guide Specification for Military Construction. 11, EPA Title 40 CFR Section 265.193. D.All manufactured items shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Shop Drawings:Submit for approval the following: 1. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for all materials required. 2. Manufacturer's literature for waterstops include waterstop profiles with dimensions,shop made fittings,field splice joint detailed instructions, MSDS sheets, installation instructions, and certificate of compliance to specified physical properties. 3. Layout of all construction,contraction and expansion joint locations prior to the submittal of steel reinforcement Shop Drawings. i EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CONCRETE JOINTS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03251- 1 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A.All materials used for joints in concrete shall be stored on platforms or in enclosures and covered �. to prevent contact with the ground and exposure to the weather and direct sunlight. Storage and handling requirements of the manufacturer shall also be followed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 WATERSTOPS A. Polyvinyl Chloride: -.. 1 . Material Requirements: a. Waterstops shall be extruded from an elastomeric polyvinyl chloride compound containing the plasticizers, resins,stabilizers, and other materials necessary to meet the requirements of these Specifications and the requirements of CRD-0572. No reclaimed or scrap material shall be used. b. Tensile strength of finished waterstop: 1400 psi, minimum. C. Ultimate elongation of finished waterstop:280 percent,minimum. d. Minimum thickness shall be 3/8-inch. e. Waterstops shall be centerbulb ribbed type and sized as specified in the Drawings. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Greenstreak, Inc. —' b. Vinylex Corp. 2.2 HYDROPHILIC WATERSTOP MATERIALS A. General Material Properties 1. Hydrophilic waterstop materials shall be bentonite-free and shall expand by a minimum of 80 percent of dry volume in the presence of water to form a watertight joint seal without damaging the concrete in which it is cast. Provide only where indicated in the Contract Documents. 2. The material shall be composed of resins and polymers which absorb water and cause an increase in volume in a completely reversible and repeatable process. The waterstop -- material shall be dimensionally stable after repeated wet-dry cycles with no deterioration of swelling potential. 3. Select materials which are recommended by the manufacturer for the type of liquid to be contained. B. Hydrophilic Rubber Waterstop 1. The minimum cross sectional dimensions shall be 3/16-inch by 3/4-inch.Waterstop shall be capable of withstanding hydrostatic head pressures relevant to the Work but not less than 100-feet of head pressure. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Duroseal Gasket, by BBZ USA, Inc. b. Adeka Ultraseal MC-2010M,by Asahi Denka Kogyo K.K. C. SikaSwell S by the Sika Corporation. C. Hydrophilic Sealant: 1. The hydrophilic sealant shall adhere firmly to concrete, metal,and PVC in dry or damp condition.When cured it shall be elastic indefinitely. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Duroseal Paste,by BBZ USA, Inc. b. Adeka Ultraseal P-201, by Asahi Denka Kogyo K.K. D. Hydrophilic Injection Resin 1. Hydrophilic injection resin shall be acrylate-ester based.The viscosity shall be less than 50 cps.The resin shall be water soluble in its uncured state,solvent free,and non-water reactive. In the cured state it shall form a solid hydrophilic flexible material which is resistant to permanent water pressure and shall not attack bitumen,joint sealants,or concrete. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Duroseal Inject 1K/2K, by BBZ USA, Inc. b. Sika Injection 29, by Sika Corporation. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CONCRETE JOINTS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03251-2 2.3 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION JOINT ROUGHENER A. Provide a water-soluble non-flammable,surface-retardant roughener. B. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Rugasol-S,as manufactured by Sika Corporation for horizontal joints only. 2. Concrete Surface Retarder-Formula S,as manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company,for horizontal joints only. 3. Concrete Surface Retarder-Formula F,as manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company,for vertical joints only. 2.4 EPDXY BONDING AGENT A. Provide a two-component epoxy-resin bonding agent. B. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod LPL,as manufactured by Sika Corporation. 2. Eucopoxy LPL,as manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company. 2.5 EPDXY-CEMENT BONDING AGENT A. Provide a three component epoxy resin-cement blended formulated as a bonding agent. B. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. 2. Corr-Bond,as manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company. 2.6 NEOPRENE BEARING PADS A. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. 65 Durometer,Sheet Neoprene No. 1200,as manufactured by Williams Products Company. 2. Or approved equal. 2.7 JOINT SEALANT A. Sealant shall be a two part polyurethane type sealant meeting the requirements of ASTM C 920, Type M, Class 25. The manufacturer's recommended primer must be used with the sealant. .. B. The sealant shall meet the following requirements(measured at 73 degrees F and 50 percent RH): 1. Ultimate hardness(ASTM D 2240,Type A,Shore):20 to 45. 2. Tensile strength(ASTM D 412):200 psi, minimum. 3. Ultimate elongation (ASTM D 412):400 percent, minimum. 4. Tear strength(ASTM D 624, die C):75 pounds per inch of thickness, minimum. 5. Color: light gray. C. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: 1. Sikaflex-2c, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. 2. Or approved equivalent. 2.08 SEALANT ACCESSORIES A. Backer Rod: Backer rod shall be an extruded closed-cell polyethylene foam rod.The material shall be compatible with the sealant material used and shall have a tensile strength of not less than 40 psi and a compression deflection of approximately 25 percent at 8 psi.The rod shall be 1/8-inch larger in diameter than the joint width at joints less than 3/4-inch wide and 1/4-inch larger �. in diameter at joints 3/4-inch and wider. B. Bond Breaker Tape: Bond breaker shall be polyethylene or TFE-fluorocarbon self-adhesive tape, as recommended by the manufacturer. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CONCRETE JOINTS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03251-3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. CONTRACTOR shall examine the substrate and the conditions under which Work is to be performed and notify ENGINEER, in writing,of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. 3.2 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Comply with the requirements of ACI 301 and as specified below. B. Locate and install construction joints as shown on the Drawings.Additional construction joints shall be located as follows: 1. In walls locate vertical joints at a spacing of 40 feet maximum and approximately 10 feet from corners or as specified in the Drawings. 2. In foundation slabs and slabs on grade locate joints at a spacing of approximately 40 feet. Place concrete in a strip pattern not to exceed 100 linear feet, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings,to a maximum of 5000 square feet in any one placement. 3. In mats and structural slabs and beams,at a spacing of approximately 40 feet. Locate joints in compliance with ACI 301, unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. 4. Provide other additional construction joints as required to satisfactorily complete all Work. "^ C. Horizontal Joints: 1. Roughen concrete at the interface of construction joints by abrasive blasting, hydroblasting, or the use of surface retardants and water jets to expose the aggregate and remove accumulated concrete on projecting rebar immediately subsequent to form stripping, unless otherwise approved by ENGINEER. Immediately before placing fresh concrete,thoroughly clean the existing contact surface using a stiff brush or other tools and a stream of water -- under pressure.The surface shall be clean and wet, but free from pools of water at the moment the fresh concrete is placed. 2. Remove laitance,waste mortar or any other substance which may prevent complete adhesion.Where joint roughening was performed more than seven days prior to concrete placement or where dirt or other bond reducing contaminants are on the surface, additional light abrasive blasting or hydroblasting shall be done to remove laitance and all bond reducing materials just prior to concrete placement. �. 3. Place a 2-inch thick coat of mortar,one part sand and one part cement with water added to a flowable consistency or a 4-inch layer of Construction Joint Grout,as specified in Section 03600 over the contact surface of the old concrete. Place fresh concrete before the mortar or grout has attained its initial set. If the concrete mix has the slump increased to at least 6- inches by addition of a high range water reducer,the placement of mortar or grout may be omitted. D.Vertical Joints: 1. Apply roughener to the form in a thin,even film by brush,spray or roller in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.After roughener is dry, concrete may be placed. 2. When concrete has been placed, remove joint surface forms as early as is necessary to allow for removal of the surface retarded concrete. Forms covering member surfaces shall remain in place as required by Section 03100, Concrete Formwork.Wash loosened .. material off with high-pressure water spray to obtain roughened surface subject to approval by ENGINEER.Alternately,the surface shall be roughened by abrasive blasting or hydroblasting to expose aggregate.The outer 1-inch of each side of the joint face shall be masked and protected from the blasting to avoid damage to the member surface. -~ 3.3 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Comply with the requirements of ACI 301 and as specified below. B. Locate and install expansion joints as shown on the Drawings. Install joint filler in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Sealants shall be installed as specified herein. 3.4 CONTROL JOINTS A. Control joints shall be provided in non-water bearing slabs on grade and where shown in the EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CONCRETE JOINTS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03251-4 drawings.A groove,with a depth of at least 25 percent of the slab thickness,shall be formed or saw-cut in the concrete. This groove shall be filled with joint sealant material. B. Where the control joint is formed by sawcutting,the cut shall be made immediately after the concrete has set enough to support the saw and be cut without being damaged or to cause curling.The concrete shall be kept continually moist until the cutting operation. C. Control joints may be formed with a tool or by insertion of a joint forming strip.After the concrete has gained its design strength,the upper portion of the joint forming strip shall be removed and the void filled with sealant. 3.5 ISOLATION JOINTS A.Wherever a sidewalk, paving or other slab on grade abuts a concrete structure and is not shown doweled into that structure,an isolation joint shall be provided. Such joint shall be formed by a 1/2-inch joint filler with the upper 1/2-inch of the joint filled with sealant. 3.6 WATERSTOPS A. General: -- 1. Comply with the requirements of ACI 301 and as specified below.All joints shall be made in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Obtain ENGINEER'S approval for waterstop locations not shown on the Drawings. 3. Provide polyvinyl chloride waterstops in all joints in concrete which are intended to retain liquid or are located below grade up to an elevation at least 12-inches above grade or to an elevation at least 12-inches above overflow liquid level in tanks,whichever is higher,except where otherwise shown on the Drawings. B. Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstop: 1. Tie waterstop to reinforcement, at a maximum spacing of 18-inches,so that it is securely and rigidly supported in the proper position during concrete placement. Continuously inspect waterstops during concrete placement to ensure their proper positioning. 2. Splices in waterstops shall be performed by heat sealing the adjacent waterstop sections in accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations. It is required that: a.The material shall not be damaged by heat sealing. b. The splices shall have a tensile strength of not less than 60 percent of the unspliced materials tensile strength. c.The continuity of the waterstop ribs and of its tubular center axis shall be maintained. 3. Only prefabricated mitered and beveled type joints of the ends of two identical waterstop sections shall be allowed to be made while the material is in the forms. 4. All joints with waterstops involving more than two ends to be jointed together,and all joints ,! which involve an angle cut, alignment change,or the joining of two dissimilar waterstop sections shall be prefabricated by CONTRACTOR or manufacturer prior to placement in the forms, allowing not less than 24-inch long strips of waterstop material beyond the joint. Upon being inspected and approved,such prefabricated waterstop joint assemblies shall be �^ installed in the forms and the ends of the 24-inch strips shall be welded to the straight run portions of waterstop in place in the forms. 5. Where a centerbulb waterstop intersects and is jointed with a non-centerbulb waterstop, care shall be taken to seal the end of the centerbulb,using additional PVC material, if required. 6. The symmetrical halves of the waterstops shall be equally divided between the concrete placements at the joints and centered within the joint width, unless shown otherwise. .. Centerbulb waterstops shall be placed in expansion joints so that the centerbulb is centered on the joint filler material. 7. When any waterstop is installed in the forms or is embedded in the first concrete placement and the waterstop remains exposed to the atmosphere for more than four days,suitable precautions shall be taken to shade and protect the exposed waterstop from direct rays of the sun during the entire exposure and until the exposed portion of the waterstop is embedded in concrete. �. 8. Waterstop placed in joints intended for future concrete placement shall be protected from direct rays of the sun by temporary means until a permanent cover is installed so that the waterstop is not exposed to the direct rays of the sun for more than a total of four days. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CONCRETE JOINTS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03251-5 C.Hydrophilic Rubber Waterstop and Sealant 1. Where a hydrophilic rubber waterstop or sealant is called for in the Contract Documents,or where approved by the ENGINEER, it shall be installed with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations;except, as modified herein. 2. When requested by the ENGINEER,the manufacturer shall provide technical assistance in the field. 3. The waterstop or sealant shall be located as near as possible to the center of the joint and it shall be continuous around the entire joint.The minimum distance from the edge of the waterstop to the face of the member shall be 3-inches. 4. Where a hydrophilic rubber waterstop is used in combination with PVC waterstop,the hydrophilic rubber waterstop shall overlap the PVC waterstop for a minimum of 6-inches. The contact surface between the hydrophilic rubber waterstop the PVC waterstop shall be filled with hydrophilic sealant. 5. Where wet curing methods are used, hydrophilic rubber waterstop and sealant shall be �. applied after curing water is removed and just prior to the closing up of the forms for the concrete placement. Hydrophilic rubber waterstop and sealant shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun and from becoming wet prior to concrete placement. If the material .. does become wet and expands, it shall be allowed to dry until it has returned to its original cross sectional dimensions before concrete is placed. 6. The hydrophilic rubber waterstop shall be installed in a bed of hydrophilic sealant, before skinning and curing begins,so that any irregularities in the concrete surface are completely filled and the waterstop is bonded to the sealant.After the sealant has cured, concrete nails, with washers of a diameter equal to the waterstop width,shall be placed to secure the waterstop to the concrete at a maximum spacing of 18-inches. 7. Prior to installation of hydrophilic sealant,the concrete surface shall be wire brushed or sand blasted to remove any laitance or other materials that may interfere with the bonding. Surfaces of metal or PVC to receive sealant shall be cleaned of paint and any material that may interfere with bond.When sealant alone is shown on the Contract Documents, it shall be placed in a built up bead which has a triangular cross section with each side of the triangle at least 3/4-inch in length, unless indicated otherwise. Concrete shall not be placed until the sealant has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. 3.7 BONDING AGENT A. Use epoxy bonding agent for bonding of fresh concrete to concrete that has been in place for at least 60 days or to existing concrete. ^^ B. Use epoxy-cement bonding agent for the following: 1. Bonding toppings and concrete fill to concrete that has been in place for at least 60 days or to existing concrete. 2. For all locations where bonding agent is required and concrete cannot be placed within the open time period of epoxy bonding agent. C. Use a cement-water slurry as a bonding agent for toppings and concrete fill to new concrete.The cement water slurry shall be worked into the surface with a stiff bristle broom and concrete shall be placed before the cement-water slurry dries. D. Handle and store bonding agent in compliance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, including safety precautions. E. Mix the bonding agent in complete accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer. F. Before placing fresh concrete,thoroughly roughen surface to 3/16-inch amplitude and clean hardened concrete surfaces and coat with bonding agent not less than 1/16-inch thick. Place fresh concrete while the bonding agent is still tacky(within its open time),without removing the -- in-place bonding agent coat, and as directed by the manufacturer. 3.8 SEALANT INSTALLATION A. Sealants shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations for sealant which is to be subjected to continuous submerged conditions and the following requirements. Prior to sealant installation, CONTRACTOR shall arrange to have a representative of the sealant manufacturer instruct the crew doing the Work as to the proper methods of surface preparation, mixing, and application of the sealant. B. Surfaces to receive sealant shall be cleaned of all materials which could interfere with proper EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CONCRETE JOINTS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03251-6 bonding. Concrete surfaces shall have all fins or other defects removed or repaired and shall receive a light abrasive blasting prior to priming and sealant application.All surfaces to receive sealant shall be completely dry. C. Spaces to receive sealant shall be filled with joint filler as shown.Where not shown,the space shall be filled with joint filler or a backer rod so that the depth of sealant does not exceed the width of the space.Where the bottom of the space to receive sealant is formed by a material other than backer rod, a bond breaker tape shall be placed.The maximum sealant depth, at middle of the joint width,shall be 1/2-inch. D. The primer and sealant used shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. No sealant shall be placed without the use of a primer. E. Self-leveling sealants shall only be used in joints with a slope less than 0.5 percent and where maximum and minimum sealant depths can be maintained. Non-sag sealant shall be used at all other locations and may be used instead of self-leveling sealant. All non-sag sealant shall be tooled to a uniform concave surface before skinning and curing begins. F. Sealant material shall be conditioned to be within the optimum temperature range recommended by the manufacturer for installation for a minimum of 16 hours prior to installation. Installation shall proceed only when the substrate is at a temperature recommended by the manufacturer. Sealant shall not be placed if there is a threat of imminent rainfall. CONTRACTOR shall submit a letter certifying that the applied sealants were installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, including temperature, relative humidity,etc. G. All joints to receive sealant shall be inspected by the OWNER prior to sealant placement. Provide 24-hour written notice to OWNER representative prior to inspection. H. All sealant shall achieve final cure at least seven days before the structure is filled with water. I. Any sealant which, after the manufacturer's recommended curing time for the job conditions,fails to fully and properly cure shall be completely removed.The surfaces to receive sealant shall be completely cleaned of all traces of the improperly cured sealant and primer.The specified sealant shall then be reinstalled.All costs of such removal,surface treatment,and reinstallation shall be at the expense of CONTRACTOR. 3.09 BEARING PAD INSTALLATION A. Neoprene Bearing Pad: Install with water insensitive adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CONCRETE JOINTS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03251-7 SECTION 03600 SUPPLEMENTAL GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals as shown, specified and required to furnish and install grout. 2. The types of grout include the following: a. Non-Shrink Grout: This type of grout is to be used wherever grout is shown in the Contract Documents, unless another type is specifically referenced. Two classes of non-shrink grout(Class I and II) and areas of application are specified herein. b. Non-Shrink Epoxy Grout (Class 111). c. Grout Fill, Topping Grout. d. Construction Joint Grout. e. Cellular Concrete(Grout). B. Related Sections: 1, Section 03 30 00, Cast-In-Place Concrete. 2. Section 05051, Anchorages 3. Section 03 60 01, Basin Bottom Grout C. Application: The following is a listing of typical applications and the corresponding type of grout which is to be used. Unless indicated otherwise, grouts shall be provided as listed below whether called for on the Drawings or not. Application Type of Grout Beam and column (1 or 2 story) base plates and precast Non-shrink Class II concrete bearing less than 16-inches in the least dimension. Column base plates and precast concrete bearing (greater Non-shrink Class I than 2 story or larger than 16- inches in the least dimension). Base plates for storage tanks and other non- Non-shrink Class I motorized equipment and machinery less than 30 horsepower. Machinery over 30 horsepower and equipment under 30 Non-shrink Class III horsepower but subject to severe shock loads and high vibration. Filling blockout spaces for embedded items such as railing Non-shrink Class II (Class I posts, gate guide frames, etc. where placement time exceeds 15 minutes) Toppings and concrete fill less than 4-inches thick. Grout Fill, Topping Grout Toppings and concrete fill greater than 4-inches thick. Class Al Concrete in accordance with Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. EC VILLAGE W HOLESALE CUSTOM ER W W M ETER STATIDN Supphm entalG mut CITY PROJECT NO .02302 03600-1 All anchor bolts and reinforcing steel set in grout. Refer to Section 03200, Concrete Reinforcement, and Section 05051,Anchorages. Filling annular space between carrier and casing pipes or Low density cellular concrete tunnel liner plates. (grout) mix(foaming agent added) Any high strength application not listed above, where grout Non-shrink Class I, unless is called for on the Drawings or directed by Engineer. noted otherwise 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. 1. ACI 211.1, Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavy-Weight and Mass Concrete. 2. ACI 301, Specification for Structural Concrete (Includes ASTM Standards referred to herein). 3. ASTM C 33, Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 4. ASTM C 109, Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (using 2- in. or 50 mm. Cube Specimens). 5. ASTM C 150, Specification for Portland Cement. 6. ASTM C 230, Specification for Flow Table for use in Tests of Hydraulic Cement. ,. 7. ASTM C 531, Test Method for Linear Shrinkage and Coefficient of Thermal Expansion of Chemical- Resistant Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings. 8. ASTM C 579, Test Method for Compressive Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes. 9. ASTM C 827, Test Method for Early Volume Change of Cementitious Mixtures. 10. ASTM C 882, Test Method for Bond Strength of Epoxy-Resin Systems Used with Concrete. 11. ASTM C 937, Specification for Grout Fluidifier for Preplaced-Aggregate Concrete. 12. ASTM C 939, Text Method for Flow of Grout for Preplaced-Aggregate Concrete (Flow Cone Method). 13. ASTM C 1107, Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout(Non-shrink). 14. ASTM C 1181, Test Method for Compressive Creep of Chemical-Resistant Polymer Machinery Grouts. 15. ASTM D 696, Test Method for Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of Plastics_ 16. ASTM C260 certified foaming agent additives to concrete. B. Field Tests: 1. Compression test specimens will be taken during construction from the first placement of each type of grout, and at intervals thereafter as selected by the OWNER to ensure continued compliance with these specifications. 2. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for non-shrink grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C 109 at intervals during construction as selected by the OWNER. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at seven days, 28 days, and each additional time period as appropriate. 3. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for epoxy grout will be performed as specified in ASTM C 579, Method B, at intervals during construction as selected by the OWNER. A set of three specimens will be made for testing at seven days, and each earlier time period as appropriate. 4. The cost of all laboratory tests on grout will be borne by the OWNER, but CONTRACTOR shall assist in obtaining specimens for testing. However, CONTRACTOR shall be charged for the cost of any additional tests and investigation on work performed which does not conform to the requirements of the specifications. CONTRACTOR shall supply all materials EC VILLAGE W HOLESALE CUSTOM ER W W M ETER STATIDN Supphm entalG mut , CITY PROJECT NO .02302 03600-2 necessary for fabricating the test specimens. 1.3 SUBMITTALS 1. Shop Drawings, submit for approval the following: For Grout Fill and Construction Joint Grout, copies of grout design mix and laboratory test reports for grout strength tests. A. Reports and Certificates, submit for approval the following: 1. For proprietary materials, submit copies of manufacturer's certification of compliance with the specified properties for Class I, 11, and III grouts. 2. Submit certified testing lab reports for ASTM C 1107, Grade B and Grade C (as revised herein) requirements for Class I and II grouts tested at a fluid consistency for temperatures of 45, 73.4, 90°F with a pot life of 30 minutes at fluid consistency. 3. Submit certification that materials meet specification requirements for nonproprietary materials. 4. Submit certifications that all grouts used on the project are free of chlorides or other chemicals causing corrosion. 5. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for all proprietary materials. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery of Materials: Grout materials from manufacturers shall be delivered in unopened containers and shall bear intact manufacturer's labels. B. Storage of Materials: Grout materials shall be stored in a dry shelter and shall be protected from moisture. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUTS A. General: Non-shrink grout shall be a prepackaged, inorganic, flowable, non-gas-liberating, non- metallic, cement-based grout requiring only the addition of water. Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each bag or other container in which the materials are packaged. The specific formulation for each class of non-shrink grout specified herein shall be that recommended by the ~' manufacturer for the particular application. B. Class I Non-Shrink Grout: _,. 1. Class I non-shrink grouts shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 7000 psi. This grout is for precision grouting and where water tightness and non-shrink reliability in both plastic and hardened states are critical. Refer to areas of application as specified herein. 2. Shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 Grade C and B (as modified below) when tested using the amount of water required to achieve the following properties: a. Fluid consistency(20 to 30 seconds) in accordance with ASTM C 939. b. At temperatures of 45, 73.4, and 95°F. 3. The length change from placement to time of final set shall not have a shrinkage greater than the amount of expansion measured at 3 or 14 days. The expansion at 3 or 14 days shall not exceed the 28-day expansion. .� 4. The non-shrink property is not based on a chemically generated gas or gypsum expansion. 5. Fluid grout shall pass through the flow cone,with a continuous flow,one hour after mixing. 6. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Masterflow 928, as manufactured by Master Builders, Inc. b. Five Star Grout, as manufactured by Five Star Products, Inc. C. Hi-Flow Grout, as manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company EC VILLAGE W HOLESALE CUSTOM ER W W M ETER STATION Supplem entalG mut CITY PROJECTNO.02302 03600-3 C. Class II Non-Shrink Grout: 1. Class II non-shrink grouts shall have a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 7000 psi. This grout is for general purpose grouting applications as specified herein. 2. Shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 1107 and the following requirements when tested using the amount of water required to achieve the following properties: a. Flowable consistency(140 percent flow on ASTM C 230,five drops in 30 seconds). b. Fluid working time of at least 15 minutes. C. Flowable for at least 30 minutes. 3. The grout when tested shall not bleed at maximum allowed water. 4. The non-shrink property is not based on a chemically generated gas or gypsum expansion. 5. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Set Grout, as manufactured by Master Builders, Inc. b. NBEC Grout, as manufactured by Five Star Products, Inc. C. NS Grout, as manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company. D. Class III Non-Shrink Epoxy Grout: 1. Epoxy grout shall be a flowable, non-shrink, 100 percent solids system. The epoxy grout system shall have three components: resin, hardener, and specially blended aggregate, all premeasured and prepackaged. The resin component shall not contain any non-reactive diluents. Resins containing butyl glycidyl ether (BGE) or other highly volatile and hazardous -- reactive diluents are not acceptable. Variation of component ratios is not permitted, unless specifically recommended by the manufacturer. Manufacturer's instructions shall be printed on each container in which the materials are packaged. The following properties shall be attained with the minimum quantity of aggregate allowed by the manufacturer. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Euco High Strength Grout, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sikadur 42 Grout Pak, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. .. . C. Five Star Epoxy Grout, as manufactured by Five Star Products, Incorporated. 3. The vertical volume change at all times before hardening shall be between 0.0 percent shrinkage and four percent expansion when measured according to ASTM C 827 (modified for epoxy grouts by using an indicator ball with a specific gravity between 0.9 and 1.1). Alternately, epoxy grouts which maintain an effective bearing area of not less than 95 percent are acceptable. 4. The length change after hardening shall be negligible (less than 0.0006 in/in) and the coefficient of thermal expansion shall be less than 0.00003 in/in/F when tested in accordance to the requirements of ASTM C 531. 5. The compressive creep at one year shall be negligible (less than .001 in/in) when tested under a 400 psi constant load at 140°F in accordance to the requirements of ASTM C 1181. °^^ 6. The seven day compressive strength shall be a minimum of 14,000 psi when tested in accordance to the requirements of ASTM C 579. 7. The grout shall be capable of maintaining at least a flowable consistency for a minimum of 30 minutes at 70°F. 8. The shear bond strength to portland cement concrete shall be greater than the shear strength of the concrete when tested in accordance to the requirements of ASTM C 882. 9. The effective bearing area shall be a minimum of 95 percent. E. Grout Fill, Topping Grout: 1. Grout for topping of slabs and concrete fill for built-up surfaces of tank, channel, and basin bottoms shall be composed of cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, water, and admixtures proportioned and mixed as specified herein. All materials and procedures specified for normal concrete in Section 03 30 00, Cast-In-Place Concrete, shall apply except as noted otherwise herein. -- EC VILLAGE W HOLESALE CUSTOM ER W W M ETER STATIDN Supp1=menlalGmut CITY PROJECT NO.02302 03600 2. Coarse aggregate shall be graded as follows: U.S. STANDARD PERCENT BY SIEVE SIZE WEIGHT PASSING 1/2-inch 100 3/8-inch 90 to No. 4 20 to 55 No. 8 5 to 30 No. 16 0 to 10 No. 30 0 3. Final mix design shall be as determined by trial mix design under supervision of the approved testing laboratory. 4. Strength: Minimum compressive strength of Grout Fill at the end of 28 days shall be 4000 psi. F. Construction Joint Grout: 1. Construction Joint Grout approximates Class Al concrete, as specified in Section 03300, ... with aggregate coarser than 1/2-inch removed. The mix is to be designed as flowable with a high mortar content. It is intended to be placed over construction joints and mixed with Class Al concrete as specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-In-Place Concrete. The mix requirements are as follows: a. Compressive Strength: 4,000 psi minimum at 28-days. b. Maximum Water-Cement Ratio: 0.45 by weight. C. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33, No. 8 size. d. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33, approximately 60 percent by weight of total aggregate. G. Requirements for Grout Fill and Construction Joint Grout 1. Proportion mixes by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods, using materials to be employed on the Project for grout required. Comply with ACI 211.1 and report to ENGINEER the following data: a. Complete identification of aggregate source of supply. b. Tests of aggregates for compliance with specified requirements. C. Brand, type and composition of cement. d. Brand,type and amount of each admixture. e. Amounts of water used in trial mixes. f. Proportions of each material per cubic yard. g. Gross weight and yield per cubic yard of trial mixtures. h. Measured slump. i. Measured air content. j. Compressive strength developed at seven days and 28 days, from not less than three test specimens cast for each seven day and 28-day test, and for each design mix. 2. Submit written reports to ENGINEER of proposed mix of grout at least 30 days prior to start of Work. Do not begin grout production until mixes have been approved by ENGINEER. 3. Laboratory Trial Batches: When laboratory trial batches are used to select grout proportions, prepare test specimens and conduct strength tests as specified in ACI 301, Section 4 - Proportioning. However, mixes need not be designed for greater than 125 percent of the specified strength, regardless of the standard deviation of the production facility. 4. Field Experience Method: When field experience methods are used to select grout proportions, establish proportions as specified in ACI 301, Section 4. 5. Admixtures: Use air-entraining admixture in all grout. Use amounts of admixtures as recommended by the manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at the time of placing. Adjust quantities and types of admixtures as required to maintain quality control. Do not use EC VILLAGE W HOLESALE CUSTOM ER W W M ETER STATIDN Supplem enta1G mut """ CTPY PROJECT NO.02302 03600-5 admixtures which have not been incorporated and tested in the accepted design mix, unless otherwise authorized in writing by ENGINEER. .. H. General Requirements for Cellular Grout/Concrete 1. Neat Cement (Portland Type I cement and water) with cured densities of 20 to 40 LBS./Cu. Ft.. Foaming Agent additives - foam volume 12 to 25 Cu. Ft./Cu. Yd. of cured concrete yielding compressive strengths from 200 to 400 psi in the finished product. 2. Foam concentrate usage based on 2.5 lbs. per cubic foot of foam mixed at nominal 40:1 water/cement ratio. Actual consumption will vary based upon foam concentrate manufacturer and water quality. 2.2 CURING MATERIALS A. Curing materials shall be as specified in Section 03300, Cast-in-Place Concrete, and as recommended by the manufacturer of prepackaged grouts. 2.3 CONSISTENCY A. The consistency of grouts shall be that necessary to completely fill the space to be grouted for the -- particular application. B. The slump for topping grout and grout fill shall be adjusted to match placement and finishing conditions, but shall not exceed 4-inches. C. The slump for Construction Joint Grout shall be 7 t 1-inches. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. CONTRACTOR shall examine the substrate and conditions under which grout is to be placed and notify OWNER, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Place grout as shown on the Drawings and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. If manufacturer's instructions conflict with the Specifications do not proceed until ENGINEER provides clarification. 2. Manufacturers of proprietary products shall make available upon 72 hours notification the services of a qualified, full time employee to aid in assuring proper use of the product under job conditions. 3. Placing grout shall conform to temperature and weather limitations in Section 03300, Cast- In-Place Concrete. 4. Grout shall be cured following manufacturer's instructions for prepackaged grout and the requirements in Section 03 30 00, Cast-In-Place Concrete,for grout fill and topping grout. B. Columns, Beams and Equipment Bases: 1. Epoxy grout: After shimming equipment to proper grade, securely tighten anchor bolts. Properly form around the base plates, allowing sufficient room around the edges for placing the grout. Adequate depth between the bottom of the base plate and the top of concrete base must be provided to assure that the void is completely filled with the epoxy grout. 2. Non-shrink, non-metallic grout: After shimming columns, beams and equipment to proper grade, securely tighten anchor bolts. Properly form around the base plates allowing EC VILLAGE W HOLESALE CUSTOM ER W W M ETER STATIDN Supplem entalG mut CTPY PROJECT NO.02302 03600-6 sufficient room around the edges for placing the grout. Adequate depth between the bottom of the base plate and the top of concrete base must be provided to assure that the void is completely filled with the non-shrink, non-metallic grout. C. Handrails and Railings: 1. After posts have been properly inserted into the holes or sleeves, fill the annular space between posts and sleeve with the non-shrink, non-metallic grout. Bevel grout at juncture with post so that moisture flows away from post. D. Construction Joints: 1. Place a 4-inch minimum thick layer of Construction Joint Grout over the contact surface of the old concrete at the interface of horizontal construction joints as specified in Section 03251, Concrete Joints, and Section 03 30 00, Cast-In-Place Concrete. E. Topping Grout: 1. All mechanical, electrical, and finish work shall be completed prior to placement of topping grout. The base slab shall be given a roughened textured surface by sandblasting or hydroblasting exposing the aggregates to ensure bonding to the base slab. 2. The minimum thickness of grout topping shall be 1-inch. 3. The base slab shall be thoroughly cleaned and brought to a saturated surface dry condition prior to placing topping and fill. No topping concrete shall be placed until the slab is complete free from standing pools or ponds of water. A thin coat of neat Type II cement slurry shall be broomed into the surface of the slab and topping or fill concrete shall be placed while the slurry is still wet. The topping and fill shall be compacted by rolling or tamping, brought to established grade, and floated. 4. Topping grout placed on sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top,for the full width of the placement. 5. The surface shall be tested with a straight edge to detect high and low spots which shall be immediately eliminated. When the topping has hardened sufficiently, it shall be steel troweled to a smooth surface free from pinholes and other imperfections. An approved type of mechanical trowel may be used as an assist in this operation, but the last pass over the surface shall be by hand-troweling. During finishing, no water, dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand shall be applied to the surface. 6. Cure and protect the grout topping as specified in Section 03 30 00, Cast-In-Place Concrete. F. Grout Fill 1, All mechanical, electrical, and finish work shall be completed prior to placement of grout fill. Grout fill shall be mixed, placed, and finished as required in Section 03 30 00, Cast-In- Place Concrete. 2. The minimum thickness of grout fill shall be 1-inch. Where the finished surface of grout fill is to form an intersecting angle of less than 45 degrees with the concrete surface it is to be placed against, a key shall be formed in the concrete surface at the intersection point. The key shall be a minimum of 3-1/2-inches wide by 1-1/2-inches deep. 3. The surface shall be tested with a straight edge to verify that the surface slopes uniformly to drain and to detect high and low spots which shall be immediately eliminated. When the grout fill has hardened sufficiently, it shall be steel troweled to a smooth surface free from pinholes and other imperfections. During finishing, no water, dry cement or mixture of dry cement and sand shall be applied to the surface. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE W HOLESALE CUSTOM ER W W M ETER STATIDN Supplam entalG mut "" CITY PROJECT NO .02302 03600-7 SECTION 03 11 00 CONCRETE FORMWORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED Furnish material and labor to form, tie, brace and support wet concrete, reinforcing steel and embedded items until the concrete has developed sufficient strength to remove forms. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. DESIGN CRITERIA: Forms shall be designed for the pressure exerted by a liquid weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot. The rate of placing the concrete, the temperature of the concrete, and all other pertinent factors shall be taken into consideration when determining the depth of the equivalent liquid. An additional design live load of 50 pounds per square foot shall be used on horizontal surfaces. B. ALIGNMENT CONTROL: True alignment of walls and other vertical surfaces having straight lines or rectangular shapes shall be controlled and checked by the following procedures: 1. Forming shall be arranged with provisions for adjusting the horizontal alignment of a form, after the form has been filled with concrete to grade, using wedges, turn-buckles, or other adjustment methods. Establish a transit line or other reference so that adjustments can be made to an established line while the concrete in the top of the form is still plastic. 2. Adjusting facilities shall be at intervals which permit adjustments to a straight line. Concrete shall not be placed until adequate adjusting facilities are in place. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00, SUBMITTALS and shall include: A. RECORD DATA — 1. Manufacturers' literature for specified products. B. Notification by Contractor 1. Submit Notification by Contractor (NBC) for inspection of all forms and reinforcing. NBC shall be submitted prior to installation of outside wall forms so that reinforcing and inside forms may be inspected. 1.04 STANDARDS The applicable provisions of the following standards shall apply as if written here in their entirety: A. American Concrete Institute(ACI) specifications: ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete ACI 350 Code Requirements for Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures B. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) publication: -► AISC Manual of Steel Construction C. American Iron and Steel Institute(AISI) publication: AISI Cold-Formed Steel Design Manual EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CONCRETE FORMWORK CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 031100- 1 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 D. American Plywood Association (APA)standards E. DELIVERY AND STORAGE Lumber for forms shall be stacked neatly on platforms raised above ground. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS ... A. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer upon completion of various portions of the work required for placing concrete so that compliance with the plans and specifications may be monitored. The Engineer will authorize the Contractor to proceed with the placement after this has been completed and corrections, if required, have been made. B. In hot weather, both sides of the face forms may be required to be treated with oil to prevent warping and to secure tight joints. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. LUMBER: Properly seasoned and of good quality; free from loose or unsound knots, knot holes, twists, shakes, decay, splits, and other imperfections which would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. B. FORM OIL: Light, clear oil; shall not discolor or injuriously affect the concrete surface, subsequent coatings, or delay or impair curing operations. 2.02 FABRICATIONS A. LUMBER: Lumber for facing or sheathing shall be surfaced on at least one (1)side and two (2) edges, and sized to uniform thickness. Lumber of nominal 1"thickness or plywood of 3/4" thickness shall be permitted for general use on structures, if backed by a sufficient number of studs and wales. B. FORMS 1. Forms shall be built mortar-tight and of material sufficient in strength to prevent bulging between supports. 2. Reused forms or form lumber shall be maintained clean and in good condition as to accuracy, shape, strength, rigidity, tightness, and smoothness of surface. 3. All forms shall be so constructed as to permit removal without damage to the concrete. Exercise special care in framing forms for copings, offsets, railing and ornamental work, so that there will be no damage to the concrete when the forms are removed. C. METAL FORMS rt 1. The specifications for "Forms" regarding design, mortar tightness, filleted corners, beveled projections, bracing, alignment, removal, re-use, oiling, and wetting shall apply .. equally to metal forms. 2. The metal used for forms shall be of such thickness that the forms will remain true to shape. Bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides shall be countersunk. Clamps, pins, or other connecting devices shall be designed to hold the forms rigidly together and to allow r removal without injury to the concrete. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CONCRETE FORMWORK CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 0311 00-2 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 3. Metal forms which do not present a smooth surface or line up properly shall not be used. Exercise special care to keep metal free from rust, grease, or other foreign material that discolors the concrete. D. FORM TIES 1. Metal form ties shall be used to hold forms in place and to provide easy metal removal. The use of wire for ties shall not be permitted. 2. Leave no metal or other material within 2 inches of the surface, when removing form tie assemblies which are used inside the forms to hold the forms in correct alignment. The — assembly shall provide cone-shaped depressions in the concrete surface at least 1 inch in diameter and 2 inches deep to allow filling and patching. Such devices, when removed, shall leave a smooth depression in the concrete surface without undue injury to the surface from chipping or spalling. 3. Burning off rods, bolts, or ties shall not be permitted. 4. Metal ties shall be held in place by devices attached to wales. Each device shall be capable of developing the strength of the tie. .. 5. Metal and wooden spreaders which are separate from the forms shall be wired to top of form and shall be entirely removed as the concrete is placed. 6. In the construction of basement or water bearing walls, the portion of a single rod tie that "® is to remain in the concrete shall be provided with a tightly fitted washer at midpoint to control seepage. Multi-rod ties do not require washers. The use of form ties which are tapered on encased in paper or other material to allow the removal of complete tie, and which leave a hole through the concrete structure, shall not be permitted. E. FALSEWORK 1. Falsework shall be designed and constructed so that no excessive settlement or deformation occurs. Falsework shall provide necessary rigidity. 2. Timber used in falsework centering shall be sound, in good condition and free from defects which impair its strength. 3. Steel members shall be of adequate strength and shape for the intended purpose. 4. Timber piling used in falsework may be of any wood species which satisfactorily withstands driving and which adequately supports the superimposed load. 5. When sills or timber grillages are used to support falsework columns, unless founded on solid rock, shale or other hard materials, place them in excavated pits. Backfill to prevent the softening of the supporting material from form drip or from rains that may occur during the construction process. Sills or grillages shall be of ample size to support the superimposed load without settlement. 6. Falsework not founded on a satisfactory spread footing shall be supported on piling, which shall be driven to a bearing capacity to support the superimposed load without settlement. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION Before placing concrete, insure that embedded items are correctly, firmly and securely fastened into place. Embedded items shall be thoroughly clean and free of oil and other foreign material. Anchor bolts shall be set to the correct location, alignment and elevation by the use of suitable anchor bolt templates. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. PRE-PLACEMENT EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CONCRETE FORMWORK CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 0311 00-3 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 1. During the elapsed time between building the forms and placing the concrete, maintain the forms to eliminate warping and shrinking. 2. Treat the facing of forms with a suitable form oil before concrete is placed. Apply oil ... before the reinforcement is placed. Wet form surfaces which will come in contact with the concrete immediately before the concrete is placed. 3. At the time of placing concrete, the forms shall be clean and entirely free from all chips, dirt, sawdust, and other extraneous matter at the time. Forms for slab, beam and girder construction shall not have tie wire cuttings, nails or any other matter which would mar the appearance of the finished construction. Clean forms and keep them free of foreign matter during concrete placement. B. PLACEMENT 1. Set and maintain forms to the lines designated, until the concrete is sufficiently hardened ,. to permit form removal. If, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bulging or sagging, immediately remove that portion of the concrete causing this condition. If necessary, reset the forms and securely brace against further movement. 2. Provide adequate cleanout openings where access to the bottom of the forms is not otherwise readily attainable. 3. Carefully and accurately place and support reinforcement in concrete structures. C. REMOVAL Remove forms so that the underlying concrete surface is not marred or damaged in any way. Forms shall not be removed until the concrete has attained sufficient strength to safely carry the dead load, but in no case less than the number of curing days set forth in the following table: Forms for concrete of minor structural load carrying 1 day ._ importance Forms for walls, columns, sides of drilled shafts, massive structural components and other members 1 day not resisting a bending moment during curing °— Forms and falsework under slabs, beams and girders where deflections due to dead load moment 7 days may exist(for spans < or= 10 ft.) Forms and falsework under slabs, beams and girders where deflections due to dead load moment 14 days may exist(for spans> 10 ft. and <or=20 ft.) ,. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CONCRETE FORMWORK CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 0311 00-4 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 031514 HYDROPHILIC RUBBER WATERSTOP 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Hydrophilic rubber waterstop. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. General: 1. Submit the following items for each type, style and size of hydrophilic waterstop to be installed. 2. Product data: a. Manufacturer's product data sheets. 1) Include complete physical dimensions, expansion characteristics, and laboratory test reports indicating that average material properties conform to the requirements specified. 2) Provide data sheets for all materials to be included in the waterstop system. 3. Samples: a. Minimum 6-inch long samples of each type of waterstop to be used if requested by the Engineer. 4. Manufacturer's installation instructions: a. Installation instructions and recommended installation details for the complete waterstop system, and for each component used in that system. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 Hydrophilic Rubber Waterstop A. General: 1. System composed of flexible hydrophilic urethane polymer with preformed strips, adhesives, paste, fasteners, and other accessories required for a complete and watertight installation. a. To ensure compatibility of materials, a single manufacturer shall provide all products and accessories for the hydrophilic waterstop system. b. Products incorporating bentonite are not acceptable under this Section. c. Provide waterstop and accessories resistant to degradation under cyclic wetting and drying and to chemicals typically found in water treatment structures. B. Hydrophilic strip waterstop. 1. Pre-formed strips of flexible hydrophilic rubber designed to undergo controlled expansion when exposed to moisture. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE HYDROPHILIC RUBBER WATERSTOP CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 031514- 1 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 a. Strips manufactured to limit expansion in directions parallel to the plane of the joint, and to direct expansion against confining material perpendicular to that plane. 2. Provide normal or low-expansion pressure as scheduled and as indicted on the Drawings. 3. Manufacturers. One of the following, or equal. a. Hydrophilic strip. 1) Adeka Ultra Seal USA: MC-2010MN. 2) Greenstreak: Hydrotite CJ1020-2K. b. Low expansion hydrophilic strip. 1) Adeka Ultra Seal USA: KBA-1510FP. 2) Greenstreak: Hydrotite CJ0725-3K. C. Hydrophilic paste waterstop. . 1. Single-component gun grade paste of hydrophilic rubber designed to undergo controlled expansion when exposed to moisture after initial curing. 2. Manufacturers: One of the following, or equal. a. Adeka Ultra Seal USA: P-201. b. Greenstreak: Leakmaster LV-1 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION - A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommended details. B. Prepare concrete joint surfaces: 1. Use wire brushing or scraping to expose an uncontaminated, solid surface. 2. Clean prepared surface with high-pressure air or water to remove residue and debris. 3. Confirm that prepared surfaces conform to manufacturer's recommendations for surface profile and moisture conditions before installing materials. C. Provide manufacturer's recommended lap, splice, and comer details for hydrophilic waterstops. �- 1. Use hydrophilic paste at all corner joints and overlap splices of hydrophilic strips. D. Hydrophilic strip waterstop. 1. Install primers and adhesives when recommended by the manufacturer before setting hydrophilic strips. 2. Keep hydrophilic strip taut during the fastening process. 3. Secure hydrophilic strip in place with concrete nails, screws, or adhesive. 4. Provide installation with no gap between the hydrophilic strip and the concrete to which it is attached. At rough or irregular surfaces, set hydrophilic strip waterstop strip in a bead of hydrophilic paste. a. Fill all voids and rough areas under the hydrophilic strip with hydrophilic paste. b. Allow hydrophilic paste to cure in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations before encapsulating paste in fresh concrete. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE HYDROPHILIC RUBBER WATERSTOP CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 031514 - 2 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 3.02 SCHEDULE A. At the following joint locations/conditions, use the hydrophilic strip waterstop configuration noted. B. Concrete construction joints: 1. Under all of the following conditions, use hydrophilic strip waterstop set in a bed of hydrophilic paste waterstop, and screw strip waterstop to concrete surface: a. Slab or wall thickness is greater than 10 inches, and - b. Waterstop is placed between 2 rows of steel reinforcement, and c. Concrete cover from waterstop to nearest concrete face is at least 4 inches. 2. Under any one of the following conditions, use low-expansion hydrophilic strip waterstop set in bed of hydrophilic paste waterstop and screw strip to concrete surface: a. Waterstop is placed on 1 side of a single row of steel reinforcement, or b. Concrete cover from waterstop to nearest concrete face is less than 4 inches. C. Pipe penetrations through concrete: 1. Pipe diameter less than 4 inches: Not allowed. 2. Pipe diameter of 4 to 24 inches: Continuous bead of hydrophilic paste waterstop, minimum 1/4 inch high by 1/2 inch wide, encircling pipe. 3. Pipe diameter greater than 24 inches: Continuous hydrophilic strip waterstop around perimeter of pipe, with hydrophilic paste seal at lapped ends of strip. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE HYDROPHILIC RUBBER WATERSTOP CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 031514 - 3 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 033000-1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 1 of 25 A 1 SECTION 03 30 00 2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Cast-in place concrete, including formwork,reinforcement, concrete materials, 7 mixture design,placement procedures and finishes, for the following: 8 a. Piers 9 b. Footings 10 c. Slabs-on-grade 11 d. Foundation walls 12 e. Retaining walls(non TxDOT) w 13 f. Suspended slabs 14 g. Blocking 15 h. Cast-in-place manholes 16 i. Concrete vaults for meters and valves 17 j. Concrete encasement of utility lines 18 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 19 1. None. 20 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 21 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 22 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Cast-in-Place Concrete 25 1. Measurement +.■ 26 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed. 27 2. Payment 28 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 29 are subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation 30 will be allowed. 31 1.3 REFERENCES 32 A. Definitions 33 1. Cementitious Materials 34 a. Portland cement alone or in combination with 1 or more of the following: 35 1) Blended hydraulic cement 36 2) Fly ash 37 3) Other pozzolans 38 4) Ground granulated blast-furnace slag CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 �r 033000-2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 2 of 25 ,.., 1 5) Silica fume 2 b. Subject to compliance with the requirements of this specification 3 B. Reference Standards 4 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference ,. 5 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 6 Specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 7 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation(AASHTO): .�. 8 a. M182, Burlap Cloth Made from Jute or Kenaf. 9 3. American Concrete Institute(ACI): 10 a. ACI 117 Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials 11 b. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete 12 c. ACI 305.1 Specification for Hot Weather Concreting 13 d. ACI 306.1 Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting 14 e. ACI 308.1 Standard Specification for Curing Concrete 15 f. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 16 g. ACI 347 Guide to Formwork for Concrete 17 4. American Institute of Steel Construction(AISC): 18 a. 303, Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 19 5. ASTM International(ASTM): son 20 a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 21 b. A153, Standard Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel 22 Hardware. no 23 c. A193, Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting 24 Materials for High-Temperature Service and Other Special Purpose 25 Applications. 26 d. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for 27 Concrete Reinforcement. 28 e. A706, Standard Specification for Low-Alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for 29 Concrete Reinforcement. 30 f. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 31 Field. 32 g. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. .■ 33 h. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 34 Specimens. 35 i. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed ,.. 36 Beams of Concrete. 37 j. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 38 k. C109, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement 39 Mortars(Using 2-inch or {50-milimeter] Cube Specimens) 40 1. C143, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete. 41 m. C171, Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete. 42 n. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. .. 43 o. C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. 44 p. C219, Standard Terminology Relating to Hydraulic Cement. 45 q. C231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the 46 Pressure Method. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w 033000-3 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE �w Page 3 of 25 I r. C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 2 s. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for 3 Curing Concrete. 4 t. C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. �• 5 u. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural 6 Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. 7 v. C881, Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for .,, 8 Concrete. 9 w. C989, Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for 10 Use in Concrete and Mortars. I l x. C1017, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Use in Producing 12 Flowing Concrete. 13 y. C1059, Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened 14 Concrete. 15 z. C1064, Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic- 16 Cement Concrete. 17 aa. C1240, Standard Specification for Silica Fume Used in Cementitious Mixtures. 18 bb. E1155, Standard Test Method for Determining FF Floor Flatness and FL Floor 19 Levelness Numbers. 20 cc. F436, Standard Specification for Hardened Steel Washers. 21 6. American Welding Society(AWS). 22 a. DLI, Structural Welding Code- Steel. 23 b. DIA, Structural Welding Code-Reinforcing Steel. 24 7. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute(CRSI) 25 a. Manual of Standard Practice 26 8. Texas Department of Transportation 27 a. Standard Specification for Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets 28 and Bridges 29 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 30 A. Work Included 31 1. Design, fabrication,erection and stripping of formwork for cast-in-place concrete 32 including shoring,reshoring, falsework,bracing,proprietary forming systems, 33 prefabricated forms, void forms,permanent metal forms,bulkheads, keys, 34 blockouts, sleeves,pockets and accessories. "* 35 a. Erection shall include installation in formwork of items furnished by other 36 trades. 37 2. Furnish all labor and materials required to fabricate,deliver and install 38 reinforcement and embedded metal assemblies for cast-in-place concrete,including 39 steel bars,welded steel wire fabric, ties, supports and sleeves. 40 3. Furnish all labor and materials required to perform the following: 41 a. Cast-in-place concrete 42 b. Concrete mix designs 43 c. Grouting CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 Www 033000-4 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 4 of 25 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 3 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 4 specials. 5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 6 A. Product Data 7 1. Required for each type of product indicated 8 B. Design Mixtures 9 1. For each concrete mixture submit proposed mix designs in accordance with ACI 10 318,chapter 5. 11 2. Submit each proposed mix design with a record of past performance. 12 3. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project condi- 13 tions,weather,test results or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 14 4. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. 15 a. Include this quantity on delivery ticket. 16 C. Steel Reinforcement Submittals for Information 17 1. Mill test certificates of supplied concrete reinforcing, indicating physical and chem- 18 ical analysis. 19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] * 20 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 22 A. Manufacturer Qualifications 23 1. A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that com- 24 plies with ASTM C94 requirements for production facilities and equipment 25 2. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed 26 Concrete Production Facilities" *'■ 27 B. Source Limitations 28 1. Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same 29 manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from 1 source and obtain admixtures through 30 1 source from a single manufacturer. 31 C. ACI Publications 32 1. Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Docu- 33 ments: 34 a. ACI 301 Sections 1 through 5 «. 35 b. ACI 117 36 D. Concrete Testing Service 37 1. Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests. .. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w w 033000-5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE rr Page 5 of 25 1 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING on 2 A. Steel Reinforcement 3 1. Deliver, store,and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. so 4 2. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement. 5 B. Waterstops 6 1. Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight,dirt, oil and other 7 contaminants. 8 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 9 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 10 PART 2- PRODUCTS 11 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED OR OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 13 A. Manufacturers 14 1. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists,the following requirements 15 apply to product selection: 16 a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,products that 17 may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,products 18 specified. 19 b. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, 20 manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work 21 include,but are not limited to,manufacturers specified. 22 B. Form-Facing Materials 23 1. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete 24 a. Plywood, lumber,metal or another approved material 25 b. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and 1 side for tight fit. ■. 26 2. Chamfer Strips 27 a. Wood,metal,PVC or rubber strips 28 b. 3/4-inch x 3/4-inch,minimum 29 3. Rustication Strips 30 a. Wood, metal,PVC or rubber strips 31 b. Kerfed for ease of form removal 32 4. Form-Release Agent 33 a. Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain or 34 adversely affect concrete surfaces 35 b. Shall not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces 36 c. For steel form-facing materials, formulate with rust inhibitor. 37 5. Form Ties do CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 A 00 033000-6 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 6 of 25 Oft 1 a. Factory-fabricated,removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced 2 plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms O" 3 and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 4 b. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane 5 of exposed concrete surface. on 6 c. Furnish ties that, when removed,will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in 7 diameter in concrete surface. 8 d. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive on 9 dampproofing or waterproofing. 10 C. Steel Reinforcement 11 1. Reinforcing Bars 00 12 a. ASTM A615, Grade 60,deformed 13 D. Reinforcement Accessories 14 1. Smooth Dowel Bars 15 a. ASTM A615, Grade 60, steel bars(smooth) 16 b. Cut bars true to length with ends square and free of burrs. 17 2. Bar Supports 18 a. Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening 19 reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place 20 b. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire,plastic or precast concrete according 21 to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than 22 concrete and as follows: 23 1) For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports .. 24 contact forms,use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI 25 Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. 26 2) For slabs-on-grade,provide sand plates,horizontal runners or precast 27 concrete blocks on bottom where base material will not support chair legs 28 or where vapor barrier has been specified. 29 E. Embedded Metal Assemblies 30 1. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36 31 2. Headed Studs: Heads welded by full-fusion process,as furnished by TRW Nelson .�., 32 Stud Welding Division or approved equal 33 F. Expansion Anchors 34 1. Available Products 35 a. Wej-it Bolt,Wej-it Corporation,Tulsa, Oklahoma 36 b. Kwik Bolt II, Hilti Fastening Systems,Tulsa, Oklahoma 37 c. Trubolt, Ramset Fastening Systems, Paris,Kentucky 38 G. Adhesive Anchors and Dowels 39 1. Adhesive anchors shall consist of threaded rods anchored with an adhesive system 40 into hardened concrete or grout-filled masonry. 41 a. The adhesive system shall use a 2-component adhesive mix and shall be 42 injected with a static mixing nozzle following manufacturer's instructions. rr CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w w 033000-7 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 7 of 25 1 b. The embedment depth of the rod shall provide a minimum allowable bond 2 strength that is equal to the allowable yield capacity of the rod,unless otherwise 3 specified. 4 2. Available Products 5 a. Hilti HIT HY 150 Max 6 b. Simpson Acrylic-Tie 7 c. Powers Fasteners AC 100+Gold 8 3. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 193 9 a. Nuts: ASTM A563 hex carbon steel 10 b. Washers: ASTM F436 hardened carbon steel 11 c. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating,ASTM A153, Class C 12 H. Inserts 13 1. Provide metal inserts required for anchorage of materials or equipment to concrete 14 construction where not supplied by other trades: 15 a. In vertical concrete surfaces for transfer of direct shear loads only,provide 16 adjustable wedge inserts of malleable cast iron complete with bolts,nuts and 17 washers. 18 1) Provide 3/4-inch bolt size,unless otherwise indicated. 19 b. In horizontal concrete surfaces and whenever inserts are subject to tension 20 forces,provide threaded inserts of malleable cast iron furnished with full depth 21 bolts. 22 1) Provide 3/4-inch bolt size,unless otherwise indicated. 23 1. Concrete Materials 24 1. Cementitious Material 25 a. Use the following cementitious materials,of the same type,brand,and source, " 26 throughout Project: 27 1) Portland Cement 28 a) ASTM C150,Type U11, gray 29 b) Supplement with the following: 30 (1) Fly Ash 31 (a) ASTM C618, Class C or F 32 (2) Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag 33 (a) ASTM C989, Grade 100 or 120. 34 2) Silica Fume ,.. 35 a) ASTM C1240,amorphous silica 36 3) Normal-Weight Aggregates 37 a) ASTM C33, Class 3S coarse aggregate or better,graded 38 b) Provide aggregates from a single source. 39 4) Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size 40 a) 3/4-inch nominal 41 5) Fine Aggregate 42 a) Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement 43 6) Water 44 a) ASTM C94 and potable 45 J. Admixtures CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w ob 033000-8 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 8 of 25 am 1 1. Air-Entraining Admixture 2 a. ASTM C260 3 2. Chemical Admixtures 4 a. Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other ad- 5 mixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding 6 those permitted in hardened concrete. 7 b. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 8 c. Water-Reducing Admixture 9 1) ASTM C494,Type A 10 d. Retarding Admixture 11 1) ASTM C494,Type B .. 12 e. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture 13 1) ASTM C494,Type D 14 f. High-Range,Water-Reducing Admixture 15 1) ASTM C494,Type F 16 g. High-Range,Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture 17 1) ASTM C494,Type G «. 18 h. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture 19 1) ASTM CIO 17,Type II 20 K. Waterstops ,. 21 1. Self-Expanding Butyl Strip Waterstops 22 a. Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip,butyl rubber with sodium 23 bentonite or other hydrophilic polymers, for adhesive bonding to concrete,3/4- ,.. 24 inch x 1-inch. 25 b. Available Products 26 1) Colloid Environmental Technologies Company; Volclay Waterstop-RX 27 2) Concrete Sealants Inc.; Conseal CS-231 28 3) Greenstreak; Swellstop 29 4) Henry Company, Sealants Division; Hydro-Flex 30 5) JP Specialties,Inc.; Earthshield Type 20 .. 31 6) Progress Unlimited, Inc.; Superstop 32 7) TCMiraDRI; Mirastop 33 L. Curing Materials 34 1. Absorptive Cover 35 a. AASHTO M182, Class 2,burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing 00 36 approximately 9 ounces/square yard when dry 37 2. Moisture-Retaining Cover 38 a. ASTM C171,polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet am 39 3. Water 40 a. Potable 41 4. Clear,Waterborne,Membrane-Forming Curing Compound 42 a. ASTM C309,Type 1, Class B, dissipating 43 b. Available Products 44 1) Anti-Hydro International, Inc.;AH Curing Compound#2 DR WB .. 45 2) Burke by Edoco; Aqua Resin Cure 46 3) ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w 033000-9 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 9 of 25 1 4) Conspec Marketing&Manufacturing Co., Inc.,a Dayton Superior 2 Company; W.B. Resin Cure 3 5) Dayton Superior Corporation; Day Chem Rez Cure(J-11-W) 4 6) Euclid Chemical Company(The);Kurez DR VOX 5 7) Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 420 6 8) Lambert Corporation; Aqua Kure-Clear 7 9) L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L&M Cure R 8 10) Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100 Clear 9 11) Nox-Crete Products Group,Kinsman Corporation; Resin Cure E 10 12) Symons Corporation,a Dayton Superior Company;Resi-Chem Clear Cure 11 13) Tamms Industries, Inc.; Horncure WB 30 12 14) Unitex; Hydro Cure 309 13 15) US Mix Products Company;US Spec Maxcure Resin Clear 14 16) Vexcon Chemicals,Inc.; Certi-Vex Enviocure 100 15 M. Related Materials 16 1. Bonding Agent .., 17 a. ASTM C1059,Type II, non-redispersible,acrylic emulsion or styrene 18 butadiene 19 2. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive ■. 20 a. ASTM C881, 2-component epoxy resin,capable of humid curing and bonding 21 to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to 22 suit requirements,and as follows: 23 1) Types I and Il,non-load bearing 24 2) IV and V,load bearing, for bonding 25 3) Hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete 26 3. Reglets 27 a. Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch thick,galvanized steel sheet 28 b. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete 29 or debris. 30 4. Sleeves and Blockouts 31 a. Formed with galvanized metal,galvanized pipe,polyvinyl chloride pipe,fiber .. 32 tubes or wood 33 5. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts,Through Bolts,Anchorages 34 a. Sized as required w 35 b. Shall be of strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing 36 concrete 37 N. Repair Materials 38 1. Repair Underlayment 39 a. Cement-based,polymer-modified,self-leveling product that can be applied in 40 thicknesses of 1/8 inch or greater 41 1) Do not feather. 42 b. Cement Binder 43 1) ASTM C150,portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as 44 defined in ASTM C219 45 c. Primer CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w OM 03 30 00-10 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 10 of 25 w 1 1) Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, condi- 2 tions,and application `" 3 d. Aggregate 4 1) Well-graded,washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as 5 recommended by underlayment manufacturer *� 6 e. Compressive Strength 7 1) Not less than 4100 psi at 28 days when tested according to 8 ASTM C 109/C 109M ... 9 2. Repair Overlayment 10 a. Cement-based,polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied in 11 thicknesses of 1/8 inch or greater +�• 12 1) Do not feather. 13 b. Cement Binder 14 1) ASTM C150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as 15 defined in ASTM C219 16 c. Primer 17 1) Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate,conditions, 18 and application .. 19 d. Aggregate 20 1) Well-graded,washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch or coarse sand as recommend- 21 ed by topping manufacturer " 22 e. Compressive Strength 23 1) Not less than 5000 psi at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C109 24 O. Concrete Mixtures, General 25 1. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete,proportioned on the 26 basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data,or both, according to ACI 301. 27 a. Required average strength above specified strength 28 1) Based on a record of past performance 29 a) Determination of required average strength above specified strength 30 shall be based on the standard deviation record of the results of at least 31 30 consecutive strength tests in accordance with ACI 318,Chapter 5.3 32 by the larger amount defined by formulas 5-1 and 5-2. 33 2) Based on laboratory trial mixtures 34 a) Proportions shall be selected on the basis of laboratory trial batches 35 prepared in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5.3.3.2 to produce an 36 average strength greater than the specified strength fc by the amount 37 defined in table 5.3.2.2. 38 3) Proportions of ingredients for concrete mixes shall be determined by an in- 39 dependent testing laboratory or qualified concrete supplier. .• 40 4) For each proposed mixture,at least 3 compressive test cylinders shall be 41 made and tested for strength at the specified age. 42 a) Additional cylinders may be made for testing for information at earlier „„ 43 ages. 44 2. Cementitious Materials 45 a. Limit percentage,by weight,of cementitious materials other than portland ce- 46 ment in concrete as follows,unless specified otherwise: 47 1) Fly Ash: 25 percent CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w.i 03 30 00-1 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 11 of 25 1 2) Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent 2 3) Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent 3 4) Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace 4 Slag: 50 percent •• 5 5) Portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 per- 6 cent 7 6) Silica Fume: 10 percent 8 7) Combined Fly Ash,Pozzolans,and Silica Fume: 35 percent with fly ash or 9 pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 per- 10 cent 11 8) Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag, 12 and Silica Fume: 50 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 13 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent .. 14 3. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to: 15 a. 0.30 percent by weight of cement if concrete will have no exposure to chlorides 16 (typical) 17 b. 0.15 percent by weight if concrete will be exposed to chlorides 18 c. 1.0 percent by weight if concrete will have no exposure to chlorides and will be 19 continually dry and protected. 20 4. Admixtures 21 a. Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 22 b. Do not use admixtures which have not been incorporated and tested in accepted 23 mixes. 24 c. Use water-reducing high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in 25 concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 26 d. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high .. 27 temperatures,low humidity or other adverse placement conditions. 28 e. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete,concrete for heavy-use 29 industrial slabs and parking structure slabs,concrete required to be watertight, 30 and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 31 f. Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated. 32 P. Concrete Mixtures 33 1. Refer to TxDOT"Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of 34 Highways, Streets,and Bridges"for: 35 a. Culverts 36 b. Headwalls 37 c. Wingwalls 38 2. Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 39 a. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi at 28 days 40 b. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.50 41 c. Slump Limit: 5 inches or 8 inches for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 -- 42 inches before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing 43 admixture,plus or minus 1 inch 44 d. Air Content: 6 percent,plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 3/4- 45 inch nominal maximum aggregate size 46 Q. Fabricating Reinforcement .r CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ww 033000-12 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 12 of 25 w 1 1. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2 R. Fabrication of Embedded Metal Assemblies 3 1.. Fabricate metal assemblies in the shop.Holes shall be made by drilling or 4 punching. Holes shall not be made by or enlarged by burning. Welding shall be in 5 accordance with AWS D1.1. 6 2. Metal assemblies exposed to earth,weather or moisture shall be hot dip galvanized. 7 All other metal assemblies shall be either hot dip galvanized or painted with an .., 8 epoxy paint. Repair galvanizing after welding with a Cold Galvanizing compound 9 installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Repair painted 10 assemblies after welding with same type of paint. 11 S. Concrete Mixing 12 1. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure,batch,mix,and deliver concrete according to 13 ASTM C94, and furnish batch ticket information. 14 a. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 degrees Fahrenheit,reduce mixing 15 and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes;when air temperature is 16 above 90 degrees Fahrenheit,reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. .. 17 2. Project-Site Mixing: Measure,batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete 18 according to ASTM C94/C94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type 19 batch machine mixer. 20 a. For mixer capacity of 1 cubic yard or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 21 minutes,but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer,before any 22 part of batch is released. , 23 b. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cubic yard, increase mixing time by 15 24 seconds for each additional 1 cubic yard. 25 c. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating 26 Project identification name and number,date,mixture type, mixture time, 27 quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final 28 deposit in structure. 29 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 30 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31 PART 3 - EXECUTION 32 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 33 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 34 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 35 3.4 INSTALLATION 36 A. Formwork 37 1. Design,erect, shore,brace,and maintain formwork,according to ACI 301,to 38 support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might 39 be applied,until structure can support such loads. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 03 30 00-13 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 13 of 25 1 2. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, 2 alignment,elevation, and position indicated,within tolerance limits of ACI 117. 3 a. Vertical alignment 4 1) Lines, surfaces and arises less than 100 feet in height- 1 inch. 5 2) Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete 6 exposed to view less than 100 feet in height - 1/2 inch. 7 3) Lines, surfaces and arises greater than 100 feet in height- 1/1000 times the 8 height but not more than 6 inches. 9 4) Outside corner of exposed corner columns and control joints in concrete 10 exposed to view greater than 100 feet in height - 1/2000 times the height 11 but not more than 3 inches. 12 b. Lateral alignment 13 1) Members- 1 inch. 14 2) Centerline of openings 12 inches or smaller and edge location of larger 15 openings in slabs- 1/2 inch. 16 3) Sawcuts,joints, and weakened plane embedments in slabs -3/4 inch. 17 c. Level alignment '■ 18 1) Elevation of slabs-on-grade -3/4 inch. 19 2) Elevation of top surfaces of formed slabs before removal of shores -3/4 20 inch. •. 21 3) Elevation of formed surfaces before removal of shores -3/4 inch. 22 d. Cross-sectional dimensions: Overall dimensions of beams,joists, and columns 23 and thickness of walls and slabs. 24 1) 12 inch dimension or less-plus 1/2 inch to minus 1/4 inch. 25 2) Greater than 12 inch to 3 foot dimension-plus 1/2 inch to minus 3/8 inch. 26 3) Greater than 3 foot dimension-plus 1 inch to minus 3/4 inch. 27 e. Relative alignment �. 28 1) Stairs 29 a) Difference in height between adjacent risers - 1/8 inch. 30 b) Difference in width between adjacent treads - 1/4 inch. 31 c) Maximum difference in height between risers in a flight of stairs -3/8 32 inch. 33 d) Maximum difference in width between treads in a flight of stairs -3/8 34 inch. 35 2) Grooves 36 a) Specified width 2 inches or less - 1/8 inch. 37 b) Specified width between 2 inches and 12 inches - 1/4 inch. 38 3) Vertical alignment of outside corner of exposed corner columns and control 39 joint grooves in concrete exposed to view- 1/4 inch in 10 feet. ,.. 40 4) All other conditions -3/8 inch in 10 feet. 41 3. Limit concrete surface irregularities,designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, 42 as follows: .. 43 a. Class B, 1/4 inch for smooth-formed finished surfaces. 44 b. Class C, 1/2 inch for rough-formed finished surfaces. 45 4. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 A 033000-14 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 14 of 25 1 5. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete 2 surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast 3 concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 4 horizontal to 1 vertical. 5 a. Install keyways,reglets,recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 6 b. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. 7 6. Set edge forms,bulkheads,and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve 8 required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure 9 units to support screed strips;use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. 10 7. Construct formwork to cambers shown or specified on the Drawings to allow for 11 structural deflection of the hardened concrete. Provide additional elevation or 12 camber in formwork as required for anticipated formwork deflections due to weight 13 and pressures of concrete and construction loads. 14 8. Foundation Elements: Form the sides of all below grade portions of beams,pier 15 caps,walls, and columns straight and to the lines and grades specified. Do no earth 16 form foundation elements unless specifically indicated on the Drawings. 17 9. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area "^ 18 of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and 19 securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in 20 forms at inconspicuous locations. .. 21 10. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 22 11. Form openings,chases,offsets, sinkages,keyways,reglets,blocking, screeds, and 23 bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades 24 providing such items. 25 12. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips,wood, 26 sawdust, dirt,and other debris just before placing concrete. 27 13. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete,as required,to prevent mortar 28 leaks and maintain proper alignment. 29 14. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent,according to manufacturer's 30 written instructions,before placing reinforcement,anchoring devices,and 31 embedded items. 32 a. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are scheduled to 33 receive subsequent finishes which may be affected by agent. Soak contact 34 surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces wet prior to 35 placing concrete. 36 B. Embedded Items 37 1. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for 38 adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use 39 setting drawings,templates,diagrams, instructions,and directions furnished with 40 items to be embedded. 41 a. Install anchor rods, accurately located,to elevations required and complying 42 with tolerances in AISC 303, Section 7.5. 43 1) Spacing within a bolt group: 1/8 inch 44 2) Location of bolt group(center): '/2 inch 45 3) Rotation of bolt group: 5 degrees CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w .r 03 30 00-15 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE so Page 15 of 25 1 4) Angle off vertical: 5 degrees 2 5) Bolt projection: f 3/8 inch 3 b. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in 4 outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, •. 5 shelf angles,and other conditions. 6 C. Removing and Reusing Forms 7 1. Do not backfill prior to concrete attaining 70 percent of its 28-day design 8 compressive strength. 9 2. General: Formwork for sides of beams,walls,columns, and similar parts of the we 10 Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively 11 curing at not less than 50 degrees Fahrenheit for 24 hours after placing concrete,if 12 concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and curing 13 and protection operations are maintained. 14 a. Leave formwork for beam soffits,joists, slabs, and other structural elements 15 that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 16 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. 17 b. Do not remove formwork supporting conventionally reinforced concrete until 18 concrete has attained 70 percent of its specified 28 day compressive strength as 19 established by tests of field cured cylinders. In the absence of cylinder tests, ,w 20 supporting formwork shall remain in place until the concrete has cured at a 21 temperature of at least 50 degrees Fahrenheit for the minimum cumulative time 22 periods given in ACI 347, Section 3.7.2.3. Add the period of time when the 23 surrounding air temperature is below 50 degrees Fahrenheit,to the minimum 24 listed time period. Formwork for 2-way conventionally reinforced slabs shall 25 remain in place for at least the minimum cumulative time periods specified for 26 1-way slabs of the same maximum span. 27 c. Immediately reshore 2-way conventionally reinforced slabs after formwork 28 removal. Reshores shall remain until the concrete has attained the specified 28 29 day compressive strength. 30 d. Minimum cumulative curing times may be reduced by the use of high-early 31 strength cement or forming systems which allow form removal without 32 disturbing shores,but only after the Contractor has demonstrated to the *� 33 satisfaction of the Engineer that the early removal of forms will not cause 34 excessive sag, distortion or damage to the concrete elements. 35 e. Completely remove wood forms. Provide temporary openings if required. .. 36 f. Provide adequate methods of curing and thermal protection of exposed concrete 37 if forms are removed prior to completion of specified curing time. 38 g. Reshore areas required to support construction loads in excess of 20 pounds per 39 square foot to properly distribute construction loading. Construction loads up 40 to the rated live load capacity may be placed on unshored construction provided 41 the concrete has attained the specified 28 day compressive strength. 42 h. Obtaining concrete compressive strength tests for the purposes of form removal 43 is the responsibility of the Contractor. 44 i. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms 45 without loosening or disturbing shores. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w 03 30 00-16 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 16 of 25 �. 1 3. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split,frayed, 2 delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for 3 exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. 4 4. When forms are reused,clean surfaces,remove fins and laitance,and tighten to 5 close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for 6 exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Engineer. 7 D. Shores and Reshores 8 1. The Contractor is solely responsible for proper shoring and reshoring. 9 2. Comply with ACI 318 and ACI 301 for design, installation,and removal of shoring 10 and reshoring. 11 a. Do not remove shoring or reshoring until measurement of slab tolerances is 12 complete. 13 3. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. .. 14 Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive 15 stress or deflection. 16 E. Steel Reinforcement ^" 17 1. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing 18 reinforcement. 19 a. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder 20 before placing concrete. 21 2. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale,earth,ice,and other foreign 22 materials that would reduce bond to concrete. 23 3. Accurately position, support,and secure reinforcement against displacement. 24 Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete 25 cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. VA 26 a. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS DIA,where indicated. Only steel 27 conforming to ASTM A706 may be welded. 28 4. Installation tolerances 29 a. Top and bottom bars in slabs,girders,beams and joists: 30 1) Members 8 inches deep or less: t3/8 inch 31 2) Members more than 8 inches deep: tl/2 inch 32 b. Concrete Cover to Formed or Finished Surfaces: t3/8 inches for members 8 33 inches deep or less; tl/2 inches for members over 8 inches deep,except that 34 tolerance for cover shall not exceed 1/3 of the specified cover. •• 35 5. Concrete Cover 36 a. Reinforcing in structural elements deposited against the ground: 3 inches 37 b. Reinforcing in formed beams,columns and girders: 1-1/2 inches •+ 38 c. Grade beams and exterior face of formed walls and columns exposed to 39 weather or in contact with the ground: 2 inches 40 d. Interior faces of walls: 1 inches 41 e. Slabs: 3/4 inches .42 6. Splices: Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends.Comply 43 with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not specified on the .,. 44 documents. Do not lap splice no. 14 and 18 bars. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w 033000-17 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 17 of 25 1 7. Field Welding of Embedded Metal Assemblies 2 a. Remove all paint and galvanizing in areas to receive field welds. 3 b. Field Prepare all areas where paint or galvanizing has been removed with the 4 specified paint or cold galvanizing compound,respectively. 5 F. Joints 6 1. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of .r 7 concrete. 8 2. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not 9 impaired,at locations indicated or as approved by Engineer. .w 10 a. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement 11 across construction joints,unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue 12 reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 13 b. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches into concrete. 14 c. Locate joints for beams, slabs,joists,and girders in the middle third of spans. 15 Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a 16 beam-girder intersection. 17 d. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, 18 beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 19 e. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral •. 20 with walls,near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 21 f. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against 22 hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. .. 23 3. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where 24 indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat 1-1/2 of dowel length to prevent concrete 25 bonding to 1 side of joint. 26 G. Waterstops 27 1. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to 28 forma continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Supportand 29 protect exposed waterstops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in 30 waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions. 31 2. Self-Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other 32 locations indicated,according to manufacturer's written instructions,adhesive 33 bonding, mechanically fastening, and firmly pressing into place. Install in longest 34 lengths practicable. 35 H. Adhesive Anchors 36 1. Comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions on the hole diameter and 37 depth required to fully develop the tensile strength of the adhesive anchor or 38 reinforcing bar. 39 2. Properly clean out the hole utilizing a wire brusll and compressed air to remove all 40 loose material from the hole,prior to installing adhesive material. 41 I. Concrete Placement 42 1. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork,reinforcement,and 43 embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 033000-18 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 18 of 25 wr 1 2. Do not add water to concrete during delivery,at Project site,or during placement 2 unless approved by Engineer. 3 3. Before test sampling and placing concrete,water may be added at Project site, _ 4 subject to limitations of ACI 301. 5 a. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing 6 admixtures to mixture. 7 b. Do not exceed the maximum specified water/cement ratio for the mix. 8 4. Deposit concrete continuously in 1 layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness 9 that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause 10 seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously,provide 11 construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 12 a. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design 13 pressures, 15 feet maximum and in a manner to avoid inclined construction 14 joints. rt+ 15 b. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to 16 ACI 301. 17 c. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw on 18 vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed 19 layer and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into 20 lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, 21 limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and 22 complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without 23 causing mixture constituents to segregate. 24 d. Do not permit concrete to drop freely any distance greater than 10 feet for "•" 25 concrete containing a high range water reducing admixture(superplasticizer)or 26 5 feet for other concrete. Provide chute or tremie to place concrete where longer 27 drops are necessary. Do not place concrete into excavations with standing 28 water. If place of deposit cannot be pumped dry,pour concrete through a tremie 29 with its outlet near the bottom of the place of deposit. 30 e. Discard pump priming grout and do not use in the structure. • 31 5. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, 32 within limits of construction joints,until placement of a panel or section is 33 complete. •* 34 a. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly 35 worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 36 b. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. ,. 37 c. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 38 d. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 39 e. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open- 40 textured surface plane,before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not 41 further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. 42 6. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect 43 concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by 44 frost,freezing actions,or low temperatures. 45 a. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 46 degrees Fahrenheit for 3 successive days,maintain delivered concrete mixture .. 47 temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w 033000-19 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 19 of 25 1 b. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place ' 2 concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3 c. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze 4 agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in +• 5 mixture designs. 6 7. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 305.1 and as follows: 7 a. Maintain concrete temperature below 95 degrees Fahrenheit at time of 8 placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control 9 temperature,provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of 10 mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. .. 11 b. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing 12 concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or 13 dry areas. 14 J. Finishing Formed Surfaces 15 1. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material 16 with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections *w 17 that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 18 a. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. 19 2. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls,horizontal offsets, and similar 20 unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a 21 texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of 22 formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces,unless otherwise 23 indicated. 24 K. Miscellaneous Concrete Items 25 1. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures,unless otherwise 26 indicated,after work of other trades is in place. Mix,place, and cure concrete,as 27 specified,to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous 28 concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. 29 2. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while 30 concrete is still green and by steel-troweling surfaces to a hard,dense finish with 31 corners, intersections,and terminations slightly rounded. w. 32 3. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and 33 foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment 34 at correct elevations,complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer 35 furnishing machines and equipment. 36 a. Housekeeping pads: Normal weight concrete(3000 psi),reinforced with 37 #3@16 inches on center set at middepth of pad.Trowel concrete to a dense, 38 smooth finish. Set anchor bolts for securing mechanical or electrical equipment 39 during pouring of concrete fill. 40 4. Protective slabs("Mud slabs"): Normal weight concrete(2500 psi minimum)with a 41 minimum thickness of 3-1/2 inches. Finish slab to a wood float finish. 42 L. Concrete Protecting and Curing 43 1. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold 44 or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and 45 ACI 305.1 for hot-weather protection during curing. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 033000-20 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 20 of 25 r 1 2. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces,including underside of beams, 2 supported slabs,and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, 3 moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, 4 continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. 5 3. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure 6 unformed surfaces,including floors and slabs,concrete floor toppings, and other 7 surfaces. 8 4. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1,by 1 or a combination of the following 9 methods: 10 a. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than 7 days 11 with the following materials: 12 1) Water 13 2) Continuous water-fog spray 14 3) Absorptive cover,water saturated,and kept continuously wet. Cover • 15 concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive 16 covers 17 b. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture- 18 retaining cover for curing concrete,placed in widest practicable width,with 19 sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches,and*sealed by waterproof tape or 20 adhesive. Cure for not less than 7 days. Immediately repair any holes or tears 21 during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 22 1) Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to 23 receive floor coverings. 24 2) Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to 25 receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. 26 3) Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture- 27 retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will 28 not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 29 c. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray 30 or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas .. 31 subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain 32 continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 33 3.5 REPAIR 34 A. Concrete Surface Repairs 35 1. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Engineer. .. 36 Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Engineer's 37 approval. 38 2. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar,consisting of 1 part portland .. 39 cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve,using only enough 40 water for handling and placing. 41 3. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture .. 42 irregularities,cracks, spalls,air bubbles,honeycombs,rock pockets, fins and other 43 projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be 44 removed by cleaning. ., CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 e� 03 30 00-21 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 21 of 25 1 a. Immediately after form removal, cut-out honeycombs,rock pockets,and voids 2 more than 1/2 inch in any dimension in solid concrete,but not less than 1 inch 3 in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen 4 with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and «» 5 compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie 6 voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 7 b. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement 8 and standard portland cement so that,when dry,patching mortar will match 9 surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify 10 mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in 11 place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 12 c. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability 13 and structural performance as determined by Engineer. 14 4. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, 15 for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and 16 high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness;use 17 a sloped template. 18 a. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls,pop 19 outs,honeycombs,rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide 20 or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections 21 regardless of width,and other objectionable conditions. 22 b. After concrete has cured at least 14 days,correct high areas by grinding. 23 c. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface .■ 24 finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching 25 mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 26 d. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in ,.., 27 diameter,by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective 28 areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4- 29 inch clearance all-around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching .r 30 concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials 31 and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, 32 compact,and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same 33 manner as adjacent concrete. 34 e. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch or less in diameter with patching 35 mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off 36 dust,dirt,and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply 37 bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. 38 Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched 39 area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. 40 5. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Engineer's approval,using epoxy 41 adhesive and patching mortar. 42 6. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used,subject to " 43 Engineer's approval. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 03 30 00-22 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 22 of 25 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 3 A. Testing and Inspecting: City will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and 4 inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 5 B. Inspections 6 1. Steel reinforcement placement .. 7 2. Headed bolts and studs 8 3. Verification of use of required design mixture 9 4. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing 10 5. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature 11 6. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams 12 and slabs 13 C. Concrete Tests: Perform testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained 14 according to ASTM C 172 according to the following requirements: 15 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain 1 composite sample for each day's pour of each 16 concrete mixture exceeding 5 cubic yard,but less than 25 cubic yard,plus 1 set for 17 each additional 50 cubic yard or fraction thereof. *� 18 2. Slump: ASTM C 143; 1 test at point of placement for each composite sample,but 19 not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional 20 tests when concrete consistency appears to change. ■" 21 3. Air Content: ASTM C231,pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; 1 test for 22 each composite sample,but not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete 23 mixture. 24 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; 1 test hourly when air temperature is 40 25 degrees Fahrenheit and below and when 80 degrees Fahrenheit and above,and 1 26 test for each composite sample. 27 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31. 28 a. Cast and laboratory cure 4 cylinders for each composite sample. 29 1) Do not transport field cast cylinders until they have cured for a 30 minimum of 24 hours. 31 6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C39; 32 a. Test 1 cylinder at 7 days. 33 b. Test 2 cylinders at 28 days. 34 c. Hold 1 cylinder for testing at 56 days as needed. 35 7. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion 36 laboratory-cured cylinders,evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures 37 for protecting and curing in-place concrete. 38 8. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any 3 39 consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive 40 strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive 41 strength by more than 500 psi. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 �s 40 033000-23 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE am Page 23 of 25 1 9. Report test results in writing to Engineer,concrete manufacturer,and Contractor so 2 within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain 3 Project identification name and number,date of concrete placement,name of 4 concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work,design am 5 compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, 6 compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-and 28-day tests. 7 10. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of �* 8 concrete when test results indicate that slump,air entrainment,compressive 9 strengths, or other requirements have not been met,as directed by Engineer. 10 Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete 11 by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42 or by other methods as directed by 12 Engineer. 13 a. When the strength level of the concrete for any portion of the structure, as 14 indicated by cylinder tests, falls below the specified requirements,provide 15 improved curing conditions and/or adjustments to the mix design as required to 16 obtain the required strength. If the average strength of the laboratory control 17 cylinders falls so low as to be deemed unacceptable,follow the core test 18 procedure set forth in ACI 301, Chapter 17. Locations of core tests shall be 19 approved by the Engineer. Core sampling and testing shall be at Contractors 20 expense. 21 b. If the results of the core tests indicate that the strength of the structure is 22 inadequate, any replacement, load testing, or strengthening as may be ordered 23 by the Engineer shall be provided by the Contractor without cost to the City. 24 11. Additional testing and inspecting,at Contractor's expense,will be performed to 25 determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 26 12. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not 27 comply with the Contract Documents. 28 D. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E1155 within 48 29 hours of finishing. 30 E. Concrete Finish Measurement and Tolerances 31 1. All floors are subject to measurement for flatness and levelness and comply with 32 the following: 33 a. Slabs shall be flat within a tolerance of 5/16 inches in 10 feet when tested with 34 a 10 foot long straightedge. Apply straightedge to the slab at 3 foot intervals in ■r, 35 both directions, lapping straightedge 3 feet on areas previously checked. Low 36 spots shall not exceed the above dimension anywhere along the straightedge. 37 Flatness shall be checked the next work day after finishing. .. 38 b. Slabs shall be level within a tolerance of f 1/4 inch in 10 feet,not to exceed 3/4 39 inches total variation,anywhere on the floor, from elevations indicated on the 40 Drawings. Levelness shall be checked on a 10 foot grid using a level after 41 removal of forms. 42 c. Measurement Standard: All floors are subject to measurement for flatness and 43 levelness,according to ASTM E1155. 44 2. 2 Tiered Measurement Standard .s 45 a. Each floor test section and the overall floor area shall conform to the 2-tiered 46 measurement standard as specified herein. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,20I2 033000-24 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 24 of 25 1 1) Minimum Local Value: The minimum local FF/FL values represent the ab- 2 solute minimum surface profile that will be acceptable for any 1 test sample 3 (line of measurements)anywhere within the test area. 4 2) Specified Overall Value: The specified overall FF/FL values represent the 5 minimum values acceptable for individual floor sections as well as the floor **� 6 as a whole. 7 3. Floor Test Sections 8 a. A floor test section is defined as the smaller of the following areas: .. 9 1) The area bounded by column and/or wall lines 10 2) The area bounded by construction and/or control joint lines - 11 3) Any combination of column lines and/or control joint lines .• 12 b. Test sample measurement lines within each test section shall be 13 multidirectional along 2 orthogonal lines,as defined by ASTM El 155,at a 14 spacing to be determined by the City's testing agency. 15 c. The precise layout of each test section shall be determined by the City's testing 16 agency. 17 4. Concrete Floor Finish Tolerance 18 a. The following values apply before removal of shores. Levelness values(FL)do 19 not apply to intentionally sloped or cambered areas,nor to slabs poured on - 20 metal deck or precast concrete. 21 1) Slabs 22 Overall Value FF45/FL30 23 . Minimum Local Value FF30/FL20 24 5. Floor Elevation Tolerance Envelope 25 a. The acceptable tolerance envelope for absolute elevation of any point on the 26 slab surface,with respect to the elevation shown on the Drawings, is as follows: 27 1) Slab-on-Grade Construction: f 3/4 inch 28 2) Top surfaces of formed slabs measured prior to removal of supporting 29 shores:f 3/4 inch 30 3) Top surfaces of all other slabs: t 3/4 inch * 31 4) Slabs specified to slope shall have a tolerance from the specified slope of 32 3/8 inch in 10 feet at any point,up to 3/4 inch from theoretical elevation at - 33 any point. MW 34 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 35 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 36 3.10 CLEANING 37 A. Defective Work +*� 38 1. Imperfect or damaged work or any material damaged or determined to be defective 39 before final completion and acceptance of the entire job shall be satisfactorily re- 40 placed at the Contractor's expense, and in conformity with all of the requirements of 41 the Drawings and Specifications. 42 2. Perform removal and replacement of concrete work in such manner as not to impair 43 the appearance or strength of the structure in any way. 44 B. Cleaning CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 033000-25 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ,.. Page 25 of 25 1 1. Upon completion of the work remove from the site all forms,equipment,protective 2 coverings and any rubbish resulting therefrom. 3 2. After sweeping floors,wash floors with clean water. 4 3. Leave finished concrete surfaces in a clean condition,satisfactory to the City. rs 5 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9 END OF SECTION 10 Revision Log w DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 2.2.0.3—Removed Blue Text/Added Descriptions for water-soluble, 12/20/2012 D.Johnson chloride-ion content 3A.C.1 —Changed 75%to 70% r. SO r w r CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 SECTION 03 30 00.1 SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE - HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Furnish labor, materials, mixing and transporting equipment and incidentals necessary to proportion, mix, transport, place, consolidate,finish and cure high strength concrete in the structure. B. Related sections: 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast- furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00, SUBMITTALS and shall include: A. Shop Drawings for: 1. Mix design: For each concrete mix, complete the form "Concrete Mix Design" and one of the following forms: "Documentation of Required Average Strength — Field Strength Test Record" or"Documentation of Average Strength—Trial Mixtures". 2. Submit a schedule to the Owner's representative which shows the sequence of concrete placements. B. Certified Test Reports for: 1. Materials used in the trial mix design. 2. Aggregate, conforming to ASTM C33, including the test reports for soundness and abrasion resistance. 3. Aggregate: a. Verification that aggregate is not"potentially reactive" per ASTM C289. b. Or a cement chemical analysis indicating that the total alkali content is acceptable per section 2.02-A. 4. Seven (7) day and 28-day compressive strength tests results. a. When more than fifteen (15) 28-day compressive tests results are available from the current project for a given class of concrete, include the 15 test running average compressive strength versus the required average compressive strength (based on the previous 15 tests) in graphical form. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE w. CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 03 30 00.1 - 1 B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and the Engineer, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to �. product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. - 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers -- offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.02 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement; General: If the fine and/or coarse aggregates test "Potentially Reactive", in accordance with ASTM C289, a low alkali Portland Cement shall be used. The total alkali content calculated as the percentage of sodium oxide(Na2O) plus 0.658 times the percentage of potassium oxide (K2O)shall not exceed 0.6. B. Cement; Type: 1. Type I or 1/II Portland Cement, conforming to ASTM C150; used for all concrete, unless noted otherwise. C. Fly Ash/Pozzolans: Conforming to ASTM C618, Class F fly ash; used in all classes of concrete. A supplier's certificate of the analysis and composition of the fly ash shall be supplied. D. Coarse Aggregate 1. Crushed stone or gravel conforming to ASTM C33, in the gradation size specified. 2. For gradation size number 467, a maximum aggregate size of 1-1/2" is: Sieve Size Percent Retained Percent Passing 2" 0 100 1-1/2" 0-5 95— 100 .� 3/4" 30-65 35-70 3/8" 70-90 10-30 No. 4 95- 100 0-5 EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 03 30 00.1 -2 -- 3. For gradation size number 57, the maximum aggregate size of 1" is: Sieve Size Percent Retained Percent Passing 1-1/2" 0 100 1" 0-5 95- 100 '/" 40-75 25-60 No. 4 90-100 0- 10 No. 8 95- 100 0- 5 4. For gradation size number 67, the maximum aggregate size of 3/4" is: Sieve Size Percent Retained Percent Passing 1" 0 100 3/4" 0- 10 90-100 3/8" 45-80 20-55 No. 4 90- 100 10- 10 No. 8 95- 100 1 0-5 5. For gradation size number 8, the maximum aggregate size of 3/8" is: Sieve Size Percent Retained Percent Passing 1" 0 100 3/8" 0- 15 85- 100 No. 4 70-90 10-30 No. 8 90-100 0- 10 No. 16 95—100 0—5 E. Fine Aggregate 1. Washed and screened natural sands or sands manufactured by crushing stones; conforming to ASTM C33. The gradation in ASTM C33 for air entrained concrete is: Sieve Size Percent Retained Percent Passing 3/8" 0 100 #4 0- 5 95- 100 #8 0-20 80- 100 - #16 15-50 50- 85 #30 40-75 25-60 #50 70 -90 10- 30 #100 90 -98 2- 10 2. Fine aggregate shall have not more than 45% retained between any two (2) consecutive sieves. Its fineness modulus, as defined in ASTM C125, shall be not less than 2.3 nor more than 3.1. F. Water 1. Potable and complying with ASTM C 94. 2.03 ADMIXTURES A. Air-Entraining Admixture: Conforming to ASTM C260. The total average air content shall be in accordance with recommendations of ACI 211.1; 4.5% ±1.5% for 1-1/2" maximum size aggregate. B. Water Reducing Admixtures: Conforming to ASTM C494; Types "A" or "D" only; accurately measured and added to the mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 03 30 00.1 -3 C. Set Retarding Admixtures: Conforming to ASTM C494; Types "B" and "D" only; accurately measured and added to the mix in according to the manufacturer's recommendations. D. Water Reducing Admixtures - High Range (HRWR): High Range Water Reducer shall comply with ASTM C494, Type F or G. HRWR shall be accurately measured in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. HRWR shall be added to the concrete mix at the concrete batch plant. HRWR may not be added at placement site except to redose a batch and only after approval of the HRWR manufacturer. The high range water reducing admixture shall be able to maintain the plasticity range without significant loss of slump or rise in concrete temperature for 2 hours. With the use of these admixtures, slump limit shall be ,R between 7" and 9" unless otherwise authorized by the manufacturer. Other admixtures may only be used with the HRWR if approved by the HRWR manufacturer. A representative of the HRWR manufacturer shall be present during any large placement, placement of slabs, or during times of unusual circumstance which may require changes to the product formulation. �. 1. Manufacturers: a. Master Builders, Inc. „ b. W. R. Grace&Co. c. Sika Corporation. 2.04 CURING MATERIALS A. Sheet Curing Material: Conforming to ASTM C171. 1. Waterproof paper 2. Polyethylene film 3. White burlap- polyethylene film B. Membrane Curing Compounds: Membrane curing compound conforming to ASTM C309; having a color to indicate coverage when applied; non-staining; applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations. No curing compound shall be used on walls which are to , receive a plaster mix finish. When tested according to ASTM C156, the curing compound shall provide a film which has retained, within the specimen, the following percentages of moisture present when the curing compound was applied: 1. At least 97% at the end 24 hours 2. At least 95% at the end of three(3)days 3. At least 91% at the end of seven (7)days C. Concrete Curing and Sealing Compound: Where a sealer is necessary, use a concrete curing and sealing compound. Application of this product shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Sonneborn Kure-N-Seal W, by BASF The Chemical Company. D. Finishing Aid: Spraying material designed to form a monomolecular film on fresh concrete that reduces the rate of evaporation of surface moisture prior to finishing; conforming to Confilm, as manufactured by Master Builders, Inc. This material is not a curing compound. Concrete must be cured as specified. 2.05 RELATED MATERIALS A. Joint Materials for Non-Water-Retaining Structures: Bituminous-type, preformed, expansion joint filler; conforming to ASTM D994. B. Bonding Agents: EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 033000.1 -4 -- 1. Install according to the manufacturer's recommendations and written instructions. 2. Bonding agent shall be Sika Armatec 110 EpoCem by Sika Corporation. 2.06 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Structural Concrete Repair Material: Non-shrink, non-slump, non-metallic, quick-setting patching mortar; as approved by the manufacturer for each application and applied accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Products: .. a. Sikatop 123 by Sika Corporation b. Five Star Structural Concrete by Five Star Products, Inc. 2.07 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Design Criteria 1. Concrete shall be composed of Portland Cement, fine aggregate, coarse aggregate, admixtures and water, as specified. All Class A and C concrete shall include high range water reducer(HRWR). 2. ACI 211.1 shall be the basis for selecting the proportions for concrete made with aggregates of normal and high density and of workability suitable for usual cast-in-place structures. .... 3. The design of the concrete shall be consistent with the minimum requirements of strength and proportions stated herein and in accordance with ACI Standard 211.1 "Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete," subject to maximum water cement ratio, minimum cement content and minimum strengths specified. 4. The workability of any mix shall be as required for the specific placing conditions and the method of placement. The concrete shall have the ability to be worked readily into corners and around reinforcing steel without the segregation of materials or the collection of free water on the surface. Compliance with specified slump limitations shall not necessarily designate a satisfactory mix. 5. In no case shall the amount of coarse material produce harshness in placing or honeycombing in the structure,when forms are removed. 6. The maximum amount of coarse aggregate (dry loose volume) per cubic foot of finished concrete shall not exceed 0.82 cubic feet. 7. The maximum amount of water includes the water in the aggregate, with the aggregates in a saturated, surface-dry condition. 8. The maximum water content shall be the amount added at the mixer, plus the free water in the aggregate, and minus the absorption of the aggregate based on a 30-minute absorption period. No allowance shall be made for the evaporation of water after batching. If additional water is required to obtain the desired slump, a compensating amount of cement shall also be added. In no case shall the maximum water-cement ratio exceed the specified maximum or that of the approved mix design. No additional compensation shall be made for additional cement. 9. If fly ash is to be used in place of cement, no more than 20% percent of the cement may be replaced. The amount of fly ash used in place of the cement shall be 20% percent greater than the amount of cement removed. 10. Concrete of 3000 psi or stronger shall contain air-entraining admixtures with the exception of drilled shafts. However, drilled shafts shall also contain air-entraining admixtures if fly ash is used or if placed underwater. 11. When job conditions dictate, water-reducing and set-controlling admixtures may be used. Only specified admixtures shall be used. Admixtures shall be batched at the batch plant. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 03 30 00.1 -5 12. Concrete shall be capable of developing two thirds of the required 28-day compressive strength in seven days. B. Concrete Classifications Min. 28-Day Max. Size Water: Max. Sacks of Class Compressive Aggregate Slump" Strength (inches) Cement (inches) Cement*" Ratio Per CY (psi) A 4000 Size No. 467 0.45 5 5.5 B 5000 1.5 Size No. 467 0.40 4 6.5 C. Required Average Compressive Strength 1. All concrete is required to have an average compressive strength greater than the specified strength. The required average compressive strength shall be established according to the requirements of ACI 301,4.2.3.3. 2. Standard Deviation: If the production facility has records of field tests performed within the past 12 months and spanning a period of not less than 60 calendar days for a class of concrete within 1000 psi of that specified for the work, calculate a standard deviation and establish the required average strength fcr' in accordance with ACI 301, 4.2.3.2 and 4.2.3.3.a. If field test records are not available, select the required average strength from ACI 301, Table 4.2.3.3.b. D. Documentation of Required Average Compressive Strength 1. Documentation indicating the proposed concrete proportions will produce an average compressive strength equal to or greater than the required average compressive strength, shall consist of field strength records or trial mixture. 2. Field Strength Records .� a. Document field strength records according to ACI 301, 4.2.3.4.a and including the following. 1) Field test data shall no be older than one year. 2) If field test data are available and represent a single group of at least 10 consecutive strength tests for one mixture, using the same materials, under the same conditions, and encompassing a period of not less than 60 days, verify that the average of the field test results equals or exceeds fcr' . Submit for acceptance -~ the mixture proportions along with the field test data. 3) If the field test data represent two groups of compressive strength tests for two mixtures, plot the average strength of each group versus the water-cementitious materials ratio of the corresponding mixture proportions and interpolate between them to establish the required mixture proportions for fcr'. 3. Trial Mixtures a. Establish trial mixture proportions according to ACI 301, 4.2.3.4.b and including the following. 1) Make at least three trial mixtures complying with performance and design requirements. Each trial mixture shall have a different cementitious material content. Select water-cementitious materials ratios that will produce a range of compressive strengths encompassing the required average compressive strength fcr' . 2) Submit a plot of a curve showing the relationship between water-cementitious materials ratio and compressive strength. 3) Establish mixture proportions so that the maximum water-cementitious materials ratio is not exceeded when the slump is at the maximum specified. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 033000.1 -6 b. Laboratory samples shall be taken in accordance with the trial mix designs for laboratory testing purposes. c. The fresh concrete shall be tested for Slump (ASTM C143) and Air Content (ASTM C173 and ASTM C231). Strength test specimens shall be made, cured and tested for seven (7) and 28-day strength in accordance with ASTM C192, ASTM C39, and ASTM C293. d. Suitable facilities shall be provided for readily obtaining representative samples of aggregate from each of the weigh batchers for test purposes and for obtaining representative samples of concrete for uniformity tests. The necessary platforms, -- tools, and equipment for obtaining samples shall be furnished. Aggregates shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C289. e. The cement contents specified are minimum values. If additional quantities are r, required to obtain the specified strengths, supply the cement at no additional cost to the Owner. f. A trial mix shall be designed by an independent testing laboratory, retained and paid by the Contractor and approved by the Owner. The testing laboratory shall submit verification that the materials and proportions of the trial concrete mix design meet the specifications. g. From these trial mix tests, the ratios between 7-day and 28-day strengths shall be .. established. The seven (7) day strength which corresponds to the required 28-day strength shall be determined. h. The final results of the trial mix design shall be submitted to the Engineer at least ten . (10) days prior to the scheduled beginning of concrete placement and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the placement of any concrete. 4. Revisions to concrete mixtures a. When less than 15 compressive strength tests results for a given class of concrete are available from the current project: 1) If any of the If any of the following criteria are met, take immediate steps to increase average compressive strength of the concrete. a) A 7-day compressive strength test result multiplied by 1.5 falls below the required 28-day compressive strength. b) A 28-day compressive strength tests result is deemed not satisfactory. -� b. When at least 15 compressive strength test results for a given class of concrete become available from the current project: 1) Calculate the actual average compressive strength, standard deviation and required average compressive strength using the previous 15 consecutive strength tests. Submit results in graphical form with each 28-day test result for that class of concrete. 2) If any of the following criteria are met, take immediate steps to increase average compressive strength of the concrete. a) A 7-day compressive strength test result multiplied by the average job-to-date ratio of 7-day to 28-day compressive strength falls below the required 28-day compressive strength. b) A 28-day compressive strength tests result is deemed not satisfactory. c) The average compressive strength falls below the required average compressive strength. c. When revisions to the mix design are required, notify the Engineer in writing of the corrective actions taken. 2.08 OFF SITE BATCH PLANT Batch plants shall be an established concrete batching facility meeting the requirements of the Concrete Plant Standards of the Concrete Plant Manufacturers Bureau. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 03 30 00.1 -7 2.09 CONCRETE MIXING A. Mixers may be stationary, truck, or paving mixers of approved design. They shall be capable of combining the materials into a uniform mixture and of discharging without mixture segregation. Stationary and paving mixers shall be provided with an acceptable device to lock the discharge mechanism until the required mixing time has elapsed. The mixers or mixing plant shall include a device for automatically counting the total number of batches of . concrete mixed. The mixers shall be operated at the drum or mixing blade speed designated by the manufacturer on the name plate. B. The mixing time for stationary mixers shall be based upon the mixer's ability to produce uniform concrete throughout the batch and from batch to batch. For guidance purposes, the manufacturer's recommendations, or one (1) minute for one (1)cubic yard plus 1/4 minute for each additional cubic yard may be used. Final mixing time shall be based on mixer . performance. Mixers shall not be charged in excess of the capacity specified by the manufacturer. C. When a stationary mixer is used for partial mixing of the concrete (shrink mixed), the stationary mixing time may be reduced to the minimum necessary to intermingle the ingredients (about 30 seconds). D. When a truck mixer is used, either for complete mixing (transit-mixed) or to finish the partial mixing in a stationary mixer and in the absence of uniformity test data, each batch of concrete shall be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum, at the rate of rotation designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as mixing speed. If the batch is at least 1/2 cubic yard less than the rated capacity, in the absence of uniformity test data, the number of revolutions at mixing speed may be reduced to no less than 50. Additional mixing shall be performed at the speed designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed. When necessary for proper control of the concrete, mixing of transit-mixed concrete shall not be permitted until the truck mixer is at the site of the concrete placement. Truck mixers shall be equipped with accurate revolution counters. E. Paving mixers may be either single compartment drum or multiple compartment drum type. A sled or box of suitable size shall be attached to the mixer under the bucket to catch any concrete spillage that may occur when the mixer is discharging concrete into the bucket. Multiple compartment drum paving mixers shall be properly synchronized. The mixing time shall be determined by time required to transfer the concrete between compartments of the drum. F. Vehicles used in transporting materials from the batching plant to the paving mixers shall have bodies or compartments of adequate capacity to carry the materials and to deliver each batch, separated and intact, to the mixer. Cement shall be transported from the batching plant to the mixers in separate compartments which are equipped with windproof and rain-proof covers. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Notify the Owner's representative upon completion of various portions of the work required for placing concrete, so that inspection may be made as early as possible. Keep the Owner's representative informed of the anticipated concrete placing schedule. B. All items, including lines and grades, forms, water stops, reinforcing, inserts, piping, electrical, plumbing and the Contractor's concreting materials and equipment shall be in compliance with the plans and specifications before proceeding. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 033000.1 - 8 C. Do not place any concrete until formwork and the placing reinforcement in that unit is complete. Place no concrete before the completion of all adjacent operations which might prove detrimental to the concrete. D. Brilliantly light the work site so that all operations are plainly visible when concrete mixing, placing, and finishing continues after daylight. Whenever possible, concrete finishing shall be completed in daylight hours. E. When placing concrete, the forms shall be clean and entirely free from all chips, dirt, sawdust and other extraneous matter. Forms for slab, beam and girder construction shall not have tie wire cuttings, nails, or any other matter which would mar the appearance of the finished construction. Clean forms and keep them free of any foreign matter during concrete placing. F. The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the time limits specified shall not be used. Concrete shall not be re- tempered. G. Concrete shall not be placed if impending weather conditions would impair the quality of the finished work. H. Unless otherwise provided, the following requirements shall govern the time sequence on which construction operations shall be carried. 1. Forms for walls or columns shall not be erected on concrete footings until the concrete in the footing has cured for at least two (2) curing days. Concrete may be placed in a wall or column as soon as the forms and reinforcing steel placements are approved. 2. Steel beams or forms and falsework for superstructures shall not be erected on concrete substructures until the substructure concrete has cured for at least four (4) curing days. Falsework required for superstructures shall not be erected until the substructure has cured for four (4) curing days, and shall not be removed until the superstructure has cured. 3.02 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Where aluminum anchors, aluminum shapes, or aluminum electrical conduits are embedded in concrete, paint aluminum contact surfaces with zinc rich primer. Allow the paint to thoroughly dry before placing the aluminum in contact with the concrete. B. Paint steel or other ferrous metal to be mounted on or placed in contact with dry/cured concrete. 3.03 JOINTS A. Expansion Joints and Devices 1. Workmanship: Exercise careful workmanship in joint construction to separate the concrete sections by an open joint or by the joint materials, and make the joints true to the outline indicated. -- 2. Expansion Joints: Construct expansion joints and devices to provide expansion and contraction. Construct joints which are to be left open or filled with poured joint material with forms which are adaptable for loosening or early removal. In order to avoid jamming by the expansion action of the concrete and the consequent likelihood of injuring adjacent concrete, remove or loosen these forms as soon as possible after the concrete has initially set. Make provisions for loosening the forms to permit free concrete expansion without requiring full removal. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE �. CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 03 30 00.1 - 9 B. Construction Joints 1. Construction joints are formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact with concrete which has attained its initial set. When concrete is specified as monolithic, the term shall be interpreted as the manner and sequence of concrete placement so that construction joints do not occur. a. Unless noted otherwise, the maximum horizontal spacing of construction joints shall be 40-feet. b. For slabs on grade, the maximum spacing between two construction joints or between a construction joint and a control joint shall be 15-feet, unless noted .— otherwise. c. Unless noted otherwise or approved by the Engineer, the maximum vertical spacing of construction joints shall be 15-feet. If not detailed on the drawings, construction „ joint details and locations shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 2. Additional horizontal and vertical construction joints, when submitted and approved by the Engineer, may have an impact on reinforcing details. Revise reinforcing details to reflect additional joints. 3. Unless otherwise provided, construction joints shall be square and normal to the forms. Provide bulkheads in the forms for all joints except horizontal joints. 4. At the proper time, clean horizontal construction joints for receiving the succeeding lift using air-water cutting. The surface shall be exposed sound, clean aggregate. The air pressure supply to the jet shall be approximately 100 lbs. per square inch, and the water pressure sufficient to bring the water into effective influence of the air pressure. After cutting,wash the surface until there is no trace of cloudiness in the wash water. 5. In areas where air-water cutting cannot be satisfactorily accomplished, or in areas where it is undesirable to disturb the surface of the concrete before it has hardened, prepare the surface for receiving the next lift by wet sand blasting to immediately remove all laitance and unsound concrete prior to placing of the next lift. Thoroughly wash the surface of the concrete after sand blasting to remove all loose material. 6. Provide construction joints with concrete keyways, reinforcing steel dowels, and water .. stops. The method of forming keys in keyed joints shall permit the easy removal of forms without chipping, breaking, or damaging the concrete. 3.04 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Cold Weather 1. If air temperature is at or below 40 degrees F, cold weather concreting shall be performed in accordance with ACI-306R. 2. No concrete shall be mixed or placed when the atmospheric temperature is at or below 35 degrees F. The temperature shall be taken in the shade away from artificial heat. 3. In cases where the temperature drops below 40 degrees F after the concreting operations have been started, sufficient canvas and framework or other type of housing shall be furnished to enclose and protect the structure, in accordance with the requirements of ACI-306R. Sufficient heating apparatus such as stoves, salamanders, or steam equipment and fuel to provide heat shall be supplied. The concrete shall be protected -- when placed under all weather conditions. Should concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory, remove and replace the concrete at no cost to the Owner. 4. When mixing with the air temperature below 40 degrees F, water used for mixing shall be .. heated to raise the concrete temperature to 70 degrees F. The temperature of the mixing water shall not exceed 165 degrees F when entering the mixer. 5. If heating the mixing water only does not raise the placing temperature of the concrete to 70 degrees F, the aggregate must also be heated, either by steam or dry heat, to raise EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 03 30 00.1 - 10 the placing temperature of the concrete to the required temperature. In no case shall the aggregate temperature exceed 150 degrees F as it enters the mixer. The heating apparatus shall heat the mass of the aggregate uniformly and preclude the occurrence of hot spots which burn the material. 6. Salts, chemicals, or other foreign materials shall not be mixed with the concrete to preventing freezing. Calcium chloride is not permitted. B. Hot Weather 1. Hot weather is defined as any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity and wind velocity that impairs the quality of the concrete. Hot weather concreting shall be in accordance with ACI-305R. Concrete shall be placed in the forms without the addition of any more water than that required by the design (slump). No excess water shall be added on the concrete surface for finishing. Control of initial set of the concrete and extending the time for finishing operations may be accomplished with the use of approved water-reducing and set-retarding admixture, as specified. 2. Maximum time intervals between the addition of mixing water and/or cement to the batch, and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the following (excluding HRWR admixture use): Concrete Temperature Maximum Time From Water Batch to Placement Non-Agitated Concrete Up to 80° F 30 Minutes Over 80° F 15 Minutes Agitated Concrete Up to 75° F 90 Minutes 750 to 89° F 60 Minutes The use of an approved set-retarding admixture will permit the extension of the above time maximums by 30 minutes, for agitated concrete only. The use of an approved high range water reducing (HRWR) admixture will allow placement time extensions as determined by the manufacturer. 3. The maximum temperature of concrete shall not exceed 90 degrees F at the time the concrete is placed. The temperatures of the mixing water shall be reduced by the use of chilled water or ice. 4. The maximum temperature of concrete with high range water reducing admixture shall not exceed 100 degrees F at the time concrete is placed. 5. Under extreme heat, wind, or humidity conditions, concreting operations may be suspended if the quality of the concrete being placed is not acceptable. 3.05 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Forms for walls, columns and sides of beams and girders shall be removed as specified in Section 03100, CONCRETE FORMWORK. Patch, repair, finish and clean concrete after form removal. Finish concrete within seven (7) days of form removal. Cure concrete as n. finishing progresses. B. Air voids,for all types of finishes, are defects and shall be removed by rubbing or patching. C. Finish Schedule T e of Finish Location No Finish Surfaces which are not visible from EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 03 30 00.1 - 11 the inside or outside of the completed structure or more than 12-inches below finish grade(i.e. back of retaining walls below embankment, etc. Smooth Finish Surfaces exposed to view and areas below to a point 12-inches below grade D. No Finish: After forms are removed, repair or patch tie holes and defects. Otherwise, no additional finish is required. E. Smooth Finish: Unless otherwise shown on the schedule above, provide smooth form finish for concrete surfaces to be exposed to view. The form facing material shall produce a smooth, hard, uniform texture on the concrete. The arrangement of the facing material shall be orderly and symmetrical with a minimum number of seams. Patch tie holes and defects and remove fins flush with the adjacent surface. 3.06 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302.1R for screeding, restraightening, and -- finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Finish slabs, platforms and steps monolithically and apply as indicated on the drawings and the following schedule of finishes: Type of Finish Location Broom Finish Exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps. 1. Broom Finish: Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber- bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. C. Finishing in Hot, Dry Weather: During periods of high temperature and/or low humidity, take extreme care in finishing the slabs to eliminate initial shrinkage cracks. Following the initial set of concrete, but while the concrete is still "green", continue to finish as required to remove shrinkage cracks which may occur. In hot, dry weather, keep a cement finisher on the job following normal finishing operations for a sufficient length of time to insure the removal of initial shrinkage cracks. 3.07 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Give careful attention to proper concrete curing. The curing methods shall be wet curing, sheet materials conforming to ASTM C171, or membrane curing compound conforming to ASTM C309. Membrane curing is not permitted on surfaces to be rubbed or on surfaces to which additional concrete, plaster mix mortar or terrazzo is to be applied. Unless the curing method is specified otherwise, select the appropriate curing method. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 03 30 00.1 - 12 u B. Length of Curing Period: 1. A"curing day" shall be any day on which the atmospheric temperature taken in the shade, or the air temperature adjacent to the concrete, remains above 50 degrees F for at least 18 hours. 2. Cure concrete for a period of seven (7) consecutive days. In cold weather, when curing may be retarded, extend this period to seven (7) "curing days", up to a limit of 14 consecutive days. C. Wet Curing 1. Immediately following the finishing operations, cover concrete slabs, including roof slabs, with wet cotton mats or with a temporary covering of canvas or burlap. Keep thoroughly wet for a period of four(4)curing days after the concrete is placed. The covering shall be held in direct contact with the concrete. A temporary covering shall be required when the size of slab, size of mats, or other factors dictate that the mats cannot be placed immediately after the finishing operations without marring the finishing of the slab. 2. Water used for curing shall be free from injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, salt, or other deleterious substances. 3. Canvas or burlap covering material shall weigh not less than 12 ounces per square yard. Place the sections with a lap at the edges of at least 8". Saturate cover material with water previous to placing. Keep saturated as long as it remains in place. Use care in the placing of the cover material to prevent marring the concrete surface. 4. When temporary coverings are used, keep them in place only until the slab has sufficiently hardened so that a cotton mat covering can be substituted without marring or disturbing the slab finish. Thoroughly saturate cotton mats before placing and keep the mats on the slab in a saturated condition for a period of at least four(4)curing days. D. Sheet Curing: Sheet materials shall conform to ASTM C171. They shall be in contact with the entire concrete surface and applied according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Patch all holes. Where pedestrian traffic is unavoidable, provide ,., suitable walkways to protect the sheet material. E. Membrane Curing �~ 1. Membrane curing shall not be used on surfaces which receive paint, floor hardener, or plaster mix finish or other finish which would be hindered by the use of the curing compound. 2. Cover the surface of the concrete with a continuous, uniform, water-impermeable coating, conforming to ASTM C309 "Liquid Membrane Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete" and apply according to ACI 308. 3. Immediately after the removal of the side and end forms, apply a coating to the sides and ends of all concrete. Apply the solution under pressure with a spray nozzle so that the entire exposed surface is completely covered with a uniform film. The rate of application shall insure complete coverage, but the area covered shall not exceed 150 square feet per gallon of curing compound. 4. The coating shall be sufficiently transparent and free of permanent color to not result in a pronounced color change from that of the natural concrete at the conclusion of the curing period. The coating shall, however, contain a dye of color strength to render the film distinctively visible on the concrete for a period of at least four(4) hours after application. 5. After application and under normal conditions, the curing compound shall be dry to touch within one (1) hour and shall dry thoroughly and completely within four (4) hours. When thoroughly dry, it shall provide a continuous flexible membrane free from cracks or pinholes and shall not disintegrate, check, peel, or crack during the required curing period. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 03 30 00.1 - 13 6. If the seal is broken during the curing period, immediately repair it with additional sealing solution. 3.08 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. After the tie rods are broken back or removed, thoroughly clean the holes to remove grease and loose particles. Patch holes with structural concrete repair material. After the holes are completely filled, strike off flush excess mortar and finish the surface to render the filled hole inconspicuous. B. If the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows honeycombing or form marks, which in the Engineer's opinion cannot be repaired satisfactorily, remove and replace the entire section. C. Patch honeycomb and minor defects in all concrete surfaces with structural concrete repair material. Cut back each defective area with a pneumatic chipping tool as deep as the defect extends, but in no case less than 1/2". Prepare the existing concrete according to the recommendations of patching material manufacturer's. Apply repair material according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Finish the surface of the patches to match finish on surrounding concrete. 3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing 1. General a. Tests shall be required throughout the work to monitor the quality of concrete. Samples shall be taken in accordance with ASTM C172. b. The Engineer may waive these requirements on concrete placements of ten (10) cubic yards or less. However, evidence shall be furnished showing a design mix which meets the specifications. c. Unless noted otherwise, testing of the materials, ready mix, transit mix or central plant concrete will be by an independent testing agency. The independent testing agency will be approved by the Owner and paid by the Contractor. A summary of all tests performed will be available. No concrete shall be placed without a representative present at either the plant or at the project site. d. Unless the Owner's laboratory is on the site, provide housing for the curing and storage of test specimens and equipment. " 2. Slump Test: Slump tests, in accordance with ASTM C143, shall be used to indicate the workability and consistency of the concrete mix from batch to batch. Generally, a slump test shall be °— made at the start of operations each day, at regular intervals throughout a working day, and at any time when the appearance of the concrete suggests a change in uniformity. 3. Air Content Test: Tests for the concrete's air content shall be made in accordance with ASTM C231 or ASTM C173, at the point of delivery of concrete, prior to placing in forms. The test shall be made frequently to monitor a proper air content uniform from batch to batch. 4. Temperature Test: The temperature of the concrete to be placed shall be taken with a thermometer immediately before placement, with the point of measurement being in the chute or bucket. Temperature test shall be performed for each truck. Record temperatures on •— batch ticket. 5. Compression Test: EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 03 30 00.1 - 14 a. Compression test specimens shall be 6" x 12" concrete cylinders made and cured in accordance with ASTM C31. No fewer than two (2) specimens shall be made for each test at each age (7 and 28 days). Samples shall be taken at a minimum of every 50 cubic yards of concrete for each class placed. At least one (1) set of test specimens per day shall be made for each class of concrete used that day. Specimens shall be cured under laboratory conditions specified in ASTM C31. -�w Additional concrete cylinders may be required for curing on the job under actual job curing conditions. These samples could be required when: 1) There is a possibility of the air temperature surrounding the concrete falling below 40 degrees F, or rising above 90 degrees F. 2) The curing procedure may need to be improved and/or lengthened. 3) It is necessary to determine when the structure may be put into service. b. Compression strength tests shall be made on the laboratory-cured and job-cured concrete cylinders at seven (7) and 28 days, in accordance with ASTM C39. The value of each test result shall be the average compressive strength of two (2) samples taken at the same time from the same batch of concrete. For the 28-day cylinders, the strength level shall be satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three (3) consecutive strength test results exceed the required design compressive strength, and no individual strength test result falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi. 6. High Early Strength Concrete Test When Type "III" High Early Strength Portland Cement is used instead of Type"I" Portland Cement, the minimum allowable 28-day strength for Type "I" Portland Cement concrete shall be at seven (7) days. The ages at time of test for Type "III" shall be three (3) days and seven (7)days, instead of seven (7)days and 28 days, respectively, for Type"I." 7. Failure to Meet Requirements a. Should the 7-day strengths shown by the test specimens fall below the required values, additional curing shall be performed on those portions of the structures represented by the test specimens at the Contractor's expense. Test cores shall be obtained and tested in accordance with ASTM Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete, Designation C42. If additional curing does not give the strength required, the Owner reserves the right to require strengthening, replacement of those substandard portions of the structure, or additional testing, at the Contractor's expense. b. Upon receipt of the Contractor's written request, substandard concrete work may be re-examined in place by non-destructive testing methods or core samples, in accordance with ACI 301. The services of an independent testing laboratory shall be " retained and all expenses paid without compensation from the Owner. Laboratory results shall be evaluated by the Engineer, who shall make the final decision on acceptability of the concrete in question. Core sample holes shall be repaired. B. The Owner may withhold payment for any section of concrete which does not meet the requirements of these specifications. Withheld payment shall be based upon the unit prices established for concrete and reinforcing steel. Payment shall be withheld until the ... unacceptable concrete has been refinished, removed and replaced or otherwise brought into conformance with the specifications. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE- CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HIGH STRENGTH CONCRETE CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 03 30 00.1 - 15 033413-1 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL(CLSM) Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 03 34 13 2 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL(CLSM) 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section includes: 6 1. Controlled low strength material (CLSM)for use in the following: 7 a. Flowable backfill 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 13 3. Section 03 30 00-Cast-in-Place Concrete 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Measurement 17 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed. 18 2. Payment 19 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item +•� 20 are subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation 21 will be allowed. 22 1.3 REFERENCES 23 A. Reference Standards 24 1. .Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference ► 25 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 26 Specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 27 B. ASTM International(ASTM): 28 1. C31 -Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 29 Field. 30 2. C33 -Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 31 3. C39 -Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 32 Specimens. 33 4. C143 -Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 34 5. C231 -Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the 35 Pressure Method. '■" 36 6. C260-Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 033413-2 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL(CLSM) Page 2 of 7 am 1 7. C618 -Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural 2 Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. 3 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 4 1.5 SUBMITTALS 5 A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 0133 00. 6 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 7 specials. 8 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 9 A. Product data 10 B. Sieve analysis 11 1. Submit sieve analyses of fine and coarse aggregates being used. ... 12 a. Resubmit at any time there is a significant change in grading of materials. 13 2. Mix 14 a. Submit full details, including mix design calculations for mix proposed for use. 15 C. Trial batch test data 16 1. Submit data for each test cylinder. 17 2. Submit data that identifies mix and slump for each test cylinder. 18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] .. 21 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 22 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] .w 23 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED OR OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 27 A. Materials 28 1. Portland cement: Type II low alkali portland cement as specified in Section 03 30 29 00. 30 2. Fly ash: Class F fly ash in accordance with ASTM C618. ,.. 31 3. Water: As specified in Section 03 30 00. . 32 4. Admixture: Air entraining admixture in accordance with ASTM C260. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 r� 033413-3 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL(CLSM) Page 3 of 7 1 5. Fine aggregate: Concrete sand(does not need to be in accordance with 2 ASTM C33).No more than 12 percent of fine aggregate shall pass a No. 200 sieve, 3 and no plastic fines shall be present. 4 6. Coarse aggregate: Pea gravel no larger than 3/8 inch. 5 B. Mixes 6 1. Performance requirements 7 a. Total calculated air content 8 1) Not less than 8.0 percent or greater than 12.0 percent. 9 b. Minimum unconfined compressive strength 10 1) Not less than 50 psi measured at 28 days. 11 c. Maximum unconfined compressive strength 12 1) Not greater than 150 psi measured at 28 days. 13 2) Limit the long-term strength(90 days)to 200 psi such that material could 14 be re-excavated with conventional excavation equipment in the future if 15 necessary. 16 d. Wet density 17 1) No greater than 132 pounds per cubic foot. 18 e. Color 19 1) No coloration required unless noted. 20 2) Submit dye or other coloration means for approval. 21 2. Suggested design mix Absolute Volume Material Weight Specific Gravity Cubic Foot Cement 30 pounds 3.15 0.15 Fly Ash 300 pounds 2.30 2.09 Water 283 pounds 1.00 4.54 no Coarse Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76 Fine Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76 Admixture 4-6 ounces - 2.70 so TOTAL 3,543 pounds - 27.00 22 me 23 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] am 24 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 25 A. Trial batch 26 1. After mix design has been accepted by Engineer,have trial batch of the accepted "" 27 mix design prepared by testing laboratory acceptable to Engineer. 28 2. Prepare trial batches using specified cementitious materials and aggregates 29 proposed to be used for the Work. so 30 3. Prepare trial batch with sufficient quantity to determine slump,workability, 31 consistency,and to provide sufficient test cylinders. 4" CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 so dw 033413-4 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL(CLSM) Page 4 of 7 an 1 B. Test cylinders: 2 1. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 with the following ow 3 exceptions: 4 a. Fill the concrete test cylinders to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle the 5 mix. 6 b. Do not rod the concrete mix. 7 c. Strike off the excess material. 8 2. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and 9 transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only minimal .. 10 bumping,banging, or jolting without damage. 11 3. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped and 12 tested. .� 13 4. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene pads: 14 a. Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures. 15 b. Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick, and 1/2 inch larger in diameter 16 than the test cylinders. 17 c. Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a minimum 18 age of 3 days. 19 C. Compression test 8 test cylinders: Test 4 test cylinders at 3 days and 4 at 28 days in 20 accordance with ASTM C39 except as modified herein: 21 1. The compression strength of the 4 test cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to 22 or greater than the minimum required compression strength,but not exceed 23 maximum compression strength. 24 D. If the trial batch tests do not meet the Specifications for strength or density,revise and 25 resubmit the mix design,and prepare additional trial batch and tests. Repeat until an 26 acceptable trial batch is produced that meets the Specifications. -- 27 1. All the trial batches and acceptability of materials shall be paid by the 28 CONTRACTOR. 29 2. After acceptance,do not change the mix design without submitting a new mix 30 design,trial batches,and test information. 31 E. Determine slump in accordance with ASTM C143 with the following exceptions: 32 1. Do not rod the concrete material. 33 2. Place material in slump cone in 1 semi-continuous filling operation, slightly 34 overfill,tap lightly, strike off,and then measure and record slump. .. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w 033413-5 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL(CLSM) Page 5 of 7 1 PART 3- EXECUTION 2 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 5 3.4 INSTALLATION 6 A. Place CLSM by any method which preserves the quality of the material in terms of 7 compressive strength and density: k" 8 1. Limit lift heights of CLSM placed against structures and other facilities that could 9 be damaged due to the pressure from the CLSM,to the lesser of 4 feet or the lift 10 height indicated on the Drawings. Do not place another lift of CLSM until the last 11 lift of CLSM has set and gained sufficient strength to prevent lateral load due to the am 12 weight of the next lift of CLSM. 13 2. The basic requirement for placement equipment and placement methods is the 14 maintenance of its fluid properties. 15 3. Transport and place material so that it flows easily around,beneath,or through 16 walls,pipes,conduits, or other structures. 17 4. Use a slump of the placed material greater than 9 inches,and sufficient to allow the 18 material to flow freely during placement: 19 a. After trial batch testing and acceptance, maintain slump developed during 20 testing during construction at all times within f 1 inch. 21 5. Use a slump, consistency, workability, flow characteristics, and pumpability(where 22 required) such that when placed,the material is self-compacting,self-densifying, 23 and has sufficient plasticity that compaction or mechanical vibration is not required. 24 6. When using as embedment for pipe take appropriate measures to ensure line and 25 grade of pipe. 26 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 27 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 29 A. General .w 30 1. Make provisions for and furnish all material for the test specimens, and provide 31 manual assistance to assist the Engineer in preparing said specimens. 32 2. Be responsible for the care of and providing curing condition for the test specimens. " 33 B. Tests by the City 34 1. During the progress of construction,the City will have tests made to determine 35 whether the CLSM,as being produced,complies with the requirements specified w 36 hereinbefore. Test cylinders will be made and delivered to the laboratory by the 37 Engineer and the testing expense will be borne by the City. 38 2. Test cylinders 39 a. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 with the following 40 exceptions: CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 on 033413-6 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL(CLSM) Page 6 of 7 �r 1 1) Fill the concrete test cylinders to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle 2 the mix. 3 2) Do not rod the concrete mix. ■"' 4 3) Strike off the excess material. 5 b. Place the cylinders in a safe location away from the construction activities. 6 Keep the cylinders moist by covering with wet burlap,or equivalent. Do not 7 sprinkle water directly on the cylinders. 8 c. After 2 days,place the cylinders in a protective container for transport to the 9 laboratory for testing. The concrete test cylinders are fragile and shall be 10 handled carefully. The container may be a box with a Styrofoam or similar 11 lining that will limit the jarring and bumping of the cylinders. 12 d. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and .. 13 transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only 14 minimal bumping,banging, or jolting without damage. 15 e. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped 16 and tested. 17 f. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene 18 pads: 19 1) Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures. 20 2) Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick, and 1/2 inch larger in 21 diameter than the test cylinders. 22 3) Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a .■ 23 minimum age of 3 days. 24 3. The number of cylinder specimens taken each day shall be determined by the 25 Inspector. «» 26 a. Test 1 cylinder at 3 days and 2 at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39 27 except as modified herein. 28 b. The compression strength of the cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to or ,. 29 greater than the minimum required compression strength,but not exceed 30 maximum compression strength. 31 4. The City will test the air content of the CLSM. Test will be made immediately after .., 32 discharge from the mixer in accordance with ASTM C231. 33 5. Test the slump of CLSM using a slump cone in accordance with ASTM C143 with 34 the following exceptions: .. 35 a. Do not rod the concrete material. 36 b. Place material in slump cone in 1 semi-continuous filling operation,slightly 37 overfill,tap lightly, strike off,and then measure and record slump. 38 6. If compressive strength of test cylinders does not meet requirements,make 39 corrections to the mix design to meet the requirements of this specification. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 �w am 033413-7 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL(CLSM) me Page 7 of 7 1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] .w 2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] .r� 8 END OF SECTION ** 9 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 10 w .s CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 033416-1 CONCRETE BASE MATERIAL FOR TRENCH REPAIR Page 1 of 4 1 SECTION 03 34 16 - 2 CONCRETE BASE MATERIAL FOR TRENCH REPAIR 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY -•» 5 A. Section includes: 6 1. Concrete base material for trench repair 7 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 —General Requirements w 12 3. Section 03 30 00—Cast-in-Place Concrete 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment ■w 15 1. Measurement 16 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed. 17 2. Payment 18 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 19 are subsidiary to the structure or Items being placed and no other compensation w 20 will be allowed. 21 1.3 REFERENCES 22 A. Reference Standards 23 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 24 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 25 Specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 26 B. ASTM International(ASTM): 27 1. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 28 Field. 29 2. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 30 3. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 31 Specimens. 32 4. C143, Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic-Cement Concrete. 33 5. C172, Standard Practice for Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete. 34 6. C231, Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the 35 Pressure Method. 36 7. C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 37 8. C618, Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural 38 Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. 39 9. C1064, Standard Test Method for Temperature of Freshly Mixed Hydraulic- 40 Cement Concrete. aye CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 �s Revised December 20,2012 033416-2 CONCRETE BASE MATERIAL FOR TRENCH REPAIR Page 2 of 4 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2 1.5 SUBMITTALS .. 3 A. Provide submittals in accordance with Section 0133 00. 4 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and/or fabrication for 5 specials. 6 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS ' 7 A. Submit proposed mix design for Engineer's review a minimum of 2 weeks prior to start 8 of low density concrete backfill work. 9 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 12 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 13 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15 PART 2- PRODUCTS 16 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED OR OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 18 A. Mix Design 19 1. Performance requirements 20 a. Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 21 1) 28-day compressive strength of not less than 750 psi and not more than .. 22 1,200 psi. 23 B. Materials 24 1. Portland cement 25 a. Type II low alkali portland cement as specified in Section 03 30 00. 26 2. Fly ash -- 27 a. Class F fly ash in accordance with ASTM C618. 28 3. Water 29 a. As specified in Section 03 30 00. •- 30 4. Admixture 31 a. Air entraining admixture in accordance with ASTM C260. 32 5. Fine aggregate 33 a. Concrete sand(does not need to be in accordance with ASTM C33). 34 b. No more than 12 percent of fine aggregate shall pass a No. 200 sieve, and no 35 plastic fines shall be present. 36 6. Coarse aggregate _ 37 a. Pea gravel no larger than 3/8 inch. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ,,,,, 033416-3 CONCRETE BASE MATERIAL FOR TRENCH REPAIR Page 3 of 4 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3- EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 7 3.4 INSTALLATION 8 A. Place concrete base material by any method which preserves the quality of the material 9 in terms of compressive strength and density. 10 1. The basic requirement for placement equipment and placement methods is the 11 maintenance of its fluid properties. 12 2. Transport and place material so that it flows easily around,beneath, or through •�. 13 walls,pipes,conduits, or other structures. 14 3. Use a slump,consistency,workability, flow characteristics,and pumpability(where 15 required) such that when placed,the material is self-compacting,self-densifying, 16 and has sufficient plasticity that compaction or mechanical vibration is not required. 17 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL .r 20 A. General 21 1. Make provisions for and furnish all material for the test specimens, and provide 22 manual assistance to assist the Engineer in preparing said specimens. 23 2. Be responsible for the care of and providing curing condition for the test specimens. 24 B. Concrete Tests: Perform testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained 25 according to ASTM C 172 according to the following requirements: r 26 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain 1 composite sample for each day's pour of each 27 concrete mixture up to 25 cubic yards,plus 1 set for each additional 50 cubic yards 28 or fraction thereof. .� 29 2. Slump: ASTM C143; 1 test at point of placement for each composite sample,but 30 not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional 31 tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 32 3. Air Content: ASTM C231,pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; 1 test for 33 each composite sample,but not less than 1 test for each day's pour of each concrete 34 mixture. 35 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064; 1 test hourly when air temperature is 40 36 degrees Fahrenheit and below and when 80 degrees Fahrenheit and above, and 1 37 test for each composite sample. 38 5. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31. 39 a. Cast and laboratory cure 4 cylinders for each composite sample. 40 1) Do not transport field cast cylinders until they have cured for a minimum of 41 24 hours. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 •s Revised December 20,2012 033416-4 CONCRETE BASE MATERIAL FOR TRENCH REPAIR Page 4 of 4 1 6. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C39 2 a. Test 1 cylinder at 7 days. 3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] ,o. 5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION +�* 11 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE w 12 r++ w. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 .. 03 60 01 BASIN BOTTOM GROUT PART1 GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes: Grouting basin bottom slabs. B. Related sections: 1. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. 2. It is the Contractor's responsibility for scheduling and coordinating the Work of subcontractors, suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of Contractor's Work. 1.02 REFERENCES A. International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI): 1. 310.2 - Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, and Polymer Overlays. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. Grout that has not bonded: Grout that, after placing and setting, has hollow sound when tapped with 4-foot long, nominal, 2-inch by 4-inch piece of lumber. B. Jitterbug: An expanded metal or grate tamper designed for finishing concrete surfaces with a rough surface profile. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's instructions: 1. For equipment to be used in grouting basin bottom slabs: a. Submit grout placement instructions from manufacturer of equipment designated to operate in basin. b. Include in such instructions statements on limitations and precautions to be observed when using equipment for grout placement. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre-installation conference for grouting basin bottom slabs: Schedule meeting with Engineer not less than 24 hours before planned grouting operations to discuss method of placement of grout. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE BASIN BOTTOM GROUT CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 036001 - 1 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials for grout: N 1. Cement, sand, and water: As specified in Section 03_30_00. 2.02 MIXES A. Grout mixture: 1. One part portland cement and 4-1/2 parts sand, by weight. - 2. Water content: a. Sufficient to allow workability for spreading grout with screeds attached to arms of equipment mechanism. b. Not excessive, to prevent formation of surface water, laitance, segregation, and to allow grout to stay in place after screeding. 3. Do not use admixtures. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Surface preparation: 1. Basin bottom slab surface preparation: a. Concrete slab surfaces shall have rough texture, suitable for bonding grout. a. During concrete placement: finish concrete surface with jitterbug. Do not provide a smooth troweled surface. b. Roughen top of slab surface to a ICRI 310.2 surface profile of CSP-5 or rougher using one of the following methods: 1) Abrasive blasting. 2) Steel shotblasting. 3) Ultra high-pressure water jetting. c. Clean entire slab surface as required to remove dirt, oil, curing compound, laitance, dust, and other matter that may prevent proper grout bonding. d. Saturate concrete slabs with water for minimum of 3 days just before placing grout. At time grout is placed, concrete shall be saturated and surface damp. B. Equipment preparation: 1. Preparation of equipment for grouting basin bottom slabs: a. Setting the screeds: 1) Bolt nominal 2-inch by 4-inch section of lumber blades on arms of equipment mechanism. 2) Locate leading edge of lumber approximately 2 inches in front of blade and cut it parallel to centerline of arm. 3) Securely nail nominal 2-inch by 6-inch screed board to ends of 2 by 4 lumber, in manner such that screed runs parallel to centerline of arm. 4) Nail bent sheet metal to lower edge of screed board. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE BASIN BOTTOM GROUT CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 03 60 01 - 2 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 5) Ensure that bottom of screed board is 1-1/2 inches below steel blades on arms of equipment mechanism. 3.02 APPLICATION A. Grouting basin bottom slabs: 1. Placement, general: a. Place grout in accordance with equipment manufacturer's instructions and in accordance with limitations and precautions given in such instructions. b. Bring promptly to attention of the Engineer, conflicts between manufacturer's instructions and this Section. 2. Placing grout: a. Use grouting equipment to apply grout for basin bottom slabs. b. Perform grouting continuously without interruptions until basin slab is covered. c. Place ring of grout approximately 3 feet wide on outer edge of slab and gradually widened towards center following spiral pattern until basin bottom slab is covered. d. Unacceptable placing procedure: Following procedures will not be accepted: 1) Grouting by circular sectors or"pie" sections. 2) Grouting from center outward. e. Use finishing workers to control area immediately in front of screed boards in manner so that: 1) Grout is installed to specified thickness. 2) No low areas occur. 3) No excessive amount of grout accumulates. 4) Grout surface has uniform wood trowel finish without ridges, gouges, or other defect. f. Coordinate grout placement rate and number of finishing workers with travel speed of arms of equipment mechanism. g. Last grout area to be grouted in center may be finished by worker operating from 1 of the arms. h. Use misters or means acceptable to Engineer to keep grout from drying out before start of curing. 3. Following grout placement: a. After completion of slab grouting, allow mechanism to run continuously until there is no more danger that grout sloughing may occur. b. Prevent dry clumps of grout or rocks from being caught under screed board and gouging finish surface of grout. 4. Corrections: a. Before grout has set: 1) Where sloughing has occurred, remove grout from sloughed areas and place grout in low areas. 2) Repair gouges in grouted surface. 5. Curing: a. After grout has set, water cure grout for 7 days. b. Keep grout surface continuously wet for duration of curing period. B. Tolerances: 1. For grouting basin bottom slabs: EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE BASIN BOTTOM GROUT CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 036001 - 3 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 a. Tolerance in elevation of finished grout surface: Plus or minus 1/8 inch. 1) Specified tolerance is more exacting than customary industry standards for slab finish. 2) Tolerance is required for proper operation of equipment. b. Thickness of grout layer: 1) Not less than 1 inch at any point. 2) Provide average thickness of grout as indicated on the Drawings. 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection: 1. Verify grout elevation tolerance on basin bottom slabs as follows: a. After grout has set, operate grouting equipment with blades set to clear grout surface. b. Under these conditions, blades shall not clear grout surface by more than 1/4 inch at any point: 1) Excess clearance: Correct as specified in article titled "Adjusting" in this Section. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Grouting basin bottom slabs: 1. After grout has set: a. Where clearance between blades and grouted surface exceeds tolerance specified in this Section, grind high points in grout surface using terrazzo machine until specified tolerance is met. b. Grout that has not bonded to concrete slab is not acceptable. Removea and replace such grout. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE BASIN BOTTOM GROUT CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 036001 -4 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 dot da aft mft Division 05 METALS SECTION 05051 ANCHORAGES _ PART 1GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1.CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor,materials,equipment and incidentals as shown on the Drawings,specified,and required to furnish and install anchorages. B. The types of Work using the anchor bolts,toggles and inserts include,but are not limited to the following: 1. Rails. 2. Sluice and slide gates. 3. Hangers and brackets. 4. Equipment. 5. Piping. 6. Grating and floor plate. Z Electrical, Plumbing and HVAC Work. 8. Metal,wood and plastic fabrications. M C. Related Sections: 1, Section 05501, Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications. 2. Section 05522,Aluminum Handrails and Railings. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards:Comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following,except as otherwise shown and specified. 1. ASTM A 36,Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A 123,Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. .. 3. ASTM A 153,Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 4. ASTM A 307,Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs,60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 5. ASTM A 484,Specification for General Requirements for Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars, Billets and Forgings. -- 6. ASTM A 525,Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet,Zinc-Coated (Galvanized)by the Hot-Dip Process. 7. ASTM A 536,Specification for Ductile Iron Castings. 8. ASTM A 570,Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip,Carbon, Hot-Rolled,Structural ^" Quality. 9. ASTM B 633,Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. 10 ASTM F 593,Stainless Steel Bolts; Hex Cap Screws, and Studs. 11. Federal Specifications WW-H-171 E for Malleable Iron. 12. ICBO, International Conference of Building Officials. 13. International Building Code. B. Inserts shall be ICBO, UL or FM approved. �. C. Toggle Bolts: Federal Specification FF-B-588C,Type I,Class A,Style 1. 1.03 SUBMITTALS EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE ANCHORAGES CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05051 - 1 ,� CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 A.Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: i 1. Setting drawings and templates for location and installation of anchorage devices. 2. Copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables,dimension diagrams and installation instructions for the devices. 3. Copies of ICBO, UL or FM Reports certifying load carrying capacities and installation ...... requirements for the anchorage devices. PART 2 PRODUCTS r» 2.01 DESIGN CRITERIA A. When the size, length or load carrying capacity of an anchorage is not shown on the Drawings, provide the following: 1. For anchor bolts(cast-in-place),provide the size, length and capacity required to carry the design load based on the values and requirements given in the International Building Code. 2. For concrete anchors(adhesive types)and concrete inserts,provide the size,length,type, and capacity required to carry the design load based on the values and requirements given ... in the ICBO Evaluation Report,or similar certifications by UL or FM,for the anchor to be used.Alternately the capacity may be based on independent testing lab capacities for tension and shear strength using a minimum safety factor of four.Consideration of reduced capacity due to spacing and edge distance shall be made. -- B. Determine design loads as follows: 1. For equipment anchors, use the design load recommended by the equipment manufacturer and approved by ENGINEER. ~~ 2. For pipe hangers and supports, use one half of the total weight of: pipe,fittings, and water contained in pipe,plus the full weight of valves and accessories located between the hanger or support in question. 3. Allowances for vibration are included in the safety factor specified above. 4. Concrete anchors shall develop ultimate shear and pull-out loads of not less than the following values in 4,000 psi concrete: Bolt Diameter Min. Shear Min. Pull-Out Load (Inches) (Pounds) (Pounds) 1/2 5,000 7,600 5/8 8,000 12,000 3/4 11,500 17,000 7/8 15,700 20,400 1 20,500 28,400 2.02 MATERIALS .r A.Anchor Bolts: 1. Provide stainless steel bolts and hardware complying with ASTM F 593,AISI Type 316 headed or non-headed type with nitronic 60 stainless steel nuts and locknuts, unless ,.. otherwise indicated. 2. For equipment, provide anchor bolts,which meet the equipment manufacturer's recommendations for size, material, and strength.Anchors shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 3. Provide anchor bolts as shown on the Drawings or as required to secure structural steel to concrete or masonry. 4. Locate and accurately set the anchor bolts using templates or other devices as required. 5. Protect threads and shank from damage during installation of equipment and structural steel. 6. Comply with manufacturer's required embedment length and necessary anchor bolt projection. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE ANCHORAGES CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05051 -2 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 B. Adhesive Anchors: 1. Provide stainless steel adhesive anchors complying with ASTM F 593,AISI Type 316 with nitronic 60 stainless steel nuts and locknuts. 2. Anchors shall be of the size required for the concrete strength specified. .„ 3. Adhesive anchors shall consist of threaded rods or bolts anchored with an adhesive system into hardened concrete.The adhesive system shall use a two-component adhesive mix and shall be injected with a static mixing nozzle following manufacturer's instructions.The embedment depth of the rod/bolt shall provide a minimum allowable bond strength that is r— equal to the allowable tensile capacity of the rod/bolt, unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 4. Product and Manufacturer: a. HIT HY-200 Injection Adhesive Anchor System,as manufactured by Hilti. Use Hilti Hit ICE where ambient temperatures are below 45 degrees F. b. Acrylic Tie or Epoxy-Tie ET,as manufactured by Simpson. C. Concrete Inserts: 1. For piping, grating,floor plate and masonry lintels, provide malleable iron inserts.Comply with Federal Specification WW-H-171 E(Type 18). Provide those recommended by the manufacturer for the required loading. 2. Finish shall be black. 3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide inserts by one of the following: a. Figure 282,as manufactured by ITT Grinnell. b. No.380, as manufactured by Hohmann and Barnard, Incorporated. D. Toggle Bolts: 1. Provide spring-wing toggle bolts,with two-piece wings. 2. Provide Type 316 stainless steel bolts. ^^ 3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide toggle bolts by one of the following: a. Hilti. b. Simpson. E. Powder activated fasteners shall not be used.. F. Expansion anchors will not be allowed for structural connections.Where expansion anchors are specified in other sections,use the following: 1. Provide Type 316 stainless steel expansion anchors. 2. Product and Manufacturer: a. Kwik Bolt by Hilti. b. Easy-Set by Simpson. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A.CONTRACTOR shall examine areas and conditions under which anchor bolts,toggle bolts and concrete insert Work is to be installed, and notify ENGINEER, in writing,of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of Work. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Assure that embedded items are protected from damage and are not filled in with concrete. B. Use concrete inserts for pipe hangers and supports for the pipe size and loading recommended by the insert manufacturer. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE ANCHORAGES CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05051 -3 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 C. Use toggle bolts for fastening brackets and other elements onto masonry units. D. For the adhesive anchors and adhesive material,CONTRACTOR shall comply with the manufacturer's installation instructions on the hole diameter and depth required to fully develop the tensile strength of the adhesive anchor or reinforcing bar.CONTRACTOR shall properly clean out the hole utilizing a wire brush and compressed air to remove all loose material from the hole,prior to installing adhesive capsules or material. Refer to the Drawings for details. E. Use torque wrench for all anchor installations and torque to manufacturer recommendations. 3.3 CLEANING A.After embedding concrete is placed, remove protection and clean bolts and inserts. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. CONTRACTOR shall employ a testing laboratory to perform field quality testing of installed anchors. OWNER representative shall determine the level of testing which is required for the various types of adhesive anchors and anchor bolts.A minimum of ten percent of the adhesive anchors are to be tested to 50 percent of the ultimate tensile capacity of the adhesive anchor as published in the manufacturer's catalogue. B. If failure of any of the adhesive anchors or reinforcing bars occurs,CONTRACTOR will be required test the remaining 90 percent of anchors. C. CONTRACTOR shall correct improper workmanship,remove and replace,or correct as directed by the ENGINEER,all adhesive anchors or bars found unacceptable or deficient,at no additional cost to the OWNER. D. CONTRACTOR shall pay for all corrections and subsequent tests required to confirm the integrity of the adhesive anchor or bar. E. The testing and inspection agency shall complete a report on each area.The report should summarize the observations made by the inspector and be submitted to ENGINEER. F. Provide access for the testing agency to places where Work is being produced so that required inspection and testing can be accomplished. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE ANCHORAGES CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05051 -4 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor,materials,equipment,and incidentals as shown on the Drawings,specified and required to furnish and install structural steel, including surface preparation and shop priming. 2. Structural steel is that Work defined in AISC"Code of Standard Practice", Section 2,and as shown on the Drawings.The Work also includes: a. Providing openings in and attachments to structural steel to accommodate the Work under this and other Sections and providing for the structural steel all items such as anchor bolts,studs and all items required for which provision is not specifically included under other Sections. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the Work that must be " installed with or attached to the structural steel. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 03600, Supplemental Grout. 2. Section 05051,Anchorages. 3. Section 05501,Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications. 4. Section 09902, Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards and Codes:Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following,except as otherwise shown or specified: 1. ASTM A 36,Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A 108, Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon,Cold Finished,Standard Quality. 3. ASTM A 307,Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Stubs,60,000 psi Tensile Strength. 4. ASTM A 325,Specification for High-Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints, Including Suitable Nuts and Plain Hardened Washers. 5. ASTM A 490, Specification for Heat-Treated Steel Structural Bolts. 6. AWS D1.1,Structural Welding Code. 7. AREA,Manual of Railway Engineering. 8. AISC,Manual of Steel Construction. 9. AISC,Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges. 10. AISC,Specifications for the Design, Fabrication,and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings and including the Commentary and Supplements thereto as issued. 11. AISC,Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or 490 Bolts, approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Structural Joints(RCRBSJ)of the Engineering Foundation. a B. Design of Members and Connections: 1. All details shown on the Drawings are typical;similar details apply to similar conditions, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified.Verify dimensions at the site without causing delay in the Work. 2. CONTRACTOR shall examine conditions under which structural steel is to be provided,and notify ENGINEER, in writing,of unsatisfactory conditions existing or whenever design of EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE STRUCTURAL STEEL CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05120- 1 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 members and connections may not be clearly shown on the Drawings. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions or deficiencies have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. C. Source Quality Control: 1. Materials and fabrication procedures shall be subject to inspection and tests in the mill, shop,and field, conducted by a qualified inspection agency.Such inspections and tests will not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for providing materials and fabrication procedures in compliance with specified requirements. 2. Fabrication shall be performed by a structural steel fabricating plant possessing a current certificate from AISC stating that the plant satisfies the requirements for certification for Category II of the AISC Quality Certification Program.The plant shall maintain this certification for the entire time fabrication for this project is being performed. �^ D. Qualifications for Welding Work: 1. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS"Structural Welding Code"D1.1,Section 5,Qualification. -- 2. Provide certification that all welders employed on or to be employed for the Work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests within the previous 12 months. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all certifications are kept current. 3. All welds will be subject to visual inspection.Where visually deficient welds are observed, r the welds will be tested using non-destructive methods by a certified testing laboratory. If welds are found to be satisfactory,OWNER will pay for testing.Where welds are found unacceptable or deficient,CONTRACTOR will pay for testing.CONTRACTOR will correct improper workmanship, remove and replace,or correct as instructed,all welds found unacceptable or deficient.CONTRACTOR will pay for all corrections and subsequent tests required to confirm the integrity of the weld. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Shop Drawings:Submit for approval the following: 1. Complete details and schedules for fabrication and shop assembly of members and details, schedules, procedures and diagrams showing the sequence of erection. a. Include details of cuts,connections,camber, holes,and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, and show size, length,and type of each weld. b. Provide setting drawings,templates, and directions for the installation of anchor bolts �. and other anchorages. C. Shop Drawings shall bear the seal of a licensed engineer registered in the State of Texas. d. Design of all connections shall be performed by the fabricator for the loads provided in the Drawings.Submit copies of the calculations in accordance with Section 1330. Calculations shall bear the seal of a registered engineer licensed in the State of Texas. 2. Copies of manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for products listed below. Include laboratory test reports and other data as required to show compliance with . the Contract Documents. a. Structural steel of each type,including certified copies of mill reports covering the chemical and physical properties. b. High-strength bolts of each type, including nuts and washers. C. Unfinished bolts and nuts. d. Shop primer and touch-up field primer paint in accordance with Section 09902. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the site at such intervals to ensure uninterrupted progress of the Work. 1. Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices,which are to be embedded in cast-in-place concrete or masonry, in ample time to not delay that Work. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE STRUCTURAL STEEL CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05120-2 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 B.Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off the ground,using pallets, platforms,or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 1. Do not store materials on the structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to -- the members or the supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Rolled Steel Plates,Shapes and Bars:ASTM A 992,except where other type steel is shown on the Drawings. B. Crane Rails:As shown on the Drawings and as noted in the AISC Manual. 1. Provide rails with tight end joints suitable for crane service with joint bars matching the rail sections,joint bar bolts and nuts complying with ASTM A 325 with AREA alloy steel spring washers, and fixed or floating type rail clamps,as required to suit the conditions shown on the Drawings. C. Anchor Bolts: See Section 05051, D. Headed Stud Type Shear Connectors:ASTM A 108, Grades 1010-1020,with dimensions complying with AISC Specifications,or equal. E. High-Strength Threaded Fasteners: Heavy hexagonal structural bolts, heavy hexagon nuts,and hardened washers,as follows: 1, Quenched and tempered medium-carbon steel bolts, nuts and washers, complying with ASTM A 325 or: �. 2. Quenched and tempered alloy steel bolts, nuts and washers,complying with ASTM A 490. F, Electrodes for Welding: E70XX complying with AWS D1.1, Design of New Buildings,Section 8. AWS D1.1. G. Surface Preparation and Shop Priming:All structural steel shall be primed and finish coated in the shop.Surface preparation and shop priming requirements are included herein, but are specified in Section 09902. 2.2 FABRICATION A.Shop Fabrication and Assembly: 1.General: a. Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in the shop to the greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with AISC, Manual of Steel .. Construction,and as shown on the Shop Drawings. Provide camber in structural members as shown on the Drawings. b. Properly mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery sequence,which will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials. , C. Where finishing is required,complete the assembly, including welding of units, before start of finishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in the final structure free of markings, burrs,and other defects. d. All welds to be coated shall be ground smooth according to NACE"Surface Finishing of .» Welds Prior to Coating"(Designation C). e. All edges shall be grinded to%"radius prior to coating. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE STRUCTURAL STEEL CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05120-3 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 OR B. Connections: 1. Shop Connections: a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings,shop connections may be welded or high strength bolted and all welds shall be 1/4-inch minimum. b. Wherever reaction values of a beam are not shown on the Drawings,the connections shall be designed to support the total uniform load capacity tabulated in the AISC tables for allowable loads on beams for the given shape,span, and steel specified for the beam in question. C. Shop welded connections shall be designed to eliminate or minimize eccentricity.The -- size,extent, location and type of all shop welds shall be clearly shown on the Shop Drawings by use of AWS standard notations and symbols. d. End connection angles fastened to the webs of beams and girders and the thickness of the angles,size and extent of fasteners or shop welds shall conform to tables of "Framed Beam Connections"in the AISC Manual.All connections shall be two sided, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2. Field Connections: a. All field connections, unless otherwise specified below or noted,shall be made with w` high strength bolts,and shall be bearing type connections. b. Field welding may be used only where noted or approved by ENGINEER. 3. High-Strength Bolted Construction: a. Install high-strength threaded fasteners in accordance with AISC"Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts"(RCRBSJ). b. High strength bolt design shear values shall be as specified in the AISC Manual for bolts with threads in the shear plane. ,. C. The minimum size of bolts shall be 3/4-inch diameter,unless otherwise noted. 4. Welded Construction:Comply with AWS Code for procedures,appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work. a.Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods which will produce true alignment of �- axes without warp. 5. Where rigid connections are required by the stresses shown on the Drawings,web shear reinforcement and stiffeners in accordance with AISC Specifications shall be provided. 6. Shear Connectors: Install stud shear connectors in accordance with AWS D1.1 Section 4, ~~ and as recommended by the manufacturer. C. Bracing: 1. Bracing,for which a calculated stress is not shown on the Drawings,shall have a minimum two bolt connection,or a shop welded connection of equivalent strength. 2. Vertical bracing and knee braces connecting to columns shall be on the centerline of the columns, unless otherwise noted. 3. Knee braces shall be at 45-degree angle, unless shown on the Drawings or noted. 4. All gussets shall be minimum 3/8-inch thick, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. D. Columns: Column shafts shall have"finished"bearing surfaces at the base and at all splice lines. E. Structural Tubing:Structural tubing shall be properly sealed to protect the internal surfaces. F. Holes and Appurtenances for Other Work: 1. Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing,and for the passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on the Shop Drawings. If large block-outs are required and approved by the Engineer,the webs shall be reinforced to develop specified shears. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing,and other specialty items as shown on the Drawings to receive other work. 2. Cut,drill,or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates. 3. Refer to Paragraph 1.1.13,above,for the requirements of coordination with others. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE STRUCTURAL STEEL CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05120-4 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A.CONTRACTOR shall examine areas and conditions under which structural steel Work is to be ^^ installed,and notify ENGINEER, in writing,of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of Work. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. 3.2 ERECTION A. General: Comply with the AISC Specifications and Code of Standard Practice,and as herein specified. B. Surveys: Provide services of a registered surveyor to check lines and elevations of concrete and masonry bearing surfaces,and locations of anchor bolts and similar devices before steel erection proceeds. Discrepancies shall be reported immediately to ENGINEER,in writing.Do not ^" proceed with erection until corrections have been made, or until compensating adjustments to the structural steel Work have been agreed upon with ENGINEER. C. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: Provide temporary shoring and bracing members with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and connections when permanent members are in place and final connections are made. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of the structures as erection proceeds. D. Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking and working platforms as necessary to effectively complete the Work.CONTRACTOR shall provide sufficient planking to comply with OSHA requirement of a tightly planked substantial floor within two stories or 30 feet,whichever is less, below each tier of steel beams on which Work is performed. E. Anchor Bolts: Furnish anchor bolts and other connectors required for securing structural steel to foundations and other in-place Work. 1. Furnish templates and other devices as necessary for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate locations. a. Refer to Section 05051 of these Specifications for anchor bolt installation requirements. F. Setting Bases and Bearing Plates:Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials and roughen to improve bond to surfaces.Clean the bottom surface of base and bearing plates. 1. Set loose and attached base plates and bearing plates for structural members on steel wedges or other adjusting devices. 2. Tighten the anchor bolts after the supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims,but if protruding,cut off flush with the edge of the base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout. .. 3. Place grout between bearing surfaces and bases or plates as specified in Section 03600, Grout.Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials,and allow curing in strict compliance with the manufacturer's instructions,or as otherwise required. 4. Leveling plates and wood wedges will not be permitted. Mb G. Field Assembly:Set structural frames accurately to the lines and elevations as shown on the Drawings.Align and adjust the various members forming a part of a complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces,which will be in —• permanent contact before assembly. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of the structure within tolerances as specified in AISC Manual. For members requiring accurate alignment,dip angles, lintels and other members EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE STRUCTURAL STEEL CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05120- 5 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 shall be provided with slotted holes for horizontal adjustment at least 3/8-inch in each .. direction,or more when required. 2.Splice members only where shown on the Drawings or specified. H. Erection Bolts:On exposed welded construction, remove erection bolts,fill holes with plug welds ... and grind smooth at exposed surfaces. I. Comply with AISC Manual for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections,alignment,and the removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 1. Do not enlarge holes in members by burning or by the use of drift pins,except in secondary bracing members. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. J.Gas Cutting: Do not use gas cutting torches for correcting fabrication errors in the structural framing.Cutting will be permitted only on secondary members,which are not under stress,as acceptable to ENGINEER. Finish gas-cut sections equal to a sheared appearance when permitted. K.Crane Runways: 1. Install runways complete with rails,crane stops and other required items. Set and adjust the gage,alignment and elevation of the crane rails to tolerances of AISC for crane rails, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.Stagger joint locations in opposite rails. Rail joints shall, also, be at least 24-inches from crane girder joints. Provide flush joints at the top of all crane rails. L.Touch-Up Painting: --- 1. Unless otherwise specified below,comply with all requirements of touch-up painting specified in Section 09902. 2. Immediately after erection,clean field welds, bolted connections,and all damaged and abraded areas of the shop paint.Apply paint to all exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting.Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness as specified in Section 09902. 3. All welds to be coated shall be grinded smooth according to NACE"Surface Preparation of Welds Prior to Coating"(Designation C). 4. All edges shall be grinded to%"radius. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE STRUCTURAL STEEL CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05120-6 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 SECTION 05501 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials,equipment and incidentals as shown on the Drawings,specified and required to furnish miscellaneous metal fabrications,including surface preparation and shop priming. .. B. The extent of miscellaneous metal fabrications Work is shown on the Drawings and includes items fabricated from iron,steel and aluminum shapes,plates,bars,castings and extrusions, which are not a part of the structural steel or other metal systems covered by other Sections of �.. these Specifications. C. The types of miscellaneous metal items include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Aluminum ladders. 2. Extruded aluminum stair nosings. 3. Bollards. 4. Miscellaneous framing and supports. 5. Miscellaneous accessories and fasteners. 6. Seat Angles,supports and brackets. 7. Access hatches. D. Related Sections: 1. Section 05051,Anchorages. 2. Section 05522, Supplemental Aluminum Handrails and Railings. 3. Section 09902, Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with the applicable provisions and recommendations of the following,except as otherwise shown and specified: 1. ASTM A 36,Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A 153,Specification for Zinc Coating(Hot-Dip)on Iron and Steel Hardware. 3. ASTM A 240,Specification for Heat-Resisting Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels. ,. 4. ASTM A 276,Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes. 5. ASTM A 320,Specification for Alloy Steel Bolting Material for Low Temperature Service. 6. ASTM B 209,Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 7 ASTM B 211,Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Bars, Rods and Wire. �. 8. ASTM B 221,Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,Wire,Shapes and Tubes. 9. ANSI A14.3,Safety Requirements for Fixed Ladders. 10. AWS D1.1,Structural Welding Code. 11. NAAMM, Metal Finishes Manual. 12. OSHA. B. Field Measurements: 1. Take field measurements where required prior to preparation of Shop Drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting of the Work. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05501 - 1 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 C.Shop Assembly: 1. Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible,so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the project site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A.Shop Drawings:Submit for approval the following: 3. Fabrication and erection details of all assemblies of miscellaneous metal Work. Include plans,elevations,and details of sections and connections.Show anchorage and accessory items. Include setting drawings and templates for location and installation of miscellaneous metal items and anchorage devices. 4. Copies of manufacturer's specifications, load tables, dimension diagrams,anchor details, and installation instructions for products to be used in miscellaneous metal Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS .. 4.1 MATERIALS A. Steel Plates,Shapes and Bars:ASTM A 36. B. Aluminum: 1. Alloy and Temper: Provide alloy and temper as shown on the Drawings or specified,or as otherwise recommended by the aluminum producer or finisher. 2. Extruded Shapes and Tubes:ASTM B 241. 3. Plate and Sheet:ASTM B 209. 4. Bars, Rods and Wire:ASTM B 211. C. Stainless Steel Plates, Sheets and Bars:ASTM A 276,Type 316 stainless steel. 1.Use Type 316 stainless steel unless shown otherwise in the Drawings D. Stainless Steel Fasteners and Fittings:ASTM A 320. E. Surface Preparation and Shop Priming:All steel shall be primed in the shop. Surface preparation and shop priming requirements are included herein,but are specified in Section 09902. F. Galvanizing:All galvanizing of fabricated steel items shall comply with the requirements of ASTM A 123. G. Aluminum Finish: Provide an Architectural Class I anodized finish for all aluminum work unless specifically shown or specified to be mill or other finish 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS METAL ITEMS -• A.Aluminum Ladders: 1. Fabricate ladders for the locations shown on the Drawings,with dimensions,spacing details and anchorages as shown on the Drawings,and specified.Comply with the requirements of ANSI A14.3,except as otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified. a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide 1 1/2-inch diameter Schedule 40 side rails,spaced 18-inches apart, minimum. b. Provide extruded square rungs,spaced 12-inches on centers, maximum,with non-slip surface on the top of each rung.Adhesive strips for non-slip surfaces will not be allowed. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05501 -2 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 2. Fit rungs in centerline of side rails, plug weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. 3. Support each ladder at top and bottom and at intermediate points spaced not more than five feet on centers. Use welded or bolted brackets,designed for adequate support and anchorage,and to hold the ladder Gear of the wall surface with a minimum of 7-inches clearance from wall to centerline of rungs. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings,or approved by the ENGINEER,extend rails 42-inches above top rung,and return rails to wall or structure, unless other secure handholes are provided. If the adjacent structure does not extend above the top rung,goose neck the extended rails back to the structure to provide secure ladder access. 4. Use extruded aluminum conforming to alloy and temper of the 5000 series alloys. B. Aluminum Ladder Safety Cages: 1. Fabricate ladder safety cages from extruded flat bars, assembled by welding or riveting. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide 1/2-inch by 3-inch top, bottom and intermediate hoops spaced not more than five feet on centers;and 3/8-inch by 2-inch vertical bars,secured to each hoop. Space vertical bars approximately 9-inches on centers. Fasten assembled safety cage to ladder rails and adjacent construction as shown on the Drawings.Grind all wells,sharp edges and projections smooth. 2. Comply with the requirements of ANSI A14.3. 3. Use extruded aluminum conforming to alloy and temper of the 5000 series alloys. C. Extruded Aluminum Stair Nosings: 1. Fabricate of sizes and configurations required for the Work. a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, provide ribbed abrasive filled type, using ,. black abrasive filler. 2. Provide anchors for embedding in concrete,either integral or applied to treads,as standard with the manufacturer. 3. Product and Manufacturer: Provide stair nosings by one of the following: •— a. American Abrasive Metals Company. b. Wooster Products Incorporated. C. Engineer approved equal. D. Fall Prevention System:All ladders greater than 12-feet-0-inches in height shall be provided with a fall prevention system.The system shall meet OSHA standards. 1. The system shall consist of a rail permanently attached to the ladder to which a harness belt is attached.The rail shall be notched and constructed of aluminum. Ladder attachments shall be provided as required by the manufacturer.A removable extension section shall be provided at the top of the ladder. 2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following: a. Saf-T-Climb by North Company. b. Ladder-up safety post by Bilco Co. C. ENGINEER approved equal. E. Bollards: Unless shown otherwise in the Drawings, provide 8-inch diameter,Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe,4-feet-0-inches above grade,4-feet-0-inches below grade. Fill with concrete and mound top. Bollards shall be primed in the shop. Surface preparation and painting shall conform to the requirements of Section 09902. F. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: 1. Provide miscellaneous metal framing and supports,which are not a part of the structural steel framework and are required to complete the Work. 2. Fabricate miscellaneous units to the sizes, shapes and profiles shown on the Drawings or, if not shown on the Drawings, of the required dimensions to receive adjacent grating,plates, tanks,doors,or other work to be retained by the framing. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings,fabricate from structural shapes, plates,and bars, of all welded construction using mitered corners,welded brackets and splice plates and a minimum number of joints for field connection.Cut,drill and tap units to receive hardware and similar items to be anchored to EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05501 -3 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 the Work. 3. Equip units with integrally welded anchors for casting into concrete or building into masonry. .. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. a. Except as otherwise shown on the Drawings,space anchors, 24-inches on centers, and provide units the equivalent of 1-1/4 by 1/4 by 8-inch strips. b. All material shall be Type 316 stainless steel unless noted otherwise in the —' Drawings. G. Fasteners and Fittings: Provide Type 316 stainless steel,for all aluminum fabrications,and zinc coated hardware for all galvanized fabrications, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or '^ specified. H. Surface Preparation and Shop Priming:All miscellaneous metal fabrications shall be primed in the shop.Surface preparation and shop priming requirements are included herein,but are specified in Section 09902. 1. Aluminum Finish: Provide an Architectural Class 1 anodized finish,AA M32C22 A41,clear,as specified in NAAMM Manual. J.Access Hatch Covers, Frames,and Appurtenances: 1. Furnish and install access hatches consisting of hatch covers,frames,gaskets,and appurtenances,as shown on the Drawings. 2. Hatches shall be aluminum material. Hardware and anchorages shall be Type 316 stainless steel. 3. Provide lockable hasps at all hatches. OWNER shall provide the lock. 4. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate concrete embed and blockout requirements of the hatch prior to construction. 5. Manufacturer: a. Bilco. b. Halliday. c. ENGINEER approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Set miscellaneous metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack,measured from established lines and levels. Brace temporarily or anchor ^^ temporarily in formwork where fabrications are to be built into concrete,masonry or similar construction. B. Anchor securely as shown on the Drawings or as required for the intended use, using concealed ^' anchors wherever possible. C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints.Weld steel connections, which are not to be left as exposed joints,but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size " limitations. Grind steel joints smooth and touch up shop paint coat. Do not weld,cut or abrade the surfaces of exterior units,which have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication,and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. D. Protection of Aluminum from Dissimilar Materials: 1.Coat all surfaces of aluminum in contact with dissimilar materials,such as concrete, masonry and steel conforming to the requirements of Section 09902. ... E.All welds to be coated shall be grinded smooth according to NACE"Surface Preparation of Welds Prior to Coating". END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE MISCELLANEOUS METAL FABRICATIONS .. CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05501 -4 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 SECTION 05522 SUPPLEMENTAL ALUMINUM HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION .. A. Scope: 1. CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals as shown on the Drawings, specified and required to furnish and install aluminum handrail and railing systems.The Work also includes: a. Providing openings in, and attachments to, aluminum handrail and railing systems to accommodate the Work under this and other Sections and providing for the aluminum handrail and railing systems all items such as anchor bolts, fasteners, studs and all items required for which provision is not specifically included under other Sections. 2. Extent of aluminum handrail and railing systems is shown on the Drawings and specified. 3. Types of products required include the following: a. Top and two intermediate horizontal railing systems. b. Handrail system. C. Toeboards. d. Anchors and fasteners. e. Sleeves,castings, reinforcing inserts,wall brackets,gates,gate latches,stops and hinges,chains, and other miscellaneous accessories. f. Custom finished architectural Class I anodized finish for all system components. B. Coordination: ,,. 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the Work that must be installed with or attached to the handrail and railing. 2. Coordinate all handrail and railing locations as required for Work meeting all governing authorities. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 03600,Grout. 2. Section 05501, Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications. 3. Section 09902, Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Aluminum handrail and railing system shall consist of three equally spaced horizontal rails with totally concealed mechanical fasteners, internally threaded tubular rivets and adhesively bonded components fastened to posts spaced not more than 5 feet - 0 inches on center and a system of handrails supported from adjacent construction by mounting brackets spaced at not more than 5 feet-0 inches on center. B. Aluminum handrail and railing system shall include all components and features shown on the -- Drawings and specified and all system components and features available from specified manufacturers necessary to provide a complete aluminum handrail and railing system complying with these Specifications. ` 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: 1 Engage a single firm, with undivided responsibility for performance of handrail and railing systems Work. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL ALUMINUM CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 05522- 1 2. Engage a firm, which can show five years previous successful experience in the fabrication of handrail and railing systems of scope and type similar to the required Work. 3. Materials and fabrication procedures shall be subject to inspection and tests in the mill, shop, and field, conducted by a qualified inspection agency. Such inspections and tests shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of responsibility for providing materials and fabrication .�. procedures in compliance with specified requirements. B. Installer Qualifications: 1. Engage a single installer skilled, trained and with a record of successful experience in -• the installation of aluminum handrail and railing systems and who has a successful record of performing Work in accordance with the approved recommendations and requirements of the fabricator or who can submit evidence in writing of being acceptable to the fabricator; and who agrees to employ only tradesmen with specific skill and successful experience in this type of Work. C. Codes: 1. Comply with the applicable requirements of OSHA and the Building Code. 2. If there is a conflict between the OSHA requirements and the Building Code, comply with whichever requirement is more stringent. D. Allowable Tolerances: 1. Limit variation of cast-in-place inserts, sleeves and field-drilled anchor and fastener holes to the following: a. Spacing: t3/8-inch. b. Alignment:t1/4-inch. C. Plumbness: t1/8-inch. 2. Minimum Handrails and Railings Systems Plumb Criteria: a. Limit variation of completed handrail and railing system alignment to 1/4-inch in 12 feet -0 inches with posts set plumb to within 1/16-inch in 3 foot-0 inches. b. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and from parallel with rake of stairs and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4-inch in 12 feet-0 inches. 3. Provide"pencil-line"thin butt joints. E. Source Quality Control: 1. Obtain all handrails and railings systems components and accessories from the same manufacturer. F. Reference Standards:Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. 1. ASTM B 26,Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings. .., 2. ASTM B 117, Practice for Operating Salt Spray(Fog)Apparatus. 3. ASTM B 136, Method for Measurement of Stain Resistance of Anodic Coatings on Aluminum. 4. ASTM B 137, Test Method for Measurement of Coating Mass Per Unit Area of Anodically -- Coated Aluminum. 5. ASTM B 210,Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes. 6. ASTN B 221, Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles and Tubes. 7. ASTM B 241, Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube. 8. ASTM B 244, Test Method for Measurement of Thickness of Anodic Coatings on Aluminum and of Other Nonconductive Coatings on Nonmagnetic Basis Metals with Eddy-Current Instruments. 9. ASTM B 247, Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Die Forgings, Hand Forgings, and Rolled Ring Forgings. 10. ASTM B 429,Specification for Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTA4 ALUMINUM CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 05522-2 11. ANSI A1264.1, Safety Requirements for Workplace Floor and Wall Openings, Stairs and Railing Systems. 12. The Aluminum Association,AA ASD-1,Aluminum Standards and Data. 13. The Aluminum Association,AA SAA-46,Standards for Anodized Architectural Aluminum. 14. The Aluminum Association,AA DSA-45, Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. 15. Architectural Metal Products Division of The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers,AMP/NAAMM, Pipe Railing Manual. 16. Architectural Metal Products Division of The National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers,AMP 501, Finishes for Aluminum. 17. OSHA, Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations Part 1910.23 - Guarding Floor and Wall Openings and Holes. 18. The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (Public Law 101-336), Appendix A to Title 28 Code of Federal Regulations Part 36 (Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities-ADAAG. 19. American National Standard Institute, A117.1, Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 20. International Building Code. G. Field Measurements: Take field measurements, where required, prior to preparation of Shop Drawings and fabrication to ensure proper fitting of the Work. H. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to the greatest extent possible, so as to minimize field splicing and assembly of units at the site. Disassemble units only to the extent necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinate installation. 1.04 SUBMITTALS ^^ A. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: 1. Drawings for the fabrication and erection of handrail and railing systems with sizes of members, components and anchorage devices, all based on specified requirements. Include copies of manufacturer's specifications, standard detail drawings and installation instructions for handrail and railing systems. Include all plans and elevations identifying the location of all handrail and railing systems, and details of sections and connections. Show all anchorage items. 2. Profiles of handrail and railing systems components, and the details of forming, jointing, sections, connection, internal supports, trim, and accessories. Provide details drawn at 1- 1/2-inch scale. 3. All calculations for complete structural analysis of the handrail and railing systems including calculations showing compliance with system performance criteria specified. The calculations shall be prepared, signed and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas. 4. Manufacturer's catalogs showing complete selection of standard and custom components and miscellaneous accessories for selection by ENGINEER. B. Certification:Submit for approval the following: 1 Copies of material purchase receipts indicating actual materials purchased for this job, signed by a certified and licensed Notary Public, verifying that material purchased for the Work complies with material designations specified as confirmed by approved Shop Drawings. 2. Manufacturer's certificate on results of load testing the completed handrail and railing systems, demonstrating compliance with all applicable OSHA, ANSI and Building Code, Building Construction Code requirements and the system performance criteria specified for superimposed loadings and deflection limitations. 3. Finish: Furnish a written certificate confirming specified anodized coating film thickness, sealing treatment and stain test performance. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL ALUMINUM CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 05522-3 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery of Materials: 1. Deliver handrails and railings and all accessories dry and undamaged, with manufacturer's protective coating intact, bearing original intact factory labels identifying component's location and use within the completed systems. 2. Handrail and railing systems components, which are damaged during delivery or while being unloaded, shall not be stored on site. Remove such units from site and replace with new, undamaged material. ..e B. Storage of Materials: 1. Store handrail and railing systems components and accessory materials in a dry location and in a manner that will protect strippable coating from exposure to sun and condensation; with good air circulation around each piece and with protection from wind blown rain. 2. Store handrail and railing systems components and accessory materials under tarpaulin covers and in an area protected from dirt, damage, weather and from the construction activities of all contractors. Do not store outside or allow items to become wet or soiled in any way while on site. 3. Do not store in contact with concrete, earth or other materials that might cause corrosion, staining, scratching or damage to finish. Do not install system components, which become dented, scratched or damaged in any way. Remove such components from site and replace with new,undamaged material. C. Handling of Materials: 1. Do not subject handrail and railing systems components and accessory materials to bending or stress. 2. Do not damage edges or handle material in a manner that will cause scratches, warps or dents. 3. Keep on-site handling to a minimum. .. 4. Maintain protective covering on railings and handrails. All surface protective coverings such as nonadhesive papers, adhesive papers and strippable plastic films shall be removed after receipt at the site as soon as there is no longer a need for the protection. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protection: Protect cast-in-place sleeves from debris and water intrusion by use of temporary covers or removable foam inserts. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE A. Performance Criteria: 1. Maintain the visual design concept shown on the Drawings, and the technical requirements .. specified,including modules, profiles,alignment of components and requirements for finish. 2. Provide handrail and railing systems that conform to the Building Code, Building Construction Code and OSHA, Part 1910.23, including the 200 pound loading requirement. In addition,the system shall conform to the following requirements: a. Completed railing and handrail systems shall withstand a uniform lateral force of 40 pounds per linear foot and a vertical uniform force of 50 pounds per linear foot, both applied simultaneously at the top of the handrail and railing. b. Intermediate and bottom rails shall withstand simultaneously applied lateral uniform forces of 40 pounds per linear foot and a vertical load of 50 pounds per linear foot, however, lateral and vertical loads on intermediate and bottom railings need not be considered in the detailing and fabrication of posts and anchorages. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL ALUMINUM CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 05522-4 C. For railings having panels, the panels shall be detailed and fabricated to withstand a uniform lateral load of twenty pounds per square foot. d. Concentrated 200 pound load and uniform force conditions shall not be applied simultaneously. e. Other pertinent requirements ceded to ANSI A1264.1 by the Uniform Building Code. f. Bending stresses shall not exceed 60 percent of the yield stress of the material. Applied loads shall not produce permanent deflection in the completed Work when loads are removed. g. Select schedule of pipe using alloys, minimum diameter, loadings and maximum post spacing specified in order to limit deflection in each single-span of railing and handrail to 1.5-inches maximum and on railing posts to 1.4-inches maximum and with a safety factor of 1.65:1 for all Work. 3. Thermal Control: Provide adequate expansion within fabricated systems that allows for a thermal expansion and contraction caused by a material temperature change of 140°F to - 20°F without warp or bow of system components. Distance between expansion joints shall M be based on providing a 1/4-inch wide joint at 70°F, which accommodates a movement of 150 percent of the calculated amount of movement for the specified temperature range. 4. Provide expansion joints in handrail and railing systems where systems cross expansion joints in structure. 5. Provide handrail and railing systems as shown on the Drawings. Where handrail or railing systems are required by either the governing authority or the Occupational Safety and Health Act, or the Americans with Disabilities Act, aluminum handrail and railing systems of the type specified herein shall be provided. �• 6. Configuration of all handrail and railing systems components shall be as shown on the Drawings.Verify dimensions at the site without causing delay in the Work. 7. Except where detailed dimensions are shown on the Drawings, indicate required locations for posts,space posts maximum 5 foot-0 inches on centers. ^^• 8. Where details show post location requirements at or near end of runs, uniformly space intermediate posts as required to meet loading and deflection criteria specified, but not greater than maximum spacing specified. Where posts are shown at straight walkways and other locations where railing is provided on each side, locate railing system posts opposite each other; do not stagger. 9. Comply with handrail and railing systems details shown on the Drawings. Provide fabricator's standard details for conditions not shown on the Drawings and for general .. system assembly, unless otherwise specified. All details shown are typical; similar details apply to similar conditions, unless specifically otherwise shown on the Drawings. 10. Fabricator is responsible for structural analysis and detailing of handrails and railings systems. Provide complete structural calculations and verification of other system performance criteria and Shop Drawings for all handrail and railing members, anchors and all other support system components prepared, signed and stamped with the seal of a Licensed Professional Engineer licensed to practice in the State of Texas. B. Fasteners and Supports: 1. Provide the size, length and load carrying capacity required to carry the specified loadings required by performance criteria times a minimum safety factor of four. 2. Where sizes are shown on the Drawings, the sizes shown shall be considered minimum. Increase size to comply with required system performance criteria loadings and minimum safety factor specified. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Extruded Aluminum Architectural and Ornamental Shapes:ASTM 8221,Alloy 6063-T52. B. Aluminum Forgings:ASTM B 247, C. Extruded or Drawn Aluminum Pipe and Tube: ." EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL ALUMINUM CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 05522-5 a 1. 6063-T52 alloy as required by loadings,deflections and post spacings specified. 2. Provide Schedule 40 pipe minimum, unless conditions of detail and fabrication require extra heavy pipe to comply with performance criteria specified. 3. Provide all rails and posts with minimum outside diameter of 1.900-inches. D. Reinforcing Bars: Solid, circular profile, 24-inch long, 6063-T52 alloy aluminum reinforcing bars with same outside diameter as inside diameter of post. E. Toeboards: 1. Provide extruded 6063-T52 alloy aluminum toeboards, unless railing is mounted on curbs or other construction of sufficient height and type to meet the requirements of OSHA 1910.23. Bars or plates are not acceptable. 2. Unless otherwise specified, toeboards shall meet requirements of OSHA Part 1910.23, .. Section(e). F. Anchors and Fastenings: 1. Type 316 stainless steel; minimum 1/2-inch diameter. r. 2. Provide minimum of four bolt fasteners for each post where surface mounted posts are shown on the Drawings. Components shall be in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and as acceptable to ENGINEER as shown on approved Shop Drawings. 3. Concrete and Masonry Anchors:As specified in Section 05051. 4. Bolting Materials:As specified in Section 05051. G. Castings: 1. Provide high strength aluminum alloy brackets, flanges and fittings suitable for anodizing as specified. 2. Aluminum-Alloy Sand Castings:ASTM B 26. H. Connector Sleeves: Schedule 40,5-inches long by 1.610-inches diameters. I. Brackets and Flanges: Provide manufacturer's complete selection of standard and custom brackets and flanges for railing system posts and for handrail supports. J. Sockets: Provide 6-inch deep by 2-1/2-inch outside diameter aluminum sockets with 3-1/2-inch wide socket cover on bottom of all sockets and on top and bottom of removable post sockets. K. Hinges: Provide two self-closing aluminum hinges for each railing system gate shown on the ... Drawings. L. Latches and Stops: Provide one latch and stop with rubber bumper and 1-inch diameter plastic knob for each railing system gate shown on the Drawings. +� M. Chain, Snaps and Eye Bolts: Provide oblong 0.250-inch welded link, Type 316 stainless steel chain weighing 57 pounds per cubic foot, each link 1-1/8-inch by 7/16-inch. Provide stainless steel eyebolts, 1/4-inch stainless steel threaded quick links and heavy-duty swivel snaps with spring-loaded latch. N. Custom Cover Flanges: 1/4-inch high by 4-inch diameter;aluminum. O. System Components and Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide a complete selection of manufacturer's standard and custom aluminum handrail and railing systems components and miscellaneous accessories as may be required based on conditions and requirements shown on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, fascia flanges, post brackets, complete selection of one and two-piece handrail brackets for selection by ENGINEER including protective inserts, threaded bushing brackets, interlocking panel clips,clamps,channel adapters,end caps, post EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL ALUMINUM r` CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 05522-6 caps,adapters,ADA-compliant accessories and similar items.Show the type and location of all such items on Shop Drawings. P. Adhesive: Two part waterproof epoxy-type as recommended by handrail and railing systems manufacturer. Q. Non-Shrink, Non-Metallic Grout: 1 See Spec 03600. 2.03 FABRICATION A. General: Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified in the Contract Documents provide typical non-welded construction details and fabrication techniques as recommended by AMP/NAAMM publications specified. B. Form exposed Work true to line and level with accurate angles, surfaces and straight edges. Fabricate all corners without the use of fittings. C. Form bent-metal corners to the radius shown on the Drawings without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing the Work. Use radius bends to form all changes in direction of handrail and railing systems. Form elbow bends and wall returns to uniform radius, free from buckles and twists, with smooth finished surfaces, or use prefabricated bends. Provide not less than 4-inch outside radius. D. Provide chains across openings in railings where shown on the Drawings. Attach one end of each chain to a 1/4-inch eye bolt in the post and the other end attached by means of an approved heavy stainless steel swivel eye snap hook to a similar eye bolt in the opposite post. E. Remove burrs from all exposed edges. F. Locate intermediate rails equally spaced between top rail and finished floor. G. Close aluminum pipe ends by using prefabricated fittings. H. Weep Holes: 1. Fabricate joints, which will be exposed to the weather so as to exclude water. 2. Provide 1/4-inch diameter weep holes at the lowest possible point on all handrail and railing systems posts. 3. Provide pressure relief holes at closed ends of handrail and railing systems. 1. Toeboards: -w 1. Provide manufacturer's toeboard detail, which accommodates movement, caused by thermal change specified without warping or bowing toeboards. 2. Provide manufacturer's toeboard detail, which accommodates storage for removable socket covers. 3. Coordinate and cope toeboard as required to accommodate cover flanges at posts. 4. Toeboards shall follow curvature of railing. Where railing is shown on the Drawings to have curved contours at corners, or other locations, the toeboard shall likewise be curved to follow line of railing system. J. Reinforcing Bars: Provide reinforcing bar friction-fitted at all railing system posts. Extend reinforcing bars or tubes 6-inches into cast-in-place sleeves or other types of supporting brackets. K. Mechanically Fitted Component Pipe Handrail and Railing: 1. Use a nonwelded pipe handrail and railing system with posts, top and intermediate rail(s) and flush joints. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL ALUMINUM CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 05522-7 2. Provide a top and two intermediate horizontal rail(s),equally spaced. .. 3. Blind rivets, pop rivets or other exposed fastening devices shall not be used in the Work. Fasteners used for side mounting fascia flanges where shown on the Drawings or specified may be exposed in the Work. Provide internal threaded tubular aluminum rivets, stainless steel through bolts with lock nuts, stainless steel sheet metal screws with lockwashers and epoxy adhesive for fastening all components of the Work. 2.04 ALUMINUM COATINGS A. General: 1. Prepare surfaces for finishing in accordance with recommendations of the aluminum producer and the finisher or processor. 2. Adjust and control the direction of mechanical finishes specified to achieve the best overall visual effect in the Work. 3. Color and Texture Tolerance: Provide uniform color and continuous mechanical texture for all aluminum components. OWNER reserves the right to reject aluminum materials because of color or texture variations, which are visually objectionable, but only where the variation exceeds the range of variations established by the manufacturer prior to fabrication, by means of range samples which have been accepted by ENGINEER. 4. Anodize all aluminum components of the Work. B. Mechanically finish aluminum by wheel or belt polishing with aluminum oxide grit of 180 to 220 size, using peripheral wheel speed of 6,000 feet per minute; Aluminum Association Designation - M32 Medium Satin Directional Texture. 1. Hand Rubbed Finish: Where required to complete the Work and provide uniform, continuous texture, provide hand rubbed finish to match medium satin directional texture specified in order to even out and blend in satin finishes produced by other means. C. Provide non-etching chemical cleaning by immersing the aluminum in an inhibited chemical solution, as recommended by the coating applicator, to remove all lard oil, fats, mineral grease and other contamination detrimental to providing specified finishes. 1.Clean and rinse with water between steps as recommended by the aluminum manufacturer. D. Exposed Aluminum Anodic Coating: Provide anodic coatings as specified, which do not depend on dyes, organic or inorganic pigments, or impregnation processes to obtain color. Apply coatings using only the alloy, temperature, current density and acid electrolytes to obtain specified colors in compliance with the designation system and requirements of the Aluminum Association and AMP 501 of AMP/NAAMM. Comply with the following: 1. Provide Architectural Class I high density anodic treatment by immersing the components in a tank containing a solution of 15 percent sulfuric acid at 70°F with 12 amperes per square foot of direct current for minimum of sixty minutes;Aluminum Association Designation A41. 2. Physical Properties: a. Anodic Coating Thickness,ASTM B 244:Minimum of 0.7 mils thick. b. Anodic Coating Weight,ASTM B 137: Minimum of 32 mg/sq. in. c. Resistance to Staining,ASTM B 136: No stain after five minutes dye solution exposure. 3. Seal finished anodized coatings to seal the pores and prevent further absorption. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. CONTRACTOR shall examine the substrate and conditions under which the aluminum handrails and railings systems Work is to be performed and notify ENGINEER, in writing, of unsatisfactory -.. tolerances which exceed specified limits and other conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of the Work. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL ALUMINUM ^ CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 05522-8 .o B.Verify to ENGINEER gage of aluminum pipe railing posts and rails brought to the site by actual measurement of on-site material in the presence of ENGINEER. 3.02 INSTALLATION -� A. General: 1. Do not erect components, which have become scarred, dented, chipped, discolored or otherwise damaged or defaced. Railing and handrail system components, which have holes, cuts, gouges, deep scratches or dents of any kind, shall be removed from the site before installation. Repairs to correct such Work will not be approved by ENGINEER. Remove and replace with new material. 2. Comply with installation and anchorage recommendations of AMP/NAAMM publications specified in addition to the requirements specified and approved Shop Drawings. B. Fastening to In-Place Construction: 1. Remove protective plastic immediately before installation. 2. Adjust handrails and railings prior to securing in place, to ensure proper matching at butting joints and correct alignment throughout their length. Plumb posts in each direction. Secure posts and rail ends to building construction as follows: a. Anchor posts in concrete by means of sockets set and anchored into the concrete floor slab. Provide closure secured to the bottom of sleeve. Before installing posts remove all debris and water from sleeves. Verify that reinforcing bars have been inserted into posts before installation. Do not install posts without reinforcing bar. For all non- removable handrail and railing systems sections, after the posts have been inserted into the sockets, fill the annular space between posts and sockets solid with grout as specified in Section 03600,Grout. Crown grout and slope it to drain away from posts. b. Anchor posts to stair stringers with stringer or support flanges, angle type or floor type as required by conditions, shop-connected to posts and bolted to the steel supporting members. Flanges shall be as recommended by manufacturer. Verify that reinforcing bars have been inserted into posts before installation. Do not install posts without reinforcing bar. C. Side mount posts by fastening them securely in brackets attached to steel or concrete fascia as shown on the Drawings and in accordance with approved Shop Drawings. d. Provide removable railing sections where shown on the Drawings. Removable railing system posts shall be provided with friction fitted reinforcing bar in each post. Provide sockets with socket covers stored in extruded toeboard. Provide aluminum pipe collars for all removable posts.Accurately locate sleeves to match post spacings. e. All posts set in concrete shall be provided with an aluminum floor cover flange. 3. Use devices and fasteners recommended by the handrail and railing systems manufacturer ., and as shown on the approved Shop Drawings. C. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: 1. Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation. Set the Work accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level, true and free of rack, measured from established lines and levels. 2. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints. Do not cut or abrade the surfaces of units, which have been finished after fabrication, and are intended for field connections. 3. Permanent field splice connections shall be made using manufacturer's recommended epoxy adhesive and 5-inch minimum length connector sleeves. Tight press-fit all field splice connectors and install in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Follow epoxy manufacturer's recommendations for requirements of installation and conditions of use. 4. Make all splices as near as possible to posts but not exceeding 12-inches from nearest post. 5. Field welding will not be permitted. Make all splices using a pipe splice lock employing a single Allen screw to lock joint. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL ALUMINUM CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 05522-9 6. Provide hinged railings sections as shown on the Drawings. Provide hinges and latch for connection to adjacent railing. 7. Provide chain sections as shown on the Drawings. Provide one chain length with fastening accessories for top and each intermediate rail. 8. Secure handrails to walls with wall brackets and end fittings as shown on the Drawings. -- Locate brackets as shown on the Drawings or, if not shown on the Drawings, at not more than 5 feet-0 inches on centers. 9. Provide flush-type wall return fittings with the same projection as that shown for wall brackets. Drill wall plate portion of the bracket to receive one bolt, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 10. Secure wall brackets to building construction as follows: a. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use anchor bolt expansion shields and lag bolts. b. For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts having square heads. 11. Securely fasten toeboards in place with not more than 1/4-inch clearance above floor level. 12. Drill one 1/4-inch diameter weep hole not more than 1/4-inch above the top of location of solid reinforcing bar in each post. D. Expansion Joints: 1. Provide slip joint with internal sleeve extending 2-inches minimum beyond joint on each side. 2. Construct expansion joints as for field splices, except fasten internal sleeve securely to one side of rail only. 3. Locate joints within 6-inches of posts. 4. Submit locations and details of all expansion joints to ENGINEER. E. Protection from Dissimilar Materials: 1. Coat all surfaces of aluminum in contact with dissimilar materials such as concrete, masonry and steel as specified in Section 09902, Painting and Protective Coatings. .� 2. Do not extend coating beyond contact surfaces. Remove coating where exposed-to-view in the finished Work. 3.03 CLEANING AND REPAIRING .�. A. Cleaning: Installer shall clean exposed surfaces of handrail and railing systems of every substance after completion of installation. Comply with recommendations of both the handrail and railing, and finish manufacturer. Do not use abrasives or non-approved solvent cleaners. Test cleaning techniques on an un-used section of railing before employing cleaning technique. 1. Remove all stains, dirt, grease or other substances by washing handrails and railings systems thoroughly using clean water and soap;rinse with clean water. 2. Do not use acid solution,steel wool or other harsh abrasives. 3. If stain remains after washing remove defective sections and replace with new material conforming to the requirements of the Specification. B. Leave handrails and railings, free from dents, burrs, scratches, holes and other blemishes. Replace damaged or otherwise defective Work with new material that conforms to the Specification requirements at no additional cost to OWNER. C. At the completion of Work, replace adjacent work, marred by the Work of this Section. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SUPPLEMENTAL ALUMINUM CUSTOMER WW METER STATION HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 05522- 10 SECTION 05532 ALUMINUM GRATING AND CHECKER PLATE PART 1GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Scope: 1 CONTRACTOR shall provide all labor, materials,equipment and incidentals as shown on the Drawings, specified and required to furnish aluminum grating,frames and checker plate. 2. The types of grating required shall be the following: a.Aluminum swage locked I-bar grating. 3. The Work also includes: a. Providing openings in grating to accommodate the Work under this and other Sections and attaching to the grating all items such as sleeves,bands,studs,fasteners and all items required for which provision is not specifically included under other Sections. B. Coordination: 1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the Work that must be installed with or attached to the grating or checker plate. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete. 2. Section 05501, Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications. 3. Section 09902, Painting and Protective Coatings. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified. 1. ASTM B 209, Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate. 2. ASTM B 210,Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes. 3. ASTM B 221,Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods,Wire, Shapes and Tubes. 4. NAAMM, Metal Finishes Manual,and Metal Bar Grating Manual. 5. Aluminum Association Standards. B. Field Measurements: 1 Take field measurements prior to preparation of Shop Drawings and fabrication,where required,to ensure proper fitting of the Work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A.Shop Drawings: Submit for approval the following: 1. Fabrication and erection of all Work. Include plans,elevations, and details of sections and connections.Show anchorage and accessory items. 2. Setting drawings and templates for location and installation of anchorage devices. 3. Manufacturer's specifications, load tables,dimension diagrams, anchor details and installation instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA - A. The manufacturer shall furnish grating to conform the following criteria: 1 Design Loads: Uniform live load or a concentrated load on any area 24-inches square, whichever gives the greatest stresses. Live Load Concentrated Load a.300 psf 1500 lbs EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE ALUMINUM GRATING AND CHECKER PLATE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05532- 1 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 3. Maximum Clear Span Deflection: 1/120 of span or 1/4-inch,whichever is less, under 100 psf and no deflection limit under concentrated loading. 4. Maximum Fiber Stress: 12,000 psi. 5. Bearing bars shall be a maximum of 1-3/16 inches on center and 3/16-inches minimum thickness. 6. Cross bars or bent connecting bars shall not exceed 4-inches on center. 7. Refer to the Drawings for additional design information. B. The manufacturer shall furnish removable checkered plate or plank grating to conform to the -- following, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings: 1.Aluminum Checkered Plate: a. Minimum thickness: 1/2-inch. b. Design Uniform Load:200 psf,unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. Maximum clear span deflection: 1/1 20th of the span or 1/4-inch,whichever is less, under 100 psf. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Bearing Bars:Alloy 6061-T6 or Alloy 6063-T6,conforming to ASTM B 221. B. Cross Bars or Bent Connecting Bars:Alloy conforming to either ASTM B 221 or ASTM B 210. C. Aluminum Checkered Plate: 1. Provide aluminum checkered plate as shown on the Drawings and specified. Plate shall conform to ASTM B 209. Provide anodized finish. -- 2. Raised Pattern Floor Plate: Provide pattern standard with the manufacturer.Alloy and temper to be Alloy 6061-T6. 2.3 FABRICATION -* A. Use materials of the minimum size and thickness as specified above unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.Work to the dimensions shown on approved Shop Drawings. B. Grating shall be as shown on the Drawings and shall comply with the NAAMM"Metal Bar Grating Manual",except as specified herein. 1. Cross Bars: Manufacturer's standards to suit project requirements. 2. Traffic Surface: Plain. C. Type of Finish: Clear anodized with a minimum coating of 0.0008-inch in accordance with Aluminum Association Standard A41. D. Provide grating sections with end-banding bars welded about 4-inches on centers for each panel, four saddle Gip or flange block anchors designed to fit two bearing bars,and four stainless steel stud or machine bolts with washers and nuts, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. E. Cut gratings for penetrations as indicated. Layout units to allow grating removal without disturbing items penetrating grating. 1, For openings in grating separated by more than four bearing bars, provide banding of same material and size as bearing bars, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings.Weld band to .• each bearing bar. 2. Notching of bearing bars at supports to maintain elevations will not be permitted. 3. Provide additional opening framing as indicated in the Drawings. F. Weld stainless steel stud bolts to receive saddle clip or flange block anchors to supporting steel members. Drill for machine bolts when supports are aluminum. G. Provide gratings in concrete with 316 stainless steel angle frames having mitered corners and welded joints.Grind exposed joints smooth. Frames shall have welded anchors set into concrete.Angle size shall match grating depth selected to assure flush fit. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE ALUMINUM GRATING AND CHECKER PLATE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05532-2 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 H. Provide gratings attached to existing concrete, masonry or steel with 316 stainless steel bearing angles fastened with anchors as shown on the Drawings or otherwise approved by ENGINEER. I. Gratings in concrete floors specified to be removable or hinged shall be arranged in sizes to be readily lifted. 2.04 CHECKERED PLATES A. Provide removable checkered plates in the locations and sizes shown on the Drawings or where directed by the OWNER.Also, provide perforated plates where shown on the Drawings. B. Each checkered plate shall be provided with four lifting handles as recommended by the manufacturer.The lifting handles shall be of the recessed, drop handle type unless indicated otherwise.Maximum weight of checkered plate shall be 150 pounds. C. Checkered plates shall have a checkered, nonslip surface. .. D. The aluminum plates shall have an anodized finish. Protect finish with a factory-applied coating of lacquer standard with the manufacturer. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: 1. Use Type 316 stainless steel anchorage devices and fasteners to secure grating to supporting members or prepared openings,as recommended by the manufacturer. B. Cutting, Fitting and Placement: 1. Perform all cutting,drilling and fitting required for installation.Set the Work accurately in location,alignment and elevation, plumb, level,true and free of rack. Do not use wedges or shimming devices. 2. Wherever gratings are penetrated by pipes,ducts, and structural members,cut openings neatly and accurately to size and attach a strap collar not less than 1/8-inch thick to the cut ends of the bars. 3. Divide the panels into sections only to the extent required for installation wherever grating is to be placed around previously installed pipe,ducts,and structural members. C. Protection of Aluminum from Dissimilar Materials: Coat all aluminum surfaces in contact with dissimilar materials such as concrete,masonry,steel and other metals as specified in Section 09902. .� D. Removable aluminum checkered plate or aluminum plank grating shall be fastened to secure checker plate or plank grating to supporting members,as recommended by the manufacturer. Fastening system for the checker plate or plank grating shall be removable. -W E. Gaps between the edge of grating and edge of perimeter support or gaps between adjacent grating panels exceeding kinch will be rejected and new grating panels fabricated to the as-built conditions providing 1/4-inch gap shall be provided at no additional expense to the Owner. END OF SECTION ^- EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE ALUMINUM GRATING AND CHECKER PLATE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 05532-3 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 SECTION 05 52 13 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aluminum pipe and tube railings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05 05 19 "Anchorages"for aluminum railings connection. 2. Section 05 51 00 "Metal Stairs"for aluminum railings associated with metal stairs. 1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design railings, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. General: In engineering railings to withstand structural loads indicated, determine allowable design working stresses of railing materials based on the following: 1. Aluminum: The lesser of minimum yield strength divided by 1.65 or minimum ultimate tensile strength divided by 1.95. 2. Stainless Steel: 60 percent of minimum yield strength. C. Structural Performance: Railings shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Handrails and Top Rails of Guards: a. Uniform load of 50 lbf/ft. applied in any direction. b. Concentrated load of 200 Ibf applied in any direction. C. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2. Infill of Guards: a. Concentrated load of 50 Ibf applied horizontally on an area of 1 sp. ft.. b. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. E. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 055213 - 1 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Manufacturer's product lines of mechanically connected railings. 2. Railing brackets. 3. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For products involving selection of color, texture, or design, including mechanical finishes on stainless steel. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required. 1. Sections of each distinctly different linear railing member, including handrails, top rails, posts, and balusters. 2. Fittings and brackets. 3. Assembled Sample of railing system, made from full-size components, including top rail, post, handrail, and infill. Sample need not be full height. a. Show method of connecting members at intersections. E. Delegated-Design Submittal: For installed products indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B. Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless-steel products certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. C. Welding certificates. D. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of railing from single source from single manufacturer. 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 055213 -2 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 1.08 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. m. B. Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. C. Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do not support railings temporarily by any means that do not satisfy structural performance requirements. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1 Aluminum Pipe and Tube Railings: a. ATR Technoogies, Inc. " b. Blum, Julius&Co., Inc. C. Braun, J.G., Company; a division of the Wagner Companies. d. CraneVeyor Corp. e. Hollaender Manufacturing Company f. Kee Industrial Products, Inc. g. Moultrie Manufacturing Company h. Pisor Industries. Inc. i. Thompson Fabrication, LLC j. Tri Tech, Inc. k. Tubular Specialties Manufacturing, Inc. I. Tuttle Railing Systems: Div. of Tuttle Aluminum & Bronze, Inc. M. Wagner, R & B, Inc.: a division of the Wagner Companies. 2.02 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes. B. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as supported rails unless otherwise indicated. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 055213 - 3 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 2.03 ALUMINUM A. Aluminum General: Provide alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with not less than the strength and durability properties of alloy and temper designated below for each aluminum form required. B. Extruded Bars and Tubing: ASTM B 221. Alloy 6063-T5/T52 -� C. Extruded Structural Pipe and Round Tubing: ASTM B 429, Alloy 6063-T6. 1. Provide Standard Weight(Schedule 40) pipe, unless otherwise indicated. D. Drawn Seamless Tubing: ASTM B 210, Alloy 6063-T832. E. Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 6061-T6. F. Die and Hand Forgings: ASTM B 247, Alloy 6061-T6. G. Castings: ASTM B 26, Alloy A356.0-T6. .M H. Perforated Metal: Aluminum Sheet, ASTM B 209, Alloy 6061-T6, 0.063 inch thick, with %-inch holes 3/8" inch o.c. in staggered rows. I. Woven-Wire Mesh: Intermediate-crimp, square pattern, 2-inch woven-wire mesh, made from 0.162-inch nominal diameter wire complying with ASTM B 211, Alloy 6061-T94. .. 2.04 FASTENERS A. General: Provide the following: 1. Type 394 316 stainless-steel. B. Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loads. C. Fasteners for Interconnecting Railing Components: 1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching them to other work, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching them to other work, unless exposed fasteners are unavoidable or are the standard fastening method for railings indicated. 3. Provide tamper-resistant, flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. 1. For Aluminum railings, provide type and alloy as recommended by producer of metal to be welded and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated items. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 055213 -4 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 r B. Low-Emitting Materials: Paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers. C. Epoxy Intermediate Coat: Complying with MPI #77 and compatible with primer and topcoat. D. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI #20 and compatible with topcoat. E. Polyurethane Topcoat: Complying with MPI #72 and compatible with undercoat. F. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. G. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. H. Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic-controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. 1. Water-Resistant Product: At exterior locations and where indicated provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended by manufacturer for exterior use. 2.06 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads. B. Assemble railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. D. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. E. Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. G. Connections: Fabricate railings with either welded or nonwelded connections unless otherwise indicated. H. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 055213-5 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. I. Nonwelded Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints. 1. Fabricate splice joints for field connection using an epoxy structural adhesive if this is manufacturer's standard splicing method. J. Form changes in direction as follows: 1. As detailed. 2. By bending or by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings. K. Bend members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each configuration required; maintain .. cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. L. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings. M. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch or less. N. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated. 1. At brackets and fittings fastened to plaster or gypsum board partitions, provide crush- -^ resistant fillers, or other means to transfer loads through wall finishes to structural supports and prevent bracket or fitting rotation and crushing of substrate. O. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure. P. Toe Boards: Where indicated, provide toe boards at railings around openings and at edge of open-sided floors and platforms. Fabricate to dimensions and details indicated. 2.07 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 055213 -6 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 D. Provide exposed fasteners with finish matching appearance, including color and texture, of railings. 2.08 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Mechanical Finish: AA-M12 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated). B. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A41, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. C. Powder-Coat Finish: AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and backing finish. 1 Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine plaster and gypsum board assemblies, where reinforced to receive anchors, to verify that locations of concealed reinforcements have been clearly marked for Installer. Locate reinforcements and mark locations if not already done. 3.02 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints. B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. 1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other R means without further cutting or fitting. 2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet. 3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet. C. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will be in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. D. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. E. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction. .. 3.03 RAILING CONNECTIONS A. Non-welded Connections: Use mechanical or adhesive joints for permanently connecting railing components. Seal recessed holes of exposed locking screws using plastic cement filler colored to match finish of railings. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 055213 -7 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 B. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field. C. Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther apart than required to accommodate thermal movement. Provide slip joint internal sleeve extending 2 inches beyond joint on either side, fasten internal sleeve securely to one side, and locate joint within 6 inches of post. 3.04 ANCHORING POSTS �. A. Cover anchorage joint with flange of same metal as post, attached to post with set screws. B. Leave anchorage joint exposed with 1/8-inch buildup, sloped away from post. C. Anchor posts to metal surfaces with oval flanges, angle type, or floor type as required by conditions, connected to posts and to metal supporting members as follows: 1. For aluminum pipe railings, attach posts using fittings designed and engineered for this purpose. 2. For stainless-steel pipe railings, weld flanges to post and bolt to supporting surfaces. D. Install removable railing sections, where indicated, in slip-fit metal sockets cast in concrete. 3.05 ATTACHING RAILINGS A. Anchor railing ends at walls with round flanges anchored to wall construction and welded to railing ends or connected to railing ends using nonwelded connections. B. Anchor railing ends to metal surfaces with flanges bolted to metal surfaces and welded to railing ends or connected to railing ends using nonwelded connections. C. Attach railings to wall with wall brackets, except where end flanges are used. Provide brackets with 1-1/2-inch clearance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. 1. Use type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt, predrilled hole for exposed bolt anchorage. 2. Locate brackets as indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. 3.06 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap and rinsing with clean water. B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 055213-8 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 3.07 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 055213-9 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Division 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07131 SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawing and general provision of the contract, including General and Supplementary ^^- Conditions and Division 1 Specifications,apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This section includes the following: Rubberized asphalt sheet waterproofing for vertical and horizontal applications. B. Related sections include the following: - 1. Division 3, Concrete 1.3 SUBMITTALS mm A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's written instruction s for evaluating, preparing and treating substrate technical data and tested physical performance properties of waterproofing. B. Manufacturers written installation instruction for water proofing membranes,drainage and board accessories. C. Shop drawings:Show locations and extent of waterproofing. Include details for substrate .� joints and cracks,sheet flashing penetration,inside and outside corners,tie-ins with adjoining waterproofing and other termination conditions. D. Samples: For the following products: 1. 12 by 12-inch(300-by-300-mm)square of waterproofing and flashing sheet. E. Sample Warranty: Copy of special waterproofing manufacturer's warranty stating obligations and remedies, limitations avid exclusion before starting waterproofing. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualification:A qualified installer who is authorized or licensed by water proofing manufacturer to install manufacturers products. B. Source Limitation: Obtain waterproofing materials and protection course through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver liquid materials to Project site in original packages with seals unbroken, labeled m' with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture,and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged packages in a clean,dry, protected �- location and within temperature range required by water waterproofing manufacturer. C. Remove and replace liquid materials that cannot be applied within their stated shelf life. D. Store rolls according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Protected stored materials from direct sunlight. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 07131 - 1 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 PROJECT CONDITIONS 1.06 A. Environmental Limitations:Apply waterproofing within the range of ambient and substrate temperature recommended by waterproofing manufacturer.Do not apply waterproofing to a damp or wet substrate. 1. Do not apply waterproofing in snow, rain,fog or mist. B. Maintain adequate ventilation during preparation and application of waterproofing materials. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty:Written warranty,signed by waterproofing manufacturer .» agreeing to replace waterproofing materials that does not comply with requirements or that does not remain watertight during specified warranty period. 1.Warranty Period: One years after date of substantial Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 RUBBERIZED-ASPHALT SHEET WATERPROOFING A. Rubberized-Asphalt Sheet:60-mil-(1.5-mm-)thick,self adhering sheet consisting of 56 mils(1.4 mm)of rubberized asphalt laminated to a 4-mil-(0.10-mm-)thick, polythene film with release liner on adhesive side and formulated for application with primer or surface .. conditioner that complies with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Physical properties:As follows, measured per standard test method referenced: a. Tensile strength:250 psi(1.7 Mpa)minimum;ASTM D412,Die C, modified. b. Ultimate Elongation: 300 percentage minimum;ASTM D 412 Die C, modified. C. Low-Temperature Flexibility: Pass at minus 20 deg F(minus 29 deg C); ASTM D 1970. d. Crack Cycling: Unaffected after 100 cycles of 1/8-inch(3 mm) movement;ASTMC 836 e. Puncture Resistance:40 Ibf(180 N)minimum;ASTM E 154. -' f. Hydrostatic-Head Resistance: 150 feet(45m)minimum;ASTM D 5385 g. Water Absorption:0.15 percent weight gain maximum after 48-hour immersion at 70 deg F(21 deg C);ASTM D 570 h. Vapor Permeance: 0.05 perms(2.9 ng/Pa x s x Sq. m); 2. Rubberized-Asphalt Sheet Waterproofing: a. W.R.Grace&Co: Bituthene 3000 b. T.C. Miradri: Miradri 860/861. .. C. Poly guard Product Inc: Polyguard 650 d. W.R. Meadows Inc: Mel-Rol. 3. Substitution in accordance with Section 01300. 4. Waterproofing shall be applied at all exterior below grade surfaces at TPS-3 and associated structures intended to be waterproofed. 2.2 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Furnish auxiliary materials recommended by water proofing manufacturer for intended use and compatible with sheet waterproofing. 1. Furnish liquid-type auxiliary materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities ^— having jurisdiction. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 07131 -2 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 B. Primer: Liquid waterborne primer recommended for substrate by manufacturer of sheet waterproofing material. C. Surface Conditioner: Liquid,waterbome surface conditioner recommended for substrate by manufacturer of sheet waterproofing material. D. Sheet Strips: Self adhering, rubberized-asphalt composite sheet strips of same material and thickness as sheet waterproofing. E. Liquid Membrane: Elastomeric,two-component liquid,cold fluid applied,trowel grade. F. Substrate Patching Membrane: Low viscosity,two components,asphalt modified coating. G. Mastic,Adhesive and Tape: Liquid mastic and adhesive and adhesive tapes recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. H. Protection Course: Semi grid sheets of fiberglass or minerals reinforced-asphaltic core, pressure laminated between two asphalt-saturated fibrous liners and as follows: 1.Thickness:Thickness: 1/8 inch(3 mm),nominal,for vertical applications; 1/4 inch (6 mm)nominal, horizontal applications. a. Source: Seal tight PC-2 and PC-3, by W.R. Meadows(847-683-4544). 2 Adhesive: Rubber-based solvent type recommended by waterproofing manufacturer for type of protection course. 2.03 MOLDED-SHEET DRAINAGE PANELS A. Woven-Geotextile-Faced , Molded Sheet Drainage panels manufactured subsurface drainage panels consisting of a woven-geotextile facing with an apparent opening size not exceeding No 100(0.147-mm)sieve laminated to 1 side of a 3 dimensional ,non-biodegradable ,molded-plastic-sheet drainage core,with horizontal flow rate not less than 15 gpm per ft(0.003 Umin per m) 1.Source a. Hydro-Duct 660 by W.R. Grace Company. b. Q-Drain-H by Carlisle and waterproofing Inc. C. Engineer approved equal. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas and conditions with installer present for compliances with -- requirements and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Verify that concrete has'cured and aged for minimum time period recommended by waterproofing manufacturer. 2. Verify that concrete is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clean, prepare and treat substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean and dust free and dry substrates for waterproofing application. B. Mask off adjoining surfaces not receiving waterproofing to prevent spillage and overspray affecting other construction. C. Remove grease,oil, bitumen,form-release agents, paints,curing compounds and other penetrating contaminants or thin film forming coating for concrete. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 07131 - 3 "' CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 D. Remove fins, ridges mortar and other projections and fill honeycomb,aggregate pocket, holes and other voids. E. Prepare,fill prime,and treat joints and cracks in substrates.Remove dust and dirt from joints and cracks according to ASTM D 4258. F. Bridges and cover discontinuous deck to wall and deck to deck with overlapping sheet strips. 1. Invert and loosely lay first sheet strip over center of the joint. Firmly adhere second sheet strip to first and overlap to substrate. G. Corners: Prepare,prime and treat inside and outside corners according to ASTM D 6135. 1. Install membrane strips centered over vertical inside corners. Install 3/4-inch (19-mm)fillet of liquid membrane on horizontal inside comers and as follows: ... a. At footing to wall intersections,extend liquid membrane each direction from corner or install membrane strip centered over the corner. b. At plaza deck-to-wall intersections,extend liquid membrane or sheet strips onto deck waterproofing and to finished height of sheet flashing. H. Prepare,treat and seal vertical and horizontal surfaces at terminations and penetrations through waterproofing and at drains and protrusions according to ASTM D 6135. 3.3 RUBBERIZED-ASPHALT SHEET APPLICATION A. Install self-adhering sheets according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions and recommendation ASTM D 6135. B. Apply primer to substrates at required rate and allow to dry.Limit priming to areas that will be covered by sheet waterproofing in same day. Reprime areas exposed for more than 24 hours. C. Apply and firmly adhere sheets over area to receive waterproofing.Accurately align sheets and maintain uniform 2-1/2-inch-(64-mm-)minimum lap widths and end laps. Overlap and end laps. Overlap and seal seams and stagger end laps to ensure watertight �~ installation. 1.When ambient and substrate temperature range between 25 and 40 deg F (minus 4 and 5 deg c), install self-adhering, rubberized-asphalt sheets produced for low temperature application. Do not use low temperature sheets if ambient or substrate temperature is higher than 60 deg F(16 deg C). D. Horizontal Application:Apply sheet from low point to high point of decks to ensure that . side laps shed water. E. Apply continuous sheet over strips bridging substrate cracks,construction and contraction joint. r F. Apply continuous sheets at terminations not concealed by metal counter flashing or ending in reglets with mastic or sealant. G. Install sheet waterproofing and auxiliary materials to tie into adjacent waterproofing. H. Repair tears,voids and lapped seams in waterproofing not complying with requirements Slit and flatten fish mouths and blister. Patch with sheets extending 6 inches(150 mm) beyond repaired areas in all directions. I. Correct deficiencies in or remove sheet waterproofing that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates reapply waterproofing and repair sheet flashing. 3.4 PROTECTION COURSE INSTALLATION -- EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 07131 -4 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 A. Install protection course with butted joints over water proofing membrane before starting subsequent construction operations. 3.5 MOLDED SHEET DRAINAGE PANEL INSTALLATION A. At horizontal waterproofing applications(exterior deck to receive topping slab located at ground floor level). B. Upon successful completion of specified flood testing for the deck waterproofing clean surface of membrane,install protection course and over entire area in accordance with manufacturer written instructions. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. B. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and ^— procedures recommended my manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE SELF-ADHERING SHEET WATERPROOFING CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 07131 -5 CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 n grQun www.rjn.com The Choice for collection System Solutions April 6, 2017 To Whom It May Concern, RJN Group declares that The W.R. Meadows MEL-ROL LM is considered as an"or equal"substitute to the use of the MEL-ROL self-adhering waterproofing membrane. We feel it is a very good product due to the fact that the LM series is seamless single component application. This product applies easier in our opinion because there is no overlapping and no air pockets if the MEL-ROL self-adhering membrane is not laid down perfect. The MEL-ROL LM has the exact same properties as the MEL-ROL the only difference is that it is an applied liquid. We have successful prior project experience where this system was used in place of the self-adhering membrane. wt To answer the remaining general product application,please read below: 1. Product is applied in in lifts, do one section and let the GC backfill then proceed to the next. 2. There are no laps with the LM system and therefore,there are no seams. Create a 2 to 3 inch overlap(below)the top line of rolled material in the prior lift before proceeding with the remainder �• of the lift application. 3. The proper mil thickness will be applied if you apply 2 coats at 45 mils wet which is recommended by manufacturer and you will get the 60 mils DFT (finished thickness). A wet mils ,., gage will be used on each applied coat. Visual inspection is required by all parties(contractor, manufacturer representative, and inspector)to make sure there are no voids in order to achieve the total DFT required. t.. If you have any questions regarding this approved"or equal'product,or if you require additional information,please do not hesitate to call us. w Sincerely, RJN GROUP, INC. uer Chris Brooks,P.E. Project Manager * CEB/ Enclosure ttw 6701 Brentwood Stair Rd., Suite 1 OOW - Fort Worth, TX 76112 - 817.451.3500 -fax 817.451.3506 /-� W. R. MEADOWS, SQA Tii L � MasterFormat:07 14 16 NO.714-A NOVEMBER 2013 (Supersedes March 2010) MEL-ROL®LM .. Single-Component, Water-Based, Polymer-Modified, Cold-Applied, Waterproofing Membrane DESCRIPTION MEL-ROL LM is a single-component, polymer- ' VOC content is 0.0 g/L. Produces no harmful odors. modified, cold-applied, water-based, liquid ' Easy application—no heating necessary. Eliminates waterproofing membrane ideal for below-grade vertical fire hazards associated with heating kettles. Apply seamless waterproofing applications. We have taken the with roller or airless sprayer. same high quality rubber polymers found in W. R. MEADOWS' successful MEL-ROL "peel and stick" PACKAGING .,, membrane and converted them into a heavy-bodied,high 5 Gallon(18.93 Liter)Pails solids,quick drying liquid membrane. 55 Gallon(208.20 Liter)Drums* *special order only w With MEL-ROL LM, installation time is reduced, utilizing either a spray or roller application. A variety COVERAGE of different protection courses, insulation boards, or 20 - 25 ft.vgal. (0.49 — 0.61 m2/L) @ 60 mils. drainage boards can be embedded into the membrane Coverage dependent on substrate type, weather, and sir to create a superior waterproofing system. With the application conditions. application of PERMINATOR® vapor barrier over the membrane, a composite system can be created that has SHELF LIFE the combined advantages of both "peel and stick" and When stored indoors in original, unopened containers liquid-applied membranes. at temperatures between 40 - 90° F (4 - 32° C), shelf life is a minimum of six months from date of USES manufacture. MEL-ROL LM can be used on new and remedial waterproofing applications on concrete or masonry SPECIFICATIONS block substrates. Since the formula is water-based, Complies with all current federal, state, and local MEL-ROL LM can also be used on both ICFs and maximum allowable VOC requirements, including "green concrete"applications. U.S. EPA,SCAQMD,and OTC. FEATURESBENEFITS ss • Waterproof — very low vapor permeability (perm rating). • Superior elongation — bridges minor cracks; will not r� become brittle with age. ■ Fully bonded — water will not run beneath the membrane. ■ High solids, single-component, fast drying formulation — easy to apply; low cost application equipment; eliminates two-component mixing problems. " ■ Cold-applied/water-based — will not adversely affect insulated forms (ICFs) or various protection board options. Allows for application to damp or "green -- concrete." CONTINUED ON REVERSE SIDE... W. R. MEADOWS, INC. HAMPSHIRE, IL/CARTERSVILLE,GA/YORK, PA P.O.Box 338•HAMPSHIRE.IL 60140-0338 Phone:8471214-2100•Fax:8471683-4544 FORT WORTH,TX/BENICIA,CA/POMONA,CA 1-800-342-5976 GOODYEAR,AZ/MILTON,ON/ST.ALBERT,AB www.wrmeadows.com PAGE 2 ..a MEL—ROL LM#714—A ... NOVEMBER 2013 TECHNICAL DATA Membrane -- Property Typical Value Test Method Color Black Solids 70% VOC Content 0 g/L Total Cure Time 16—24 hours Service Temperature -20° F- 140° F (-29°C-60°C) Application Temperature 40° F (4.4'C) minimum Shore "00" Hardness Passes ASTM C 836 Stability Exceeds ASTM C 836 Elongation 1500% ASTM D 412 Water Absorption 0.7% ASTM D 1970 WVT 0.03 Perms ASTM E 96, B Composite(55 Mil Membrane/10 Mil PERMINATOR) Peel Adhesion 7 Ib./in. ASTM C 794 (125 g/mm) Tensile Strength (Film) 5000 psi ASTM D 412 (Die C) (36 MPa) Elongation 900% ASTM D 412(Die C) Water Vapor Permeability 0.02 Perms ASTM E 96, B (0.013 g/m2/24 h) �. Water Absorption 0.1% ASTM D 1970 Resistance to Hydrostatic Head 48 psi (0.3 MPa) ASTM D 751 Puncture Resistance 22 Ibf. (98 N) ASTM D 4833 APPLICATION Mixing ... MEL-ROL LM is designed to be used Surface Preparation ... All surfaces must be from the pail or drum with little or no mixing. clean(free of all coatings and curing compounds), However, if water appears on the surface, mix free of frost, relatively smooth, and structurally thoroughly with a low speed mechanical mixer sound. Patch any bug holes,tie holes, large gaps, prior to application. *� or cracks with MEADOW-PATCH® 5 or MEADOW-PATCH 20 from W. R. MEADOWS. Priming ... To reduce blistering on concrete All loose laitance on the substrates, such as dirt, surfaces, a thin coat of MEL-ROL LM diluted dust, loose stones, and debris, should be either with water may be required. (Approximate swept or blown clean. dilution ratio of MEL-ROL LM to water is between 4:1 and 5:1.) All shrinkage cracks less than 1/16" (1.6 mm) should be pretreated with a 60-mil coat of MEL- Thoroughly mix primer with a mechanical mixer. ROL LM 6"(15 cm)wide.All cracks greater then Prone the entire concrete surface to be 1/16" (1.6 mm) should be taped with DETAIL waterproofed by spraying or rolling on a single STRIP from W. R. MEADOWS prior to coat at a coverage rate of 100- 150 ft.2/gal.(2.45 - application of the membrane. For specific project 3.68 m2/L). Allow primer to dry (approximately recommendations, please contact W. R. one hour, depending on temperature and MEADOWS technical services. conditions). A an PAGE 3 ... MEL-ROL LM#714-A ... NOVEMBER 2013 Detailing ... After surface preparations are .w complete, detailing should be addressed. The Cleanup ... Material should not be left in the desired thickness of membrane coverage is 120 pump, lines, or gun when finished spraying. mils for inside/outside corners and non-moving CAUTION: Solvents must not come in contact and hairline cracks, as well as around drains and with MEL-ROL LM in the sprayer, as they will penetrations. Request and view the W. R. break the emulsion and plug up the entire sprayer MEADOWS WATERPROOFING system. After spraying,promptly flush water only CONTRACTORS HANDBOOK for additional (no soap)through the system until pump and hose .. information. are clear(approx. five gallons).Aromatic solvents, such as xylene or toluene (approx. two gallons), Roller Application ... MEL-ROL LM can be should be used for final flushing after water is applied directly from the container using a '/4" flushed through the pump and lines. (19.05 mm) nap roller. Apply in two coats, each 30 mils thick, allowing first coat to reach initial Mineral spirits, paint thinner, gasoline, etc., must set prior to application of second coat. not be used to flush system.NOTE:Water must be flushed through the machine to remove any Spray Application ... MEL-ROL LM may be solvents prior to spraying of MEL-ROL LM. sprayed on vertical surfaces at a minimum coverage thickness of 60 mils wet (45 mils dry). Protection ... Cover vertical applications with A single coat may achieve desired coating PROTECTION COURSE, MEL-DRAINT., or 10 thickness. However, if material slumps due to mil PERMINATOR from W. R. MEADOWS. temperature or substrate conditions,two coats(30 Surfaces must be covered within 45 days. ••4 mils wet) may be necessary. Apply the second coat after the first coat has dried (approximately Backfilling ... Allow 24 hours for complete cure one to two hours). of membrane prior to backfilling. Spraying Equipment ... MEL-ROL LM is most PRECAUTIONS effectively applied by using the Graco HydraMax Do not freeze. Do not apply MEL-ROL LM on 350 or the Graco GH833 Big Rig. vertical projects if rainfall is forecast or imminent on within 12 hours. Do not apply MEL-ROL LM or The Graco heavy-duty texture gun is primer when air, material, and surface recommended for use with the following tips: For temperatures are expected to fall below 40°F(4.4° best results, use the 0.051" (Graco GHD551) C) within four hours of completed application. heavy-duty switch tip. For spraying of primer Sprayed urethane foams applied over MEL-ROL coat, a smaller orifice tip such as the 0.035" LM can melt the membrane and cause (Graco GHD635) can be used. Tips should be delamination and failure due to the exothermic reversible types for easy clean out. reaction that takes place after spraying the foam. These foams should not be sprayed over MEL- ROL LM. The use of MEL-ROL LM does not Horizontal Application ... For horizontal negate the need for relief of hydrostatic heads. applications, use HYDRALASTIC 836 from W. A complete drain tile system should be placed R.MEADOWS. around the exterior of footing and under slabs, as required. Thickness Control ... Frequently inspect surface area with a wet mil gauge to ensure desired LEED INFORMATION consistent thickness is achieved. Porous , May help contribute to LEED credits: substrates or masonry block walls may require EA Credit 1:Optimize Energy Performance additional coats to obtain desired thickness. IEQ Credit 3.1: Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan: During Construction • IEQ Credit 4.2: Low-Emitting Materials: Paints&Coatings • MR Credit 2: Construction Waste Management .. MR Credit 5:Regional Materials .s PAGE 4 ... MEL-ROL LM#714-A ... NOVEMBER 2013 40i Environmentally Responsible Products *^ for Building Performance LIMITED WARRANTY rt W.R.MEADOWS,INC.warrants at the time and place we make shipment,our material will be of good quality and will conform with our published specifications in force on the date of acceptance of the order.Read complete warranty.Copy furnished upon request. Disclaimer The information contained herein is included for illustrative purposes only,and to the best of our knowledge,is accurate and reliable.W.R.MEADOWS,INC.cannot however under any circumstances make any guarantee of results or assume any obligation or liability in connection with the use of this information.As W.R. MEADOWS,INC.has no control over the use to which others may put its product,it is recommended that the products be tested to determine if suitable for specific application and/or our information is valid in a particular circumstance.Responsibility remains with the architect or engineer,contractor and owner for the design,application and proper installation of each product. Specifier and user shall determine the suitability of products for specific application and assume all responsibilities in connection therewith. _. ©W.R.MEADOWS 2004 11/13-2M W. R. MEADOWS. D . SEA TII GHT. s , MasterFormat:07 10 00 NO.719 OCTOBER 2012 (Supersedes May 2011) MEL-DRAINTM Rolled Matrix Drainage System er, DESCRIPTION INSTALLATION MEL-DRAIN is a dimple-raised, molded For vertical, below-grade applications, unroll polystyrene sheet bonded to high strength MEL-DRAIN with flat, core side against the wall polypropylene fabric. This geocomposite allows or waterproofing material. POINTING MASTIC the passage of moisture through the fabric while or MEL-PRIMET. from W. R. MEADOWS are preventing fine soils from entering the drainage excellent adhesives compatible with this channel. Various drain designs are available, installation. The flat side core lip is overlapped to depending on soil pressure and flow provide a continuous drainage layer. Extra filter specifications. (An optional polyester backing fabric is provided at the edges for overlapping film is available when used in conjunction with with the next sheet. MEL-DRAIN is easily cut flexible waterproofing material.) The family of with construction knives or scissors. MEL-DRAIN products provides excellent protection in vertical, horizontal, and site For horizontal applications, unroll and overlap so applications. that water runs with overlap. Add appropriate USES ballast as needed to hold down drainage board. Used in conjunction with a total W. R. MEADOWS moisture protection system, MEL- DRAIN is the ideal choice for enhanced waterproofing protection of basement walls,plaza decks, earth-sheltered homes, commercial buildings, retaining walls, underground parking, site drainage,etc. FEATURES/BENEFITS .- • High flow capacity, without clogging/Relieves .r hydrostatic pressure buildup. • High compressive strength/Dependable, long life performance. w • Easy to install; durable under jobsite conditions/Lower total installed cost. • Chemically resistant to all naturally occurring soil conditions/Wide variety of applications. • Provides added protection for waterproofing materials/Enhances waterproofing performance. .. • Part of a complete W.R.MEADOWS moisture protection system/Worry-free, single-source solution. CONTINUED ON REVERSE SIDE... W. R. MEADOWS, INC. HAMPSHIRE, IL/CARTERSVILLE,GANORK, PA P.O.Box 338•HAMPSHIRE.IL 60140-0338 Phone:847/214-2100•Fax:847/683-4544 FORT WORTH,TX/BENICIA, CA/POMONA,CA 1-800-342-5976 GOODYEAR,AZ/MILTON,ON/ST.ALBERT,AB www.wrmeadows.com PAGE 2 ... MEL-DRAIN#719 ... OCTOBER 2012 TECHNICAL DATA PHYSICAL TEST PROPERTIES 5012 5012- 5035* 5035- 6012 7012 7055 7555* 7572 9055 METHOI (Typical Values) B B* (ASTM) FABRIC Grab Tensile Strength,lb. 100 100 100 100 130 160 160 410 x 220 410 x 220 205 D 4632 Puncture Resistance,lb. 65 65 65 65 75 90 90 105 105 120 D 4833 Apparent Opening Size 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 45 45 80 D 4751 .. Water Flow Rate, gpm/ft.2 165 165 165 165 150 110 110 160 160 90 D 4491 Grab Elongation(%) 65 65 65 65 70 70 70 15 15 70 D 4632 UV Resistance %/500 hrs.) 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 90 90 70 D 4355 CORE Compressive strength,lb./ft.2 11,000 11,000 15,000 15,000 11,000 11,000 18,000 18,000 30,000 18,000 D 1621 ■'"' Flow Rate,gpm/ft.-w HG=1.0 12.5 12.5 17 17 12.5 12.5 21 21 13 21 D 4716 DRAIN BOARD Thickness,inch 1/4 1/4 7/16 7/16 1/4 1/4 7/16 7/16 1/4 7/16 D 1777 Roll weight,lb. 30 32 38 39 29 32 42 47 42 49 Roll length,ft. 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Roll width,inch 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 48 Backing Film No Yes No Yes No No No No No No *Available special order in 6'widths MEL-DRAIN 6012,7012,7055,7555,and 9055 meet AASHTO Designation:M 288-06 Standard Specification for Highway Applications; American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials,2006. Geotextile survivability classification from installation stresses .. in subsurface drainage applications. LEED INFORMATION May help contribute to LEED credits: • EA Credit 1:Optimize Energy Performance • IEQ Credit 3.1:Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan:During Construction • IEQ Credit 7.1:Thermal Comfort-Design .. • MR Credit 2:Construction Waste Management • MR Credit 4:Recycled Content ■ MR Credit 5:Regional Materials • SS Credit 6.1: Stormwater Design—Quantity Control • SS Credit 6.2: Stormwater Design—Quality Control • WE Credit 1:Water-Efficient Landscaping ■ WE Credit 2:Innovative Wastewater Technologies +.�.. For most recent data sheet,further LEED information,and MSDS,visit www.wrmeadows.com. LIMITED WARRANTY W.R.MEADOWS,INC.warrants at the time and place we make shipment,our material will be of good quality and will conform with our published specifications in force on the date of acceptance of the order.Read complete warranty.Copy furnished upon request. on 1 Disclaimer r /® The information contained herein is included for illustrative purposes only, and to the best of our knowledge,is accurate and reliable. W.R. MEADOWS,INC. cannot however under any circumstances make any guarantee of results or assume any obligation or liability in connection with the use of this information.As W. R.MEADOWS,INC.has no control over the use to which others may put its product,it is recommended that the products be tested to determine if suitable for specific application and/or our information is valid in a particular circumstance.Responsibility remains with the architect or engineer,contractor and owner for the design,application and proper installation of each product. Specifier and user shall determine the suitability of products for specific application and assume all responsibilities in connection therewith. ©W.R.MEADOWS 2001 10/12-IM i i i .. Division 09 FINISHES i SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS PART GENERAL �. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Preparing surfaces, providing adequate conditions for proper workmanship, and -- furnishing and applying the protective coating materials required for metallic, concrete, masonry and plastic surfaces. B. Color code painting of piping and piping identification signs and markers. 1.02 UNIT PRICES A. No separate payment will be made for protective coatings unless specifically listed in Document 00405 — Schedule of Unit Price Work. Include payment for protective coatings in unit prices for items to which coatings are applied. B. Measurement for protective coatings, when included as a separate pay item, is on a square-foot basis for completed protective coating systems. C. Refer to Section 01270—Measurement and Payment for unit price procedures. 1.03 REFERENCES A. ANSI A13.1 —Color Schedule B. ANSI/AWWA C213 — Fusion-bonded Epoxy Coating for the Interior and Exterior of Steel Water Pipelines. C. Federal specification TT-P-28— Paint, Aluminum, Heat Resisting 1200 deg. F). D. Federal Standard 595A—Federal Standard Colors. E. Military Specification DOD-P-23236—Paint Coating Systems, Steel Ship Tank, Fuel and Salt Water Ballast, Class 2. F. NSF Standard 61 —Drinking Water System Components—Health Effects. G. SSPC-PA 1 — Paint Application Specification No. 1 -Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting. H. SSPC-PA 2— Paint Application Specification No. 2— Measurement of Dry Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gages. I. SSPC-Paint 16—Coal Tar Epoxy-Polyamide Black (or Dark Red) Paint. �. J. SSPC-SP 1 —Solvent Cleaning. K. SSPC-SP 2—Hand Tool Cleaning. L. SSPC-SP 3— Power Tool Cleaning. M. SSPC-SP 5/NACE 1 —White Metal Blast Cleaning. N. SSPC-SP 6/ NACE 3—Commercial Blast Cleaning. O. SSPC-SP 7/NACE 4 -Brush-Off Blast Cleaning. P. SSPC-SP 10/NACE 2— Near White Metal Blast Cleaning. Q. SSPC-SP 11 —Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal. R. SSPC-VIS 1-89—Visual Standard for Abrasive Blast Cleaned Steel. S. SSPC-VIS 3—Visual Standard for Power-and Hand-Tool Cleaned Steel. T. SSPC-QP 1 —Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Painting Contractors U. SSPC-QP 2 -Standard Procedure for Evaluating Qualifications of Painting Contractors to Remove Hazardous Paint. V. SSPC-SP12/NACE 5—Surface Preparation and Cleaning of Steel and Other Hard Materials by High-and Ultrahigh-Pressure Water Jetting Prior to Recoating. 1.04 DEFINITIONS A. Paint, coatings, or finishes as used in this Section include surface treatments, emulsions, enamels, paints, epoxies, polyurethanes, acrylics, zincs, and other protective coatings with the exceptions of galvanizing or anodizing, whether used as a pretreatment, primer, intermediate coat, or finish coat. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-1 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS B. DFT means minimum dry film thickness. C. VOC means Volatile Organic Components 1.05 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. See the Drawings and other Specifications to determine how coatings under this Section will be applied. Paint or coat new and modified surfaces in conformance with this Section. B. Coating system schedules summarize surfaces to be coated, required surface preparation, and coating systems to be applied. Coating notes on Drawings are used to show exceptions to schedules, to show or extend limits of coating systems, or to clarify or r„ show details for application of coating systems. C. Do not apply protective coatings to the following surfaces unless specifically named or shown to be coated; 1. Concrete. 2. Stainless steel, bronze,or brass. 3. Machined surfaces. 4. Grease fittings. 5. Glass. 6. Equipment nameplates. 7. Platform gratings, stair treads, door thresholds, and other walk surfaces. 8. Galvanized steel electrical conduit and associated galvanized and factory-coated -- junction boxes and electrical panels. 9. Galvanized surfaces inside buildings and not exposed to view. 10. Manhole and valve covers and rings, storm water inlet gratings, covers, and frames. D. Provide decorative and protective coatings for interior architectural surfaces such as wood, gypsum board, and masonry in accordance with Section 09900 —Painting. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 013300—Submittal Procedures. B. Submit the following information at least 10 days prior to protective coating work. 1. Coating Materials List: Eight copies of a coating materials list naming the manufacturer and the coating number, keyed to the coating systems described in this Section. Submit the list prior to or at the time of sample submittal. -- 2. Paint Manufacturer's Information: For each coating system to be used, submit the following data: a) Paint manufacturer's Product Data Sheet for each product proposed, including statements on the suitability of the material for the intended use. b) Technical and performance information that demonstrates compliance with the system performance and material requirements. c) Paint manufacturer's instructions and recommendations on surface -- preparation, application and curing. d) Colors available for each product,where applicable. e) Compatibility of shop and field applied coatings, where applicable. f) Material Safety Data Sheets for each product used. g) VOC of each paint or coating proposed, stated in grams per litre. 3. Samples a) Submit color samples of paint, finishes, and other coating materials on 8- 1/2 inch by 11-inch sheet metal or heavy cardstock. Have each sheet completely coated over its entire surface with one protective coating material, type, and color. b) Provide two sets of color samples to match each color selected by the City Engineer from the manufacturer's standard color sheets. If custom-mixed colors are indicated, prepare color samples using color formulations prepared to match the color samples furnished by the City Engineer. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-2 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS c) Submit one 15-pound sample of each abrasive proposed to be used for surface preparation for submerged and severe service coating systems. �. 1.07 QUALIFICATIONS A. Where protective coatings are to be applied by a Contractor, employ a Contractor who ^^ possesses a valid state license as required for performance of painting and coating work called for in this Specification. B. Submit 5 references, which show that the painting Contractor has previous successful experience with the indicated or comparable coating systems. Include the name, address, and the telephone number for the owner of each installation for which the painting Contractor provided the protective coating. As an alternative, submit proof of certification in accordance with SSPC-QP 1. C. For any project which involves removal or repair of lead based paints, submit proof of certification in accordance with SSPC-QP 2. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL RESTRICTIONS A. Ventilate area where coating is being applied. Post and enforce NO SMOKING OR OPEN FLAME signs until coating has cured. B. Provide lighting level of 80-foot candles (860 1x) measured mid-height at substrate surface. C. Restrict worker access and construction traffic from area where coating is being applied or is cured. D. Comply with City of Houston and all applicable OSHA confined space entry regulations including but not limited to OSHA Permit-Required Confined Space Standard 1910.146. 1.09 WARRANTY INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE A. Warranty Inspection: A warranty inspection may be conducted during the eleventh month following completion of coating and painting. The Contractor and a representative of the coating material manufacturer along with a NACE Certified Coating Inspector acting as the representative of the City Engineer, shall attend this inspection. The City Engineer may, by written notice to the Contractor, reschedule the warranty inspection to another date within the one-year correction period, or may cancel the warranty inspection altogether. Cancellation of the warranty inspection does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities under the Contract Documents. Repair defective work discovered during the warranty inspection in accordance with these Specifications. B. Extended Maintenance of Chemical Tank Lining Systems: Promptly repair defects in the chemical resistant sheet lining system for a period of 2 years after the lining has been placed into service. Such maintenance includes repair of the chemical tank and any equipment or facilities damaged by the corrosive action of the chemicals. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-3 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 COATINGS CRITERIA A. Suitability: Use suitable coating materials as recommended by the manufacturer. Recommendations must be accompanied by test methods used to determine suitability and results of these tests. B. Compatibility: In any coating system, use only compatible materials from a single manufacturer. Give particular attention to compatibility of primers, intermediate coats and finish coats. If necessary, apply a barrier coat or tie coat between existing prime coat and subsequent field coats to ensure compatibility. C. Containers: Supply coating materials in sealed containers that plainly show the designated name, formula or specification number, batch number, color, date of manufacture, and name of manufacturer, all plainly legible at the time of use. D. Colors: Use colors and shades of colors of all coats of paint as indicated on the coating schedules or as selected by the City Engineer. Make each coat a contrasting shade to the previous and following coats to facilitate inspection of surface coverage of each coat. The City Engineer will select finish colors from the manufacturer's standard color samples. E. Substitute or Equal Products: 1. To establish equality under Section 01630 - Product Substitution Procedures, •- furnish satisfactory documentation from the manufacturer of the proposed substitute product that the material meets the indicated requirements and is equivalent or better in the following properties: a) Resistance to abrasion and physical damage. b) Resistance to chemical attack. c) Life expectancy. d) Ability to recoat in the future. -- e) Solids content by volume. f) Dry film thickness per coat. g) Compatibility with other coatings. , h) Suitability for the intended service. i) Temperature limitations in service and during application. j) Type and quality of recommended undercoats and topcoats. k) Ease of application. - 1) Ease of repairing damaged areas. m) Stability of colors. n) VOC content expressed in grams per litre. 2. For substitutions, submit protective-coating materials which are standard products produced by recognized manufacturers who are regularly engaged in production of such materials for essentially identical service conditions. Where requested, provide the City Engineer with the names of not less than 10 successful -- applications of the proposed manufacturer's products, which comply with these requirements. Applications must be in similar service environments to the job being contracted. 2.02 INDUSTRIAL COATING SYSTEMS A. Material Sources: Each of the following manufacturers is capable of supplying many of the specified industrial coating materials. Where manufacturers and paint numbers are listed, it is to show the type and quality of coatings that are required. Proposed substitute materials will be considered as indicated under paragraph 2.01.5. Provide industrial w_ coating materials that have a record of satisfactory performance in industrial plants, manufacturing facilities, and water and wastewater treatment plants. 1. Tnemec Company 2. Carboline Coatings Company EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-4 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 3. ICI/Devoe Coatings 4. Sigma Coatings USA, Inc. 5. Hempel Coatings USA, Inc. 6. Ameron International B. System 101 —Aliphatic Polyurethane Finish Coat: Use a two-component aliphatic acrylic polyurethane coating. Provide superior color and gloss retention, resistance to splash from acid and alkaline chemicals, resistance to chemical fumes and severe weathering, and have a minimum solids content of 58 percent by volume. As primer, use a rust inhibitive 2-component epoxy coating with minimum solids content of 66 percent by -,, volume. 1. Prime Coat: a) DFT =4-6 mils(100-150 microns). b) Products: Ameron 385, Carboline 893, Tnemec 69, VyGuard V75, or equal. 2. Finish Coats(one or more): a) DFT =2-4 mils (50-100 microns). b) Products: Ameron 450 GL, Carboline 134 HG, Tnemec 74, VyGuard V54, or equal. 3. Total System = 6-10 mils(150-250 microns). 4. Apply more than one finish coat as necessary to produce a finish with uniform color and texture. C. System 102 — Inorganic Zinc/Epoxy Polyurethane: For prime coat, use a 2-component water or solvent-based inorganic zinc silicate which contains at least 85 percent of metallic zinc by weight in the dried film, and is recommended by the coating manufacturer as a primer for this system. As intermediate coat, use a high-build, 2-component epoxy with a solids content of at least 70 percent by volume. For finish coats, use a 2- component aliphatic acrylic or polyester polyurethane coating material that provides superior color and gloss retention, resistance to chemical fumes and severe weathering, and a minimum solids content of 58 percent by volume. 1. Prime Coat: a) DFT=2.5-4.0 mils (65-100 microns). b) Products: Ameron Dimetcote 21-5 or 21-9, Carbozinc 11 or D7WB, VyGuard 13F6 or 13F7, or equal. 2. Intermediate Coat: a) DFT =4-6 mils (100-150 microns). — b) Ameron 385, Carboline 893, VyGuard V75, or equal. 3. Finish Coats (one or more): a) DFT=2.5 to 4.0 mils (65-100 microns). .- b) Ameron 450 GL, Carboline 134 HG, VyGuard V54, or equal. 4. Total System DFT=9-14 mils (225-600 microns). 5. Apply intermediate coat in excess of 4 mils (100 microns) DFT using the mist coat/full coat technique to completely cover the inorganic zinc primer and prevent — bubbling of the epoxy or polyurethane finish coat. 6. Apply more than one finish coat as necessary to produce a finish with uniform color and texture. 7. If inorganic zinc primer is used as a pre-construction or shop-applied primer, and there are damaged or uncoated areas, spot blast the damaged area with abrasive to an SSPC-SP 10 Near White Metal Standard and then coat with the specified material. D. System 103 — Inorganic Zinc: Use a 2-component water-based inorganic zinc silicate which contains at least 85 percent of metallic zinc by weight in the dried film. 1. Prime Coat and Finish Coat(one). a) DFT = 2.5 to 4.0 mils(65-100 microns). b) Products: Ameron Dimetcote 21-5, Carbozinc D7WB, VyGuard 13F6 or 13F7, or equal. 2. Total System DFT =2.5 to 4.0 mils (65-100 microns). EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-5 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS E. System 104 - Acrylic Latex: Use a single component, water-based acrylic latex with a fungicide additive having a minimum solids content of 35 percent by volume. Apply a prime coat as recommended by manufacturer. Select coating material, which is available .. in ANSI safety colors. 1. Prime Coat: a) DFT=2-3 mils (50-75 microns). b) Products: Carboline D3358, Ameron 148, Hemucryl 1803. 2. Finish Coats(2 or more): a) DFT=6-8 mils (150-200 microns). b) Products: Carboline D3359, Ameron 220, Hemucryl 4803, or equal. _. 3. Total System DFT = 8-11 mils (200-275 microns). F. System 105 Epoxy: Use a two-component, rust inhibitive, polyamide-cured epoxy coating material with a recoatable finish that is available in a wide selection of colors. Coating shall have a minimum solids content of 66 percent by volume and shall be resistant to service conditions of condensing moisture, splash and spillage of lubricating oils, and frequent washdown and cleaning. 1. Prime Coat: a) DFT=3-5 mils (75-125 microns). b) Products: Ameron 385PA, Carboline 193, Tnemec 69, VyGuard V75, or equal. 2. Prime Coat(where shop applied): a) DFT =3-5 mils (75-125 microns). -- b) Products: Ameron 370, Carboline 193, Tnemec 161, VyGuard V75, or equal. 3. Finish Coats (2 or more): a) DFT=5-7 mils (125-175 microns). .. b) Products: Ameron 385, Carboline 893, Tnemec 69, VyGuard V75, or equal. 4. Total System DFT =8-12 mils (200-300 microns). G. System 106 - Aliphatic Polyurethane, Fiberglass: Use a two-component aliphatic polyurethane coating material with superior color and gloss retention, resistance to splash from acid and alkaline chemicals, and resistance to chemical fumes and severe weathering. Use a primer, tie coat, or mist coat as recommended by the manufacturer. 1. Prime Coat(Tie Coat): Ameron 385, Carboline 893, Tnemec P66, VyGuard V75, or _ equal. 2. Finish Coats (2 or more): a) DFT =2-4 mils (50-75 microns). b) Products: Ameron Amershield, Carbothane 134 HG, Tnemec 74, VyGuard -� V54, or equal. H. Section 107 - Alkyd Enamel: Use a high quality, gloss, or semi-gloss, medium long oil alkyd finish with a minimum solids content of 49 percent by volume. Apply primer as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Prime Coat: a) DFT=2-3 mils (50 to 75 microns). b) Products: Ameron 5105, Carboline AD29, Tnemec P4-55, VyGuard 13R29, or equal. 2. Finish Coats (2 or more): a) DFT=2-4 mils (50-75 microns). b) Products: Ameron 5401 HAS, Carboline GP62, Tnemec 2H, VyGuard V20, or equal. 3. Total System DFT =4-7 mils (100-175 microns). I. System 108 - Aluminum Metal Isolation: Use one coat of a high-build polyamide epoxy •� paint. 1. Products: Tnemec P66, Ameron 385, Carboline 893, Tnemec P66, VyGuard V75, or equal. 2. Total System DFT =6-8 mils (150-200 microns). J. System 109-Aluminum Silicone Resin: Use an aluminum silicone resin material suitable for a service temperature of up to 1000 degrees F (538 degrees C). Coating shall comply with Federal Specification DOD-P-28. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-6 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 1. Prime Coat and Finish Coat(2 or more): a) DFT = 2-4 mils (50-100 microns). b) Products: Tnemec 39-1061, Ameron 878, Carboline 4631, VyGuard V437A1, or equal. c) Total System DFT=2-4 mils (50-100 microns). K. System 110 —Zinc Rich Epoxy: Use a polyamide Epoxy resin material which contains at least 76 percent zinc in the dried film. 1. Prime Coat and Finish Coat(2 or more): a) DFT = 3-5 mils (75-125 microns). b) Products: Ameron 68HS, Carboline 858, VyGuard 13F4, or equal. c) Total System DFT = 3-5 mils (75-125 microns). 2.03 SUBMERGED AND SEVERE SERVICE COATING SYSTEMS A. Material Sources: The manufacturers listed in this paragraph are materials, which satisfy the material descriptions of this paragraph and have a documented successful record for long-term submerged or sever service conditions. Proposed substitute products will be considered as indicated under paragraphs 2.01.5. B. System 200 — Amine-Cured Epoxy: Use a high-build amine-cured epoxy with a solids ., content of at least 80 percent by volume. Coating shall be suitable for long-term immersion in potable water and municipal wastewater. For potable water service, select a coating material listed in the NSF 61 Standard. 1. Prime Coat and Finish Coats (3 or more): a) DFT = 16-19 mils (400 to 475 microns). b) Products: Ameron Amercoat 395, Carboline 891, Tnemec 139, or equal. 2. For coating of valves and non-submerged equipment, DFT = 12-14 mils (300-350 microns). C. System 201 — Polyamide Cured Epoxy: Use a high-build, polyamide epoxy resin with a solids content of at least 56 percent by volume. Coating shall be suitable for long-term immersion in potable water and municipal wastewater. For potable water service, select a coating material listed under NSF 61 Standard. 1. Prime Coat and Finish Coats (3 or more): a) DFT = 12-14 mils (300-350 microns). b) Products: Tnemec 20, VyGuard 78PR, or equal. D. System 202 —Coal Tar Epoxy: Use a high-build 2-component amine or polyamide-cured coal tar epoxy with a solids content of at least 68 percent by volume. Coating shall be suitable for long-term immersion in wastewater and for coating of buried surfaces. Coating shall conform to Mil Spec DOD-P-23236, or to SSPC Paint 16. Prime coats are for use as a shop primer only. Omit prime coat when both surface preparation and coating are performed in the field. 1. Prime Coat: DFT= 1.5-2.5 mils (38-65 microns). a) Products: Ameron Amercoat 83HS, Tnemec P66, VyGuard V75, or equal. 2. Finish Coats (2 or more): a) DFT = 14-18 mils (350-450 microns). b) Products: Ameron 78HB, Carbomastic 14, Tnemec 46H413, VyGuard 64, or equal. c) Total System DFT = 15.5-20.5 mils (387-513 microns). E. System 203—Fusion Bonded Epoxy: Use a 100 percent powder epoxy applied in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C213, except that surface preparation shall be as specified in the coating system schedule of this Section. Apply the coating using the fluidized bed process. 1. Liquid Epoxy: For field repairs, use a 100 percent solids liquid epoxy as recommended by the powder epoxy manufacturer to provide a DFT of 15-17 mils (375-425 microns). 2. Powder Coating: EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-7 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS a) DFT= 15-17 mils (375-425 microns). b) Products: Scotchkote 134 or 206N, Napgard 7-0008 or 7-2500, or equal. c) Total System DFT = 15-17 mils (375-425 microns). d) For coating of valves, DFT =11-12 mils(275-300 microns). - F. System 204—Chemical Resistant Sheet Lining: 1. Materials: Use natural rubber, chlorobutyl rubber, ethylene propylene diene monomer (EPDM) rubber, chloroprene polymer (neoprene) rubber, or chlorosulfonated polyethylene (Hypalon) rubber sheet lining material. Submit shop drawings containing technical information that confirms the suitability of the lining material system for long-term immersion in each chemical to be stored. Service temperatures are expected to be up to 150 degrees F (65 degrees C). a) Neoprene Sheet Lining Material: Use a synthetic rubber formulated for steam curing at atmospheric pressure. Provide a minimum lining thickness of 3/16 inch. Supply B.F. Goodrich compound 59688, or equal. b) Chlorobutyl Sheet Lining Material: Use a synthetic rubber formulated for steam curing at atmospheric pressure. Supply B.F. Goodrich compound 60924, or equal. c) Natural Rubber (soft) Sheet Lining Material: Use a soft natural rubber formulated for steam curing at thickness at atmospheric pressure. Provide a minimum lining thickness of 3/16 inch. Supply B.F. Goodrich compound 83160, or equal. ,w d) Natural Rubber (hard) Sheet Lining Material: Use a hard, natural rubber resistant to oxidizing agents and formulated for autoclave curing. Provide a minimum lining thickness of 3/16 inch. Supply B.F. Goodrich compound 8631, or equal. '- e) EPDM Sheet Lining Material: Use synthetic rubber suitable for use as a lining for 50 percent sulphuric acid solution and formulated for autoclave or steam curing under pressure. f) Hypalon Sheet Lining Material: Use synthetic rubber suitable for use as a lining for 50 percent sulfuric acid solution. 2. Primers: Use primers, adhesives, activators, accelerators, and other necessary materials as recommended by the sheet material manufacturer. 3. Metal Surface Preparation: Prior to abrasive blast cleaning, prepare the base metal as required by the sheet lining material manufacturer's installation instructions. If the instructions differ from these specifications, provide the highest ,.. degree of cleaning and surface preparation required by either instructions or specifications. Perform abrasive blast cleaning in accordance with this section. 4. Installation: Install lining materials in accordance with the material manufacturer's written installation instructions. Line interior surfaces including piping, vents, fittings,flange faces, manhole covers, and blind flanges. 5. Testing: Test the lining system for holidays in accordance with this Section before and after curing. .. 6. Curing: Cure the lining system by steam using the time and temperature as required by the material manufacturer. G. System 205 — Vinyl Ester: Use vinyl ester resin coating material with an inert flake pigment. Coating shall be suitable for immersion service in 30 percent hydrochloric acid and 30 percent sulfuric acid solutions. 1. Coating (2 or more coats): a) DFT =40-45 mils (1000-1125 microns). b) Products: Plasite 4100, or equal. c) Prime Coat: As recommended by the material manufacturer. H. System 206 — 100% Solids Epoxy: Use a solventless epoxy resin coating suitable for severe service areas subject to splash, spillage or intermittent immersion in wide range of industrial chemicals, and wastewater run-off. Coating shall be able to resist normal abrasion from rolling vehicles. 1. Coating (2 or more coats): EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-8 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS a) DFT = 15-20 mils (325-500 microns). b) Products: Ameron, Carboline. c) Prime Coat: As recommended by manufacturer. I. System 207 — 100% solids Epoxy Sealer: Use a clear, un-pigmented solventless epoxy suitable for application over marginal surfaces including damp surfaces, tight rust and tight old coatings. Coating shall be able to serve as primer for alkyd, acrylic, epoxy, and polyurethane finish coats. 1. Coating (1 coat only): a) DFT = 1-2 mils (25-50 microns). n, b) Products: ICI/Devoe 167 PrePrime, Carboline Rust Bond, or equal. PART 3. EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. Require the protective coating manufacturer to furnish a qualified technical representative to visit the project site for technical support as may be necessary to resolve field problems attributable to or associated with manufacturer's products. B. For submerged and severe service coating systems, require the paint manufacturer to furnish the following services: 1. At least 6 hours of on-site instruction on the proper surface preparation, use, mixing, application, and curing of the coating systems. 2. Observe the start of surface preparation, mixing, and application and curing of the coating systems. 3. Require the services of a NACE Certified Coating Inspector at all times during the surface preparation, mixing, application, curing and testing of all coatings applied in submerged or acid spill areas. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. Use skilled craftsmen and experienced supervision. For all jobs involving lead based paint removal or repair, require the presence of a certified Competent Person, Lead per OSHA requirements. B. Apply coating to produce an even film of uniform thickness. Give special attention to edges, corners, crevices, and joints. Ensure thorough cleaning and an adequate thickness of coating material. Apply coatings to produce finished surfaces free from runs, drips, ridges, waves, laps, brush marks, and variations in color, texture and finish. Effect complete hiding so that the addition of another coat would not increase the hiding. Give special attention to ensure that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and similar areas receive a film thickness equivalent to adjacent areas. Apply a brushed stripe coat to all edges and welds after priming submerged or severe service areas. C. Remove, mask or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switch plates, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, name plates on machinery, and other surfaces not to be painted. Provide drop cloths to prevent coating materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. Protect the working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and coating operations. Mask openings in motors to prevent entry of coating or other materials. D. Do not damage adjacent work during blast cleaning operations. Conduct spray painting under carefully controlled conditions. Promptly repair any damage to adjacent work or adjoining property occurring from blast cleaning or coating operations. E. Coordinate cleaning and coating so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly-coated surfaces. 3.03 SURFACE PREPARATION STANDARDS EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-9 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS A. The following referenced surface preparation standards of the Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC)form a part of this Specification: 1. Solvent Cleaning (SSPC-SP1): Removal of oil, grease, soil, drawing and cutting compounds, and other soluble contaminants from steel surfaces by cleaning with solvent, vapor degreasing, emulsion or alkaline cleaners, or steam. 2. Hand Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP2): Removal of all loose rust, loose mill scale, loose m.. paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter by hand chipping, scraping, sanding, and wire brushing. 3. Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC-SP3): Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale, loose „, paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter, by rotary or impact power tools, power wire brushing, or power abrading. 4. White Metal Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP5/NACE 1): Removal of all visible oil, grease, soil, dust, dirt, mill scale, rust, coating, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter by blast cleaning. 5. Commercial Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP6/NACE 3): Removal of all visible oil, grease, dust, dirt, mill scale, rust, coating, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter, except that random staining shall be limited to no more than 33 percent of each unit area of surface. 6. Brush-Off Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP7/NACE 4): Removal of all visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, loose mill scale, loose rust, and loose coating, all of which shall be considered tightly adherent if they cannot be removed by lifting with a dull putty knife. 7. Near-white Blast Cleaning (SSPC-SP10/NACE 1): Removal of all visible oil, grease, dirt, mill scale, rust, coating, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter, except that random staining shall be limited to no more than 5 percent of each unit area of surface. 3.04 METAL SURFACE PREPARATION (UNGALVANIZED) A. Provide the minimum abrasive-blasted surface preparation as indicated in the coating system schedules at the end of this Section. Where there is a conflict between these specifications and the coatings manufacturer's printed recommendations for the intended service, the higher degree of cleaning applies. B. Perform metal surface preparation in conformance with the current SSPC/NACE Standards and this Section. Blast cleaned surfaces must match standard samples in SSPC-VIZ 1. C. Remove oil, grease, welding fluxes, and other surface contaminants prior to blast cleaning using solving cleaning as per SSPC-SP1. D. Have sharp edges rounded or chamfered and burrs, surface defects, and welded splatter ground smooth prior to blast cleaning. E. Select the type and size of abrasive to produce a surface profile that meets the coating manufacturer's recommendation for the particular coating and service conditions. As abrasives for submerged and severe service coating systems use clean, hard, sharp cutting crushed slag. Do not use automated blasting systems and metal shot or grit for surfaces that will be in submerged service, even if subsequent abrasive blasting is planned with hard, sharp-cutting slag. F. Do not reuse abrasive except when an automated blasting system is used for surfaces that will be in non-submerged service. For automated blasting systems, use clean, oil- free abrasives. In the abrasive mix use at least 50 percent steel grit. Replenish abrasive mix with new shot/grit combination as necessary to maintain the anchor profile within '/z mil (13 microns)of the specified profile. G. Comply with the applicable federal, state, and local air pollution control regulations for blast cleaning. H. For air-blast cleaning, supply compressed air at adequate pressure from well-maintained compressors equipped with oil and moisture separators which delivers oil and water-free EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-10 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS air as checked with white blotter, white cloth, or plastic sheets at the beginning of each blasting sequence. I. Clean surfaces of dust and residual particles of the cleaning operation using dry air-blast cleaning, vacuuming, or another approved method prior to painting. Vacuuming must be the final cleaning method immediately prior to painting areas that will go into submerged service. 4 J. In enclosed areas and other areas where dust may settle, vacuum the surface clean and wipe it with a tack cloth. K. Remove damaged or defective coating by the specified blast or power tool cleaning to meet the clean surface requirements before recoating. L. If the specified abrasive blast cleaning will damage adjacent work, the area to be cleaned is less than 100 square feet, and the coated surface will not be in submerged service, then SSPC-SP2 — Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC-SP3 — Power Tool Cleaning, may be used. If the coated area to be cleaned is less than 100 square feet, and will be in submerged service, then SSPC-SP11 Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal may be used. M. Completely remove shop-applied coatings of unknown composition before the specified coatings are applied. Examine valves, castings, ductile or cast iron pipe, and fabricated pipe or equipment for the presence of shop-applied temporary coatings. Completely remove temporary coatings by solvent cleaning per SSPC-SP1 method before starting abrasive blast cleaning. Alternate cleaning methods such as Baking Soda Blasting or Sponge Jet Blasting may be used as appropriate. N. Use the solvent cleaning method (SSPC-SP1) to clean shop-primed equipment in the field before finish coats are applied. 3.05 SURFACE PREPARATION FOR GALVANIZED FERROUS METAL A. For galvanized ferrous metal use the alkaline cleaning method per SSPC-SP1 to remove oil, grease, and other contaminants detrimental to adhesion of protective coatings. Alternate methods with biodegradable surfactant type cleaners followed by fresh water washing may be used as appropriate. B. Apply pretreatment coatings of surfaces in accordance with the printed recommendations of the coating manufacturer. 3.06 SURFACE PREPARATION OF FERROUS SURFACES WITH EXISTING COATINGS A. Preparatory Cleaning: Remove grease, oil, heavy chalk, dirt, or other contaminants by solvent or detergent cleaning prior to abrasive blast cleaning. Determine the generic type of the existing coatings by laboratory testing. B. Abrasive Blast Cleaning: Provide the degree of cleaning specified in the coating system schedule for the entire surface to be coated. If the degree of cleaning is not indicated in the schedule, remove deteriorated coatings by abrasive blast cleaning to meet the �.. requirements of SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast Cleaning. Clean areas of tightly adhering coatings to meet the requirements of SSPC-SP7 Brush-Off Blast Cleaning, with the remaining thickness of pre-existing coating not to exceed 3 mils. C. Incompatible Coatings: If coatings to be applied are not compatible with existing coatings, apply intermediate coatings conforming to the paint manufacturer's recommendation for the indicated coating system or completely remove the existing coating prior to abrasive blast cleaning. Make a small trial application for compatibility prior to painting large areas. Allow the trial application to cure for 7 days at 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) or higher before determining compatibility. D. Unknown Coatings: Completely remove coatings of unknown composition prior to application of new coatings. E. Water Jetting or Wet-abrasive Blast Cleaning: Where specified or where job site conditions do not permit dry-abrasive blasting for industrial coating systems due to dust or air pollution considerations, water jetting or wet-abrasive blasting may be used. In both methods, use inhibitors approved by the manufacturer of the coating system, which will EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-11 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS be applied over the cleaned area. Begin the coating application as soon as the surface has dried, and before the formation of any flash rusting. Perform water jetting with or without abrasive injection, as appropriate to achieve the specified degree of surface cleanliness. Do not use water-jetting methods for submerged or severe-service coating systems, unless specified for that area. 3.07 PLASTIC, FIBERGLASS, AND NONFERROUS METALS SURFACE PREPARATION A. Unless otherwise indicated, for equipment, or parts of equipment which are not submerged in service, shop-prime them, and then finish-coat them in the field after installation. For methods, materials, application equipment, and other details of shop painting, comply with this Section. If the shop primer requires topcoating within a specified period of time, apply the finish coating in the shop and then touch-up the paint after installation. .� B. Perform surface preparation and coating work in the field for equipment, or parts and surfaces of equipment which are submerged or inside an enclosed hydraulic structure when in service, with the exception of pumps and valves. C. For certain pieces of equipment, it may be undesirable or impractical to apply finish coatings in the field. Such equipment may include engine generator sets, equipment such as electrical control panels, switch gear or main control boards, submerged parts of pumps, ferrous metal passages in valves, or other items where it is not possible to obtain - the required quality in the field. For such equipment, prime and finish-coat in the shop and touch-up in the field after installation. Use the identical material for touch-up that was used for shop painting. Require the manufacturer of each such piece of equipment to certify as part of its shop drawings that the surface preparation is in accordance with these specifications. Submit the coating material product data sheet with the shop drawings for the equipment. D. For certain small pieces of equipment, the manufacturer may have a standard coating -- system, which is suitable for the intended service conditions. In such cases, the final determination of suitability will be made during review of the shop drawing submittals. Equipment of this type generally includes only indoor equipment such as instruments, small compressors, and chemical metering pumps. E. Protect shop-painted surface during shipment and handling. Protect surfaces with padding or blocking. Lift equipment with canvas or nylon slings. Do not expose primed surface to the weather for more than 2 months before being topcoated, or less time if -» recommended by the coating manufacturer. F. Repair damage to shop-applied coatings in accordance with this Section and the coating manufacturer's printed instructions. G. Make certain that the shop primers and field topcoats are compatible and meet the requirements of this Section. Submit copies of applicable coating manufacturer's product data sheets with equipment shop drawings. 3.08 APPLICATION OF COATINGS A. Apply protective coatings to steel substrates in accordance with SSPC-PA1 - Paint Application Specification No. 1. Shop, Field and Maintenance Painting. B. Inspect cleaned surfaces and each coat prior to succeeding coats. Schedule inspections with the City Engineer in advance. C. Paint blast-cleaned ferrous metal surfaces before rusting or other deterioration of the surface occurs. Limit blast cleaning to only those surfaces that can be coated in the same working day unless the area to be coated is protected by humidity control equipment set to maintain humidity below 50 percent at all times. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-12 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS D. Apply coatings in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and this Section, whichever has the most stringent requirements. E. Give special attention to edges, angles, weld seams, flanges, nuts and bolts, and other places where insufficient film thickness is likely to occur. Use stripe painting by brush, after application of the primer, for these areas. F. Give special attention to materials, which will be joined so closely that proper surface preparation and application are not possible. Coat such contact surface prior to assembly or installation. Only inorganic zinc primers may be used on faying surfaces. G. Apply finish coats, including touch-up and damage repair coats, in a manner, which will present uniform texture and color-matched appearance. H. Do not apply coatings under the following conditions: 1. Temperature outside of the manufacturer's recommended minimum and maximum range. 2. Dust or smoke laden atmosphere. 3. When the substrate or air temperature is less than 5 degrees F (3 degrees C) above the due point. 4. When air temperature is expected to drop below 40 degrees F (14 degrees C) or less than 5 degrees F (3 degrees C) above the dew point within 8 hours after application of the coating. 5. When wind conditions are in excess of 15 MPH or dust laden. �. I. Determine the dew point by use of a sling psychrometer in conjunction with the U.S. Department of Commerce, Weather Bureau psychometric tables. J. For steel piping which will not be buried, have the surface abrasive blast cleaned and primed before installation. K. Apply finish coats after concrete, masonry, and equipment installation is complete and the work areas are clean and dust free. Concrete must have cured for a minimum of 28 days @ 75 degrees F (24 degrees C) unless an approved epoxy sealer has been applied to green concrete within 12 hours of finishing the concrete. 3.09 CURING OF COATINGS A. Maintain curing conditions in accordance with the recommendations of the coating material manufacturer and this Section, whichever is the most stringent. Complete curing before placing the coating systems into service. B. In the case of enclosed areas, forced air ventilation using heated air may be required until the coatings have fully cured. C. Forced Air Ventilation of Enclosed Hydraulic Structures: Forced air ventilation is required for the application and curing of coatings on the interior surfaces of enclosed hydraulic structures. During application and curing periods, continuously exhaust air from the lowest level of the structure using portable ducting to force air into all compartments or around baffles of the structure. After interior coating operations have been completed, -.. provide a final curing period that meets the minimum temperature and time requirements of the manufacturer of the coating system being applied, while operating the forced air ventilation system continuously. 3.10 SHOP AND FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Give the City engineer a minimum of 3 days advance notice of the start of any field surface preparation work or coating application work, and a minimum of 7 days advance notice of the start of any shop surface preparation work. B. Perform surface preparation and coating applications in the presence of the City Engineer, or his appointed NACE certified coating inspector, unless the City Engineer has granted prior approval to perform the work in their absence. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-13 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS C. Inspection by the City Engineer or the NACE certified inspector, or the waiver of inspection of any particular portion of the work, does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to perform the Work in accordance with these Specifications. D. Erect and move scaffolding where requested by the City Engineer to facilitate inspection. Provide additional illumination to light areas to be inspected. Remove or grind smooth all scaffolding clips welded to the structure prior to surface preparation of the structure. E. Until final acceptance of the coatings, furnish inspection devices in good working condition for the detection of holidays and measurement of dry-film thickness (DFT) of protective coatings. Make DFT gauges available for the City Engineer's use while coating is being done, until final acceptance of such coatings. Provide the services of a NACE certified coating inspector for all holiday detection work until the final acceptance of such coatings. Operate holiday inspection devices in the presence of the City Engineer. F. Perform holiday tests on coated ferrous surfaces inside a steel reservoir, other surfaces that will be submerged in water or other liquids, or surfaces which are enclosed in a -- vapor space in such structures. Holiday tests shall be performed on surfaces coated with any of the submerged and severe service coating systems. Mark and repair or recoat areas which contain holidays in accordance with the coating manufacturer's printed instructions and then retest. DO NOT PERFORM HOLIDAY TESTING AFTER STRUCTURE HAS BEEN SUBMERGED. 1. Coatings with Thickness Exceeding 20 mils (500 microns): For surfaces having a total DFT exceeding 20 mils (500 microns); use a pulse-type holiday Detector such as Elcometer 136, or equal. Adjust and operate in accordance with NACE RPO 188. 2. Coatings with Thickness of 20 mils (500 microns) or Less: For surfaces having a total DFT of 20 mils or less, use Elcometer 269 non-destructive type holiday detector, or equal. Instrument must operate at less than 75 volts. For thicknesses between 10 and 20 mils (250 and 500 microns) and a non-sudsing type wetting agent such as Kodak Photo-Flo, or equal may be added to the water prior to ..- wetting the detector sponge. For submerges or severe service areas, the residue of the wetting agent must be removed with clean, fresh water prior to application of any additional coats of coating. G. Film Thickness Testing: On ferrous metals, measure the DFT in accordance with SSPC- PA2 Measurement of Dry Film Thickness with magnetic gauges using either a pull-off type gauge(Elcometer 211)or constant pressure gauge (Elcometer 345F), or equal. Test each coat for the correct thickness. Calibrate the DFT gauge at the beginning of each workday or shift in accordance with the directions of the manufacturer of the gauge. Do not take measurements until at least 8 hours after coating application. On non-ferrous metals, measure the DFT with positive pressure eddy current gages (Elcometer 345N) or equal. I. Surface Preparation: Evaluation of blast-cleaned surface preparation work will be based upon comparison with photographic samples contained in SSPC-VIZ 1. Evaluation of surface profile will be based upon the use of TesTex pressure sensitive tapes. . 3.11 PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING A. Painting and Color Coding: ._ 1. Use colors and signs to identify all piping which is exposed to view in buildings or tunnels, above suspended ceilings or exposed above grade, and all outdoor piping. Identify each pipe by a color complying with the following schedule of colors and by applied markers. 2. Coat pipes in the number of coats and type of material specified. Base coats for pipeline painting may be a neutral color. Make each succeeding base coat a contrasting color. For the final coat, comply with the pipe identifying color schedule. EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-14 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS 3. Apply pipe identification markers to exposed piping, except for the following pipe at wastewater lift stations: a. Discharge piping for wastewater pumps. b. Vent piping. c. Any piping inside wet wells. B. Pipe Identification Markers: 1. Identify all pipes with applied signs or markers at 15-foot centers, at both sides of penetrated walls or floors, adjacent to valves, at connected equipment, at branch fittings, and in congested pipe layouts. a. Apply markers consisting of signs with legends as follows: OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF LENGTH OF SIZE OF PIPE OR COVERING COLOR FIELD LETTERS - INCHES INCHES INCHES 3/4 to 1- 1/4 8 1/2 1- 1/2 to 2- 3/8 8 3/4 2- 1/2 to 5- 7/8 12 1- 1/4 6 to 7-7/8 12 1- 1/4 8 to 10 24 2- 1/2 Over 10 32 3- 1/2 b. As pipe markers use semi-rigid outdoor grade acrylic plastic, Seton Name Plate Corp. SetMark, or equal. Use Type SNA for outside diameters 3/4 through 5- 7/8 inches and Type STR for 6-inch outside diameter or larger. For pipes or pipe covering less than 3/4-inch in diameter, use applied marker of brass identification tags 1-1/2 inches square with depressed letters 1/4-inch high, black-filled. Apply tightly to pipeline with metal or plastic straps. C. Pipe Identification Color Schedule: 1. For pipe coatings, use the colors listed in the following pipe identification color schedule:PIPE IDENTIFICATION COLOR SCHEDULE �. PIPING SYSTEM COLOR FED. STD. NO. Fire Mains Red 11105 Oxygen Orange 12246 Sodium Hypochlorite Yellow 13655 Raw Polymer Pink 11156 Diluted Polymer Purple 17142 -- Natural Gas Yellow 13655 Heating Water Pink 11158 Domestic Hot Lt. Pink 11668 Potable Water Blue 15102 Non-Potable Water White 17875 Instrument Air Green 14187 Plant Air Dk. Green 14110 Raw Sewage Gray 16473 Grit Dk. Gray 16187 Cyclone Return Gray 16473 ... Classifier Return Gray 16473 PIPING SYSTEM COLOR FED. STD. NO. Heavy Solids Dk. Brown 10080 Return Sludge Brown 10091 Waste Sludge Yellow-Brown 10266 Scum Lt. Brown 10334 Chilled Water Supply CWS Blue-Green 14329 Chilled Water Return CWR Blue-Green 14325 EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-15 ,_ City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS Condensing Water Supply Lt. Green 14533 Cond-WS Condensing Water Return Lt. Green 14533 �. Cond-W R Deionized Water DW Lt. Blue 15526 Vacuum Vac White 17875 Vent Lt. Gray 16492 2. Use colors for the applied signs and markers in accordance with the color schedule, except for brass identification tags, which are colored as indicated in . paragraph 3.14.2.2. 3. For final colors used for pipe identification conforming to Federal Std.595A. a. For pipe identification colors not listed above, follow American National Standard (ANSI A13.1-81) Color Schedule: 1. Materials inherently hazardous, flammable or explosive; chemically active or toxic; extreme temperature or pressure; radioactive: Yellow Field with Black Letters. 2. Material of inherently low hazard — liquid or liquid admixture: Green Field with White Letters; gas or gaseous admixture: Blue Field with White Letters. 3. Fire quenching materials, water, foam, carbon dioxide, Halon, etc.: Red Field with White Letters. 3.12 COATING SYSTEM SCHEDULES— FERROUS METALS A. Coating System Scheduled, Ferrous Metal—Not Galvanized SCHEDULE NO. AND SURFACE SYSTEM NO./ APPLICATION PREPARATION DESCRIPTION FM-1: Surfaces indoors and outdoors, Near White Metal blast (2) exposed or covered, except those cleaning SSPC- Inorganic zinc/epoxy/ listed below. SP10/NAGE 2 polyurethane FM-2: Surfaces in chlorination room, Near White Metal blast (100) chlorine storage room, sodium cleaning SSPC- Amine-cured epoxy -hypochlorite storage room SP10/NACE 2 FM-3: Surfaces of pumps and White Metal Blast (100) equipment&other ferrous surfaces Cleaning SSPC-SP5/ Amine-cured epoxy submerged or intermittently NACE 1 submerged in potable water, utility water, and wastewater, including surfaces lower than 2 feet above high- water level in hydraulic structures, and surfaces inside enclosed hydraulic structures, pump state wet wells, and vents (excluding shop-coated valves, -couplings, and pumps). FM-4: Surfaces exposed to high Near White Metal blast (3) temperature between 150 and 600 cleaning SSPC- Inorganic Zinc, water- -degrees F 65 and 315 degrees C). SP10/NACE 2 based FM-5: Surfaces exposed to high Near White Metal blast (9) temperature between 600 and 1000 cleaning SSPC- Aluminum silicon resin -degrees F. SP10/NACE 2 FM-6:Where indicated,ferrous White Metal Blast (101) surfaces in water passages of valves Cleaning SSPC-SP5/ Polyamide-cured epoxy 4-inch size and larger, exterior NACE 1 EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-16 City Project No. 02302 „I SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS surfaces of submerged valves. FM-7: Where indicated, ferrous White Metal Blast (101) surfaces in water passages of pumps Cleaning SSPC-SP5/ Polyamide-cured epoxy which have discharge size of 4 inches NACE 1 or larger; exterior, submerged surfaces of pumps. FM-8: Ferrous surfaces of sleeve White Metal Blast (103) couplings. Cleaning SSPC-SP5/ Fusion-bonded epoxy NACE 1 FM-9: Ferrous surfaces of sluice gates, White Metal Blast (101) flap gates, and shear gates, including Cleaning SSPC-SP5/ Polyamide-cured epoxy wall thimbles. NACE 1 FM-10: Structural steel, miscellaneous Commercial Blast (10) metal work, and supports for Cleaning (SSPC- Zinc Rich Epoxy prefabricated metal buildings, not SP6/NACE 3 exposed to view in finished building. FM-12: Ferrous metal exposed to view, Near White Metal blast (2) inside and outside of buildings. cleaning SSPC- Inorganic zinc/ SP10/NACE 2 epoxy/polyurethane FM-13: Surfaces of indoor equipment, Commercial Blast (5) not submerged. Cleaning SSPC-SP6/ Epoxy, equipment NACE 3 FM14: Exterior(exposed)surfaces Light abrasive blast to (6) shop-coated with fusion-bonded roughen surface Aliphatic polyurethane epoxy. B. Coating System Schedule, Ferrous Metal—Galvanized:Apply pretreatment coatings, " barrier coatings, or washes as recommended by the coating manufacturer. SCHEDULE NO. AND SURFACE SYSTEM NO./ .,. APPLICATION PREPARATION DESCRIPTON FMG-1: Exposed surfaces indoors and Alkaline cleaning (1)or(4) outdoors, except those listed below. SSPC-SP1 Aliphatic Polyurethane, or Acrylic FMG-2: Surfaces in chlorination room, Alkaline Cleaning (100) chlorine storage room, and sodium SSPC-SP1 Amine-cured epoxy hypochlorite storage room. . FMG-3: Surfaces submerged in water Alkaline cleaning (100) or wastewater, including surfaces SSPC-SP1 followed by Amine-cured epoxy lower than 2 feet above high-water Brush-Off blast level and surfaces inside hydraulic cleaning SSPC-SP7/ structures and vents NACE 4 FMG-4: Surface exposed to view, Alkaline Cleaning (1)or(4) inside and outside of building. SSPC-SP1 Aliphatic polyurethane, or Acrylic C. Coating System Schedule, Interior Surface of Welded Steel Tanks: Coat interior surfaces, including tank nozzles, manholes, nozzle necks, and flange faces. For steel tank exterior coating systems, see paragraph 3.15.1, Coating System Schedule, Ferrous Metal —Not Galvanized. - PRODUCT STORED SURFACE PREPARATION SYSTEM NO. /DESCRIPTION Zinc Orthophosphate White metal blast cleaning (104) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Natural rubber soft or neoprene Liquid Alum White metal blast cleaning 104 EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-17 ,. City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Natural rubber soft or neoprene Polymer White metal blast cleaning (104) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Natural rubber soft or neoprene Sodium Bisulfite White metal blast cleaning (104) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Natural rubber soft or neoprene Ferric Chloride White metal blast cleaning (104) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Natural rubber hard Aqueous Ammonia White metal blast cleaning (104) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Chlorobut I rubber Caustic Soda Commercial Blast Cleaning No Coating SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Sodium Hypochlorite White metal blast cleaning (104) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Chlorobut l Rubber Sulfuric Acid (max. White metal blast cleaning (107) 45% concentration) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Hypalon Sulfuric Acid (above White metal blast cleaning (107) 40% concentration) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Viton Hydrofluosilicic Acid White metal blast cleaning (107) SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Chlorobut I Rubber Water, Potable Water, White metal blast cleaning (100) -Utility Water SSPC-SP5/NACE1 Amine-Cured Epoxy 3.13 COATING SYSTEM SCHEDULES, NONFERROUS METAL, PLASTIC, FIBERGLASS A. Where isolated non-ferrous parts are associated with equipment or piping, use the coating system for the adjacent connected surfaces. Do not coat handrails, gratings, frames, or hatches. Use primers recommended by coating manufacturer. SCHEDULE NO. AND SURFACE PREPARATION SYSTEM NO./ DESCRIPTION APPLICATIONS NFM-1: Exposed surfaces, Solvent cleaned SSPC-SP1 (1) indoors and outdoors, Aliphatic Polyurethane except those listed below. NFM-2: Chlorination room, Solvent cleaned SSPC-SP1 (100) chlorine storage room, Amine-Cured Epoxy sodium hypochlorite storage room. NFM-3: Aluminum Solvent cleaned SSPC-SP1 (8) .. surfaces in contact with Aluminum Metal Isolation concrete, or with any other metal except galvanized ferrous metal. NFM-4: polyvinyl chloride Solvent cleaned SSPC-SP1 (4) plastic, indoors and Acrylic outdoors, not submerged. NFM-5: Fiberglass Per paragraph 3.09, Plastic, (6) surfaces. Fiberglass, and Non-Ferrous Aliphatic Polyurethane Metals Surface Preparation Fiberglass END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-18 City Project No. 02302 SECTION 09902 - PAINTING AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS EC VILLAGE WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION 09902-19 „ , City Project No. 02302 m i r i am am milk Division 26 ELECTRICAL Electrical—General Provisions 26 00 00-1 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL - GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials and equipment required to install, test and provide an operational, electrical system as specified and as shown on the Drawings. B. All equipment described herein shall be submitted and furnished as an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications. C. All electrical work provided under any Division of the Specifications shall fully comply with the requirements of Division 26. D. The work shall include furnishing, installing and testing the equipment and materials detailed in each Section of Division 26. E. The work shall include furnishing and installing the following: 1. Conduit, wire and field connections for all motors, motor controllers, control devices, control panels and electrical equipment furnished under other Divisions. The Contractor shall coordinate his construction schedule and electrical interface with the supplier of electrical equipment specified under other Divisions. 2. Conduit, wiring and terminations for all field-mounted instruments furnished and mounted under other Divisions, including process instrumentation primary elements, transmitters, local indicators and control panels. Lightning and surge protection equipment wiring at process instrumentation transmitters. Install vendor furnished cables specified under other Divisions. 3. A complete raceway system for the Data Cables and specialty cable systems, including those furnished under other Divisions. Install the Data Cables and other specialty cable systems, in accordance with the system manufacturers' installation instructions. Review «�- the raceway layout, prior to installation,with the Process Control System supplier and the cable manufacturer to ensure raceway compatibility with the systems and materials being furnished. Where redundant cables are furnished, install the cables in separate raceways. 4. Furnish and install precast electrical and instrumentation manholes, handholes and light pole foundations. Pole foundations shall be designed and installed in accordance with the structural Divisions of these Specifications. 1.02 ELECTRICAL WORK CONTAINED IN OTHER DIVISIONS A. Where references are made to the Related Work paragraph in each Specification Section, referring to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications,the Contractor shall provide such information or additional work as may be required in those references, and include such information or work as may be specified. B. Process Divisions 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Process Equipment Specifications and Drawings, determining power and wiring requirements and providing external wiring and raceways, as required to provide a fully functioning Process Control System. If the equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors, raceways and/or wiring, at no cost to the Owner. C. Mechanical Divisions EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION - CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical—General Provisions 26 00 00-2 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Mechanical Equipment Specifications and Drawings, determining power and wiring requirements and providing external wiring and raceways, as required to provide fully functioning Mechanical -- Equipment Control Systems. If the equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring, due to different equipment being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the additional conductors, raceways and/or wiring at no cost to the Owner. „ D. Electric Valve Operator Divisions 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for examining all Electric Valve Operator Equipment Specifications and Drawings, determining power and wiring requirements �^ and providing external wiring and raceways, as required to provide a fully functioning Electric Valve Operator Control System. If the equipment requires more conductors and/or wiring due to different equipment being supplied, the Contractor shall furnish the on additional conductors, raceways and/or wiring at no cost to the Owner. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings, in accordance with Division 1 requirements,for equipment, materials and all other items furnished under each Section of Division 16, except where specifically stated otherwise. An individually packaged submittal shall be made for each Section, and shall contain all of the information required by the Section. Partial submittals will not be accepted and will be returned unreviewed. B. Submittals will not be accepted for Section 26 00 00. C. Each Section submittal shall be complete, contain all of the items listed in the Specification Section, and shall be clearly marked to indicate which items are applicable on each cut sheet page. The Submittal shall list any exceptions to the Specifications and Drawings, and the reason for such deviation. Shop drawings, not so checked and noted,will be returned -~ unreviewed. D. The Contractor shall check shop drawings for accuracy and contract requirements prior to submittal to the Owner/Engineer. Errors and omissions on approved shop drawings shall not ~~ relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of providing materials and workmanship required by the Specifications and Drawings. Shop drawings shall be stamped with the date checked and a statement indicating that the shop drawings conform to Specifications and Drawings. Only one Specification Section may be made per transmittal. E. Material shall not be ordered or shipped until the shop drawings have been approved. No material shall be ordered or shop work started if shop drawings are marked "APPROVED AS NOTED CONFIRM", "APPROVED AS NOTED RESUBMIT"or"NOT APPROVED". F. At the time of jobsite delivery of the equipment, the Contractor shall have an approved shop drawing in his possession for the Owner's Inspector and Owner's Engineer,for verification. .� G. Up-to-date Record Drawings shall be promptly furnished when the equipment installation is complete. Payment will be withheld until Record Drawings have been furnished and approved. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. Electric equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the National Electrical Code (NEC)and with the latest edition of the following codes and standards: 1. National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) 2. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 4. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 5. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical—General Provisions 26 00 00-3 6. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA) 7. Instrument Society of America (ISA) 8. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 9. Factory Mutual (FM) 10. TRA Design and Construction Guidelines B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. .� C. All material and equipment, for which a UL standard exists, shall bear a UL label. No such material or equipment shall be brought onsite without the UL label affixed. D. If the issue of priority is due to a conflict or discrepancy between the provisions of the «a Contract Documents and any referenced standard, or code of any technical society, organization or association, the provisions of the Contract Documents will take precedence if they are more stringent or presumptively cause a higher level of performance. If there is any conflict or discrepancy between standard specifications, or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or between Laws and Regulations, the higher performance requirement shall be binding on the Contractor, unless otherwise directed by the Owner/Engineer. E. In accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents, the Contractor accepts the fact that compliance with the priority order specified shall not justify an increase in Contract Price or an extension in Contract Time nor limit in any way, the Contractor's responsibility to comply with all Laws and Regulations at all times 1.05 HAZARDOUS AREAS -� A. Equipment, materials and installation in areas designated as hazardous on the Drawings shall comply with NEC Articles 500, 501, 502 and 503. B. Equipment and materials installed in hazardous areas shall be UL listed for the appropriate hazardous area classification. C. Equipment, materials and installation in areas designated as hazardous on the Drawings shall comply with NFPA standards. 1.06 CODES, INSPECTION AND FEES A. Equipment, materials and installation shall comply with the requirements of the local authority having jurisdiction. B. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. C. The Owner will negotiate with the electric utility for the costs of new or revised services and make payment to the electric utility for such costs, but the Contractor shall be responsible for the coordination with the electric utility during the installation of such services. 1.07 SIZE OF EQUIPMENT A. Investigate each space in the structure through which equipment must pass to reach its final location. Coordinate shipping splits with the manufacturer to permit safe handling and passage through restricted areas in the structure. B. The equipment shall be kept upright at all times during storage and handling.When equipment must be tilted for passage through restricted areas, brace the equipment to ensure that the tilting does not impair the functional integrity of the equipment. 1.08 RECORD DRAWINGS EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION .. CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical-General Provisions 26 00 00-4 A. As the work progresses, legibly record all field changes on a set of Project Contract Drawings, hereinafter called the "Record Drawings". The Record Drawings and Specifications shall be kept up to date throughout the project. -� B. The Record Drawings shall be reviewed in a meeting with the Owner/Engineer on a monthly basis. C. Record Drawings shall accurately show the installed condition of the following items: 1. One-line Diagram(s). 2. Raceways and pullboxes. .. 3. Conductor sizes and conduit fills. 4. Panel Schedule(s). 5. Control Wiring Diagram(s). 6. Lighting Fixture Schedule(s). 7. Lighting fixture, receptacle and switch outlet locations. 8. Underground raceway and duct bank routing. 9. Plan view, sizes and locations of switchgear, distribution transformers, substations, motor control centers and panelboards. D. Submit a typical example of a schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers, .� including the following information: 1. Circuit origin, destination and wire numbers. 2. Field wiring terminal strip names and numbers. E. Submit the record drawings and the schedule of control wiring raceways and wire numbers (or the point-to-point connection diagram)to the Owner/Engineer. - F. The Contractor's retainage shall not be paid until the point-to-point connection diagrams have been furnished to the Owner/Engineer. 1.09 EQUIPMENT INTERCONNECTIONS A. Review shop drawings of equipment furnished under other related Divisions and prepare coordinated wiring interconnection diagrams or wiring tables. Submit copies of wiring �- diagrams or tables with Record Drawings. B. Furnish and install all equipment interconnections. 1.10 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment shall be new, except where specifically identified on the Drawings to be re-used. •� B. The Contractor shall not bring onsite, material or equipment from a manufacturer, not submitted and approved for this project. Use of any such material or equipment,will be rejected, removed and replaced by the Contractor, with the approved material and .. equipment, at his own expense. C. Material and equipment shall be UL listed, where such listing exists. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material, product, equipment and workmanship being furnished by him for the duration of the project. He shall replace the equipment if it does not meet the Contract Documents. 1.11 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical—General Provisions 26 00 00-5 approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests,will not be permitted., ' B. Equipment and materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, and as specified in the individual Specification Sections. 1.12 WARRANTIES A. Manufacturer's warranties shall be as specified in each of the Specification Sections. 1.13 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A. Identify equipment(disconnect switches, separately mounted motor starters, control stations, etc)furnished under Division 16 with the name of the equipment it serves. Motor control vR centers, control panels, panelboards, switchboards, switchgear,junction or terminal boxes, transfer switches, etc, shall have nameplate designations as shown on the Drawings. M 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION ^^ 3.01 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS A. The Drawings are not intended to show exact locations of conduit runs. Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied equipment. B. Install each 3 phase circuit in a separate conduit unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. C. Unless otherwise approved by the Owner/Engineer, conduit shown exposed shall be installed exposed; conduit shown concealed shall be installed concealed. D. Where circuits are shown as "home-runs" all necessary fittings and boxes shall be provided for a complete raceway installation. E. Verify the exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and receptacles prior to installation. F. Except where dimensions are shown, the locations of equipment, fixtures, outlets and similar ^` devices shown on the Drawings are approximate only. Exact locations shall be determined by the Contractor and approved by the Owner/Engineer during construction. Obtain information relevant to the placing of electrical work and in case of any interference with other work, proceed as directed by the Owner/Engineer and furnish all labor and materials necessary to complete the work in an approved manner. G. Circuit layouts are not intended to show the number of fittings, or other installation details. „ Furnish all labor and materials necessary to install and place in satisfactory operation all power, lighting and other electrical systems shown. H. Redesign of electrical or mechanical work, which is required due to the Contractor's use of a pre-approved alternate item, arrangement of equipment and/or layout other than specified herein, shall be done by the Contractor at his/her own expense. Redesign and detailed plans shall be submitted to the Owner/Engineer for approval. No additional compensation will be provided for changes in the work, either his/her own or others, caused by such redesign. I. Raceways and conductors for lighting, switches, receptacles and other miscellaneous low voltage power and signal systems as specified are not shown on the Drawings. Raceways and conductors shall be provided as required for a complete and operating system. Refer to ^' riser diagrams for signal system wiring. Homeruns, as shown on the Drawings, are to assist the Contractor in identifying raceways to be run exposed and raceways to be run concealed. Raceways installed exposed shall be near the ceiling or along walls of the areas through which they pass and shall be routed to avoid conflicts with HVAC ducts, cranes hoists, EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION �. CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical—General Provisions 26 00 00-6 monorails, equipment hatches, doors,windows, etc. Raceways installed concealed shall be run in the center of concrete floor slabs, above suspended ceilings, or in partitions as required. J. The Contractor shall run all conduit and wire to RTU and/or PLC termination cabinets, where designated on the Drawings. The conduit and wire as shown on the interface drawings may not necessarily be shown on the floor plan. K. Install conductors carrying low voltage signals (typically twisted shielded pair cables) in raceways totally separate from all other raceways containing power or 120 volt control conductors. - L. Raceways and conductors for thermostats controlling HVAC unit heaters, exhaust fans and similar equipment are not shown on the Drawings. Provide raceways and conductors between the thermostats, the HVAC equipment and the motor starters for a complete and -- operating system.All raceways and power conductors shall be in accordance with Division 26. Raceways shall be installed concealed in all finished space and may be installed concealed or exposed in process spaces. Refer to the HVAC drawings for the locations of the thermostats and controls. M. Raceways and conductors for the fire alarm, sound and page party systems are not shown on the Drawings. Provide raceways and conductors as required by the system manufacturer for a complete and operating system. All raceways and power conductors shall be in accordance with Division 26. Raceways shall be installed concealed in all finished spaces and may be installed exposed or concealed in process spaces. 3.02 EQUIPMENT PADS AND SUPPORTS A. Electrical equipment pads and supports, of concrete or steel including structural reinforcing and lighting pole foundations, are shown on the Structural Drawings. B. No electrical equipment or raceways shall be attached to or supported from, sheet metal walls. 3.03 SLEEVES AND FORMS FOR OPENINGS A. Provide and place all sleeves for conduits penetrating floors,walls, partitions, etc. Locate all necessary slots for electrical work and form before concrete is poured. B. Exact locations are required for stubbing-up and terminating concealed conduit. Obtain shop drawings and templates from equipment vendors or other subcontractors and locate the concealed conduit before the floor slab is poured. - C. Where setting drawings are not available in time to avoid delay in scheduled floor slab pours, the Owner/Engineer may allow the installations of such conduit to be exposed. Requests for this deviation must be submitted in writing. No additional compensation for such change will be allowed. D. Seal all openings, sleeves, penetration and slots as specified in Section 26 05 33. 3.04 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Coordinate with Divisions 03 and 31 for cutting and patching. B. Core drill holes in concrete floors and walls as required. The Contractor shall obtain written permission from the Owner/Engineer before core drilling any holes larger than 2 inches. C. Install work at such time as to require the minimum amount of cutting and patching. —. D. Do not cut joists, beams, girders,columns or any other structural members. E. Cut opening only large enough to allow easy installation of the conduit. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical—General Provisions 26 00 00-7 F. Patching shall be of the same kind and quality of material as was removed. G. The completed patching work shall restore the surface to its original appearance or better. H. Patching of waterproofed surfaces shall render the area of the patching completely waterproofed. I. Remove rubble and excess patching materials from the premises. J. When existing conduits are cut at the floor line of wall line;they shall be filled with grout of suitable patching material. 3.05 INSTALLATION A. Any work not installed according to the Drawings and this Section shall be subject to change as directed by the Owner/Engineer. No extra compensation will be allowed for making these changes. B. All dimensions shall be field verified at the job site and coordinated with the work of all other trades. C. Electrical equipment shall be protected at all times against mechanical injury or damage by water. Electrical equipment shall not be stored outdoors. Electrical equipment shall be stored in dry permanent shelters as required by each Specification Section. Do not install electrical equipment in its permanent location until structures are weather-tight. If any apparatus has been subject to possible injury by water, it shall be thoroughly dried out and tested as directed by the Owner/Engineer, or shall be replaced at no additional cost at the Owner/Engineer's discretion. D. Equipment that has been damaged shall be replaced or repaired by the equipment manufacturer, at the Owner/Engineer's discretion. E. Repaint any damage to the factory applied paint finish using touch-up paint furnished by the equipment manufacturer. If the metallic portion of the panel or section is damaged, the entire panel or section shall be replaced, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.06 PHASE BALANCING A. The Drawings do not attempt to balance the electrical loads across the phases. Circuits on motor control centers and panelboards shall be field connected to result in evenly balanced loads across all phases. B. Field balancing of circuits shall not alter the conductor color coding requirements as specified in Section 26 05 19. 3.07 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICE A. Provide manufacturer's services for testing and start-up of the equipment as listed in each individual Specification Section.All settings, including those settings and arc flash labels required by the Power System Study, shall be made to the equipment and approved by the Owner/Engineer prior to energizing of the equipment. B. Testing and startup shall not be combined with training. Testing and start-up time shall not be used for manufacturers warranty repairs. 3.08 TESTS AND SETTINGS A. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 16 and repair or replace all defective work. Make adjustments to the systems as specified and/or required. B. Prior to energizing electrical equipment, make all tests as required by the individual specification Sections. Submit a sample test form or procedure. Submit the required test EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical—General Provisions 26 00 00-8 reports and data to the Owner/Engineer for approval at least two weeks prior to the startup of the tested equipment. Include names of all test personnel and initial each test. C. Check motor nameplates for correct phase and voltage. Check bearings for proper lubrication. D. Check wire and cable terminations for tightness. E. Check rotation of motors prior to energization. Disconnect driven equipment if damage could occur due to wrong rotation. If the motor rotates in the wrong direction,the rotation shall be immediately corrected, or tagged and locked out until rotation is corrected. F. Verify all terminations at transformers, equipment, capacitor connections, panels, and enclosures by producing a 1 2 3 rotation on a phase sequenced motor when connected to "A", "B"and "C" phases. G. Mechanical inspection, testing and setting of circuit breakers, disconnect switches, motor starters, control equipment, etc for proper operation. H. Check interlocking, control and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a system to ~~ prove that the system will function properly as indicated by schematic and wiring diagrams. I. Check the ampere rating of thermal overloads for motors and submit a typed record to the Owner/Engineer of same, including MCC cubicle location and load designation, motor service ~~ factor, horsepower, full load current and starting code letter. If inconsistencies are found, new thermal elements shall be supplied and installed. J. Verify motor power factor capacitor ratings. K. Testing shall be scheduled and coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at least two weeks in advance. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments and test equipment. L. Refer to the individual equipment sections for additional specific testing requirements. .� M. Make adjustments to the systems and instruct the Owner's personnel in the proper operation of the systems. r„ 3.09 TRAINING A. The Contractor shall provide manufacturer's training as specified in each individual section of the Specifications. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 26 05 19-1 26 05 19 WIRES AND CABLES (600 VOLT MAXIMUM) 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK - A. Furnish, install and test all wire, cable and appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Provide and install all 4-20mA signal circuits, process control wiring, signal wiring to field instruments, RTU and/or PLC input and output wiring and other field wiring and cables. B. Section 26 05 33 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings C. Section 26 05 43 Underground System K 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit catalog data of all wire and cable, connectors and accessories, specified under this Section with all selections, options and exceptions clearly indicated. B. Certified Tests 1. Submit a test report of all installed wire insulation tests. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals 1. Submit Operation and Maintenance Manuals containing installation and maintenance instructions for splice and termination kits. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. The equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70—National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. NEMA WC-5—Thermoplastic-Insulated Wire and Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy 3. ANSI/TIA/EIA 606A—Standard for telecommunications Infrastructure 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The general construction of the wire, cables and the insulation material used shall be similar to that used for cable of the same size and rating in continuous production for at least 15 years and successfully operating in the field in substantial quantities. B. Wire and cable with a manufacture date of greater than twelve (12) months previous will not be acceptable. C. Wire and cable shall be in new condition, with the manufacturer's packaging intact, stored indoors since manufacture, and shall not have been subjected to the weather. Date of manufacture shall be clearly visible on each reel. D. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials for a �,. minimum period of five (5)years.When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION ... CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Wires and Cables(600 Volt Maximum) 260519-2 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted. B. Check for reels not completely restrained, reels with interlocking flanges or broken flanges, -- damaged reel covering or any other indication of damage. Do not drop reels from any height. C. Unload reels using a sling and spreader bar. Roll reels in the direction of the arrows shown on the reel and on surfaces free of obstructions that could damage the wire and cable. y D. Store cable on a solid, well drained location. Cover cable reels with plastic sheeting or tarpaulin. Do not lay reels flat. 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the wiring and installation to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment.Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the installation to new operating condition. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Wires and cables shall be of annealed, 98 percent conductivity, soft drawn tinned copper. B. All conductors shall be stranded. C. Except for control, signal and instrumentation circuits, wire smaller than No. 12 AWG shall not be used. 2.02 BUILDING WIRE A. All building wire shall be tinned stranded copper conductors, Type XHHW-2,as manufactured by Southwire, General Cable or approved equal. 2.03 GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR A. Grounding electrode conductor shall be tinned stranded copper conductor, Type XHHW-2 with green insulation, as manufactured by Southwire, General Cable, or approved equal. 2.04 BONDING JUMPER A. Bonding Jumper shall be bare tinned stranded copper conductor, as manufactured by -. Southwire, General Cable, or approved equal. 2.05 CONTROL WIRE AND CABLE A. Control wire shall be tinned NEC Type XHHW-2 as manufactured by Southwire or approved equal. B. Multi-conductor control cable, shall be stranded, tinned, No.14 AWG 600V, XHHW-2, -� insulated, PVC outer jacket overall, Type TC, UL rated for underground wet location, as manufactured by Southwire, Okonite, General Cable or approved equal. 2.06 INSTRUMENTATION CABLE A. Cables for 4-20 ma, R.T.D., potentiometer and similar signals shall be PLTC rated and shall be: EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 260519-3 1. Single pair cable: Conductors: 2#16 stranded, tinned and twisted on 2-in lay Insulation: PVC with 600 volt, 90 degrees C rating Shield: 100 percent mylar tape with drain wire Jacket: PVC with manufacturer's identification Misc: UL1685 listed for underground wet location use Manufacturers: Okonite, Belden or approved equal 2. Three conductor(triad)cable: Conductors: 3#16 stranded, tinned and twisted on 2-in lay Insulation: PVC with 600 volt, 90 degrees C rating Shield: 100 percent mylar tape with drain wire Jacket: PVC with manufacturer's identification Misc: UL1685 listed for underground wet location use ... Manufacturers: Okonite, Belden or approved equal 3. Multiple pair cables (where shown on the Drawings): Conductor: Multiple pairs,#16 stranded,tinned and twisted on a 2-in lay ~� Insulation: PVC with 600 volt, 90 degrees C rating Shield: Individual pairs shielded with 100 percent mylar tape and drain wire Jacket: PVC with manufacturer's identification ' Misc: UL1685 listed for underground wet location use Manufacturers: Okonite, Belden or approved equal 2.07 COMMUNICATION CABLES A. Cables for Ethernet and RS485 shall be rated and shall be: 1. Category 5e above Grade shielded Cable Conductors: 4 bonded pair 24AWG Bare Copper Insulation: Polyolefin -- Shield: 100 percent aluminum foil polyester tape with drain wire Jacket: PVC with 600 volt rated and manufacturer's identification Misc.: UL21047 and UL1666 listed for indoor and dry locations use Manufacturers: Belden 7957A or approved equal 2. Category 5e above Grade un-shielded Cable Conductors: 4 bonded pair 24AWG Bare Copper Insulation: Polyolefin Jacket: PVC with 300 volt rated and manufacturer's identification NEC CMR Misc.: UL1666 listed for indoor and dry locations use Manufacturers: Belden 7923A or approved equal 3. 485 Communications Cable Conductors: 1 pair 24AWG Tinned Copper Insulation: Polyethylene Shield: 100 percent aluminum foil polyester tape with tinned copper drain wire Jacket: PVC with 300 volt rated and manufacturer's identification Misc.: UL2919 listed for indoor and dry locations use EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION .- CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 260519-4 Manufacturers: Belden 9841 or approved equal 2.08 TERMINATION MATERIALS A. Power Conductors: Termination materials, of conductors at equipment, shall be as specified in the relevant equipment Section. B. Control and Instrumentation Conductors (including graphic panel, alarm, low and high level signals): Termination connectors shall be of the set screw, tongue type, as manufactured by Phoenix Contact, Entrelec, Allen Bradley, or equal. C. Motor Conductors: Motor connections shall be ring type compression terminations on the motor leads and secured with bolt, nut and spring washer. Connections shall be-30C rubber insulated, half lap, and two layers minimum of Scotch 33 or equal vinyl tape. D. Lugs and Connectors 1. All lugs and connectors shall be tin plated copper and shall be crimped type, with standard industry tooling. Lugs and connectors shall match the wire size where used, and shall be clearly identified and color coded on the connector. All connections shall be made for stranded wire and shall be made electrically and mechanically secured. The lugs and connectors shall have a current carrying capacity equal to the conductors for which they are rated and meet UL 486 requirements for 75 degrees C. Lugs larger _. than 8 AWG shall be two-hole lugs with NEMA spacing. The lugs shall be of closed end construction to exclude moisture migration into the cable conductor. 2.09 SPLICE MATERIALS A. Power Conductors: Circuits shall be pulled from terminal to terminal, without splicing, except where splicing is shown on the Drawings. No other splicing will be permitted. For wires sizes #8 and smaller, provide color coded wire nuts, with metal inserts, 3M or Ideal, rubber ^" insulated with half lap and two layers minimum of Scotch 33 tape. For wires greater than#8 AWG, provide a heat shrink insulated, color-coded, die-crimped splice lug, T&B 54XXX, or equal, rubber insulated, with half lap and two layers minimum of Scotch 33 tape. �. B. Control and Instrumentation Conductors (including graphic panel, alarm, low and high level signals): No splicing of control and instrumentation conductors will be permitted. 2.10 WALL AND FLOOR SLAB OPENING SEALS A. Wall and floor slab openings shall be sealed with "FLAME-SAFE" as manufactured by the Thomas & Betts Corp. or equal. 2.11 WIRE AND CABLE TAGS A. The Owner has a preferred tagging format which shall be used for the project. The Contractor shall submit a typical list for each wire and cable type for approval. B. Wire tags for wire sizes,#2 AWG and smaller, shall be heat shrink type Raychem TMS-SCE, or approved equal with the tag numbers typed with an indelible marking process. Character ,. size shall be a minimum of 1/8" in height. Hand written tags shall not be acceptable.Where ends are not available, attach cable tags with nylon tie cord. C. Tags for wires larger than#2 AWG and all cables shall be thermally printed polyethylene .- type, Brady TLS 2200 or approved equal, nylon zip tied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. D. Tags relying on adhesives or taped-on markers are not acceptable. .. E. Tagging shall be done in accordance with the execution portion of these Specifications. 2.12 WIRE COLOR CODE EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 260519-5 A. All wire shall be color coded or coded using electrical tape in sizes#8 or greater, where colored insulation is not available. Where tape is used as the identification system, it shall be applied in all junction boxes, manholes and other accessible intermediate locations as well as at each termination. B. The following coding shall be used: System Wire Color 1-Phase, 3 Phase A Black Wire Phase B Blue Neutral White 208Y/120, Phase A Black Volts Phase B Red 3-Phase, 4 Phase C Blue Wire Neutral White 480/277, Phase A Brown Volts Phase B Orange 3-Phase, 4 Phase C Yellow Wire Neutral Gray/White with one or more colored stripes 2.13 CABLE TAG COLOR CODE A. All cable tags shall be white in color with black printing. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL ,., A. Do not install pull wires and conductors until the raceway system is in place. No wire shall be installed between outlet points,junction points or splicing points, until raceway sections are complete, and raceway covers installed for protection of conductors from damage or exposure to the elements. The occurrence of wire installed in an incomplete installation, shall require the removal of such conductors from the project site, and completion and inspection of such raceway sections, before new conductors are installed. B. Installed unapproved wire shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Completely swab raceway system before installing conductors. Do not use cleaning agents and lubricants which have a deleterious effect on the conductors or their insulation. .� D. Pull all conductors into a raceway at one time, using wire pulling lubricant as needed to protect the wire. E. Except for hand-pulled conductors into raceways, all wire and cable installation shall be installed with tension-monitoring equipment. Where conductors are found to have been installed without tension—monitoring, the conductors and cables shall be immediately removed from the raceways, permanently identified as rejected material, and removed from the jobsite. New conductors and cables shall be reinstalled, tagged and raceways resealed, all at no expense to the Owner. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION ,. CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 260519-6 F. Do not exceed cable manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii. Where pulling compound is used, use only UL listed compound compatible with the cable outer jacket and with the raceway involved. G. Tighten all screws and terminal bolts using torque type wrenches and/or drivers to tighten to the inch-pound requirements of the NEC and UL. H. Where single conductors and cables in manholes, handholes, vaults,cable trays, and other indicated locations are not wrapped together by some other means such as arc and fireproofing tapes, bundle throughout their exposed length all conductors entering from each conduit with nylon, self-locking, releasable, cable ties placed at intervals not exceeding 4 inches on centers. I. All wire and cable installed in cable trays shall be UL Listed as Type TC, for cable tray use. 3.02 CONDUCTORS 600 VOLTS AND BELOW A. Provide conductor sizes indicated on Drawings, as a minimum. B. Use crimp connectors on all stranded conductors. C. Soldered mechanical joints insulated with tape will not be acceptable. D. Arrange wiring in cabinets and panels neatly cut to proper length, remove surplus wire, and bridle and secure in an acceptable manner. Identify all circuits entering motor control centers or other control cabinets in accordance with the conductor identification system specified herein. E. Terminate control and instrumentation wiring with methods consistent with terminals provided, and in accordance with terminal manufacturer's instructions. F. Attach compression lugs, larger than#6 AWG,with a tool specifically designed for that purpose which provides a complete, controlled crimp where the tool will not release until the crimp is complete. Use of plier type crimpers is not acceptable. G. Cap spare conductors and conductors not terminated with the UL listed end caps. H. Where conductors pass through holes or over edges in sheet metal, remove all burrs, chamfer all edges, and install bushings and protective strips of insulating material to protect the conductors. _- I. For conductors that will be connected by others, provide at least 6 feet spare conductors in freestanding panels and at least 2 feet spare in other assemblies. Provide additional spare conductor in any particular assembly where it is obvious that more conductor will be needed ._ to reach the termination point. 3.03 GROUNDING A. Conduits and other raceways shall contain an equipment grounding conductor whether the raceway is metallic or not. Conduits, motors, cabinets, outlets and other equipment shall be properly grounded in accordance with NEC requirements.Where ground wire is exposed to mechanical damage, install wire in schedule 80 PVC conduit. Make connections to equipment with solderless connections.Wire connected to the ground rods of the ground mat shall be of the fused type equal to the Cadweld process. 3.04 TERMINATIONS AND SPLICES A. No splices of wire and cable will be permitted, except where specifically permitted by the Owner/Engineer in writing, or as shown on the Drawings. B. Power conductors: Terminations shall be made with connectors as specified. Splices, where specifically allowed as stated above, shall be made in a Termination Cabinet(TC). EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Wires and Cables(600 Volt Maximum) 260519-7 C. Control Conductors: Splices of control conductors will not be permitted between terminal points. Terminations shall be made with approved terminals as specified. D. Instrumentation Signal Conductors (including graphic panel, alarm, low and high level signals): Splices of Instrumentation conductors will not be permitted between terminal points. Terminations shall be made with connectors as specified. The shield of pair shielded and triad shielded shall be terminated on terminal strips. 3.05 INSTRUMENTATION CABLES A. Instrumentation cables shall be installed in raceways as specified. Unless specifically shown on the Drawings, all instrumentation circuits shall be installed as single shielded twisted pair cables or single shielded twisted triads. In no case shall a circuit be made up using conductors from different pairs or triads. Triads shall be used wherever three wire circuits are required. B. Terminal blocks shall be provided at all instrument cable junction boxes, and all circuits shall be identified at such junctions. C. Shielded instrumentation wire, coaxial cable, data highway cable, discrete 1/0, multiple conductor cable, and fiber optic cables shall be run without splices between instruments, terminal boxes, or panels. The shield shall be continuous for the entire run. D. Shields shall be grounded at the PLC/RTU. Terminal blocks shall be provided for inter-connecting shield drain wires at all junction boxes. Individual circuit shielding shall be provided with its own block. E. Shield wire shall be wrapped and taped at the transmitter end of the signal run. Before termination, peel back the outer sheath, leaving the shield intact.Wrap the drain wire around the conductors, leaving approximately two inches exposed.Wrap the drain wire with two layers of Scotch 33 tape. 3.06 WIRE TAGGING A. All wiring shall be tagged at all termination points and at all major access points in the electrical raceways.A termination point is defined as any point or junction where a wire or cable is physically connected. This includes terminal blocks and device terminals.A major access point to a raceway is defined as any enclosure; box or space designed for wire or cable pulling or inspection and includes pull boxes, manholes, and junction boxes. B. Wire tags shall show both origination and destination information to allow for a wire or cable to be traced from point in the field. Information regarding its origination shall be shown in parenthesis. C. For multiconductor cables, both the individual conductors and the overall cable shall be tagged. Conductors that are part of a multiconductor cable shall reference the cable identification number that they are a part of, as well as a unique conductor number within the cable. 3.07 CABLE TAGGING A. All cables shall be tagged at all termination points and at all major access points in the electrical raceways as defined in the wire tag section of this Specification. B. The cable tag shall be installed where the cable enters and leaves each access point(e.g., junction box, manhole, etc.). In cases of limited access space, a single tag may be used that shows both equipment tag origination and destination. In the case where the jacket is stripped for terminations, the tag shall be installed at the end of the jacket. 3.08 RACEWAY SEALING EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION .. CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Wires and Cables(600 Volt Maximum) 260519-8 A. Where raceways enter junction boxes or control panels containing electrical or instrumentation equipment, all entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal. B. This requirement shall be strictly adhered to for all raceways in the conduit system. 3.09 FIELD TESTS A. Conductors under 600 Volts 1. Perform insulation resistance testing of all power circuits below 600 volts with a 1000- volt insulation resistance testing device, in accordance with the recommendations of —` the wire manufacturer. 2. Prepare a written test report of the results and submit to the Owner/Engineer prior to final inspection. - 3. Minimum acceptable value for insulation resistance is 100 megohms for cable lengths 40 feet or less. Lower values shall be acceptable only by the Owner/Engineer's specific written approval. For lengths longer than 40 feet, the minimum megohm value shall be 2000 megohms per foot. 4. Disconnect equipment that might be damaged by this test. Perform tests with all other equipment connected to the circuit. B. Tests: After instrumentation cable installation and conductor termination by the instrumentation and control supplier, perform tests to ensure that instrumentation cable shields are isolated from ground, except at the grounding point in the instrumentation control panel. Remove all improper grounds. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Grounding and Bonding System 26 05 26-1 26 05 26 GROUNDING AND BONDING SYSTEM 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to install a complete Grounding and Bonding System, in strict accordance with Article 250 of the National Electrical Code (NEC), and as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. B. The system shall include ground wires, ground rods, exothermic connections, mechanical connectors, structural steel connections, all as shown on the Drawings, and as specified herein, to provide a bonding to earth ground of all metallic materials likely to become energized. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 26 00 00 Electrical—General Provisions B. Section 26 05 33 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings. C. Section 26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware D. Section 26 05 19 Wire and Cables(600 Volt Maximum). 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Division land Section 26 00 00, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Ground rods. 2. Grounding conduit hubs. 3. Waterpipe ground clamps. 4. Buried grounding connections. 5. Compression lugs. 6. Exothermic bonding system. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70—National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. UL 467-2007--Grounding and Bonding Equipment 3. NFPA 70E—Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and equipment for a minimum period of five(5)years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Grounding and Bonding System 26 05 26-2 A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted. B. Protect equipment during shipment, handling, and storage by suitable complete enclosures. Protect equipment from exposure to the elements and keep thoroughly dry. 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment. Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition.Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment, or materials, shall be performed by the Contractor at no -» expense to the Owner. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 RACEWAYS A. Conduit shall be as specified under Section 26 05 33. B. All raceways, conduits and ducts shall contain equipment grounding conductors sized in accordance with the NEC. Minimum sizes shall be No. 12 AWG. 2.02 CONDUCTORS .� A. Wire shall be as specified under Section 26 05 19. B. Ground wire shall be uninsulated tinned copper sized as shown on the Drawings, in all cases where a single ground wire is indicated to be installed in a conduit with no other conductors in the conduit, or where the ground wire is directly buried in earth or concrete. In all other cases, insulate the ground wire with green insulation as specified for low voltage wire. 2.03 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground rods shall be 3/4 in by 10 ft stainless steel and constructed in accordance with UL , 467. The minimum copper thickness shall be 10 mils. Ground rods shall be as manufactured by ERICO, Copperweld or approved equal. 2.04 CONNECTORS AND CONNECTIONS A. Waterpipe ground clamps shall be cast bronze, Thomas& Betts Co. Cat. JPT, similar by Burndy; O.Z. Gedney Co. or equal, and of the correct size for the pipe. B. Grounding connections shall be by an exothermic weld process, T&B Furseweld SCR1, or equal. C. Grounding connections in a Class 1 Division 1 Area shall use a Burndy Hyground Irreversible .� Compression System, or equal. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Run grounding electrode conductors in rigid conduits. Bond the protecting conduits to the grounding electrode conductors at both ends. Do not allow water pipe connections to be painted. If the connections are painted, disassemble them and remake them with new fittings. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Grounding and Bonding System 26 05 26-3 B. Install equipment grounding conductors in all raceways for the power,control and instrumentation systems. Grounding conductors shall be independent conductors and shall be separate from all shield drain wires. C. Conduits and other raceways shall contain an equipment grounding conductor whether the raceway is metallic or not. Conduits, motors, cabinets, outlets and other equipment shall be properly bonded in accordance with NEC requirements.Where ground wire is exposed to mechanical damage, install wire in rigid conduit. D. Bond all steel building columns in new structures together with ground wire in rigid conduit and connect to the distribution equipment ground bus, as shown on the Drawings. Ground wire connections to structural steel columns shall be made with long barrel type one hole heavy duty copper compression lugs, bolted through 1/2 in maximum diameter holes drilled in the column web, with stainless steel hex head cap screws and nuts. E. Where the grounding loop rises to bond to a column, an insulated jumper shall be installed as shown on the Drawings. An insulated ground jumper shall be used. The jumper shall be shall be bonded to the grounding loop, rise up above the ground and make connection to the building column. Steel. All connections to the ground ring and the building steel shall be of the exothermic type as specified equal to the Cadweld process. F. Metal conduits stubbed into a motor control center shall be terminated with insulated -- grounding bushings and connected to the motor control center ground bus. Bond boxes mounted below motor control centers to the motor control center ground bus. Size the grounding wire in accordance with NEC Table 250.122, except that a minimum No. 12 AWG shall be used. G. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit in sizes 1-1/2 in and larger shall have bonding jumpers. Bonding jumpers shall be external, run parallel (not spiraled) and fastened with plastic tie wraps. H. Ground transformer neutrals to the nearest available grounding electrode with a conductor sized in accordance with NEC Article 250.66. I. Drive grounding electrodes where shown on the Drawings.All grounding electrodes shall be a minimum of 15 feet apart. J. All equipment enclosures, motor and transformer frames, conduits systems, cable tray, cable armor, exposed structural steel and all other equipment and materials required by the NEC to be grounded, shall be grounded and bonded in accordance with the NEC. K. Seal exposed connections between different metals with no-oxide paint, Grade A or equal. L. Lay all underground grounding conductors slack and, where exposed to mechanical injury, protect by pipes or other substantial guards. If guards are iron pipe, or other magnetic material, electrically connect conductors to both ends of the guard. Make connections as �- specified herein. M. Care shall be taken to ensure good ground continuity, in particular between the conduit system and equipment frames and enclosures. Where necessary,jumper wires shall be installed. N. All grounding type receptacles shall be grounded to the outlet boxes with a minimum, #12 XHHW green conductor, connected to the ground terminal of the receptacle and fastened to -- the outlet box by means of a grounding screw. 3.02 INSPECTION AND TESTING -- A. Inspect the grounding and bonding system conductors and connections for tightness and proper installation. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Grounding and Bonding System 26 05 26-4 B. Use Biddle Direct Reading Earth Resistance Tester or equivalent test instrument to measure resistance to ground of the system. Perform testing in accordance with test instrument manufacturer's recommendations using the fall-of-potential method. C. All test equipment shall be provided under this Section and approved by the Owner/Engineer. D. Resistance to ground testing shall be preceded by no precipitation for a minimum of 5 days. Submit test results in the form of a graph showing the number of points measured (12 minimum)and the numerical resistance to ground. E. Testing shall be performed before energizing the electrical distribution system. F. A separate test shall be conducted for each building or system. G. Notify the Engineer immediately if the resistance to ground for any building or system is greater than five ohms. -, END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Support Hardware 26 05 29-1 26 05 29 ELECTRICAL SUPPORT HARDWARE 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install electrical support hardware, as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Hardware shall include anchor systems, adhesive anchor systems, metal framing systems, — and other electrical support systems, as shown on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.02 RELATED WORK -- A. Division 26 Specifications 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers for the types of materials specified or shown on the Drawings. —• B. The submittal information, for anchor systems, shall contain manufacturer's specifications and technical data including; 1. Acceptable base material conditions (i.e. cracked, un-cracked concrete) 2. Acceptable drilling methods 3. Acceptable bore hole conditions (dry, water saturated, water filled, under water) 4. Manufacturer's installation instructions including bore hole cleaning procedures and adhesive injection. 5. Cure and gel time tables 6. Temperature ranges (storage, installation and in-service). 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70 National Electrical Code(NEC) �. 2. NFPA 70E Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace 3. ASTM E 488-96 (2003); Standard Test Method for Strength of Anchors in Concrete and Masonry Elements, ASTM International. 4. ASTM E 1512-93, Standard Test Methods for Testing Bond Performance of Adhesive- Bonded Anchors,ASTM International 5. AC308; Acceptance Criteria for Post-Installed Anchors in Concrete Elements, Latest revision. 6. SAE 316 Stainless Steel Grades B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the Specifications, having a UL standard, shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. ^^ 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and equipment for a minimum period of five (5)years. When requested by the Owner/Engineer, EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION .„ CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Support Hardware 26 05 29-2 an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted. B. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Adhesive Anchor Systems. 1. Deliver materials undamaged in Manufacturer's clearly labeled, unopened containers, identified with brand, type, and ICC-ES Evaluation Report number. 2. Coordinate delivery of materials with scheduled installation date, minimizing storage time at job-site. 3. Store materials under cover and protect from weather and damage in compliance with Manufacturer's requirements, including temperature restrictions. 4. Comply with recommended procedures, precautions or remedies described in material safety data sheets as applicable. 5. Do not use damaged or expired materials. 6. Storage restrictions (temperature range)and expiration date must be supplied with product .. D. Metal Framing Systems 1. Material shall be new and unused, with no signs of damage from handling. 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment.Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 ANCHORING SYSTEMS r A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: a. HILTI Kwik Bolt 3 b. Approved equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings,features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. B. Product Description 1. Torque controlled expansion anchor consisting of anchor body, expansion element (wedges),washer and nut.Anchor shall be used for anchor sizes less than 3/8 inch. 2. All parts shall be manufactured of 316 stainless steel conforming to SAE 316. 3. UL 203 Rated. 2.02 ADHESIVE ANCHORING SYSTEMS EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Support Hardware 26 05 29-3 A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are ^- acceptable: a. HILTI HIT-RTZ with HIT-HY 200 MAX. b. Approved equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings,features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. W B. Product Description 1. Anchor body with helical cone shaped thread on the embedded end and standard threads on the exposed end,with washer and nut, inserted into Injection adhesive. Anchor shall be used for anchor sizes 3/8 inch and larger. 2. All parts shall be manufactured of 316 stainless steel conforming to SAE 316 standards. 2.03 STRUT SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: a. Tyco Unistrut ^� b. Cooper B-Line c. Approved equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings,features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. B. Product Description 1. Metal framing system for use in the mounting or support of electrical systems, panels and enclosures, and including lighting fixture supports, trapeze hangers and conduit supports. -- 2. Components shall consist of telescoping channels, slotted back-to-back channels, end clamps allthreads and conduit clamps. 3. Minimum sizes shall be 13/16"through 3-1/4" �- 4. Components shall be assembled by means of flat plate fittings, 90 degree angle fittings, braces, clevis fittings, U-fittings,Z-fittings,Wing-fittings, Post Bases, channel nuts, washers, etc. .� 5. Field welding of components will not be permitted. 6. Unless otherwise specified or shown on the Drawings, all parts shall be manufactured of 316 stainless steel conforming to SAE 316. 7. Framing systems for chlorine and ammonia rooms shall be manufactured of structural fiberglass. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall install all equipment strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and the Contract Drawings. B. The location of all devices is shown, in general, on the Drawings and may be varied within reasonable limits so as to avoid any piping or other obstruction without extra cost, subject to EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Support Hardware 26 05 29-4 the approval of the Owner. Coordinate the installation of the devices for piping and equipment clearance. C. No electrical equipment or raceways shall be attached to or supported from, sheet metal ^� walls. D. Install required safety labels. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are specified in manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 POST INSTALLED ANCHOR SYSTEMS A. Prior to installation of the anchor systems,the hole shall be clean and dry in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3.04 CLEANING A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the installation. Remove dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes, vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings 26 05 33-1 26 05 33 RACEWAYS, BOXES AND FITTINGS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install complete raceway systems as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. A raceway system shall consist of materials designed expressly for containing wires and cables, including but not limited to, conduit, device bodies, conduit bodies, raceway boxes, and related materials. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 26 00 00 Electrical—General Provisions B. Section 26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware C. Section 26 05 19 Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) D. Section 26 05 43 Underground System 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, in accordance with Division 1, the manufacturers' names and product designation or catalog numbers of all materials specified. B. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, certification that the electricians installing the PVC coated conduit, have a 5 year minimum experience, in the installation of the product. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70—National Electrical Code(NEC) 2. NFPA 70E—Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace 3. UL 6A— Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit 4. ANSI C80.5—Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit 5. UL 514B—Outlet Bodies B. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and equipment for a minimum period of five(5) years.When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. C. The Contractor's installer of materials specified herein, shall have a minimum of five(5) year's experience in the installation of each type of material. Proof of experience shall be submitted, upon request of the Owner/Engineer, prior to installation. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings 26 05 33-2 A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted. B. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Stored materials shall not be exposed to sunlight. Such materials shall be completely covered. D. Materials showing signs of previous or jobsite, exposure will be rejected. 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment.Within such period of -- warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Raceways and fittings shall be as shown on the Drawings, with a minimum 3/4"trade size. .� B. Where Equipment or Instrumentation device entries are less than 3/4 inch, provide an REA12SA, Eaton Crouse Hinds or equal, for aluminum raceways and REDAPT or equal,for 316 stainless applications. 2.02 CONDUIT RACEWAY A. PVC Coated Rigid Aluminum Conduit(CRMC) 1. PVC coated rigid aluminum conduit shall have a minimum 0.040-in thick, polyvinyl chloride coating permanently bonded to rigid aluminum conduit and an internal ... chemically cured urethane or enamel coating. Rigid aluminum conduit shall be as manufactured by the Allied Tube and Conduit Corp.;Wheatland Tube Co.; Triangle PWC Inc., T&B Ocal, or approved equal. The ends of all couplings, fittings, etc. shall have a minimum of one pipe diameter in length of PVC overlap. PVC coated conduit and fittings shall be as manufactured by Perma-Cote, Robroy Industries, Triangle PWC Inc. or Ocal. 2. Elbows and couplings shall be PVC coated by the same manufacturer supplying the -- conduit PVC coating system. Elbows and couplings used with PVC coated conduit shall be furnished with a PVC coating bonded to the aluminum, the same thickness as used on the coated aluminum conduit. B. Liquidtight Aluminum Flexible Metal Conduit(LFMC) 1. Liquidtight aluminum flexible metal conduit shall have an interlocked aluminum core, PVC jacket rated for 60 degrees Canada meeting NEC Article 351, as manufactured by the Anaconda Metal Hose Div.; Southwire; Anaconda American Brass Co.; American Flexible Conduit Co., Inc.; Universal Metal Hose Co.; ALFLEX or equal. 2. Fittings used with liquidtight flexible aluminum conduit shall be copper-free aluminum and shall conform to FEDSPEC AA50552, and UL-514B. C. Aluminum Flexible Metal Conduit(FMC) 1. Aluminum flexible metal conduit shall have an interlocked aluminum core, meeting NEC Article 348, UL land Federal Specification WW-C-566C, as manufactured by the Anaconda Metal Hose Div.; Southwire;Anaconda American Brass Co.; American Flexible Conduit Co., Inc.; Universal Metal Hose Co. or approved equal. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings 26 05 33-3 2. Fittings used with aluminum flexible metal conduit shall be copper-free aluminum shall conform to FEDSPEC AA50552. D. Rigid Aluminum Conduit(RMC) 1. Rigid Aluminum conduit shall be extruded from AA 6063 alloy in temper designation T- 1 and shall conform to FED Spec WW-C-540C,ANSI C80.5 and UL 6A. Rigid aluminum conduit and fittings shall be as manufactured by Wheatland Tube Company, Allied, or approved equal. E. Rigid PVC Schedule 80 Conduit(RNC) 1. Schedule 80 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit(RNC)shall be designed for use above ground and underground as described in the NEC, resistant to sunlight. The conduits and fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-2, Federal Specification WC1094A and UL 651 specifications. Fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-3, Federal Specification WC1094A and UL 514B. Conduit shall have a UL Label. Conduit shall be Rocky Mountain Colby, Carlon, Kraloy, or approved equal. 2.03 WIREWAYS A. All wireways shall be constructed of NEMA 4X 316 stainless steel, with gasketed hinged covers and stainless steel latches. Wireway shall have two Breather/Drains for each 10ft of wireway. Breather/Drain shall be located in the bottom, near the ends of the wireway. Wireway shall be as manufactured by Industrial Enclosure Corporation, Cooper B Line, or approved equal. Breather/Drains shall be Eaton Crouse Hinds Type ECD18-316 stainless steel, or approved equal 2.04 RACEWAY BOXES A. Boxes specified herein, including terminal boxes,junction boxes and pull boxes, are for use with raceway systems only, but include switch, receptacle and lighting housings. Boxes used for housing electrical and instrumentation equipment, other than terminal boxes, shall be as described elsewhere in these Specifications.All raceway boxes shall be provided with a common ground point and UL rated. B. Classified Areas, NEMA 7/4X (Class 1, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and D, or as defined in NFPA 70). Boxes shall be constructed as follows: 1. Copper free cast aluminum body and cover 2. Stainless steel hinges 3. Watertight neoprene gasket 4. Stainless steel cover bolts 5. Manufacturers a. Eaton Crouse Hinds Type EJB, Style C b. Appleton Electric Type AJBEW c. Approved Equal C. NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel enclosures (for all other locations). 1. Type 316 stainless steel, body and door 2. Stainless steel continuous hinge 3. Foam in-place gasket 4. Single point quarter turn latches (20"x24"and below). All others 3-point latch �- 5. Mounting feet for self-standing enclosures 6. Manufacturers a. Hoffman Concept Series -- b. EMF Company EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION .M CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings 26 05 33-4 c. NEMA Enclosures Company d. Hammond Company e. Approved Equal u_ D. NEMA 1 or NEMA 1A boxes shall not be used. E. Malleable iron boxes shall not be used. 2.05 DEVICE BOXES A. Device boxes, switch, receptacle, etc., shall be of copper free cast aluminum, and shall have tapered, threaded, hubs, with integral bushings. Boxes shall have internal grounding screw, and a minimum of two mounting feet. Boxes shall be type FD, Eaton Crouse Hinds, Appleton or approved equal. 2.06 CONDUIT OUTLET BODIES .w A. For conduits up to and including 2-1/2", conduit outlet bodies and covers shall be copper-free aluminum,with captive screw-clamp cover, neoprene gasket and stainless steel screws and clamps, Eaton Crouse Hinds Form 7 with Mark 7 wedge-nut cover, Appleton, or approved equal. For conduits larger than 2-1/2",junction boxes shall be used. B. For Class I Division II areas, all outlet boxes and covers shall be EA Series by Eaton Crouse Hinds, or approved equal. Rated NEMA 7/4X. 2.07 CONDUIT HUBS A. Conduit hubs for use on raceway system pull and junction boxes shall be watertight, threaded aluminum, insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured by T&B H150GRA Series, or approved equal. 2.08 GROUNDING BUSHINGS A. Grounding bushings shall be insulated lay-in lug grounding bushings with tin-plated copper grounding path. Bushings shall have integrally molded noncombustible phenolic insulated surfaces rated 150°C. Each bushing shall be furnished with a plastic insert cap. The size of the lug shall be sufficient to accommodate the maximum ground wire size required by the NEC for the application. Bushings shall be O-Z/Gedney Type ABLG, or approved equal. 2.09 RACEWAY SEALANT A. Raceway sealant for use in the sealing of raceway hubs, entering or terminating in boxes or ., enclosures where such sealing is shown or specified, shall be 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal. 2.10 CONDUIT PENETRATION SEALS A. Conduit wall and floor seals shall be series CSM as manufactured by the O.Z./Gedney Co., or equal. 1. Type CSML-XXXP shall be used for all applications that do not require a recessed sealing bushing. 2. Type CSMI-XXXP shall be used for all applications that require a recessed sealing bushing. 2.11 EXPANSION-DEFLECTION COUPLING A. Combination expansion-deflection fittings with 3/4" axial expansion and contraction w. movement, 3/4" parallel misalignment movement, and up to 30 degrees of angular movement in any direction. It shall be of copper-free aluminum,with exterior bonding jumper of tinned EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings 26 05 33-5 copper braid and 316 stainless grounding straps, Eaton Crouse Hinds Model XD as manufactured by the Eaton Crouse Hinds, or equal. Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable. 2.12 EXPANSION FITTINGS A. Expansion fittings shall be 8" movement, copper-free aluminum,with exterior bonding jumper of tinned copper braid and 316 stainless grounding straps, Type XJGSA as manufactured by Eaton Crouse Hinds, or approved equal, with internal grounding. Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable. 2.13 EXPLOSION-PROOF SEALS, BREATHERS AND DRAINS A. Explosion proof fittings shall be designed for Class 1 Division 1, Group D, hazardous locations. Fittings shall be of copper-free aluminum, consist of seals, breathers and drains of type ED, as required for the application. Fittings shall be as manufactured by the Eaton Crouse Hinds; Appleton Electric Co.; O.Z./Gedney Co., or equal. 2.14 KELLUMS GRIPS A. Kellums grips to support cables shall be of 316 stainless steel. 2.15 CONDUIT MOUNTING EQUIPMENT A. All pull and junction box supports, spacers, conduit support rods, clamps, hangers, channel, nut, bolts, washers, etc. and shall be made of 316 stainless steel. Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable. 2.16 CONDUIT IDENTIFICATION TAGGING A. Conduit identification plates shall be embossed stainless steel with stainless steel band, permanently secured to the conduit without screws. Nylon tie wraps are not acceptable. B. Identification plates shall be as manufactured by the Panduit Corp. or equal. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 RACEWAY APPLICATIONS A. Unless exact locations are shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall coordinate the placement of raceway systems and related components with other trades and existing installations. B. Raceway Systems for the installation of Fiber Optic Cables shall not contain conduit bodies, device boxes, or raceway boxes containing less than twelve (12) inches of bend radius. C. Unless shown on the Drawings or specified otherwise, the raceway type installed with respect to the location shall be as follows, including all materials: Raceway System Location MM 1. PVC Coated Aluminum (CRMC)Type All embedded raceway bends, underground duct bank bends of more than 20 degrees, and all raceway stub-ups to a �^ minimum of 6"above finished floor or grade and in Chlorine and Caustic rooms. 2. Liquidtight Flexible Aluminum (LFMC) Raceway connection to vibrating "^ Type equipment, and as shown on the Drawings in all areas. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION ,� CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings 26 05 33-6 3. Rigid Non-metallic, Schedule 80 PVC Underground encased in red dyed (RNC)Type reinforced concrete. 4. Aluminum Rigid Metal (RMC)Type All above grade areas, except for concrete embedded and those areas described in Locations 2 through 6 above. D. All conduit of a given type shall be the product of one manufacturer. 3.02 BOX APPLICATIONS A. All raceway junction, pull and terminal boxes shall have NEMA ratings for the location in which they are installed, and as specified herein. B. For all raceway boxes, the distance between each raceway entry inside the box and the opposite wall of the box shall not be less than eight times the metric designator(trade size)of the largest raceway in a row. This distance shall be increased for additional entries by the amount of the sum of the diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on the same wall of the box. Each row shall be calculated individually, and the single row that provides the maximum distance shall be used. C. Exposed switch, receptacle and lighting outlet boxes and conduit fittings shall be cast aluminum. D. All boxes shall be provided with factory mounting lugs. Drilling through the back of any box or enclosure is prohibited, and if so installed, shall be removed and replaced, with no increase in the Contract Price or Construction Schedule. E. No penetrations shall be made in the top of boxes in wet locations. 3.03 DEVICE BOX APPLICATIONS A. Device boxes shall be used for mounting wiring devices such as receptacles, switches, thermostats, lighting and other permanently mounted devices. 3.04 CONDUIT OUTLET BODIES APPLICATIONS A. Conduit outlet bodies maybe used on conduits up to and including 2-1/2", except where junction boxes are shown or otherwise specified. For conduits larger than 2-1/2",junction boxes shall be used. 3.05 CONDUIT HUB APPLICATIONS A. Unless specifically stated herein or described on the Drawings, all raceways shall terminate at an outlet with a conduit hub. Locknut or double locknut terminations will not be permitted. B. When conduits contain equipment grounding conductors the wire shall be grounded to the hub(s)associated with that grounding conductor. 3.06 INSULATED GROUNDING BUSHING APPLICATIONS A. Insulated grounding bushings shall be used to terminate raceways where the raceways enter pad-mounted electrical equipment or switchgear from the bottom where there is no wall or floor pan on which to anchor or terminate the raceway. B. All other raceways shall terminate on enclosures with a conduit hub, except for NEMA 7/4X areas. C. Grounding bushing caps shall remain on the bushing until the wire is ready to be pulled. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings 26 05 33-7 3.07 CONDUIT FITTINGS APPLICATIONS A. Combination expansion-deflection fittings shall be installed where conduits cross structure expansion joints, and where installed in exposed conduit runs such that the distance between expansion-deflection fittings does not exceed one hundred fifty(150)feet of conduit run. B. Where combination expansion-deflection fittings with exposed non-metallic sections, are used on the exterior, an aluminum wrap shall be installed loosely over the non-metallic portion, extending at least 2" beyond the ends.The wrap shall be loosely secured,to permit movement,with at least two 316 SS fasteners. Nylon tie-wraps are not acceptable. 3.08 CONDUIT PENETRATION SEALS APPLICATIONS A. Conduit wall seals shall be used where underground conduits penetrate walls or at other locations shown on the Drawings. B. Conduit sealing bushings shall be used to seal conduit ends exposed to the weather and at other locations shown on the Drawings. 3.09 EXPLOSION-PROOF SEALS, BREATHERS AND DRAINS APPLICATIONS A. Fittings consisting of sealing fittings, breathers, drains, with sealing compound and fiber, as specified herein, shall be used as required to meet all the requirements of the National Electrical Code. 3.10 CONDUIT TAG APPLICATIONS A. All conduits shall be tagged within 1ft. of the entry of equipment, and wall and floor penetrations. B. The Contractor shall tag all underground conduits and ducts at all locations, exiting and entering from underground, including manholes and handholes. 3.11 RACEWAY SEALING A. Where raceways enter junction boxes or control panels containing electrical or instrumentation equipment, all entrances shall be of the hub type and sealed with Raceway Sealant, as specified herein. B. This requirement shall be strictly adhered to for all raceways in the conduit system. 3.12 PVC RACEWAY TO PVC COATED ALUMINUM RACEWAY TRANSITIONS A. Where a transition is made from PVC raceway to PVC coated aluminum raceway,the PVC raceway shall terminate in a female adapter. A PVC coated aluminum male threaded end, or fitted with a PVC coated aluminum male adapter, shall be threaded into the PVC raceway. After tightening securely, the transition shall be double layered with 2 in. vinyl electrical tape, for a distance of 2 inches each side of the threaded joint. 3.13 RACEWAY INSTALLATION A. Do not install pull wires and conductors until the raceway system is in place. No wire shall be installed between outlet points,junction points or splicing points, until raceway sections are complete, and raceway covers installed for protection of conductors from damage or exposure to the elements. The occurrence of wire installed in an incomplete installation, shall require the removal of such conductors from the project site, and completion and inspection of such raceway sections, before new conductors are installed. B. No conduit smaller than 3/4-in electrical trade size, shall be used, nor shall any have more than the equivalent of three 90 degree bends in any one run. Pull boxes shall be provided as necessary. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION ,, CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings 26 05 33-8 C. All raceways, installed underground, shall be installed in accordance with Section 26 05 43 Underground System, and be a minimum size of 2"C. D. Where raceways enter or leave the raceway system,where the raceway origin or termination, could be subjected to the entry of moisture, rain or liquid of any type, particularly where the termination of such raceways terminate in any equipment, new or existing at a lower elevation, such raceways shall be tightly sealed, using Watertight Sealant, at the higher elevation, both before and after the installation of cables, such that there shall be no entry of water or moisture to the Raceway System at any time.Any damage to new or existing equipment, due to the entrance of moisture from unsealed raceways, shall be corrected by complete replacement of such equipment, at no cost to the Owner. Cleaning or drying of such + damaged equipment will not be acceptable. E. Conduit supports, other than for underground raceways, shall be spaced at intervals of 8-ft or less, as required to obtain rigid construction. ^^ F. Single conduits shall be supported by means of one-hole pipe clamps in combination with one-screw back plates, to raise conduits from the surface. Multiple runs of conduits shall be supported on trapeze type hangers with horizontal members and threaded hanger rods. The rods shall be not less than 3/8-in diameter. Surface mounted panel boxes,junction boxes, conduit, etc shall be supported by strut, to provide a minimum of 1/2-in clearance between wall and equipment. G. Conduit hangers shall be attached to structural steel by means of beam or channel clamps. Where attached to concrete surfaces, concrete anchors shall be as specified in Section 26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware. + H. No raceways or electrical equipment, shall be attached to or supported from, sheet metal walls. I. All conduits on exposed work shall be run at right angles to and parallel with the surrounding -- wall and shall conform to the form of the ceiling. No diagonal runs will be allowed. Bends in parallel conduit runs shall be concentric.All conduit shall be run straight and true. J. Conduits terminated into enclosures shall be perpendicular to the walls where flexible liquidtight or rigid conduits are required. The use of short sealtight elbow fittings for such terminations will not be permitted, except for connections to instrumentation transmitters, where multiple penetrations are required. K. Conduits shall be installed using threaded fittings. Running threads will not be permitted. L. All conduit fittings on PVC conduit shall be of the glued type. M. Liquidtight flexible aluminum conduit shall be used for the primary and secondary of transformers, generator terminations and other equipment where vibration is present. Use in other locations is not permitted, except for connections to instrumentation transmitters, where multiple penetrations are required. Liquidtight flexible aluminum conduit shall have a maximum length not greater than that of a factory manufactured long radius elbow of the conduit size being used. The maximum bending radius shall not be less than that shown in the NEC Chapter 9, Table 2, "Other Bends". BX or AC type prefabricated cables will not be permitted. N. Where conduits pass through openings in walls or floor slabs, the remaining openings shall be sealed against the passage of flame and smoke. O. Conduit ends exposed to the weather or corrosive gases shall be sealed with conduit sealing bushings. P. Raceways terminating in Control Panels or enclosures outdoors, containing electrical ~' equipment, shall not enter from the top of the enclosure, and the raceway shall be sealed with a Watertight Sealant as specified herein. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings 26 05 33-9 Q. All conduits from external sources entering or leaving a multiple compartment enclosure shall be stubbed up into the bottom horizontal wireway or other manufacturer designated area, directly below the vertical section in which the conductors are to be terminated. Conduits entering from cable tray shall be stubbed into the upper section. R. Conduit sealing and drain fittings shall be installed in areas designated as NEMA 4X or classified areas, and all building penetrations as specified. S. A conduit identification plate shall be installed on all power, instrumentation, alarm and control conduits at each end of the run and at intermediate junction boxes, manholes, etc. Conduit plates shall be installed before conductors are pulled into conduits. Exact identification plate location shall be coordinated with the Owner/Engineer at the time of installation to provide uniformity of placement and ease of reading. Conduit numbers shall be exactly as shown on the Drawings. T. Mandrels shall be pulled through all existing conduits that will be reused and through all new conduits 2-in in diameter and larger prior to installing conductors. U. 3/16-in polypropylene pull lines shall be installed in all new conduits noted as spares or designated for future equipment. V. All conduit that may under any circumstance contain liquids such as water, condensation, liquid chemicals, etc, shall be arranged to drain away from the equipment served. If conduit drainage is not possible, conduit seals shall be used to plug the conduits at the point of attachment to the equipment. W. Conduits shall not cross pipe shafts, access hatches or vent duct openings. They shall be routed to avoid such present or future openings in floor or ceiling construction. X. The use of running threads is prohibited. Where such threads are necessary, a 3-piece union �. shall be used. Y. Conduits passing from heated to unheated spaces, exterior spaces, refrigerated spaces, cold air plenums, etc, shall be sealed with Watertight Sealant as specified herein. Z. Conduits shall be located a minimum of 3-in from steam or hot water piping. Where crossings are unavoidable, the conduit shall be kept at least 1-in from the covering of the pipe crossed. AA.Conduits terminating at a cable tray shall be supported independently from the cable tray. Provide a conduit support within 1-ft of the cable tray. The weight of the conduit shall not bear on the cable tray. BB.All changes of direction on PVC coated aluminum conduit greater than 20 degrees shall be accomplished using long radius bends. Any field bends shall be made using equipment designed to prevent damage to the PVC coating. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings 26 05 33-10 Underground System 26 05 43-1 26 05 43 UNDERGROUND SYSTEM 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install a complete underground system of raceways, manholes and handholes as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Raceways for use in structural concrete is specified in Section 16110 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 26 00 00 Electrical—General Provisions B. Section 26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware -� C. Section 26 05 33 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings D. Section 26 05 19 Wire and Cables (600 Volt Maximum). -- 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Division 1 and Section 26 00 00, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Manholes, handholes and associated hardware. 2. Plastic duct spacers B. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification but described in the related Sections listed in the Related Work paragraph above. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will be returned unreviewed. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NFPA 70—National Electrical Code (NEC) 2. NFPA 70E—Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace 3. ASTM A615/A615M-06a—Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for concrete Reinforcement 4. ASTM A48—Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings 5. ASTM A536- Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings 6. AASHTO M306-04/ASTM A48—Drainage Structure Castings, Section 7.0 Proof Load Testing 7. ASTM C-850-Specifications for underground precast concrete utility structures B. All excavation, trenching, and related sheeting, bracing, etc., as shown on the Drawings and listed in these Specifications, shall comply with the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) a. Excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P)- Excavation. 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Underground System 26 05 43-2 a. ASTM D 698a—Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-Ibf/ft3 (600kN-m/m3)). C. All equipment components and completed assemblies specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and equipment for a minimum period of five (5)years.When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The precast manholes shall be manufactured in a NPCA(National Precast Concrete Association) Certified Plant. — 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery, the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal - requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted. B. Materials shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Stored materials shall not be exposed to sunlight. Such materials shall be completely covered. D. Materials showing signs of previous or jobsite exposure will be rejected. 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment.Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return °- the equipment to new operating condition.Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment, or materials shall be performed by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS •� A. Raceway System 1. Raceway system shall be Schedule 80 PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit(RNC), _ designed for use aboveground and underground as described in the NEC, resistant to sunlight. The conduits and fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-2, Federal Specification WC1094A and UL 651 specifications. Minimum raceway size shall be 2 inch. Fittings shall be manufactured to NEMA TC-3, Federal Specification WC1094A and UL 514B. Conduit shall have a UL Label. Conduit shall be Carlon, Kraloy, or approved equal. 2. PVC coated rigid aluminum conduit shall have a minimum 0.040-in thick, polyvinyl -. chloride coating permanently bonded to rigid aluminum conduit and an internal chemically cured urethane or enamel coating. Rigid aluminum conduit shall be as manufactured by the Allied Tube and Conduit Corp.;Wheatland Tube Co.; Triangle PWC Inc. or equal. The ends of all couplings,fittings, etc. shall have a minimum of one pipe diameter in length of PVC overlap. PVC coated conduit and fittings shall be as manufactured by Perma-Cote, Robroy Industries, Triangle PWC Inc. or Ocal.Any field bends shall be made using equipment designed to prevent damage to the PVC coating. -.- EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Underground System 26 05 43-3 3. All underground raceways of the underground system,terminating in manholes or handholes shall use terminators of the same size and type as the raceway -^ 4. Blank Duct Plugs shall be sized for the duct installed on, and shall be TYCO Type JM- BLA-XXDXXXCR, with rubber gasket, or approved equal. 5. Duct spacers shall be as manufactured by Carlon or equal. 6. Where raceways terminate into existing and new manholes, handholes or structures, the duct bank steel shall be anchored into the manhole, handhole or structure with a Hilti HIT 150 MAX epoxy anchoring system. The termination of the duct bank steel shall utilize a minimum 24 inch length of reinforcing bar anchored not less than 4 inches into the manhole, handhole or structure wall, and lapped into each reinforcing bar in the duct bank. 7. Concrete encasement for raceways and duct banks shall be normal weight concrete weighing not more than 145 pcf with compressive strength, a minimum of 3000 psi, or greater if required by other Divisions of the Specifications, at 28 days, Concrete shall have crushed aggregate with a maximum size of%-inch, a slump of 4—6 In. and flow - freely without the use of vibrators. Install red dye of 40 lbs per 10 cy. of concrete, installed in the truck at the concrete plant. 8. Reinforcing steel shall comply with ASTM A615 Grade 60 and of a size and installation as shown on the Drawings. B. Manholes and Handholes 1. General a. Manholes and handholes shall be of the precast concrete type, designed for a Class H2O load with sizes as shown on the Drawings, and as manufactured by Oldcastle Precast, Mansfield, TX, or approved equal. ^ 2. Construction a. Concrete for manholes and handholes shall have a 28-day compressive strength of 5000 PSI. Cement shall be Type 1 or 111. Reinforcing steel shall be Grade 60 with yield strength of 60,000 P.S. Design loadings shall be H-20-44 w/impact. b. The top of all manholes shall be field removable and have stainless steel lifting eyes. c. Duct bank entries into the manhole or handhole shall be centered on the entering wall, and shall contain the appropriate number and size of duct terminators to match the corresponding duct bank. d. Each manhole and handhole shall have a minimum size of 12"x 12"x 2"deep concrete sump in the middle of the floor of the manhole or handhole, or as shown on the Drawings. 3. Manhole Covers a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, manhole and handhole covers shall be ,., heavy duty 36 in. machined gray iron, and AASHTO M306-04/ASTM A48 CL35B Min.,40,000-pound proof load value (Class H2O X 2.5)"True Traffic" load covers, complete with frame, and "Electric" or"Communication" raised lettering recessed flush, as required, on the cover. Covers shall be V-1600-5, with drop handles as manufactured by EJUSA, Ardmore, OK b. All castings shall be made In the USA, cast with the foundry's name, part number, "Made in USA", and production date(example: mm/dd/yy). Castings without proper markings will be rejected. Manufacturer shall certify that all castings conform to the ASTM and AASHTO Designations as specified herein.All casting shall be true to pattern in form and dimension, free from pouring faults, sponginess, cracks, blow holes and other defects in positions affecting strength and value for the service intended. Angles shall be filleted, and arises shall be sharp and true. 4. Hardware EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Underground System 26 05 43-4 a. Cable racks shall be of the heavy duty non-metallic type with arm lengths of 8", 14" and 20", each supporting a load of not less than 250 lbs. at the outer end. Racks shall be molded in one piece of U.L. listed glass reinforced nylon, Catalog CR36N with RA08N, RA14N and RA20N arms as manufactured by Underground Devices Inc. Northbrook, IL. Cable racks shall be secured to the manhole and walls by drilled, Hilti HIT-HY 150 MAX epoxy anchoring system,with Hilti 316 stainless steel bolts. Arms for racks shall be vertically spaced not greater than 24" on centers. b. Pulling irons shall be of copolymer polypropylene coated 1/2"dia. cable, with a rated pulling strength of 7500 lbs and a polyethylene pulling iron pocket, all recessed in the manhole wall opposite each duct entry. Pulling irons for handholes shall have the pulling iron located in the floor of the handhole near the center of the handhole opposite the duct entry. Pulling irons shall be as manufactured by M.A. Industries, Inc. Peachtree, GA. or Bowco Industries, Portland OR. c. Manhole and handhole ladders shall be constructed of fiberglass reinforced plastic, safety yellow, 18" rung width with 12" rung spacings, Safrail as manufactured by Strongwell Corp., Bristol, VA. Furnish a total of two ladders, each of a length 4' greater than the deepest manhole in the underground system. . C. Polyethylene Warning Tape 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable: a. Brady Detectable Identoline b. Approved Equal 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings,features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 3. Warning tape shall be metal detectable polyester with subsurface graphics, black letters on red tape. The tape shall meet the OSHA 1926.956(c)(1), 2in minimum width, for location tracing. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Contractor shall field verify the routing of all underground duct banks before placement. He shall modify the routing as necessary to avoid underground utilities or above ground objects. Modification or rerouting for the convenience of the Contractor, or to reduce the length of duct run as designed, will not be permitted. The Contractor shall provide any alternate routing of the duct banks to the Owner/Engineer and, after approval, shall proceed with the installation. B. All changes of direction, less than 20 degrees, shall be made using a hotbox, strictly in conformance with the conduit manufacturer's instructions. Changes of direction greater than 20 degrees shall be accomplished using long radius bends of PVC coated rigid aluminum conduit. C. The Contractor shall saw cut and repair existing pavements above new and modified existing duct banks. The Contractor shall provide the alternate routing of the duct banks to the Owner/Engineer and after approval shall proceed with the installation. D. Install raceways to drain away from buildings. Raceways between manholes or handholes shall drain toward the manholes or handholes. Raceway slopes shall not be less than 3 in per 100 ft. _. E. Reinforce raceway banks as shown on the Drawings. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Underground System 26 05 43-5 F. A#4/0 stranded bare tinned copper ground conductor shall be installed along the top of the rebar cage, as shown on the Drawings, for the full length of each duct run between manholes and handholes, and bonded to a ground rod in the vicinity of each manhole and handhole. G. Lay raceway lines in trenches on compacted earth as specified herein. H. Use plastic spacers located not more than 4 ft apart to hold raceways in place. Spacers shall provide not less than 2 inch clearance between raceways. I. The minimum cover for raceway banks shall be 24 in unless otherwise permitted by the Owner/Engineer. J. Raceway terminations at all manholes, existing and new, shall be with terminator for PVC conduit. -• K. Blank duct plugs shall be used to seal the ends of all unused ducts in the duct system. Plugs shall be installed at all locations where the ducts enter and leave the manholes or handholes, and all entrances and exits to the underground system. L. Where raceways enter or exit the Underground System, and the raceways rise to a higher elevation upon entering or leaving the System, such raceways shall be tightly sealed at the higher elevation, both before and after the installation of cables, such that there shall be no entry of water or moisture to the Underground System at any time. Raceways shall be sealed with 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal. M. No wire shall be pulled until the duct system has been completed in every detail. �,► N. Swab all raceways clean before installing cable. O. Train cables in manholes and handholes and support and restrain them on cable racks.All cables passing manhole duct entrances in the manhole or handhole shall pass above all duct -- entrances. No cable shall pass in front of or below duct bank entrances. P. Polyethylene Warning Tape shall be installed in the trench above each raceway or duct bank and located at the elevations shown on the Drawings. Q. The Contractor shall tag all underground conduits at all locations, exiting and entering from underground, including manholes and handholes. 3.02 TRENCH EXCAVATION A. The excavation shall extend to the width and depth as shown on the Drawings, or as specified, and shall provide suitable room for installing manholes, handholes, ducts and appurtenances. B. Furnish and place all sheeting, bracing and supports. C. Excavation shall include material of every description and of whatever substance encountered, regardless of the methods or equipment required to remove the material. Pavement shall be cut with a saw, wheel or pneumatic chisel along straight lines before excavating. D. The Contractor shall strip and stockpile topsoil from grassed areas crossed by trenches.At the Contractor's option, topsoil may be otherwise disposed of and replaced, when required, with approved topsoil of equal quality. E. While excavating and backfilling is in progress,traffic shall be maintained, and all utilities and other property protected, as provided for in the Contract Documents. F. Materials shall be excavated to the depth indicated on the Drawings and in widths sufficient for installing manholes and laying the ducts. Coordinate the trench width the Details shown on the Drawings. The bottom of the excavations shall be firm and dry in all respects acceptable to the Owner/Engineer. Trench width shall be a practical minimum, but not less EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Underground System 26 05 43-6 than 6 inches greater on each side, than the total duct section arrangement, including reinforcing steel. G. Excavation and dewatering shall be accomplished by methods which preserve the undisturbed state of sub grade soils. The trench may be excavated by machinery to, or just below, the designated sub grade, provided that material remaining in the bottom of the trench is no more than slightly disturbed. Sub grade soils which become soft, loose or otherwise -- unsatisfactory as a result of inadequate excavation, dewatering or other construction methods, shall be removed and replaced by gravel fill, of aggregate as specified herein, as required by the Owner/Engineer at the Contractor's expense. 3.03 EXCAVATION BELOW GRADE AND REFILL A. Regardless of the nature of unstable material encountered, or the groundwater conditions, trench and excavation drainage shall be complete and effective. B. If deemed necessary by the Owner/Engineer, or as shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall be required to deposit pea gravel for duct bedding or gravel refill for excavation below grade, directly on the bottom of the trench immediately after excavation has reached the proper depth and before the bottom of the trench has become softened or disturbed by any cause whatsoever. All excavation shall be made in open trenches. Gravel used for this purpose, shall be aggregate, as specified that is < 1/2 the minimum clear spacing between -- electrical ducts, and a maximum coarse aggregate size of%-inch. 3.04 BACKFILLING A. Remove from the excavation all materials which the Owner/Engineer may deem unsuitable for backfilling. B. Backfilling shall not commence until, not less than 48 hrs after placing of any concrete embedment, have lapsed. C. Where the duct banks are laid in the yard, the remainder of the trench, after concrete encasement, shall be filled with common fill material, void of rock or other non-porous material, in layers not to exceed 8-in in loose measure and compacted to 90%standard Proctor density at optimum moisture content of+/-4%. The backfill shall be mounded 6-in above the existing grade or as directed by the Owner/Engineer. Where a grass, loam or gravel surface exists prior to excavations in the yard, it shall be removed, conserved and replaced to the full original depth as part of the work under the duct items. In some areas it may be necessary to remove excess material during the cleanup process, so that the ground may be restored to its original level and condition. .. D. Where the duct banks are laid in paved areas or designated future paved areas, existing or designated future structures, or other existing or future utilities, the remainder of the trench above the encasement, shall be backfilled with select common fill or select fill material in -- layers not to exceed 8-inches loose measure and compacted at optimum moisture content (+/-3%)to 95 percent standard Proctor density. E. Compaction shall be by use of hand or pneumatic tamping with tools weighing at least 20 lbs. The material being spread and compacted shall be placed in layers not over 8-in loose thick. If necessary, sprinkling shall be employed in conjunction with rolling or ramming. F. Bituminous paving shall not be placed in backfill. •� G. Water jetting will not be accepted as a means of consolidating or compacting backfill. H. All road surfaces shall be broomed and hose-cleaned immediately after backfilling. Dust control measures shall be employed at all times. 3.05 RESTORING TRENCH AND ADJACENT SURFACES EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Underground System 26 05 43-7 A. In paved areas, the edge of the existing pavement to be removed shall be cut along straight lines, and the pavement replaced with the same type and quality of the existing paving. B. In sections where the duct bank passes through grassed areas, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, remove and replace the sod, or shall loam and reseed the surface to the satisfaction of the Owner/Engineer. 3.06 CLEANING A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the underground system. Remove dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of manholes, handholes and structures, using brushes, vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Underground System 26 05 43-8 Light Switches and Receptacles 26 27 26-1 26 27 26 LIGHT SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK —• A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and install wiring devices as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Provide all interconnecting conduit and branch circuit wiring for receptacle circuits in accordance with the NEC. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 26 00 00 Electrical—General Provisions B. Section 26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware C. Section 26 05 33 Raceways, Boxes and Fittings D. Section 26 05 19 Wires and Cables (600 Volt Maximum) 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings 1. Submit catalog data of all switches, receptacles and other specified items under this Section, with all options, application locations and exceptions clearly indicated. 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Wiring devices shall comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and shall be Underwriters Laboratories(UL) labeled. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of these materials shall have produced similar electrical materials and equipment for a minimum period of five(5) years.When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The manufacturer of the assembly shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly. All assemblies shall be of the same manufacturer. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery,the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, or equipment which failed any factory tests, will not be permitted. B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Equipment shall be stored indoors and protected from moisture, dust and other contaminants. D. Equipment shall not be installed until the location is finished and protected from the elements. 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment.Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Light Switches and Receptacles 26 27 26-2 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS - A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the Manufacturers listed in each product category are acceptable. B. The listing of specific manufacturers does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings,features and functions. Manufacturers listed are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. 2.02 RATINGS �. A. The service voltage, shall be as shown on the Drawings.The overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the equipment and devices shall be equal to or greater than the overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder device immediately upstream of the equipment. 2.03 MATERIALS A. Wall switches shall be heavy duty, industrial specification grade, toggle action,flush mounting quiet type. All switches shall conform to the latest revision of Federal Specification WS 896. Wall switches shall be of the following types and manufacturer: 1. Single pole, 20 Amp, 120/277 Volt-Cooper; Catalog No. 2221V, similar to Hubbell, Inc.; Pass & Seymour, Inc. or equal. 2. Double pole, 20 Amp, 120/277 Volt-Cooper, Catalog No. 2222V, similar by Hubbell, Inc.; Pass & Seymour, Inc. or equal. B. Explosion-proof single pole factory sealed switches shall be for 20 Amps, 120/277 volts, mounted in copper free aluminum boxes and be similar and equal to Crouse-Hinds EDS Series, similar by Appleton Electric Co.; Killark or equal. C. Receptacles shall be heavy duty, corrosion resistant, specification grade of the following types and manufacturer or equal. Receptacles shall conform to Fed Spec WC596. .. 1. Weatherproof/corrosion resistant single, 20 Amp, 125 Volt, 2 Pole, 3 Wire Grounding Receptacle, as specified above, with diecast aluminum,while-in-use weatherproof cover, Crouse-Hinds Catalog No.W IUMH/V, or similar by Thomas& Betts or equal. 2. Weatherproof/corrosion resistant duplex, 20 Amp, 250 Volt, 2 Pole, 3 Wire Grounding Receptacle, as specified above, with diecast aluminum,while-in-use weatherproof cover, Crouse-Hinds Catalog No.W IUMH/V, or similar by Thomas & Betts or equal. 3. Explosion-proof single, 20 Amp, 125 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire; Appleton Electric, Catalog No. EFSC175-2023 and plug, Appleton Electric Catalog No. ECP-2023, similar to Crouse-Hinds; Hubbell Inc or equal. -- 4. Explosion-proof duplex, 20 Amp, 125 Volt, 1 Phase, 3 Wire; Appleton Electric, Catalog No. EFSC275-2023 and plug,Appleton Electric Catalog No. ECP-2023, similar by Crouse-Hinds; Hubbell, Inc. or equal. D. Device Plates 1. Plates for indoor flush mounted devices shall be of the required number of gangs for the application involved and shall be as follows: a. Administration type buildings: Smooth, high impact nylon of the same manufacturer and color as the device. Final color to be as selected by the Architect. b. Where permitted in other areas of the plant, flush mounted devices in cement block — construction shall be Type 302 high nickel (18-8)stainless steel of the same manufacturer as the devices. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Light Switches and Receptacles 26 27 26-3 2. Plates for indoor surface mounted device boxes shall be cast metal of the same material as the box, Crouse-Hinds No. DS23G and DS32G, or equal. 3. Oversized plates shall be installed where standard plates do not fully cover the wall opening. 4. Device plates for switches mounted outdoors or indicated as weatherproof shall be gasketed, cast aluminum with provisions for padlocking switches "On" and "Off', Crouse Hinds No. DS185, or equal. 5. Multiple surface mounted devices shall be ganged in a single, common box and provided with an adapter, if necessary, to allow mounting of single gang device plates on multigang cast boxes. 6. Engraved device plates shall be provided where required. 7. Weatherproof, gasketed cover for GFI receptacle mounted in a FS/FD box shall be Cooper, Catalog No.4501-FS, similar by Hubbell, Inc.; Pass & Seymour, Inc. or equal. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Switches and receptacles shall be installed flush with the finished wall surfaces in areas with stud frame and gypboard construction, in dry areas with cement block construction or when raceways are shown as concealed on the Drawings. B. Do not install flush mounted devices in areas designated DAMP, WET or WET/CORROSIVE on the Drawings. Provide surface mounted devices in these areas. C. Provide weatherproof devices covers in areas designated WET or WET/CORROSIVE on the Drawings. D. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, wall switches and other wall mounted controls shall be installed at 4'-6"AFF. E. Convenience receptacles shall be 36-in above the floor unless otherwise shown. F. Convenience receptacles installed outdoors and in rooms where equipment may be hosed down shall be 36-in above floor or grade. Switches shall be ganged together under one cover plate. .� G. The location of all devices is shown, in general, on the Drawings and may be varied within reasonable limits so as to avoid any piping or other obstruction without extra cost, subject to the approval of the Owner. Coordinate the installation of the devices for piping and equipment clearance. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test wiring devices to ensure electrical continuity of grounding. Energize the circuit to demonstrate compliance with the requirements. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Light Switches and Receptacles 26 27 26-4 Electrical Control Panels (OEMs) 26 29 87-1 26 29 87 ELECTRICAL CONTROL PANELS (OEMs) 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish and install functional control panels to manually or automatically operate control systems as specified in the detailed requirements of this Section, and logic and schematics as shown on the Electrical Drawings. B. Submittals for Electrical Control Panels, not clearly specified as Control Panels by the Electrical or Mechanical equipment manufacturer, shall be submitted under this Section of the Specifications. Control panels specified in the Process Equipment Division or Mechanical Equipment Division, shall not be submitted under this Section. Control Panels for those Divisions, shall meet the requirements of Section 26 29 86 Mechanical Equipment Manufacturer's Control Panels, and shall be submitted as a part of the Mechanical Equipment manufacturer's submittals or Process Equipment Division Submittals. Control panels specified for the Instrumentation Division shall be submitted as a part of the Instrumentation Division submittals. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Section 26 00 00 Electrical—General Provisions B. Section 26 05 29 Electrical Support Hardware C. Section 26 43 13 Low Voltage Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1, Section 26 00 00 and as specified herein. B. Provide systems engineering to produce coordination curves, showing coordination between breakers and/or fuses submitted, such that protective device coordination is accomplished. Such curves and settings shall be included as a part of these submittals. C. Submittals shall also contain information on related equipment to be furnished under this Specification but described in the related Sections listed in the Related Work paragraph above. Incomplete submittals not containing the required information on the related equipment will also be returned unreviewed. D. The original equipment manufacturer shall create all equipment shop drawings, including all wiring diagrams, in the manufacturer's Engineering department. All equipment shop drawings shall bear the original equipment manufacturer's logo, drawing file numbers, and shall be maintained on file in the original equipment manufacturer's archive file system. Photocopies of the Engineer's ladder schematics are unacceptable as shop drawings. E. Submit to the Owner/Engineer, shop drawings and product data, for the following: 1. Product data sheets and catalog numbers for overcurrent protective devices, motor starters, control relays, control stations, meters, pilot lights, etc. The manufacturer's name shall be clearly visible on the each cut sheet submitted. List all options, trip adjustments and accessories furnished specifically for this project. Clearly mark each sheet to indicate which items apply and/or those items that do not apply. 2. Provide control systems engineering to produce custom unit elementary drawings showing interwiring and interlocking between components and to remotely mounted devices. Include and identify all connecting equipment and remote devices on the schematics. The notation "Remote Device"will not be acceptable. Show wire and EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Control Panels(OEMs) 26 29 87-2 terminal numbers. Indicate special identifications for electrical devices per the Drawings. 3. Equipment outline drawings showing elevation, plan and interior views, front panel arrangement, dimensions, weight, shipping splits, conduit entrances and anchor bolt pattern. Indicate all options, special features, ratings and deviations from this Section. 4. Schematic diagram, including manufacturer's selections of component ratings, and CT and PT ratios. 5. Power and control schematics including external connections. Show wire and terminal numbers, and color-coding. 6. Instruction and replacement parts books. 7. As-built final drawings. 8. Documentation that the panel assembly facility is a UL-508 certified panel shop. 9. Facsimile of the UL label that is to be applied to the completed panel. 10. Furnish complete Bill of Materials indicating manufacturer's name and part numbers. 11. Manufacturer's cut sheets for every component used in the panel assembly adequately marked to show the items being included. The manufacturer's name shall be clearly visible on the each cut sheet submitted. 12. Assembly ratings including: a. Short-circuit rating b. Voltage c. Continuous current 13. Major component ratings including: a. Voltage b. Continuous current c. Interrupting ratings 14. Cable terminal sizes. 15. Instruction and renewal parts books. F. Factory Tests. Submittals shall be made for factory tests specified herein. G. Field Test Reports. Submittals shall be made for field tests specified herein. H. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1. Operation and maintenance manuals shall include the following information: a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service. b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c. Recommended renewal parts list d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals paragraph above. 1. The manufacturer shall submit for approval, a training agenda for all training specified herein. Training agenda shall not be submitted until final approval of the Operation and Maintenance Manual. 1.04 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. All products and components shown on the Drawings and listed in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. NEMA Standard ICS 2—2000 Industrial Control and Systems 2. NFPA 70—National Electrical Code (NEC) 3. NFPA 70E—Standard For Electrical Safety in the Workplace 4. NFPA 79—Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Control Panels (OEMs) 26 29 87-3 5. UL 508/508A—Industrial Control Enclosures B. All equipment specified in this Section of the Specifications shall bear the appropriate label of Underwriters Laboratories. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar equipment for a minimum period of five (5)years.When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The control panels shall be assembled in a UL-508 certified facility.A submittal of documentation certifying that the panel fabrication facility is a UL-508 certified facility, is required. A UL label shall be affixed to the inside of the external door by the panel fabrication assembly. Submit a facsimile of the UL label in the submittal information. C. All components and material shall be new and of the latest field proven design and in current production. Obsolete components or components scheduled for immediate discontinuation shall not be used. D. Control Panels submitted shall fit within the space shown on the Drawings. Equipment which does not fit within the space is not acceptable. E. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 2000 certified. F. Equipment components and devices shall be UL labeled wherever UL standards exist for -- such equipment. The completed control panel shall be UL Labeled in accordance with UL 508 and 508A and other applicable UL standards. The panel shall also be UL labeled for the environment in which it is to be placed. A UL label shall be affixed to the inside of the external door by the panel fabrication assembly. Submit a facsimile of the UL label in the submittal information. 1.06 JOBSITE DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Prior to jobsite delivery,the Contractor shall have successfully completed all submittal requirements, and present to the Owner/Engineer upon delivery of the equipment, an approved copy of all such submittals. Delivery of incomplete constructed equipment, onsite -- factory work, or failed factory tests will not be permitted. B. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Two (2)copies of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment, and — shall be made available to the Contractor and Owner/Engineer. C. Shipping groups shall be designed to be shipped by truck, rail, or ship. Indoor groups shall be bolted to skids. Breakers and accessories shall be packaged and shipped separately. D. Equipment shall be installed in its permanent finished location shown on the Drawings within seven (7)calendar days of arriving onsite. If the equipment cannot be installed within seven (7)calendar days, the equipment shall not be delivered to the site, but stored offsite, at the Contractor's expense, until such time that the site is ready for permanent installation of the equipment. E. Where space heaters are provided in equipment, provide temporary electrical power and operate space heaters during storage, and after equipment is installed in permanent location, until equipment is placed in service. 1.07 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 1 year from date of final acceptance of the equipment.Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Control Panels (OEMs) 26 29 87-4 the equipment to new operating condition.Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Manufacturer, at no expense to the Owner. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS - A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following material Manufacturers are acceptable: 1. General Electric Co. 2. Square D Co. 3. Eaton B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings,features and functions. Materials listed above are not relieved from meeting these Specifications in their entirety. 2.02 RATINGS A. The service voltage shall be as specified and as shown on the Drawings. The overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the equipment and devices shall be equal to or greater than the overall short circuit withstand and interrupting rating of the feeder device immediately upstream of the Control Panel, but not less than 22,000 amperes RMS symmetrical at 480/277 Volts, this includes all circuit breakers and combination motor -- starters. Systems of motor controllers employing series connected ratings for main and feeder devices shall not be used. Motor starter units shall be tested and UL 508A labeled for the specified short circuit duty in combination with the motor branch circuit protective device. B. There shall be selective device coordination between the Main Breaker, Feeder Breakers and control circuit protective devices.When using a circuit breaker or fuses as a main protective device, the instantaneous trip levels of the main protective device shall be higher than the available fault current to the control panel. If fuses are utilized in the control panel design, the protective devices for 3 phase loads shall contain single phase protection of such equipment. If a fault occurs in the circuit of one load of a design with a backup load, the feeder protective device shall not remove both loads from the control system. -� C. Use ground fault sensing on grounded wye systems. D. The complete control panel assembly shall be UL certified or carry a UL listing for"Industrial Control Panels". E. The control panel shall meet all applicable requirements of the National Electrical Code. F. Motor controllers, including associated devices, shall be designed for continuous operation at • rated current in a 40 degree C ambient temperature. G. For additional ratings and construction notes, refer to the Drawings. H. The Manufacturer shall produce and install on each panel, an Arc Flash Warning Label listing the various Flash Hazard Protection Boundaries, calculated from NFPA 70E, Annexes, as listed below: 1. Flash Hazard Protection Boundary. 2. Limited Approach Boundary. 3. Restricted Boundary. 4. Prohibited Boundary. 5. Incident Energy Level. 6. Required Personal Protective Equipment Class. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Control Panels (OEMs) 26 29 87-5 7. Type of Fire Rated Clothing. I. Provide an Arc Flash Warning Label, printed in color and affixed to the front of each panel provided. J. Shown below is a typical label. Size of each label shall be not less than 8 inches wide and 6 inches tall. ^� Arc Flash and +' Shock Hazard P"LWA4 _vivo Mmwd•tmm Cows is w m,Pranb+lteY Rpq.wo". 2.03 CONSTRUCTION A. General .� 1. Refer to Drawings for: actual layout and location of equipment and components; current ratings of devices, bus bars, components; protective relays, voltage ratings of devices, components and assemblies; and other required details. .w 2. Control units shall be arranged as shown on the Drawings. 3. Except for VFD equipment, where the equipment contains a programmable logic controller(PLC)or an uninterruptible power supply(UPS), the equipment manufacturer shall furnish factory installed, a dedicated Point of Utilization Device(SPD), as specified in Section 16196, Individual Control Panel and Related Equipment Protection (Type 3). 4. Where Kirk-Key arrangements are used, the Kirk keyed interlocks shall be Kirk HD Series (Heavy Duty) 316 Series of 316 stainless steel, or approved equal. 5. Nameplates a. External ® 1) Nameplates shall be engraved, laminated impact acrylic, matte finish, not less than 1/16-in thick by 3/4-in by 2-1/2-in, Rowmark 322402. Nameplates shall be 316 SS screw mounted to all enclosures except for NEMA 4 and 4X. Nameplates ,.. for NEMA 4 and 4X enclosures shall be attached with double faced adhesive strips, TESA TUFF TAPE 4970_009 X '/z", or equal. Prior to installing the adhesive nameplates, the metal surface shall be thoroughly cleaned with 70% alcohol until all residue has been removed. Epoxy adhesive or foam tape is not " acceptable. 2) There shall be a master nameplate that indicates supply voltage equipment ratings, short circuit current rating, manufacturer's name, shop order number and general information. Cubicle nameplates shall be mounted on the front face, on the rear panel and inside the assembly, visible when the rear panel is removed. 3) Provide permanent warning signs as follows: a) "Danger- High Voltage- Keep Out"on all doors. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION �, CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Control Panels (OEMs) 26 29 87-6 b) "Warning- Hazard of Electric Shock- Disconnect Power Before Opening or Working On This Unit"on main power disconnect or disconnects. b. Internal 1) Provide the panel with a UL 508A label. 2) Control components mounted within the assembly, such as fuse blocks, relays, pushbuttons, switches, etc., shall be suitably marked for identification, corresponding to appropriate designations on manufacturer's wiring diagrams. c. Special 1) Identification nameplates shall be white with black letters, caution nameplates shall be yellow with black letters, and warning nameplates shall be red with white letters. 6. Control Devices and Indicators a. All operating control devices, indicators, and instruments shall be securely mounted on the panel door. All controls and indicators shall be 30mm, corrosion resistant, NEMA 4X/13, anodized aluminum or reinforced plastic. Booted control devices are not acceptable. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided for remote run indication and indication of each status and alarm condition. Additional controls shall be provided as specified herein and as required by the detailed mechanical and electrical equipment requirements. b. Indicator lamps shall be LED type. For all control applications, indicator lamps shall incorporate a push-to-test feature. Lens colors shall be as follows: 1) Red for ON, Valve OPEN, and Breaker CLOSED. 2) Green for OFF, Valve CLOSED and Breaker OPEN. 3) Amber for FAIL. 4) Blue for READY 5) White for POWER ON. c. Mode selector switches (HAND-OFF-AUTO, LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE, etc)shall be as shown on the Drawings. Units shall have the number of positions and contact arrangements, as required. Each switch shall have an extra dry contact for remote monitoring. �- d. Pushbuttons shall be as follows: 1) Red for STOP, Valve OPEN, Breaker CLOSE and mushroom Red for EMERGENCY STOP. �. 2) Green for START, Valve CLOSE and Breaker OPEN. 3) Black for RESET. e. Furnish nameplates for each device.All nameplates shall be laminated plastic, black lettering on a white background, attached with stainless steel screws. Device mounted nameplates are not acceptable. 7. Control and Instrument Power Transformers a. Control power transformers shall be provided where shown on the Drawings. Transformer shall be sized for the entire load, including space heaters, plus 25% spare capacity, and shall be not less than 100VA. b. Control power transformers shall be 120 volt grounded secondary. Primary side of the transformer shall be fused in both legs. One leg of the transformer secondary shall be solidly grounded while the other leg shall be fused. 8. A failure alarm with horn and beacon light shall be provided when required or specified. -- Silence and reset buttons shall be furnished.Alarm horn and beacon shall be by Federal Signal; Crouse-Hinds, or equal, NEMA 4X for all areas except for NEMA 7 areas, which shall be NEMA 7/4X cast aluminum. 9. Where specified or shown on the Drawings, a six digit, non-resettable elapsed time meter shall be installed on the face of each motor starter. Meter shall be as specified in Section 26 27 13. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Control Panels (OEMs) 26 29 87-7 B. Enclosures 1. General a. Each enclosure shall incorporate a removable back panel, and side panels, on which control components shall be mounted. Back panel shall be secured to the enclosure with collar studs for wall mounted enclosures, and 316 SS hardware for free standing enclosures. b. All free standing enclosures shall be provided with feet of the same construction as the enclosure. c. The enclosure door shall be interlocked with the main circuit breaker by a panel mounted cable driven operating mechanism. d. Back panel shall be tapped to accept all mounting screws. Self-tapping screws shall not be used to mount any components. e. All enclosure doors shall have bonding studs. The enclosure interior shall have a bonding stud. f. Each enclosure shall be provided with a documentation pocket on the inner door. g. Enclosures shall not have holes or knockouts. * h. Provide manufacturer's window kits where shown on the Drawings. i. All panels installed outdoors shall have a factory applied, suitable primer and final coat of weatherproof white paint. j. All enclosures shall be padlockable. 2. NEMA 7/4X a. Class 1, Division 1, Groups A, B, C, and D, or as defined in NFPA 70). Boxes shall be constructed as follows: 1) Copper free cast aluminum body and cover 2) Stainless steel hinges 3) Watertight neoprene gasket 4) Stainless steel cover bolts 5) All penetrations shall be factory drilled and tapped. b. Manufacturers 1) Cooper Crouse Hinds Type EJB, Style C 2) Appleton Electric Type AJBEW 3) Approved Equal 3. Otherwise Not Defined NEMA 4X Stainless Steel a. Where an enclosure is not otherwise defined or shown on the Drawing 1) NEMA 4X 316 Stainless Steel —^ 2) Type 316 stainless steel, body and door 3) Stainless steel continuous hinge 4) Foam in-place gasket 5) Single point quarter turn latches(20"x24" and below). All others 3-point latch b. Manufacturers 1) Hoffman Comline Series 2) EMF Company 3) NEMA Enclosures Company 4) Hammond Company 5) Approved Equal 4. NEMA 1 or NEMA 1A boxes shall not be used. 5. Malleable iron boxes shall not be used. C. Environmental Conditioning 1. Condensation Control EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Control Panels(OEMs) 26 29 87-8 a. A self-contained enclosure condensation heater with thermostat and fan shall be mounted inside the control panel, if panel is mounted outdoors or in a non-air- conditioned space. �. 1) Enclosure heaters shall be energized from 120 volt, single-phase power supply and sized to prevent condensation within the enclosure. 2) Locate enclosure heaters to avoid overheating electronic hardware or producing large temperature fluctuations on the hardware. 3) Enclosure heaters shall have an internal fan for heat distribution and shall be controlled with adjustable thermostats. The thermostat shall have an adjustment range of 40 degrees Fahrenheit to 90 degrees Fahrenheit. Provide a circuit breaker or fused disconnect switch within the enclosure. 4) Enclosure heaters shall be Hoffman type DAH or equal. b. Strip heaters may be provided if they are 240 volt rated, powered at 120 volts AC and do not have a surface temperature higher than 60°C. Strip heaters and thermostats shall be as manufactured by Chromalox or equal. 1) Strip heaters shall be Chromalox, Type OT, 1.5-in wide, 240 Volts, single phase, 150 watts, energized at 120 volts, with rust resisting iron sheath, Catalog No. OT- .w 715, Product Code No. 129314, or equal. Provide sufficient wattage in heaters to prevent condensation should the interior temperature of the enclosure drop below the dew point. 2) A control thermostat mounted inside the control Panel shall be Chromalox, Type WR, single stage, Catalog No.WR-80, Product Code No.263177, or equal. 3) The strip heater terminals shall be guarded by a protective terminal cover. 4) High temperature connecting lead wire shall be used between the thermostat and the heater terminals.Wire shall be No. 12 AWG stranded, nickel-plated copper with Teflon glass insulation and shall be the product of Chromalox, Catalog No. 6-CFI-12, Product Code No. 263783, or equal. c. Each panel shall have a '/z' stainless steel condensate drain, installed on a stainless steel conduit hub, HGTZ Series, T&B or equal, in the bottom of the enclosure. Drain shall be O-Z GedneyDBB-50SS, or equal. 2. Corrosion Control a. Provide corrosion protection in each control panel with a corrosion-Inhibiting vapor capsule as manufactured by Northern Instruments; Model Zerust VC, or Hoffman Engineering; Model A-HCI, or equal. 3. Panel Interior Ambient Control a. The manufacturer shall provide ambient temperature control within the panel to maintain internal temperatures below the maximum operating temperatures of the panel components. an ambient temperature range of-20° C to 40°C. b. The manufacturer shall provide panel internal heat rise calculations to show that the panel internal temperatures will be maintained below the maximum operating ., temperatures of the panel components. c. The calculation shall show all the internal and external heat gain loads, the expected internal temperature rise in degrees C above the specified ambient, If the specified temperature range cannot be met, an air conditioning system shall be provided with sufficient capacity to maintain the temperature within the specified limits. Panels, for which the calculated heat rise exceeds 40° C., shall have an air conditioning system, sized as required to reduce the heat rise to 40° C. or less, without violating the NEMA .. rating of the enclosure. d. The air conditioner shall have the following features: 1) Use CFC-free R134a refrigerant. 2) Have fully gasketed flanges on all four mounting edges for a watertight seal that maintains NEMA 4X rating of the panel. 3) Thermostatic low temperature control to provide energy efficient operation and prevents over-cooling. M- EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Control Panels (OEMs) 26 29 87-9 4) EMI/RFI suppressor to minimize transient spikes during compressor on/off cycling. 5) Separated blower-driven evaporator and condenser air systems for closed loop cooling. 6) UL listed. 7) Stainless steel enclosure. 8) Internal corrosion resistant coating. 9) Low ambient kit. 10) Short cycle protector. 11) The air conditioning unit shall be Hoffman, Thermo Electric or approved equal. 4. Enclosure Fans a. Fans shall be furnished for soft start starters and VFDs, as required by the manufacturer, to provide air circulation and cooling. Fans shall be controlled by a temperature switch. The fan shall operate only when the drive is"ON"and for a cool- down period after the drive has stopped Otherwise the fan shall not run when the drive is"OFF". Louvers, if provided, shall have externally removable filters. The filter — shall be metallic and washable. b. Fan motors shall be protected by an input circuit breaker. Metal squirrel cage ball bearing, three phase fan motors with 10-year design life shall be used in the drive design. Plastic muffin fans are not acceptable. Fan power shall be obtained from a tap on the main control power transformer. c. A"loss of cooling"fault shall be furnished. In the event of clogged filters or fan failure, the drive shall produce an alarm and then, in a predetermined time, be shut down safely without electronic component failure by the temperature switch. d. Redundant fans shall be provided in the drive design as backup in the event of fan failure. .. D. Internal Wiring 1. Power and control wiring shall be tinned stranded copper, minimum size No. 14 AWG, with 600 Volt, 90 degree C, flame retardant, Type MTW thermoplastic insulation. Line .- side power wiring shall be sized for the full rating or frame size of the connected device, and as shown on the Drawings. 2. Analog signal wires shall be 600 Volt Class, insulated stranded tinned copper, twisted shielded #16 AWG pair. 3. All interconnecting wires between panel mounted equipment and external equipment shall be terminated at numbered terminal blocks. Field wiring shall not be terminated directly on any panel-mounted device. 4. All wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number as shown on the Drawings. Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end showing origination and destination of each wire. The marking shall be permanent, non-smearing, solvent-resistant type similar to Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal. 5. All wiring shall be enclosed in PVC wire trough with slotted side openings and removable cover. Plan wire routing such that no low twisted shielded pair cable conducting analog 4-20 mA signals or low voltage analog signals are routed in the same wire trough as conductors carrying discrete signals or power. 6. All control panel wiring shall use the following color code. -- a. Black:AC power at line voltage b. Red: switched AC power c. Orange: May be energized while the main disconnect is in the off position d. White:AC neutral e. Orange/white stripe or white/orange stripe: separate derived neutral f. Red/white stripe or white/red stripe: switched neutral g. Green or green w/yellow tracer: ground/earth ground .. h. Blue: Ungrounded DC power EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Control Panels (OEMs) 26 29 87-10 I. Blue/white stripe or white/blue stripe: DC grounded common j. Brown: 480V AC 3 phase-phase A k. Orange: 480V AC 3 phase-phase B I. Yellow: 480V AC 3 Phase- phase C m. Purple: common for analog signal wiring n. Brown: positive leg of an analog signal E. Field Installed Internal Wiring . 1. Field installed interior wiring shall be neatly grouped by circuit and bound by plastic tie wraps. Circuit groups shall be supported so that circuit terminations are not stressed. In addition, low signal wiring (millivolt and milliamp) shall be bundle separately from the rest of the control wiring. 2. All field wiring shall be tagged and coded with an identification number. Coding shall be typed on a heat shrinkable tube applied to each end of the wire.The marking shall be a permanent, non-smearing, solvent-resistant type similar to Raychem TMS-SCE, or equal 3. In general, all conduit entering or leaving equipment shall be stubbed up into the -- bottom of the enclosure directly below the area in which the conductors are to be terminated, or from the top if shown on the Drawings. Conduits shall not enter the side unless approved in writing by the Owner/Engineer. F. Terminal Blocks 1. Terminal blocks shall be DIN-rail-mounted one-piece molded plastic blocks with tubular-clamp-screw type and end barriers. Terminal blocks shall be rated for 600 volts -- except for control and instrumentation circuits, or 4-20 mA analog signal conductors. 2. Provide 600 volt rated terminal blocks for any conductor carrying any voltage over 120 volts to ground. _. 3. Provide 600 volt rated strap screw terminal blocks for any power conductors carrying over 20 amps, at any voltage. Terminals shall be double sided and supplied with removable covers to prevent accidental contact with live circuits. 4. Power conductors carrying over 20 amps, at any voltage shall be terminated to strap- screw type terminal blocks with crimp type, pre-insulated, ring-tongue lugs. Lugs shall be of the appropriate size for the terminal block screws and for the number and size of the wires terminated. Do not terminate more than one conductor in any lug, and do not land more than two conductors under any strap-screw terminal point. 5. Terminals shall have permanent, legible identification, clearly visible with the protective cover removed. Each terminal block shall have 20 percent spare terminals, but not less than two spare terminals. 6. Use the manufacturer's provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating common or ground conductors. 7. Twisted shielded pair or triad cables shall have each individual conductor and shield drain wire landed on individual terminal blocks. Use the manufacturer's provided bridge connectors to interconnect terminal blocks terminating the shield drain wire conductors. 8. Control circuits, 120 volts and below, and 4-20 mA analog signal conductors shall be terminated with manufacturer's recommended insulated connectors. 9. Provide an AC ground bar bonded to the panel enclosure (if metal)with 20 percent spare terminals. 10. Provided ground terminal blocks for each twisted-shielded pair drain wire. 2.04 SERVICE ENTRANCE DEVICE A. Where the Control Panel is rated and used as a service entrance panel, the manufacturer shall furnish factory installed in the Control Panel, a dedicated (SPD) (Type 2), permanently EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Control Panels (OEMs) 26 29 87-11 connected, Surge Protective Device on the load side of the service entrance panel, as specified in Section 16196 Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs). T 2.05 MAIN CIRCUIT PROTECTIVE DEVICE A. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, the main circuit protective device shall be a molded case (MCCB), 3 Pole, 600 Volt, fixed type, manually operated with stored energy closing mechanism. Trip device shall be solid state with adjustable long time pickup, and delay; adjustable short time pickup and delay; short time i2t switch; adjustable ground fault pickup and delay, and ground fault delay and pickup trips for selective tripping. B. Provide a flange mounted main power disconnect operating handle with mechanical interlock having a bypass that will allow the panel door to open only when the switch is in the OFF position. Where panels are shown or specified with inner and outer doors, disconnecting handles and controls shall be located on the inner door. 2.06 MOTOR CONTROLLERS - A. Manufacturers 1. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents,the following Manufacturers are acceptable: a. General Electric Company b. Allen Bradley c. Square D d. Eaton 2. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. B. General 1. The Drawings indicate the approximate horsepower and intended control scheme of - the motor driven equipment. Provide the NEMA size starter, circuit breaker trip ratings, control power transformers and thermal overload heater element ratings matched to the motors and control equipment actually supplied, in compliance with the NEC and the manufacturer's heater selection tables. All variations necessary to accommodate the motors and controls as actually furnished shall be made without extra cost to the Owner. 2. Furnish lugs for incoming wiring, sizes as shown on the Drawings. Allow adequate clearance for bending and terminating of cable size and type specified. 3. A NEMA rated magnetic motor starter shall be furnished for each motor. Each motor starter shall be provided with a motor circuit protector, or circuit breaker, and equipped - to provide undervoltage release and overload protection on all three phases. The short circuit protective device shall have an adjustable magnetic trip range up to 1400 percent of rated continuous current and a trip test feature. MCPs shall be labeled in accordance with UI-489. NEMA starter sizes and breaker trip ratings shall be as required for the horsepower indicated, but shall be in no case less than NEMA Size 1. If the manufacturer of the equipment utilizing the motor, supplies a motor horsepower larger than that shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall supply a motor starter sufficient in size to control the motor supplied. 4. A mechanical disconnect mechanism,with bypass, shall be installed on each motor circuit protector, capable of being locked in the "OFF" position to provide a means of ,.. disconnecting power to each motor. Disconnects mechanisms shall be located inside the enclosure such that the main circuit breaker handle is the only device interlocked with the panel door. 5. Each motor starter shall have a 120 volt operating coil unless otherwise noted. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Control Panels (OEMs) 26 29 87-12 6. Overload relays shall be standard Class 20, ambient compensated, manually reset by pushbutton located on front of the starter door. A normally closed contact shall be directly used in the start circuit and a normally open contact shall be wire to a terminal board for overload alarm. 7. All interfaces between control panel and remote devices shall be isolated via an interposing relay. Interposing relays shall have contacts rated for 250 VAC and 10 Amps continuous. Relays shall be Control Relays as specified herein. C. Magnetic Motor Starters 1. Motor starters shall be 2 or 3 pole, single or 3 phase as required, 60 Hertz, 600 volt, .. magnetically operated,full voltage non-reversing. NEMA sizes shall be as required for the horsepower shown on the Drawings. 2. Each motor starter shall have a 120 volt operating coil, and control power transformer. Starters shall have motor overload protection in each phase. Auxiliary contacts shall be provided as shown on the Drawings. A minimum of one N.O. and one N.C. auxiliary contacts shall be provided in addition to the contacts required. 3. Overload relays shall be adjustable, ambient compensated and manually reset. 4. Built in control stations and indicating lights shall be furnished where shown on the Drawings. 5. All wires shall be terminated on terminal blocks and shall be tagged. "- 6. Provide as built wiring diagram and post it in a protective cover inside the cell. D. Contactors 1. Contactors shall be a circuit breaker and contactor, 600 Volt, 3 Pole, 60 Hz, magnetically operated. NEMA size shall be as required for the kilowatt ratings required for the equipment provided, but shall be not less than NEMA size 1. 2. Contactors shall have a 120 Volt operating coil and control power transformer. Furnish the control power transformer with extra capacity for the unit heater fan. 3. Combination Contactors used for lighting control shall be as specified herein, magnetically operated, with the number of channels and poles as shown on the Drawings. Each contactor shall be controlled by an Astronomic Time Clock Tyco Model TC-100 or approved equal, 3000VA photo control Precision Controls Model T-368-AL or approved equal, or a combination of both clock and photo control, all as shown on the Drawings. The photocell shall be separately located as shown on the Drawings. The photocell enclosure shall be as required by the area classification. E. Control Relays 1. Control relays shall be 300 volt, industrial rated, plug-in socket type, housed in a transparent polycarbonate dust cover, designed in accordance with UL Standard 508 for motor controller duty. Continuous contact rating shall be 10 amperes resistive, '/. -- HP at 120 VAC, operating temperature minus 10 to plus 55 degrees C. Provide spare N.O. & N.C. contacts. Relays shall be Potter& Brumfield KRP Series or equal with neon coil indicator light. Timing relays shall be 300 Volt, solid state type, with rotary switch to select the timing range. F. Elapsed Time Meter 1. A six digit, non-resettable elapsed time meter shall be installed on the face of each motor starter. Meter shall be as specified in Section 26 27 13. 2.07 SPARE PARTS A. Provide the following spare parts for each control panel in the quantities specified: 1. One box-replacement fuses, all types and sizes used EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Control Panels (OEMs) 26 29 87-13 2. One replacement lamp, of each color,for pilot lights 3. One of each color replacement lens caps for pilot lights ... 4. One starter coil for each NEMA size furnished 5. One, 3-pole set of replacement overload heaters of each size range used 6. One, 3-pole set of starter contacts of each [NEMA] size used. 7. One can of aerosol touch-up paint. B. Spare parts shall be boxed or packaged for long term storage. Identify each item with manufacturer's name, description and part number on the exterior of the package. 2.08 FACTORY TESTING A. The entire control panel shall be completely assembled, wired, and adjusted at the factory and shall be given the manufacturer's routine shop tests and any other additional operational test to insure the workability and reliable operation of the equipment. B. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform with the latest applicable requirements of ANSI, IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards. C. The operational test shall include the proper connection of supply and control voltage and, as far as practical, a mockup of simulated control signals and control devices shall be fed into the boards to check for proper operation. D. Factory test equipment and test methods shall conform to the latest applicable requirements of ANSI, IEEE, UL, and NEMA standards, and shall be subject to the Owner/Engineer's approval. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLER'S QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer shall be specialized in installing this type of equipment with minimum 5 years documented experience. Experience documentation shall be submitted for approval prior to beginning work on this project. 3.02 EXAMINATION A. Examine installation area to assure there is enough clearance to install the equipment. B. Housekeeping pads shall be included for the floor mounted motor controllers as detailed on , the Drawings with the exception of motor controllers which are to be installed adjacent to an existing unit. Housekeeping pads for these(if used)should match the existing installation. C. Check concrete pads and baseplates for uniformity and level surface. " D. Verify that the equipment is ready to install. E. Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. The Contractor shall install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and Contract Drawings. B. Conduit hubs for use on raceway system pull and junction boxes shall be watertight, threaded aluminum, insulated throat, stainless steel grounding screw, as manufactured by T&B H150GRA Series, or equal. C. Conduits entering a control Panel or box containing electrical equipment, shall not enter the enclosure through the top. D. Install required safety labels. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Electrical Control Panels (OEMs) 26 29 87-14 3.04 RACEWAY SEALING A. Where raceways enter junction boxes or control panels containing electrical or instrumentation equipment, all entrances shall be sealed with 3M 1000NS Watertight Sealant, or approved equal. B. This requirement shall be strictly adhered to for all raceways in the conduit system. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed equipment for anchoring, alignment, grounding and physical damage. B. Check tightness of all accessible electrical connections. Minimum acceptable values are specified in manufacturer's instructions. C. Provide one set of as-built panel drawings laminated, in each panel pocket. 3.06 FIELD ADJUSTING A. Adjust all circuit breakers, switches, access doors, operating handles for free mechanical and electrical operation as described in manufacturer's instructions. B. The Power Monitoring and Protective Relays shall be set in the field by a qualified representative of the manufacturer, retained by the Contractor, in accordance with settings designated in a coordinated study of the system as required in Section 26 05 73 Power �. System Study. All such settings, including the application of arc flash labels, shall have been made and Approved by the Owner/Engineer, prior to energizing of the equipment. 3.07 FIELD TESTING A. Perform all electrical field tests recommended by the manufacturer. Disconnect all connections to solid-state equipment prior to testing. B. Megger and record phase to phase and phase to ground insulation resistance. Megger, for 1 minute, at minimum voltage of 1000 VDC. Measured Insulation resistance shall be at least 100 megohms. In no case shall the manufacturer's maximum test voltages be exceeded. C. Test each key interlock system for proper functioning. D. Test all control logic before energizing the motor or equipment. 3.08 CLEANING A. Remove all rubbish and debris from inside and around the motor controllers. Remove dirt, dust, or concrete spatter from the interior and exterior of the equipment using brushes, vacuum cleaner, or clean, lint free rags. Do not use compressed air. 3.09 EQUIPMENT PROTECTION AND RESTORATION A. Touch-up and restore damaged surfaces to factory finish, as approved by the manufacturer. If the damaged surface cannot be returned to factory specification, the surface shall be replaced. -- 3.10 MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATION A. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer's representative shall personally inspect the .. equipment at the jobsite and shall certify in writing that the equipment has been installed, adjusted, and tested, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, including all settings designated in the Power System Study. B. The Contractor shall provide three (3)copies of the manufacturer's representative's certification. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 um Electrical Control Panels (OEMs) 26 29 87-15 3.11 TRAINING A. Provide manufacturer's services for training of plant personnel in operation and maintenance of the soft start starters furnished under this Section. B. The training for each type of equipment shall be for a period of not less than one(1) eight hour day. C. The cost of training program to be conducted with Owner's personnel shall be included in the Contract Price. The training and instruction, insofar as practicable, shall be directly related to the system being supplied. D. Provide detailed O&M manuals to supplement the training course. The manuals shall include specific details of equipment supplied and operations specific to the project. E. The training session shall be conducted by a manufacturer's qualified representative. Training program shall include instructions on the assembly, motor starters, protective devices, metering, and other major components. F. The Owner reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for the Owner's use. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices(SPDs) 26 43 13-1 26 43 13 LOW VOLTAGE AC SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES (SPDs) 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK A. This Section of the Specifications describes the requirements for low voltage AC surge protective devices (SPDs 1 Kv and less), to be furnished under other Sections of the Specifications as listed in the Related Work paragraph of this Section. B. All equipment described herein shall be submitted, and factory installed, as an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals for equipment specified herein shall be made as a part of equipment furnished under other Sections. Individual submittals for equipment specified herein will not be accepted and will be returned unreviewed. B. Submit catalog data for all items supplied from this specification Section as applicable. Submittal shall include catalog data,functions, ratings, inputs, outputs, displays, etc., sufficient to confirm that the SPD provides every specified requirement. Any options or exceptions shall be clearly indicated, with the reason for such deviations. Acceptance of any deviation will be at the sole discretion of the Owner/Engineer. Shop drawings, not so checked and noted, will be returned unreviewed. " C. The submittals shall include: 1. Dimensional drawing of each SPD type. 2. UL 1449 Third Edition Listing, Standard for Safety, Surge Protective Devices, documentation. Provide verification that the SPD complies with the required ANSI/UL 1449 3rd Edition listing by Underwriters Laboratories (UL)or other Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory(NRTL). 3. UL 1283 Listing, Electromagnetic Interference Filters, documentation. 4. ANSI/IEEE C6241 and C6245, Category C3 (20kV-1.2/50, 10kA-8/20Ns waveform) clamping voltage test results. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1. Operation and Maintenance manuals shall include the following information: .� a. Manufacturer's contact address and telephone number for parts and service. b. Instruction books and/or leaflets c. Recommended renewal parts list d. Record Documents for the information required by the Submittals above. 1.03 REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS A. Thje equipment in this specification shall be designed and manufactured according to latest " revision of the following standards (unless otherwise noted): 1. UL 1449 Third Edition—Surge Protective Devices 2. UL 1283 Electromagnetic Interference Filters 3. ANSI/IEEE C62.41.2-2002—IEEE Recommended Practice on Characterization of Surge Voltages in Low Voltage AC Power Circuits 4. ANSI/IEEE C62.45-2002— IEEE Recommended Practice on Surge Testing for Equipment Connected to Low-Voltage AC Power Circuits. 5. NEC Article 285-Surge Protective Devices 6. NEMA/ISCI — 109 Transient Overvoltage Withstand Test EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices(SPDs) 26 43 13-2 7. IEEE Std. 472/ANSI C37.90A Surge Withstand Capability Tests 8. IEC 255.4 Surge Withstand Capability Tests B. All SPDs and their installation shall comply with the requirements of the National Electric Code and Underwriters Laboratories (UL)where applicable. C. Each specified device shall also conform to the standards and codes listed in the individual device paragraphs. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five (5)years.When requested by the Owner/Engineer, an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. B. The manufacturer of the SPD shall be the same as the manufacturer of the service entrance and distribution equipment in which the devices are installed and shipped. The protected electrical equipment, after installation of the SPD, shall be fully tested and certified to the following UL standards: 1. UL 67 - Panelboards. 2. UL 845 - Motor Control Centers. _. 3. UL 891 -Switchboards. 4. UL 1558 - Low Voltage Switchgear. C. For the equipment specified herein, the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or 9002 certified. 1.05 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer shall warrant the equipment to be free from defects in material and workmanship for 10 years from date of acceptance of the equipment containing the items specified in this Section. Within such period of warranty the Manufacturer shall promptly furnish all material and labor necessary to return the equipment to new operating condition. Any warranty work requiring shipping or transporting of the equipment shall be performed by the Manufacturer at no expense to the Owner. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable (Type 1 and Type 2): 1. General Electric Co. 2. Square D 3. Allen Bradley 4. Approved Equal ... B. Subject to compliance with the Contract Documents, the following Manufacturers are acceptable(Type 3): 1. Edco SLAC Series 2. Phoenix Contact 3. Brick Wall Model PWOM20 4. Approved Equal 2.02 SERVICE ENTRANCE AND DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) 26 43 13-3 A. General 1. All SPDs shall be internal to the equipment being protected. Externally housed SPDs will not be acceptable. 2. All SPDs shall be marked with a short-circuit current rating, and shall meet or exceed the available fault current at the connection point. 3. UL 1449 Usage Classifications. a. Type 1 —Permanently connected SPDs intended for installation between the secondary of the service transformer and the line side of the service equipment overcurrent device, and intended to be installed without an external overcurrent protective device. b. Type 2—Permanently connected SPDs intended for installation on the load side of service equipment overcurrent device; including SPDs located at the branch panel. c. Type 3—Point of utilization SPDs, installed at a minimum conductor length of 10 meters (30 feet)from the electrical service panel to the point of utilization,for example cord connected, direct plug-in, receptacle type and SPDs installed at the utilization equipment being protected. The distance(10 meters)is exclusive of conductors provided with or used to attach SPDs. 4. Construction of Type 1 and Type 2. a. Fully Integrated Component Design: All of the SPD's components and diagnostics shall be contained within one discrete assembly. SPDs or individual SPD modules that must be ganged together in order to achieve higher surge current ratings or other functionality will not be accepted. b. Overcurrent Protection: The unit shall contain thermally protected MOVs. The thermally protected MOVs shall have a thermal protection element packaged together with the MOV in order to achieve overcurrent protection of the MOV. The ., thermal protection element shall disconnect the MOV(s)from the system in a fail-safe manner should a condition occur that would cause them to enter a thermal runaway condition. c. Maintenance Free Design: The SPD shall be maintenance free and shall not require any user intervention throughout its life. SPDs containing items such as replaceable modules, replaceable fuses, or replaceable batteries are not acceptable. SPDs requiring any maintenance of any sort such as periodic tightening of connections are not acceptable. d. Balanced Suppression Platform: The surge current shall be equally distributed to all MOV components to ensure equal stressing and maximum performance. The surge suppression platform must provide equal impedance paths to each matched MOV. Designs incorporating replaceable SPD modules are not acceptable. e. Electrical Noise Filter: Each unit shall include a high-performance EMI/RFI noise rejection filter. Noise attenuation for electric line noise shall be up to 50 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz using the MIL-STD-220A insertion loss test method. f. Internal Connections: No plug-in component modules or printed circuit boards shall be used as surge current conductors.All internal components shall be soldered, hardwired with connections utilizing low impedance conductors. - g. Power and ground connections shall be prewired within the protected equipment. h. Local Monitoring: Visible indication of proper SPD connection and operation shall be provided. The indicator lights shall indicate which phase as well as which module is fully operable. The status of each SPD module shall be monitored on the front cover of the enclosure as well as on the module. A push-to-test button shall be provided to test each phase indicator. Push-to-test button shall activate a state change of dry contacts for testing purposes. i. Surge Counter: The SPD shall indicate user how many surges have occurred at the location. The surge counter shall trigger each time a surge event with a peak current magnitude of a minimum of 50 t 20A occurs. A reset pushbutton shall also be standard, allowing the surge counter to be zeroed. The reset button shall contain a EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION „„ CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices(SPDs) 264313-4 mechanism to prevent accidental resetting of the counter via a single, short-duration button press. To prevent accidental resetting, the surge counter reset button shall be depressed for a minimum of 2 seconds in order to clear the surge count total. The ongoing surge count shall be stored in non-volatile memory or UPS backup. j. Remote Monitoring: For remote monitoring, the SPDs shall provide the same discrete and analog signal and control functions as specified for local monitoring and the surge counter, to a terminal strip for outgoing connection to a PLC as shown on the Drawings. The functions shall be converted as specified for interface to the monitored equipment. k. The voltage surge suppression system shall incorporate thermally protected metal- oxide varistors (MOVs) as the core surge suppression component for the service entrance and all other distribution levels. The system shall not utilize silicon avalanche diodes, selenium cells, air gaps, or other components that may crowbar the system voltage leading to system upset or create any environmental hazards. I. SPD shall be Listed in accordance with UL 1449 Third Edition and UL 1283, Electromagnetic Interference Filters. m. Integrated surge protective devices (SPD) shall be Component Recognized in accordance with UL 1449 Third Edition, Section 37.3.2 and 37.4 at the standard's highest short circuit current rating (SCCR)of 200 kA, including intermediate level of fault current testing. n. SPD shall be tested with the ANSI/IEEE Category C High exposure waveform (20kV- 1.2/50ps, 10kA-8/20ps). o. SPD shall provide suppression for all modes of protection: L-N, L-G, and N-G in WYE systems(7 Mode). 5. Construction of Type 3. a. Fully Integrated Component Design:All of the SPD's components and diagnostics shall be contained within one discrete assembly. SPDs or individual SPD modules that must be ganged together in order to achieve higher surge current ratings or other functionality will not be accepted. b. Maintenance Free Design: The SPD shall be maintenance free and shall not require any user intervention throughout its life. SPDs containing items such as replaceable -� modules, replaceable fuses, or replaceable batteries are not acceptable. SPDs requiring any maintenance of any sort such as periodic tightening of connections are not acceptable. c. Electrical Noise Filter: Each unit shall include a high-performance EMI/RFI noise rejection filter. Noise attenuation for electric line noise shall be up to 50 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz using the MIL-STD-220A insertion loss test method. d. IntQrnal Connections: No plug-in component modules or printed circuit boards shall be used as surge current conductors. All internal components shall be soldered, hardwired with connections utilizing low impedance conductors. e. Power and ground connections shall be prewired within the protected equipment. f. Local Monitoring: Visible indication of proper SPD connection and operation shall be provided. The indicator light shall indicate that the module is fully operable. The status of each SPD module shall be monitored on the front cover of the module. g. SPD shall be Listed in accordance with UL 1449 Third Edition and UL 1283, -- Electromagnetic Interference Filters. h. SPD shall be tested with the ANSI/IEEE Category C High exposure waveform (20kV- 1.2/50ps, 10kA-8/20Ns). B. Applications. 1. Service Entrance Rated Equipment(Type 1). a. This applies to switchgear, switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, and other devices installed as service entrance equipment where the SPD is to be permanently connected between the secondary of the service transformer and the line side of the service equipment overcurrent device. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices(SPDs) 26 43 13-5 b. Service entrance located SPDs shall be tested and demonstrate suitability for application within ANSI/IEEE C62.41 Category C environments. c. The SPD shall be of the same manufacturer as the equipment d. The SPD shall be factory installed inside the equipment, at the assembly point, by the original equipment manufacturer e. Locate the SPD on the load side of the main disconnect device, as close as possible to the phase conductors and the ground/neutral bars. f. The SPD shall be connected through a UL approved disconnecting means. The disconnect shall be located in immediate proximity to the SPD. Connection shall be made via bus, conductors, or other connections originating in the SPD and shall be kept as short as possible. g. The SPD shall be integral to the equipment as a factory standardized design. h. All monitoring and diagnostic features shall be visible from the front of the equipment. 2. Distribution Equipment Applications (Type 2). a. This applies to switchgear, switchboards, panelboards, motor control centers, and other non-service entrance equipment where the SPD is to be permanently - connected on the load side of the equipment overcurrent device. b. The SPD shall be of the same manufacturer as the equipment. c. The SPD shall be included and mounted within the equipment by the manufacturer. d. The manufacturer shall size and provide the overcurrent and disconnecting means for the SPD. e. The SPD units shall be tested and demonstrate suitability for application within ANSI/IEEE C62.41 Category B environments. f. The SPD shall be located within the panelboard, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. SPDs shall be installed immediately following the load side of the main breaker. SPDs installed in main lug only panelboards shall be installed immediately following the incoming main lugs. g. The SPD shall not limit the use of through-feed lugs, sub-feed lugs, and sub-feed breaker options. h. All monitoring and diagnostic features shall be visible from the front of the equipment. 3. Individual Control Panel and Related Equipment Protection (Type 3). a. Locate the SPD on the load side of the ground and neutral connections. b. The SPD shall be connected through a disconnect circuit breaker or fuse as shown on the drawings. The disconnect shall be located in immediate proximity to the SPD. Connection shall be made via bus, conductors, or other connections originating in the SPD and shall be kept as short as possible. c. All monitoring and diagnostic features shall be visible from the front of the equipment. 4. Mechanical Equipment Manufacturer's Provided Control Panels (MEMS) and Electrical Manufacturer's Provided Control Panels (OEMs)Applications (Type 1, Type 2, and Type 3). a. Where any such panel is installed as service entrance equipment, a Type 1 SPD shall be installed. 1) The same requirements for other service entrance equipment listed above apply to this application except for the requirement that the Type 1 SPD shall not be required to be of the same manufacturer as the panel. b. Where any such panel is installed as non-service entrance equipment, but within 50' of wire length of the incoming power line when that line is overhead. 1) The same requirements for other non-service entrance equipment listed above apply to this application except for the requirement that the Type 2 SPD shall not be required to be of the same manufacturer as the panel. 2) Where a.Type 1 SPD is installed, a Type 2 SPD is not required on the same panel unless otherwise specifically shown on the drawings. c. Where any such panel includes a PLC, a Type 3 SPD shall be installed. EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 Low Voltage AC Surge Protective Devices(SPDs) 264313-6 1) The same requirements for other individual control panel and related equipment listed above apply to this application. 2) The SPD shall be integral to the MEM or OEM panel, as a factory standardized , design. C. Ratings 1. Unit Operating Voltage: Refer to drawings for operating voltage and unit configuration. 2. SPD shall be designed to withstand a maximum continuous operating voltage(MCOV) of not less than 115% of nominal RMS voltage. 3. Minimum surge current rating shall be 240 kA per phase(120 kA per mode)for service entrance and 120 kA per phase(60 kA per mode)for distribution applications. 4. UL 1449 clamping voltage must not exceed the following: Voltage Protection Rating (VPR) Voltage LL=N L_G NN=G 240/120 1200/800V 800V 800V 208Y/120 800V 800V 800V 480Y.277 1200V 1200V 1200V 600Y/347 1500V 1500V 1500V 5. Pulse life test: Capable of protecting against and surviving 5000 ANSI/IEEE Category C High transients without failure or degradation of clamping voltage by more than 10%. 6. Minimum UL 1449 3rd edition withstand Nominal Discharge Current(in) rating to be 20kA per mode ,. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Furnish nameplates for each device as indicated on drawings. Color schemes shall be as ... indicated on Drawings. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. All equipment specified herein shall be factory installed,field adjusted, tested and cleaned as an integral part of equipment specified elsewhere in the individual equipment Specification. B. Types 1 and 2 shall be grounded and bonded as a part of the individual equipment as specified in the individual equipment Section. Type 3 shall be grounded and bonded in accordance with the SPD manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION CITY PROJECT NO. 02302 so 260500-1 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Pagel of 5 1 SECTION 26 05 00 "" 2 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL .R 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY •" 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. All labor,materials and equipment required to install,test and provide an 7 operational, electrical system as specified and as shown on the Drawings so 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None,but it is supplemented by the master specification called 26 00 00 rw 10 Electrical General Provisions Specification that was provided by Gupta and 11 Associates,Inc. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 14 2. Division 1 —General Requirements w 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment 17 1. Electrical Facilities 18 a. Measurement 19 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance to this Item 22 shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for"Electrical Facilities". 23 c. The price bid shall include: r� 24 1) Furnishing and installing a complete electrical system 25 2) Wire 26 3) Cable 27 4) Conduit and related hardware 28 5) Supports 29 6) Excavation • 30 7) Furnishing,placement and compaction of backfill 31 8) Hauling 32 9) Clean-up +■► 33 2. Furnish and Install Electrical Service 34 a. Measurement 35 1) Measurement for electrical service shall be per each type and size furnished « 36 and installed. 37 b. Payment 38 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 39 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid for"Furnish/Install Electrical 40 Service"shall be made at the price bid per each type and size installed. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised November 22,2013 am 260500-2 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 2 of 5 on 1 c. The price bid shall include all aspects of completing the installation of electrical 2 service including,but not limited to: 3 1) Conduit an 4 2) Pole risers 5 3) Meter base 6 4) Breaker box ■■, 7 5) Breakers 8 6) Coordination with Electrical Service Provider 9 3. Install Electrical Service 10 a. Measurement 11 1) Measurement for electrical service shall be per each type and size installed. 12 b. Payment Oft 13 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 14 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid for"Install Electrical Service" 15 shall be made at the price bid per each type and size installed. 16 c. The price bid shall include all aspects of completing the installation of electrical "� 17 service including,but not limited to: 18 1) Conduit 19 2) Pole risers 20 1.3 REFERENCES 21 A. Reference Standards 22 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 23 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 24 Specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 25 2. Underwriters Laboratories,Inc. (UL) 26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27 A. Coordination 28 1. Where references are made to the Related Work paragraph in each Specification 29 Section,referring to other Sections and other Divisions of the Specifications,the 30 Contractor shall provide such information or Work as may be required in those 31 references,and include such information or Work as may be specified. 32 2. Division 26 requirements apply to electrical work provided under any division of 33 the Specifications 34 B. Service and Metering 35 1. Obtain service from the electric service provider at 120/240 Volts, Single Phase, 36 Three Wire, 60 Hz from transformer equipment furnished and installed by the 37 power company. .. 38 2. Power company responsibilities 39 a. Furnishing and installing the primary overhead conductors and pole line 40 b. Furnishing and installing the transformer or riser pole,primary cutouts, .�. 41 lightning arresters and grounding 42 c. Furnishing and installing primary conduits and cables 43 d. Furnishing and installing the transformer pad and grounding(if pad-mounted r 44 transformer) 45 e. Furnishing and installing transformer r CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised November 22,2013 260500-3 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 3 of 5 w 1 f. Terminating underground primary cables 2 g. Furnishing metering current transformers (CT's), meter and meter wiring ..► 3 h. Terminating secondary cables to the service transformer 4 i. Furnishing meter base and enclosure 5 3. Contractor responsibilities ..�, 6 a. Furnishing and installing secondary conduits and cables 7 b. Furnishing and installing power company approved metering current 8 transformer enclosure(if required by power company) 9 c. Installing meter base 10 d. Furnishing and installing an empty conduit with pull line from the metering 11 current transformer enclosure to the meter enclosure. Conduit size and type 12 approved by the power company 13 e. Coordinating electrical service installation with power company 14 4. City responsibilities �. 15 a. Negotiating with power company for the costs of new or revised services 16 b. Making payment directly to power company for such costs 17 C. Codes, Inspections and Fees « 18 1. Obtain all necessary permits and pay all fees required for permits and inspections. 19 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] +� 20 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 24 A. Materials and Equipment 25 1. New,except where specifically identified on the Drawings to be reused. 26 2. UL listed,where such listing exists. 27 3. Electrical service 28 a. Service type shall be as shown on the Drawings. rf 29 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 30 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31 1.12 WARRANTY 32 A. Manufacturer Warranty 33 1. Manufacturer's warranties are specified in each of the Specification Sections. r CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised November 22,2013 260500-4 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL Page 4 of 5 rr 1 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] .ft 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] am 4 3.2 EXAMINATION 5 A. Interpretation of Drawings MW 6 1. Coordinate the conduit installation with other trades and the actual supplied 7 equipment. 8 2. Where circuits are shown as home runs: Provide fittings and boxes for complete am 9 raceway installation. 10 3. Verify exact locations and mounting heights of lighting fixtures, switches and 11 receptacles prior to installation. oft 12 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 13 3.4 INSTALLATION .. 14 A. Phase Balancing 15 1. Connect circuits on motor control centers and panelboards to result in evenly 16 balanced loads across all phases. 17 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] No 18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 FIELD JOR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP 21 A. Tests and Settings 22 1. Test systems and equipment furnished under Division 26. 23 2. Repair or replace all defective work. 24 3. Make adjustments to the systems as specified and/or required. 25 4. Prior to energizing electrical equipment,make all tests required by the individual 26 Specification sections. 27 a. Submit a sample test form or procedure. ** 28 b. Submit the required test reports and data within 30 days after the test. 29 c. Include names of all test personnel. 30 d. Initial each test. .. 31 5. Check wire and cable terminations for tightness. 32 6. Verify all terminations at transformers,equipment,capacitor connections,panels, 33 and enclosures by producing a 12 3 rotation on a phase sequence motor when 34 connected to A,B,and C phases. 35 7. Inspect, set,and test mechanical operation for circuit breakers,disconnect switches, 36 motor starters,and control equipment. .. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised November 22,2013 r 260500-5 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL +� Page 5 of 5 1 8. Check interlocking,control and instrument wiring for each system and/or part of a 2 system to prove that the system will function properly as indicated by schematic 3 and wiring diagrams. 4 9. Schedule and coordinate testing with the City at least 2 weeks in advance. 5 10. Provide qualified test personnel, instruments and test equipment. 6 11. Refer to the individual equipment Sections for additional specific testing 7 requirements. •. 8 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 06 10 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 11 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 12 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 13 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 14 END OF SECTION «*� 15 Revision Log w DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11/22/13 S.Arnold Added installation only pay item for electrical services rw 16 an OR .w No CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised November 22,2013 ar so so no no am Division 31 so EARTHWORK 31 1000-1 SITE CLEARING Page I of 5 1 SECTION 31 10 00 2 SITE CLEARING 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Preparation of right-of-way and other designated areas for construction operations 7 by removing and disposing of all obstructions including clearing and grubbing and 8 trees,when removal of such obstructions is not specifically shown on the Drawings 9 to be paid by other Sections. The City of Fort Worth's Urban Forestry Ordinance 10 governs all tree removals. 11 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 12 1. All items are considered subsidiary to other bid items under this specification. 13 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 14 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 15 2. Division 1 —General Requirements dW 16 3. Section 02 41 13—Selective Site Demolition 17 4. Section 02 41 14—Utility Removal/Abandonment ■+ 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment .r 20 1. Site Clearing 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measurement for this Item shall be subsidiary. 23 b. Payment 24 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 25 are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be 26 allowed. 27 2. Tree Removal(typically included in "Site Clearing",but should be used if"Site 28 Clearing"is not a bid item) 29 a. Measurement " 30 1) Measurement for this Item shall be subsidiary. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 33 are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be 34 allowed. 35 3. Tree Removal and Transplantation " 36 a. Measurement 37 1) Measurement for this Item shall be subsidiary. 38 b. Payment a� 39 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 40 are subsidiary to the various Items bid and no other compensation will be 41 allowed. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised December 20,2012 ADDENDUM NO.1 CONFORMED .. 311000-2 SITE CLEARING Page 2 of 5 PM 1 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 2 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS am 3 A. Permits 4 1. Contractor shall obtain Tree Removal Permits and Urban Forestry Permits as an 5 required by the City's Tree Ordinance. (www.FortWorthTexas.gov) 6 B. Preinstallation Meetings 7 1. Hold a preliminary site clearing meeting and include the Contractor, City Arborist, 8 City Inspector, and the Project Manager for the purpose of reviewing the 9 Contractor's tree removal plan. Clearly mark all trees to remain on the project site 10 prior to the meeting. .• 11 2. The Contractor will provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance to 12 Division 01. 13 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 18 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 19 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 20 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 21 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 22 PART 3- EXECUTION 23 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 24 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 25 3.3 PREPARATION 26 A. All trees identified to be protected and/or preserved should be clearly flagged with 27 survey tape. 28 B. Following taping and prior to any removals or site clearing,the Contractor shall meet 29 with the City,the Engineer and the Landowner, if necessary,to confirm trees to be ,.., 30 saved. 31 3.4 INSTALLATION 32 A. Protection of Trees CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ADDENDUM NO.1 .. CONFORMED 31 1000-3 SITE CLEARING Page 3 of 5 1 1. Protect designated trees and prune trees and shrubs as shown on the Drawings. 2 Refer to the Drawings for tree protection details. 3 2. If the Drawings do not provide tree protection details, protected trees shall be 4 fenced by placing 6-foot tall metal T-posts in a square around the tree trunk with 5 the corners located on the canopy drip line,unless instructed otherwise. 6 3. When site conditions do not allow for the T-posts to be installed at the drip line,the 7 T-posts may be installed no less than 8 feet from the tree trunk. 4-foot high 12 '/z 8 gauge stock fencing or orange plastic snow fence shall be attached to the T-posts to 9 form the enclosure. 10 4. Do not park equipment, service equipment, store materials,or disturb the root area 11 under the branches of trees designated for preservation. 12 5. When shown on the Drawings,treat cuts on trees with an approved tree wound 13 dressing within 20 minutes of making a pruning cut or otherwise causing damage to 14 the tree. 15 6. Trees and brush shall be mulched on-site. 16 a. Burning as a method of disposal is not allowed. 17 B. Hazardous Materials 18 1. The Contractor will notify the Engineer immediately if any hazardous or 19 questionable materials not shown on the Drawings are encountered. This includes; w 20 but not limited to: 21 a. Floor tiles 22 b. Roof tiles 23 c. Shingles 24 d. Siding 25 e. Utility piping 26 2. The testing, removal,and disposal of hazardous materials will be in accordance A 27 with Division 1. 28 C. Site Clearing «• 29 1. Clear areas shown on the Drawings of all obstructions,except those landscape 30 features that are to be preserved. Such obstructions include, but are not limited to: 31 a. Remains of buildings and other structures 32 b. Foundations 33 c. Floor slabs 34 d. Concrete 35 e. Brick 36 f. Lumber 37 g. Plaster 38 h. Septic tank drain fields 39 i. Abandoned utility pipes or conduits 40 j. Equipment 41 k. Trees 42 I. Fences 43 in. Retaining walls 44 n. Other items as specified on the Drawings 45 2. Remove vegetation and other landscape features not designated for preservation, 46 whether above or below ground, including, but not limited to: 47 a. Curb and gutter CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ADDENDUM NO.1 CONFORMED 00 31 1000-4 SITE CLEARING Page 4 of 5 rr 1 b. Driveways 2 c. Paved parking areas 3 d. Miscellaneous stone *• 4 e. Sidewalks 5 f. Drainage structures 6 g. Manholes 7 h. Inlets 8 i. Abandoned railroad tracks 9 j. Scrap iron 10 k. Other debris 11 3. Remove culverts, storm sewers, manholes, and inlets in proper sequence to 12 maintain traffic and drainage in accordance with Section 02 41 14. 13 4. In areas receiving embankment,remove obstructions not designated for 14 preservation to 2 feet below natural ground. 15 5. In areas to be excavated,remove obstructions to 2 feet below the excavation level. .. 16 6. In all other areas, remove obstructions to 1 foot below natural ground. 17 7. When allowed by the Drawings or directed by the Engineer,cut trees and stumps 18 off to ground level. 1.9 a. Removal of existing structures shall be as per Section 02 41 13. 20 D. Disposal 21 1. Dispose of all trees within 24 hours of removal. 22 2. All materials and debris removed becomes the property of the Contractor,unless 23 otherwise stated on the Drawings. 24 3. The Contractor will dispose of material and debris off-site in accordance with local, 25 state,and federal laws and regulations. 26 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 27 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 28 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 29 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 30 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 31 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] .. 32 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 33 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] am 34 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 35 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 36 END OF SECTION ar 37 Revision Log CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ADDENDUM NO.1 4M CONFORMED 31 1000-5 SITE CLEARING Page 5 of 5 DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE �w 12/20/2012 D.Johnson 1.4.A Permits: Removed ordinance number and added City's website address a� w w rw CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ADDENDUM NO.1 CONFORMED 312316-1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 3123 16 2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY an 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Excavate areas as shown on the Drawings or as directed. Removal of materials 7 encountered to the lines,grades,and typical sections shown on the Drawings and 8 removal from site. Excavations may include construction of 9 a. Roadways 10 b. Drainage Channels 11 c. Site Excavation 12 d. Excavation for Structures 13 e. Or any other operation involving the excavation of on-site materials 14 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 15 1. Payment under this item is considered subsidiary to other unit prices bid on 16 this project 17 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 18 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 19 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 20 3. Section 3123 23—Borrow 21 4. Section 3124 00—Embankments ` 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment Measurement method in this Specification should 24 coordinate with the method chosen below and referenced in Section 3123 23 and 25 Section 3124 00. 26 1. Excavation by Plan Quantity Design Engineer will provide estimate quantities. 27 The majority of the estimated quantities are directed at site and private road 28 grading to avoid filling the flood plain. 29 a. Measurement 30 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position 31 using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on 32 the Drawings. 33 2) When measured by the cubic yard in its final position,this is a plans 34 quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown 35 in the proposal,unless modified by Article 11.04 of the General 36 Conditions. Additional measurements or calculations will be made if 37 adjustments of quantities are required. 38 b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised January 28,2013 w 3123 16-2 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 2 of 5 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 2 and measured as provided under"Measurement"is considered as a 3 subsidiary item to other items bid and no additional compensation will *■ 4 be allowed for rock or shrinkage/swell factors, as these are the Contractor's 5 responsibility. 6 c. The price bid shall include: 7 1) Excavation 8 2) Excavation Safety 9 3) Drying 10 4) Dust Control 11 5) Reworking or replacing the over excavated material in rock cuts 12 6) Hauling 13 7) Disposal of excess material not used elsewhere onsite .� 14 8) Scarification 15 9) Clean-up 16 2. Excavation by Surveyed Quantity-Not Applicable .� 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position 19 calculated using the average end area or composite method. 20 a) The City will perform a reference survey once the Site has been cleared 21 to obtain existing ground conditions. 22 b) The City will perform a final post-construction survey. '** 23 c) The Contractor will be paid for the cubic yardage of Excavated material 24 calculated as the difference between the two surveys. 25 d) Partial payments will be based on estimated plan quantity ..� 26 measurements calculated by the Engineer. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 29 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 30 price bid per cubic yard of"Unclassified Excavation by Survey". 31 c. The price bid shall include: 32 1) Excavation .. 33 2) Excavation Safety 34 3) Drying 35 4) Dust Control ow 36 5) Reworking or replacing the over excavated material in rock cuts 37 6) Hauling 38 7) Disposal of excess material not used elsewhere onsite 39 8) Scarification 40 9) Clean-up 41 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 42 A. Definitions 43 1. Unclassified Excavation—Without regard to materials, all excavations shall be 44 considered unclassified and shall include all materials excavated. Any reference to 45 Rock or other materials on the Drawings or in the specifications is solely.for the 46 City and the Contractor's information and is not to be taken as a classification of +•• 47 the excavation. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 312316-3 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 3 of 5 awe 1 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 2 A. The Contractor will provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance to Division 3 01. 4 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] ww 8 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 9 A. Excavation Safety 10 1. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for making all excavations in a safe 11 manner. 12 2. All excavation and related sheeting and bracing shall comply with the requirements 13 of OSHA excavation safety standards 29 CFR part 1926 and state requirements. 14 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 15 A. Storage 16 1. Within Existing Rights-of-Way(ROW) 17 a. Soil may be stored within existing ROW,easements or temporary construction 18 easements,unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 19 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. 20 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 21 d. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in .. 22 areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 23 e. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 24 landscaped areas. .r 25 2. Designated Storage Areas 26 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils within the ROW, 27 easement or temporary construction easement,then secure and maintain an 28 adequate storage location. 29 b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 30 private property. .w. 31 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 32 d. Do not block drainage ways. 33 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 34 A. Existing Conditions 35 1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 36 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 37 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 38 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor. .. 39 2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 ON 3123 16-4 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 4 of 5 00 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] an 4 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 5 A. Materials 00 6 1. Unacceptable Fill Material 7 a. In-situ soils classified as ML,MH,PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM 8 D2487 Oft 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 10 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 13 3.4 CONSTRUCTION 14 A. Accept ownership of unsuitable or excess material and dispose of material off-site 15 accordance with local, state,and federal regulations at locations. 16 B. Excavations shall be performed in the dry, and kept free from water, snow and ice 17 during construction with eh exception of water that is applied for dust control. 18 C. Separate Unacceptable Fill Material from other materials, remove from the Site and 19 properly dispose according to disposal plan. 20 D. Maintain drainage in the excavated area to avoid damage to the roadway sections and 21 proposed or existing structures. 22 E. Correct any damage to the subgrade caused by weather, at no additional cost to the 23 City. 24 F. Shape slopes to avoid loosening material below or outside the proposed grades. 25 Remove and dispose of slides as directed. 26 G. Rock Cuts •"" 27 1. Excavate to finish grades. 28 2. In the event of over excavation due to contractor error below the lines and grades 29 established in the Drawings,use approved embankment material compacted in 30 accordance with Section 3124 00 to replace the over excavated at no additional 31 cost to City. 32 H. Earth Cuts 33 1. Excavate to finish subgrade CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 3123 16-5 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 5 of 5 1 2. In the event of over excavation due to contractor error below the lines and grades 2 established in the Drawings,use approved embankment material compacted in �* 3 accordance with Section 3124 00 to replace the over excavated at no additional 4 cost to City. 5 3. Manipulate and compact subgrade in accordance with Section 3124 00. 6 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 9 A. Subgrade Tolerances 10 1. Excavate to within 0.1 foot in all directions. 11 2. In areas of over excavation, Contractor provides fill material approved by the City 12 at no expense to the City. 13 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 14 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 15 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 16 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 17 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 18 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 19 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] �. 20 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D.Johnson 1.2-Measurement and Payment Section modified;Blue Text added for clarification 1/28/13 D.Johnson 1.2—Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate between Payment Methods on bid list. .4l .E CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 312323-1 BORROW w Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 3123 23 " 2 , BORROW 3 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 4 PART1- GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Furnish,place and compact Borrow material for grading. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 13 3. Section 3123 16—Unclassified Excavation 14 4. Section 3124 00—Embankments 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment Measurement method in this Specification should 17 coordinate with the method chosen below and referenced in Section 312316 and 18 Section 3124 00 19 1. Borrow by Plan Quantity Design Engineer will provide estimate quantities. The 20 majority of the estimated quantities are directed at site and private road grading 21 to avoid filling the flood plain. 22 a. Measurement 23 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position 24 using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on 25 the Drawings. 26 2) When measured by the cubic yard in its final position,this is a plans 27 quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown 28 in the proposal,unless modified by Article 11.04 of the General 29 Conditions. Additional measurements or calculations will be made if 30 adjustments of quantities are required. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item .� 33 and measured as provided under"Measurement"is considered as a 34 subsidiary item to other items bid and no additional compensation will be 35 allowed for rock or shrinkage/swell factors,as these are the Contractor's 36 responsibility. 37 c. The price bid shall include: 38 1) Transporting or hauling material 39 2) Furnishing,placing,compacting and finishing Borrow 40 3) Construction Water 41 4) Dust Control 42 5) Clean-up CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 312323-2 BORROW Page 2 of 6 1 6) Proof Rolling 2 7) Disposal of excess or waste material 3 8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 4 2. Borrow by Surveyed Quantity Not Applicable 5 a. Measurement 6 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position 7 calculated using the average end area or composite method. 8 a) The City will perform a reference survey once the Site has been cleared 9 to obtain existing ground conditions. +. 10 b) The City will perform a final post-construction survey. 11 c) The Contractor will be paid for the cubic yardage of Borrow material 12 calculated as the difference between the two surveys. 13 (1) Borrow material may also be required when in-situ material is 14 considered unacceptable and must be removed from the site. 15 d) Partial payments will be based on estimated plan quantity 16 measurements calculated by the Engineer. .. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 19 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per cubic yard of`Borrow by Survey"for: 21 a) Various Borrow materials 22 c. The price bid shall include: ■" 23 1) Transporting or hauling material 24 2) Furnishing,placing, compacting and finishing Borrow 25 3) Construction Water .. 26 4) Clean-up 27 5) Dust Control 28 6) Proof Rolling 29 7) Disposal of excess or waste material 30 8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 31 3. Borrow by Delivered Quantity This method is intended for projects with small 32 quantities of Borrow or to replace an unknown quantity of unsuitable 33 material, as designated by the Project Manager.Design Engineer will provide 34 estimate quantities.The majority of the estimated quantities are directed at 35 site and private road grading to avoid filling the flood plain. 36 4. 37 a. Measurement .. 38 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard of loose Borrow 39 material as delivered to the Site and recorded by truck ticket provided to the 40 City. 41 b. Payment 42 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 43 and measured as provided under"Measurement"is considered as a 44 subsidiary item to other items bid and no additional compensation will be 45 allowed for materials delivered to the Site and recorded by truck ticket for: 46 a) Various Borrow materials 47 c. The price bid shall include: 48 1) Transporting or hauling material 49 2) Furnishing,placing, compacting and finishing Borrow CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 .. 312323-3 BORROW Page 3 of 6 1 3) Construction Water 2 4) Clean-up 3 5) Dust Control 4 6) Proof Rolling 5 7) Disposal of excess or waste material 6 8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 7 1.3 REFERENCES 8 A. Reference Standards 9 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 10 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 11 Specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 12 2. ASTM Standards 13 a. ASTM D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering .. 14 Purposes(Unified Soil Classification System) 15 b. ASTM D4318-10, Standard Test Methods for Liquid Limit,Plastic Limit,and 16 Plasticity Index of Soils 17 c. ASTM D6913, Standard Test Methods for Particle-Size Distribution 18 (Gradation)of Soils Using Sieve Analysis 19 d. ASTM D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction 20 Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort(12,400 ft-lbf/ft3) 21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 22 1.5 SUBMITTALS 23 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 24 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction. 25 C. Submit laboratory tests reports for each soil borrow source used to supply general 26 borrow and select fill materials. 27 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 28 A. Shop Drawings a.r 29 1. Stockpiled Borrow material 30 a. Provide a description of the storage of the delivered Borrow material only if the 31 Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way of the 32 easement. 33 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE w 36 A. Borrow material shall be tested prior to delivery to the Site. 37 1. Provide Proctor Test results, Gradation and Atterberg Limits for Borrow material 38 from each source. .r 39 a. All testing listed above shall be performed in terms of ASTM D698,ASTM 40 D6913 and ASTM D4318-10 respectively. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 A Revised January 28,2013 312323-4 BORROW Page 4 of 6 em 1 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 2 A. Delivery ._. 3 1. Coordinate all deliveries and haul-off. 4 B. Storage 5 1. Within Existing Rights-of-Way(ROW) 6 a. Borrow materials may be stored within existing ROW,easements or temporary 7 construction easements,unless specifically disallowed in the Contract 8 Documents. 9 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. 10 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 11 d. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 12 e. In non-paved areas,do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 13 landscaped areas. 14 2. Designated Storage Areas 15 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of Borrow materials within 16 the ROW,easement or temporary construction easement,then secure and 17 maintain an adequate storage location. -- 18 b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 19 private property. 20 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. .. 21 d. Do not block drainage ways. 22 e. Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work 23 zone. 24 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 27 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 28 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 29 A. Borrow 30 1. Additional soil beneath pavements,roadways, foundations and other structures 31 required to achieve the elevations shown on the Drawings. 32 2. Acceptable Fill Material 33 a. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with 34 ASTM D2487 35 b. Free from deleterious materials,boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 36 c. Can be placed free from voids 37 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve �- 38 3. Blended Fill Material 39 a. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487 40 b. Blended with in-situ or imported Acceptable Fill material to meet the *� 41 requirements of an Acceptable Fill Material 42 c. Free from deleterious materials,boulders over 6 inches in size and organics CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 ,.,, 312323-5 BORROW Page 5 of 6 1 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 2 4. Select Fill 3 a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 4 b. Liquid limit less than 35 5 c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 6 5. Cement Stabilized Sand(CSS) 7 a. Sand or silty sand 8 b. Free of clay or plastic material 9 c. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type I/II portland cement 10 d. 100 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM 11 D1633,Method A .,, 12 e. 200 to 250 psi compressive strength at 23 days in accordance with ASTM 13 D1633,Method A 14 f. Mix in a stationary pug mill,weigh-batch or continuous mixing plant 15 2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED] 16 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] - 18 PART 3- EXECUTION 19 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] "W 20 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 22 3.4 INSTALLATION 23 A. All Borrow placement shall be performed in accordance to Section 3124 00. 24 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 25 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 27 A. Field quality control will be performed in accordance to Section 3124 00. 28 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 29 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 30 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] w 31 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 312323-6 BORROW Page 6 of 6 w 1 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 2 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 3 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 4 END OF SECTION .. Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3/2012 D.Johnson 1.2-Measurement and Payment Section modified;Blue Text added for clarification 1/28/13 D.Johnson 1.2—Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate between Payment Methods on bid list. ■.r CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 312400-1 EMBANKMENTS Page 1 of 9 1 SECTION 3124 00 2 EMBANKMENTS 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY ®' 5 A. Section Includes: 6 '1. Transporting and placement of Acceptable Fill Material within the boundaries of 7 the Site for construction of: 8 a. Roadways 9 b. Embankments 10 c. Drainage Channels 11 d. Site Grading 12 e. Any other operation involving the placement of on-site materials 13 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 14 1. None. 15 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 16 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 17 Contract 18 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 19 3. Section 3123 16—Unclassified Excavation 20 4. Section 3123 23—Borrow 21 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 22 A. Measurement and Payment Measurement method in this Specification should 23 coordinate with the method chosen in Section 3123 16 and Section 3123 23. 24 1. Embankments by Plan Quantity Design Engineer to estimate quantities. 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position +� 27 using the average end area method. Limits of measurement are shown on 28 the Drawings. 29 2) When measured by the cubic yard in its final position,this is a plans 30 quantity measurement Item. The quantity to be paid is the quantity shown 31 in the proposal,unless modified by Article 11.04 of the General 32 Conditions. Additional measurements or calculations will be made if 33 adjustments of quantities are required. 34 b. Payment 35 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 36 and measured as provided under"Measurement"is considered as 37 subsidiary to other items bid on this project and no additional 38 compensation will be allowed for rock or shrinkage/swell factors,as these 39 are the Contractor's responsibility. 40 c. The price bid shall include: 41 1) Transporting or hauling material 42 2) Placing,compacting,and finishing Embankment CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised January 28,2013 am 312400-2 EMBANKMENTS Page 2 of 9 am 1 3) Construction Water 2 4) Dust Control 3 5) Clean-up 4 6) Proof Rolling 5 7) Disposal of excess materials 6 8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material �. 7 2. Embankments by Surveyed Quantity NOT APPLICABLE 8 a. Measurement 9 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the cubic yard in its final position .® 10 calculated using the average end area or composite method. 11 a) The City will perform a reference survey once the Site has been cleared 12 to obtain existing ground conditions. , 13 b) The City will perform a final post-construction survey. 14 c) The Contractor will be paid for the cubic yardage of Embankment 15 calculated as the difference between the two surveys. 16 d) Partial payments will be based on estimated plan quantity 17 measurements calculated by the Engineer. 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 20 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 21 price bid per cubic yard of"Embankment by Survey". 22 c. The price bid shall include: .. 23 1) Transporting or hauling material 24 2) Placing,compacting,and finishing Embankment 25 3) Construction Water .. 26 4) Dust Control 27 5) Clean-up 28 6) Proof Rolling 29 7) Disposal of excess materials 30 8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 31 1.3 REFERENCES on 32 A. Reference Standards 33 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 34 published at the time of the latest revision date logged'at the end of this 35 specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 36 2. ASTM Standards r„ 37 a. ASTM D4318-10,Test Procedure for Determining Liquid Limit,Plastic Limit, 38 and Plasticity Index of Soils 39 b. ASTM D4943-08, Standard Test Method for Shrinkage Factors of Soils by the 40 Wax Method 41 c. ASTM D698-07e1, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction 42 Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 43 d. ASTM D1557-09, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction 44 Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 45 e. ASTM D7382-08, Standard Test for Determination of Maximum Dry Unit 46 Weight and Water Content Range for Effective Compaction of Granular Soils om 47 Using a Vibrating Hammer .. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 an 312400-3 EMBANKMENTS Page 3 of 9 1 f. ASTM D1556-07, Standard Test for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In-Place 2 by the Sand Cone Method 3 1.4 ADMINSTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 4 A. Sequencing 5 1. Sequence work such that calls of proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM 6 D698 prior to commencement of construction activities. 7 1.5 SUBMITTALS 8 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 9 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction 10 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 11 A. Shop Drawings 12 1. Stockpiled material 13 a. Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the 14 Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way or the 15 easement 16 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 19 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 20 A. Storage 21 1. Within Existing Rights-of-Way(ROW) 22 a. Soil may be stored within existing ROW,easements or temporary construction 23 easements,unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 24 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. 25 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 26 d. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in + 27 areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 28 e. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 29 landscaped areas. 30 2. Designated Storage Areas 31 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage within the ROW,easement 32 or temporary construction easement,then secure and maintain an adequate 33 storage location. 34 b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 35 private property. .. 36 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 37 d. Do not block drainage ways. 38 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS .� 39 A. Existing Conditions CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 312400-4 EMBANKMENTS Page 4 of 9 w 1 1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 2 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It 3 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible for +� 4 interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor. 5 2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. 6 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 7 PART 2- PRODUCTS ■' 8 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 9 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 10 A. Materials 11 1. Acceptable Fill Material 12 a. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC or GC in accordance with 13 ASTM D2487 14 b. Free from deleterious materials,boulders over 6 inches in size and organics •'- 15 c. Can be placed free from voids 16 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 17 2. Blended Fill Material 18 a. In-situ soils classified as GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, or SM in accordance with 19 ASTM D2487 20 b. Blended with in-situ or imported acceptable backfill material to meet the 21 requirements of an Acceptable Backfill Material 22 c. Free from deleterious materials,boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 23 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve mom 24 3. Unacceptable Fill Material 25 a. In-situ soils classified as ML,MH,PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM 26 D2487 27 4. Select Fill 28 a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 29 b. Liquid limit less than 35 30 c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 31 2.3 ASSEMBLY OR FABRICATION TOLERANCES [NOT USED] 32 2.4 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 33 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 34 PART 3 - EXECUTION 35 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 36 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 37 3.3 PREPARATION 38 A. Protection of In-Place Conditions CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,20I3 ,,.,, 312400-5 EMBANKMENTS Page 5 of 9 1 1. Pavement 2 a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement that is 3 designated to remain. 4 b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 5 contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional .. 6 cost 7 2. Trees 8 a. When operating outside of existing ROW, stake permanent and temporary 9 construction easements. 10 b. Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW. 11 c. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 12 00. 13 d. Conduct embankments in a manner such that there is no damage to the tree 14 canopy. 15 e. Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as 16 specifically allowed by the City. 17 1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment 18 specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 19 3. Above ground Structures 20 a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 21 4. Traffic .. 22 a. Maintain existing traffic,except as modified by the traffic control plan,and in 23 accordance with Section 34 71 13. 24 b. Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless: 25 1) Alternative access has been provided 26 2) Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident 27 3) It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan ..r 28 3.4 INSTALLATION 29 A. Embankments General 30 1. Placing and Compacting Embankment Material 31 a. Perform fill operation in an orderly and systematic manner using equipment in 32 proper sequence to meet the compaction requirements w 33 b. Scarify and loosen the unpaved surface areas, except rock,to a depth of at least 34 6 inches,unless otherwise shown on the Drawings 35 c. Place fill on surfaces free from trees, stumps,roots,vegetation,or other .. 36 deleterious materials 37 d. Bench slopes before placing material. 38 e. Begin filling in the lowest section or the toe of the work area 39 f. When fill is placed directly or upon older fill,remove debris and any loose 40 material and proof roll existing surface. 41 g. After spreading the loose lifts to the required thickness and adjusting its 42 moisture content as necessary, simultaneously recompact scarified material 43 with the placed embankment material. 44 h. Roll with sufficient number passes to achieve the minimum required 45 compaction. 46 i. Provide water sprinkled as necessary to achieve required moisture levels for 47 specified compaction 48 j. Do not add additional lifts until the entire previous lift is properly compacted. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 on 312400-6 EMBANKMENTS Page 6 of 9 1 2. Surface Water Control 2 - a. Grade surface horizontally but provide with sufficient longitudinal and 3 transverse slope to allow for runoff of surface water from every point. �+* 4 b. Conduct fills so that no obstruction to drainage from any other sections of fill is 5 created. 6 c. Install temporary dewatering sumps in low areas during filling where excess .. 7 amounts of runoff collect. 8 d. Compact uniformly throughout. Keep surfaces of fill reasonably smooth and 9 free from humps and hollows that would prevent proper uniform compaction. 10 e. Do not place fill during or shortly after rain events which prevent proper work 11 placement of the material and compaction 12 f. Prior to resuming compaction operations,remove muddy material off the 13 surface to expose firm and compacted materials .. 14 B. Embankments for Roads 15 1. Only Acceptable Fill Material will be allowed for roadways 16 2. Embankments for roadbeds shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to 17 the finished grade of the street 18 3. Construct generally to conform to the cross section of the subgrade section as shown 19 in the Drawings. 20 4. Establish grade and shape to the typical sections shown on the Drawings 21 5. Maintain finished sections of embankment to the grade and compaction 22 requirements until the project is accepted. 23 C. Earth Embankments 24 1. Earth embankment is mainly composed of material other than rock. Construct 25 embankments in successive layers,evenly distributing materials in lengths suited for 26 sprinkling and rolling. 27 2. Rock or Concrete 28 a. Obtain approval from the City prior to incorporating rock and broken concrete 29 produced by the construction project in the lower layers of the embankment. w 30 b. No Rock or Concrete will be permitted in embankments in any location where 31 future utilities are anticipated. 32 c. When the size of approved rock or broken concrete exceeds the layer thickness Imp 33 place the rock and concrete outside the limits of the proposed structure or 34 pavement. Cut and remove all exposed reinforcing steel from the broken 35 concrete. ow 36 3. Move the material dumped in piles or windrows by blading or by similar methods 37 and incorporate it into uniform layers. 38 4. Featheredge or mix abutting layers of dissimilar material for at least 100 feet to .o, 39 ensure there are no abrupt changes in the material. 40 5. Break down clods or lumps of material and mix embankment until a uniform 41 material is attained. ... 42 D. Rock Embankments 43 1. Rock embankment is mainly composed of rock. 44 2. Rock Embankments for roadways are only allowed when specifically designated on 45 the Drawings. .. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 00 312400-7 EMBANKMENTS Page 7 of 9 1 3. Construct rock embankments in successive layers for the full width of the roadway 2 cross-section with a depth of 18-inches or less. 3 4. The layer depth for large rock sizes shall not exceed a depth of 18-inches in any 4 case. Fill voids created by the large stone matrix with smaller stones during the 5 placement and filling operations. 6 5. Ensure the depth of the embankment layer is greater than the maximum dimension 7 of any rock. 8 6. Do not place rock greater than 18-inches in its maximum dimension. 9 7. Construct the final layer with graded material so that the density and uniformity is 10 in accordance compaction requirements. 11 8. The upper or final layer of rock embankments shall contain no material larger than 12 4 inches in their maximum dimension. 13 E. Density *� 14 1. Compact each layer until the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D698 15 is achieved. 16 a. Not Under Roadway or Structure: . , 17 1) areas to be compacted in the open,not beneath any structure,pavement, 18 flatwork,or is a minimum of 1 foot outside of the edge of any structure, 19 edge of pavement,or back of curb. 20 a) Compact each layer to a minimum of 90 percent Standard Proctor 21 Density. 22 b. Embankments under future paving: 23 1) Compact each layer to a minimum of 95 percent standard proctor density 24 with a moisture content not to exceed+4 percent or-2 percent of optimum 25 moisture or as indicated on the Drawings 26 c. Embankments under structures: 27 1) Compacted each layer as indicated on the Drawings 28 F. Maintenance of Moisture and Reworking 29 1. Maintain the density and moisture content once all requirements are met. 30 2. For soils with a PI greater than 15,maintain the moisture content no lower than 4 31 percentage points below optimum. +�* 32 3. Rework the material to obtain the specified compaction when the material loses the 33 required stability, density,moisture,or finish. 34 4. Alter the compaction methods and procedures on subsequent work to obtain • 35 specified density as directed by the City. 36 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] "■ 37 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 38 3.7 FIELD QUAILITY CONTROL 39 A. Field Tests and Inspections 40 1. Proctors 41 a. The City will perform Proctors in accordance with ASTM D698. 42 b. Test results will generally be available to within 4 calendar days and distributed 43 to: 44 1) Contractor CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 312400-8 EMBANKMENTS Page 8 of 9 1 2) City Project Manager 2 3) City Inspector 3 4) Engineer an 4 c. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 5 d. City will perform new proctors for varying soils: 6 1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix .. 7 2) If notified by the Contractor 8 3) At the convenience of the City 9 e. Embankments where different soil types are present and are blended,the ow 10 proctors shall be based on the mixture of those soils. 11 2. Proof Rolling 12 a. Embankments under Future Pavement 13 1) City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 14 2) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut 15 or pump. 16 a) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck 17 with a 1500 gallon capacity. 18 3) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller(down and back= 1 pass). 19 4) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 20 5) If an unstable or non-uniform area is found,correct the area. 21 6) Correct 22 a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch. 23 b) Areas that are unstable or non-uniform 24 7) If a non-uniform area is found then correct the area. 25 b. Embankments Not Under Future Paving .� 26 1) No Proof Rolling is required. 27 3. Density Testing of Embankments 28 a. Density Test shall be in conformance with ASTM D2922. •• 29 b. For Embankments under future pavement: 30 1) The City will perform density testing twice per working day when 31 compaction operations are being conducted. ■, 32 2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests,but the number of 33 test shall be appropriate for the area being compacted. 34 3) Testing shall be representative of the current lift being compacted. 35 4) Special attention should be placed on edge conditions. 36 c. For Embankments not under future pavement or structures: 37 1) The City will perform density testing once working day when compaction 38 operations are being conducted. 39 2) The testing lab shall take a minimum of 3 density tests. 40 3) Testing shall be representative of the current lift being compacted. 41 d. Make the area where the embankment is being placed available for testing. 42 e. The City will determine the location of the test. 43 f. The City testing lab will provide results to Contractor and the City's Inspector 44 upon completion of the testing. 45 g. A formal report will be posted to the City's Buzzsaw site within 48 hours. 46 h. Test reports shall include: 47 1) Location of test by station number ,.. 48 2) Time and date of test 49 3) Depth of testing CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 w an 312400-9 EMBANKMENTS Page 9 of 9 1 4) Field moisture 2 5) Dry density 3 6) Proctor identifier 4 7) Percent Proctor Density 5 B. Non-Conforming Work 6 1. All non-conforming work shall be removed and replaced. 7 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 8 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 10 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 11 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 12 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 13 .3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 14 END OF SECTION 15 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.2—Added possible measurement and payment procedures and Blue 12/20/2012 D. Johnson text for instructions on how the methods should be applied 2.2.2.a added GW and SW material classifications 1/28/13 D. Johnson 1.2—Modified Bid Item names in payment section to differentiate between Payment Methods on bid list. 16 r w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised January 28,2013 312500-1 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 1 of 9 1 SECTION 3125 00 m. 2 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL - 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Implementation of the project's Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP) 7 and installation,maintenance and removal of erosion and sediment control devices 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 —General Requirements w 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan<1 acre 16 a. Measurement 17 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items bid. 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 20 Item are subsidiary to the structure or Items being bid and no other +■* 21 compensation will be allowed. 22 2. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan> 1 acre 23 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 26 Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for"SWPPP> 1 acre". .� 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 1) Preparation of SWPPP 29 2) Implementation 30 3) Permitting fees 31 4) Installation 32 5) Maintenance w 33 6) Removal 34 1.3 REFERENCES 35 A. Reference Standards 36 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 37 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 38 Specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 39 2. ASTM Standard: CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 312500-2 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 2 of 9 ■r 1 a. ASTM D3786, Standard Test Method for Bursting Strength of Textile 2 Fabrics—Diaphragm Bursting Strength Tester Method 3 b. ASTM D4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation 4 of Geotextiles 5 c. ASTM D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size 6 of a Geotextile + 7 d. ASTM D4833, Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of 8 Geomembranes and Related Products 9 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality(TCEQ)TPDES General Permit No. 10 TXR 150000 11 4. TxDOT Departmental Material Specifications(DMS) 12 a. DMS-6230"Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric" 13 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 14 1.5 SUBMITTALS .. 15 A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan(SWPPP) 16 B. TCEQ Notice of Intent(NOI) for Storm Water Discharges Associated with .� 17 Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit 18 C. Construction Site Notice 19 D. TCEQ Notice of Termination(NOT)for Storm Water Discharges Associated with 20 Construction Activity under the TPDES General Permit 21 E. Notice of Change(if applicable) 22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 27 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 28 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 29 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 30 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 31 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES AND MATERIALS 32 A. Rock Filter Dams 33 1. Aggregate 34 a. Furnish aggregate with hardness,durability,cleanliness and resistance to 35 crumbling, flaking and eroding acceptable to the Engineer. 36 b. Provide the following: 37 1) Types 1,2 and 4 Rock Filter Dams CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 oft wr 312500-3 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL w Page 3 of 9 1 a) Use 3 to 6 inch aggregate. 2 2) Type 3 Rock Filter Dams 3 a) Use 4 to 8 inch aggregate. 4 2. Wire 5 a. Provide minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire for the steel wire mesh and tie 6 wires for Types 2 and 3 rock filter dams 7 b. Type 4 dams require: 8 1) Double-twisted,hexagonal weave with a nominal mesh opening of 2'/2 •. 9 inches x 3 '/a inches 10 2) Minimum 0.0866 inch steel wire for netting 11 3) Minimum 0.1063 inch steel wire for selvages and corners 12 4) Minimum 0.0866 inch for binding or tie wire 13 B. Geotextile Fabric 14 1. Place the aggregate over geotextile fabric meeting the following criteria: 15 a. Tensile Strength of 250 pounds,per ASTM D4632 16 b. Puncture Strength of 135 pounds,per ASTM D4833 17 c. Mullen Burst Rate of 420 psi,per ASTM D3786 18 d. Apparent Opening Size of No. 20 (max),per ASTM D4751 19 C. Sandbag Material 20 1. Furnish sandbags meeting Section 2.5 except that any gradation of aggregate may 21 be used to fill the sandbags. 22 D. Stabilized Construction Entrances «• 23 1. Provide materials that meet the details shown on the Drawings and this Section. 24 a. Provide crushed aggregate for long and short-term construction exits. 25 b. Furnish aggregates that are clean,hard,durable and free from adherent coatings 26 such as salt, alkali,dirt,clay, loam, shale, soft or flaky materials and organic 27 and injurious matter. 28 c. Use 3 to 5 inch coarse aggregate with a minimum thickness of 12 inches. 29 d. The aggregate shall be placed over a geotextile fabric meeting the following 30 criteria: 31 1) Tensile Strength of 300 pounds,per ASTM D4632 32 2) Puncture Strength of 120 pounds,per ASTM D4833 33 3) Mullen Burst Rate of 600 psi,per ASTM D3786 34 4) Apparent Opening Size of No. 40(max),per ASTM D4751 ,., 35 E. Embankment for Erosion Control 36 1. Provide rock, loam,clay,topsoil or other earth materials that will form a stable 37 embankment to meet the intended use. 38 F. Sandbags 39 1. Provide sandbag material of polypropylene,polyethylene or polyamide woven 40 fabric with a minimum unit weight of 4 ounces per square yard,a Mullen burst- 41 strength exceeding 300 psi,and an ultraviolet stability exceeding 70 percent. 42 2. Use natural coarse sand or manufactured sand meeting the gradation given in Table 43 1 to fill sandbags. 44 3. Filled sandbags must be 24 to 30 inches long, 16 to 18 inches wide,and 6 to 8 45 inches thick. 46 Table 1 w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 312500-4 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 4 of 9 1 Sand Gradation Sieve# Maximum Retained % by Weight) 4 3 percent 100 80 percent 200 95 percent 2 G. Temporary Sediment Control Fence 3 1. Provide a net-reinforced fence using woven geo-textile fabric. 4 2. Logos visible to the traveling public will not be allowed. .. 5 a. Fabric 6 1) Provide fabric materials in accordance with DMS-6230, "Temporary 7 Sediment Control Fence Fabric." 8 b. Posts 9 1) Provide essentially straight wood or steel posts with a minimum length of 10 48 inches,unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 11 2) Soft wood posts must be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inch 12 3) Hardwood posts must have a minimum cross-section of 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 inch 13 4)' T-or L-shaped steel posts must have a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per 14 foot. 15 c. Net Reinforcement 16. 1) Provide net reinforcement of at least 12-1/2 gauge galvanized welded wire 17 mesh,with a maximum opening size of 2 x 4 inch,at least 24 inches wide, 18 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 19 d. Staples 20 1) Provide staples with a crown at least 3/4 inch wide and legs 1/2 inch long. 21 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] am 23 PART 3 - EXECUTION ow 24 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 27 3.4 INSTALLATION «�+ 28 A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 29 1. Develop and implement the project's Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 30 (SWPPP)in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit TXR150000 31 requirements. Prevent water pollution from storm water runoff by using and 32 maintaining appropriate structural and nonstructural BMPs to reduce pollutants .. 33 discharges to the MS4 from the construction site. 34 B. Control Measures 35 1. Implement control measures in the area to be disturbed before beginning ON 36 construction,or as directed. Limit the disturbance to the area shown on the 37 Drawings or as directed. am CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 .■ 312500-5 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL s Page 5 of 9 1 2. Control site waste such as discarded building materials,concrete truck washout 2 water,chemicals,litter and sanitary waste at the construction site. 3 3. If, in the opinion of the Engineer,the Contractor cannot control soil erosion and 4 sedimentation resulting from construction operations,the Engineer will limit the 5 disturbed area to that which the Contractor is able to control. Minimize disturbance 6 to vegetation. 7 4. Immediately correct ineffective control measures. Implement additional controls as 8 directed. Remove excavated material within the time requirements specified in the 9 applicable storm water permit. 10 5. Upon acceptance of vegetative cover by the City, remove and dispose of all 11 temporary control measures,temporary embankments,bridges,matting, falsework, 12 piling,debris,or other obstructions placed during construction that are not a part of 13 the finished work,or as directed. 14 C. Do not locate disposal areas, stockpiles, or haul roads in any wetland,water body, or 15 streambed. 16 D. Do not install temporary construction crossings in or across any water body without the 17 prior approval of the appropriate resource agency and the Engineer. 18 E. Provide protected storage area for paints, chemicals, solvents, and fertilizers at an 19 approved location. Keep paints, chemicals, solvents,and fertilizers off bare ground and •■ 20 provide shelter for stored chemicals. 21 F. Installation and Maintenance 22 1. Perform work in accordance with the TPDES Construction General Permit 23 TXR150000. 24 2. When approved, sediments may be disposed of within embankments, or in areas 25 where the material will not contribute to further siltation. 26 3. Dispose of removed material in accordance with federal,state,and local 27 regulations. u,r 28 4. Remove devices upon approval or when directed. 29 a. Upon removal, finish-grade and dress the area. 30 b. Stabilize disturbed areas in accordance with the permit,and as shown on the 31 Drawings or directed. 32 5. The Contractor retains ownership of stockpiled material and must remove it from 33 the project when new installations or replacements are no longer required. 34 G. Rock Filter Dams for Erosion Control 35 1. Remove trees,brush, stumps and other objectionable material that may interfere 36 with the construction of rock filter dams. 37 2. Place sandbags as a foundation when required or at the Contractor's option. 38 3. For Types 1,2, 3,and 5,place the aggregate to the lines, height,and slopes 39 specified,without undue voids. 40 4. For Types 2 and 3,place the aggregate on the mesh and then fold the mesh at the 41 upstream side over the aggregate and secure it to itself on the downstream side with 42 wire ties, or hog rings, or as directed. 43 5. Place rock filter dams perpendicular to the flow of the stream or channel unless 44 otherwise directed. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised December 20,2012 am 312500-6 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 6 of 9 No 1 6. Construct filter dams according to the following criteria,unless otherwise shown on 2 the Drawings: 3 a. Type 1 (Non-reinforced) 4 1) Height-At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top 5 of filter dam 6 2) Top Width-At least 2 feet 7 3) Slopes-At most 2:1 8 b. Type 2 (Reinforced) 9 1) Height-At least 18 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top 10 of filter dam 11 2) Top Width-At least 2 feet 12 3) Slopes-At most 2:1 13 c. Type 3 (Reinforced) 14 1) Height-At least 36 inches measured vertically from existing ground to top 15 of filter dam 16 2) Top Width-At least 2 feet 17 3) Slopes-At most 2:1 18 d. Type 4 (Sack Gabions) 19 1) Unfold sack gabions and smooth out kinks and bends. 20 2) For vertical filling,connect the sides by lacing in a single loop—double loop 21 pattern on 4-to 5-inches spacing. At 1 end,pull the end lacing rod until 22 tight,wrap around the end,and twist 4 times. At the filling end,fill with 23 stone,pull the rod tight,cut the wire with approximately 6 inches 24 remaining,and twist wires 4 times. 25 3) For horizontal filling,place sack flat in a filling trough, fill with stone,and . 26 connect sides and secure ends as described above. 27 4) Lift and place without damaging the gabion. 28 5) Shape sack gabions to existing contours. 29 e. Type 5 30 1) Provide rock filter dams as shown on the Drawings. 31 H. Construction Entrances 32 1. When tracking conditions exist,prevent traffic from crossing or exiting the 33 construction site or moving directly onto a public roadway,alley, sidewalk,parking 34 area,or other right of way areas other than at the location of construction entrances. 35 2. Place the exit over a foundation course,if necessary. 36 a. Grade the foundation course or compacted subgrade to direct runoff from the 37 construction exits to a sediment trap as shown on the Drawings or as directed. .. 38 3. At drive approaches, make sure the construction entrance is the full width of the 39 drive and meets the length shown on the Drawings. 40 a. The width shall beat least 14 feet for 1-way and 24 feet for 2-way traffic for all .. 41 other points of ingress or egress or as directed by the Engineer. 42 1. Earthwork for Erosion Control .. 43 1. Perform excavation and embankment operations to minimize erosion and to remove 44 collected sediments from other erosion control devices. 45 a. Excavation and Embankment for Erosion Control Measures 46 1) Place earth dikes, swales or combinations of both along the low crown of on 47 daily lift placement, or as directed,to prevent runoff spillover. am CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 as 312500-7 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 7 of 9 1 2) Place swales and dikes at other locations as shown on the Drawings or as 2 directed to prevent runoff spillover or to divert runoff. +■ 3 3) Construct cuts with the low end blocked with undisturbed earth to prevent 4 erosion of hillsides. 5 4) Construct sediment traps at drainage structures in conjunction with other ,,. 6 erosion control measures as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 7 5) Where required,create a sediment basin providing 3,600 cubic feet of 8 storage per acre drained,or equivalent control measures for drainage 9 locations that serve an area with 10 or more disturbed acres at 1 time, not 10 including offsite areas. 11 b. Excavation of Sediment and Debris 12 1) Remove sediment and debris when accumulation affects the performance of 13 the devices,after a rain,and when directed. 14 J. Sandbags for Erosion Control ..r 15 1. Construct a berm or dam of sandbags that will intercept sediment-laden storm water 16 runoff from disturbed areas, create a retention pond, detain sediment and release 17 water in sheet flow. 18 2. Fill each bag with sand so that at least the top 6 inches of the bag is unfilled to 19 allow for proper tying of the open end. 20 3. Place the sandbags with their tied ends in the same direction. 21 4. Offset subsequent rows of sandbags 1/2 the length of the preceding row. 22 5. Place a single layer of sandbags downstream as a secondary debris trap. 23 6. Place additional sandbags as necessary or as directed for supplementary support to 24 berms or dams of sandbags or earth. 25 K. Temporary Sediment-Control Fence •� 26 1. Provide temporary sediment-control fence near the downstream perimeter of a 27 disturbed area to intercept sediment from sheet flow. 28 2. Incorporate the fence into erosion-control measures used to control sediment in +�•' 29 areas of higher flow. Install the fence as shown on the Drawings,as specified in this 30 Section, or as directed. 31 a. Post Installation 32 1) Embed posts at least 18 inches deep,or adequately anchor, if in rock,with a 33 spacing of 6 to 8 feet and install on a slight angle toward the run-off source. 34 b. Fabric Anchoring 35 1) Dig trenches along the uphill side of the fence to anchor 6 to 8 inches of 36 fabric. 37 2) Provide a minimum trench cross-section of 6 x 6 inches 38 3) Place the fabric against the side of the trench and align approximately 2 39 inches of fabric along the bottom in the upstream direction. 40 4) Backfill the trench,then hand-tamp. 41 c. Fabric and Net Reinforcement Attachment 42 1) Unless otherwise shown under the Drawings,attach the reinforcement to 43 wooden posts with staples,or to steel posts with T-clips,in at least 4 places 44 equally spaced. *■ 45 2) Sewn vertical pockets may be used to attach reinforcement to end posts. 46 3) Fasten the fabric to the top strand of reinforcement by hog rings or cord 47 every 15 inches or less. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 312500-8 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 8 of 9 no 1 d. Fabric and Net Splices 2 1) Locate splices at a fence post with a minimum lap of 6 inches attached in at 3 least 6 places equally spaced,unless otherwise shown under the Drawings. on 4 a) Do not locate splices in concentrated flow areas. 5 2) Requirements for installation of used temporary sediment-control fence 6 include the following: .. 7 a) Fabric with minimal or no visible signs of biodegradation(weak fibers) 8 b) Fabric without excessive patching(more than 1 patch every 15 to 20 9 feet) 10 c) Posts without bends 11 d) Backing without holes 12 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] ,. 13 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14 3.7 FIELD loR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 16 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 17 3.10 CLEANING 18 A. Waste Management 19 1. Remove sediment, debris and litter as needed. 20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES ^* 21 A. Erosion control measures remain in place and are maintained until all soil disturbing 22 activities at the project site have been completed. «. 23 B. Establish a uniform vegetative cover with a density of 70 percent on all unpaved areas, 24 on areas not covered by permanent structures, or in areas where permanent erosion 25 control measures(i.e. riprap,gabions, or geotextiles)have been employed. ,.. 26 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 27 3.13 MAINTENANCE «. 28 A. Install and maintain the integrity of temporary erosion and sedimentation control 29 devices to accumulate silt and debris until earthwork construction and permanent 30 erosion control features are in place or the disturbed area has been adequately stabilized 31 as determined by the Engineer. 32 B. If a device ceases to function as intended,repair or replace the device or portions 33 thereof as necessary. 34 C. Perform inspections of the construction site as prescribed in the Construction General 35 Permit TXR150000. 36 D. Records of inspections and modifications based on the results of inspections must be 37 maintained and available in accordance with the permit. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 r.,, 312500-9 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 9 of 9 1 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2 END OF SECTION 3 no Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 Ns ■r w . an CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 Division 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVMENTS 320117-1 PERMANENT ASPHALT PAVING REPAIR Page I of 5 1 SECTION 32 0117 2 PERMANENT ASPHALT PAVING REPAIR u 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section includes: 6 1. Flexible pavement repair to include,but not limited to: 7 a. Utility cuts(water, sanitary sewer,drainage,franchise utilities, etc.) 8 b. Warranty work 9 c. Repairs of damage caused by Contractor 10 d. Any permanent asphalt pavement repair needed during the course of �. 11 construction 12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 13 1. None. 14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the .. 16 Contract 17 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 18 3. Section 03 34 16—Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 19 4. Section 32 12 16—Asphalt Paving 20 5. Section 32 13 13 —Concrete Paving 21 6. Section 33 05 10—Utility Trench Excavation,Embedment and Backfill 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. Asphalt Pavement Repair 25 a. Measurement ® 26 1) Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of Asphalt Pavement 27 Repair based on the defined width and roadway classification specified in 28 the Drawings. ..� 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 31 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 32 price bid price per linear foot of Asphalt Pavement Repair. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Preparing final surfaces 35 2) Furnishing, loading, unloading, storing,hauling and handling all materials 36 including freight and royalty 37 3) Traffic control for all testing 38 4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive +. 39 5) Materials and work needed for corrective action 40 6) Trial batches 41 7) Tack coat CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 a.r Revised December 20,2012 320117-2 PERMANENT ASPHALT PAVING REPAIR Page 2 of 5 1 8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 2 2. Asphalt Pavement Repair for Utility Service Trench 3 a. Measurement 4 1) Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of Asphalt Pavement 5 Repair centered on the proposed sewer service line measured from the face 6 of curb to the limit of the Asphalt Pavement Repair for the main sewer line. 7 b. Payment 8 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 9 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit .. 10 price bid price per linear foot of"Asphalt Pavement Repair, Service" 11 installed for: 12 a) Various types of utilities ,. 13 c. The price bid shall include: 14 1) Preparing final surfaces 15 2) Furnishing, loading,unloading,storing,hauling and handling all materials 16 including freight and royalty 17 3) Traffic control for all testing 18 4) Asphalt,aggregate,and additive 19 5) Materials and work needed for corrective action 20 6) Trial batches 21 7) Tack coat 22 8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material - 23 3. Asphalt Pavement Repair Beyond Defined Width 24 a. Measurement 25. 1) Measurement for this Item will be by the square yard for asphalt pavement 26 repair beyond pay limits of the defined width of Asphalt Pavement Repair 27 by roadway classification specified in the Drawings. 28 b. Payment .• 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 30 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 31 price bid per square yard of Asphalt Pavement Repair Beyond Defined 32 Width. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Preparing final surfaces 35 2) Furnishing, loading,unloading, storing,hauling and handling all materials 36 including freight and royalty 37 3) Traffic control for all testing 38 4) Asphalt,aggregate,and additive 39 5) Materials and work needed for corrective action 40 6) Trial batches 41 7) Tack coat 42 8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 43 4. Extra Width Asphalt Pavement Repair 44 a. Measurement 45 1) Measurement for this Item will be by the square yard for surface repair 46 (does not include base repair)for: 47 a) Various thicknesses �- 48 b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 3201 17-3 PERMANENT ASPHALT PAVING REPAIR Page 3 of 5 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 2 and measured as provided under"Measurement'will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per square yard of Extra Width Asphalt Pavement Repair 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Preparing final surfaces -- 6 2) Furnishing, loading, unloading, storing, hauling and handling all materials 7 including freight and royalty 8 3) Traffic control for all testing 9 4) Asphalt, aggregate, and additive 10 5) Materials and work needed for corrective action 11 6) Trial batches 12 7) Tack coat 13 8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 14 1.3 REFERENCES 15 A. Definitions 16 1. H.M.A.C.—Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 A. Permitting 19 1. Obtain Street Use Permit to make utility cuts in the street from the Transportation 20 and Public Works Department in conformance with current ordinances. ' 21 2. The Transportation and Public Works Department will inspect the paving repair 22 after construction. 23 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 25 A. Asphalt Pavement Mix Design: submit for approval: see Section 32 12 16. 26 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 29 1.11 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 30 1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS 31 A. Place mixture when the roadway surface temperature is 45 degrees F or higher and 32 rising unless otherwise approved. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 3201 17-4 PERMANENT ASPHALT PAVING REPAIR Page 4 of 5 A 1 1.13 WARRANTY [NOT USED] «. 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] sm 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. Backfill 6 1. See Section 33 05 10. 7 B. Base Material 8 1. Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair: See Section 03 34 16. 9 2. Concrete Base: See Section 32 13 13. 10 C. Asphalt Paving: see Section 32 12 16. 11 1. H.M.A.C. paving: Type D. 12 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] .. 13 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14 PART 3- EXECUTION 15 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 16 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 17 3.3 PREPARATION .. 18 A. Surface Preparation 19 1. Mark pavement cut for repairs for approval by the City. 20 2. Contractor and City meet prior to saw cutting to confirm limits of repairs. 21 3.4 INSTALLATION 22 A. General 23 1. Equipment 24 a. Use machine intended for cutting pavement. ,® 25 b. Milling machines may be used as long as straight edge is maintained. 26 2.. Repairs: In true and straight lines to dimensions shown on the Drawings. 27 3. Utility Cuts .. 28 a. In a true and straight line on both sides of the trench 29 b. Minimum of 12 inches outside the trench walls 30 c. If the existing flexible pavement is 2 feet or less between the lip of the existing 31 gutter and the edge of the trench repair, remove the existing paving to such 32 gutter. 33 4. Limit dust and residues from sawing from entering the atmosphere or drainage ,. 34 facilities. 35 B. Removal CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ,,,,, 320117-5 PERMANENT ASPHALT PAVING REPAIR w Page 5 of 5 1 1. Use care to prevent fracturing existing pavement structure adjacent to the repair 2 area. 3 C. Base 4 1. Install replacement base material as specified in Drawings. 5 D. Asphalt Paving 6 1. H.M.A.0 placement: in accordance with Section 32 12 16 7 2. Type D surface mix 8 3. Depth: as specified in Drawings 9 4. Place surface mix in lifts not to exceed 3 inches. 10 5. Last or top lift shall not be less than 2 inches thick. 11 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 12 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 15 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 16 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 17 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 18 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 19 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 20 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 21 a* 22 END OF SECTION 23 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE w 1.2.A—Modified Items to be included in price bid;Added blue text for clarification 12/20/2012 D.Johnson of repair width on utility trench repair;Added a bid item for utility service trench repair. w ' 24 an «M. r CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 an Revised December 20,2012 320129-1 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 1 of 4 1 SECTION 32 0129 2 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section includes: 6 1. Concrete pavement repair to include,but not limited to: 7 a. Utility cuts(water, sanitary sewer,drainage,etc.) 8 b. Warranty work 9 c. Repairs of damage caused by Contractor 10 d. Any other concrete pavement repair needed during the course of construction 11 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 12 1. None. w 13 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14 1. Division 0- Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 15 2. Division 1 -General Requirements 16 3. Section 32 01 18-Temporary Asphalt Paving Repair 17 4. Section 32 12 16-Asphalt Paving 18 5. Section 32 13 13 -Concrete Paving 19 6. Section 33 05 10-Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES w 21 A. Measurement and Payment 22 1. Concrete Pavement Repair .. 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Concrete 25 Pavement Repair for various: 26 a) Street types 27 2) Limits of repair will be based on the time of service of the existing 28 pavement. The age of the pavement will need to be determined by the 29 Engineer through coordination with the City.For pavement ages: w 30 a) 10 years or less: repair entire panel 31 b) Greater than 10 years: repair to limits per Drawings 32 b. Payment 33 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 34 and measured as provided under"Measurement" shall be paid for at the 35 unit price bid per square yard of Concrete Pavement Repair 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 38 2) Furnishing and applying all water required 39 3) Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing, hauling and handling all 40 concrete CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 320129-2 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 2 of 4 1 4) Furnishing, loading and unloading, storing,hauling and handling all base 2 material 3 5) Mixing,placing, finishing and curing all concrete +■ 4 6) Furnishing and installing reinforcing steel 5 7) Furnishing all materials and placing longitudinal,warping,expansion and 6 contraction joints, including all steel dowels,dowel caps and load 7 transmission units required,wire and devices for placing,holding and 8 supporting the steel bar, load transmission units,and joint filler in the 9 proper position; for coating steel bars where required by the Drawings 10 8) Sealing joints 11 9) Monolithically poured curb 12 10) Cleanup no 13 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS am 15 A. Permitting 16 1. Obtain Street Use Permit to make utility cuts in the street from the Transportation 17 and Public Works Department in conformance with current ordinances. 'm 18 2. Transportation and Public Works Department will inspect paving repair after 19 construction. sm 20 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS .. 22 A. Concrete Mix Design: submit for approval in accordance with Section 32 13 13. 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] an 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] am 26 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 27 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS an 28 A. Weather Conditions: Place concrete as specified in Section 32 13 13. 29 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] on 30 PART 2 - PRODUCTS sm 31 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 32 2.2 MATERIALS go 33 A. Embedment and Backfill: see Section 33 05 10. 34 B. Base material: Concrete base: see Section 32 13 13. 35 C. Concrete: see Section 32 13 13. 36 1. Concrete paving: Class H or Class HES. an CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 am 320129-3 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 3 of 4 1 2. Replace concrete to the specified thickness. 2 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 3 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4 PART 3- EXECUTION 5 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 6 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 7 3.3 PREPARATION 8 A. Replace a continuous section if multiple repairs are closer than 10 feet apart from edge 9 of one repair to the edge of a second repair. 10 B. If the cut is to be covered, use steel plates of sufficient strength and thickness to support 11 traffic. 12 1. Construct a transition of hot-mix or cold-mix asphalt from the top of the steel plate 13 to the existing pavement to create a smooth riding surface. 14 a. Hot-mix or cold-mix asphalt: conform to the requirements of Section 32 12 16. 15 C. Surface Preparation: mark pavement cut repairs for approval by the City. 16 3.4 INSTALLATION �» 17 A. Sawing 18 1. General 19 a. Saw cut perpendicular to the surface to full pavement depth. .. 20 b. Saw cut the edges of pavement and appurtenances damaged subsequent to 21 sawing to remove damaged areas. 22 c. Such saw cuts shall be parallel to the original saw cut and to neat straight lines. .. 23 2. Sawing equipment 24 a. Power-driven 25 b. Manufactured for the purpose of sawing pavement ., 26 c. In good operating condition 27 d. Shall not spa]]or facture concrete adjacent to the repair area 28 3. Repairs: In true and straight lines to dimensions shown on the Drawings 29 4. Utility Cuts 30 a. In a true and straight line on both sides of the trench 31 b. Minimum of 12 inches outside the trench walls * 32 5. Prevent dust and residues from sawing from entering the atmosphere or drainage 33 facilities. 34 B. Removal 35 1. Use care in removing concrete to be repaired to prevent spalling or fracturing 36 concrete adjacent to the repair area. -. 37 C. Base: as specified in Drawings 38 D. Concrete Paving 39 1. Concrete placement: in accordance with Section 32 13 13. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w, Revised December 20,2012 «. 320129-4 CONCRETE PAVING REPAIR Page 4 of 4 1 2. Reinforce concrete replacement: as specified in Drawings 2 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] . 3 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 4 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] „W 5 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 6 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 11 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 12 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 1.2.A—Modified Items to be included in price bid;Added blue text for clarification 12/20/2012 D.Johnson of repair width on utility trench repair n. 2.2.C.I—Changed to Class P to Class H w 13 r. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 �.,, 321123-1 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 32 1123 2 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Foundation course for surface course or for other base course composed of flexible 7 base constructed in one or more courses in conformity with the typical section. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None 10 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract 13 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Measurement 17 a. Measurement for this Item will be by the square yard of Flexible Base Course 18 for various: 19 1) Depths 20 2) Types 21 3) Gradations 22 2. Payment 23 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 24 measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit price +* 25 bid per square yard of Flexible Base Course. 26 3. The price bid shall include: 27 a. Preparation and correction of subgrade w■ 28 b. Furnishing of material 29 c. Hauling 30 d. Blading .. 31 e. Sprinkling 32 f. Compacting 33 1.3 REFERENCES 34 A. Definitions 35 1. RAP—Recycled Asphalt Pavement. 36 B. Reference Standards 37 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 38 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 39 specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 40 2. ASTM International(ASTM): CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w� Revised December 20,20I2 321123-2 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 2 of 7 1 a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 2 Soil Using Standard Effort(12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 3 3. Texas Department of Transportation(TXDOT): 4 a. Tex-104-E, Determining Liquid Limits of Soils 5 b. Tex-106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils 6 c. Tex-107-E,Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils 7 d. Tex-110-E,Particle Size Analysis of Soils 8 e. Tex-116-E, Ball Mill Method for Determining the Disintegration of Flexible 9 Base Material .. 10 f. Tex-117-E,Triaxial Compression for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials 11 g. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium 12 Sulfate 13 h. Tex-413-A,Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate 14 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 15 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 20 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 21 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 22 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25 2.2 MATERIALS 26 A. General 27 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality that meet the requirements of 28 the Drawings and specifications. 29 2. Obtain materials from approved sources. 30 3. Notify City of changes to material sources. +� 31 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction 32 throughout the duration of the project to assure specification compliance. 33 B. Aggregate 34 1. Furnish aggregate of the type and grade shown on the Drawings and conforming to 35 the requirements of Table 1. 36 2. Each source must meet Table 1 requirements for liquid limit,plastiCity index,and 37 wet ball mill for the grade specified. 38 3. Do not use additives such as but not limited to lime, cement,or fly ash to modify ,.. 39 aggregates to meet the requirements of Table 1,unless shown on the Drawings. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ,r,., 321123-3 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES aw Page 3 of 7 1 2 Table 1 3 Material Requirements Property Test Method Grade 1 Grade Master gradation sieve size(o:°retained) 2-1/2 in. — 0 1-3/4 in. 0 0-10 7/8 in Tex-110-E 10-35 — aw 3/8 in. 30-50 — No.4 45-665 45-75 No.40 70-85 60-85 Li uid limit,%max.' Tex-104-E 35 40 PlastiCity index,max.' Tex-106-E 10 12 Wet ball mill,%max.' 40 45 Wet ball mill,%max. Tex-116-E increase passing the 20 20 No.40 sieve Classification' 1.0 1.1-2.3 Min.compressive strength',psi Tex-]17-E lateral pressure 0 psi 45 35 .r lateral pressure 15 psi 175 175 1.Determine plastic index in accordance with Tex-107-E(linear shrinkage)when liquid limit is unattainable as defined in Tex-104-E. 2.When a soundness value is required by the Drawings,test material in accordance with Tex-411-A. 3.Meet both the classification and the minimum compressive strength,unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 4 5 4. Material Tolerances 6 a. The City may accept material if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent gradation 7 tests has an individual sieve outside the specified limits of the gradation. 8 b. When target grading is required by the Drawings,no single failing test may 9 exceed the master grading by more than 5 percentage points on sieves No. 4 -- 10 and larger or 3 percentage points on sieves smaller than No.4. 11 c. The City may accept material if no more than 1 of the 5 most recent plasticity 12 index tests is outside the specified limit.No single failing test may exceed the ,. 13 allowable limit by more than 2 points. 14 5. Material Types 15 a. Do not use fillers or binders unless approved. .— 16 b. Furnish the type specified on the Drawings in accordance with the following: 17 1) Type A 18 a) Crushed stone produced and graded from oversize quarried aggregate 19 that originates from a single,naturally occurring source. 20 b) Do not use gravel or multiple sources. 21 2) Type B 22 a) Only for use as base material for temporary pavement repairs. 23 b) Do not exceed 20 percent RAP by weight unless shown on Drawings. 24 3) Type D 25 a) Type A material or crushed concrete. 26 b) Crushed concrete containing gravel will be considered Type D 27 material. a� CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised December 20,2012 an 321123-4 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 4 of 7 as 1 c) The City may require separate dedicated stockpiles in order to verify 2 compliance. 3 d) Crushed concrete must meet the following requirements: +r 4 (1) Table 1 for the grade specified. 5 (2) Recycled materials must be free from reinforcing steel and other 6 objectionable material and have at most 1.5 percent deleterious ,. 7 material when tested in accordance with TEX-413-A. 8 C. Water 9 1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable matter. 10 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12 PART 3- EXECUTION 13 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15 3.3 PREPARATION 16 A. General 17 1. Shape the subgrade or existing base to conform to the typical sections shown on the 18 Drawings or as directed. 19 2. When new base is required to be mixed with existing base: 20 a. .Deliver,place,and spread the new flexible base in the required amount. 21 b. Manipulate and thoroughly mix the new base with existing material to provide 22 a uniform mixture to the specified depth before shaping. 23 B. Subgrade Compaction 24 1. Proof roll the roadbed before pulverizing or scarifying in accordance with the 25 following: 26 a. Proof Rolling 27 1) City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 28 2) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut 29 or pump. 30 a) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck 31 with a 1500 gallon capacity. 32 3) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller(down and back= 1 pass). �* 33 4) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 34 5) If an unstable or non-uniform area is found,correct the area. 35 b. Correct .. 36 1) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch 37 2) Areas that are unstable or non-uniform 38 2. Installation of base material cannot proceed until compacted subgrade approved by «. 39 the City. 40 3.4 INSTALLATION 41 A. General CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ,,.. 32 1123-5 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES w Page 5 of 7 1 1. Construct each layer uniformly, free of loose or segregated areas,and with the 2 required density and moisture content. 3 2. Provide a smooth surface that conforms to the typical sections, lines,and grades 4 shown on the Drawings or as directed. 5 3. Haul approved flexible base in clean,covered trucks. 6 B. Equipment 7 1. General 8 a. Provide machinery,tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 9 work. 10 2. Rollers 11 a. The Contractor may use any type of roller to meet the production rates and 12 quality requirements of the Contract unless otherwise shown on the Drawings 13 or directed. 14 b. When specific types of equipment are required, use equipment that meets the 15 specified requirements. 16 c. Alternate Equipment. 17 1) Instead of the specified equipment,the Contractor may,as approved, 18 operate other compaction equipment that produces equivalent results. 19 2) Discontinue the use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified 20 equipment if the desired results are not achieved. 21 d. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 22 quality requirements of the Contract are not met. w 23 C. Placing 24 1. Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer by approved means the same 25 day as delivered unless otherwise approved. 26 2. Place material such that it is mixed to minimize segregation. 27 3. Construct layers to the thickness shown on the Drawings,while maintaining the 28 shape of the course. ..w 29 4. Where subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches in thickness,construct in 2 or more 30 courses of equal thickness. 31 5. Minimum lift depth: 3 inches 32 6. Control dust by sprinkling. 33 7. Correct or replace segregated areas as directed. 34 8. Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same construction 35 methods required for the first course. 36 D. Compaction * 37 1. General 38 a. Compact using density control unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 39 b. Multiple lifts are permitted when shown on the Drawings or approved. .w 40 c. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. When necessary, sprinkle the 41 material to the extent necessary to provide not less than the required density. 42 d. Compact the full depth of the subbase or base to the extent necessary to remain 43 firm and stable under construction equipment. 44 2. Rolling CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 A Revised December 20,2012 321123-6 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 6 of 7 1 a. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed towards the center, 2 overlapping on successive trips by at least 1/2 the width of the roller unit. 3 b. On superelevated curves,begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the — 4 high side. 5 c. Offset alternate trips of the roller. 6 d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 mph as directed. 7 e. Rework,recompact,and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses 8 required moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or 9 the project is accepted. 10 f. Continue work until specification requirements are met. 11 g. Proof roll the compacted flexible base in accordance with the following: 12 1) Proof Rolling 13 a) City Project Representative must be on-site during proof rolling 14 operations. 15 b) Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that 16 rut or pump. 17 (1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck 18 with a 1500 gallon capacity. 19 c) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller(down and back= 1 pass). •- 20 d) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 21 e) If an unstable or non-uniform area is found,correct the area. 22 2) Correct �-- 23 a) Soft spots that rut or pump greater than 3/4 inch. 24 b) Areas that are unstable or non-uniform. 25 3. Tolerances .. 26 a. Maintain the shape of the course by blading. 27 b. Completed surface shall be smooth and in conformity with the typical sections 28 shown on the Drawings to the established lines and grades. 29 c. For subgrade beneath paving surfaces,correct any deviation in excess of 1/4 30 inch in cross section in length greater than 16 feet measured longitudinally by 31 loosening,adding or removing material. Reshape and recompact by sprinkling 32 and rolling. 33 d. Correct all fractures, settlement or segregation immediately by scarifying the 34 areas affected,adding suitable material as required. Reshape and recompact by 35 sprinkling and rolling. 36 e. Should the subbase or base course,due to any reason, lose the required 37 stability, density and finish before the surfacing is complete, it shall be 38 recompacted at the sole expense of the Contractor. 39 4. Density Control 40 a. Minimum Density: 95 percent compaction as determined by ASTM D698. 41 b. Moisture content: minus 2 to plus 4 of optimum. 42 E. Finishing 43 1. After completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight-blade the surface with a 44 maintainer or subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 45 2. Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location. 46 3. Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with an appropriate size pneumatic •� 47 tire roller until a smooth surface is attained. 48 4. Add small increments of water as needed during rolling. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 N,, 321123-7 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 7 of 7 1 5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, 2 lines,and grades as shown on the Drawings or as directed. 3 6. In areas where surfacing is to be placed,correct grade deviations greater than 1/4 4 inch in 16 feet measured longitudinally or greater than 1/4 inch over the entire 5 width of the cross-section. 6 7. Correct by loosening,adding, or removing material. 7 8. Reshape and recompact in accordance with 3 A.C. .. 8 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 9 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 10 3.7 QUALITY CONTROL 11 A. Density Test 12 1. City to measure density of flexible base course. *� 13 a. Notify City Project Representative when flexible base ready for density testing. 14 b. Spacing directed by City(1 per block minimum). 15 c. City Project Representative determines location of density testing. 16 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 17 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 18 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 19 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] „ 20 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 21 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 22 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 23 END OF SECTION 24 Revision Log ar DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE w 25 w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 3231 13-1 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 32 3113 2 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Galvanized coated chain link(non-security)fencing and accessories in accordance 7 with the City's Zoning Ordinance. 8 2. Wrought iron fencing and accessories 9 3. Steel tube fencing and accessories 10 4. On utility projects: 11 a. When existing fence is within the project Site(i.e.parallel to the utility trench 12 and/or within utility easement)and is directly disturbed by construction 13 activities,fencing will be paid for as listed in Article 1.2 below. 14 b. When existing fence is crossing the proposed utility trench,the work performed " 15 and materials furnished in accordance with fence replacement will be 16 considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. 17 c. When existing fence is outside of the limits of the project Site or is identified as 18 protected on the Drawings and is disturbed and/or by construction activities, 19 replacement will be at the expense of the Contractor and no other compensation 20 will be allowed. 21 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 22 1. None,but this specification provides background supporting information for .w 23 the security fencing details provided on the construction plans. 24 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 25 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 26 2. Division 1 -General Requirements 27 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES w 28 A. Measurement and Payment 29 1. Chain Link Fence 30 a. Measurement ■. 31 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Chain Link Fence 32 installed. 33 b. Payment 34 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 35 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 36 price bid per linear foot of Chain Link Fence installed for various: 37 a) Heights 38 b) Fabric materials 39 c. The price bid shall include: 40 1) Furnishing and installing all fence and gate materials 41 2) Mow strip, if shown in Drawings 42 3) Cleanup 43 4) Hauling CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised December 20,2012 3231 13-2 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 2 of 7 1 2. Wrought Iron Fence 2 a. Measurement 3 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Wrought Iron .. 4 Fence installed. 5 b. Payment 6 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item *„ 7 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 8 price bid per linear foot of Wrought Iron Fence installed for various 9 heights. 10 c. The price bid shall include: 11 1) Furnishing and installing all fence and gate materials 12 2) Mow strip, if shown in Drawings 13 3) Cleanup 14 4) Hauling 15 3. Steel Tube Fence 16 a. Measurement 17 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Steel Tube Fence 18 installed. 19 b. Payment " 20 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 21 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 22 price bid per linear foot of Steel Tube Fence installed for various heights. .• 23 c. The price bid shall include: 24 1) Furnishing and installing all fence and gate materials 25 2) Mow strip, if shown in Drawings 26 3) Cleanup 27 4) Hauling 28 1.3 REFERENCES .. 29 A. Reference Standards 30 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 31 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 32 specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 33 2. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 34 a. A 36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 35 b. A 123, Standard Specification for Zinc(Hot-Dip Galvanized)Coatings on Iron 36 and Steel Products 37 c. A 392, Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric 38 d. A 500, Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon 39 Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes 40 e. F 626, Standard Specification for Fence Fittings 41 f. F 1043, Standard Specification for Strength and Protective Coatings on Steel 42 Industrial Chain Link Fence Framework 43 g. F 1083,Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated 44 (Galvanized)Welded, for Fence Structures 45 h. F 1183, Specification for Aluminum Alloy Chain Link Fence Fabric CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 .. 3231 13-3 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 3 of 7 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 2 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS am 3 A. Shop drawings 4 1. Layout of fences and gates with dimensions,details,and finishes of components, 5 accessories and post foundations if requested by the City. 6 B. Product data 7 1. Manufacturer's catalog cuts indicating material compliance and specified options. 8 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 12 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 13 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15 PART 2- PRODUCTS 16 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 17 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS/MATERIALS 18 A. Manufacturer 19 1. Minimum of 5 years of experience manufacturing galvanized coated chain link 20 fencing. 21 2. Approved Manufacturer or equal: 22 a. Allied Fence,Inc. 23 b. American Fence Corp. .■ 24 c. Anchor Fence,Inc. 25 d. Master Halco, Inc. 26 B. Materials 27 1. Chain Link Fence 28 a. General .,� 29 1) Posts,gate frames,braces, rails, stretcher bars,truss rods and tension wire 30 shall be of steel. 31 2) Gate hinges,post caps,barbed wire supporting arms, stretcher bar bands .� 32 and other parts shall be of steel,malleable iron,ductile iron or equal 33 3) Post tops,rail end,ties and clips may be of aluminum. 34 4) Use only new material,or salvaged/existing material if approved by City or 35 noted on Drawings. 36 b. Steel Fabric 37 1) Fabric 38 a) No. 9 gauge 39 b) 2-inch mesh 40 (1) Commercial: both top and bottom selvages twisted and barged 41 Residential: match existing or both top and bottom selvages knuckled CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 3231 13-4 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 4 of 7 1 (2) Furnish 1-piece fabric widths. 2 2) Fabric Finish: Galvanized,ASTM A 392,Class I,with not less than 1.2 oz. 3 zinc per square foot of surface. 4 c. Aluminum Fabric 5 1) Fabric 6 a) ASTM F 1183 , 7 b) No.9 gauge 8 c) 2-inch mesh,with both top and bottom selvages twisted and barged. 9 d) Furnish 1-piece fabric widths. 10 d. Steel Framing .. 11 1) Steel pipe-Type 1 12 a) ASTM F 1083 13 b) Standard weight schedule 40 14 c) Minimum yield strength: 30,000 psi 15 d) Sizes as indicated 16 e) Hot-dipped galvanized with minimum average 1.8 oz/ft2 of coated 17 surface area 18 2) Steel pipe-Type II 19 a) ASTM F 1043,Group IC .. 20 b) Minimum yield strength: 50,000 psi 21 c) Sizes as indicated on Drawings 22 d) Protective coating per ASTM F 1043 23 (1) External coating Type B 24 (a) Zinc with organic overcoat 25 (b) 0.9 oz/ft2 minimum zinc coating with chromate conversion 26 coating and verifiable polymer film 27 (2) Internal coating Type B 28 (a) Minimum 0.9 oz/ft2 zinc or Type D,zinc pigmented, 81 percent 29 nominal coating,minimum 3 mils 30 3) Formed steel("C")sections: 31 a) Roll formed steel shapes complying with ASTM F 1043,Group II 32 b) Minimum yield strength: 45,000 psi.(31O MPa) 33 c) Sizes as indicated on Drawings 34 d) External coating per ASTM F 1043,Type A 35 (1) Minimum average 2.0 oz/ft2 of zinc per ASTM A 123 .. 36 4) Steel square sections 37 a) ASTM A 500, Grade B 38 b) Minimum yield strength: 40,000 psi 39 c) Sizes as indicated on Drawings 40 d) Hot-dipped galvanized with minimum 1.8 oz/ft2 of coated surface area 41 e. Accessories 42 1) Chain link fence accessories .. 43 a) ASTM F 626 . 44 b) Provide items required to complete fence system. 45 c) Galvanize each ferrous metal item and finish to match framing. 46 2) Post caps 47 a) Formed steel or cast malleable iron weather tight closure cap for 48 tubular posts. ' 49 b) Provide 1 cap for each post. 50 c) Cap to have provision for barbed wire when necessary. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 323113-5 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 5 of 7 �s 1 d) "C"shaped line post without top rail or barbed wire supporting arms do 2 not require post caps. 3 e) Where top rail is used,provide tops to permit passage of top rail. 4 3) Top rail and rail ends 5 a) 1 5/8 inch diameter galvanized round pipe for horizontal railing 6 b) Pressed steel per ASTM F626 7 c) For connection of rail and brace to terminal posts 8 4) Top rail sleeves 9 a) 7-inch expansion sleeve with a minimum 0.137 inch wire diameter and 10 1.80 inch length spring, allowing for expansion and contraction of top 11 rail 12 5) Wire ties 13 a) 9 gauge galvanized steel wire for attachment of fabric to line posts 14 b) Double wrap 13 gauge for rails and braces. 15 c) Hog ring ties of 12-1/2 gauge for attachment •. 16 6) Brace and tension(stretcher bar)bands 17 a) Pressed steel 18 b) Minimum 300 degree profile curvature for secure fence post attachment 19 c) At square post provide tension bar clips. 20 7) Tension(stretcher)bars: 21 a) 1 piece lengths equal to 2 inches less than full height of fabric 22 b) Minimum cross-section of 3/16 inch x 3/4 inch 23 c) Provide tension(stretcher)bars where chain link fabric meets terminal 24 posts. 25 8) Tension wire 26 a) Galvanized coated steel wire, 6 gauge, [0.192 inch] diameter wire 27 b) Tensile strength: 75,000 psi 28 9) Truss rods&tightener 29 a) Steel rods with minimum diameter of 5/16 inch 30 b) Capable of withstanding a tension of minimum 2,000 pounds 31 10)Nuts and bolts are galvanized. 32 2. Wrought Iron Fence: specified per Drawings. 33 3. Steel Tube Fence: specified per Drawings. 34 4. Setting Materials a~ 35 a. Concrete 36 1) Minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi 37 2) Bagged concrete allowed. 38 b. Drive Anchors 39 1) Galvanized angles 40 2) ASTM A 36 steel +� 41 3) 1 inch x 1 inch x 30 inch galvanized shoe clamps to secure angles to posts. w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w. 323113-6 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 6 of 7 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] r 3 PART 3- EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] �. 5 3.2 EXAMINATION 6 A. Verification of Conditions ... 7 1. Verify areas to receive fencing are completed to final grades and elevations. 8 2. Ensure property lines and legal boundaries of work are clearly established 9 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 10 3.4 INSTALLATION 11 A. Chain Link Fence Framing 12 1. Locate terminal post at each fence termination and change in horizontal or vertical 13 direction of 30 degrees or more. 14 2. Space line posts uniformly at 10 feet on center. 15 3. Set all posts in concrete 16 a. Drill holes in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. 17 b. Drill hole diameter 4 times greater than outside dimension of post. 18 c. Set post bottom 24 inches below surface when in firm, undisturbed soil. 19 d. Excavate deeper as required for adequate support in soft and loose soils,and for 20 posts with heavy lateral loads. 21 e. Place concrete around posts in a continuous pour. Trowel finish around post. 22 Slope to direct water away from posts. 23 4. Check each post for vertical and top alignment, and maintain in position during 24 placement and finishing operations. 25 5. Bracing 26 a. Install horizontal pipe brace at mid-height for fences 6 feet and taller, on each 27 side of terminal posts. 28 b. Firmly attach with fittings. 29 c. Install diagonal truss rods at these points. 30 d. Adjust truss rod,ensuring posts remain plumb. 31 6. Tension wire 32 a. Provide tension wire at bottom of fabric and at top, if top rail is not specified. 33 b. Install tension wire before stretching fabric and attach to each post with ties. 34 c. Secure tension wire to fabric with 12-1/2 gauge hog rings 24 inches on center. 35 7. Top rail 36 a. Install lengths,21 feet 37 b. Connect joints with sleeves for rigid connections for expansion/contraction. 38 8. Center Rails for fabric height 12 feet and taller. 39 a. Install mid rails between posts with fittings and accessories. 40 9. Bottom Rails: Install bottom rails between posts with fittings and accessories. 41 B. Chain Link Fabric Installation 42 1. Fabric CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 .r no 3231 13-7 CHAIN LINK FENCE AND GATES Page 7 of 7 401 1 a. Install fabric on security side and attach so that fabric remains in tension after 2 pulling force is released. 3 b. Leave approximately 2 inches between finish grade and bottom selvage. 4 c. Attach fabric with wire ties to line posts at 15 inches on center and to rails, 5 braces, and tension wire at 24 inches on center. .. 6 2. Tension(stretcher)bars 7 a. Pull fabric taut. 8 b. Thread tension bar through fabric and attach to terminal posts with bands or 9 clips spaced maximum of 15 inches on center. 10 3. Accessories 11 a. Tie wires: Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to persons and clothing. 12 b. Fasteners: Install nuts on side of fence opposite fabric side for added security. 13 c. Slats: Install slats in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 14 C. Wrought Iron Installation: install per Drawings 15 D. Steel Tube Fence: install per Drawings 16 3.5 REPAHUR.ESTORATION [NOT USED] 17 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 18 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT,USED] — 19 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 20 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 21 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 22 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 23 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 24 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 25 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 26 END OF SECTION 27 Revision Log w DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D.Johnson 1.I.A.modified to describe when City would pay for fence replacement on utility projects ■o 28 ws w w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised December 20,2012 323126-1 WIRE FENCE AND GATES Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 32 3126 2 WIRE FENCE AND GATES 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Furnish and construct fence of barbed or smooth wire. 7 2. On utility projects: 8 a. When existing fence is within the project Site(i.e.parallel to the utility trench 9 and/or within utility easement)and is directly disturbed by construction 10 activities, fencing will be paid for as listed in Article 1.2 below. 11 b. When existing fence is crossing the proposed utility trench,the work performed 12 and materials furnished in accordance with fence replacement will be 13 considered subsidiary to the trench and no other compensation will be allowed. 14 c. When existing fence is outside of the limits of the project Site or is identified as 15 protected on the Drawings and is disturbed and/or by construction activities, 16 replacement will be at the expense of the Contractor and no other compensation 17 will be allowed. 18 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 19 1. None. 20 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 21 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements,Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 22 2. Division 1 -General Requirements 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Measurement and Payment 25 1. Wire Fence 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the linear foot of Wire Fence, w 28 excluding gates. 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 31 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 32 price bid per linear foot of Wire fence installed for various: 33 a) Post types 34 b) Wire types 35 c) Number of Strands as specified in the Drawings 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Removal of existing fence and/or, unless specifically defined as a separate 38 pay item on Drawings 39 2) Furnishing, preparing,hauling,and installing Wire Fence 40 3) Excavation,backfilling, and disposal of surplus material 41 4) Removal and trimming of brush and tree limbs 42 2. Steel Gates 43 a. Measurement CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 so 323126-2 WIRE FENCE AND GATES Page 2 of 5 1 1) Measurement for this Item shall be per each Steel Fence. 2 b. Payment 3 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item -•' 4 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 5 price bid per each Steel Gate by height. 6 c. The price bid shall include: 7 1) Removal of existing fence and/or gates, unless specifically defined as a 8 separate pay item on Drawings 9 2) Furnishing,preparing, hauling,and installing Steel Gates 10 3) Excavation, backfilling, and disposal of surplus material 11 4) Removal and trimming of brush and tree limbs 12 1.3 REFERENCES 13 A. Reference Standards 14 1. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard 15 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 16 specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 17 2. American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): 18 a. A 702, Standard Specification for Steel Fence Posts and Assemblies,Hot 19 Wrought 20 b. A 121, Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated, Carbon Steel Barbed Wire 21 c. A 116, Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated, Steel Woven Wire Fence 22 Fabric 23 d. F 1083, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel,Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated 24 (Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures 25 3. American Wood Protection Association(AWPA) _ 26 a. P8/P9, Standard for Oil-Borne Preservatives 27 b. C5,Fence Posts-Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes '! 28 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 29 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 35 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 36 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 37 PART 2- PRODUCTS .•. 38 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] _ 39 2.2 MATERIALS 40 A. Furnish materials in accordance with details shown on the Drawings and with the 41 following requirements. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 323126-3 WIRE FENCE AND GATES Page 3 of 5 1 B. Metal Posts and Braces 2 1. Steel Pipe: ASTM F 1083 3 2. T posts: ASTM A 702 4 3. Use only new steel. Do not use rerolled or open-seam material. 5 4. Furnish galvanized steel sections in ASTM F 1083. 6 5. Painting 7 a. Use an approved anticorrosive coating. ,. 8 b. After installation of painted posts and braces, spot-coat damaged areas with the 9 same paint color. 10 c. Use paint with at least the same anticorrosive properties as the original paint. .. 11 6. Use the size,weight, and area of posts,braces,and anchor plates shown on the 12 Drawings. 13 C. Wood Posts and Braces 14 1. Untreated Wood: cedar or juniper timber 15 2. Treated Wood 16 a. AWPA standards govern materials and methods of treatments including 17 seasoning, preservatives,and inspection for treatment. 18 b. Each piece or bundle of other treated-timber products must have: 19 1) Legible brand mark or tag indicating the name of the treater 20 2) Date of treatment or lot number 21 3) AWPA treatment specification symbol 22 c. Provide the level of preservative indicated in Table 1. .w 23 Table 1 24 Minimum Retention of Preservative Penta- Product chlorophenol AWPA (IbJcu.R.) Standard AWPA for Preservative (P8/P9) Treatment do Standard Wire fence posts 0.4 C5 (round)' 25 1.Retention determined by assay(0 to 1.0-inch zone). 26 3. Use sound timber that is free from decay, shakes, splits,or other defects that would 27 weaken the posts or braces or otherwise make them structurally unsuitable for the 28 purposes intended. 29 4. Knots that are sound,tight,trimmed flush,and not in clusters will be allowed, 30 provided they do not exceed 1/3 of the small diameter or the least dimension of the r� 31 posts and braces. 32 5. Remove spurs and splinters,cutting the ends square. 33 D. Gates and Gateposts: Furnish materials to the required dimensions. 34 E. Barbed and Smooth Wire: ASTM A 121,Class 1 35 1. Use wire consisting of 2 strand, 12 1/2 gauge,twisted wire 36 2. Barbed Wire: 2-point 14 gauge barbs spaced no more than 5 inches apart 37 F. Wire Mesh: ASTM All 6, Class 1 38 1. Top and bottom wires: at least 10 gauge wire CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 323126-4 WIRE FENCE AND GATES Page 4 of 5 w� 1 2. Intermediate wires and vertical stays: 12 1/2 gauge wire 2 G. Miscellaneous 3 1. Furnish galvanized bolts,nuts,washers,braces, straps,and suitable devices for 4 holding barbed wire and wire mesh firmly to metal posts. 5 2. Use material of good commercial duality and design. 6 3. Provide galvanized staples,at least 1 1/2 inch long. 7 H. Concrete 8 1. Minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi 9 2. Bagged concrete allowed. 10 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12 PART 3- EXECUTION 13 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16 3.4 INSTALLATION 17 A. Space fence posts as shown on the Drawings or to match existing. 18 B. Set fence posts plumb and firm at the intervals, depth,and grade shown on the 19 Drawings or to match existing. 20 C. Brace corner and pull posts in 2 directions. 21 D. Brace end posts and gateposts in 1 direction. 22 E. Install a corner post where the alignment changes 30 degrees or more. 23 F. At alignment angles between 15 and 30 degrees, brace the angle post to the adjacent 24 line posts with diagonal tension wires. 25 G. At grade depressions where stresses tend to pull posts out of the ground, snub or guy .. 26 the fencing at the critical point with a double 9 gauge galvanized wire. 27 H. Connect the wire to the top horizontal 1 ine of the barbed wire or to the top and bottom 28 wire or wire mesh fabric,and to a deadman weighing at least 100 pounds. 29 I. Stretch the fence before guying and snubbing. 30 J. Install number stands at spacing shown in Drawings. .. 31 K. Install corner,end, or angle post assembly before stretching the wire between posts. 32 L. Connect existing cross fences to the new fences and corner posts at junctions with .. 33 existing fences. 34 M. While drawing barbed wire and wire fabric taut, fasten to posts using galvanized ties or 35 staples,or as shown on the Drawings. .• 36 N. Install pull post assemblies at 500 feet intervals for steel posts and at 1,000 feet 37 intervals for wood posts. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ir, w 323126-5 WIRE FENCE AND GATES Page 5 of 5 1 O. Drive metal line posts provided driving does not damage the posts. 2 P. Set metal corners, ends,pull posts,and braces in concrete footings a minimum of 24 3 inches and crowned at the top to shed water. 4 Q. Thoroughly tamp backfill in 4 inch layers. 5 R. Notch timber posts. 6 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 7 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 10 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 11 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 12 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 13 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 14 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 15 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16 17 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D.Johnson 1.I.A.modified to describe when City would pay for fence replacement on utility projects w 18 «ar an CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 no Revised December 20,2012 323213-1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS Page 1 of 6 1 SECTION 32 32 13 2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes 6 1. Construction of cast-in-place concrete retaining wall(4 foot maximum height)of 7 the size and shape detailed on the Drawings and at the location shown on the 8 Drawings. 9 2. Construction of TxDOT standard cast-in-place, spread foot concrete retaining wall 10 of the size and shape detailed on the Drawings and at the location shown on the 11 Drawings. 12 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 13 1. None. 14 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 16 2. Division 1 -General Requirements 17 3. Section 03 30 00-Cast-in-Place Concrete 18 4. Section 3123 16—Unclassified Excavation 19 5. Section 3123 23 -Borrow 20 6. Section 3124 00-Embankments 21 7. Section 32 13 20-Concrete Sidewalks,Driveways and Barrier Free Ramps 22 8. Section 33 46 00-Subdrainage 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Measurement and Payment 25 1. Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk,Face 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of the front surface of 28 the wall. 29 b. Payment "■ 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 31 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 32 price bid per square foot of Retaining Wall Face constructed. .. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Excavation in back of Retaining Walls 35 2) Furnishing and placing footings 36 3) Leveling pads and copings 37 4) Furnishing,placing,and compacting backfill(except in embankment areas) 38 5) Furnishing and placing concrete,reinforcing steel,waterproofing material, 39 filter material and drain pipe,joint material,water stop,and filter fabric 40 when required 41 6) Fabricating, curing, and finishing wall including special coatings when 42 specified CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 323213-2 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS Page 2 of 6 1 7) Sidewalk adjacent to Retaining Wall per Section 32 13 20 2 2. Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk, Sidewalk 3 a. Measurement 4 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of completed and 5 accepted Concrete Sidewalk in its final position. Measurement shall be 6 taken from face of wall to edge of concrete sidewalk. �* 7 b. Payment 8 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 9 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 10 price bid per square foot of Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk, 11 Sidewalk installed. 12 c. The price bid shall include: 13 1) Excavating and preparing the subgrade 14 2) Furnishing and placing all materials 15 3. TxDOT Standard—Spread Footing Walls 16 a. Measurement 17 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square foot of the front surface of 18 the wall. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, measure area from 19 finished ground line on the face of the exterior wall to the top of the wall 20 including any coping required(not including railing). 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 23 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 24 price bid per square foot of Spread Footing Wall constructed. 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Excavation in back of Retaining Walls 27 2) Furnishing and placing footings 28 3) Leveling pads and copings .._ 29 4) Furnishing,placing,and compacting backfill(except in embankment areas) 30 5) Furnishing and placing concrete,reinforcing steel,waterproofing material, 31 filter material and drain pipe,joint material,water stop,and filter fabric 32 when required 33 6) Fabricating,curing,and finishing wall including special coatings when 34 specified .� 35 1.3 REFERENCES 36 A. Definitions 37 1. Permanent Wall-Retaining wall with a design service life of 75 years.All walls 38 are presumed to be permanent walls unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 39 B. Reference standards cited in this specification refer to the current reference standard ,.. 40 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this specification, 41 unless a date is specifically cited. 42 1. ASTM International(ASTM): 43 a. D4491, Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by 44 Permittivity 45 b. D4533, Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles 46 c. D4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of 47 Geotextiles CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 �., 323213-3 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS Page 3 of 6 1 d. D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a 2 Geotextile 3 2. Texas Department of Transportation(TXDOT), Standard Specifications for 4 Construction and Maintenance of Highways and Bridges: 5 a. 110,Excavation 6 b. 132,Embankment 7 c. 400, Excavation and Backfill for Structures 8 d. 420,Concrete Structures r• 9 e. 421,Hydraulic Cement Concrete 10 f. 423, Retaining Walls 11 g. 440, Reinforcing Steel 12 h. 445, Galvanizing 13 i. 458, Waterproofing Membranes for Structures 14 j. 556, Pipe Underdrains 15 3. TxDOT Standard—Spread Footing Walls 16 a. RW 1 (L)A—Low Footing Pressure,Design A Retaining Walls 17 b. RW 1 (L)B—Low Footing Pressure,Design B Retaining Walls 18 c. RW 1 (L)C—Low Footing Pressure, Design C Retaining Walls 19 d. RW 1 (H)A—High Footing Pressure,Design A Retaining Walls 20 e. RW 1 (H)B—High Footing Pressure,Design B Retaining Walls 21 f. RW 1 (H)C—High Footing Pressure,Design C Retaining Walls 22 g. RW 2—Retaining Wall Miscellaneous Details 23 4. Texas Department of Transportation(TXDOT), Manual of Testing Procedures: 24 a. Tex-616-J,Construction Fabrics 25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 26 1.5 SUBMITTALS 27 A. See Section 03 30 00. 28 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 32 A. See Section 03 30 00. .. 33 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING 34 A. See Section 03 30 00. 35 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 36 A. Ambient Conditions: See Section 03 30 00. A w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 OR 323213-4 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS Page 4 of 6 am 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. Concrete and Reinforcing Steel 6 1. Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk ... 7 a. Section 03 30 00. 8 2. TxDOT Standard—Spread Footing Walls 9 a. 420, Concrete Structures on 10 b. 421, Hydraulic Cement Concrete 11 c. 440,Reinforcing Steel 12 d. 445, Galvanizing 13 e. 458, Waterproofing Membranes for Structures 14 B. Backfill 15 1. Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk 16 a. Section 3123 23 17 2. TxDOT Standard—Spread Footing Walls 18 a. 132, Embankments 19 C. Underdrains 20 1. Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk .. 21 a. Section 33 46 00 22 2. TxDOT Standard—Spread Footing Walls 23 a. 556, Pipe Underdrains 24 D. Filter Fabric 25 1. General 26 a. Provide standard weight fabric for retaining walls and soil separation. 27 b. Provide filter fabric rated as UV-resistant when used as part of the exposed 28 facing for a temporary wall. 29 c. The fabric consists exclusively of manmade thermoplastic fibers, is a non- 30 woven geotextile fabric,and forms a mat of uniform quality. 31 d. Fabric fibers are continuous and random throughout the fabric. 32 e. The fabric is mildew resistant and rot-proof,and it is satisfactory for use in a �... 33 wet soil and aggregate environment. 34 2. Physical Requirements: The fabric must conform to the requirements listed in Table 35 1 when tested in accordance with the test methods specified. •• 36 37 Table 1 38 Filter Fabric Requirements 39 Physical Properties Test Method Value Fabric Weight, on an ambient Tex-6164 4 oz/yard temperature air-dried,tension free sample Permittivity, 1/sec ASTM D4491 1.0, min CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 . 3232 13-5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS w Page 5 of 6 Tensile Strength, lbs ASTM D4632 100 lbs Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 70-100 Elongation at yield, percent ASTM D4632 20-100 Trapezoidal Tear, lbs ASTM D4533 35 lbs .. 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 PART 3- EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 7 3.4 INSTALLATION 8 A. Construct retaining walls in accordance with the Drawings and to the pertinent 9 requirements of the following Sections: MR 10 1. Concrete Retaining Wall with Sidewalk 11 a. Section 03 30 00 12 b. Section 31 23 16 13 c. Section 31 23 23 14 d. Section 3124 00 15 e. Section 33 46 00 *� 16 2. TxDOT Standard—Spread Footing Walls 17 a. 110, Excavation 18 b. 132, Embankment 19 c. 400,Excavation and Backfill for Structures 20 d. 423,Retaining Walls 21 e. 420,Concrete Structures w 22 f. 458, Water proofing Membranes for Structures 23 g. 556,Pipe Underdrains 24 3.5 REPAIR 25 A. See Section 03 30 00. 26 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 27 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 28 A. See Section 03 30 00. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 on 323213-6 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE RETAINING WALLS Page 6 of 6 .. 1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] , 3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 8 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D.Johnson 1.2.A—Payment Item for concrete retaining wall with sidewalk was broken into two Items:one for the face of wall and one for the sidewalk. rir 9 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,20I2 ar 329213-1 HYDROMULCHING,SEEDING AND SODDING Page 1 of 8 1 SECTION 32 92 13 2 HYDROMULCHING, SEEDING AND SODDING 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Furnishing and installing grass sod and permanent seeding as shown on Drawings, 7 or as directed. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: M 11 1. Division 0-Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms,and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division I -General Requirements ,., 13 3. Section 32 91 19—Topsoil Placement and Finishing of Parkways 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES �. 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Block Sod Placement 17 a. Measurement .� 18 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Block Sod placed. 19 b. Payment 20 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 21 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 22 price bid per square yard of Block Sod placed. 23 c. The price bid shall include: 24 1) Furnishing and placing all sod 25 2) Rolling and tamping 26 3) Watering(until established) 27 4) Disposal of surplus materials 28 2. Seeding 29 a. Measurement 30 1) Measurement for this Item shall be by the square yard of Seed spread. ■• 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 33 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 34 price bid per square yard of Seed placed for various installation methods. 35 c. The price bid shall include: 36 1) Furnishing and placing all Seed w 37 2) Furnishing and applying water for seed fertilizer 38 3) Slurry and hydraulic mulching 39 4) Fertilizer 40 5) Watering and mowing(until established) 41 6) Disposal of surplus materials 42 3. Mowing 43 a. Measurement CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 .. 329213-2 HYDROMULCHING,SEEDING AND SODDING Page 2 of 8 1 1) Measurement for this Item shall per each. 2 b. Payment 3 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 4 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 5 price bid per each. 6 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 7 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 8 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] " 9 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 10 A. Seed ... 11 1. Vendors' certification that seeds meet Texas State seed law including: 12 a. Testing and labeling for pure live seed(PLS) 13 b. Name and type of seed .► 14 2. All seed shall be tested in a laboratory with certified results presented to the City in 15 writing,prior to planting. 16 3. All seed to be of the previous season's crop and the date on the container shall be 17 within 12 months of the seeding date. 18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 21 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING 22 A. Block Sod 23 1. Protect from exposure to wind, sun and freezing. 24 2. Keep stacked sod moist. 25 B. Seed 26 1. If using native grass or wildflower seed,seed must have been harvested within 100 27 miles of the construction site. 28 2. Each species of seed shall be supplied in a separate, labeled container for 29 acceptance by the City. 30 C. Fertilizer 31 1. Provide fertilizer labeled with the analysis. 32 2. Conform to Texas fertilizer law. 33 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 34 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 35 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 36 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 37 2.2 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 38 A. Materials CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 r. 329213-3 HYDROMULCHING,SEEDING AND SODDING A Page 3 of 8 1 1. Block Sod 2 a. Sod Varieties(match existing if applicable) 3 1) "Stenotaphrum secundatum" (St.Augustine grass) 4 2) "Cynodon dactylon"(Common Bermudagrass) 5 3) "Buchloe dactyloides"(Buffalograss) •. 6 4) an approved hybrid of Common Bermudagrass 7 5) or an approved Zoysiagrass 8 b. Sod must contain stolons, leaf blades,rhizomes and roots. 9 c. Sod shall be alive, healthy and free of insects,disease, stones, undesirable 10 foreign materials and weeds and grasses deleterious to its growth or which 11 might affect its subsistence or hardiness when transplanted. 12 d. Minimum sod thickness: 3/4 inch 13 e. Maximum grass height: 2 inches 14 f. Acceptable growing beds 15 1) St. Augustine grass sod: clay or clay loam topsoil "~ 16 2) Bermuda grasses and zoysia grasses: sand or sandy loam soils 17 g. Dimensions 18 1) Machine cut to uniform soil thickness. *o 19 2) Sod shall be of equal width and of a size that permits the sod to be lifted, 20 handled and rolled without breaking. 21 h. Broken or torn sod or sod with uneven ends shall be rejected. .R 22 2. Seed 23 a. General 24 1) Plant all seed at rates based on pure live seed(PLS) w 25 a) Pure Live Seed(PLS)determined using the formula: 26 (1) Percent Pure Live Seed=Percent Purity x[(Percent Germination+ 27 Percent Firm or Hard Seed)+ 100] 28 2) Availability of Seed 29 a) Substitution of individual seed types due to lack of availability may be 30 permitted by the City at the time of planting. 31 b) Notify the City prior to bidding of difficulties locating certain species. 32 3) Weed seed 33 a) Not exceed ten percent by weight of the total of pure live seed(PLS) 34 and other material in the mixture 35 b) Seed not allowed: 36 (1) Johnsongrass 37 (2) Nutgrass seed • 38 4) Harvest seed within 1-year prior to planting 39 b. Non-native Grass Seed 40 1) Plant between April 15 and September 10 rMr 41 Lbs. Common Name Botanical Name Purity Germination PLS/Acre (percent) (percent) 25 Bermuda(unhulled) cynodon dactylon 85 90 75 Bermuda(hulled) cynodon dactylon 95 90 42 43 2) Plant between September 10 and April 15 44 Lbs. Common Name Botanical Name Purity Germination PLS/Acre (percent) (percent) .es CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 329213-4 HYDROMULCHING,SEEDING AND SODDING Page 4 of 8 w 220 Rye Grass lolium multforum 85 90 75 Bermuda(unhulled) cynodon dactylon 95 90 1 *` 2 c. Native Grass Seed 3 1) Plant between February 1 and October 1. 4 .. Lbs.PLS/Acre Common Name Botanical Name 1.6 Green Sprangletop Leptochloa dubia 5.5 Sideoats Grama* Bouteloua curtipendula 3.7 Little Bluestem* Schizachyrium scoparium 17.0 Buffalograss Buchloe dactyloides 1.8 Indian Grass* Sorghastrum nutans 0.5 Sand Lovegrass* Eragrostis trichodes *+� 6.0 Big Bluestem Andropogon gerardii 8.0 Eastern Grama Tripscacum dactyloides 1.2 Blue Grama Bouteloua gracilis 1.8 Switchgrass Panicum virgatum 10.0 Prairie Wildrye* Elymus canadensis 5 6 d. Wildflower Seed 7 1) Plant between the following: 8 a) March 5 and May 31 9 b) September 1 and December 1 .. 10 Lbs.PLS/Acre Common Name Botanical Name 3.0 Bush Sunflower Sinsia calva 5.0 Butterfly Weed Asclepias tuberosa 2.0 Clasping Coneflower* Rudbeckia amplexicaulis 3.0 Golden-Wave Coreopsis basalis 13.4 Illinois Bundleflower Desmanthus illinoensis �* 13.6 Partridge Pea Cassia fasciculata 2.0 Prairie Verbena Verbena bipinnatifida 8.0 Texas Yellow Star Lindheimeri texana 8.0 Winecup Callirhoe involcrata 2.0 Black-eyed Susan Rudbeckia hirta 18.0 Cutleaf Daisy Engelmannia pinnatifida 2.0 Obedient Plant Physostegia intermedia ..r 3.0 Pitcher Sage Salvia azurea 2.0 Plains Coreopsis Coreopsis tinctoria 8.0 Scarlet Sage Salvia coccinea _ 11 *not to be planted within ten feet of a road or parking lot or within three feet of a 12 walkway 13 14 e. Temporary Erosion Control Seed 15 1) Consist of the sowing of cool season plant seeds. 16 3. Mulch 17 a. For use with conventional mechanical or hydraulic planting of seed. 18 b. Wood cellulose fiber produced from virgin wood or recycled paper-by-products 19 (waste products from paper mills or recycled newspaper). 20 c. No growth or germination inhibiting factors. .� 21 d. No more than ten percent moisture, air dry weight basis. 22 e. Additives: binder in powder form. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ..� 329213-5 HYDROMULCHING,SEEDING AND SODDING ... Page 5 of 8 1 f. Form a strong moisture retaining mat. 2 4. Fertilizer 3 a. Acceptable condition for distribution 4 b. Applied uniformly over the planted area 5 c. Analysis 6 1) 16-20-0 7 2) 16-8-8 8 d. Fertilizer rate: w� 9 1) Not required for wildflower seeding 10 2) Newly established seeding areas- 100 pounds of nitrogen per acre 11 3) Established seeding areas- 150 pounds of nitrogen per acre •• 12 5. Topsoil: See Section 32 91 19. 13 6. Water: clean and free of industrial wastes or other substances harmful to the 14 germination of the seed or to the growth of the vegetation. 15 7. Soil Retention Blanket 16 a. "Curlex P' from American Excelsior,900 Ave. H East, Post Office Box 5624, 17 Arlington,Texas 76001, 1-800-777-SOIL or approved equal. 18 19 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 20 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21 PART 3- EXECUTION [NOT USED] 22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 23 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 24 3.3 PREPARATION 25 A. Surface Preparation: clear surface of all material including: 26 1. Stumps, stones,and other objects larger than one inch. 27 2. Roots,brush,wire, stakes,etc. 28 3. Any objects that may interfere with seeding or maintenance. 29 B. Tilling 30 1. Compacted areas: till 1 inch deep 31 2. Areas sloped greater than 3:1: run a tractor parallel to slope to provide less 32 seed/water run-off 33 3. Areas near trees: Do not till deeper than 1/2 inch inside "drip line"of trees. 34 3.4 INSTALLATION 35 A. Block Sodding 36 1. General 37 a. Place sod between curb and walk and on terraces that is the same type grass as 38 adjacent grass or existing lawn. 39 b. Plant between the average last freeze date in the spring and 6 weeks prior to the 40 average first freeze in the fall. 41 2. Installation CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 329213-6 HYDROMULCHING,SEEDING AND SODDING Page 6 of 8 on 1 a. Plant sod specified after the area has been completed to the lines and grades 2 shown on the Drawings with 6 inches of topsoil. 3 b. Use care to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of 4 excavating,hauling and planting. 5 c. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until planted. 6 d. Place sod so that the entire area designated for sodding is covered. .. 7 e. Fill voids left in the solid sodding with additional sod and tamp. 8 f. Roll and tamp sod so that sod is in complete contact with topsoil at a uniform 9 slope. 10 g. Peg sod with wooden pegs(or wire staple)driven through the sod block to the 11 firm earth in areas that may slide due to the height or slope of the surface or 12 nature of the soil. 13 3. Watering and Finishing 14 a. Furnish water as an ancillary cost to Contractor by means of temporary 15 metering/irrigation,water truck or by any other method necessary to achieve 16 an acceptable stand of turf as defined in 3.13.B. 17 b. Thoroughly water sod immediately after planted. 18 c. Water until established. 19 d. Generally, an amount of water that is equal to the average amount of rainfall 20 plus 1/2 inch per week should be applied until accepted. If applicable,plant 21 large areas by irrigation zones to ensure areas are watered as soon as they are 22 planted. 23 B. Seeding 24 1. General 25 a. Seed only those areas indicated on the Drawings and areas disturbed by 26 construction. 27 b. Mark each area to be seeded in the field prior to seeding for City approval. 28 2. Broadcast Seeding 29 a. Broadcast seed in 2 directions at right angles to each other. 30 b. Harrow or rake lightly to cover seed. 31 c. Never cover seed with more soil than twice its diameter. .. 32 d. For wildflower plantings: 33 1) Scalp existing grasses to 1 inch 34 2) Remove grass clippings, so seed can make contact with the soil. 35 3. Mechanically Seeding(Drilling): 36 a. Uniformly distribute seed over the areas shown on the Drawings or as directed. 37 b. All varieties of seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time provided 38 that each component is uniformly applied at the specified rate. 39 c. Drill seed at a depth of 1/4 inch to 3/8 inch utilizing a pasture or rangeland type 40 drill. 41 d. Drill on the contour of slopes 42 e. After planting roll with a roller integral to the seed drill,or a corrugated roller 43 of the "Cultipacker"type. �- 44 f. Roll slope areas on the contour. 45 4. Hydromulching 46 a. Mixing: Seed,mulch, fertilizer and water may be mixed provided that: *� 47 1) Mixture is uniformly suspended to form a homogenous slurry. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w 329213-7 HYDROMULCHING,SEEDING AND SODDING Page 7 of 8 1 2) Mixture forms a blotter-like ground cover impregnated uniformly with 2 grass seed. ■*+ 3 3) Mixture is applied within 30 minutes after placed in the equipment. 4 b. Placing 5 I) Uniformly distribute in the quantity specified over the areas shown on the 6 Drawings or as directed. 7 5. Fertilizing: uniformly apply fertilizer over seeded area. 8 6. Watering '■► 9 a. Furnish water by means of temporary metering/irrigation,water truck or by 10 any other method necessary to achieve an acceptable stand of turf as defined in 11 3.I3.B. 12 b. Water soil to a minimum depth of 4 inches within 48 hours of seeding. 13 c. Water as direct by the City at least twice daily for 14 days after seeding in such 14 a manner as to prevent washing of the slopes or dislodgement of the seed. 15 d. Water until final acceptance. 16 e. Generally, an amount of water that is equal to the average amount of rainfall 17 plus 1/2 inch per week should be applied until accepted. .. 18 3.5 REPAUVRESTORATION [NOT USED] 19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] A 22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 25 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26 3.13 MAINTENANCE 27 A. Block Sodding 28 1. Water and mow sod until completion and final acceptance of the Project or as w 29 directed by the City. 30 2. Sod shall not be considered finally accepted until the sod has started to peg down 31 (roots growing into the soil)and is free from dead blocks of sod. •� 32 B. Seeding 33 1. Water and mow sod until completion and final acceptance of the Project or as 34 directed by the City. 35 2. Maintain the seeded area until each of the following is achieved: 36 a. Vegetation is evenly distributed 37 b. Vegetation is free from bare areas 38 3. Turf will be accepted once fully established. 39 a. Seeded area must have 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches with I mow 40 cycle performed by the Contractor prior to consideration of acceptance by the �* 41 City. 42 C. Rejection CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 sA Revised December 20,2012 an 329213-8 HYDROMULCHING,SEEDING AND SODDING Page 8 of 8 on 1 1. City may reject block sod or seeded area on the basis of weed populations. 2 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] w 3 END OF SECTION 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE +� 5 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ww Division 33 UTILITIES 330130-1 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 33 0130 _. 2 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY " 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Testing for sanitary sewer pipe and manholes prior to placing in service 7 a. Low Pressure Air Test and Deflection(Mandrel)Test 8 1) Excludes pipe with flow 9 2) Hydrostatic Testing is not allowed. 10 b. Vacuum Testing for sanitary sewer manholes 11 2. Before any newly constructed sanitary sewer pipe and manholes are placed into 12 service it shall be cleaned and tested. 13 3. Pipe testing will include low pressure air test and deflection(mandrel) test for 36- 14 inch pipe and smaller. 15 4. Hydrostatic testing is not allowed. 16 5. Manhole testing will include vacuum test. 17 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 18 1. Page 4,Line 12 was updated to be in compliance with TCEQ§217.58 Testing w 19 Requirements for Manholes. 20 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 21 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 22 Contract 23 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 24 3. Section 03 80 00—Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 25 4. Section 33 04 50—Cleaning of Sewer Mains 26 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27 A. Measurement and Payment 28 1. Pipe Testing 29 a. Measurement 30 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the sanitary sewer main(pipe) 31 completed in place. .,� 32 b. Payment 33 1) The work performed and the materials furnishing in accordance with this 34 Item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of sanitary sewer .. 35 main(pipe)complete in place, and no other compensation will be allowed. 36 2. Manhole Testing 37 a. Measurement 38 1) Measurement for testing manholes shall be per each vacuum test. 39 b. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 330130-2 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 2 of 5 1 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 2 Item shall be paid for at the unit price bid per each vacuum test completed. 3 c. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Mobilization 5 2) Plugs 6 3) Clean-up .., 7 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 8 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] ., 9 1.5 SUBMITTALS 10 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 11 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 12 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 14 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 15 1. All test reports generated during testing(pass and fail) 16 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 A. Certifications 19 1. Mandrel Equipment 20 a. If requested by City,provide Quality Assurance certification that the equipment 21 used has been designed and manufactured in accordance to the required 22 specifications. 23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 24 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27 PART 3- EXECUTION 28 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 29 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 30 3.3 PREPARATION 31 A. Low Pressure Air Test(Pipe) 32 1. Clean the sewer main before testing,as outlined in Section 33 04 50. 33 2. Plug ends of all branches,laterals,tees,wyes, and stubs to be included in test. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 .., 330130-3 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING w Page 3 of 5 1 B. Deflection(mandrel)test(Pipe) 2 1. Perform as last work item before final inspection. 3 2. Clean the sewer main and inspect for offset and obstruction prior to testing. 4 3. Materials 5 a. Mandrel used for deflection test 6 1) Use of an uncertified mandrel or a mandrel altered or modified after 7 certification will invalidate the deflection test. 8 2) Mandrel requirements 9 a) Odd number of legs with 9 legs minimum 10 b) Effective length not less than its nominal diameter 11 c) Fabricated of rigid and nonadjustable steel 12 d) Fitted with pulling rings and each end 13 e) Stamped or engraved on some segment other than a runner indicating 14 the following: ..► 15 (1) Pipe material specification 16 (2) Nominal size 17 (3) Mandrel outside diameter(OD) 18 f) Mandrel diameter must be 95 percent of inside diameter(ID)of pipe. 19 C. Vacuum test(Manhole) 20 1. Plug lifting holes and exterior joints. �w 21 2. Plug pipes and stubouts entering the manhole. 22 3. Secure stubouts, manhole boots,and pipe plugs to prevent movement while vacuum w 23 is drawn. 24 4. Plug pipes with drop connections beyond drop. 25 5. Place test head inside the frame.at the top of the manhole. 26 3.4 INSTALLATION 27 A. Low pressure air test(Pipe) �• 28 1. Install plug with inlet tap. 29 2. Connect air hose to inlet tap and a portable air control source.' 30 3. After the stabilization period(3.5 psig minimum pressure) start the stop watch. 31 4. Determine time in seconds that is required for the internal air pressure to reach 2.5 32 psig. Minimum permissible pressure holding time per diameter per length of pipe 33 is computed from the following equation: 34 35 T=(0.0850*D*K) 36 Q 37 Where: 38 T=shortest time, seconds,allowed for air pressure to drop to 1.0 psig 39 K=0.000419*D*L,but not less than 1.0 40 D=nominal pipe diameter,inches 41 L=length of pipe being tested(by pipe size), feet 42 Q=0.00 15,cubic feet per minute per square foot of internal surface 43 5. UNI-B-6, Table I provides required time for given lengths of pipe for sizes 4-inch 44 through 60-inch based on the equation above. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 330130-4 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING Page 4 of 5 1 6. Stop test if no pressure loss has occurred during the first 25 percent of the 2 calculated testing time. 3 B. Deflection(mandrel)test(Pipe) 4 1. For pipe 36 inches and smaller,the mandrel is pulled through the pipe by hand to - 5 ensure that maximum allowable deflection is not exceeded. 6 2. Maximum percent deflection by pipe size is as follows: 7 Nominal Pipe Size Inches Percent Deflection Allowed 12 and smaller 5.0 15 through 30 4.0 Greater than 30 3.0 8 .. 9 C. Vacuum test(Manhole) 10 1. Draw a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury and turn off the pump. .. 11 2. With the valve closed,read the level vacuum level after the required test time. 12 3. Minimum time required for vacuum drop of 1 inch of mercury is 2 (two)minutes 13 with all valves closed. .. 14 4. Manhole vacuum levels observed to drop greater than 1 inch of mercury will have 15 failed the test. 16 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 17 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 18 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 19 A. Non-Conforming Work 20 1. Low pressure air test 21 a. Should the air test fail, find and repair leak(s)and retest. 22 2. Deflection(mandrel)test(Pipe) 23 a. Should the mandrel fail to pass, the pipe is considered overdeflected. 24 b. Uncover overdeflected pipe. Reinstall if not damaged. 25 c. If damaged,remove and replace. 26 3. Vacuum test(Manhole) "® 27 a. Should the vacuum test fail,repair suspect area and retest. 28 1) External repairs required for leaks at pipe connection to manhole. 29 a) Shall be in accordance with Section 03 80 00. 30 2) Leaks within the manhole structure may be repaired internally or 31 externally. w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMI3NTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 ,,, 330130-5 SEWER AND MANHOLE TESTING w Page 5 of 5 1 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] w 2 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 3 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] an 4 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 5 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] no 6 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 7 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] an 8 END OF SECTION 9 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 10 w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 t Revised December 20,2012 330131-1 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION(CCTV)INSPECTION Page 1 of 7 1 SECTION 33 0131 2 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION(CCTV) INSPECTION ... 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Requirements and procedures for Closed Circuit Television(CCTV)Inspection of 7 sanitary sewer or storm sewer mains 8 2. For sanitary sewer projects all(existing: Pre-CCTV,proposed: Post-CCTV)main 9 shall be inspected. 10 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: .. 13 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms,and Conditions of the 14 Contract 15 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 16 3. Section 33 03 10—Bypass Pumping of Existing Sewer Systems 17 4. Section 33 04 50—Cleaning of Sewer Mains 18 5. Section 0132 16—Construction Progress Schedule 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES •� 20 A. Pre-CCTV Inspection 21 1. Measurement 22 a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 23 Inspection performed prior to any line modification or replacement determined 24 from the distance recorded on the video log. 25 2. Payment +■�► 26 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 27 measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit price 28 bid per linear foot for"Pre-CCTV Inspection". �. 29 1) Contractor will not be paid for unaccepted video. 30 3. The price bid shall include: 31 a. Mobilization .r, 32 b. Cleaning 33 c. Digital file 34 B. Post-CCTV Inspection 35 1. Measurement 36 a. Measurement for this Item will be by the linear foot of line televised for CCTV 37 Inspection performed following repair or installation determined from the 38 distance recorded on the video log. 39 2. Payment CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised March 3,2016 330131-2 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION(CCTV)INSPECTION Page 2 of 7 on 1 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and 2 measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit price 3 bid per linear foot for"Post-CCTV Inspection". *' 4 1) Contractor will not be paid for unaccepted video. 5 3. The price bid shall include: 6 a. Mobilization 7 b. Cleaning 8 c. Digital file 9 1.3 REFERENCES 10 A. Reference Standards 11 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 12 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 13 Specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 14 2. City of Fort Worth Water Department 15 a. City of Fort Worth Water Department CCTV Inspection and Defect Coding 16 Program(CCTV Manual). The CCTV Manual is available for download on 17 Buzzsaw. Location: Resources\70—Inspection Tools\Standard Construction 18 b. City of Fort Worth Water Department CCTV Spread Sheet Log is available for 19 download on Buzzsaw. Location: Resources\70—Inspection Tools\Standard 20 Construction. ., 21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22 A. Coordination ®, 23 1. Sanitary Sewer Lines 24 a. Meet with City of Fort Worth Water Department staff to confirm that the 25 appropriate equipment, software, standard templates,defect codes and defect .. 26 rankings are being used,if required. 27 2. Storm Sewer Lines 28 a. Meet with City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department staff to PM 29 confirm that the appropriate equipment, software, standard templates, defect 30 codes and defect rankings are being used, if required. 31 B. Schedule 32 1. Include Pre and Post CCTV schedule as part of the Construction Progress Schedule 33 per Section 0132 16. 34 2. Include time for City review(2 weeks minimum—Notification needs to be send out 35 to Project Manager&Field Operation). 36 3. If CCTV is accepted by City,proceed with work. If rejected,coordinate with City 37 per Part 1.4 A. 38 1.5 SUBMITTALS .. 39 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 40 B. All submittals shall be approved by the Engineer or the City prior to delivery. 41 C. If inspected with Infrastructure Technologies I.T. Software per CCTV Manual provide ""' 42 video data per the CCTV Manual. Provide additional copy of video in Windows Media 43 Audio/Video(.wmv)format for City Inspection review. On CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised March 3,2016 33 01 31-3 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION(CCTV)INSPECTION Page 3 of 7 1 D. If inspected with other software provide video data in Windows Media Audio/Video 2 (.wmv)format. Provide CCTV log in EXCEL spread sheet format—The CCTV spread am 3 sheet log can be found on Buzzsaw. Location: Resources\70—Inspection 4 Tools\Standard Construction. w 5 E. Inspection Report shall include: 6 1. Asset 7 a. Date 8 b. City 9 c. Address and/or Project Name 10 d. Main Number—GIS ID(If Available) 11 e. Upstream Manhole GIS ID (If Available) 12 f. Downstream Manhole GIS ID(If Available) 13 g. Pipe Diameter 14 h. Material •• 15 i. Pipe Length 16 j. Mapsco Location Number 17 k. Date Constructed 18 1. Pipe Wall Thickness 19 2. Inspection 20 a. Inspection Number(i.e. 11,2',etc...) 21 b. Crew Number 22 c. Operator Name 23 d. Operator Comments 24 e. Reason for Inspection 25 f. Equipment Number 26 g. Camera Travel Direction(Upstream/Downstream) 27 h. Inspected Length(feet) 28 i. Work Order Number(if required) 29 j. City Project Number(if required) 30 k. City Contract Name 31 1. DOE/TPW Number(if required) 32 m. Consultant Company Name 33 n. Consultant Contact Name .. 34 o. Consultant Contact Phone Number 35 p. Contractor Company Name 36 q. Contractor Contact Name 37 r. Contractor Contact Phone Number 38 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS .,, 39 A. Pre-CCTV submittals 40 1. 2 copies of CCTV video results on USB drive 41 2. 2 hard copies of Inspection Report and one pdf copy on USB drive 42 B. Additional information that may be requested by the City 43 1. Listing of cleaning equipment and procedures .. 44 2. Listing of flow diversion procedures if required 45 3. Listing of CCTV equipment 46 4. Listing of backup and standby equipment CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised March 3,2016 330131-4 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION(CCTV)INSPECTION Page 4 of 7 w 1 5. Listing of safety precautions and traffic control measures 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS .. 3 A. Post-CCTV submittals 4 1. 2 copies of CCTV video results on USB drive 5 2. 2 Hard copies of Inspection Report. A pdf copy on USB drive shall be submitted to 6 the City Inspector for review prior to scheduling a project final walk through. 7 3. CCTV spreadsheet log in EXCEL format—A blank copy of the CCTV spread sheet 8 log can be found on Buzzsaw. Location: Resources\70—Inspection Tools\Standard 9 Construction 10 4. Construction Plans identifying the line segments that were videoed. Include cover .. 11 sheet, overall line layout sheet(s),and plan and profile sheet(s). 12 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 15 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17 PART 2- PRODUCTS 18 A. Equipment- 19 1. Closed Circuit Television Camera 20 a. The television camera used shall be one specifically designed and constructed 21 for sewer inspection. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clear 22 picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. The camera shall be operative in 100 23 percent humidity/submerged)conditions. The equipment will provide a view of .� 24 the pipe ahead of the equipment and of features to the side of the equipment 25 through turning and rotation of the lens. The camera shall be capable of tilting 26 at right angles along the axis of the pipe while panning the camera lens through 27 a full circle about the circumference of the pipe. The lights on the camera shall 28 also be capable of panning 90-degrees to the axis of the pipe. 29 b. The radial view camera must be solid state color and have remote control of the 30 rotational lens. The camera shall be capable of viewing the complete dM 31 circumference of the pipe and manhole structure,including the cone-section or 32 corbel. The camera lens shall be an auto-iris type with remote controlled 33 manual override. 34 2. Video Capture System 35 a. The video and audio recordings of the sewer inspections shall be made using 36 digital video equipment. A video enhancer may be used in conjunction with, *• 37 but not in lieu of,the required equipment. The digital recording equipment 38 shall capture sewer inspection on USB drive,with each sewer segment(from 39 upstream manhole to downstream manhole)inspection recorded as an , 40 individual file in Windows Media Audio/Video(.wmv)format. City has a right 41 to change the format from.WMV media to .MP4 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised March 3,20I6 ,w 33 0131-5 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION(CCTV)INSPECTION w Page 5 of 7 1 b. The system shall be capable of printing pipeline inspection reports with 2 captured images of defects or other related significant visual information on a 3 standard color printer. 4 c. The system shall store digitized color picture images and be saved in digital 5 format on a USB drive. 6 d. The system shall be able to produce data reports to include,at a minimum, all 7 observation points and pertinent data. All data reports shall match the defect 8 severity codes outlined in the City's CCTV manual. 9 e. Camera footage, date&manhole numbers shall be maintained in real time and 10 shall be displayed on the video monitor as well as the video character 11 generators illuminated footage display at the control console. 12 PART 3- EXECUTION 13 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] „■, 15 3.3 PREPARATION 16 A. General . 17 1. Prior to inspection obtain pipe and manhole asset identification numbers from the 18 plans or City to be used during inspections. Inspections performed using 19 identification numbers other than the plans or from assigned numbers from the City 20 will be rejected. 21 2. Inspection shall not commence until the sewer section to be televised has been 22 completely cleaned in conformance with Section 33 04 50. (Sewer system should 23 be connected to existing sewer system and should be active) 24 3. Inspection of newly installed sewers(not yet in service)shall not begin prior to 25 completion of the following: 26 a. Pipe testing ^" 27 b. All manhole work is complete 28 c. Installation of all lateral services 29 d. Vacuum test of manholes 30 4. Temporary Bypass Pumping(if required)shall conform to Section 33 03 10. 31 B. Storm Sewer Lines •■ 32 1. Coordinate with City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department for 33 CCTV equipment and cleaning requirements. 34 3.4 INSPECTION(CCTV) w 35 A. General 36 1. Begin inspection immediately after cleaning of the main. 37 2. Move camera through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping when 38 necessary to permit proper documentation of the main's condition. 39 3. Do not move camera at a speed greater than 30 feet per minute. 40 4. Use manual winches,power winches,TV cable, and power rewinds that do not 41 obstruct the camera view,allowing for proper evaluation. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised March 3,2016 330131-6 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION(CCTV)INSPECTION Page 6 of 7 .� 1 5. During investigation stop camera at each defect along the main. 2 a. Record the nature,location and orientation of the defect or infiltration location 3 as specified in the CCTV Manual. 4 6. Pan and tilt the camera to provide additional detail at: 5 a. Manholes, Include condition.of manhole in its entirety and interior corrosion 6 protection(if applicable)(Camera should pan the entire manhole from top as 7 well as while lowering into manhole, also show complete view of invert) 8 b. Service connections,Pan the Camera to get a complete overview of service 9 connection including zooming into service connection Include location(i.e. 3 -- 10 o'clock, 9 o'clock, etc...) 11 c. Joints,Include comment on condition, signs of damage,etc... 12 d. Visible pipe defects such as cracks,broken or deformed pipe,holes, offset . .. 13 joints,obstructions or debris(show as%of pipe diameter). If debris has been 14 found in the pipe during the post-CCTV inspection,additional cleaning is 15 required and pipe shall be re-televised. 16 e. Infiltration/Inflow locations 17 f. Pipe material transitions 18 g. Other locations that do not appear to be typical for normal pipe conditions 19 h. Note locations where camera is underwater and level as a%of pipe diameter. 20 7. Provide accurate distance measurement. 21 a. The meter device is to be accurate to the nearest 1/10 foot. 22 8. CCTV inspections are to be continuous. 23 a. Do not provide a single segment of main on more than 1 USB drive. 24 b. A single segment is defined from manhole to manhole. 25 B. Pre-Installation Inspection for Sewer Mains to be rehabilitated 26 1. Perform Pre-CCTV inspection immediately after cleaning of the main and before 27 rehabilitation work. .. 28 2. If, during inspection,the CCTV will not pass through the entire section of main due 29 to blockage or pipe defect, set up so the inspection can be performed from the 30 opposite manhole. .• 31 3. Provisions for repairing or replacing the impassable location are addressed in 32 Section 33 3120, Section 33 3121 and Section 33 3122. 33 C. Post-Installation Inspection .. 34 1. Complete manhole installation before inspection begins. 35 2. Prior to inserting the camera, flush and clean the main in accordance to Section 33 36 0450. 37 D. Documentation of CCTV Inspection 38 1. Sanitary Sewer Lines 39 a. Follow the CCTV Manual(CCTV standard manual supplied by City upon 40 request) for the inspection video, data logging and reporting or Part 1.5 E of 41 this section. 42 2. Storm Sewer Lines 43 a. Provided documentation for video,data logging,and reporting in accordance 44 with City of Fort Worth Transportation/Public Works Department 45 requirements. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised March 3,2016 ru 330131-7 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION(CCTV)INSPECTION n. Page 7 of 7 1 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 2 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 4 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 5 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 6 3.10 CLEANING 7 A. See Section 33 04 50. 8 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] .. 10 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 11 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 12 13 END OF SECTION 14 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D.Johnson Various—Added requirements for coordination with T/PW for Storm Sewer CCTV 03/03/2016 J Kasavich Various—Alternative to CCTV Manual,modified submittal detail requirements as 15 w w w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 r Revised March 3,2016 330310-1 BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS Page 1 of 5 1 SECTION 33 03 10 2 BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Bypass pumping of the existing sewer system,required on 18-inch and larger sewer 7 lines unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. Bypass Pumping on this project is considered as a subsidiary item and its costs 10 should be covered by other items bid for pipeline and manhole construction. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: 12 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract 14 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment 17 1. Measurement 18 a. Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. 19 2. Payment .iw 20 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 21 is Subsidiary and will not be paid for at the lump sum price bid for 22 `Bypass Pumping". r� 23 3. The price bid shall include: 24 a. Mobilization 25 b. Development of bypass plans 26 c. Transportation and storage '* 27 d. Setup 28 e. Confined space entry 29 f. Plugging 30 g. Pumping 31 h. Clean up 32 i. Manhole restoration s 33 j. Surface restoration 34 1.3 REFERENCES r 35 A. Reference Standards 36 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 37 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this -- 38 Specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 39 2. Occupational Safety and Health Organization(OSHA). w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised December 20,2012 .r 3303 10-2 BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS Page 2 of 5 1 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 2 A. Coordination 3 1. Schedule meeting with City to review sewer shutdown prior to replacing or 4 rehabilitating any facilities. 5 2. City reserves the right to delay schedule due to weather conditions, or other 6 unexpected emergency within the sewer system. 7 3. Review bypass pumping arrangement or layout in the field with City prior to 8 beginning operations. Facilitate preliminary bypass pumping run with City staff ` 9 present to affirm the operation is satisfactory to the City. 10 4. After replacement or rehabilitation of facilities,coordinate the reestablishment of 11 sewer flow with City staff. 12- 5. Provide onsite continuous monitoring during all bypass pumping operations using 13 one of the following methods: 14 a. Personnel on site 15 b. Portable SCADA equipment 16 1.5 SUBMITTALS 17 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 0133 00. 18 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 19 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 20 A. For 18-inch and larger sewer lines, submit a detailed plan and description outlining all 21 provisions and precautions that will be taken with regard to the handling of sewer 22 flows. Submit the plan to the City for approval a minimum of 7 days prior to 23 commencing work. Include the following details: 24 1. Schedule for installation and maintenance of the bypass pumping system 25 2. Staging areas for pumps 26 3. Pump sizes,capacity,number of each size, and power requirements 27 4. Calculations for static lift, friction losses, and velocity 28 5. Pump curves showing operating range and system head curves 29 6. Sewer plugging methods 30 7. Size, length,material,joint type,and method for installation of suction and 31 discharge piping 32 8. Method of noise control for each pump and/or generator, if required 33 9. Standby power generator size and location 34 10. Suction and discharge piping plan 35 11. Emergency action plan identifying the measures taken in the event of a pump 36 failure or sewer spill 37 12. Staffing plan for responding to alarm conditions identifying multiple contacts by 38 name and phone numbers(office,mobile) 39 13. A contingency plan to implement in the event the replacement or rehabilitation has 40 unexpected delays or problems CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w+� 330310-3 BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS Page 3 of 5 1 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 4 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 5 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 6 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 7 PART 2- PRODUCTS 8 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 2.2 EQUIPMENT 10 A. Pumping 11 1. Provide equipment that will convey 100 percent of wet weather peak flow 12 conditions. 13 2. Provide fully automatic self-priming pumps. Foot-valves or vacuum pumps are not ,., 14 permitted for priming the system. 15 3. Pumps must be constructed to allow dry running for periods of time to account for 16 the cyclical nature of sewer flow. 17 4. Provide 1 stand-by pump for each size to be maintained on site. Place backup 18 pumps on line, isolated from the primary system by valve. 19 5. If multiple pumps are required to meet the flow requirements,provide the necessary 20 fittings and connections to incorporate multiple discharges. 21 6. Noise levels of the pumping system must follow the requirements of the City noise 22 ordinance for gas wells. 23 B. Piping 24 1. Install pipes with joints which prevent the incident of flow spillage. 25 C. Plugs or Stop Logs 26 1. Plugs 27 a. Select a plug that is made for the size and potential pressure head that will be 28 experienced. 29 b. Provide an additional anchor, support or bracing to secure plug when back 30 pressure is present. 31 c. Use accurately calibrated air pressure gauges for monitoring the inflation 32 pressure. 33 d. Place inflation gauge at location outside of confined space area. Keep the 34 inflation gauge and valve a safe distance from the plugs. 35 e. Never over inflate the plug beyond its pressure rating. 36 2. Stop Logs .w 37 a. Use stop log devices designed for the manhole or sewer vault structure in use. 38 b. If applicable,obtain stop logs from City that may be used on specific structures. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w 3303 10-4 BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS Page 4 of 5 ow 1 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 2 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] an 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION so 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] on 6 3.3 PREPARATION 7 A. Locate the bypass pipelines in area to minimize disturbance to existing utilities and .• 8 obtain approval of those locations from the City. 9 B. Make preparations to comply with OSHA requirements when working in the presence 10 of sewer gases, oxygen-deficient atmospheres and confined spaces. 11 C. Do not begin bypass preparation and operation until City approval of the submittals 12 requested per this Specification. dW 13 3.4 INSTALLATION 14 A. Install and operate pumping and piping equipment in accordance to the submittals 15 provided per this Specification. 16 B. Sewer flow stoppage 17 1. Plugging 18 a. Use confined space procedures and equipment during installation when 19 necessary. 20 b. Thoroughly clean the pipe before insertion of the plug. .. 21 c. Insert the plug seal surface completely so it is fully supported by the pipe. 22 d. Position the plug where there are not sharp edges or protrusions that may 23 damage the plug. 24 e. Use pressure gauges for measuring inflation pressures. .. 25 f. Minimize upstream pressure head before deflating and removing. 26 C. Sewer flow control and monitoring .. 27 1. Take sufficient precautions to ensure sewer flow operations do not cause flooding 28 or damage to public or private property. The Contractor is responsible for any 29 damage resulting from bypass pumping operations. .. 30 2. Begin continual monitoring of the sewer system as soon as the sewer is plugged or 31 blocked. Be prepared to immediately start bypass pumping if needed due to 32 surcharge conditions. •• 33 3. Sewer discharge may be into another sewer manhole or appropriate vehicle or 34 container only. Do not discharge sewer into an open environment such as an open 35 channel or earthen holding facility. 36 4. Do not construct bypass facilities where vehicular traffic may travel over the 37 piping. 38 a. Provide details in the suction and discharge piping plan that accommodate both �. 39 the bypass facilities and traffic without disrupting either service. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 w., •s 330310-5 BYPASS PUMPING OF EXISTING SEWER SYSTEMS Page 5 of 5 1 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] no 2 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 3 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL -- 4 A. Field[OR] Site Tests and Inspections 5 1. Perform leakage and pressure tests of the bypass pumping pipe and equipment 6 before actual operation begins. Have City staff on site during tests. 7 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 8 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 9 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 10 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 11 A. Once plugging or blocking is no longer necessary,remove in such a way that permits 12 the sewer flow to slowly return to normal—preventing surge, surcharging and major 13 downstream disturbance. 14 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 15 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 16 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 17 END OF SECTION 18 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12/20/2012 D.Johnson 1.6—Clarified submittals required for 18"and larger lines 19 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 A Revised December 20,2012 330450-1 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS Page 1 of 4 1 SECTION 33 04 50 2 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS 3 PART1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. General 6 1. Before any television inspection,any sewer main shall be cleaned to remove all 7 debris, solids,sand,grease,grit,etc. from the sewer and manholes. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract 13 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 14 3. Section 33 01 31 —Closed Circuit Television(CCTV)Inspection ■• 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment 17 1. Measurement 18 a. This Item is considered subsidiary to the sewer main being cleaned. 19 2. Payment 20 a. The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this Item 21 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of sewer pipe complete in 22 place, and no other compensation will be allowed. ► 23 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 29 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] dO 30 1.10 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 31 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 32 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 r� Revised December 20,2012 PW 330450-2 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS Page 2 of 4 go 1 PART 2- PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 0* 3 2.2 PRODUCT TYPES 4 A. Use only the type of cleaning material which will not create hazards to health or 5 property or affect treatment plant processes. 6 2.3 ACCESSORIES 7 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 8 PART 3- EXECUTION 9 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 10 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 11 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 12 3.4 ERECTION/INSTALLATION/APPLICATION [NOT USED] r 13 3.5 REPAIR/RESTORATION [NOT USED] 14 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] .• 15 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 16 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 17 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 18 3.10 CLEANING 19 A. General 20 1. All materials, equipment,and personnel necessary to complete the cleaning of the 21 sanitary sewer main and manholes must be present on the jobsite prior to isolating 22 the sewer manhole or line segment and beginning the cleaning process. 23 2. Maintain clean work and surrounding premises within the work limits so as to 24 comply with Federal, State,and local environmental and anti-pollution laws, 25 ordinances,codes,and regulations when cleaning and disposing of waste materials, 26 debris, and rubbish. 27 3. Keep the work and surrounding premises within work limits free of accumulations 28 of dirt,dust,waste materials,debris,and rubbish. 29 4. Suitable containers for storage of waste materials,debris,and rubbish shall be 30 provided until time of disposal. 31 a. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to secure a licensed legal dump site 32 for the disposal of this material. 33 b. Under no circumstances shall sewage or solids removed from the main or 34 manhole be dumped onto streets or into ditches, catch basins, storm drains, or 35 sanitary sewers. 36 5. The cleaning process shall remove all grease, sand,silts, solids,rags, debris, etc. 37 from each sewer segment,including the manhole(s). CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 .,. 330450-3 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS Page 3 of 4 1 6. Selection of cleaning equipment and the method for cleaning shall be based on the 2 condition of the sanitary sewer mains at the time work commences and will be +�* 3 subject to approval by the City. 4 7. All cleaning equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced personnel. 5 8. Satisfactory precautions shall be taken to protect the sanitary sewer mains and 6 manholes from damage that might be inflicted by the improper use of the cleaning 7 process or equipment. 8 9. Any damages done to a sewer main and/or structure by the Contractor shall be 9 repaired by the Contractor at no additional cost and to the satisfaction of the City. 10 10. Cleaning shall also include the manhole wall washing by high pressure water jet. ® 11 11. The Contractor may be required to demonstrate the performance capabilities of the 12 cleaning equipment proposed for use on the project. 13 a. If the results obtained by the proposed sanitary sewer cleaning equipment are 14 not satisfactory,the Contractor shall use different equipment and/or 15 attachments,as required,to meet City satisfaction. 16 b. More than 1 type of equipment/attachments may be required at a location. 17 12. When hydraulic or high velocity cleaning equipment is used,a suitable sand trap, 18 weir,dam,or suction shall be constructed in the downstream manhole in such a 19 manner that all the solids and debris are trapped for removal. 20 13. Whenever hydraulically-propelled cleaning tools which depend upon water 21 pressure to provide their cleaning force, or any tool which retard the flow of water 22 in the sanitary sewer lines are used,precautions shall be taken to insure that the 23 water pressure created does not cause any damage or flooding to public or private 24 property being served by the manhole section involved. 25 14. Any damage of property, as a result of flooding, shall be the liability and 26 responsibility of the Contractor. w 27 15. The flow of wastewater present in the sanitary sewer main shall be utilized to 28 provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible. 29 16. When additional quantities of water from fire hydrants are necessary to avoid delay 30 in normal working procedures,the water shall be conserved and not used 31 unnecessarily. 32 a. No fire hydrant shall be obstructed or used when there is a fire in the area. 33 b. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain the fire hydrant,water meter 34 and all related charges for the set-up,including the water usage bills from 35 respective water purveyor agency. 36 c. All expenses shall be considered incidental to the cleaning of the existing 37 sanitary sewer mains. 38 B. Methods 39 1. Hydraulic Cleaning 40 a. Hydraulic-propelled devices which require a head of water to operate must 41 utilize a collapsible dam. 42 b. The dam must be easily collapsible to prevent damage to the sewer main, 43 property,etc. 44 c. When using hydraulically-propelled devices,precautions shall be taken to 45 insure that the water pressure created does not cause damage or flood public or 46 private property. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 330450-4 CLEANING OF SEWER MAINS Page 4 of 4 w 1 d. Do not increase the hydraulic gradient of the sanitary sewers beyond the 2 elevation that could cause overflow of sewage into area waterways or laterals. 3 e. The flow of wastewater present in the sanitary sewer main shall be utilized to �. 4 provide necessary fluid for hydraulic cleaning devices whenever possible. 5 2. High-Velocity Cleaning 6 a. Cleaning equipment that uses a high velocity water jet for removing debris shall 7 be capable of producing a minimum volume of 50 gpm,with a pressure of 8 1,500 psi, for the sanitary sewer line and 3,500 psi for the (manhole)structure 9 at the pump. ■. 10 1) Any variations to this pumping rate must be approved,in advance,by the 11 City. 12 2) To prevent damage to older sewer mains and property,a pressure less than 13 1500 psi can be used. 14 3) A working pressure gauge shall be used on the discharge of all high 15 pressure water pumps. 16 4) For sewers 18 inches and larger in diameter, in addition to conventional 17 nozzles,use a nozzle which directs the cleaning force to the bottom of the 18 pipe. 19 5) Operate the equipment so that the pressurized nozzle continues to move at 20 all times. 21 6) The pressurized nozzle shall be turned off or reduced anytime the hose is 22 on hold or delayed in order to prevent damage to the line. 23 3. Mechanical Cleaning 24 a. Mechanical cleaning, in addition to normal cleaning when required, shall be 25 with approved equipment and accessories driven by power winching devices. " 26 b. Submit the equipment manufacturer's operational manual and guidelines to the 27 City,which shall be followed strictly unless modified by the City. 28 c. All equipment and devices shall be operated by experienced operators so that .•• 29 they do not damage the pipe in the process of cleaning. 30 d. Buckets, scrapers, scooters,porcupines,kites,heavy duty brushes, and other 31 debris-removing equipment/accessories shall be used as appropriate and 32 necessary in the field, in conjunction with the approved power machines. 33 e. The use of cleaning devices such as rods,metal pigs,porcupines,root saws, 34 snakes, scooters, sewer balls,kites,and other approved equipment, in 35 conjunction with hand winching device,and/or gas, electric rod propelled A 36 devices, shall be considered normal cleaning equipment. 37 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] .. 38 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 39 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 40 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 41 END OF SECTION 42 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 43 CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 20,2012 *,, war 3305 10-1 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page 1 of 20 1 SECTION 33 05 10 2 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY "* 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Excavation,Embedment and Backfill for: 7 a. Pressure Applications ..0 8 1) Water Distribution or Transmission Main 9 2) Wastewater Force Main 10 3) Reclaimed Water Main 11 b. Gravity Applications 12 1) Wastewater Gravity Mains 13 2) Storm Sewer Pipe and Culverts MIR 14 3) Storm Sewer Precast Box and Culverts 15 2. Including: 16 a. Excavation of all material encountered, including rock and unsuitable materials 17 b. Disposal of excess unsuitable material 18 c. Site specific trench safety 19 d. Pumping and dewatering 20 e. Embedment 21 f. Concrete encasement for utility lines 22 g. Backfill 23 h. Compaction 24 B. Deviations from this City of Fort Worth Standard Specification 25 1. The Engineer/Owner may allow CSS to be used as an "or equal"to CSLM. 26 Each case for substituting CSS must be reviewed and approved by the .. 27 Engineer in writing prior to installation. 28 C. Related Specification Sections include,but are not necessarily limited to: ., 29 1. Division 0—Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 30 Contract 31 2. Division 1 —General Requirements 32 3. Section 02 41 13—Selective Site Demolition 33 4. Section 02 41 15—Paving Removal 34 5. Section 02 41 14—Utility Removal/Abandonment 35 6. Section 03 30 00—Cast-in-place Concrete 36 7. Section 03 34 13—Controlled Low Strength Material(CLSM) .r 37 8. Section 31 10 00—Site Clearing 38 9. Section 3125 00—Erosion and Sediment Control 39 10. Section 33 05 26—Utility Markers/Locators 40 11. Section 34 71 13—Traffic Control CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 3305 10-2 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page 2 of 20 an 1 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 2 A. Measurement and Payment 3 1. Trench Excavation, Embedment and Backfill associated with the installation of an 4 underground utility or excavation 5 a. Measurement .�. 6 1) This Item is considered subsidiary to the installation of the utility pipe line 7 as designated in the Drawings. 8 b. Payment 9 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 10 Item are considered subsidiary to the installation of the utility pipe for the 11 type of embedment and backfill as indicated on the plans. No other 12 compensation will be allowed. "•` 13 2. Imported Embedment or Backfill 14 a. Measurement 15 1) Measured by the cubic yard as delivered to the site and recorded by truck ` 16 ticket provided to the City 17 b. Payment 18 1) Imported fill shall only be paid when using materials for embedment and 19 backfill other than those identified in the Drawings. The work performed 20 and materials furnished in accordance with pre-bid item and measured as 21 provided under"Measurement'will be paid for at the unit price bid per �* 22 cubic yard of"Imported Embedment/Backfill"delivered to the Site for: 23 a) Various embedment/backfill materials 24 c. The price bid shall include: ..,. 25 1) Furnishing backfill or embedment as specified by this Specification 26 2) Hauling to the site 27 3) Placement and compaction of backfill or embedment 28 3. Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines 29 a. Measurement 30 1) Measured by the cubic yard per plan quantity. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 33 and measured as provided under"Measurement'will be paid for at the unit 34 price bid per cubic yard of"Concrete Encasement for Utility Lines"per 35 plan quantity. 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Furnishing,hauling,placing and finishing concrete in accordance with 38 Section 03 30 00 39 2) Clean-up 40 4. Ground Water Control 04 41 a. Measurement 42 1) Measurement shall be lump sum when a ground water control plan is 43 specifically required by the Contract Documents. 44 b. Payment 45 1) Payment shall be per the lump sum price bid for"Ground Water Control" 46 including: �• 47 a) Submittals 48 b) Additional Testing CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 00 3305 10-3 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL w� Page 3 of 20 1 c) Ground water control system installation 2 d) Ground water control system operations and maintenance 3 e) Disposal of water 4 f) Removal of ground water control system 5 5. Trench Safety .. 6 a. Measurement 7 1) Measured per linear foot of excavation for all trenches that require trench 8 safety in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards(29 CFR Part 9 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for Construction) 10 b. Payment 11 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 12 and measured as provided under"Measurement"will be paid for at the unit 13 price bid per linear foot of excavation to comply with OSHA excavation 14 safety standards(29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P),including,but not 15 limited to,all submittals, labor and equipment. 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Definitions 18 1. General—Definitions used in this section are in accordance with Terminologies 19 ASTM F412 and ASTM D8 and Terminology ASTM D653,unless otherwise 20 noted. 21 2. Definitions for trench width,backfill,embedment, initial backfill,pipe zone, 22 haunching bedding, springline,pipe zone and foundation are defined as shown in 23 the following schematic: wr K. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 3305 10-4. UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page 4 of 20 M •PAVED ARM! UNPAVED AREAS ��\�� J �• �#11* Q Q � J J a INITIAL BACKFILL bi \, \\% o SPRINGLINEm a_ W MUNCHING BEDDING FOUNDATION �� \A OD CLEARANCE we EXCAVATED TRENCH WIDTH 1 2 3. Deleterious materials—Harmful materials such as clay lumps, silts and organic 3 material 4 4. Excavated Trench Depth—Distance from the surface to the bottom of the bedding 5 or the trench foundation 6 5. Final Backfill Depth 7 a. Unpaved Areas—The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 8 initial backfill to the surface 9 b. Paved Areas—The depth of the final backfill measured from the top of the 10 initial backfill to bottom of permanent or temporary pavement repair 11 B. Reference Standards 12 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 13 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 14 Specification,unless a date is specifically cited. 15 2. ASTM Standards: 16 a. ASTM C33-08 Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates 17 b. ASTM C88-05 Soundness of Aggregate by Use of Sodium Sulfate or 18 Magnesium Sulfate 19 c. ASTM C136-01 Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate 20 d. ASTM D448-08 Standard Classification for Sizes of Aggregate for Road and 21. Bridge Construction. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 �. 330510-5 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL rr Page 5 of 20 1 e. ASTM C535-09 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large- 2 Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine 3 f. ASTM D588—Standard Test method for Moisture-Density Relations of Soil- 4 Cement Mixture 5 g. ASTM D698-07 Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 6 Soil Using Stand Efforts(12,400 ft-lb/ft3 600 Kn-m/M3)). 7 h. ASTM 1556 Standard Test Methods for Density and Unit Weight of Soils in 8 Place by Sand Cone Method. 9 i. ASTM 2487— 10 Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 10 (Unified Soil Classification System) 11 j. ASTM 2321-09 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers 12 and Other Gravity-Flow Applications " 13 k. ASTM D2922—Standard Test Methods for Density of Soils and Soil 14 Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth) 15 1. ASTM 3017 -Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in 16 place by Nuclear Methods(Shallow Depth) 17 m. ASTM D4254-Standard Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit 18 Weight of Soils and Calculations of Relative Density 19 3. OSHA 20 a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety 21 Regulations for Construction, Subpart P -Excavations 22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23 A. Coordination 24 1. Utility Company Notification 25 a. Notify area utility companies at least 48 hours in advance,excluding weekends 26 and holidays,before starting excavation. *� 27 b. Request the location of buried lines and cables in the vicinity of the proposed 28 work. 29 B. Sequencing w 30 1. Sequence work for each section of the pipe installed to complete the embedment 31 and backfill placement on the day the pipe foundation is complete. .. 32 2. Sequence work such that proctors are complete in accordance with ASTM D698 33 prior to commencement of construction activities. 34 1.5 SUBMITTALS so 35 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 36 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to construction. 37 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALSANFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 38 A. Shop Drawings *� 39 1. Provide detailed drawings and explanation for ground water and surface water 40 control, if required. 41 2. Trench Safety Plan in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health 42 Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety Regulations for Construction, Subpart P- 43 Excavations 44 3. Stockpiled excavation and/or backfill material CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 3305 10-6 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page 6 of 20 rw 1 a. Provide a description of the storage of the excavated material only if the 2 Contract Documents do not allow storage of materials in the right-of-way of the 3 easement. .r 4 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 7 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING 8 A. Storage 9 1. Within Existing Rights-of-Way(ROW) •� 10 a. Spoil,imported embedment and backfill materials may be stored within 11 existing ROW,easements or temporary construction easements,unless 12 specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 13 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets or driveways. 14 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 15 d. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 16 e. In non-paved areas,do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 17 landscaped areas. 18 2. Designated Storage Areas 19 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of spoils,embedment or 20 backfill materials within the ROW,easement or temporary construction 21 easement,then secure and maintain an adequate storage location. 22 b. Provide an affidavit that rights have been secured to store the materials on 23 private property. 24 c. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 3125 00. 25 d. Do not block drainage ways. 26 e. Only materials used for 1 working day will be allowed to be stored in the work 27 zone. 28 B. Deliveries and haul-off-Coordinate all deliveries and haul-off. ... 29 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS 30 A. Existing Conditions 31 1. Any data which has been or may be provided on subsurface conditions is not 32 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity between soils. It .s 33 is expressly understood that neither the City nor the Engineer will be responsible 34 for interpretations or conclusions drawn there from by the Contractor. 35 2. Data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 ,.., 3305 10-7 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page 7 of 20 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2- PRODUCTS 3 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. Materials 6 1. Utility Sand 7 a. Granular and free flowing 8 b. Generally meets or exceeds the limits on deleterious substances per Table 1 for 9 fine aggregate according to ASTM C 33 10 c. Reasonably free of organic material 11 d. Gradation: sand material consisting of durable particles, free of thin or 12 elongated pieces, lumps of clay, loam or vegetable matter and meets the 13 following gradation may be used for utility sand embedment/backfill,and 14 graded with following limits when tested in accordance with ASTM C136. 15 Sieve Size Percent Retained 1/219 0 '/a" 0-5 #4 0-10 #16 0-20 * #50 20-70 #100 60-90 #200 90-100 " 16 2. Crushed Rock 17 a. Durable crushed rock or recycled concrete 18 b. Meets the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 56, 57 or 67 19 c. May be unwashed 20 d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 21 e. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C 131 or C535 22 f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 23 sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 24 3. Fine Crushed Rock .,, 25 a. Durable crushed rock 26 b. Meets the gradation of ASTM D448 size numbers 8 or 89 27 c. May be unwashed .. 28 d. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials. 29 e. Have a percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C131 or C535 30 f. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjective to 5 cycles of 31 sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 32 4. Ballast Stone 33 a. Stone ranging from 3 inches to 6 inches in greatest dimension. 34 b. May be unwashed 35 c. Free from significant silt clay or unsuitable materials 36 d. Percentage of wear not more than 40 percent per ASTM C 131 or C535 w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 w Revised December 12,2016 in 3305 10-8 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page 8 of 20 ww 1 e. Not more than a 12 percent maximum loss when subjected to 5 cycles of 2 sodium sulfate soundness per ASTM C88 3 5. Acceptable Backfill Material aw 4 a. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL,CH, SC or GC in accordance with 5 ASTM D2487 6 b. Free from deleterious materials,boulders over 6 inches in size and organics RM 7 c. Can be placed free from voids 8 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 9 6. Blended Backfill Material 10 a. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487 11 b. Blended with in-situ or imported acceptable backfill material to meet the 12 requirements of an Acceptable Backfill Material 13 c. Free from deleterious materials,boulders over 6 inches in size and organics 14 d. Must have 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve 15 7. Unacceptable Backfill Material 16 a. In-situ soils classified as ML,MH,PT, OL or OH in accordance with ASTM 17 D2487 18 8. Select Fill .• 19 a. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 20 b. Liquid limit less than 35 21 c. Plasticity index between 8 and 20 22 9. Cement Stabilized Sand(CSS) 23 a. Sand 24 1) Shall be clean,durable sand meeting grading requirements for fine 25 aggregates of ASTM C33 and the following requirements: 26 a) Classified as SW, SP, or SM by the United Soil Classification System 27 of ASTM D2487 28 b) Deleterious materials 29 (1) Clay lumps,ASTM C142, less than 0.5 percent 30 (2) Lightweight pieces,ASTM C 123, less than 5.0 percent 31 (3) Organic impurities,ASTM,C40,color no darker than standard 32 color 33 (4) Plasticity index of 4 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM 34 D4318. 35 b. Minimum of 4 percent cement content of Type 1/II portland cement 36 c. Water 37 1) Potable water, free of soils,acids,alkalis,organic matter or other • 38 deleterious substances, meeting requirements of ASTM C94 39 d. Mix in a stationary pug mill,weigh-batch or continuous mixing plant. 40 e. Strength ., 41 1) 50 to 150 psi compressive strength at 2 days in accordance with ASTM 42 D1633,Method A 43 2) 200 to 250 psi compressive strength at 28 days in accordance with ASTM , 44 D1633,Method A 45 3) The maximum compressive strength in 7 days shall be 400 psi. Backfill 46 that exceeds the maximum compressive strength shall be removed by the 47 Contractor for no additional compensation. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 .r 330510-9 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Mr Page 9 of 20 1 f. Random samples of delivered product will be taken in the field at point of 2 delivery for each day of placement in the work area. Specimens will be .. 3 prepared in accordance with ASTM D 1632. 4 10. Controlled Low Strength Material(CLSM) 5 a. Conform to Section 03 34 13 .. 6 11. Trench Geotextile Fabric 7 a. Soils other than ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 8 1) Needle punch,nonwoven geotextile composed of polypropylene fibers 9 2) Fibers shall retain their relative position 10 3) Inert to biological degradation 11 4) Resist naturally occurring chemicals .. 12 5) UV Resistant 13 6) Mirafi 140N by Tencate, or approved equal 14 b. Soils Classified as ML or OH in accordance with ASTM D2487 15 1) High-tenacity monofilament polypropylene woven yarn 16 2) Percent open area of 8 percent to 10 percent 17 3) Fibers shall retain their relative position 18 4) Inert to biological degradation 19 5) Resist naturally occurring chemicals 20 6) UV Resistant 21 7) Mirafi FW402 by Tencate,or approved equal 22 12. Concrete Encasement 23 a. Conform to Section 03 30 00. .. 24 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 25 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26 PART 3- EXECUTION „ 27 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 28 3.2 EXAMINATION on 29 A. Verification of Conditions 30 1. Review all known, identified or marked utilities,whether public or private,prior to 31 excavation. 32 2. Locate and protect all known, identified and marked utilities or underground 33 facilities as excavation progresses. 34 3. Notify all utility owners within the project limits 48 hours prior to beginning 35 excavation. 36 4. The information and data shown in the Drawings with respect to utilities is 37 approximate and based on record information or on physical appurtenances 38 observed within the project limits. 39 5. Coordinate with the Owner(s)of underground facilities. 40 6. Immediately notify any utility owner of damages to underground facilities resulting 41 from construction activities. 42 7. Repair any damages resulting from the construction activities. rw CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 ra 3305 10-10 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page 10 of 20 1 B. Notify the City immediately of any changed condition that impacts excavation and 2 installation of the proposed utility. 3 3.3 PREPARATION 4 A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 5 1. Pavement 6 a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement that is 7 designated to remain. 8 1) Where desired to move equipment not licensed for operation on public 9 roads or across pavement,provide means to protect the pavement from all 10 damage. 11 b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the + ► 12 contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 13 cost to the City. 14 2. Drainage *■ 15 a. Maintain positive drainage during construction and re-establish drainage for all 16 swales and culverts affected by construction. 17 3. Trees 18 a. When operating outside of existing ROW, stake permanent and temporary 19 construction easements. 20 b. Restrict all construction activities to the designated easements and ROW. 21 c. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 22 00. 23 d. Conduct excavation,embedment and backfill in a manner such that there is no 24 damage to the tree canopy. 25 e. Prune or trim tree limbs as specifically allowed by the Drawings or as 26 specifically allowed by the City. 27 1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipments ' 28 specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 29 f. Remove trees specifically designated to be removed in the Drawings in 30 accordance with Section 31 10 00. r" 31 4. Above ground Structures 32 a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 33 b. Remove above ground structures designated for removal in the Drawings in 34 accordance with Section 02 41 13 35 5. Traffic 36 a. Maintain existing traffic, except as modified by the traffic control plan, and in 37 accordance with Section 34 71 13. 38 b. Do not block access to driveways or alleys for extended periods of time unless: 39 1) Alternative access has been provided 40 2) Proper notification has been provided to the property owner or resident 41 3) It is specifically allowed in the traffic control plan 42 c. Use traffic rated plates to maintain access until access is restored. 43 6. Traffic Signal—Poles,Mast Alms,Pull boxes, Detector loops 44 a. Notify the City's Traffic Services Division a minimum of 48 hours prior to any 45 excavation that could impact the operations of an existing traffic signal. *■ 46 b. Protect all traffic signal poles, mast arms,pull boxes,traffic cabinets,conduit 47 and detector loops. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 rw 3305 10-11 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page 11 of 20 1 c. Immediately notify the City's Traffic Services Division if any damage occurs to 2 any component of the traffic signal due to the contractors activities. • 3 d. Repair any damage to the traffic signal poles,mast arms,pull boxes,traffic 4 cabinets,conduit and detector loops as a result of the construction activities. 5 7. Fences �* 6 a. Protect all fences designated to remain. 7 b. Leave fence in the equal or better condition as prior to construction. 8 3.4 INSTALLATION 9 A. Excavation 10 1. Excavate to a depth indicated on the Drawings. 11 2. Trench excavations are defined as unclassified. No additional payment shall be 12 granted for rock or other in-situ materials encountered in the trench. 13 3. Excavate to a width sufficient for laying the pipe in accordance with the Drawings 14 and bracing in accordance with the Excavation Safety Plan. 15 4. The bottom of the excavation shall be firm and free from standing water. 16 a. Notify the City immediately if the water and/or the in-situ soils do not provide 17 for a firm trench bottom. 18 b. The City will determine if any changes are required in the pipe foundation or 19 bedding. 20 5. Unless otherwise permitted by the Drawings or by the City, the limits of the 21 excavation shall not advance beyond the pipe placement so that the trench may be 22 backfilled in the same day. 23 6. Over Excavation 24 a. Fill over excavated areas with the specified bedding material as specified for 25 the specific pipe to be installed. 26 b. No additional payment will be made for over excavation or additional bedding 27 material. 28 7. Unacceptable Backfill Materials 29 a. In-situ soils classified as unacceptable backfill material shall be separated from 30 acceptable backfill materials. 31 b. If the unacceptable backfill material is to be blended in accordance with this 32 Specification,then store material in a suitable location until the material is 33 blended. 34 c. Remove all unacceptable material from the project site that is not intended to be ,r. 35 blended or modified. 36 8. Rock—No additional compensation will be paid for rock excavation or other 37 changed field conditions. 38 B. Shoring, Sheeting and Bracing 39 1. Engage a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of Texas to design a site 40 specific excavation safety system in accordance with Federal and State 41 requirements. 42 2. Excavation protection systems shall be designed according to the space limitations 43 as indicated in the Drawings. 44 3. Furnish,put in place and maintain a trench safety system in accordance with the 45 Excavation Safety Plan and required by Federal, State or local safety requirements. • CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 on 3305 10-12 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page I2 of 20 wr 1 4. If soil or water conditions are encountered that are not addressed by the current 2 Excavation Safety Plan,engage a Licensed Professional Engineer in the State of 3 Texas to modify the Excavation Safety Plan and provide a revised submittal to the 4 City. 5 5. Do not allow soil, or water containing soil,to migrate through the Excavation 6 Safety System in sufficient quantities to adversely affect the suitability of the *� 7 Excavation Protection System. Movable bracing, shoring plates or trench boxes 8 used to support the sides of the trench excavation shall not: 9 a. Disturb the embedment located in the pipe zone or lower .. 10 b. Alter the pipe's line and grade after the Excavation Protection System is 11 removed 12 c. Compromise the compaction of the embedment located below the spring line of „® 13 the pipe and in the haunching 14 C. Water Control 15 1. Surface Water *` 16 a. Furnish all materials and equipment and perform all incidental work required to 17 direct surface water away from the excavation. 18 2. Ground Water 19 a. Furnish all materials and equipment to dewater ground water by a method 20 which preserves the undisturbed state of the subgrade soils. 21 b. Do not allow the pipe to be submerged within 24 hours after placement. .� 22 c. Do not allow water to flow over concrete until it has sufficiently cured. 23 d. Engage a Licensed Engineer in the State of Texas to prepare a Ground Water 24 Control Plan if any of the following conditions are encountered: 25 1) A Ground Water Control Plan is specifically required by the Contract 26 Documents 27 2) If in the sole judgment of the City, ground water is so severe that an .. 28 Engineered Ground Water Control Plan is required to protect the trench or 29 the installation of the pipe which may include: 30 a) Ground water levels in the trench are unable to be maintained below 31 the top of the bedding 32 b) A firm trench bottom cannot be maintained due to ground water 33 c) Ground water entering the excavation undermines the stability of the 34 excavation. 35 d) Ground water entering the excavation is transporting unacceptable 36 quantities of soils through the Excavation Safety System. 37 e. In the event that there is no bid item for a Ground Water Control and the City .. 38 requires an Engineered Ground Water Control Plan due to conditions 39 discovered at the site,the contractor will be eligible.to submit a change order. 40 f. Control of ground water shall be considered subsidiary to the excavation when: .., 41 1) No Ground Water Control Plan is specifically identified and required in the 42 Contract Documents 43 g. Ground Water Control Plan installation, operation and maintenance 44 1) Furnish all materials and equipment necessary to implement,operate and 45 maintain the Ground Water Control Plan. 46 2) Once the excavation is complete,remove all ground water control 47 equipment not called to be incorporated into the work. 48 h. Water Disposal 49 1) Dispose of ground water in accordance with City policy or Ordinance. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December I2,2016 3305 10-13 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page 13 of 20 1 2) Do not discharge ground water onto or across private property without 2 written permission. "•• 3 3) Permission from the City is required prior to disposal into the Sanitary 4 Sewer. 5 4) Disposal shall not violate any Federal, State or local regulations. 6 D. Embedment and Pipe Placement 7 1. Water Lines less than,or equal to, 12 inches in diameter: 8 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 9 b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 10 c. If ground water is in sufficient quantity to cause sand to pump,then use 11 crushed rock as embedment. 12 1) If crushed rock is not specifically identified in the Contract Documents, 13 then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit price. 14 d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. .s 15 e. Provide firm,uniform bedding. 16 f. Place pipe on the bedding in accordance with the alignment of the Drawings. 17 g. In no case shall the top of the pipe be less than 42 inches from the surface of the 18 proposed grade,unless specifically called for in the Drawings. 19 h. Place embedment, including initial backfill,to a minimum of 6 inches,but not 20 more than 12 inches,above the pipe. 21 i. Where gate valves are present,the initial backfill shall extend to 6 inches above 22 the elevation of the valve nut. 23 j. Form all blocking against undisturbed trench wall to the dimensions in the 24 Drawings. M" 25 k. Compact embedment and initial backfill. 26 1. Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance with 27 Section 33 05 26. me 28 2. Water Lines 16-inches through 24-inches in diameter: 29 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 30 b. Utility sand may be used for embedment when the excavated trench depth is ■o 31 less than 15 feet deep. 32 c. Crushed rock or fine crushed rock shall be used for embedment for excavated 33 trench depths 15 feet,or greater. 0M 34 d. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment for steel pipe. 35 e. Provide trench geotextile fabric at any location where crushed rock or fine 36 crushed rock come into contact with utility sand on 37 f. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 38 g. Provide firm,uniform bedding. 39 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 40 trench. r. 41 2) If additional crushed rock is required not specifically identified in the 42 Contract Documents,then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit 43 price. 44 h. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. 45 i. The pipe line shall be within: 46 1) t3 inches of the elevation on the Drawings for 16-inch and 24-inch water 47 lines 48 j. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 49 accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 3305 10-14 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page 14 of 20 1 k. Place remaining embedment including initial backfill to a minimum of 6 inches, 2 but not more than 12 inches,above the pipe. 3 1. Where gate valves are present, the initial backfill shall extend to up to the valve ■* 4 nut. 5 m. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor 6 ASTM D 698. .. 7 n. Density test may be performed by City to verify that the compaction of 8 embedment meets requirements. 9 o. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 10 p. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 11 Section 33 05 26. 12 3. Water Lines 30-inches and greater in diameter 13 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 14 b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment. 15 c. Provide trench geotextile fabric at any location where crushed rock or fine 16 crushed rock come into contact with utility sand. .. 17 d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 18 e. Provide firm,uniform bedding. 19 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 20 trench. 21 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 22 the Contract Documents,then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit .. 23 price. 24 f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown on the Drawings. 25 g. The pipe line shall be within: 26 1) ±1 inch of the elevation on the Drawings for 30-inch and larger water lines 27 h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 28 accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 29 i. For steel pipe greater than 30 inches in diameter,the initial embedment lift shall 30 not exceed the spring line prior to compaction. 31 j. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill,to a minimum of 6 32 inches,but not more than 12 inches,above the pipe. 33 k. Where gate valves are present,the initial backfill shall extend to up to the valve 34 nut. 35 1. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor 36 ASTM D 698. 37 m. Density test may be performed by City to verify that the compaction of 38 embedment meets requirements. 39 n. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 40 o. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 41 Section 33 05 26. 42 4. Sanitary Sewer Lines and Storm Sewer Lines(HDPE) 43 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 44 b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment. ••• 45 c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 46 d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 47 sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 48 e. Provide firm,uniform bedding. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 , , r 3305 10-15 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL .r Page 15 of 20 1 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 2 trench. 3 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 4 the Contract Documents,then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit 5 price. .,� 6 f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment shown in the Drawings. 7 g. The pipe line shall be within f0.1 inches of the elevation,and be consistent 8 with the grade shown on the Drawings. 9 h. Place and compact embedment material to adequately support haunches in 10 accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 11 i. For sewer lines greater than 30 inches in diameter,the embedment lift shall not 12 exceed the spring line prior to compaction. 13 j. Place remaining embedment including initial backfill to a minimum of 6 inches, 14 but not more than 12 inches,above the pipe. 15 k. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor 16 ASTM D 698. 17 1. Density test may be performed by City to verify that the compaction of 18 embedment meets requirements. 19 m. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of the initial backfill. 20 n. Place marker tape on top of the trench geotextile fabric in accordance with 21 Section 33 05 26. .. 22 5. Storm Sewer(RCP) 23 a. The bedding and the pipe zone up to the spring line shall be of uniform 24 material. .� 25 b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment up to the spring line. 26 c. The specified backfill material may be used above the spring line. 27 d. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. r 28 e. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 29 sags in the storm sewer pipe line. 30 f. Provide firm,uniform bedding. , 31 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 32 trench. 33 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 34 the Contract Documents,then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit ~' 35 price. 36 g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 37 h. The pipe line shall be within f0.1 inches of the elevation,and be consistent +■* 38 with the grade, shown on the Drawings. 39 i. Place embedment material up to the spring line. 40 1) Place embedment to ensure that adequate support is obtained in the haunch. 41 j. Compact the embedment and initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor 42 ASTM D 698. 43 k. Density test may be performed by City to verify that the compaction of 44 embedment meets requirements. 45 1. Place trench geotextile fabric on top of pipe and crushed rock. 46 6. Storm Sewer Reinforced Concrete Box 47 a. Crushed rock shall be used for bedding. 48 b. The pipe zone and the initial backfill shall be: 49 1) Crushed rock, or w CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 .. 3305 10-16 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page 16 of 20 00 1 2) Acceptable backfill material compacted to 95 percent Standard Proctor 2 density 3 c. Place evenly spread compacted bedding material on a firm trench bottom. am 4 d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 5 sags in the storm sewer pipe line. 6 e. Provide firm,uniform bedding. ON 7 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 8 trench. 9 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in , 10 the Contract Documents,then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit 11 price. 12 f. Fill the annular space between multiple boxes with crushed rock, CLSM 13 according to 03 34 13. 14 g. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 15 h. The pipe shall be within±0.1 inches of the elevation, and be consistent with the 16 grade, shown on the Drawings. 17 i. Compact the embedment initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM 18 D698. 19 7. Water Services(Less than 2 Inches in Diameter) 20 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 21 b. Utility sand shall be generally used for embedment. 22 c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 23 d. Provide firm,uniform bedding. 24 e. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Plans. 25 f. Compact the initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698. ... 26 8. Sanitary Sewer Services 27 a. The entire embedment zone shall be of uniform material. 28 b. Crushed rock shall be used for embedment. .• 29 c. Place evenly spread bedding material on a firm trench bottom. 30 d. Spread bedding so that lines and grades are maintained and that there are no 31 sags in the sanitary sewer pipe line. 32 e. Provide firm,uniform bedding. 33 1) Additional bedding may be required if ground water is present in the 34 trench. .. 35 2) If additional crushed rock is required which is not specifically identified in 36 the Contract Documents,then crushed rock shall be paid by the pre-bid unit 37 price. 38 f. Place pipe on the bedding according to the alignment of the Drawings. 39 g. Place remaining embedment, including initial backfill,to a minimum of 6 40 inches,but not more than 12 inches,above the pipe. 41 h. Compact the initial backfill to 95 percent Standard Proctor ASTM D698. 42 i. Density test may be required to verify that the compaction meets the density 43 requirements. 44 E. Trench Backfill 45 1. At a minimum,place backfill in such a manner that the required in-place density 46 and moisture content is obtained,and so that there will be no damage to the surface, 47 pavement or structures due to any trench settlement or trench movement. 48 a. Meeting the requirement herein does not relieve the responsibility to damages 49 associated with the Work. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 am 3305 10-17 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page 17 of 20 1 2. Backfill Material 2 a. Final backfill depth less than 15 feet +� 3 1) Backfill with: 4 a) Acceptable backfill material 5 b) Blended backfill material,or .. 6 c) Select backfill material, CSS,or CLSM when specifically required 7 b. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater: (under pavement or future pavement) 8 1) Backfill depth from 0 tol5 feet deep 9 a) Backfill with: 10 (1) Acceptable backfill material 11 (2) Blended backfill material,or 12 (3) Select backfill material, CSS, or CLSM when specifically required 13 2) Backfill depth from 15 feet and greater 14 a) Backfill with: 15 (1) Select Fill 16 (2) CSS, or 17 (3) CLSM when specifically required 18 c. Final backfill depth 15 feet or greater: not under pavement or future pavement) ** 19 1) Backfill with: 20 a) Acceptable backfill material,or 21 b) Blended backfill material .. 22 d. Backfill for service lines: 23 1) Backfill for water or sewer service lines shall be the same as the 24 requirement of the main that the service is connected to. ,,,■ 25 3. Required Compaction and Density 26 a. Final backfill(depths less than 15 feet) 27 1) Compact acceptable backfill material,blended backfill material or select .. 28 backfill to a minimum of 95 percent Standard Proctor per ASTM D698 at 29 moisture content within-2 to+5 percent of the optimum moisture. 30 2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 31 b. Final backfill(depths 15 feet and greater/under existing or future pavement) 32 1) Compact select backfill to a minimum of 98 percent Standard Proctor per 33 ASTM D 698 at moisture content within-2 to+5 percent of the optimum 34 moisture. 35 2) CSS or CLSM requires no compaction. 36 c. Final backfill(depths 15 feet and greater/not under existing or future pavement) 37 1) Compact acceptable backfill material blended backfill material,or select ..r 38 backfill to a minimum of 95 percent Standard Proctor per ASTM D 698 at 39 moisture content within-2 to+5 percent of the optimum moisture. 40 4. Saturated Soils 41 a. If in-situ soils consistently demonstrate that they are greater than 5 percent over 42 optimum moisture content,the soils are considered saturated. 43 b. Flooding the trench or water jetting is strictly prohibited. 44 c. If saturated soils are identified in the Drawings or Geotechnical Report in the 45 Appendix, Contractor shall proceed with Work following all backfill 46 procedures outlined in the Drawings for areas of soil saturation greater than 5 47 percent. 48 d. If saturated soils are encountered during Work but not identified in Drawings or 49 Geotechnical Report in the Appendix: CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 3305 10-18 UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION,EMBEDMENT,AND BACKFILL Page 18 of 20 . w 1 1) The Contractor shall: 2 a) Immediately notify the City. 3 b) Submit a Contract Claim for Extra Work associated with direction from .w 4 City. 5 2) The City shall: 6 a) Investigate soils and determine if Work can proceed in the identified .. 7 location. 8 b) Direct the Contractor of changed backfill procedures associated with 9 the saturated soils that may include: 10 (1) Imported backfill 11 (2) A site specific backfill design 12 5. Placement of Backfill 13 a. Use only compaction equipment specifically designed for compaction of a 14 particular soil type and within the space and depth limitation experienced in the 15 trench. 16 b. Flooding the trench or water setting is strictly prohibited. 17 c. Place in loose lifts not to exceed 12 inches. 18 d. Compact to specified densities. 19 e. Compact only on top of initial backfill,undisturbed trench or previously 20 compacted backfill. 21 f. Remove any loose materials due to the movement of any trench box or shoring 22 or due to sloughing of the trench wall. *` 23 g. Install appropriate tracking balls for water and sanitary sewer trenches in 24 accordance with Section 33 05 26. 25 6. Backfill Means and Methods Demonstration "® 26 a. Notify the City in writing with sufficient time for the City to obtain samples 27 and perform standard proctor test in accordance with ASTM D698. 28 b. The results of the standard proctor test must be received prior to beginning •• 29 excavation. 30 c. Upon commencing of backfill placement for the project the Contractor shall 31 demonstrate means and methods to obtain the required densities. 32 d. Demonstrate Means and Methods for compaction including: 33 1) Depth of lifts for backfill which shall not exceed 12 inches 34 2) Method of moisture control for excessively dry or wet backfill .. 35 3) Placement and moving trench box,if used 36 4) Compaction techniques in an open trench 37 5) Compaction techniques around structure 38 e. Provide a testing trench box to provide access to the recently backfilled �. 39 material. 40 f. The City will provide a qualified testing lab full time during this period to 41 randomly test density and moisture continent. ^` 42 1) The testing lab will provide results as available on the job site. 43 7. Varying Ground Conditions 44 a. Notify the City of varying ground conditions and the need for additional 45 proctors. 46 b. Request additional proctors when soil conditions change. 47 c. The City may acquire additional proctors at its discretion. *■ 48 d. Significant changes in soil conditions will require an additional Means and 49 Methods demonstration. CITY OF FORT WORTH EC VILLAGE-WHOLESALE CUSTOMER WW METER STATION STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY PROJECT NO.02302 Revised December 12,2016 ,�. GC-6.07 Wages 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES (Heavy and Highway Construction Projects) CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate Asphalt Distributor Operator $ 15.32 Asphalt Paving Machine Operator $ 13.99 Asphalt Raker $ 12.69 Broom or Sweeper Operator $ 11.74 Concrete Finisher, Paving and Structures $ 14.12 Concrete Pavement Finishing Machine Operator $ 16.05 Concrete Saw Operator $ 14.48 Crane Operator,Hydraulic 80 tons or less $ 18.12 Crane Operator, Lattice Boom 80 Tons or Less $ 17.27 Crane Operator, Lattice Boom Over 80 Tons $ 20.52 Crawler Tractor Operator $ 14.07 «� Electrician $ 19.80 Excavator Operator,50,000 pounds or less $ 17.19 Excavator Operator,Over 50,000 pounds $ 16.99 Flagger $ 10.06 Form Builder/Setter,Structures $ 13.84 Form Setter, Paving&Curb $ 13.16 Foundation Drill Operator,Crawler Mounted $ 17.99 Foundation Drill Operator,Truck Mounted $ 21.07 Front End Loader Operator,3 CY or Less $ 13.69 Front End Loader Operator,Over 3 CY $ 14.72 Laborer,Common $ 10.72 Laborer,Utility $ 12.32 Loader/Backhoe Operator $ 15.18 Mechanic $ 17.68 Milling Machine Operator $ 14.32 Motor Grader Operator,Fine Grade $ 17.19 Motor Grader Operator,Rough $ 16.02 Off Road Hauler $ 12.25 Pavement Marking Machine Operator $ 13.63 Pipelayer $ 13.24 Reclaimer/Pulverizer Operator $ 11.01 Reinforcing Steel Worker $ 16.18 Roller Operator,Asphalt $ 13.08 Roller Operator,Other $ 11.51 .. Scraper Operator $ 12.96 Servicer $ 14.58 Small Slipform Machine Operator $ 15.96 Spreader Box Operator $ 14.73 Truck Driver Lowboy-Float $ 16.24 Truck Driver Transit-Mix $ 14.14 .. Truck Driver,Single Axle $ 12.31 Truck Driver,Single or Tandem Axle Dump Truck $ 12.62 Truck Driver,Tandem Axle Tractor with Semi Trailer $ 12.86 Welder $ 14.84 Work Zone Barricade Servicer $ 11.68 The Davis-Bacon Act prevailing wage rates shown for Heavy and Highway construction projects were determined by the United States Department of Labor and current as of September 2013. The titles and descriptions for the classifications listed are detailed in the AGC of Texas'Standard Job Classifications and Descriptions for Highway, Heavy,Utilities,and Industrial Construction in Texas. Page 1 of 1 2013 PREVAILING WAGE RATES (Commercial Construction Projects) CLASSIFICATION DESCRIPTION Wage Rate AC Mechanic $ 25.24 AC Mechanic Helper $ 13.67 Acoustical Ceiling Installer $ 16.83 Acoustical Ceiling Installer Helper $ 12.70 Bricklayer/Stone Mason $ 19.45 Bricklayer/Stone Mason Trainee $ 13.31 �. Bricklayer/Stone Mason Helper $ 10.91 Carpenter $ 17.75 Carpenter Helper $ 14.32 Concrete Cutter/Sawer $ 17.00 Concrete Cutter/Sawer Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Finisher $ 15.77 Concrete Finisher Helper $ 11.00 Concrete Form Builder $ 15.27 Concrete Form Builder Helper $ 11.00 Drywall Mechanic $ 15.36 Drywall Helper $ 12.54 Drywall Taper $ 15.00 Drywall Taper Helper $ 11.50 Electrician (Journeyman) $ 19.63 Electrician Apprentice(Helper) $ 15.64 �. Electronic Technician $ 20.00 Floor Layer $ 18.00 Floor Layer Helper $ 10.00 .� Glazier $ 21.03 Glazier Helper $ 12.81 Insulator $ 16.59 Insulator Helper $ 11.21 Laborer Common $ 10.89 Laborer Skilled $ 14.15 Lather $ 12.99 Metal Building Assembler $ 16.00 Metal Building Assembler Helper $ 12.00 Metal Installer(Miscellaneous) $ 13.00 Metal Installer Helper(Miscellaneous) $ 11.00 Metal Stud Framer $ 16.12 Metal Stud Framer Helper $ 12.54 Painter $ 16.44 Painter Helper $ 9.98 Pipefitter $ 21.22 Pipefitter Helper $ 15.39 Plasterer $ 16.17 �. Plasterer Helper $ 12.85 Plumber $ 21.98 Plumber Helper $ 15.85 Reinforcing Steel Setter $ 12.87 Page 1 of 2 Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper $ 11.08 , Roofer $ 16.90 Roofer Helper $ 11.15 Sheet Metal Worker $ 16.35 Sheet Metal Worker Helper $ 13.11 Sprinkler System Installer $ 19.17 Sprinkler System Installer Helper $ 14.15 Steel Worker Structural $ 17.00 Steel Worker Structural Helper $ 13.74 Waterproofer $ 15.00 .� Equipment Operators Concrete Pump $ 18.50 Crane,Clamsheel,Backhoe, Derrick, D'Line Shovel $ 19.31 .. Forklift $ 16.45 Foundation Drill Operator $ 22.50 Front End Loader $ 16.97 Truck Driver $ 16.77 Welder $ 19.96 Welder Helper $ 13.00 .. The prevailing wage rates shown for Commercial construction projects were based on a salary survey conducted and published by the North Texas Construction Industry(Fall 2012)Independently compiled by the Lane Gorman Trubitt,PLLC Construction Group. The descriptions for the classifications listed are provided on the TEXO's(The .. Construction Association)website. www.texoassociation.org/Chapter/wagerates.asp ■w w. s. r.. Page 2 of 2 am .. i Ma S so S S Mo GC-6.09 so Permits and Utilities APPLICATION FOR PLEASE TYPE -- FLOODPLAIN DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Date 03/21/2017 17V0- - l7 �al�� Name of Owner or Applicant City of Fort Worth Water Department Telephone No.817-392-2387 office Us7Approved 1:1Approved Address of owner 200 Texas Street Nearest Stream With Water Department, Fort worth Texas 76102 Edgecliff Branch ❑Denied +. Conditions` Location of Permit Area(Address or Legal Description) Date In: ZP 15ate Out: rj 1 6520 Old Hemphill Road, Southside Twin Addition I Processed B : 1• Approved By. PURPOSE OF REQUEST: ❑Excavation ❑Fllling ❑Dredging or Mining ❑✓ Utility Construction ❑Building Permit ❑Grading ❑Paving ❑Drilling Operations ❑Other BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSAL(Attach separate sheet if needed) Installation of a 18 inch sanitary sewer main along Edgecliff Branch. COMPLETE APPLICABLE QUESTIONS: 1. Total drainage area of watercourse 6 sq miles aem. 2. Regulatory flood elev. 661 ❑Not available. 3. Has site previously flooded? ❑✓ Yes ❑No 4. Is site subject to flooding? ❑✓ Yes ❑No 5. Is safe access available during times of flood? ✓❑Yes ❑ No ❑Unknown .. 6. Is the proposal within the designated floodway? ❑✓ Yes ❑No ❑Unknown 7. Have all necessary prior approval permits been obtained from federal,state or local governmental agencies?❑✓ None Required ❑Yes ❑No (If no,explain;if yes,provide copies of approval letters or permits.) ATTACH THE FOLLOWING IF APPLICABLE: 1. Two(2)sets scale drawings showing location,dimensions,elevations of existing and proposed topographic alterations,existing and proposed structures, location relative to floodplain area. 2. Extent to which watercourse or natural drainage will be altered or relocated. 3. Supporting hydraulic calculations,reports,etc.,used as a basis for proposed Improvements. 4. Lowest floor elevation(including basement)of all proposed structures. 5. Elevation to which any non-residential structure shall be flood proofed. 6. Certification by registered professional engineer or architect that flood proofing criteria are met as set forth in Section 7-347,Sub-Section b,Ordinance No. 11998. DURING THE OCCURRENCE OF A 100-YEAR FREQUENCY FLOOD WILL THE Info. Not PROPOSAL: Yes No Available 1. Reduce capacity of channels/floodwa s/watercourse in floodplain area? ❑ 00 ❑ 2. Measurably increase flood flows/heights/damage on off-site properties? ❑ Irl ❑ 3. Individually or combined with other existing or anticipated development expose adjacent El 1:1properties to adverse flood effects? 4. Increase velocities/volumes of flood waters sufficiently to create significant erosion of ❑ ❑ flood Iain soils on sub eck ro ert orad scent ro ert u /downstream? 5. 5. Encroach on floodway causing increase in flood levels? ❑ ✓❑ ❑ 6, Provide compensatory storage for any measurable loss of flood storage capacity? ❑ Z ❑ FLOODPLAIN DEVELOPMENT PERMIT The City of Fort Worth's Floodplain Permit Program is authorized by Section 7-318 of City Ordinance No. 11998, adopted June 13, 1995. This permit is required for all development taking place within the area of the 100-year floodplain(special flood hazard areas) as shown on the current Flood Insurance Rate Maps and Flood Boundary-Floodway Maps, published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency(FEMA). These maps are available for public inspection in the Engineering Department, Municipal Building, 1000 Throckmorton Street. Failure to obtain a Floodplain Development Permit or violating other provisions of City Ordinance No. 11998 or the conditions described within the permit constitutes a misdemeanor and upon conviction, a person,firm, or corporation could be fined up to one thousand dollars($1,000)a day for each day that the violation occurs. I understand that the conditions which may be stated for permit approval or the provisions of City Ordinance No. 11998 may be superseded by other provisions of City code or policies. I further understand that this Floodplain Development Permit does not constitute final approval until all development requirements placed on the property have been met. These requirements include,but are not limited to,City construction plan approval,platting and community facilities agreements. This proposal shall be subject to any change in floodplain development policy at the actual time of development. Application is hereby made for a permit to authorize the activities described herein. I hereby certify that I am familiar with the information contained on this application and to the best of my knowledge such information is true and accurate. I further certify that I possess the authority to undertake the proposed activity. I understand that if my application is denied, I have sixty(60)days from the date of such denial to appeal the adverse action to the City Plan Commission. D1,1.11y Wg,,.d by Roberto sauced. Roberto Sauceda Der - ssucada o c=US er Dab•.2017.09.21 111MIGW .„.., Signature of Applicant or Authorized Agent OFFICE USE ONLY FLOODPLAIN AREA DEFINED BY: 0"'FEMA ❑COE ❑FLOOD STUDIES []HIGH WATER MARKS ❑OTHER .. FEMA INS. ZONE AV I FEMA MAP NO. 9 Je 63 ( LOOD ELEV. / GROUND ELEV. FLOOD PLAIN STUDY PLATE NO. FLOOD ELEV. . CONDITIONS FOR APPROVAL*OR REASONS FOR DENIAL** 04'0 4" THIS PERMIT SHALL EXPIRE TWO YEARS FROM THE DATE OUT ON PAGE 1 ABOVE TARRANT REGIONAL WATER DISTRICT m P.O. Box 4508 Fort Worth, TX 76164 Construction Criteria along Existing Tarrant Regional Water District Pipeline Right-of-Ways 8 August 2011 A. Pamphlet Purpose. This pamphlet provides guidance to individuals, developers, architect-engineering firms, and local governmental agencies for the construction of new facilities or the modification of existing facilities within the limits of Tarrant Regional Water District's (District) Pipeline Right-of-Way (R.O.W).The guidance contained in this pamphlet applies to activities described herein in most cases. However,TRWD reserves the right to reconsider this guidance at any time due to unknown or unforeseen circumstances, ... technological advances,additional information, etc. B. Applicability. This pamphlet applies to any TRWD land owned or controlled by fee yry ownership or easement along the Pipeline R.O.W. C. Project Purpose. The pipeline operating system is designed to safely carry,raw �^ water within the pipelines and through developed and agriculture areas.As such,any proposed encroachment or encumbrance within the R.O.W., must keep the safe passage of water supply within the system as the first priority. The role of the TRWD is to maintain the integrity of the pipeline operating systems in order to provide sufficient water supply to our current and future customers. D. Utility Crossings 1. Aerial Crossings a. No structure (pole or otherwise) shall be located within the district R.O.W. b. Aerial crossing shall provide a minimum vertical clearance of 20 feet between the existing ground and the low point of the wire. 2. Subsurface Crossings a. Pothole TRWD's existing pipelines or pipeline to determine actual depth of lines b. It is the responsibility of the permittee or the contractor to notify Dig Tess before work may begin. c. A TRWD representative must be present during the pothole process. d. Provide GPS coordinates for top of existing pipelines or pipeline within the construction plans in NAD 83,TX 4202 North Central Texas state plane coordinates. Coordinates are to be grid,not ground; no adjustment factors are to be applied. -- e. Provide an aerial view illustrating the District's R.O.W.,existing pipelines and center line of proposed utilities crossing the District's R.O.W. f. The proposed utility shall cross the District's R.O.W.at a 90 degree angle.Any deviation from the 90 degree rule must be approved by the TRWD Engineering Department. g. Plan and Profile sheets of proposed utility crossings must be provided, illustrating the location and depth of existing District pipelines within the R.O.W. The District will provide a station number for the location of existing pipelines within our R.O.W. h. An electronic submittal and one (1) hard copy of all plans,profiles, and specifications shall be submitted to TRWD in AutoCAD format or in -- georeferenced shape files.Adobe PDF files (or equivalent) are acceptable as a supplement to the electronic submittal.All specifications shall be submitted in Adobe PDF format or equivalent. L Proposed utilities shall be bored at a minimum of 10 vertical feet below the outside diameter of the District's deepest pipeline for the entire width of the R.O.W. j. Warning signs with company's contact information shall be installed just outside of the District's R.O.W., on both sides depicting the center line of the constructed -- utilities within the District's R.O.W. k. Install one Test Station just outside of the District's R.O.W. on proposed utilities that may interfere with the District's Cathodic Protection on existing and future pipelines. 1. Reimburse TRWD for the installation of test stations on TRWD pipelines at the rate of$500 each and also require reimbursement of any damaged anode beds within the construction site. m. All disturbed areas must be returned to existing or better condition. Vegetation shall be established per EPA guidelines. Contractor shall water grass until 90%of coverage is established along the District's ROW. n. Crop and or surface damage shall be paid directly to the property owner or tenant by the contractor in the event claim is submitted. o. If proposed project is approved,a comprehensive work schedule shall be submitted to TRWD. p. On District Fee Owned property, provide a Survey Plat and Legal Description for the easement in NAD 83 format. E. Roadways, Highways, Driveways,Slab Bridges,Temporary Crossings and,Parking Lot Encroachments within TRWD R.O.W. 1. Pothole the District's existing pipelines or pipeline to determine actual depth of the lines or line 2. Provide GPS coordinates for top of the District's existing pipelines or pipeline within the construction plans in NAD 83,TX 4202 North Central Texas state plane coordinates. Coordinates are to be grid, not ground; no adjustment factors are to be applied. 3. Provide an aerial view illustrating the width of TRWD's R.O.W., existing pipelines or pipeline,and location with dimensions of proposed encroachments. 4. Plan and Profile sheets of the proposed encroachment must be provided, including location and depth of existing TRWD pipelines within the R.O.W.When required, provide drawings of the proposed encroachment stamped by a registered engineer for review and approval by the TRWD engineers. Plan and �.. profile sheets in this section shall be submitted to TRWD in AutoCAD format or in georeferenced shape files.Adobe PDF files are acceptable as a supplement to the electronic submittal. 5. TRWD will provide a station number for the location of existing TRWD pipelines within the R.O.W. 6. For crossing loads exceeding HS20 loading,provide heaviest gross loads and heaviest axle weights for equipment crossing the District's R.O.W. Manufacturer's specification sheets showing distances between axles and axle widths shall be submitted. 7. If proposed project is approved,a comprehensive work schedule shall be submitted to TRWD. 8. On District Fee owned property, provide a Survey Plat and Legal Description for the easement in NAD 83 format. F. Structures on the R.O.W. 1. No permanent structures such as,but not limited to,apartments,barns, buildings, homes,garages, sheds, shops, metal fencing,and wooden fences may be installed within or across the R.O.W. 2. Agricultural fencing may be installed within or across TRWD's R.O.W.on a case . by case basis and required to contain a minimum 16 feet wide gate for TRWD access. 3. Provide a comprehensive design for an agricultural fence for TRWD's review G.Temporary Crossings 1. Aerial Crossings a. No structure (pole or otherwise) shall be located within the District's R.O.W. ..� b. Aerial crossing shall provide a minimum vertical clearance of 20 feet between the existing ground and the low point of the wire. c. For crossing loads exceeding HS20 loading,provide heaviest gross loads and �. heaviest axle weights for equipment crossing the District's R.O.W. Manufacturer's specification sheets showing distances between axles and axle widths shall be submitted 2. Surface Crossings a. Provide at grade crossing for TRWD maintenance vehicles and equipment H. Abandoning Existing Pipelines 1. Request to Abandon a. Requests to abandon existing buried pipelines or pipeline within the District R.O.W. shall be submitted in writing to TRWD. b. No buried lines or line within the R.O.W.may be abandoned without the review and approval of the District. 2. Abandoning a. Abandoned pipelines or pipeline shall be removed from the R.O.W. including any appurtenant structures. b. Buried pipelines or pipeline must be filled with concrete or grout c. Final inspection must be performed by an employee of the District I. Vegetation within R.O.W. 1. Trees a. Planting of trees on the R.O.W.will not be allowed District will process and review all Project Submittals on a case by case basis and reserves the right to approve or deny any such submittal at its sole discretion. ,l1 P.O. Box 1826 �I,yr On(1( Rowlett Texas 75o3o - ' J 1 LUUUUj (972)4964701 0109 (972)414-0451 fax \fir May 30, 2017 Chris Brooks, P.E. .. RJN Group 6701 Brentwood Stair Rd. Ste. 100W .. Ft. Worth, TX 76112 Re: Jurisdictional and Permitting Evaluation for the Proposed Storm Water Crossing at West Branch Sycamore Creek in Edgecliff Village in Ft. Worth, Tarrant County, Texas Dear Mr. Brooks: Symonds Ecology performed a desk review and site reconnaissance to evaluate the ■., project for regulatory compliance with regards to Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (CWA). The U.S. Army Corps of Engineers(USACE)maintains jurisdiction over Waters of the U.S., which includes wetlands, on-channel ponds, lakes, ephemeral, ..� intermittent, and perennial stream channels, and other special aquatic sites. A review of the site plan, USGS 7.5-minute quadrangle map,National Wetland Inventory Maps, FEMA floodplain map, and aerial photography was conducted. Upon completion of the desk review and site reconnaissance,jurisdictional waters were identified within the project area, and could potentially be impacted by the proposed +*� project. The USGS map,NWI Map, and FEMA floodplain map identify West Branch Sycamore Creek, a perennial Water of the U.S. (WOUS). A review of Section 404 regulatory compliance was also conducted. Pre-notification will be required if impacts to jurisdictional waters are expected to exceed 5001f or 0.10 acre or occur within forested wetlands. A copy of the Nationwide Permit 12(NWP 12), Utility Line Activities is attached for reference. The USACE maintains jurisdiction of areas below the portion of the channel that exhibits an ordinary high water mark (OHWM). The OHWM is a field indicator that typically represents an annual average flow. Impacts below the OHWM are considered regulated activities and would require pre-notification for permit authorization if impacts exceed these thresholds. The NWP 12 authorizes discharges of dredged or fill material into non-tidal WOUS for the construction, maintenance, or repair of utility lines, including outfall and intake structures, and the associated excavation, backfill, or bedding for the utility lines, provided there is no change in pre-construction contours. Appropriate measures must be taken to maintain normal downstream flows and minimize flooding to the maximum w (972)496-4701 (972)414-0451 fax 1 P.O. Box 1826 �� ond( Ro�wfett 7exas 75o3o .. onds (972)496-4701 �I (0109 (972)414-0451 fax extent practicable, when temporary structures, work, and discharges, including cofferdams, are necessary for construction activities, access fills, or dewatering of �. construction sites. The discharge must not cause the loss of greater than 1/2-acre of non-tidal WOUS, including the loss of no more than 500 linear feet of stream bed, unless for intermittent and ephemeral stream beds the district engineer waives the 500 linear foot limit by making a written determination concluding that the discharge will result in minimal adverse effects. Work should be conducted during low flow to reduce turbidity and remain within Texas Commission of Environmental Quality (TCEQ)return water turbidity requirements of 300 ppm. TCEQ recommended water quality best management practices(BMPs) should also be followed. BMPs should be followed for stored soils removed from the project. Based on site reconnaissance and the preliminary review of the proposed alignment and associated site and grading plans, no pre-notification to the USACE would be necessary for this project at this time. Impacts to jurisdictional waters do not exceed the pre- notification thresholds and no forested wetlands are present within the alignment. .• Please feel free to contact me with any questions. Sincerely, Terri Symonds Environmental Consultant (972)496-4701 (972)414-0451 fax NATIONWIDE PERMIT 12 Utility Line Activities .� Effective Date:March 19,2017 (NWP Final Notice,82 FR 4) 12. Utility Line Activities. Activities required for the construction,maintenance,repair, and removal of utility lines and associated facilities in waters of the United States,provided the activity does not result in the loss of greater than 1/2-acre of waters of the United States for each single and ., complete project. Utility lines: This NWP authorizes discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the .� United States and structures or work in navigable waters for crossings of those waters associated with the construction,maintenance, or repair of utility lines,including outfall and intake structures. There must be no change in pre-construction contours of waters of the United States. A"utility line"is defined as any pipe or pipeline for the transportation of any gaseous, liquid, liquescent, or slurry substance, for any purpose, and any cable, line, or wire for the transmission for any purpose of electrical energy, telephone, and telegraph messages, and internet, radio, and television -- communication. The term"utility line"does not include activities that drain a water of the United States, such as drainage tile or french drains,but it does apply to pipes conveying drainage from another area. Material resulting from trench excavation may be temporarily sidecast into waters of the United States for no more than three months,provided the material is not placed in such a manner that it is dispersed by currents or other forces. The district engineer may extend the period of temporary side casting for no more than a total of 180 days, where appropriate. In wetlands, the top 6 to 12 inches of the trench should normally be backfilled with topsoil from the trench. The trench cannot be constructed or backfilled in such a manner as to drain waters of the United States (e.g., backfilling with extensive gravel layers, creating a french drain effect). Any exposed slopes and stream banks must be stabilized immediately upon completion of the utility line crossing of each waterbody. Utility line substations: This NWP authorizes the construction,maintenance, or expansion of substation facilities associated with a power line or utility line in non-tidal waters of the United States,provided the activity, in combination with all other activities included in one single and complete project, does not result in the loss of greater than 1/2-acre of waters of the United States. This NWP does not authorize discharges into non-tidal wetlands adjacent to tidal waters of the United States to construct,maintain, or expand substation facilities. ..� Foundations for overhead utility line towers, poles, and anchors: This NWP authorizes the construction or maintenance of foundations for overhead utility line towers,.poles, and anchors in _. all waters of the United States,provided the foundations are the minimum size necessary and separate footings for each tower leg(rather than a larger single pad) are used where feasible. Access roads: This NWP authorizes the construction of access roads for the construction and maintenance of utility lines, including overhead power lines and utility line substations, in non- tidal waters of the United States,provided the activity, in combination with all other activities included in one single and complete project, does not cause the loss of greater than 1/2-acre of non- tidal waters of the United States. This NWP does not authorize discharges into non-tidal wetlands adjacent to tidal waters for access roads. Access roads must be the minimum width necessary (see ,., Note 2,below). Access roads must be constructed so that the length of the road minimizes any adverse effects on waters of the United States and must be as near as possible to pre-construction OR contours and elevations (e.g., at grade corduroy roads or geotextile/gravel roads). Access roads constructed above pre-construction contours and elevations in waters of the United States must be properly bridged or culverted to maintain surface flows. ... This NWP may authorize utility lines in or affecting navigable waters of the United States even if there is no associated discharge of dredged or fill material (See 33 CFR part 322). Overhead -� utility lines constructed over section 10 waters and utility lines that are routed in or under section 10 waters without a discharge of dredged or fill material require a section 10 permit. This NWP authorizes, to the extent that Department of the Army authorization is required, temporary structures, fills, and work necessary for the remediation of inadvertent returns of drilling fluids to waters of the United States through sub-soil fissures or fractures that might occur during horizontal directional drilling activities conducted for the purpose of installing or replacing utility lines. These remediation activities must be done as soon as practicable, to restore the affected waterbody. District engineers may add special conditions to this NWP to require a remediation plan for addressing inadvertent returns of drilling fluids to waters of the United States during horizontal directional drilling activities conducted for the purpose of installing or replacing utility lines. This NWP also authorizes temporary structures, fills, and work, including the use of temporary mats, necessary to conduct the utility line activity. Appropriate measures must be taken to maintain normal downstream flows and minimize flooding to the maximum extent practicable, when temporary structures,work, and discharges, including cofferdams, are necessary for construction activities, access fills, or dewatering of construction sites. Temporary fills must consist of materials, and be placed in a manner, that will not be eroded by expected high flows. ~" After construction, temporary fills must be removed in their entirety and the affected areas returned to pre-construction elevations. The areas affected by temporary fills must be revegetated, as appropriate. Notification: The permittee must submit a pre-construction notification to the district engineer prior to commencing the activity if any of the following criteria are met: (1)the activity involves mechanized land clearing in a forested wetland for the utility line right-of-way; (2) a section 10 permit is required; (3)the utility line in waters of the United States, excluding overhead lines, exceeds 500 feet; (4) the utility line is placed within a jurisdictional area(i.e., water of the United States), and it runs parallel to or along a stream bed that is within that jurisdictional area; (5) discharges that result in the loss of greater than 1/10-acre of waters of the United States; (6) permanent access roads are constructed above Fade in waters of the United States for a distance of more than 500 feet; or(7)permanent access roads are constructed in waters of the United States with impervious materials. (See general condition 32.) (Authorities: Sections 10 and 404) Note 1: Where the utility line is constructed or installed in navigable waters of the United States (i.e., section 10 waters)within the coastal United States, the Great Lakes, and United States territories,a copy of the NWP verification will be sent by the Corps to the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration(NOAA),National Ocean Service (NOS), for charting the utility line to protect navigation. Note 2: For utility line activities crossing a single waterbody more than one time at separate and distant locations, or multiple waterbodies at separate and distant locations, each crossing is .. considered a single and complete project for purposes of NWP authorization. Utility line activities must comply with 33 CFR 330.6(d). Note 3: Utility lines consisting of aerial electric power transmission lines crossing navigable waters of the United States (which are defined at 33 CFR part 329)must comply with the applicable minimum clearances specified in 33 CFR 322.5(1). Note 4: Access roads used for both construction and maintenance may be authorized, ,., provided they meet the terms and conditions of this NWP. Access roads used solely for construction of the utility line must be removed upon completion of the work, in accordance with the requirements for temporary fills. Note 5: Pipes or pipelines used to transport gaseous, liquid, liquescent, or slurry substances over navigable waters of the United States are considered to be bridges,not utility lines, and may .� require a permit from the U.S. Coast Guard pursuant to section 9 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899. However, any discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States associated with such pipelines will require a section 404 permit(see NWP 15). Note 6: This NWP authorizes utility line maintenance and repair activities that do not qualify for the Clean Water Act section 404(f) exemption for maintenance of currently serviceable fills or fill structures. Note 7: For overhead utility lines authorized by this NWP, a copy of the PCN and NWP verification will be provided to the Department of Defense Siting Clearinghouse, which will evaluate potential effects on military activities. Note 8: For NWP 12 activities that require pre-construction notification, the PCN must include any other NWP(s), regional general permit(s), or individual permit(s)used or intended to be used to authorize any part of the proposed project or any related activity, including other separate and distant crossings that require Department of the Army authorization but do not require pre-construction notification(see paragraph(b) of general condition 32). The district engineer will evaluate the PCN in accordance with Section D, "District Engineer's Decision."The district engineer may require mitigation to ensure that the authorized activity results in no more than minimal individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects (see general condition 23). .. Nationwide Permit General Conditions Note: To qualify for NWP authorization, the prospective permittee must comply with the following general conditions, as applicable, in addition to any regional or case-specific conditions imposed by the division engineer or district engineer. Prospective permittees should contact the appropriate Corps district office to determine if regional conditions have been imposed on an NWP. Prospective permittees should also contact the appropriate Corps district office to determine the status of Clean Water Act Section 401 water quality certification and/or Coastal Zone Management Act consistency for an NWP. Every person who may wish to obtain permit authorization under one or more NWPs, or who is currently relying on an existing or prior permit authorization under one or more NWPs, has been and is on notice that all of the provisions of 33 CFR 330.1 through 330.6 apply to every NWP authorization. Note especially 33 CFR 330.5 relating to the modification, suspension, or revocation of any NWP authorization. 1. Navigation. (a) No activity may cause more than a minimal adverse effect on navigation. (b)Any safety lights and signals prescribed by the U.S. Coast Guard, through regulations or otherwise, must be installed and maintained at the permittee's expense on authorized facilities in navigable waters of the United States. on O• (c) The permittee understands and agrees that,if future operations by the United States require the removal,relocation, or other alteration, of the structure or work herein authorized, or if, in the opinion of the Secretary of the Army or his authorized representative, said structure or work shall cause unreasonable obstruction to the free navigation of the navigable waters,the permittee will be required, upon due notice from the Corps of Engineers,to remove,relocate, or alter the .� structural work or obstructions caused thereby, without expense to the United States. No claim shall be made against the United States on account of any such removal or alteration. 2. Aquatic Life Movements. No activity may substantially disrupt the necessary life cycle movements of those species of aquatic life indigenous to the waterbody, including those species that normally migrate through the area,unless the activity's primary purpose is to impound water. *� All permanent and temporary crossings of waterbodies shall be suitably culverted,bridged,or otherwise designed and constructed to maintain low flows to sustain the movement of those aquatic species. If a bottomless culvert cannot be used,then the crossing should be designed and *�^ constructed to minimize adverse effects to aquatic life movements. 3. Spawning Areas. Activities in spawning areas during spawning seasons must be avoided to the maximum extent practicable. Activities that result in the physical destruction(e.g., through excavation, fill, or downstream smothering by substantial turbidity) of an important spawning area are not authorized. 4. Migratory Bird Breeding Areas. Activities in waters of the United States that serve as breeding areas for migratory birds must be avoided to the maximum extent practicable. " 5. Shellfish Beds. No activity may occur in areas of concentrated shellfish populations, unless the activity is directly related to a shellfish harvesting activity authorized by NWPs 4 and 48, or is a shellfish seeding or habitat restoration activity authorized by NWP 27. 6. Suitable Material. No activity may use unsuitable material (e.g.,trash, debris, car bodies, asphalt, etc.). Material used for construction or discharged must be free from toxic pollutants in toxic amounts (see section 307 of the Clean Water Act). 7. Water Supply Intakes.No activity may occur in the proximity of a public water supply intake, except where the activity is for the repair or improvement of public water supply intake structures or adjacent bank stabilization. 8. Adverse Effects From Impoundments. If the activity creates an impoundment of water, adverse effects to the aquatic system due to accelerating the passage of water, and/or restricting its flow must be minimized to the maximum extent practicable. 9. Management of Water Flows. To the maximum extent practicable, the pre-construction course, condition, capacity, and location of open waters must be maintained for each activity, including stream channelization, storm water management activities, and temporary and permanent road crossings, except as provided below. The activity must be constructed to withstand expected high flows. The activity must not restrict or impede the passage of normal or high flows, unless the primary purpose of the activity is to impound water or manage high flows. The activity may alter �.. the pre-construction course, condition, capacity, and location of open waters if it benefits the aquatic environment (e.g., stream restoration or relocation activities). O 10. Fills Within 100-Year Floodplains. The activity must comply with applicable FEMA- approved state or local floodplain management requirements. 11. Equipment. Heavy equipment working in wetlands or mudflats must be placed on mats, or other measures must be taken to minimize soil disturbance. 12. Soil Erosion and Sediment Controls. Appropriate soil erosion and sediment controls must be used and maintained in effective operating condition during construction, and all exposed soil and other fills, as well as any work below the ordinary high water mark or high tide line, must be permanently stabilized at the earliest practicable date. Permittees are encouraged to perform work within waters of the United States during periods of low-flow or no-flow, or during low tides. 13. Removal of Temporary Fills. Temporary fills must be removed in their entirety and the affected areas returned to pre-construction elevations. The affected areas must be revegetated, as w appropriate. 14. Proper Maintenance. Any authorized structure or fill shall be properly maintained, including maintenance to ensure public safety and compliance with applicable NWP general conditions, as well as any activity-specific conditions added by the district engineer to an NWP authorization. 15. Single and Complete Project. The activity must be a single and complete project. The same NWP cannot be used more than once for the same single and complete project. 16. Wild and Scenic Rivers. (a)No NWP activity may occur in a component of the National Wild and Scenic River System, or in a river officially designated by Congress as a"study river"for possible inclusion in the system while the river is in an official study status, unless the appropriate Federal agency with direct management responsibility for such river, has determined in writing that the proposed activity will not adversely affect the Wild and Scenic River designation or study status. (b) If a proposed NWP activity will occur in a component of the National Wild and Scenic River System, or in a river officially designated by Congress as a"study river" for possible inclusion in the system while the river is in an official study status, the permittee must submit a pre-construction notification(see general condition 32). The district engineer will coordinate the PCN with the Federal agency with direct management responsibility for that river. The permittee shall not begin the NWP activity until notified by the district engineer that the Federal agency with direct management responsibility for that river has determined in writing that the proposed NWP activity will not adversely affect the Wild and Scenic River designation or study status. (c) Information on Wild and Scenic Rivers may be obtained from the appropriate Federal land management agency responsible for the designated Wild and Scenic River or study river(e.g., National Park Service, U.S. Forest Service, Bureau of Land Management, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service). Information on these rivers is also available at: http://www.rivers.gov/. 17. Tribal Rights. No NWP activity may cause more than minimal adverse effects on tribal rights(including treaty rights),protected tribal resources, or tribal lands. 18. Endangered Species. (a)No activity is authorized under any NWP which is likely to ., directly or indirectly jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species or a species proposed for such designation, as identified under the Federal Endangered Species Act r.. (ESA), or which will directly or indirectly destroy or adversely modify the critical habitat of such species.No activity is authorized under any NWP which"may affect"a listed species or critical habitat, unless ESA section 7 consultation addressing the effects of the proposed activity has been completed. Direct effects are the immediate effects on listed species and critical habitat caused by the NWP activity. Indirect effects are those effects on listed species and critical habitat that are caused by the NWP activity and are later in time, but still are reasonably certain to occur. (b)Federal agencies should follow their own procedures for complying with the requirements of the ESA. If pre-construction notification is required for the proposed activity, the — Federal permittee must provide the district engineer with the appropriate documentation to demonstrate compliance with those requirements. The district engineer will verify that the appropriate documentation has been submitted. If the appropriate documentation has not been «■ submitted, additional ESA section 7 consultation may be necessary for the activity and the respective federal agency would be responsible for fulfilling its obligation under section 7 of the ESA. (c)Non-federal permittees must submit a pre-construction notification to the district engineer if any listed species or designated critical habitat might be affected or is in the vicinity of the activity, or if the activity is located in designated critical habitat, and shall not begin work on the activity until notified by the district engineer that the requirements of the ESA have been satisfied and that the activity is authorized. For activities that might affect Federally-listed endangered or threatened species or designated critical habitat, the pre-construction notification must include the name(s) of the endangered or threatened species that might be affected by the proposed activity or that utilize the designated critical habitat that might be affected by the proposed activity. The district engineer will determine whether the proposed activity"may affect" or will have "no effect"to listed species and designated critical habitat and will notify the non- Federal applicant of the Corps' determination within 45 days of receipt of a complete pre- construction notification. In cases where the non-Federal applicant has identified listed species or critical habitat that might be affected or is in the vicinity of the activity, and has so notified the Corps, the applicant shall not begin work until the Corps has provided notification that the proposed activity will have"no effect"on listed species or critical habitat, or until ESA section 7 consultation has been completed. If the non-Federal applicant has not heard back from the Corps within 45 days, the applicant must still wait for notification from the Corps. (d)As a result of formal or informal consultation with the FWS or NMFS the district engineer may add species-specific permit conditions to the NWPs. (e)Authorization of an activity by an NWP does not authorize the"take"of a threatened or endangered species as defined under the ESA. In the absence of separate authorization(e.g., an ESA Section 10 Permit, a Biological Opinion with"incidental take"provisions, etc.) from the FWS or the NMFS,the Endangered Species Act prohibits any person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States to take a listed species, where "take" means to harass,harm,pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect, or to attempt to engage in any such conduct. The word"harm" in the definition of"take" means an act which actually kills or injures wildlife. Such an act may ., include significant habitat modification or degradation where it actually kills or injures wildlife by significantly impairing essential behavioral patterns, including breeding, feeding or sheltering. (f) If the non-federal permittee has a valid ESA section 10(a)(1)(B)incidental take permit with an approved Habitat Conservation Plan for a project or a group of projects that includes the proposed NWP activity,the non-federal applicant should provide a copy of that ESA section 10(a)(1)(B)permit with the PCN required by paragraph(c) of this general condition. The district engineer will coordinate with the agency that issued the ESA section 10(a)(1)(B)permit to determine whether the proposed NWP activity and the associated incidental take were considered ,., in the internal ESA section 7 consultation conducted for the ESA section 10(a)(1)(B)permit. If that coordination results in concurrence from the agency that the proposed NWP activity and the associated incidental take were considered in the internal ESA section 7 consultation for the ESA .A section 10(a)(1)(B)permit, the district engineer does not need to conduct a separate ESA section 7 consultation for the proposed NWP activity. The district engineer will notify the non-federal applicant within 45 days of receipt of a complete pre-construction notification whether the ESA section 10(a)(1)(B)permit covers the proposed NWP activity or whether additional ESA section 7 consultation is required. +�+ (g) Information on the location of threatened and endangered species and their critical habitat can be obtained directly from the offices of the FWS and NMFS or their world wide web pages at http://www.fws.gov/or http://www.fws.gov/ipac and http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/species/esa/respectively. 19. Migratory Birds and Bald and Golden Eagles. The permittee is responsible for ensuring their action complies with the Migratory Bird Treaty Act and the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act. The permittee is responsible for contacting appropriate local office of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service to determine applicable measures to reduce impacts to migratory birds or eagles, including whether"incidental take"permits are necessary and available under the Migratory Bird "Treaty Act or Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act for a particular activity. 20. Historic Properties. (a) In cases where the district engineer determines that the activity may have the potential to cause effects to properties listed, or eligible for listing, in the National Register of Historic Places, the activity is not authorized, until the requirements of Section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act(NHPA)have been satisfied. (b) Federal permittees should follow their own procedures for complying with the requirements of section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act. If pre-construction notification is required for the proposed NWP activity, the Federal permittee must provide the district engineer with the appropriate documentation to demonstrate compliance with those requirements. The district engineer will verify that the appropriate documentation has been submitted. If the appropriate documentation is not submitted, then additional consultation under section 106 may be necessary. The respective federal agency is responsible for fulfilling its obligation to comply with section 106. (c)Non-federal permittees must submit a pre-construction notification to the district engineer if the NWP activity might have the potential to cause effects to any historic properties listed on, determined to be eligible for listing on, or potentially eligible for listing on the National Register of Historic Places, including previously unidentified properties. For such activities, the pre-construction notification must state which historic properties might have the potential to be affected by the proposed NWP activity or include a vicinity map indicating the location of the historic properties or the potential for the presence of historic properties. Assistance regarding information on the location of, or potential for, the presence of historic properties can be sought from the State Historic Preservation Officer, Tribal Historic Preservation Officer, or designated .�, tribal representative, as appropriate, and the National Register of Historic Places(see 33 CFR 330.4(g)). When reviewing pre-construction notifications, district engineers will comply with the current procedures for addressing the requirements of section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act. The district engineer shall make a reasonable and good faith effort to carry out appropriate identification efforts, which may include background research, consultation, oral history interviews, sample field investigation, and field survey. Based on the information submitted in the PCN and these identification efforts,the district engineer shall determine whether the proposed NWP activity has the potential to cause effects on the historic properties. Section 106 consultation is not required when the district engineer determines that the activity does not have the potential to cause effects on historic properties (see 36 CFR 800.3(a)). Section 106 consultation is required when the district engineer determines that the activity has the potential to cause effects on historic properties. The district engineer will conduct consultation with consulting parties identified under 36 CFR 800.2(c)when he or she makes any of the following effect determinations for the purposes of section 106 of the NHPA: no historic properties affected, no adverse effect, or adverse effect. Where the non-Federal applicant has identified historic properties on which the activity might have the potential to cause effects and so notified the Corps, the non-Federal applicant shall not begin the activity until notified by the district engineer either that the activity has no potential to cause effects to historic properties or that NHPA section 106 consultation has been completed. (d) For non-federal permittees, the district engineer will notify the prospective permittee within 45 days of receipt of a complete pre-construction notification whether NHPA section 106 consultation is required. If NHPA section 106 consultation is required, the district engineer will notify the non-Federal applicant that he or she cannot begin the activity until section 106 consultation is completed. If the non-Federal applicant has not heard back from the Corps within 45 days, the applicant must still wait for notification from the Corps. (e) Prospective permittees should be aware that section 110k of the NHPA (54 U.S.C. 306113)prevents the Corps from granting a permit or other assistance to an applicant who, with intent to avoid the requirements of section 106 of the NHPA, has intentionally significantly adversely affected a historic property to which the permit would relate, or having legal power to prevent it, allowed such significant adverse effect to occur, unless the Corps, after consultation with the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation(ACNP), determines that circumstances justify granting such assistance despite the adverse effect created or permitted by the applicant. If circumstances justify granting the assistance, the Corps is required to notify the ACHP and provide documentation specifying the circumstances, the degree of damage to the integrity of any historic properties affected, and proposed mitigation. This documentation must include any views obtained from the applicant, SHPO/THPO, appropriate Indian tribes if the undertaking occurs on or affects historic properties on tribal lands or affects properties of interest to those tribes, and other parties known to have a legitimate interest in the impacts to the permitted activity on historic properties. 21. Discovery of Previously Unknown Remains and Artifacts. If you discover any previously unknown historic, cultural or archeological remains and artifacts while accomplishing the activity authorized by this permit, you must immediately notify the district engineer of what you have found, and to the maximum extent practicable, avoid construction activities that may affect the remains and artifacts until the required coordination has been completed. The district engineer will initiate the Federal, Tribal, and state coordination required to determine if the items or remains warrant a recovery effort or if the site is eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places. .. 22. Designated Critical Resource Waters. Critical resource waters include,NOAA-managed marine sanctuaries and marine monuments, and National Estuarine Research Reserves. The district PM engineer may designate, after notice and opportunity for public comment, additional waters officially designated by a state as having particular environmental or ecological significance, such as outstanding national resource waters or state natural heritage sites. The district engineer may .• also designate additional critical resource waters after notice and opportunity for public comment. (a) Discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States are not authorized by NWPs 7, 12, 14, 16, 17, 21, 29, 31, 35, 39, 40,42, 43, 44,49, 50, 51, and 52 for any activity within, or directly affecting, critical resource waters, including wetlands adjacent to such waters. .. (b) For NWPs 3, 8, 10, 13, 15, 18, 19, 22, 23, 25, 27, 28, 30, 33, 34, 36, 37, 38, and 54, notification is required in accordance with general condition 32, for any activity proposed in the designated critical resource waters including wetlands adjacent to those waters. The district •�• engineer may authorize activities under these NWPs only after it is determined that the impacts to the critical resource waters will be no more than minimal. 23. Mitigation. The district engineer will consider the following factors when determining appropriate and practicable mitigation necessary to ensure that the individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects are no more than minimal: (a) The activity must be designed and constructed to avoid and minimize adverse effects, both temporary and permanent,to waters of the United States to the maximum extent practicable at the project site (i.e., on site). (b) Mitigation in all its forms (avoiding, minimizing, rectifying,reducing, or compensating for resource losses)will be required to the extent necessary to ensure that the individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects are no more than minimal. (c) Compensatory mitigation at a minimum one-for-one ratio will be required for all wetland losses that exceed 1/10-acre and require pre-construction notification, unless the district engineer determines in writing that either some other form of mitigation would be more environmentally appropriate or the adverse environmental effects of the proposed activity are no more than minimal, and provides an activity-specific waiver of this requirement. For wetland losses of 1/10-acre or less that require pre-construction notification, the district engineer may determine on a case-by-case basis that compensatory mitigation is required to ensure that the activity results in only minimal adverse environmental effects. (d) For losses of streams or other open waters that require pre-construction notification, the district engineer may require compensatory mitigation to ensure that the activity results in no more than minimal adverse environmental effects. Compensatory mitigation for losses of streams should be provided, if practicable,through stream rehabilitation, enhancement, or preservation, since streams are difficult-to-replace resources (see 33 CFR 332.3(e)(3)). (e) Compensatory mitigation plans for NWP activities in or near streams or other open waters will normally include a requirement for the restoration or enhancement, maintenance, and legal protection(e.g., conservation easements) of riparian areas next to open waters. In some cases, the restoration or maintenance/protection of riparian areas may be the only compensatory mitigation required. Restored riparian areas should consist of native species. The width of the w, required riparian area will address documented water quality or aquatic habitat loss concerns. Normally, the riparian area will be 25 to 50 feet wide on each side of the stream,but the district engineer may require slightly wider riparian areas to address documented water quality or habitat .� loss concerns. If it is not possible to restore or maintain/protect a riparian area on both sides of a stream, or if the waterbody is a lake or coastal waters, then restoring or maintaining/protecting a riparian area along a single bank or shoreline may be sufficient. Where both wetlands and open .. waters exist on the project site, the district engineer will determine the appropriate compensatory mitigation(e.g.,riparian areas and/or wetlands compensation)based on what is best for the aquatic environment on a watershed basis. In cases where riparian areas are determined to be the most appropriate form of minimization or compensatory mitigation, the district engineer may waive or reduce the requirement to provide wetland compensatory mitigation for wetland losses. ... (f) Compensatory mitigation projects provided to offset losses of aquatic resources must comply with the applicable provisions of 33 CFR part 332. (1) The prospective permittee is responsible for proposing an appropriate compensatory mitigation option if compensatory mitigation is necessary to ensure that the activity results in no •� more than minimal adverse environmental effects. For the NWPs, the preferred mechanism for providing compensatory mitigation is mitigation bank credits or in-lieu fee program credits (see 33 CFR 332.3(b)(2) and(3)). However, if an appropriate number and type of mitigation bank or in- .. lieu credits are not available at the time the PCN is submitted to the district engineer, the district engineer may approve the use of permittee-responsible mitigation. .w (2) The amount of compensatory mitigation required by the district engineer must be sufficient to ensure that the authorized activity results in no more than minimal individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects (see 33 CFR 330.1(e)(3)). (See also 33 CFR 332.3(f)). (3) Since the likelihood of success is greater and the impacts to potentially valuable uplands are reduced, aquatic resource restoration should be the first compensatory mitigation option considered for permittee-responsible mitigation. (4) If permittee-responsible mitigation is the proposed option, the prospective permittee is responsible for submitting a mitigation plan. A conceptual or detailed mitigation plan may be used by the district engineer to make the decision on the NWP verification request, but a final mitigation plan that addresses the applicable requirements of 33 CFR 332.4(c)(2)through (14)must be approved by the district engineer before the permittee begins work in waters of the United States, unless the district engineer determines that prior approval of the final mitigation plan is not practicable or not necessary to ensure timely completion of the required compensatory mitigation (see 33 CFR 332.3(k)(3)). aw (5) If mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program credits are the proposed option, the mitigation plan only needs to address the baseline conditions at the impact site and the number of credits to be provided. M. (6)Compensatory mitigation requirements(e.g., resource type and amount to be provided as compensatory mitigation, site protection, ecological performance standards, monitoring requirements) may be addressed through conditions added to the NWP authorization, instead of components of a compensatory mitigation plan(see 33 CFR 332.4(c)(1)(ii)). (g) Compensatory mitigation will not be used to increase the acreage losses allowed by the acreage limits of the NWPs. For example, if an NWP has an acreage limit of 1/2-acre, it cannot be used to authorize any NWP activity resulting in the loss of greater than 1/2-acre of waters of the , United States, even if compensatory mitigation is provided that replaces or restores some of the lost waters. However, compensatory mitigation can and should be used, as necessary,to ensure that an NWP activity already meeting the established acreage limits also satisfies the no more than minimal impact requirement for the NWPs. (h) Permittees may propose the use of mitigation banks, in-lieu fee programs, or permittee- .• responsible mitigation. When developing a compensatory mitigation proposal, the permittee must .r consider appropriate and practicable options consistent with the framework at 33 CFR 332.3(b). For activities resulting in the loss of marine or estuarine resources,permittee-responsible mitigation ,., may be environmentally preferable if there are no mitigation banks or in-lieu fee programs in the area that have marine or estuarine credits available for sale or transfer to the permittee. For permittee-responsible mitigation, the special conditions of the NWP verification must clearly .. indicate the party or parties responsible for the implementation and performance of the compensatory mitigation project, and, if required, its long-term management. ■• (i)Where certain functions and services of waters of the United States are permanently adversely affected by a regulated activity, such as discharges of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States that will convert a forested or scrub-shrub wetland to a herbaceous wetland in .. a permanently maintained utility line right-of-way, mitigation may be required to reduce the adverse environmental effects of the activity to the no more than minimal level. *� 24. Safety of Impoundment Structures. To ensure that all impoundment structures are safely designed,the district engineer may require non-Federal applicants to demonstrate that the structures comply with established state dam safety criteria or have been designed by qualified persons. The district engineer may also require documentation that the design has been independently reviewed by similarly qualified persons, and appropriate modifications made to ensure safety. 25. Water Quality. Where States and authorized Tribes, or EPA where applicable, have not previously certified compliance of an NWP with CWA section 401, individual 401 Water Quality Certification must be obtained or waived(see 33 CFR 330.4(c)). The district engineer or State or Tribe may require additional water quality management measures to ensure that the authorized activity does not result in more than minimal degradation of water quality. 26. Coastal Zone Management. In coastal states where an NWP has not previously received a state coastal zone management consistency concurrence, an individual state coastal zone management consistency concurrence must be obtained, or a presumption of concurrence must occur(see 33 CFR 330.4(d)). The district engineer or a State may require additional measures to ensure that the authorized activity is consistent'with state coastal zone management requirements. 27. Regional and Case-By-Case Conditions. The activity must comply with any regional conditions that may have been added by the Division Engineer(see 33 CFR 330.4(e)) and with any case specific conditions added by the Corps or by the state, Indian Tribe, or U.S. EPA in its section 401 Water Quality Certification, or by the state in its Coastal Zone Management Act consistency determination. 28. Use of Multiple Nationwide Permits. The use of more than one NWP for a single and complete project is prohibited, except when the acreage loss of waters of the United States authorized by the NWPs does not exceed the acreage limit of the NWP with the highest specified acreage limit. For example, if a road crossing over tidal waters is constructed under NWP 14, with associated bank stabilization authorized by NWP 13, the maximum acreage loss of waters of the United States for the total project cannot exceed 1/3-acre. .� 29. Transfer of Nationwide Permit Verifications. If the permittee sells the property associated with a nationwide permit verification, the permittee may transfer the nationwide permit verification to the new owner by submitting a letter to the appropriate Corps district office to .. validate the transfer. A copy of the nationwide permit verification must be attached to the letter, and the letter must contain the following statement and signature: "When the structures or work authorized by this nationwide permit are still in existence at the time the property is transferred, the terms and conditions of this nationwide permit, including any special conditions, will continue to be binding on the new owner(s) of the property. To validate the transfer of this nationwide permit and the associated liabilities associated with compliance with its terms and conditions, have the transferee sign and date below." -- (Transferee) (Date) .. 30. Compliance Certification. Each permittee who receives an NWP verification letter from the Corps must provide a signed certification documenting completion of the authorized activity and implementation of any required compensatory mitigation. The success of any required permittee-responsible mitigation, including the achievement of ecological performance standards, will be addressed separately by the district engineer. The Corps will provide the permittee the certification document with the NWP verification letter. The certification document will include: (a)A statement that the authorized activity was done in accordance with the NWP authorization, including any general, regional, or activity-specific conditions; (b)A statement that the implementation of any required compensatory mitigation was completed in accordance with the permit conditions. If credits from a mitigation bank or in-lieu fee program are used to satisfy the compensatory mitigation requirements,the certification must include the documentation required by 33 CFR 332.3(1)(3)to confirm that the permittee secured the appropriate number and resource type of credits; and (c) The signature of the permittee certifying the completion of the activity and mitigation. The completed certification document must be submitted to the district engineer within 30 days of completion of the authorized activity or the implementation of any required compensatory mitigation, whichever occurs later. - 31. Activities Affecting Structures or Works Built by the United States. If an NWP activity also requires permission from the Corps pursuant to 33 U.S.C. 408 because it will alter or temporarily or permanently occupy or use a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers(USACE)federally �. authorized Civil Works project(a"USACE project"),the prospective permittee must submit a pre- construction notification. See paragraph(b)(10) of general condition 32. An activity that requires section 408 permission is not authorized by NWP until the appropriate Corps office issues the , section 408 permission to alter, occupy, or use the USACE project, and the district engineer issues a written NWP verification. 32. Pre-Construction Notification. (a)Timing. Where required by the terms of the NWP, the prospective permittee must notify the district engineer by submitting a pre-construction notification (PCN)as early as possible. The district engineer must determine if the PCN is complete within 30 .. calendar days of the date of receipt and, if the PCN is determined to be incomplete,notify the no No prospective permittee within that 30 day period to request the additional information necessary to make the PCN complete. The request must specify the information needed to make the PCN ,,, complete. As a general rule, district engineers will request additional information necessary to make the PCN complete only once. However, if the prospective permittee does not provide all of the requested information, then the district engineer will notify the prospective permittee that the .. PCN is still incomplete and the PCN review process will not commence until all of the requested information has been received by the district engineer. The prospective permittee shall not begin the activity until either: .r (1) He or she is notified in writing by the district engineer that the activity may proceed under the NWP with any special conditions imposed by the district or division engineer; or (2)45 calendar days have passed from the district engineer's receipt of the complete PCN and the prospective permittee has not received written notice from the district or division engineer. s. However, if the permittee was required to notify the Corps pursuant to general condition 18 that listed species or critical habitat might be affected or are in the vicinity of the activity, or to notify the Corps pursuant to general condition 20 that the activity might have the potential to cause effects to historic properties, the permittee cannot begin the activity until receiving written notification from the Corps that there is "no effect" on listed species or"no potential to cause effects" on historic properties, or that any consultation required under Section 7 of the Endangered Species Act (see 33 CFR 330.4(f)) and/or section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act(see 33 CFR 330.4(g))has been completed. Also, work cannot begin under NWPs 21, 49, or 50 until the permittee has received written approval from the Corps. If the proposed activity requires a written waiver to exceed specified limits of an NWP, the permittee may not begin the activity until the district engineer issues the waiver. If the district or division engineer notifies the permittee in writing that an individual permit is required within 45 calendar days of receipt of a complete PCN, the permittee cannot begin the activity until an individual permit has been obtained. Subsequently, the permittee's right to proceed under the NWP may be modified, suspended, or revoked only in accordance with the procedure set forth in 33 CFR 330.5(d)(2). (b) Contents of Pre-Construction Notification: The PCN must be in writing and include the following information: (1)Name, address and telephone numbers of the prospective permittee; (2) Location of the proposed activity; (3) Identify the specific NWP or NWP(s) the prospective permittee wants to use to authorize the proposed activity; .. (4)A description of the proposed activity; the activity's purpose; direct and indirect adverse environmental effects the activity would cause, including the anticipated amount of loss of wetlands, other special aquatic sites, and other waters expected to result from the NWP activity, in acres, linear feet, or other appropriate unit of measure; a description of any proposed mitigation measures intended to reduce the adverse environmental effects caused by the proposed activity; and any other NWP(s),regional general permit(s), or individual permit(s)used or intended to be used to authorize any part of the proposed project or any related activity, including other separate and distant crossings for linear projects that require Department of the Army authorization but do not require pre-construction notification. The description of the proposed activity and any proposed .. mitigation measures should be sufficiently detailed to allow the district engineer to determine that the adverse environmental effects of the activity will be no more than minimal and to determine the nr need for compensatory mitigation or other mitigation measures. For single and complete linear projects, the PCN must include the quantity of anticipated losses of wetlands, other special aquatic sites, and other waters for each single and complete crossing of those wetlands, other special �. aquatic sites, and other waters. Sketches should be provided when necessary to show that the activity complies with the terms of the NWP. (Sketches usually clarify the activity and when provided results in a quicker decision. Sketches should contain sufficient detail to provide an .. illustrative description of the proposed activity(e.g., a conceptual plan), but do not need to be detailed engineering plans); (5)The PCN must include a delineation of wetlands, other special aquatic sites, and other waters, such as lakes and ponds,and perennial, intermittent, and ephemeral streams, on the project site. Wetland delineations must be prepared in accordance with the current method required by the Corps. The permittee may ask the Corps to delineate the special aquatic sites and other waters on the project site,but there may be a delay if the Corps does the delineation, especially if the project site is large or contains many wetlands, other special aquatic sites, and other waters. Furthermore, the 45 day period will not start until the delineation has been submitted to or completed by the Corps, as appropriate; (6) If the proposed activity will result in the loss of greater than 1/10-acre of wetlands and a PCN is required,the prospective permittee must submit a statement describing how the mitigation requirement will be satisfied, or explaining why the adverse environmental effects are no more than minimal and why compensatory mitigation should not be required. As an alternative,the prospective permittee may submit a conceptual or detailed mitigation plan. (7)For non-Federal permittees, if any listed species or designated critical habitat might be affected or is in the vicinity of the activity, or if the activity is located in designated critical habitat, the PCN must include the name(s) of those endangered or threatened species that might be affected by the proposed activity or utilize the designated critical habitat that might be affected by the proposed activity. For NWP activities that require pre-construction notification, Federal permittees must provide documentation demonstrating compliance with the Endangered Species Act; (8)For non-Federal permittees, if the NWP activity might have the potential to cause effects to a historic property listed on, determined to be eligible for listing on, or potentially eligible for listing on,the National Register of Historic Places, the PCN must state which historic property might have the potential to be affected by the proposed activity or include a vicinity map .. indicating the location of the historic property. For NWP activities that require pre-construction notification, Federal permittees must provide documentation demonstrating compliance with section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act; „ (9)For an activity that will occur in a component of the National Wild and Scenic River System, or in a river officially designated by Congress as a"study river" for possible inclusion in the system while the river is in an official study status, the PCN must identify the Wild and Scenic River or the "study river" (see general condition 16); and (10) For an activity that requires permission from the Corps pursuant to 33 U.S.C. 408 because it will alter or temporarily or permanently occupy or use a U.S. Army Corps of Engineers federally authorized civil works project, the pre-construction notification must include a statement �.. confirming that the project proponent has submitted a written request for section 408 permission from the Corps office having jurisdiction over that USACE project. .. r (c) Form of Pre-Construction Notification: The standard individual permit application form (Form ENG 4345)may be used,but the completed application form must clearly indicate that it is an NWP PCN and must include all of the applicable information required in paragraphs(b)(1) through(10)of this general condition. A letter containing the required information may also be used. Applicants may provide electronic files of PCNs and supporting materials if the district ... engineer has established tools and procedures for electronic submittals. (d)Agency Coordination: (1)The district engineer will consider any comments from Federal and state agencies concerning the proposed activity's compliance with the terms and conditions of the NWPs and the need for mitigation to reduce the activity's adverse environmental effects so that they are no more than minimal. (2)Agency coordination is required for: (i)all NWP activities that require pre-construction notification and result in the loss of greater than 1/2-acre of waters of the United States; (ii)NWP * 21, 29, 39, 40, 42,43, 44, 50, 51, and 52 activities that require pre-construction notification and will result in the loss of greater than 300 linear feet of stream bed; (iii)NWP 13 activities in excess of 500 linear feet, fills greater than one cubic yard per running foot, or involve discharges of dredged or fill material into special aquatic sites; and(iv)NWP 54 activities in excess of 500 linear feet, or that extend into the waterbody more than 30 feet from the mean low water line in tidal waters or the ordinary high water mark in the Great Lakes. (3)When agency coordination is required, the district engineer will immediately provide (e.g., via e-mail, facsimile transmission, overnight mail, or other expeditious manner)a copy of the 1 ° complete PCN to the appropriate Federal or state offices (FWS, state natural resource or water quality agency, EPA, and, if appropriate, the NMFS). With the exception of NWP 37, these agencies will have 10 calendar days from the date the material is transmitted to notify the district engineer via telephone, facsimile transmission, or e-mail that they intend to provide substantive, site-specific comments. The comments must explain why the agency believes the adverse environmental effects will be more than minimal. If so contacted by an agency, the district engineer will wait an additional 15 calendar days before making a decision on the pre-construction notification. The district engineer will fully consider agency comments received within the specified time frame concerning the proposed activity's compliance with the terms and conditions of the NWPs, including the need for mitigation to ensure the net adverse environmental effects of the proposed activity are no more than minimal. The district engineer will provide no response to the resource agency, except as provided below. The district engineer will indicate in the administrative record associated with each pre-construction notification that the resource agencies' concerns were considered. For NWP 37, the emergency watershed protection and rehabilitation activity may proceed immediately in cases where there is an unacceptable hazard to life or a significant loss of property or economic hardship will occur. The district engineer will consider any comments received to decide whether the NWP 37 authorization should be modified, suspended, or .. revoked in accordance with the procedures at 33 CFR 330.5. (4) In cases of where the prospective permittee is not a Federal agency, the district engineer will provide a response to NMFS within 30 calendar days of receipt of any Essential Fish Habitat conservation recommendations, as required by section 305(b)(4)(B) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act. (5)Applicants are encouraged to provide the Corps with either electronic files or multiple copies of pre-construction notifications to expedite agency coordination. D. District Engineer's Decision 1. In reviewing the PCN for the proposed activity, the district engineer will determine whether the activity authorized by the NWP will result in more than minimal individual or cumulative adverse environmental effects or may be contrary to the public interest. If a project proponent requests authorization by a specific NWP, the district engineer should issue the NWP verification for that activity if it meets the terms and conditions of that NWP, unless he or she determines, after considering mitigation, that the proposed activity will result in more than minimal individual and cumulative adverse effects on the aquatic environment and other aspects of the public interest and exercises discretionary authority to require an individual permit for the proposed activity. For a linear project, this determination will include an evaluation of the individual crossings of waters of the United States to determine whether they individually satisfy the terms �* and conditions of the NWP(s), as well as the cumulative effects caused by all of the crossings authorized by NWP. If an applicant requests a waiver of the 300 linear foot limit on impacts to streams or of an otherwise applicable limit, as provided for in NWPs 13, 21, 29, 36, 39, 40, 42, 43, O* 44, 50, 51, 52, or 54, the district engineer will only grant the waiver upon a written determination that the NWP activity will result in only minimal individual and cumulative adverse environmental effects. For those NWPs that have a waivable 300 linear foot limit for losses of intermittent and 00 ephemeral stream bed and a 1/2-acre limit(i.e.,NWPs 21, 29, 39, 40,42, 43, 44, 50, 51, and 52), the loss of intermittent and ephemeral stream bed, plus any other losses of jurisdictional waters and wetlands, cannot exceed 1/2-acre. 2. When making minimal adverse environmental effects determinations the district engineer will consider the direct and indirect effects caused by the NWP activity. He or she will also consider the cumulative adverse environmental effects caused by activities authorized by NWP and whether those cumulative adverse environmental effects are no more than minimal. The district engineer will also consider site specific factors, such as the environmental setting in the vicinity of the NWP activity, the type of resource that will be affected by the NWP activity, the functions provided by the aquatic resources that will be affected by the NWP activity, the degree or magnitude to which the aquatic resources perform those functions, the extent that aquatic resource functions will be lost as a result of the NWP activity(e.g.,partial or complete loss), the duration of the adverse effects (temporary or permanent), the importance of the aquatic resource functions to the region(e.g., watershed or ecoregion), and mitigation required by the district engineer. If an appropriate functional or condition assessment method is available and practicable to use, that assessment method may be used by the district engineer to assist in the minimal adverse .. environmental effects determination. The district engineer may add case-specific special conditions to the NWP authorization to address site-specific environmental concerns. 3. If the proposed activity requires a PCN and will result in a loss of greater than 1/10-acre of wetlands, the prospective permittee should submit a mitigation proposal with the PCN. Applicants may also propose compensatory mitigation for NWP activities with smaller impacts, or for impacts to other types of waters (e.g., streams). The district engineer will consider any proposed compensatory mitigation or other mitigation measures the applicant has included in the proposal in determining whether the net adverse environmental effects of the proposed activity are no more MM than minimal. The compensatory mitigation proposal may be either conceptual or detailed. If the district engineer determines that the activity complies with the terms and conditions of the NWP and that the adverse environmental effects are no more than minimal, after considering mitigation, ■m the district engineer will notify the permittee and include any activity-specific conditions in the NWP verification the district engineer deems necessary. Conditions for compensatory mitigation requirements must comply with the appropriate provisions at 33 CFR 332.3(k). The district .• engineer must approve the final mitigation plan before the permittee commences work in waters of the United States, unless the district engineer determines that prior approval of the final mitigation plan is not practicable or not necessary to ensure timely completion of the required compensatory mitigation. If the prospective permittee elects to submit a compensatory mitigation plan with the PCN, the district engineer will expeditiously review the proposed compensatory mitigation plan. The district engineer must review the proposed compensatory mitigation plan within 45 calendar �.. days of receiving a complete PCN and determine whether the proposed mitigation would ensure the NWP activity results in no more than minimal adverse environmental effects. If the net adverse environmental effects of the NWP activity(after consideration of the mitigation proposal) are ._ determined by the district engineer to be no more than minimal, the district engineer will provide a timely written response to the applicant. The response will state that the NWP activity can proceed under the terms and conditions of the NWP, including any activity-specific conditions added to the ^- NWP authorization by the district engineer. 4. If the district engineer determines that the adverse environmental effects of the proposed activity are more than minimal, then the district engineer will notify the applicant either: (a)that the activity does not qualify for authorization under the NWP and instruct the applicant on the procedures to seek authorization under an individual permit; (b)that the activity is authorized under the NWP subject to the applicant's submission of a mitigation plan that would reduce the adverse environmental effects so that they are no more than minimal; or(c)that the activity is authorized under the NWP with specific modifications or conditions. Where the district engineer determines that mitigation is required to ensure no more than minimal adverse environmental effects,the activity will be authorized within the 45-day PCN period(unless additional time is required to comply with general conditions 18, 20, and/or 31, or to evaluate PCNs for activities authorized by NWPs 21, 49, and 50),with activity-specific conditions that state the mitigation requirements. The authorization will include the necessary conceptual or detailed mitigation plan or a requirement that the applicant submit a mitigation plan that would reduce the adverse environmental effects so that they are no more than minimal. When compensatory mitigation is required, no work in waters of the United States may occur until the district engineer has approved a specific mitigation plan or has determined that prior approval of a final mitigation plan is not practicable or not necessary to ensure timely completion of the required compensatory mitigation. E. Further Information 1. District Engineers have authority to determine if an activity complies with the terms and conditions of an NWP. 2. NWPs do not obviate the need to obtain other federal, state, or local permits, approvals, or authorizations required by law. 3. NWPs do not grant any property rights or exclusive privileges. 4. NWPs do not authorize any injury to the property or rights of others. 5. NWPs do not authorize interference with any existing or proposed Federal project(see general condition 31). F. Definitions ® Best management practices(BMPs): Policies,practices,procedures, or structures implemented to mitigate the adverse environmental effects on surface water quality resulting from development. BMPs are categorized as structural or non-structural. Compensatory miti ag tion: The restoration(re-establishment or rehabilitation), establishment (creation), enhancement, and/or in certain circumstances preservation of aquatic resources for the purposes of offsetting unavoidable adverse impacts which remain after all appropriate and practicable avoidance and minimization has been achieved. Currently serviceable: Useable as is or with some maintenance,but not so degraded as to essentially require reconstruction. Direct effects: Effects that are caused by the activity and occur at the same time and place. -� Discharge: The term"discharge"means any discharge of dredged or fill material into waters of the United States. �» Ecological reference: A model used to plan and design an aquatic habitat and riparian area restoration, enhancement, or establishment activity under NWP 27. An ecological reference may *■ be based on the structure, functions, and dynamics of an aquatic habitat type or a riparian area type that currently exists in the region where the proposed NWP 27 activity is located. Alternatively, an ecological reference may be based on a conceptual model for the aquatic habitat type or riparian area type to be restored, enhanced, or established as a result of the proposed NWP 27 activity. An ecological reference takes into account the range of variation of the aquatic habitat type or riparian area type in the region. Enhancement: The manipulation of the physical, chemical,or biological characteristics of an aquatic resource to heighten, intensify, or improve a specific aquatic resource function(s). Enhancement results in the gain of selected aquatic resource function(s), but may also lead to a decline in other aquatic resource function(s). Enhancement does not result in a gain in aquatic resource area. Ephemeral stream: An ephemeral stream has flowing water only during, and for a short duration after,precipitation events in a typical year. Ephemeral stream beds are located above the water table year-round. Groundwater is not a source of water for the stream. Runoff from rainfall is the primary source of water for stream flow. Establishment(creation): The manipulation of the physical, chemical, or biological characteristics present to develop an aquatic resource that did not previously exist at an upland site. Establishment results in a gain in aquatic resource area. High Tide Line: The line of intersection of the land with the water's surface at the ^, maximum height reached by a rising tide. The high tide line may be determined, in the absence of actual data,by a line of oil or scum along shore objects,a more or less continuous deposit of fine shell or debris on the foreshore or berm, other physical markings or characteristics, vegetation lines, tidal gages,or other suitable means that delineate the general height reached by a rising tide. The line encompasses spring high tides and other high tides that occur with periodic frequency but does not include storm surges in which there is a departure from the normal or predicted reach of the tide due to the piling up of water against a coast by strong winds such as those accompanying a hurricane or other intense storm. Historic Property: Any prehistoric or historic district, site (including archaeological site), building, structure, or other object included in, or eligible for inclusion in, the National Register of Historic Places maintained by the Secretary of the Interior. This term includes artifacts, records, and remains that are related to and located within such properties. The term includes properties of traditional religious and cultural importance to an Indian tribe or Native Hawaiian organization and that meet the National Register criteria(36 CFR part 60). Independent utility: A test to determine what constitutes a single and complete non-linear project in the Corps Regulatory Program. A project is considered to have independent utility if it ..� would be constructed absent the construction of other projects in the project area. Portions of a multi-phase project that depend upon other phases of the project do not have independent utility. Phases of a project that would be constructed even if the other phases were not built can be considered as separate single and complete projects with independent utility. Indirect effects: Effects that are caused by the activity and are later in time or farther +� removed in distance, but are still reasonably foreseeable. Intermittent stream: An intermittent stream has flowing water during certain times of the year, when groundwater provides water for stream flow. During dry periods,intermittent streams may not have flowing water. Runoff from rainfall is a supplemental source of water for stream flow. Loss of waters of the United States: Waters of the United States that are permanently adversely affected by filling, flooding, excavation, or drainage because of the regulated activity. Permanent adverse effects include permanent discharges of dredged or fill material that change an aquatic area to dry land, increase the bottom elevation of a waterbody, or change the use of a waterbody. The acreage of loss of waters of the United States is a threshold measurement of the impact to jurisdictional waters for determining whether a project may qualify for an NWP; it is not a net threshold that is calculated after considering compensatory mitigation that may be used to offset losses of aquatic functions and services. The loss of stream bed includes the acres or linear feet of stream bed that are filled or excavated as a result of the regulated activity. Waters of the United States temporarily filled, flooded, excavated, or drained, but restored to pre-construction contours and elevations after construction, are not included in the measurement of loss of waters of the United States. Impacts resulting from activities that do not require Department of the Army authorization, such as activities eligible for exemptions under section 404(f)of the Clean Water Act, are not considered when calculating the loss of waters of the United States. Navigable waters: Waters subject to section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899. These waters are defined at 33 CFR part 329. Non-tidal wetland: A non-tidal wetland is a wetland that is not subject to the ebb and flow .. of tidal waters. Non-tidal wetlands contiguous to tidal waters are located landward of the high tide line (i.e., spring high tide line). Open water: For purposes of the NWPs, an open water is any area that in a year with normal patterns of precipitation has water flowing or standing above ground to the extent that an ordinary high water mark can be determined. Aquatic vegetation within the area of flowing or standing water is either non-emergent, sparse, or absent. Vegetated shallows are considered to be open waters. Examples of"open waters" include rivers, streams, lakes, and ponds. ., Ordinary High Water Mark: An ordinary high water mark is a line on the shore established by the fluctuations of water and indicated by physical characteristics, or by other appropriate means that consider the characteristics of the surrounding areas. Perennial stream: A perennial stream has flowing water year-round during a typical year. The water table is located above the stream bed for most of the year. Groundwater is the primary source of water for stream flow. Runoff from rainfall is a supplemental source of water for stream flow. Practicable: Available and capable of being done after taking into consideration cost, -• existing technology, and logistics in light of overall project purposes. Pre-construction notification: A request submitted by the project proponent to the Corps for •� confirmation that a particular activity is authorized by nationwide permit. The request may be a permit application, letter, or similar document that includes information about the proposed work and its anticipated environmental effects. Pre-construction notification may be required by the �* terms and conditions of a nationwide permit, or by regional conditions. A pre-construction notification may be voluntarily submitted in cases where pre-construction notification is not required and the project proponent wants confirmation that the activity is authorized by nationwide -- permit. Preservation: The removal of a threat to, or preventing the decline of, aquatic resources by an action in or near those aquatic resources. This term includes activities commonly associated with the protection and maintenance of aquatic resources through the implementation of appropriate legal and physical mechanisms. Preservation does not result in a gain of aquatic resource area or functions. Protected tribal resources: Those natural resources and properties of traditional or customary religious or cultural importance, either on or off Indian lands, retained by, or reserved by or for, Indian tribes through treaties, statutes,judicial decisions, or executive orders, including tribal trust resources. Re-establishment: The manipulation of the physical, chemical, or biological characteristics of a site with the goal of returning naturalihistoric functions to a former aquatic resource. Re- establishment results in rebuilding a former aquatic resource and results in a gain in aquatic resource area and functions. Rehabilitation: The manipulation of the physical, chemical, or biological characteristics of a — site with the goal of repairing natural/historic functions to a degraded aquatic resource. Rehabilitation results in a gain in aquatic resource function,but does not result in a gain in aquatic resource area. Restoration: The manipulation of the physical, chemical, or biological characteristics of a site with the goal of returning natural/historic functions to a former or degraded aquatic resource. For the purpose of tracking net gains in aquatic resource area, restoration is divided into two categories: re-establishment and rehabilitation. Riffle and pool complex: Riffle and pool complexes are special aquatic sites under the 404(b)(1) Guidelines. Riffle and pool complexes sometimes characterize steep gradient sections of streams. Such stream sections are recognizable by their hydraulic characteristics. The rapid movement of water over a course substrate in riffles results in a rough flow, a turbulent surface, .. and high dissolved oxygen levels in the water. Pools are deeper areas associated with riffles. A slower stream velocity, a streaming flow, a smooth surface, and a finer substrate characterize pools. .. Riparian areas: Riparian areas are lands next to streams, lakes, and estuarine-marine shorelines. Riparian areas are transitional between terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems, through which surface and subsurface hydrology connects riverine, lacustrine, estuarine, and marine waters with their adjacent wetlands, non-wetland waters, or uplands. Riparian areas provide a variety of ecological functions and services and help improve or maintain local water quality. (See general . condition 23.) Shellfish seeding: The placement of shellfish seed and/or suitable substrate to increase -- shellfish production. Shellfish seed consists of immature individual shellfish or individual shellfish attached to shells or shell fragments (i.e., spat on shell). Suitable substrate may consist of shellfish shells, shell fragments, or other appropriate materials placed into waters for shellfish habitat. Single and complete linear project: A linear project is a project constructed for the purpose of getting people, goods, or services from a point of origin to a terminal point, which often involves multiple crossings of one or more waterbodies at separate and distant locations. The term"single and complete project"is defined as that portion of the total linear project proposed or accomplished by one owner/developer or partnership or other association of owners/developers that includes all crossings of a single water of the United States (i.e., a single waterbody) at a specific location. For linear projects crossing a single or multiple waterbodies several times at separate and distant locations, each crossing is considered a single and complete project for purposes of NWP authorization. However, individual channels in a braided stream or river, or individual arms of a large, irregularly shaped wetland or lake, etc., are not separate waterbodies, and crossings of such features cannot be considered separately. Single and complete non-linear project: For non-linear projects, the term "single and complete project"is defined at 33 CFR 330.2(1) as the total project proposed or accomplished by one owner/developer or partnership or other association of owners/developers. A single and complete non-linear project must have independent utility(see definition of"independent utility"). Single and complete non-linear projects may not be "piecemealed"to avoid the limits in an NWP authorization. Stormwater mana eg ment: Stormwater management is the mechanism for controlling stormwater runoff for the purposes of reducing downstream erosion, water quality degradation, and flooding and mitigating the adverse effects of changes in land use on the aquatic environment. Stormwater management facilities: Stormwater management facilities are those facilities, including but not limited to, stormwater retention and detention ponds and best management practices, which retain water for a period of time to control runoff and/or improve the quality(i.e., by reducing the concentration of nutrients, sediments, hazardous substances and other pollutants) of stormwater runoff. Stream bed: The substrate of the stream channel between the ordinary high water marks. The substrate may be bedrock or inorganic particles that range in size from clay to boulders. Wetlands contiguous to the stream bed,but outside of the ordinary high water marks, are not considered part of the stream bed. ,. Stream channelization: The manipulation of a stream's course, condition, capacity, or location that causes more than minimal interruption of normal stream processes. A channelized stream remains a water of the United States. Structure: An object that is arranged in a definite pattern of organization. Examples of structures include, without limitation, any pier,boat dock,boat ramp,wharf, dolphin, weir, boom, breakwater,bulkhead, revetment,riprap,jetty, artificial island, artificial reef,permanent mooring structure,power transmission line,permanently moored floating vessel,piling, aid to navigation, or any other manmade obstacle or obstruction. Tidal wetland: A tidal wetland is a jurisdictional wetland that is inundated by tidal waters. Tidal waters rise and fall in a predictable and measurable rhythm or cycle due to the gravitational pulls of the moon and sun. Tidal waters end where the rise and fall of the water surface can no �• longer be practically measured in a predictable rhythm due to masking by other waters,wind, or other effects. Tidal wetlands are located channelward of the high tide line. Tribal lands: Any lands title to which is either: 1)held in trust by the United States for the benefit of any Indian tribe or individual; or 2)held by any Indian tribe or individual subject to restrictions by the United States against alienation. - Tribal rights: Those rights legally accruing to a tribe or tribes by virtue of inherent sovereign authority, unextinguished aboriginal title, treaty, statute,judicial decisions, executive order or agreement, and that give rise to legally enforceable remedies. Vegetated shallows: Vegetated shallows are special aquatic sites under the 404(b)(1) Guidelines. They are areas that are permanently inundated and under normal circumstances have rooted aquatic vegetation, such as seagrasses in marine and estuarine systems and a variety of vascular rooted plants in freshwater systems. Waterbody: For purposes of the NWPs, a waterbody is a jurisdictional water of the United States. If a wetland is adjacent to a waterbody determined to be a water of the United States,that waterbody and any adjacent wetlands are considered together as a single aquatic unit(see 33 CFR 328.4(c)(2)). Examples of"waterbodies"include streams, rivers, lakes,ponds, and wetlands. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION r This nationwide permit is effective March 19,2017,and expires on March 18,2022. Information about the U.S.Army Corps of Engineers regulatory program,including nationwide permits,may also be found at�://www.swf.usace.army.mil/Missions/Reguulatoiy.asyx and hM://www.usace.anny.mil/Missions/Civil W orks/RegulatoryProgramandPennits.aWxx ier rr 2017 NATIONWIDE PERMIT (NWP) REGIONAL CONDITIONS FOR THE STATE OF TEXAS The following regional conditions apply within the entire State of Texas: 1. For all discharges proposed for authorization under Nationwide Permits (NWP) 3, 6, 7, 12, 14, 18, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 49, 51, and 52, into the following habitat types or specific areas, the applicant shall notify the appropriate District Engineer in accordance with the NWP General Condition 32, Pre-Construction Notification (PCN). The Corps of Engineers (Corps) will coordinate with the resource agencies as specified in NWP General Condition 32(d) (PCN). The habitat types or areas are: a. Pitcher Plant Bogs: Wetlands typically characterized by an organic surface soil layer and include vegetation such as pitcher plants (Sarracenia spp.) and/or sundews (Drosera spp.). b. Bald Cypress-Tupelo Swamps: Wetlands dominated by bald cypress (Taxodium distichum) and/or water tupelo (Nyssa aquatic). - 2. For all activities proposed for authorization under any Nationwide Permit (NWP) at sites approved as compensatory mitigation sites (either permittee-responsible, mitigation bank and/or in-lieu fee) under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act and/or Section 10 of the Rivers and Harbors Act of 1899, the applicant shall notify the appropriate District Engineer in accordance with the NWP General Condition 32 - Pre- Construction Notification prior to commencing the activity. 3. For all activities proposed for authorization under NWP 16, the applicant shall notify the appropriate District Engineer in accordance with the NWP General Condition 32 (Pre-Construction Notification) and must obtain an individual water quality certification (WQC) from the TCEQ. Work cannot begin under NWP 16 until the applicant has received written approval from the Corps and WQC. NOTE: For all activities proposing to use equipment that has operated or been stored in a water body on the Texas list of zebra mussel (Dreissena polymorpha) infected water bodies, equipment should be decontaminated prior to relocation in accordance with Texas Administrative Code, Title 31, Part 2, Chapter 57, Subchapter A. The following decontamination Best Management Practices (BMPs), as a minimum, are indicated: a. Clean: Clean both the inside and outside of equipment and gear, by removing all plants, animals, and mud and thoroughly washing the equipment using a high pressure spray nozzle. b. Drain: Drain all water from receptacles before leaving the area, including livewells, bilges, ballast, and engine cooling water on boats. C. Dry: Allow time for your equipment to dry completely before relocating in other waters. Equipment should be dried prior to relocation. High temperature pressure washing (greater than or equal to 140F) or professional cleaning may be substituted for drying time. 2017 Nationwide Permit Regional Conditions For The State Of Texas Page 1 of 6 The following regional condition only applies within the Albuquerque, Fort Worth, and Galveston Districts: 4. For all activities proposed for authorization under Nationwide Permit (NWP) 12 that involve a discharge of fill material associalred with mechanized land clearing of wetlands dominated by native woody shrubs, the applicant shall notify the appropriate District - Engineer in accordance with the NWP General Condition 32 — Pre-Construction Notification prior to commencing the activity. For the purpose of this regional condition, a shrub dominated wetland is characterized by woody vegetation less than 3.0 inches in diameter at breast height but greater than 3.2 feet in height, which covers 20% or more of the area. Woody vines are not included. The following regional conditions apply within the Albuquerque District. 5. Nationwide Permit (NWP) 23 —Approved Categorical Exclusions. A pre-construction notification (PCN) to the District Engineer in accordance with General Condition 32 - PCN is required for all proposed activities under NWP 23. 6. Nationwide Permit (NWP) 27 —Aquatic Habitat Restoration, Establishment, and Enhancement Activities. For all proposed activities under NWP 27 that require pre- construction notification, a monitoring plan commensurate with the scale of the proposed restoration project and the potential for risk to the aquatic environment must be submitted to the Corps. (See "NWP 27 Guidelines" at http://www.spa.usace.army.miI/Missions/RegulatoryProgramandPermits/NWP.aspx). 7. Channelization. Nationwide Permit (NWP) General Condition 9 for Management of Water Flows is amended to add the following: Projects that would result in permanent channelization to previously un-channelized streams require pre-construction notification to the Albuquerque District Engineer in accordance with NWP General Condition 32 — Pre-Construction Notification. 8. Dredge and Fill Activities in Intermittent and Perennial Streams, and Special Aquatic Sites: For all activities subject to regulation under the Clean Water Act Section 404 in intermittent and perennial streams, and special aquatic sites (including wetlands, riffle and pool complexes, and sanctuaries and refuges), pre-construction notification (PCN) to the Albuquerque District Engineer is required in accordance with Nationwide Permit General Condition 32 - PCN. 9. Springs. For all discharges of dredged or fill material within 100 feet of the point of groundwater discharge of natural springs located in an aquatic resource, a pre- construction notification (PCN) is required to the Albuquerque District Engineer in accordance with Nationwide Permit General Condition 32 - PCN. A natural spring is defined as any location where ground water emanates from a point in the ground and has a defined surface water connection to another waters of the United States. For purposes of this regional condition, springs do not include seeps or other groundwater discharges which lack a defined surface water connection. 2017 Nationwide Permit Regional Conditions For The State Of Texas Page 2 of 6 PER 10. Suitable Fill. Use of broken concrete as fill or bank stabilization material is prohibited unless the applicant demonstrates that its use is the only practicable material (with respect to cost, existing technology, and logistics). Any applicant who wishes to use broken concrete as bank stabilization must provide notification to the Albuquerque District Engineer in accordance with Nationwide Permit General Condition 32 - Pre- Construction Notification along with justification for such use. Use of broken concrete with rebar or used tires (loose or formed into bales) is prohibited in all waters of the United States. The following regional conditions apply only within the Fort Worth District. 11. For all discharges proposed for authorization under all Nationwide Permits (NWP) into the area of Caddo Lake within Texas that is designated as a "Wetland of International Importance" under the Ramsar Convention, the applicant shall notify the Fort Worth District Engineer in accordance with the NWP General Condition 32 — Pre- Construction Notification (PCN). The Fort Worth District will coordinate with the resource agencies as specified in NWP General Condition 32(d) - PCN. 12. Compensatory mitigation is generally required for losses of waters of the United States that exceed 1/10 acre and/or for all losses to streams that exceed 300 linear feet. _. Loss is defined in Section F of the Nationwide Permits (NWP). Mitigation thresholds are cumulative irrespective of aquatic resource type at each single and complete crossing. Compensatory mitigation requirements will be determined in accordance with the appropriate district standard operating procedures and processes. The applicant shall notify the Fort Worth District Engineer in accordance with the NWP General Condition µ 32 - Pre-Construction Notification prior to commencing the activity. 13. For all activities proposed for authorization under Nationwide Permits (NWP) 12, 14 and/or 33 that involve a temporary discharge of fill material into 1/2 acre or more of emergent wetland OR 1/10 acre of scrub-shrub/forested wetland, the applicant shall notify the Fort Worth District Engineer in accordance with the NWP General Condition 32 - Pre-Construction Notification prior to commencing the activity. 14. For all discharges proposed for authorization under Nationwide Permits (NWP) 51 and 52, the Fort Worth District will provide the pre-construction notification (PCN) to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service as specified in NWP General Condition 32(d)(2) - PCN for its review and comments. The following regional conditions apply only within the Galveston District. 15. No Nationwide Permits (NWP), except NWP 3, shall be used to authorize discharges into the habitat types or specific areas listed in paragraphs a through c, below. The applicant shall notify the Galveston District Engineer in accordance with the NWP General Condition 32 - Pre-Construction Notification prior to commencing the activity under NWP 3. 2017 Nationwide Permit Regional Conditions For The State Of Texas Page 3 of 6 a. Mangrove Marshes. For the purpose of this regional condition, Mangrove marshes are those waters of the United States that are dominated by mangroves (Avicennia spp., Laguncuaria spp., Conocarpus spp., and Rhizophora spp.). b. Coastal Dune Swales. For the purpose of this regional condition, coastal dune swales are wetlands and/or other waters of the United States located within the backshore and dune areas in the coastal zone of Texas. They are formed as depressions within and among multiple beach ridge barriers, dune complexes, or dune areas adjacent to beaches fronting tidal waters of the United States. c. Columbia Bottomlands. For the purpose of this regional condition, Columbia bottomlands are defined as waters of the United States that are dominated by bottomland hardwoods in the Lower Brazos and San Bernard River basins identified in the 1997 Memorandum of Agreement between the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Natural Resource Conservation Service, and Texas Parks and Wildlife Department for bottomland hardwoods in Brazoria County. (For further information, see http://www.swq.usace.army.mil/Business-With- Us/Regulatory/Permits/Nationwide-General-Permits/) 16. A Compensatory Mitigation Plan is required for all special aquatic site losses, as defined in Section F of the Nationwide Permits (NWP), that exceed 1/10 acre and/or for all losses to streams that exceed 200 linear feet. Compensatory mitigation requirements will be determined in accordance with the appropriate district standard operating procedures and processes. The applicant shall notify the Galveston District Engineer in accordance with the NWP General Condition 32 - Pre-Construction Notification prior to commencing the activity. 17. For all seismic testing activities proposed for authorization under Nationwide Permit (NWP) 6, the applicant shall notify the Galveston District Engineer in accordance with the NWP General Condition 32 - Pre-Construction Notification (PCN). The PCN must state the time period for which the temporary fill is proposed, and must include a restoration plan for the special aquatic sites. For seismic testing under NWP 6 within the Cowardin Marine System, Subtidal Subsystem; as defined by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater Habitats of the United States, December 1979/Reprinted 1992, the Corps will coordinate with the resource agencies in accordance with NWP General Condition 32(d) - PCN. 18. For all activities proposed under Nationwide Permits (NWP) 10 and 11 located in vegetated shallows and coral reefs; as defined by 40 CFR 230.43 and 230.44 respectively, the applicant shall notify the Galveston District Engineer in accordance with the NWP General Condition 32 - Pre-Construction Notification. Examples include, but are not limited to: seagrass beds, oyster reefs, and coral reefs. 19. Nationwide Permit 12 shall not be used to authorize discharges within 500 feet of vegetated shallows and coral reefs; as defined by 40 CFR 230.43 and 230.44 respectively. Examples include, but are not limited to: seagrass beds, oyster reefs, and coral reefs. 2017 Nationwide Permit Regional Conditions For The State Of Texas Page 4 of 6 20. For all activities proposed for authorization under Nationwide Permit 12 that involve underground placement below a non-navigable river bed and/or perennial stream bed there shall a minimum cover of 48 inches (1,219 millimeters) of soil below the river and/or perennial stream thalweg. = 21. For all discharges and work proposed below the high tide line under Nationwide Permits (NWP) 14 and 18, the applicant shall notify the Galveston District Engineer in accordance with the NWP General Condition 32 - Pre-Construction Notification (PCN). The Galveston District will coordinate with the resource agencies in accordance with NWP General Condition 32(d) - PCN. 22. For all activities proposed for authorization under Nationwide Permit (NWP) 33 the applicant shall notify the Galveston District Engineer in accordance with the NWP General Condition 32 — Pre-Construction Notification (PCN). The PCN must include a restoration plan showing how all temporary fills and structures will be removed and the area restored to pre-project conditions. Activities causing the temporary loss, as defined in Section F of the NWPs, of more than 0.5 acres of tidal waters and/or 200 linear feet of stream will be coordinated with the agencies in accordance with NWP General Condition 32(d) - PCN. 23. No Nationwide Permits (NWP), except NWPs 3, 16, 20, 22, 37, shall be used to authorize discharges, structures, and/or fill within the standard setback and high hazard _. zones of the Sabine-Neches Waterway as defined in the Standard Operating Procedure - Permit Setbacks along the Sabine-Neches Waterway. The applicant shall notify the Galveston District Engineer in accordance with NWP General Condition 32 - Pre- Construction Notification for all discharge, structures and/or work in medium hazard zones and all NWP 3 applications within the standard setback and high hazard zones of the Sabine-Neches Waterway. 24. No Nationwide Permits (NWP), except 20, 22, and 37, shall be used to authorize discharges, structures, and/or fill within the standard setback exemptions of the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway as defined in the Standard Operating Procedure- Department of the Army Permit Evaluation Setbacks along the Gulf Intracoastal Waterway. The applicant shall notify the Galveston District Engineer in accordance with NWP General Condition 32 (Pre-Construction Notification) for all discharges, structures and/or work within the standard setback, shoreward of the standard setback, and/or standard setback exemption zones. 25. The use of Nationwide Permits in the San Jacinto River Waste Pits Area of Concern are revoked. (For further information, see http://www.swg.usace.army.mil/Business-With-Us/Regulatory/Permits/Nationwide- General-Permits/) 26. The use of Nationwide Permits 51 and 52 are revoked within the Galveston District boundaries. 2017 Nationwide Permit Regional Conditions For The State Of Texas Page 5 of 6 27. Nationwide Permit (NWP) 53 pre-construction notifications will be coordinated with resource agencies as specified in NWP General Condition 32(d) — Pre-construction Notification. 28. For all activities proposed under Nationwide Permits (NWP) 21, 29, 39, 40, 42, 43, 44, and 50 that result in greater than 300 feet of loss in intermittent and/or ephemeral streams, as defined in Section F of the NWPs, require evaluation under an Individual Permit. The following regional conditions apply only within the Tulsa District. 29. Upland Disposal: Except where authorized by Nationwide Permit 16, material disposed of in uplands shall be placed in a location and manner that prevents discharge of the material and/or return water into waters or wetlands unless otherwise authorized by the Tulsa District Engineer. - 30. Major Rivers: The prospective permittee shall notify the Tulsa District Engineer for all Nationwide Permit 14 verifications which cross major rivers within Tulsa District. For the purposes of this condition, major rivers include the following: Canadian River, Prairie Dog Town Fork of the Red River, and Red River. 2017 Nationwide Permit Regional Conditions For The State Of Texas Page 6 of 6 me a am am am da dft a GR-01 60 00 .. Product Requirements S 13 iManhole Insert Southwestern Packing&Seals Inc. Tetherlok-Stainless Steel le 9-Bases/Frames&Covers/Rectangular 33-05-13 (Rev 231I6) i 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Western Iron Works,Bass&Ha s Foumdty 1001 Lila- Manhole Frames and Covers Vulcan Founk 6780 le„&Bases/Frames&Covers)'Standard(Round) 33-05-13 (Rev 2/3!16) i 13 jManhole Frames and Covers Western Iron Works,Bass&Hays Foundry 30024 i 10" 1 Manhole Frames and Covers McKinley Iron Works Inc. A 24 AM i 1 Manhole Frames and_Covers Neenah Castin i I- Manhole Frames and Covers Vulcan Foundry 1342 ASTM A 48 i 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Siggm Corporation MH-144N L1/a._ Manhole Frames and Covers Sigma Corporation MH-143N i I Manhole Frames and Covers Pont-A-Mousson GTS-STD i I Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Castin i 13 Manhole Frames and Covers ed Powerseal _ Hinged Ductile Iron Manhole ASTM A536 i LL ,Manhole Frames and Covers Saint-Gobain Pipelines amrex/rexus RE32-R8FS i 1 30"DI MH Ring and Cover East Jordan Iron Works V1432-2 and V1493 Designs AASHTO M306-04 i 1 30"DI MH Ring and Cover Sigma Corporation MH1651FWN&MH16502 i 13 30"DI MH Rin and Cover Star Pipe Products MH32FTWSS-DC i 13 30"DI MH Ring and Cover Aocucast 220700 Heavy Dutywith Gasket Rin MW 30"ERGO XL Assembly 30"DI MH Ring and Cove,(Hinged&Lockable) East Jordan Iron Works with Cam Lock/MPTOT-Gasket ASSHTO M105&ASTM A536 11eS.4c Bases/Frames&Covers/Water Tight&Pressure Tight 33-05-13(Rev 2/3/16 1 _Manhole Frames and Covers _Pont-A-Mousson Pamtiht I Manhole Frames and Covers Neenah Casting. 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Vulcan Faun - 2342 ASTM A 48 ?,6, Manhole Frames and Covers Western Iron Works,Bass&Jfa s Foun 300-24P I Manhole Frames and Covers McKinleyIron on Works Inc. WPA24AM Manhole Frames and.Covers Acoucast RC-2100 ASTM A 48 13 Manhole Frames and Covers Seram ore Industries Private Ltd. 300-24-23.75 Ring and Cover ASTM A 48 le 4c 13ases,/NewLCoMponents 33-39-10(Rev 2/3/161 i I- I Urethane H dro hilic Waterstop Asahi Ko o K.K. Adeka Ultra-Seal P-201 ASTM D2240/D412ID792 i 13 Offset Joint for 4'Diam-MH Hanson Concrete Products Drawin No.35-0048-001 i IA" Profile Gasket for 4'Diam.MH. Press-Seal Gasket Corp. 250-4G Gasket ASTM C-443/C-361 i 1 HDPE Manhole Adjustment Rings Ladtech,Inc HDPE Adjustment Rin i 1. Manhole External Wrap Canusa-CPS Wra id5eal Manhole Encapsulation System lei BaesiNew/Precast Concrete(Rev 1/8/13) I 1 Manhole,Precast Concrete Hydro Conduit Corrp SPL Item#49 ASTM C 478 1 lu Manhole,Precast Concrete I —Wall Concrete Pie Co,Inc. ASTM C-443 110 Imanhole.Precast Concrete Porters(formerly Gifford-Hill,Hanson ASTM C 478 1�1 MH Single Offset Seal Joint Forwra(formerly Gifford-Hill,Hanson Typex g 35-0048-001 ASTM C 478 �1 Manhole,Precast Concrete Concrete Product Inc. 48"T,D.Manhole w,32"Cone ASTM C 478 1 1_ 1 Manhole,Precast Concrete The Tumer Company__ 48"I.D.Manhole w+24"Cone ASTM C 478 110 Manhole,Precast Concrete Oldcastle Precast Inc, 48"I.D.Manhole w 24"Cone ASTM C 478 1;Q4Manhole,Precast einforce Pol er oncrete US Composite pipe Reinforced Polymer Concrete ASTM C-76 le„&Bases/New/Fiberglass 33-39-13 (1/8/13 113 IFiberglass Manhole Fluid Containment,Inc. Flowtite ASTM 3753 L r" Fiber lass Manhole L.F.Manufacture les&Bases,'Rehab Systems/Cementitious 14� Systems Quadex 14 hole Rehab Systems Standard Cement Materials,Inc. Reliner MSP 14 Manhole Rehab Systems -AP/M Permaform 14 Manhole Rehab System Strong Company Strong Seal MS2A Rehab System 14 ""Manhole Rehab S stem ..user Pol-tri lex Technologies MH repair product to std infiltration ASTM D5813 ... Re - Czenecal Concrete Riau FlexKrete Teahno?ogles Vinyl Polyester Rcpzu I�roduct les&Bases/Rehab Systems/NonCementitious l$.Manhole Rehab Systems S ra o , moray Wall Polyurethane Contin ASTM D639/D790 V Manhole Rehab 5•stems Sun Coast Coating for Corrosi2qprotection ERTECH Series 20230 and 2100 Coatin foT Corrosion Protection Chesterton Arc 791,S1HB,S 1,S2 Acid Resistance Test _Coatings for Corrosion Protection Warren Fxviroarnental S-301 and M-301 coatings for Catrosnn Protection Citadel SLS-30 Solids Epoxy ;w/Centrifug_al1v Cast Fiberglass Reinforced Pipe 33-31-13(1/8/13) 1 ^ Cent,Cast Fiberglass Hobas Pipe U 1'1w- SA,Inc. Hobas Pi on-Pressure ASTM D3262/D3754 1 Fiberglass Pie _ Ameron Bondstrand RPMP Pipe ASTM D3262rD3 754 Glass-Fiber Reinforced Polymer Pipe Amitech USA Flowtite AS D3262/D3754 _ _.. �_ .amu V �i m L rJ.sa FE -densipolyethylene- pipe CSR Hydro Conduit/Pi ' e Systems McConnell Pi Enlargement ASTM D 1248 f ew/PVC*33-31-20(7/1/12) 20 PVC Sewer Pi Cam Tex,Industries ASTM D 3034 - -20 PVC Sewer Pipe Certain-Teed Products Corp ASTM D 3034 -20 PVC Sewer Pipe Na co Manufactwrg Corp ASTM D 3034,D 1784 -20 PVC Sewer Pie J-M Manufacturing Co.,Inc.(JMJS)_ ASTM D 3034 -20 PVC Sewer Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation SDR-26 and SDR-35 ASTM F 789,ASTM D 3034 ArR -20 ;PVC Sewer Pape i wn In V7.1nn Pie ASTM F 789 -20 PVC Sewer Pipe Pipelife Jet:Stre•un SDR-26 and SDr-35 ASTM D 3034 -20 PVC Sewer Pipe Royal Building Pic ducts Royal Sea]Solid Wall Pipe SDR 26&35 ASTM 3034 -20 PVC Sewer Pipe Extrusion Technologies,Inc ASTM D 3034 -20 PVC Sewer Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation "S"Gravity Sewer Pie ASTM F 679 i -20 IPVCSewer P pe J-M Manufacturing Co,Inc. JM a ASTM F 679 -20 PVC Sewer Pipe Pipelife Jet Stream SDR-26 and SDr-35 ASTM F-679 -20 1PVC Solid Wall Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation PS 46 ASTM F-679 -20 IPVC Sewer Fittings Harco SDR 26 and SDR-35 Gasket Fittings ASTM D-3034,D-1784,etc _20 PVC Sewer Fittings Plastic Trends,In.c Gasketed PVC Sewer Main Fittings ASTM D 3034 )-2 Closed Profile PVC Pipe Diamond Plastics Corporation ASTM 1803/F794 [ew/Ribbed 012en.Profile Lar a Diameter )-2 PVC Sewer Pipe.Ribbed Lamson V lin fte Carlin Vylon—HC,Closed Profile Pim F 679 )-2 PVC Sewer Pipe,Ribbed Extorsion Technol 's,Inc. Ultra-Rib Opeit.Profle Sewer Pie ASTM F 679 )-2 PVC Sewer Pipe,Ribbed U nor ETI Company )-2) Polypropylene(PP)Sewer Pipe,Double Wall Advanced Drainage Systems ADS SaniTite HP Double Wall(Corrugated) ASTM F 2736 fiNk )-2 Yolypropylenc P Sewer P% e,Tri le Wall Advanced Drains S ems ADS SaniTite IIP TIe Wall Pi ASTM F 3764 Steel Reinforced Polyethylene Pie ConTech Construction Products Durmaxx ASTM F 2562 .ehab/CIPP 33-31-12 LE,'1.8/13� Cured in Place Pie Insituform Texarl:,Inc ASTM F 1216 Cured in Place Pie National Enviro€ect Group National Liner, SPL Item#27 ASTM F-1216/D-5813 r Clued in Place Pie RcynoldsInvIrtlinarTec,tmolg pitliner USA Inliner Technology AS7M F 1216 .ehab/Fold&Form ,Fold and Form Pie Cullum Pine Systems,Inc. Fold and Form Pipe Insitufonn Tecbnolci;cs,Inc Insituform-NuPI " ASTM F-1504 Fold and Form Pie _ AmericanPipe&Plastics,Inc. Fold and Form Pie Utraliner Ultraliner PVC Alloy Pipeliner ASTM F-1504,1871 1867 Fold and Form Pipe Miller Pi eline 'E.p. EX Method ASTM F-1504,F-1947 tlargment System(Method)33-31-23(01/18/13) PIM S stem PIM Corp 12n Po] ethylene PIM Co .,Piscata Wa ,N.J. — -- McConnell Systems McLat Construction Poi et�lene Houston,Texas TRS Systems Trenchless Replacerre nt Svstem Pol evhidjene Calgary,Canada king Spacers 33-05-24(07/01/131 Steel Band Casing Spacers Advanced Products and;ivstems,Inc. Carbon Steel Spacers,Model SI Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Advanced Products and Systems,Inc. Stainless Steel Spacer,Model SSI Casing Spacers Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Casing Spacers Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Pipeline Seal and Insulator Stainless Steel Casing Spacer Coated Steel Casin Spacers Pipeline Seal and Insulator Coated Steel Casin Spacers Swrtless Steel Casing Spacer Powerseal 4810 Powerchock FOR ;s/Epoxy 33-39-60(01/08!131 Epoxy Linin S stem _.Sau.ereism hrc SewerGard210RS LA Co #210-1.33 11--- E _Epoxy LiningSystem Erfecle Technical Coatings Erteeh 2030 and 2100 Series Interior Ductile Iron Pie Coating indetron Protecto 401 ASTM B-117 s7P�vure WATER r 'alves&Fittings/Combination Air Release 33-31-70 (01/08/13) _ Il Combination Air Release Valve GA Industries,hrc. Empire Air and Vacuum Valve,Model 935 ASTM A 126 Class B,ASTM A I1 Combination Air Release Valve Multiplex Manufacturing Co. Crispin Air and Vacuum Valves,Model No.A5, I 1 Combination Air Release Naive Valve and Primer Corp. APCO#1430,#145C and#147C 'alves&Fittings/Ductile Iron Fittings 33-11-11 (01/08/13) lraau )7 Ductile lron Fittings Star Pipe Products,Inc, Mechanical Joint Fittings AW WA C153&C110 )7 Ductile Iron Fittings Griffin Pipe Products,Co. Mechanical Joint Fittings AW WA C 110 )7 Ductile Iron Fittin McWane/T leu Pipe/Union Utilities Division Mechanical Joint Fittings,SSB Class 350 AW WA C 153,C 110,C 111 )7 MI FittiAgS Sigma,Co. Class 350 C-153 MJ Fittings AW WA C153 )7 MJ Fittings Accucast Class 350 C-153 MJ Fittings AW WA C153 )7 Ductile Iron Joint Restraints Ford Meter Box Co./Uni-Flan a Uni-Flange Series 1400 AW WA Cl l l/C153 24 PVC Joint Restraints Ford Meter Box Co./Uni-Flange Uni-Flange Series 1500 Circle-Lock AWWA Cl l l/C153 Resilient Wed a Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2520&2524 SD 9420255 AWWA C515 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2516 SD 94-2024 AW WA C515 6 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control Series 2500(Ductile Iron AW WA C515 _ Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American Flow Control 42"and 48"AFC 2500 AWWA C5I S 6 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve American AVK Company Amerioan AVK Resilient Seaded GV AWWA C509 6 Resilient Kedp Gate Valve American AVK Company 6 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Kennedy 6 Resilient Seated Gate Valve_ M&H 6 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Mueller Co. Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Series A2361(SD 6647) A VW'A C515 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Series A2360 for 18°-24" SD 6709 AWWA C515 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Mueller 30"&36",C-515 AArWA C51.5 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Mueller Co. Mueller 42"&48" C-515 AWWA 051.5 6 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. .4:t"A'A C509 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. 16"RS GV SD D-20995 AWWA 0515 6 Resilient Wed a Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow RW Valve(SD D-21652) AWWA C515 Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Clow Valve Co. Clow 30"&36"C-515 AWWA C515 Resilient WedLe Gate Valve Claw Valve Co. Clow Valve Model 2638 AWWA C515 6♦'1 Resilient Seated Gate Valve Stockham Valves&Fittings AWWA C 509,ANSI 470-rteii4 ASTM 6 Resilient Seated Gate Valve U.S.Pipe and Found •Co. Metrasca1250•requuemmts SPL 074 •2_ Resilient Seated Gate Valve EJ t Jordan Iron Works E1 Flowmaster Gate Valve 2s Byes awes&Fittingi/Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve 33-12-21 02dQ/14) 0 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve -� Heary Pratt Co. AWWA C-504 0 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve Mueller Co. AWWA C-504 0 Rubber SeatedButtafly Valve Dezurik Valves Co. AWWA C-504 0 Valmatic Arnen=Butterfly Valve Valmatie Valve and Manufacturing Corp. Valmanc American Buttexily Valve. AWWA C-504 0 Rubber Seated Butterfly Valve M&H Valve M&H Style 4500&1450 AWWA C-504 ig Station Warier Sam lin Station Water Plus B20 Water Sampling Station rt..Fire Hydrants 33-1240(01/15/14) 12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant American-Darling Valve Dnwia No.90-18608,9418560 AWWA C-502 I Din Barrel Fire Hvdrant American Darling Valve Shop Drawing No.94-18191 AVVWA G502 12 Dry Barrel FireHydrant Clow Corporation Shop Drawing No,D-19895 AWWA C-502 — - --- 12 DrvBT arrelFireHvdram American AVK Com Model 2700 -WWAC-502 L2 Barrel Fire Hydrant Clow Corporation DrawingsD20435.D2n436,B20506 AWWA C-502 DTY:^_� 12 Barrel Fire Hydrant 1T I Kennedy Valve Shop Drawing NL,D-80783FW AWWA C-502 L?— I Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant M&H Valve Com an Shop Drawing No.13476 AWWA C-502 Shop Drawings No.6461 12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant Mueller Com an A-423 Centurion AWWA C-502 Shop Drawing FH-12 2 Dry_Barrel Fire>Iydrant :Mueller Company A-4'_3 Super Centurion 200 AWWA C-502 12 Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant U.S.Pipe&Foundn Shop Drawtne No,960250 A%W A C-502 12 IDry Barrel Fire Pydrant - Waterous Company Shop Drawing Wo SK740803 ~ A1A ",A C-502 -4� ;Dry Barrel Fire Hydrant EJ(East Tordan L-on'No rks) WaterMacter 5CD250 enances 33-12-100 1 1 _ Double Strap Saddle Smith Blair #317 Nylon Coated Double Strap Saddle -I Double Strap Service Saddle Mueller Company DR2S Double(SS`t StrapDT Saddle AWWA 0800 1"- Curb Stops-Ball Meter Valves McDonald 6100M,6100MT&610-MT Curb Stops-Balt'Mater Valvas McDonald 4603B,4604B,6100M,61.0OTM and 6101M Coated.Tapp apL Saddle w th Double SS Sias JCM Industries,Inc. #406 Doub'e Band SS Saddle I" -2Ta ing g Sleeve E Sleeve(Casted Steel) JCM Industries,Inc. 412 TappinSS AWWA C-223 t _ Wiping Sleeve(Stainless Steel Fewer—sea) 3490AS(Flange)&3490MJ -25 Tapping Slecve(Coated Steel) Romac F S 240 AWWA C-223 1 -2�_ Tapping Sleeve(Stainless Steel Romac SST Stainless Steel AWWA C-223 L -2 Tapping Sleeve(Stainless Stec! 'Ron ix-, less SST III StainSteel AWWA C-223 L Joint Repair Clam -^ _Powersaal 3232 Bell Joint-Ltiair Clam Plastic Meter Box w/Cam osite Lid DFW Plast cs Inc. DFW37C-Iz-IEPAF FTW Plastic Meter Box w/Go�postte Lid D1 W Plastics Inc. DFW39C-12-lEPAF FTW Plastic Meter Box wrCompos to Lid _ DFW Plastics Inc. DFW65C-14-lEPAF FIJ1' Concrete Meter Box -Bass&Hays CN037-BI 2 1118 LII!-9 _ Concrete Meter Box Bass&Hays CMB-18-Dual 1416 LID-9 Concrete Meter Box Bass&Hays CMB65-1365 1527 LID­9 y1ene Encasement 33-11-10(01/08/13) 3Pol ethylene Enc_asirent Flexsol Packagln Fulton Enterprises AW WA C105 3 Polyethylene Encasrirent Mountain States Plastics v1SP)and AEP Ind. Standard Hardware AW WA C105 3 'Polyethyl -a Eocasment AEP Industries Bullstrong by Cowtown Bolt&Gasket AWWA C105 -5 Detector Check Meter Ames Company Model 1000 Detector Check Valve AWWA C550 Magnetic Drive Vertical Turbine Hersey Magnetic Drive Vertical AWWA C701,Class I From Dngtatna!Standard Product.5 last Carrier P pe I.D. Above 48'Apprvcved oa ase h case basis 30-6ch and larger requires By-Pass r^" Product Approved tc 36"However,0905 PVC Pi is only oved to 24" ii Tts­St­a—ndardTTai-c&LLst has been developed to mininim the submittal review or products witich meet the Irott Worui water epartment s Standard Specigio—ab&_u during utility construction projects. oducts,are included as part of the Construction Contract Documents,the requirements of the Technical SveciScation will override the Fort Worth Water Denartment's Standard Sneeificatinnn and the Rn"Wrath C